TM1679 Technical Manual 4500 4600 4700

Table of contents :
TM1679 - 4500, 4600 and 4700 Compact Utility Tractors
Introduction
Section 1 - SAFETY
RECOGNIZE SAFETY INFORMATION
REPLACE SAFETY SIGNS
HANDLE FLUIDS SAFELY-AVOID FIRES
USE CARE IN HANDLING AND SERVICING BATTERIES
USE CARE AROUND HIGH- PRESSURE FLUID LINES
USE SAFE SERVICE PROCEDURES
SERVICE TIRES SAFELY
AVOID INJURY FROM ROTATING BLADES, AUGERS AND PTO SHAFTS
SERVICE COOLING SYSTEM SAFELY
HANDLE CHEMICAL PRODUCTS SAFELY
LIVE WITH SAFETY
Section 2 - SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS – ALL TRACTORS
ENGINES
ELECTRICAL
FUEL SYSTEM
3–POINT HITCH
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PTO
GENERAL VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS* – 4500 TRACTORS
FUEL SYSTEM
DRIVE TRAIN
PTO (PTO Shaft Speed Measured at 2664 Engine rpm)
CLUTCH
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
WEIGHT
GENERAL VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS* – 4600 TRACTORS
FUEL SYSTEM
DRIVE TRAIN
PTO (PTO Shaft Speed Measured at 2664 Engine rpm)
CLUTCH
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
WEIGHT
GENERAL VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS* – 4700 TRACTORS
FUEL SYSTEM
DRIVE TRAIN
PTO (PTO Shaft Speed Measured at 2664 Engine rpm)
CLUTCH
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
WEIGHT
FASTENER TORQUE VALUES
JIS FASTENER TORQUE VALUES
METRIC FASTENER TORQUE VALUES
INCH FASTENER TORQUE VALUES
O-RING SEAL SERVICE RECOMMENDATIONS
FACE SEAL FITTINGS WITH INCH STUD ENDS TORQUE
FACE SEAL FITTINGS WITH METRIC STUD ENDS TORQUE
O-RING FACE SEAL FITTINGS
O-RING BOSS FITTINGS
DIESEL FUEL SPECIFICATIONS
DIESEL FUEL
DIESEL FUEL LUBRICITY
DIESEL FUEL STORAGE
ENGINE OIL
BREAK–IN ENGINE OIL
TRANSMISSION & HYDRAULIC OIL
CHASSIS GREASE
ALTERNATIVE LUBRICANTS
SYNTHETIC LUBRICANTS
LUBRICANT STORAGE
MIXING OF LUBRICANTS
OIL FILTERS
COOLANT
COOLANT DRAIN INTERVAL
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION LOCATIONS
Section 3 - DIESEL ENGINE
SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS - 4500, 4600, 4700
REPAIR SPECIFICATIONS
TESTS AND ADJUSTMENT SPECIFICATIONS
OPERATIONAL TESTS
TORQUE VALUES, NON-STANDARD FASTENERS
SPECIAL TOOLS
OTHER MATERIALS
THEORY OF OPERATION
COOLING SYSTEM OPERATION
LUBRICATION SYSTEM OPERATION
FUEL AND AIR SYSTEM OPERATION
ENGINE SYSTEM DIAGNOSIS
TROUBLESHOOTING CHART
TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS
CYLINDER COMPRESSION TEST
SLOW IDLE ADJUSTMENT
VALVE CLEARANCE CHECK AND ADJUSTMENT
CONNECTING ROD SIDE PLAY CHECK
CONNECTING ROD BEARING CLEARANCE CHECK
CRANKSHAFT END PLAY CHECK
CRANKSHAFT MAIN BEARING CLEARANCE CHECK
VALVE LIFT CHECK
CAMSHAFT END PLAY CHECK
TIMING GEAR BACKLASH CHECK
FUEL INJECTION NOZZLE TEST
THERMOSTAT OPENING TEST
INJECTION PUMP STATIC TIMING ADJUSTMENT
FAN/ALTERNATOR DRIVE BELT ADJUSTMENT
RADIATOR BUBBLE TEST
COOLING SYSTEM PRESSURE TEST
RADIATOR CAP PRESSURE TEST
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE TEST
AIR INTAKE SYSTEM LEAKAGE TEST
FUEL SUPPLY PUMP PRESSURE TEST
FUEL SYSTEM LEAKAGE TEST
BLEED FUEL SYSTEM
REPAIR
ENGINE REMOVAL
ROCKER COVER
EXHAUST MANIFOLD
INTAKE MANIFOLD
ROCKER ARM ASSEMBLY
CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVES
CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVES
PISTON AND CONNECTING ROD
CYLINDER BORE
CRANKCASE EXTENSION HOUSING
BALANCER ASSEMBLY
CRANKSHAFT REAR OIL SEAL
CRANKSHAFT FRONT OIL SEAL
CRANKSHAFT AND MAIN BEARINGS
FLYWHEEL
FLYWHEEL HOUSING
CAMSHAFT
CAM FOLLOWERS
TIMING GEAR COVER
IDLER GEAR
TIMING GEAR COVER MOUNTING PLATE
OIL PAN AND STRAINER
OIL PUMP
THERMOSTAT AND WATER PUMP DISASSEMBLY
FUEL SUPPLY COMPONENT LOCATION
FUEL INJECTION PUMP
FUEL INJECTION NOZZLES
FUEL FILTER ASSEMBLY
STARTING MOTOR COMPONENT LOCATION
STARTING MOTOR
ALTERNATOR
ALTERNATOR COMPONENT LOCATION
Section 4 - ELECTRICAL
READING ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS
THEORY AND DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION
THEORY OF OPERATION INFORMATION
DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION
WIRE COLOR ABBREVIATION CHART
COMMON CIRCUIT TESTS
CONDUCTORS FOR 12 VOLT CIRCUITS
SPECIFICATIONS (NORTH AMERICAN AND EUROPEAN)
NORTH AMERICAN ELECTRICAL SECTION
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC & WIRING HARNESS LEGEND
COMPONENT LOCATION – CONTROLS & LOAD CENTER
COMPONENT LOCATION – TRACTOR
SCHEMATICS AND WIRING HARNESSES
WIRE COLOR CODES - 4500/4600 OLD
W2 FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID WIRING HARNESS
W3 HST NEUTRAL START WIRING HARNESS
W4 PTO SOLENOID WIRING HARNESS
W5 CRUISE CONTROL WIRING HARNESS
MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC - 4500/4600 OLD
W1 MAIN WIRING HARNESS - 4500/4600 OLD
MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC – 4500/4600/4700 NEW
W1 MAIN WIRING HARNESS - 4500/4600/4700 NEW
WIRE COLOR CODES - 4500/4600/ 4700 NEW
TROUBLESHOOTING
THEORY AND DIAGNOSIS
POWER CIRCUIT OPERATION
POWER CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC
POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
CRANKING CIRCUIT OPERATION
CRANKING CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC
CRANKING CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
MANIFOLD HEATER OPERATION
MANIFOLD HEATER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
FUEL SUPPLY OPERATION
FUEL SUPPLY ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC
FUEL SUPPLY DIAGNOSIS
ENGINE SHUTOFF CIRCUIT OPERATION
ENGINE SHUTOFF CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC
ENGINE SHUTOFF PTO CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
ENGINE SHUTOFF LATCH CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
ENGINE SHUTOFF CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
CHARGING CIRCUIT OPERATION
TACHOMETER CIRCUIT OPERATION
HOUR METER CIRCUIT OPERATION
CHARGING CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC
CHARGING CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LIGHT
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE
FUEL GAUGE
CONTROL PANEL GAUGES ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC
CONTROL PANEL GAUGES DIAGNOSIS
CONTROL PANEL INDICATOR LIGHTS
PTO LIGHT
PARK BRAKE LIGHT
COLD START LIGHT
CONTROL PANEL INDICATOR LIGHTS SCHEMATIC
CONTROL PANEL INDICATOR LIGHTS DIAGNOSIS
LIGHTS OPERATION (OLDER MODELS)
LIGHTS ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC
CONTROL PANEL LIGHTS DIAGNOSIS
LIGHTS OPERATION (NEWER MODELS)
LIGHTS ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC
LIGHTS DIAGNOSIS
CRUISE CONTROL
CRUISE CONTROL ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC
CRUISE CONTROL DIAGNOSIS
TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS (NORTH AMERICAN AND EUROPEAN)
GROUND CIRCUIT TEST
BATTERY TEST
CHARGE BATTERY
LOAD TEST BATTERY
UNREGULATED AMPERAGE TEST
REGULATED AMPERAGE AND VOLTAGE TESTS
STARTING MOTOR SOLENOID TEST
STARTING MOTOR AMPERAGE DRAW TEST
NO-LOAD AMPERAGE DRAW AND RPM TESTS
RELAY TEST
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR TEST
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH TEST
MANIFOLD HEATER TEST
FUSE TEST
CONTROL PANEL LIGHT TEST
DIODE BLOCK TEST
SEAT SWITCH TEST
KEY SWITCH TEST
LIGHT SWITCH TEST
TRANSMISSION NEUTRAL SWITCH TEST – CST & PRT
TRANSMISSION NEUTRAL SWITCH TEST – HST
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH TEST
HAZARD SWITCH TEST
MID PTO SWITCH TEST
PTO SWITCH TEST
2-SPEED PTO SWITCH TEST
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH TEST
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH TEST
CRUISE CONTROL MAGNET TEST
BRAKE SWITCH TEST
PARK BRAKE SWITCH TEST
FUEL GAUGE SENSOR TEST
FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID TESTS
PTO SOLENOID TEST
EUROPEAN ELECTRICAL SECTION
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC AND WIRING HARNESS LEGEND
COMPONENT LOCATION – TRACTOR
COMPONENT LOCATION – CONTROLS & LOAD CENTER
WIRE COLOR CODES
MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC
W1 MAIN WIRING HARNESS
WIRE COLOR CODES (CAB VERSION)
MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC (CAB VERSION)
W1 MAIN WIRING HARNESS (CAB VERSION)
WIRING HARNESSES CONNECTED TO MAIN HARNESS
W2 FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID WIRING HARNESS
W3 HST NEUTRAL START WIRING HARNESS
W4 PTO SOLENOID WIRING HARNESS
W5 CRUISE CONTROL WIRING HARNESS
W6 CRUISE CONTROL MAGNET WIRING HARNESS
W7 TRAILER CONNECTOR WIRING HARNESS
W8 2–SPEED PTO WIRING HARNESS
TROUBLESHOOTING
THEORY AND DIAGNOSIS
POWER CIRCUIT OPERATION
POWER CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC
POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
CRANKING CIRCUIT OPERATION
MANIFOLD HEATER OPERATION
CRANKING CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC
CRANKING CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
MANIFOLD HEATER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
FUEL SUPPLY OPERATION
ENGINE SHUTOFF CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC
ENGINE SHUTOFF PTO CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
ENGINE SHUTOFF LATCH CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
FUEL SUPPLY DIAGNOSIS
ENGINE SHUTOFF CIRCUIT OPERATION
ENGINE SHUTOFF CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC
ENGINE SHUTOFF CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
CHARGING CIRCUIT OPERATION
CHARGING CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC
CHARGING CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
TACHOMETER CIRCUIT OPERATION
HOUR METER CIRCUIT OPERATION
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LIGHT
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE
FUEL GAUGE
CONTROL PANEL GAUGES ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC
CONTROL PANEL GAUGES DIAGNOSIS
PTO SOLENOID
2-SPEED PTO LIGHTS
MID PTO LIGHT
PTO ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC
PTO ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
LIGHT SWITCH OPERATION
LIGHT SWITCH ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC
BRAKE LIGHTS OPERATION
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH OPERATION
HAZARD SWITCH OPERATION
TURN/HAZARD LIGHTS ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC
LIGHTS DIAGNOSIS
CRUISE CONTROL
CRUISE CONTROL ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC
CRUISE CONTROL DIAGNOSIS
EUROPEAN CAB ELECTRICAL SECTION
CAB ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING
COMPONENT LOCATION – CAB ELECTRICAL
CAB SCHEMATIC AND WIRING HARNESS LEGEND
CAB ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC
CAB WIRING HARNESS
W10 CAB LEFT TURN SIGNAL WIRING HARNESS
W11 CAB RIGHT TURN SIGNAL WIRING HARNESS
CAB LIGHTING ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC
THEORY AND DIAGNOSIS
CAB POWER CIRCUIT OPERATION
CAB POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
CAB WIPER DIAGNOSIS
CAB WASHER PUMP DIAGNOSIS
Section 5 - GEAR POWER TRAIN
SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
REPAIR SPECIFICATIONS
TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIAL OR ESSENTIAL TOOLS
OTHER MATERIALS
COMPONENT LOCATION
4500 / 4600 – CLUTCH HOUSING
4500 / 4600 – MAIN SHAFT
4500 / 4600 – MAIN GEAR
4500 / 4600 – DRIVEN & REDUCTION SHAFT
THEORY OF OPERATION
CLUTCH ENGAGEMENT
GEAR COLLAR SHIFT
REVERSE COLLAR SHIFT
TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS
CLUTCH ADJUSTMENT
REPAIR
TRACTOR SPLITTING (FRONT)
TRACTOR SPLITTING (REAR)
COLLAR SHIFT TRANSMISSION REMOVAL/DISASSEMBLY
MAIN SHAFT DISASSEMBLY/ ASSEMBLY
TRANSMISSION INSTALLATION
Section 6 - HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIAL OR ESSENTIAL TOOLS
OTHER MATERIALS
THEORY OF OPERATION
HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM
RANGE TRANSMISSION POWER FLOW
COMPONENT LOCATION
HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
TRANSMISSION MAIN PUMP CASE
TRANSMISSION BACKPLATE AND MOTOR
4600 / 4700 – DRIVE SHAFT
4600 / 4700 – FRONT DRIVE
HYDROSTATIC CONTROL LINKAGE
HYDRAULIC HOSES AND LINES
HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM SCHEMATIC
TROUBLESHOOTING
DIAGNOSTICS
TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS
HYDROSTATIC PEDAL LINKAGE NEUTRAL ADJUSTMENT
SERVO MOTOR NEUTRAL ADJUSTMENT
HYDROSTATIC HIGH PRESSURE RELIEF TEST
CHARGE PUMP PRESSURE TEST
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM BLEED PROCEDURE
REPAIR
TRACTOR SPLITTING (FRONT)
TRACTOR SPLITTING (REAR)
HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION REMOVAL & INSTALLATION
HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION DISASSEMBLY
HYDROSTATIC PUMP DISASSEMBLY
HYDROSTATIC PUMP INSPECTION
HYDROSTATIC PUMP ASSEMBLY
HYDROSTATIC MOTOR DISASSEMBLY
HYDROSTATIC MOTOR ASSEMBLY
CONTROL LINKAGE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
Section 7 - POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN
SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
REPAIR SPECIFICATIONS
TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIAL OR ESSENTIAL TOOLS
OTHER MATERIALS
COMPONENT LOCATION
CLUTCH HOUSING
POWRREVERSER CLUTCH
MAIN SHAFT
DRIVEN & REDUCTION SHAFT
DRIVEN & REDUCTION SHAFT (CREEPER)
MAIN GEAR SHIFT
PRT CLUTCH PEDAL AND LINKAGE
PRT VALVE
PRT SHIFT LEVER AND LINKAGE
THEORY OF OPERATION
PRT CONTROL VALVE OPERATION
PRT CLUTCH OPERATION – FORWARD
PRT CLUTCH OPERATION – REVERSE
4 SPEED TRANSMISSION OPERATION
CREEPER OPERATION
TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS
PRT CLUTCH ADJUSTMENT
SHIFT LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT
PRT HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TESTS
REPAIR
TRACTOR SPLITTING (FRONT)
TRACTOR SPLITTING (REAR)
REVERSE CASE SEAL REPLACEMENT
POWRREVERSER TRACTION CLUTCH
POWRREVERSER CLUTCH VALVE
4-SPEED TRANSMISION
CREEPER OPTION
Section 8 - FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN
SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
REPAIR SPECIFICATIONS
TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIAL OR ESSENTIAL TOOLS
OTHER MATERIALS
COMPONENT LOCATION
4500 – DIFFERENTIAL PINION SHAFT (CST & 2-WD)
4500 – DIFFERENTIAL PINION SHAFT (PRT & 4-WD)
4500 – DIFFERENTIAL PINION SHAFT (PRT & CREEPER)
4600 / 4700 – DIFFERENTIAL PINION SHAFT (CST & 2-WD)
4600 / 4700 – DIFFERENTIAL PINION SHAFT (HST & 4-WD)
4600 / 4700 – DIFFERENTIAL PINION SHAFT (PRT & 4-WD)
4600 / 4700 – DIFFERENTIAL PINION SHAFT (PRT & CREEPER)
4500-4700 – RANGE SHIFT
4500-4700 – CREEPER SHIFT
4500-4700 – FRONT DRIVE (FOR 4-WD)
4500 – DIFFERENTIAL GEAR
4600 / 4700 – DIFFERENTIAL GEAR
4500-4700 – REAR HOUSING
4500 – DIFFERENTIAL LOCK
4600 / 4700 – DIFFERENTIAL LOCK
4500 – FINAL PINION AND FINAL GEAR
4600 / 4700 – FINAL PINION AND FINAL GEAR
4500-4700 – BRAKE
4500-4700 PTO CLUTCH/BRAKE ASSEMBLY
4500-4700 – REAR PTO SHAFTS
MID PTO ASSEMBLY
4500-4700 – 2-SPEED REAR PTO
4500 – TRANSMISSION HOUSING
4600 / 4700 – TRANSMISSION HOUSING (HST & 2-WD)
4600 / 4700 – TRANSMISSION HOUSING (HST & 4-WD)
4-WD FRONT AXLE HOUSING COMPONENT LOCATION
4-WD DIFFERENTIAL COMPONENT LOCATION
4-WD FINAL DRIVE COMPONENT LOCATION
TROUBLESHOOTING
PTO TROUBLESHOOTING CHART
THEORY OF OPERATION
RANGE TRANSMISSION
4-WD POWER OPERATION
DIFFERENTIAL POWER FLOW
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK OPERATION
MFWD POWER FLOW
TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS
DIFFERENTIAL PINION SHAFT ADJUSTMENT - 46-4700
DIFFERENTIAL BACKLASH ADJUSTMENT
REPAIR
4-WD OUTPUT SHAFT
SPEED RANGE TRANSMISSION
FINAL DRIVE REMOVAL
FINAL DRIVE INSTALLATION
FINAL DRIVE DISASSEMBLY INSPECTION & ASSEMBLY
DIFFERENTIAL
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK FORK
4-WD DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
4-WD FINAL DRIVE COVER
4-WD REMOVAL
SPINDLE SHAFT
SPINDLE SHAFT ASSEMBLY AND INSTALLATION
FINAL DRIVE HOUSING
SPINDLE HOUSING
FRONT AXLE DIFFERENTIAL
PTO THEORY OF OPERATION
PTO CLUTCH AND BRAKE THEORY OF OPERATION
POWER TRANSMISSION — REAR PTO
POWER TRANSMISSION — 2 SPEED REAR PTO
POWER TRANSMISSION — MID PTO
PTO REPAIR
REAR PTO DRIVE SHAFT AND GEARS
2-SPEED REAR PTO DRIVE SHAFT AND GEARS
PTO CLUTCH & BRAKE
MID PTO
Section 9 - STEERING
SPECIFICATIONS
STEERING COMPONENT LOCATION
THEORY OF OPERATION
TROUBLESHOOTING CHART
DIAGNOSIS
STEERING SYSTEM SCHEMATIC
TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS
STEERING SYSTEM TEST
STEERING PRESSURE CHECK
TOE-IN ADJUSTMENT 4-WD
TOE-IN ADJUSTMENT 2-WD
REPAIR
STEERING CYLINDER
STEERING CYLINDER
STEERING CYLINDER (2-WD)
STEERING WHEEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
STEERING CONTROL UNIT (SCU) REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
TILT STEERING MECHANISM REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
TIE ROD REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION (EARLY 4-WD)
TIE ROD REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION (2-WD & LATE 4-WD)
TIE ROD DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY (2-WD)
Section 10 - BRAKES
SPECIFICATIONS
BRAKES
TRANSAXLE OIL
TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS
COMPONENT LOCATION
BRAKE HOUSING
PARKING BRAKE
BRAKE PEDALS AND LINKAGE - HST
BRAKE PEDALS AND LINKAGE - HST
BRAKE PEDALS AND LINKAGE - CST AND PRT
BRAKE PEDALS AND LINKAGE - CST
BRAKE PEDALS AND LINKAGE - PRT
CONSOLE MOUNTED PARKING BRAKE
THEORY OF OPERATION
BRAKES
TROUBLESHOOTING CHART
DIAGNOSIS
TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS
PARKING BRAKE ADJUSTMENT
BRAKE PEDAL ADJUSTMENT
REPAIR
BRAKE DISASSEMBLY AND INSPECTION
BRAKE ASSEMBLY
BRAKE PEDAL - HST
BRAKE PEDAL - CST AND PRT
PARKING BRAKE LINKAGE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
Section 11 - HYDRAULICS
SPECIFICATIONS
HYDRAULIC SPECIFICATIONS
REPAIR SPECIFICATIONS
TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIAL OR ESSENTIAL TOOLS
OTHER MATERIALS
COMPONENT LOCATION
ROCKSHAFT COMPONENT LOCATION
DUAL SCV COMPONENTS
SINGLE AND THIRD SCV COMPONENTS
FOURTH AND FIFTH SCV with POWER BEYOND COMPONENTS
ROCKSHAFT PISTON, ROD, AND RATE OF DROP VALVE
ROCKSHAFT CONTROL VALVE, PLUNGER ASSEMBLY AND CONTROLS
CENTER LINK (DRAFT SENSING VERSION)
ROCKSHAFT AND LIFT ARMS (EXPLODED VIEW)
PTO CLUTCH VALVE COMPONENT LOCATION
SCV VALVE COMPONENT LOCATION
HYDRAULIC PUMP COMPONENT LOCATION
HYDRAULIC PUMP COMPONENT LOCATION
TROUBLESHOOTING CHART
THEORY OF OPERATION
HYDRAULICS (GENERAL)
HYDRAULICS (SCV) (OPTION)
HYDRAULICS (ROCKSHAFT)
DRAFT SENSING (OPTION):
ROCKSHAFT DIAGNOSIS
SCHEMATICS
1 SPOOL SCV AND MANIFOLD BLOCK HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC
SCV AND ROCKSHAFT HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC
TRANSMISSIONS HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC
TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM BLEED PROCEDURE
RATE OF DROP/STOP VALVE ADJUSTMENT
HYDRAULIC PUMP FLOW TEST
TRACTORS WITH SCVS
SYSTEM RELIEF PRESSURE TEST
PTO VALVE PRESSURE TESTS
STEERING PRESSURE CHECK
ROCKSHAFT LIFT CYCLE TEST
ROCKSHAFT LEAKAGE TEST
ROCKSHAFT POSITION FEEDBACK LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT
DRAFT FEEDBACK LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT (DRAFT SENSING OPTION)
DRAFT CONTROL RESPONSE TEST
DRAFT CONTROL RESPONSE ADJUSTMENT
REPAIR
HYDRAULIC GEAR PUMP
ROCKSHAFT ASSEMBLY
LIFT ARMS
LIFT CONTROL LEVER
DRAFT SENSING CONTROL LEVER
ROCKSHAFT PLUNGER ASSEMBLY
ROCKSHAFT CONTROL VALVE
DRAFT & ROCKSHAFT FEEDBACK SHAFTS
ROCKSHAFT PISTON
PTO CLUTCH VALVE
SELECTIVE CONTROL VALVE
Section 12 - MISCELLANEOUS
SPECIFICATIONS
TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS
REPAIR
THREE POINT HITCH REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
SEAT AND SEAT SUPPORT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
SEAT PLATFORM REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
ROLL OVER PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE (ROPS) REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
REAR FENDERS REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
FRONT WHEEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
REAR WHEEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
FLOOR MAT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
SIDE PANELS, REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
KICK PLATE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
OPERATOR’S PLATFORM REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
STEERING WHEEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
CONTROL PANEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
FUSE PANEL COVER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
GRILLE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
BATTERY REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
KEY SWITCH PANEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
COWL PANEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
HOOD REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
FUEL TANK REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
CENTER LINK BRACKET REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
CAB
DOOR REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
REAR WINDOW REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
CAB REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
WINDSHIELD WASHER REPAIR
CAB WATER LINE LOCATIONS
CAB WATER LINE LOCATIONS
CAB HEATER REPAIR
INDEX
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
O
P
R
S
T
V
W

Citation preview

4500, 4600 and 4700 Compact Utility Tractors

TECHNICAL MANUAL John Deere Commercial and Consumer Equipment Division TM1679 (Jun00) Replaces TM1679 (Oct99)

Litho in U.S.A

M94384

COMPACT UTILITY TRACTOR

INTRODUCTION This technical manual is written for an experienced technician and contains sections that are specifically for this product. It is a part of a total product support program.

Safety Specifications and Information

The manual is organized so that all the information on a particular system is kept together. The order of grouping is as follows: • • • • • • • • •

Table of Contents Specifications Component Location System Schematic Theory of Operation Troubleshooting Chart Diagnostics Tests & Adjustments Repair

Note:

Depending on the particular section or system being covered, not all of the above groups may be used.

Each section will be identified with a symbol rather than a number. The groups and pages within a section will be consecutively numbered. We appreciate your input on this manual. To help, there are postage paid post cards included at the back. If you find any errors or want to comment on the layout of the manual please fill out one of the cards and mail it back to us.

Diesel Engine Electrical Gear Power Train Hydrostatic Power Train PowrReverser™ Power Train Final Drive Power Train Steering Brakes

All information, illustrations and specifications in this manual are based on the latest information available at the time of publication. The right is reserved to make changes at any time without notice.

COPYRIGHT© 2000 Deere & Co. John Deere Worldwide Commercial and Consumer Equipment Division Horicon, WI All rights reserved

Hydraulics

Miscellaneous

Previous Revisions 1998

6/27/00

1-1

SAFETY

RECOGNIZE SAFETY INFORMATION

HANDLE FLUIDS SAFELY-AVOID FIRES Be Prepared For Emergencies

This is the safety-alert symbol. When you see this symbol on your machine or in this manual, be alert to the potential for personal injury. Follow recommended precautions and safe servicing practices.

Understand Signal Words A signal word—DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION—is used with the safety-alert symbol. DANGER identifies the most serious hazards. DANGER or WARNING safety signs are located near specific hazards. General precautions are listed on CAUTION safety signs. CAUTION also calls attention to safety messages in this manual.

REPLACE SAFETY SIGNS

When you work around fuel, do not smoke or work near heaters or other fire hazards. Store flammable fluids away from fire hazards. Do not incinerate or puncture pressurized containers. Make sure machine is clean of trash, grease, and debris. Do not store oily rags; they can ignite and burn spontaneously. Be prepared if a fire starts. Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy. Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance service, hospital, and fire department near your telephone.

Replace missing or damaged safety signs. See the machine operator’s manual for correct safety sign placement.

1-2

6/27/00

SAFETY

USE CARE IN HANDLING AND SERVICING BATTERIES

USE CARE AROUND HIGHPRESSURE FLUID LINES Avoid High-pressure Fluids

Prevent Battery Explosions • Keep sparks, lighted matches, and open flame away from the top of battery. Battery gas can explode. • Never check battery charge by placing a metal object across the posts. Use a volt-meter or hydrometer. • Do not charge a frozen battery; it may explode. Warm battery to 16°C (60°F).

Prevent Acid Burns • Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous. It is strong enough to burn skin, eat holes in clothing, and cause blindness if splashed into eyes. • Avoid acid burns by: 1. Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area. 2. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves. 3. Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is added. 4. Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte. 5. Use proper jump start procedure.

Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure by stopping the engine and relieving pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids. If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is available from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.

Avoid Heating Near Pressurized Fluid Lines

• If you spill acid on yourself: 1. Flush your skin with water. 2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize the acid. 3. Flush your eyes with water for 10_15 minutes. 4. Get medical attention immediately. • If acid is swallowed: 1. Drink large amounts of water or milk. 2. Then drink milk of magnesia, beaten eggs, or vegetable oil. 3. Get medical attention immediately.

6/27/00

Flammable spray can be generated by heating near pressurized fluid lines, resulting in severe burns to yourself and bystanders. Do not heat by welding, soldering, or using a torch near pressurized fluid lines or other flammable materials. Pressurized lines can be accidentally cut when heat goes beyond the immediate flame area.

1-3

SAFETY

USE SAFE SERVICE PROCEDURES

Park Machine Safely

Wear Protective Clothing

Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment appropriate to the job. Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment or loss of hearing. Wear a suitable hearing protective device such as earmuffs or earplugs to protect against objectionable or uncomfortable loud noises. Operating equipment safely requires the full attention of the operator. Do not wear radio or music headphones while operating machine.

Before working on the machine: 1. Lower all equipment to the ground. 2. Stop the engine and remove the key. 3. Disconnect the battery ground strap. 4. Hang a “DO NOT OPERATE” tag in operator station.

Support Machine Properly And Use Proper Lifting Equipment

Service Machines Safely

Tie long hair behind your head. Do not wear a necktie, scarf, loose clothing, or necklace when you work near machine tools or moving parts. If these items were to get caught, severe injury could result. Remove rings and other jewelry to prevent electrical shorts and entanglement in moving parts.

Use Proper Tools Use tools appropriate to the work. Makeshift tools and procedures can create safety hazards. Use power tools only to loosen threaded parts and fasteners. For loosening and tightening hardware, use the correct size tools. DO NOT use U.S. measurement tools on metric fasteners. Avoid bodily injury caused by slipping wrenches. Use only service parts meeting John Deere specifications.

1-4

If you must work on a lifted machine or attachment, securely support the machine or attachment. Do not support the machine on cinder blocks, hollow tiles, or props that may crumble under continuous load. Do not work under a machine that is supported solely by a jack. Follow recommended procedures in this manual. Lifting heavy components incorrectly can cause severe injury or machine damage. Follow recommended procedure for removal and installation of components in the manual.

Work In Clean Area Before starting a job: 1. Clean work area and machine. 2. Make sure you have all necessary tools to do your job. 3. Have the right parts on hand. 4. Read all instructions thoroughly; do not attempt shortcuts.

6/27/00

SAFETY

Using High Pressure Washers

Avoid Harmful Asbestos Dust

Directing pressurized water at electronic/electrical components or connectors, bearings, hydraulic seals, fuel injection pumps or other sensitive parts and components may cause product malfunctions. Reduce pressure and spray at a 45 to 90 degree angle.

Avoid breathing dust that may be generated when handling components containing asbestos fibers. Inhaled asbestos fibers may cause lung cancer.

Illuminate Work Area Safely Illuminate your work area adequately but safely. Use a portable safety light for working inside or under the machine. Make sure the bulb is enclosed by a wire cage. The hot filament of an accidentally broken bulb can ignite spilled fuel or oil.

Work In Ventilated Area

Components in products that may contain asbestos fibers are brake pads, brake band and lining assemblies, clutch plates, and some gaskets. The asbestos used in these components is usually found in a resin or sealed in some way. Normal handling is not hazardous as long as airborne dust containing asbestos is not generated. Avoid creating dust. Never use compressed air for cleaning. Avoid brushing or grinding material containing asbestos. When servicing, wear an approved respirator. A special vacuum cleaner is recommended to clean asbestos. If not available, apply a mist of oil or water on the material containing asbestos. Keep bystanders away from the area.

SERVICE TIRES SAFELY

Engine exhaust fumes can cause sickness or death. If it is necessary to run an engine in an enclosed area, remove the exhaust fumes from the area with an exhaust pipe extension. If you do not have an exhaust pipe extension, open the doors and get outside air into the area.

WARNING: California Proposition 65 Warning: Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects, and other reproductive harm. Gasoline engine exhaust from this product contains chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects, or other reproductive harm.

Remove Paint Before Welding Or Heating Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust. Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is heated by welding, soldering, or using a torch. Do all work outside or in a well ventilated area. Dispose of paint and solvent properly. Remove paint before welding or heating: If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the dust. Wear an approved respirator. If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper with soap and water before welding. Remove solvent or paint stripper containers and other flammable material from area. Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutes before welding or heating.

6/27/00

Explosive separation of a tire and rim parts can cause serious injury or death. Do not attempt to mount a tire unless you have the proper equipment and experience to perform the job. Always maintain the correct tire pressure. Do not inflate the tires above the recommended pressure. Never weld or heat a wheel and tire assembly. The heat can cause an increase in air pressure resulting in a tire explosion. Welding can structurally weaken or deform the wheel. When inflating tires, use a clip-on chuck and extension hose long enough to allow you to stand to one side and NOT in front of or over the tire assembly. Use a safety cage if available. Check wheels for low pressure, cuts, bubbles, damaged rims or missing lug bolts and nuts.

1-5

SAFETY

AVOID INJURY FROM ROTATING BLADES, AUGERS AND PTO SHAFTS

HANDLE CHEMICAL PRODUCTS SAFELY

Direct exposure to hazardous chemicals can cause serious injury. Potentially hazardous chemicals used with John Deere equipment include such items as lubricants, coolants, paints, and adhesives. Keep hands and feet away while machine is running. Shut off power to service, lubricate or remove mower blades, augers or PTO shafts.

SERVICE COOLING SYSTEM SAFELY

A Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) provides specific details on chemical products: physical and health hazards, safety procedures, and emergency response techniques. Check the MSDS before you start any job using a hazardous chemical. That way you will know exactly what the risks are and how to do the job safely. Then follow procedures and recommended equipment.

Dispose of Waste Properly Improperly disposing of waste can threaten the environment and ecology. Potentially harmful waste used with John Deere equipment include such items as oil, fuel, coolant, brake fluid, filters, and batteries. Use leakproof containers when draining fluids. Do not use food or beverage containers that may mislead someone into drinking from them. Do not pour waste onto the ground, down a drain, or into any water source. Inquire on the proper way to recycle or dispose of waste from your local environmental or recycling center, or from your John Deere dealer. Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can cause serious burns.

LIVE WITH SAFETY

Shut off machine. Only remove filler cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure before removing completely.

Before returning machine to customer, make sure machine is functioning properly, especially the safety systems. Install all guards and shields.

1-6

6/27/00

CONTENTS

SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION

CONTENTS Page

GENERAL VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS – ALL TRACTORS . . . . . . . . . 3 ELECTRICAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 FUEL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3–POINT HITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 PTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

GENERAL VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS – 4500 TRACTORS . . . . . . . . . 5 FUEL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 DRIVE TRAIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 PTO (PTO Shaft Speed Measured at 2664 Engine rpm). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 CLUTCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 WEIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

GENERAL VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS – 4600 TRACTORS . . . . . . . . . 6 FUEL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 DRIVE TRAIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 PTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 CLUTCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 WEIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

GENERAL VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS* – 4700 TRACTORS . . . . . . . . 7 FUEL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 DRIVE TRAIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 PTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 CLUTCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 WEIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

FASTENER TORQUE VALUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 JIS FASTENER TORQUE VALUES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 METRIC FASTENER TORQUE VALUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 INCH FASTENER TORQUE VALUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

O-RING SEAL SERVICE RECOMMENDATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 FACE SEAL FITTINGS WITH INCH STUD ENDS TORQUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 FACE SEAL FITTINGS WITH METRIC STUD ENDS TORQUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 O-RING FACE SEAL FITTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 O-RING BOSS FITTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

DIESEL FUEL SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 DIESEL FUEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 DIESEL FUEL LUBRICITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 DIESEL FUEL STORAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

ENGINE OIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 BREAK–IN ENGINE OIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

TRANSMISSION & HYDRAULIC OIL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 CHASSIS GREASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 ALTERNATIVE LUBRICANTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

6/27/00

2-1

CONTENTS CONTINUED

SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION

SYNTHETIC LUBRICANTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LUBRICANT STORAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MIXING OF LUBRICANTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OIL FILTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

17 17 17 17

COOLANT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 COOLANT DRAIN INTERVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION LOCATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

2-2

6/27/00

SPECIFICATIONS & INFORMATION

GENERAL VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS – ALL TRACTORS

GENERAL VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS – ALL TRACTORS 4500 Tractors

4600 Tractors

4700 Tractors

Make

John Deere/Yanmar

John Deere/Yanmar

John Deere/Yanmar

Model

4TNE84-JTC45 4TNE84-EJTF45

4TNE84-JTC46 4TNE84-EJTF46

4TNE88-EJTF47

Type

4-cycle Diesel

4-cycle Diesel

4-cycle Diesel

Bore and Stroke

84x90 mm (3.31x3.54 in.)

84x90 mm (3.31x3.54 in.)

88x90 mm (3.46x3.54 in.)

Cylinders

4

4

4

Valves

Overhead Valves

Overhead Valves

Overhead Valves

Displacement

1995 cm3 (121.7 cu in.)

1995 cm3 (121.7 cu in.)

2189 cm3 (133.6 cu in.)

Compression Ratio

18.0:1

18.0:1

18.0:1

Gross Engine Power

29.1 kW (39 hp)

32.1 kW (43.0 hp)

35.8 kW (48 hp)

Net Engine Power

27.2 kW (36.5 hp)

30.1 kW (40.4 hp)

30.1 kW (40.4 hp)

Torque (at rated speed)

99.9 N•m (73.7 lb-ft)

106.7 N•m (78.7 lb-ft)

117.0 N•m (86.3 lb-ft)

Torque (maximum)

124.9 N•m (92.1 lb-ft)

133.3 N•m (98.3 lb-ft)

144.2 N•m (106.4 lb-ft)

Lubrication

Full pressure

Full pressure

Full pressure

Oil filter

Standard Single Element

Standard Single Element

Standard Single Element

Oil Capacity

4.81 L (5.08 qt)

4.81 L (5.08 qt)

4.81 L (5.08 qt)

Engine Rated Speed

2600 rpm

2600 rpm

2600 rpm

Engine Slow Idle Speed

950 ± 50 rpm

950 ± 50 rpm

950 ± 50 rpm

Cooling system

Liquid w/Pump & Radiator

Liquid w/Pump & Radiator

Liquid w/Pump & Radiator

Air cleaner

Dry-Type w/Safety Element

Dry-Type w/Safety Element

Dry-Type w/Safety Element

Volts

12 VDC

12 VDC

12 VDC

Battery Rating

45 amp-hr

45 amp-hr

45 amp-hr

Battery Size

600 Cold Cranking Amps

600 Cold Cranking Amps

600 Cold Cranking Amps

Alternator

40 amp

40 amp

40 amp

Regulator

Internal, Current Limiting

Internal, Current Limiting

Internal, Current Limiting

Starting Motor

2.0 kW (2.68 hp)

2.0 kW (2.68 hp)

2.0 kW (2.68 hp)

Headlights

37.5 W Halogen Bulb

37.5 W Halogen Bulb

37.5 W Halogen Bulb

ENGINES

ELECTRICAL

*Specifications and design subject to change without notice.

6/27/00

2-3

FUEL SYSTEM

SPECIFICATIONS & INFORMATION

4500 Tractors

4600 Tractors

4700 Tractors

Tail Lights

5 W Bayonet Base

5 W Bayonet Base

5 W Bayonet Base

Hazard Lights

Type 1156

Type 1156

Type 1156

Instrument Panel Lamps

1.7 W Bayonet Base

1.7 W Bayonet Base

1.7 W Bayonet Base

System Type

Direct Fuel Injection

Direct Fuel Injection

Direct Fuel Injection

Injection Pump

In-Line w/Solenoid Shutoff

In-Line w/Solenoid Shutoff

In-Line w/Solenoid Shutoff

Fuel type

Diesel

Diesel

Diesel

Fuel Tank Capacity

47.3 L (12.5 gal)

47.3 L (12.5 gal)

47.3 L (12.5 gal)

Fuel Filter

Clear Bowl Water Separator with Disposable Paper Element, Water Floating Red Ring

Clear Bowl Water Separator with Disposable Paper Element, Water Floating Red Ring

Clear Bowl Water Separator with Disposable Paper Element, Water Floating Red Ring

Type

Category One

Category One

Category One

Lift Capacity at 61.0 cm (24 in.) Behind Link Arms

1135 kg (2500 lb)

1135 kg (2500 lb)

1135 kg (2500 lb)

(Measurements Taken At 2600 Engine rpm)

(Measurements Taken At 2700 Engine rpm)

(Measurements Taken At 2700 Engine rpm)

Type

Open System

Open System

Open System

Working Pressure

17237 kPa (2500 psi)

17237 kPa (2500 psi)

17237 kPa (2500 psi)

Pump

Dual Gear Type

Dual Gear Type

Dual Gear Type

Type

Continuous Live with Electric Released Hydraulic Clutch

Continuous Live with Electric Released Hydraulic Clutch

Continuous Live with Electric Released Hydraulic Clutch

Rotation Direction

Clockwise

Clockwise

Clockwise

Clutch

Multiple Wet Disk

Multiple Wet Disk

Multiple Wet Disk

Brake

Wet Disk

Wet Disk

Wet Disk

FUEL SYSTEM

3–POINT HITCH

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

PTO

2-4

6/27/00

SPECIFICATIONS & INFORMATION GENERAL VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS* – 4500 TRACTORS

GENERAL VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS* – 4500 TRACTORS 4500 CST

4500 PRT

47.3 L (12.5 gal)

47.3 L (12.5 gal)

Type

9 x 3 Collar Shift

12 x 12 PowrReverser™

Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD)

N/A

Yes

Front Axle Fluid Capacity

N/A

7 liters (1.8 gal)

Differential Lock

Standard; Foot Operated

Standard; Foot Operated

Number of Speeds

9 Forward, 3 Reverse

12 Forward, 12 Reverse With Creeper: 24 Forward, 24 Reverse

Final Drive

Planetary

Planetary

Brakes

Wet Disk

Wet Disk

Steering

Hydraulic Power Assist

Hydraulic Power Assist

Drawbar Tongue Weight Vertical Capacity Rating

500 kg (1102 lb)

500 kg (1102 lb)

FUEL SYSTEM Fuel Tank Capacity

DRIVE TRAIN

PTO (PTO Shaft Speed Measured at 2664 Engine rpm) Rear Shaft Speed

540 rpm

540 rpm

Mid Shaft Speed

2100 rpm

2100 rpm

2 - Speed Shaft Speeds

540 rpm and 750 rpm

540 rpm and 750 rpm

PTO Output Power

24.6 kW (33.0 hp)

24.6 kW (33.0 hp)

Dry, Single Disc

Wet, Multiple Disk

CLUTCH Type

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Front Pump Capacity

18.2 L/min (4.8 gpm)

18.2 L/min (4.8 gpm)

Rear Pump Capacity

37.5 L/min (9.9 gpm)

37.5 L/min (9.9 gpm)

Total Fluid Capacity

25.7 L (6.8 gal)

25.7 L (6.8 gal)

2WD

1429 kg (3150 lbs)

1429 kg (3150 lbs)

MFWD

1564 kg (3450 lbs)

1564 kg (3450 lbs)

WEIGHT

6/27/00

2-5

GENERAL VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS* – 4600 TRACTORS SPECIFICATIONS & INFORMATION

GENERAL VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS* – 4600 TRACTORS 4600 CST

4600 PRT

4600 Hydrostatic Drive

47.3 L (12.5 gal)

37.9 L (10.0 gal)

47.3 L (12.5 gal)

Type

9 x 3 Collar Shift

12 x 12 PowrReverser™

Hydrostatic Infinite Three Ranges

Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD)

N/A

Option

Standard Equipment

Front Axle Fluid Capacity

N/A

7 liters (1.8 gal)

7 liters (1.8 gal)

Differential Lock

Standard; Foot Operated

Standard; Foot Operated

Standard; Foot Operated

Number of Speeds with Creeper

9 Forward, 3 Reverse

12 Forward, 12 Reverse 24 Forward, 24 Reverse

Infinite

Final Drive

Planetary

Planetary

Planetary

Brakes

Wet Disk

Wet Disk

Wet Disk

Steering

Hydraulic Power Assist

Hydraulic Power Assist

Hydraulic Power Assist

Drawbar Tongue Weight Vertical Capacity Rating

500 kg (1102 lb)

500 kg (1102 lb)

500 kg (1102 lb)

FUEL SYSTEM Fuel Tank Capacity

DRIVE TRAIN

PTO (PTO Shaft Speed Measured at 2664 Engine rpm) Rear Shaft Speed

540 rpm

540 rpm

540 rpm

Mid Shaft Speed

2100 rpm

2100 rpm

2100 rpm

2 Speed PTO Shaft Speeds 540 rpm and 750 rpm

540 rpm and 750 rpm

540 rpm and 750 rpm

PTO Output Power

26.8 kW (36.0 hp)

26.8 kW (36.0 hp)

25.7 kW (34.5 hp)

Dry, Single Disc

Wet, Multiple Disk

N/A

CLUTCH Type

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Front Pump Capacity

18.9 L/min (5.0 gpm)

18.9 L/min (5.0 gpm)

18.9 L/min (5.0 gpm)

Rear Pump Capacity

39.0 L/min (10.3 gpm)

39.0 L/min (10.3 gpm)

39.0 L/min (10.3 gpm)

Total Fluid Capacity

37 L (9.8 gal)

37 L (9.8 gal)

35 L (9.25 gal)

2WD

1429 kg (3150 lbs)

1429 kg (3150 lbs)

1429 kg (3150 lbs)

MFWD

N/A

1564 kg (3450 lbs)

1564 kg (3450 lbs)

WEIGHT

2-6

6/27/00

SPECIFICATIONS & INFORMATION GENERAL VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS* – 4700 TRACTORS

GENERAL VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS* – 4700 TRACTORS 4700 PRT

4700 Hydrostatic Drive

37.9 L (10.0 gal)

47.3 L (12.5 gal)

Type

12 x 12 Power Reverse

Hydrostatic Infinite Three Ranges

Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD)

Option

Standard Equipment

Front Axle Fluid Capacity

7 liters (1.8 gal)

7 liters (1.8 gal)

Differential Lock

Standard; Foot Operated

Standard; Foot Operated

Number of Speeds with Creeper

12 Forward, 12 Reverse 24 Forward, 24 Reverse

Infinite

Final Drive

Planetary

Planetary

Brakes

Wet Disk

Wet Disk

Steering

Hydraulic Power Assist

Hydraulic Power Assist

Drawbar Tongue Weight Vertical Capacity Rating

500 kg (1102 lb)

500 kg (1102 lb)

FUEL SYSTEM Fuel Tank Capacity

DRIVE TRAIN

PTO (PTO Shaft Speed Measured at 2664 Engine rpm) Rear Shaft Speed

540 rpm

540 rpm

Mid Shaft Speed

2100 rpm

2100 rpm

2 Speed PTO Shaft Speeds 540 rpm and 750 rpm

540 rpm and 750 rpm

PTO Output Power

29.8 kW (40.0 hp)

28.7 kW (38.5 hp)

Wet, Multiple Disk

N/A

CLUTCH Type

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Front Pump Capacity

18.9 L/min (5.0 gpm)

18.9 L/min (5.0 gpm)

Rear Pump Capacity

39.0 L/min (10.3 gpm)

39.0 L/min (10.3 gpm)

Total Fluid Capacity

37 L (9.8 gal)

35 L (9.25 gal)

2WD

1429 kg (3150 lbs)

1429 kg (3150 lbs)

MFWD

1564 kg (3450 lbs)

1564 kg (3450 lbs)

WEIGHT

6/27/00

2-7

FASTENER TORQUE VALUES

SPECIFICATIONS & INFORMATION

FASTENER TORQUE VALUES JIS FASTENER TORQUE VALUES J.I.S. Grade and Head Markings

7T

Grade 7T

Grade 8.8T

Lubricateda

Drya

SIZE

N•m

lb-ft

N•m

8mm

--

--

10mm

--

12mm

11T

8.8T

Grade 11T

Lubricateda

Drya

Lubricateda

Drya

lb-ft

--

--

N•m

lb-ft

N•m

lb-ft

N•m

lb-ft

23-29

17-22

--

--

25-35

19-26

--

--

29-41

22-30

--

44-59

33-43

--

--

51-67

38-49

--

--

61-80

45-59

--

--

78-98

58-72

--

--

83-113

61-83

--

--

103-132

76-98

14mm

--

--

118-147

87-109

--

--

127-167

94-123

--

--

152-201

112-148

16mm

--

--

167-206

123-152

DO NOT use these hand torque values if a different torque value or tightening procedure is given for a specific application. Torque values listed are for general use only and include a ±10% variance factor. Check tightness of fasteners periodically. DO NOT use air powered wrenches. Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined loads. Always replace shear bolts with identical grade. Fasteners should be replaced with the same grade. Make sure fastener threads are clean and that you properly start thread engagement. This will prevent them from failing when tightening. When bolt and nut combination fasteners are used, torque values should be applied to the NUT instead of the bolt head. Tighten toothed or serrated-type lock nuts to the full torque value. a

“Lubricated” means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, or fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings. “Dry” means plain or zinc plated (yellow dichromate - Specification JDS117) without any lubrication. At the time of printing, these numbers were not available.

b “Grade 2” applies for hex cap screws (not hex bolts) up to 152 mm (6-in.) long. “Grade 1” applies for hex cap screws over 152 mm (6-in.) long, and for all other types of bolts and screws of any length.

Reference: JDS—G200.

2-8

6/27/00

METRIC FASTENER TORQUE VALUES

SPECIFICATIONS & INFORMATION

METRIC FASTENER TORQUE VALUES 4.8

9.8

10.9

4.8

8.8

9.8

10.9

12.9

4.8

8.8

9.8

10.9

12.9

10

10

5 5

10

10

12.9 12

10

10

5

Property Class and Nut Markings

12.9

8.8

12

Property Class and Head Markings

12

TS1163

Class 4.8

Class 8.8 or 9.8

Lubricateda

Drya

SIZE

N•m

lb-ft

N•m

M6

48

3.5

M8

12

M10

Class 10.9

Lubricateda

Drya

lb-ft

N•m

lb-ft

N•m

6

4.5

9

6.5

8.5

15

11

22

23

17

29

21

M12

40

29

50

M14

63

47

M16

100

M18

Class 12.9

Lubricateda

Drya

Lubricateda

Drya

lb-ft

N•m

lb-ft

N•m

lb-ft

N•m

lb-ft

N•m

lb-ft

11

8.5

13

9.5

17

12

15

11.5

19

14.5

16

28

20

32

24

40

30

37

28

47

35

43

32

55

40

63

47

80

60

75

55

95

70

37

75

55

95

70

110

80

140

105

130

95

165

120

80

60

120

88

150

110

175

130

225

165

205

150

260

109

73

125

92

190

140

240

175

275

200

350

225

320

240

400

300

135

100

175

125

260

195

330

250

375

275

475

350

440

325

560

410

M20

190

140

240

180

375

275

475

350

530

400

675

500

625

460

800

580

M22

260

190

330

250

510

375

650

475

725

540

925

675

850

625

1075

800

M24

330

250

425

310

650

475

825

600

925

675

1150

850

1075

800

1350

1000

M27

490

360

625

450

950

700

1200

875

1350

1000

1700

1250

1600

1150

2000

1500

M30

675

490

850

625

1300

950

1650

1200

1850

1350

2300

1700

2150

1600

2700

2000

M33

900

675

1150

850

1750

1300

2200

1650

2500

1850

3150

2350

2900

2150

3700

2750

M36

1150

850

1450

1075

2250

1650

2850

2100

3200

2350

4050

3000

3750

2750

4750

3500

DO NOT use these hand torque values if a different torque value or tightening procedure is given for a specific application. Torque values listed are for general use only and include a ±10% variance factor. Check tightness of fasteners periodically. DO NOT use air powered wrenches. Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined loads. Always replace shear bolts with identical grade. Fasteners should be replaced with the same grade. Make sure fastener threads are clean and that you properly start thread engagement. This will prevent them from failing when tightening. When bolt and nut combination fasteners are used, torque values should be applied to the NUT instead of the bolt head. Tighten toothed or serrated-type lock nuts to the full torque value. a “Lubricated” means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, or fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings. “Dry” means plain or zinc plated (yellow dichromate - Specification JDS117) without any lubrication. Reference: JDS—G200.

6/27/00

2-9

INCH FASTENER TORQUE VALUES

SPECIFICATIONS & INFORMATION

INCH FASTENER TORQUE VALUES 1 or 2b

SAE Grade and Head Markings

5.1

5

8

5.2

8.2

No Marks

5

2 SAE Grade and Nut Markings

8

No Marks TS1162

Grade 2b

Grade 1 Lubricateda

Drya

SIZE

N•m

lb-ft

N•m

1/4

3.7

2.8

5/16

7.7

3/8

Grade 5, 5.1 or 5.2

Grade 8 or 8.2

Lubricateda

Drya

Lubricateda

Drya

Lubricateda

Drya

lb-ft

N•m

lb-ft

N•m

lb-ft

N•m

lb-ft

N•m

lb-ft

N•m

lb-ft

N•m

lb-ft

4.7

3.5

6

4.5

7.5

5.5

9.5

7

12

9

13.5

10

17

12.5

5.5

10

7

12

9

15

11

20

15

25

18

28

21

35

26

14

10

17

13

22

16

27

20

35

26

44

33

50

36

63

46

7/16

22

16

28

20

35

26

44

32

55

41

70

52

80

58

100

75

1/2

33

25

42

31

53

39

67

50

85

63

110

80

120

90

150

115

9/16

48

36

60

45

75

56

95

70

125

90

155

115

175

130

225

160

5/8

67

50

85

62

105

78

135

100

170

125

215

160

215

160

300

225

3/4

120

87

150

110

190

140

240

175

300

225

375

280

425

310

550

400

7/8

190

140

240

175

190

140

240

175

490

360

625

450

700

500

875

650

1

290

210

360

270

290

210

360

270

725

540

925

675

1050

750

1300

975

1-1/8

470

300

510

375

470

300

510

375

900

675

1150

850

1450

1075

1850

1350

1-1/4

570

425

725

530

570

425

725

530

1300

950

1650

1200

2050

1500

2600

1950

1-3/8

750

550

950

700

750

550

950

700

1700

1250

2150

1550

2700

2000

3400

2550

1-1/2

1000

725

1250

925

990

725

1250

930

2250

1650

2850

2100

3600

2650

4550

3350

DO NOT use these hand torque values if a different torque value or tightening procedure is given for a specific application. Torque values listed are for general use only and include a ±10% variance factor. Check tightness of fasteners periodically. DO NOT use air powered wrenches. Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined loads. Always replace shear bolts with identical grade. Fasteners should be replaced with the same grade. Make sure fastener threads are clean and that you properly start thread engagement. This will prevent them from failing when tightening. When bolt and nut combination fasteners are used, torque values should be applied to the NUT instead of the bolt head. Tighten toothed or serrated-type lock nuts to the full torque value. a

“Lubricated” means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, or fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings. “Dry” means plain or zinc plated (yellow dichromate - Specification JDS117) without any lubrication. b

“Grade 2” applies for hex cap screws (not hex bolts) up to 152 mm (6-in.) long. “Grade 1” applies for hex cap screws over 152 mm (6-in.) long, and for all other types of bolts and screws of any length. Reference: JDS—G200.

2 - 10

6/27/00

O-RING SEAL SERVICE RECOMMENDATIONS

SPECIFICATIONS & INFORMATION

O-RING SEAL SERVICE RECOMMENDATIONS FACE SEAL FITTINGS WITH INCH STUD ENDS TORQUE Stud End

Tube Nut

Stud Straight and Tube Nut

Swivel Nut Locknut Tube Nut Stud End 90 Swivel Elbow and Tube Nut

90 Adjustable Stud Elbow Bulkhead Union and Bulkhead Locknut

Nominal Tube OD/Hose ID Metric Tube OD

Inch Tube OD

Face Seal Tube/Hose End Thread Size

Tube Nut/ Swivel Nut Torque

Bulkhead Locknut Torque

Dash Size

in.

mm

-3

0.188

4.76

6

-4

0.250

6.35

8

-5

0.312

7.94

10

-6

0.375

9.52

11/16-16

24

18

24

12

-8

0.500

12.70

13/16-16

50

37

16

-10

0.625

15.88

1-14

69

-12

0.750

19.05

1-3/16-12

22

-14

0.875

22.22

25

-16

1.000

32

-20

38

-24

mm

in.

lb-ft

3/8-24

8

6

7/16-20

12

9

1/2-20

16

12

18

9/16-18

24

18

46

34

3/4-16

46

34

51

62

46

7/8-14

62

46

102

75

102

75

1-1/16-12

102

75

1-3/16-12

102

75

102

75

1-3/16-12

122

90

25.40

1-7/16-12

142

105

142

105

1-5/16-12

142

105

1.25

31.75

1-11/16-12

190

140

190

140

1-5/8-12

190

140

1.50

38.10

2-12

217

160

217

160

1-7/8-12

217

160

12

N•m

12

lb-ft

Straight Fitting or Locknut Torque N•m

16

lb-ft

Thread Size in.

9/16-18

N•m

O-ring Stud Ends

9

NOTE: Torque tolerance is +15% / –20%.

6/27/00

2 - 11

FACE SEAL FITTINGS WITH METRIC STUD ENDS TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS & INFORMATION

FACE SEAL FITTINGS WITH METRIC STUD ENDS TORQUE Stud End

Tube Nut

Groove For Metric Identification Stud Straight and Tube Nut

Swivel Nut Locknut Tube Nut

Groove For Metric Identification

Stud End 90 Swivel Elbow and Tube Nut

90 Adjustable Stud Elbow Bulkhead Union and Bulkhead Locknut

Nominal Tube OD/Hose ID Metric Tube OD

Inch Tube OD

O-ring Stud Ends, Straight Fitting or Locknut

Face Seal Tube/Hose End

Thread Size

mm

Dash Size

in.

mm

in.

6

-4

0.250

6.35

9/16-18

8

-5

0.312

7.94

Hex Size

Tube Nut/ Bulkhead Swivel Locknut Nut Torque Torque

mm N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft 17

16

12

12

9

Thread Size

Steel or Hex Aluminum Gray Iron Size Torque Torque

mm

mm N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft

M12X1.5

17

21

15.5

9

6.6

M14X1.5

19

33

24

15

11

10

-6

0.375

9.52

11/16-16

22

24

18

24

18

M16X1.5

22

41

30

18

13

12

-8

0.500 12.70

13/16-16

24

50

37

46

34

M18X1.5

24

50

37

21

15

16

-10

0.625 15.88

1-14

30

69

51

62

46

M22X1.5

27

69

51

28

21

-12

0.750 19.05 1-3/16-12

36

102

75

102

75

M27X2

32

102

75

46

34

22

-14

0.875 22.22 1-3/16-12

36

102

75

102

75

M30X2

36

25

-16

1.000 25.40 1-7/16-12

41

142 105 142 105

M33X2

41

158

116

71

52

M38X2

46

176

130

79

58

28 32

-20

1.25

31.75 1-11/16-12

50

190 140 190 140

M42X2

50

190

140

85

63

38

-24

1.50

38.10

60

217 160 217 160

M48X2

55

217

160

98

72

2-12

NOTE: Torque tolerance is +15% / –20%.

2 - 12

6/27/00

O-RING FACE SEAL FITTINGS

SPECIFICATIONS & INFORMATION

O-RING FACE SEAL FITTINGS

.

Sealing Surface

Special Nut

Angle Fitting

Special Washer

O-Ring Sealing Surface

1. Inspect the fitting sealing surfaces. They must be free of dirt or defects. 2. Inspect the O-ring. It must be free of damage or defects. 3. Lubricate O-rings and install into groove using petroleum jelly to hold in place. 4. Push O-ring into the groove with plenty of petroleum jelly so O-ring is not displaced during assembly. 5. Index angle fittings and tighten by hand pressing joint together to insure O-ring remains in place. 6. Tighten fitting or nut to torque value shown on the chart per dash size stamped on the fitting. Do not allow hoses to twist when tightening fittings.

O-RING BOSS FITTINGS 1. Inspect boss O-ring boss seat. It must be free of dirt and defects. If repeated leaks occur, inspect for defects with a magnifying glass. Some raised defects can be removed with a slip stone. Groove

O-Ring

2. Put hydraulic oil or petroleum jelly on the O-ring. Place electrical tape over the threads to protect Oring from nicks. Slide O-ring over the tape and into the groove of fitting. Remove tape.

6/27/00

3. For angle fittings, loosen special nut and push special washer against threads so O-ring can be installed into the groove of fitting. 4. Turn fitting into the boss by hand until special washer or washer face (straight fitting) contacts boss face and O-ring is squeezed into its seat. 5. To position angle fittings, turn the fitting counterclockwise a maximum of one turn. 6. Tighten straight fittings to torque value shown on chart. For angle fittings, tighten the special nut to value shown in the chart while holding body of fitting with a wrench. STRAIGHT FITTING OR SPECIAL NUT TORQUE

Thread Size

Torquea

Number of Flatsb

N•m

lb-ft

3/8-24 UNF

8

(6)

2

7/16-20 UNF

12

(9)

2

1/2-20 UNF

16

(12)

2

9/16-18 UNF

24

(18)

2

3/4-16 UNF

46

(34)

2

7/8-14 UNF

62

(46)

1-1/2

1-1/16-12 UN

102

(75)

1

1-3/16-12 UN

122

(90)

1

1-5/16-12 UN

142

(105)

3/4

1-5/8-12 UN

190

(140)

3/4

1-7/8-12 UN

217

(160)

1/2

a. Torque tolerance is ± 10 percent. b. To be used if a torque wrench cannot be used. After tightening fitting by hand, put a mark on nut or boss; then tighten special nut or straight fitting the number of flats shown.

2 - 13

DIESEL FUEL SPECIFICATIONS

DIESEL FUEL SPECIFICATIONS DIESEL FUEL In general, diesel fuels are blended to satisfy the low air temperature requirements of the geographical area in which they are sold. In North America, diesel fuel is usually specified to ASTM D975 and sold as either Grade 1 for cold air temperatures or Grade 2 for warm air temperatures. If diesel fuels being supplied in your area DO NOT meet any of the above specifications, use diesel fuels with the following equivalent properties: • Cetane Number 40 (minimum) A cetane number greater than 50 is preferred, especially for air temperatures below –20 °C (–4 °F) or elevations above 1500 m (5000 ft).

SPECIFICATIONS & INFORMATION

flakes will quickly plug fuel filters and damage fuel injectors and fuel pumps. It is recommended that diesel fuel be stored ONLY in a clean, approved POLYETHYLENE PLASTIC container WITHOUT any metal screen or filter. This will help prevent any accidental sparks from occurring. Store fuel in an area that is well ventilated to prevent possible igniting of fumes by an open flame or spark, this includes any appliance with a pilot light. IMPORTANT: Keep all dirt, scale, water or other foreign material out of fuel.

• Cold Filter Plugging Point (CFPP) The temperature at which diesel fuel begins to cloud or jell. Use diesel fuels with a CFPP which is at least 5 °C (9 °F) below the expected low air temperature.

Keep fuel in a safe, protected area and in a clean, properly marked (“DIESEL FUEL”) container. DO NOT use deicers to attempt to remove water from fuel. DO NOT depend on fuel filters to remove water from fuel. It is recommended that a water separator be installed in the storage tank outlet. BE SURE to properly discard unstable or contaminated diesel fuel and/or their containers when necessary.

• Sulfur Content of 0.05% (maximum) Diesel fuels for highway use in the United States now require sulfur content to be less than 0.05%.

ENGINE OIL

If diesel fuel being used has a sulfur content greater than 0.5%, reduce the service interval for engine oil and filter by 50%. Consult your local diesel fuel distributor for properties of the diesel fuel available in your area.

c

WARNING

California Proposition 65 Warning: Diesel engine exhaust and some of its elements from this product are known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects, or other reproductive harm.

DIESEL FUEL LUBRICITY Diesel fuel must have adequate lubricity to ensure proper operation and durability of fuel injection system components. Fuel lubricity should pass a minimum of 3300 gram load level as measured by the BOCLE scuffing test.

DIESEL FUEL STORAGE IMPORTANT: DO NOT USE GALVANIZED CONTAINERS—diesel fuel stored in galvanized containers reacts with zinc coating in the container to form zinc flakes. If fuel contains water, a zinc gel will also form. The gel and

2 - 14

Use the appropriate oil viscosity based on the expected air temperature range during the period between recommended oil changes. Operating outside of these recommended oil air temperature ranges may cause premature engine failure. The following John Deere oils are PREFERRED: • PLUS–50®—SAE 15W-40; • TORQ–GARD SUPREME®—SAE 5W-30. • TORQ–GARD SUPREME®—SAE 15W-40; • UNI–GARD™—SAE 15W-40; • UNI–GARD™—SAE 5W-30. The following John Deere oils are also recommended, based on their specified temperature range: • TURF–GARD®—SAE 10W-30; • PLUS–4®—SAE 10W-30; • TORQ–GARD SUPREME®—SAE 30. • UNI–GARD™—SAE 10W-30; • UNI–GARD™—SAE 30. Other oils may be used if above John Deere oils are not available, provided they meet one of the following specifications: • SAE 15W-40—API Service Classification CF–4 or higher; • SAE 5W-30—API Service Classification CC or higher; • SAE 10W-30—API Service Classification CF or higher; • SAE 30—API Service Classification CF or higher. • CCMC Specification D4 or Mercedes Benz MB228.1 or higher.

6/27/00

BREAK–IN ENGINE OIL

SPECIFICATIONS & INFORMATION

IMPORTANT: If diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than 0.5% is used, reduce the service interval for oil and filter by 50%.

aluminum and cast iron types. If this preferred John Deere oil is not available, use a break-in engine oil meeting the following specification during the first 100 hours of operation:

BREAK-IN OIL

SAE10W-30

SAE 30 SAE 5W-30

SAE 15W-40

• API Service Classification CE or higher. • CCMC Specification D4 or higher.

PREFERRED M58275 AIR TEM PERATURE

John Deere Dealers: You may want to cross-reference the following publications to recommend the proper oil for your customers: • Module DX,ENOIL in JDS–G135; • Section 530, Lubricants & Hydraulics, of the John Deere Merchandise Sales Guide; • Lubrication Sales Manual PI7032.

BREAK–IN ENGINE OIL IMPORTANT: ONLY use this specified break-in oil in rebuilt or remanufactured engines for the first 100 hours (maximum) of operation. DO NOT use PLUS–50®, SAE 15W40 oil, oils meeting specifications API CG–4, API CF–4, or CCMC Specifications, these oils will not allow rebuilt or remanufactured engines to break-in properly.

M58275 A IR TEM PER ATUR E

IMPORTANT: After the break-in period, use the John Deere oil that is recommended for this engine. John Deere Dealers: You may want to cross-reference the following publications to recommend the proper oil for your customers: • Module DX,ENOIL4 in JDS–G135; • Section 530, Lubricants & Hydraulics, of the John Deere Merchandise Sales Guide; • Lubrication Sales Manual PI7032.

The following John Deere oil is PREFERRED: • BREAK–IN ENGINE OIL. John Deere BREAK–IN ENGINE OIL is formulated with special additives for aluminum and cast iron type engines to allow the power cylinder components (pistons, rings, and liners as well) to “wear-in” while protecting other engine components, valve train and gears, from abnormal wear. Engine rebuild instructions should be followed closely to determine if special requirements are necessary. John Deere BREAK–IN ENGINE OIL is also recommended for non-John Deere engines, both 6/27/00

2 - 15

TRANSMISSION & HYDRAULIC OIL

SPECIFICATIONS & INFORMATION

TRANSMISSION & HYDRAULIC OIL

CHASSIS GREASE

The same type of oil is recommended for all transmissions in the 45, 46, 4700 tractors. Use the appropriate oil viscosity based on these air temperature ranges. Operating outside of these recommended oil air temperature ranges may cause premature hydrostatic transmission or hydraulic system failures.

IMPORTANT: ONLY use a quality grease in this application. DO NOT mix any other greases in this application. DO NOT use any BIO–GREASE in this application. The following John Deere greases are PREFERRED:

IMPORTANT: Mixing of LOW VISCOSITY HY– GARD® and HY–GARD® oils is permitted. DO NOT mix any other oils in this transmission. DO NOT use engine oil or “Type F” (Red) Automatic Transmission Fluid in this transmission. The following John Deere transmission and hydraulic oil is PREFERRED: • LOW VISCOSITY HY–GARD®—JDM J20D. The following John Deere oil is also recommended if above preferred oil is not available: • HY–GARD®—JDM J20C. Other oils may be used if above recommended John Deere oils are not available, provided they meet one of the following specifications: • John Deere Standard JDM J20D; • John Deere Standard JDM C.

• MOLY HIGH-TEMPERATURE EP GREASE®— JDM J25C, NLGI Grade 2; • HIGH-TEMPERATURE EP GREASE®—JDM J13E4, NLGI Grade 2. • GREASE–GARD™—JDM J25C, NLGI Grade 2. Other greases may be used if above preferred John Deere greases are not available, provided they meet one of the following specifications: • John Deere Standard JDM J25C, NLGI Grade 2; • John Deere Standard JDM J13E4, NLGI Grade 2. IMPORTANT: If minimum air temperature should fall below -10 °C (14 °F), the grease must be heated to at least five degrees above the lower limit before start-up or components may be damaged. John Deere Dealers: You may want to cross-reference the following publications to recommend the proper grease for your customers:

JDM J13E4 NLGI Grade 2

JDM J25C NLGI Grade 2

JDM J20D

JDM J20C

• Module DX,GREA1 in JDS–G135; • Section 530, Lubricants & Hydraulics, of the John Deere Merchandise Sales Guide; • the Lubrication Sales Manual PI7032.

PREFERRED AIR TEM PERATURE

M58275

John Deere Dealers: You may want to cross-reference the following publications to recommend the proper oil for your customers: • Module DX,ANTI in JDS–G135; • Section 530, Lubricants & Hydraulics, of the John Deere Merchandise Sales Guide; • Lubrication Sales Manual PI7032.

2 - 16

AIR TEM PERATURE

M58275

6/27/00

ALTERNATIVE LUBRICANTS

SPECIFICATIONS & INFORMATION

ALTERNATIVE LUBRICANTS

OIL FILTERS

Conditions in certain geographical areas outside the United States and Canada may require different lubricant recommendations than the ones printed in this technical manual or the operator's manual. Consult with your John Deere Dealer, or Sales Branch, to obtain the alternative lubricant recommendations.

IMPORTANT: Filtration of oils is critical to proper lubrication performance. Always change filters regularly. The following John Deere oil filters are PREFERRED:

IMPORTANT: Use of alternative lubricants could cause reduced life of the component. If alternative lubricants are to be used, it is recommended that the factory fill be thoroughly removed before switching to any alternative lubricant.

SYNTHETIC LUBRICANTS Synthetic lubricants may be used in John Deere equipment if they meet the applicable performance requirements (industry classification and/or military specification) as shown in this manual. The recommended temperature limits and service or lubricant change intervals should be maintained as shown in the operator’s manual, unless otherwise stated on lubricant label. Avoid mixing different brands, grades, or types of oil. Oil manufacturers blend additives in their oils to meet certain specifications and performance requirements. Mixing different oils can interfere with the proper functioning of these additives and degrade lubricant performance.

• AUTOMOTIVE AND LIGHT TRUCK ENGINE OIL FILTERS. Most John Deere filters contain pressure relief and anti-drainback valves for better engine protection. Other oil filters may be used if above recommended John Deere oil filters are not available, provided they meet the following specification: • ASTB Tested In Accordance With SAE J806. John Deere Dealers: You may want to cross-reference the following publications to recommend the proper oil filter for your customers: • Module DX,FILT in JDS–G135; • Section 540, Lubricants & Hydraulics, of the John Deere Merchandise Sales Guide; • Lawn & Grounds Care Tune-Up Guide PI672.

COOLANT The engine cooling system when filled with a proper dilution mixture of antifreeze and deionized or distilled water provides year-round protection against corrosion, cylinder or liner pitting, and winter freeze protection down to –37 °C (–34 °F). The following John Deere coolant is PREFERRED:

LUBRICANT STORAGE All machines operate at top efficiency only when clean lubricants are used. Use clean storage containers to handle all lubricants. Store them in an area protected from dust, moisture, and other contamination. Store drums on their sides. Make sure all containers are properly marked as to their contents. Dispose of all old, used containers and their contents properly.

MIXING OF LUBRICANTS In general, avoid mixing different brands or types of lubricants. Manufacturers blend additives in their lubricants to meet certain specifications and performance requirements. Mixing different lubricants can interfere with the proper functioning of these additives and lubricant properties which will downgrade their intended specified performance.

• PRE-DILUTED DIESEL ENGINE ANTIFREEZE/ SUMMER COOLANT™ (TY16036). • COOL–GARD COOLANT CONCENTRATE™. This coolant satisfies specifications for “Automobile and Light Duty Engine Service” and is safe for use in equipment, including aluminum block gasoline engines and cooling systems. The above preferred pre-diluted antifreeze provides: • adequate heat transfer • corrosion-resistant chemicals for the cooling system • compatibility with cooling system hose and seal material • protection during extreme cold and extreme hot weather operations • chemically pure water for better service life • compliance with ASTM D4656 (JDM H24C2) specifications If above preferred pre-diluted coolant is not available, the following John Deere concentrate is recommended: • DIESEL ENGINE ANTIFREEZE/SUMMER COOLANT CONCENTRATE™ (TY16034).

6/27/00

2 - 17

COOLANT DRAIN INTERVAL If either of above recommended engine coolants are available use any Automobile and Light Duty Engine Service ethylene glycol base coolant, meeting the following specification: • ASTM D3306 (JDM H24C1). Read container label completely before using and follow instructions as stated. IMPORTANT: To prevent engine damage, DO NOT use pure antifreeze or less than a 50% antifreeze mixture in the cooling system. DO NOT mix or add any additives/conditioners to the cooling system in equipment. Water used to dilute engine coolant concentrate must be of high quality—clean, clear, potable water (low in chloride and hardness–Table 1) is generally acceptable. DO NOT use salt water. Deionized or distilled water is ideal to use. Coolant that is not mixed to these specified levels and water purity can cause excessive scale, sludge deposits, and increased corrosion potential.

SPECIFICATIONS & INFORMATION

Service coolants are not being used; drain, flush, and refill the cooling system according to instructions found on product container or in equipment operator’s manual or technical manual.

PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION LOCATIONS When ordering parts or submitting a warranty claim, it is IMPORTANT that you include the product identification number, and the component product identification numbers. The location of the product identification numbers and component product identification numbers are shown. PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

Table 1: Water Quality Property

Requirements

Total Solids, Maximum

340 ppm (20 grns/gal)

Total Hardness, Max.

170 ppm (10 grns/gal)

Chloride (as Cl), Max.

40 ppm (2.5 grns/gal)

Sulfate (as SO4), Max.

100 ppm (5.8 grns/gal)

M91660

ENGINE PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

Mix 50 percent antifreeze concentrate with 50 percent distilled or deionized water. This mixture and the prediluted mixture (TY16036) will protect the cooling system down to -37 °C (-34 °F) and up to 108 °C (226 °F). Certain geographical areas may require lower air temperature protection. See the label on your antifreeze container or consult your John Deere dealer to obtain the latest information and recommendations.

COOLANT DRAIN INTERVAL When using John Deere Pre-Diluted (TY16036) Automobile and Light Duty Engine Service coolants, drain and flush the cooling system and refill with fresh coolant mixture every 36 months or 3,000 hours of operation, whichever comes first.

M80501

When using John Deere Concentrate (TY16034) Automobile and Light Duty Engine Service coolants or John Deere Cool-Gard Coolant Concentrate for Automobile and Light Duty Engine Service, drain and flush the cooling system and refill with fresh coolant mixture every 24 months or 2,000 hours of operation, whichever comes first. If above John Deere Automobile and Light Duty Engine

2 - 18

6/27/00

CONTENTS

DIESEL ENGINE

CONTENTS Page

SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS - 4500, 4600, 4700 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 REPAIR SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 TESTS AND ADJUSTMENT SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 OPERATIONAL TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 TORQUE VALUES, NON-STANDARD FASTENERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 OTHER MATERIALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

THEORY OF OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 COOLING SYSTEM OPERATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 LUBRICATION SYSTEM OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 FUEL AND AIR SYSTEM OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

ENGINE SYSTEM DIAGNOSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 TROUBLESHOOTING CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 TROUBLESHOOTING CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 CYLINDER COMPRESSION TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 SLOW IDLE ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 VALVE CLEARANCE CHECK AND ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 CONNECTING ROD SIDE PLAY CHECK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 CONNECTING ROD BEARING CLEARANCE CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 CRANKSHAFT END PLAY CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 CRANKSHAFT MAIN BEARING CLEARANCE CHECK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 VALVE LIFT CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 CAMSHAFT END PLAY CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 TIMING GEAR BACKLASH CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 FUEL INJECTION NOZZLE TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 THERMOSTAT OPENING TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 INJECTION PUMP STATIC TIMING ADJUSTMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 FAN/ALTERNATOR DRIVE BELT ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 RADIATOR BUBBLE TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 COOLING SYSTEM PRESSURE TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 RADIATOR CAP PRESSURE TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 AIR INTAKE SYSTEM LEAKAGE TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 FUEL SUPPLY PUMP PRESSURE TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 FUEL SYSTEM LEAKAGE TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 BLEED FUEL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

REPAIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 ENGINE REMOVAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 ROCKER COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 EXHAUST MANIFOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 INTAKE MANIFOLD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 ROCKER ARM ASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

6/27/00

3-1

CONTENTS CONTINUED

CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PISTON AND CONNECTING ROD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CYLINDER BORE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CRANKCASE EXTENSION HOUSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BALANCER ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CRANKSHAFT REAR OIL SEAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CRANKSHAFT FRONT OIL SEAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CRANKSHAFT AND MAIN BEARINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLYWHEEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLYWHEEL HOUSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAMSHAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAM FOLLOWERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TIMING GEAR COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDLER GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TIMING GEAR COVER MOUNTING PLATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OIL PAN AND STRAINER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OIL PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . THERMOSTAT AND WATER PUMP DISASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FUEL SUPPLY COMPONENT LOCATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FUEL INJECTION PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FUEL INJECTION NOZZLES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FUEL FILTER ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STARTING MOTOR COMPONENT LOCATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STARTING MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALTERNATOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALTERNATOR COMPONENT LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-2

DIESEL ENGINE

31 32 36 41 43 43 44 44 45 47 48 48 51 52 53 53 53 54 55 56 58 59 62 63 63 69 72

6/27/00

DIESEL ENGINE

SPECIFICATIONS

SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS - 4500, 4600, 4700 NOTE: Specifications without model designation are the same for all tractors. Make. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yanmar Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refer to Specification Section for Models Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-cycle Diesel Output Power Model 4500 @ 2600 RPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.1 kW (39 hp) Model 4600 @ 2600 RPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32.1 kW (43 hp) Model 4700 @ 2600 RPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.8 kW (48 hp) Torque (at rated speed) Model 4500 @ 2600 RPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99.9 N•m (73.7 lb-ft) Model 4600 @ 2600 RPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106.7 N•m (78.7 lb-ft) Model 4700 @ 2600 RPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 N•m (86.3 lb-ft) Torque (maximum) Model 4500 @ 1700 RPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124.9 N•m (92.1 lb-ft) Model 4600 @ 1700 RPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133.3 N•m (98.3 lb-ft) Model 4700 @ 1700 RPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144.2 N•m (106.4 lb-ft) Cylinders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Bore 4500, 4600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84 mm (3.31 in.) Bore 4700 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88 mm (3.46 in.) Stroke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90 mm (3.54 in.) Displacement 4500, 4600. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.995 L (121.7 cu in.) Displacement 4700. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.189 L (133.6 cu in.) Firing Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1—3—4—2 Direction of Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Counterclockwise (viewed from flywheel) Combustion System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct Injection Type Compression Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 to 1 Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Liquid Oil Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Approximately 4.81 L (5.08 qt) Governor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Centrifugal Low Idle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 950 ± 50 rpm

REPAIR SPECIFICATIONS Valve Train Rocker Arm Shaft OD Standard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.97 - 15.98 mm (0.629 - 0.629 in.) Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.95 mm (0.628 in.) Rocker Arm ID Standard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.00 - 16.02 mm (0.630 - 0.631 in.) Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.09 mm (0.633 in.) Rocker Arm and Shaft Support Clearance Standard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.02 - 0.05 mm (0.001 - 0.002 in.) Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.14 mm (0.006 in.) Push Rod Bend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 - 0.03 mm (0.0 - 0.001 in.) Cylinder Head and Valves Cylinder Head Distortion Standard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0 - 0.05 mm (0.0 - 0.002 in.) Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.15 mm (0.006 in.)

6/27/00

3-3

REPAIR SPECIFICATIONS

DIESEL ENGINE

Intake Valve Seat Width (Non-Removable) Standard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.07 - 1.24 mm (0.042 - 0.049 in.) Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.74 mm (0.069 in.) Exhaust Valve Seat Width (Non-Removable) Standard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.24 - 1.45 mm (0.049 - 0.057 in.) Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.94 mm (0.076 in.) Valve Stem OD Intake Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.96 - 7.98 mm (0.313 - 0.314 in.) Exhaust Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.96 - 7.97 mm (0.313 - 0.314 in.) Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.90 mm (0.311 in.) Valve Head Thickness Intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.24 - 1.44 mm (0.049 - 0.057 in.) Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.35 - 1.55 mm (0.053 - 0.061in.) Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.50 mm (0.020 in.) Valve Recession Standard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.31 - 0.51 mm (0.012 - 0.020 in.) Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.00 mm (0.039 in.) Valve Guide Stem-To-Guide Oil Clearance: Intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.04 - 0.07 mm (0.001 - 0.003 in.) Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05 - 0.08 mm (0.002 - 0.003 in.) Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.20 mm (0.008 in.) Valve Guide ID Intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.01 - 8.03 (0.315 - 0.316 in.) Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.02 - 8.03 (0.316 - 0.316 in.) Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.10 mm (0.319 in.) Valve Guide Projection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 mm (0.591 in.) Valve Springs Spring Free Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 mm (1.654 in.) Maximum Spring Inclination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.10 mm (0.044 in.) Valve Spring Tension (Measured With Spring Compressed 1.0 mm (0.039) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.36 - 3.10 kg (5.20 - 6.83 lbs.) Valve Seat Surface Angle Exhaust Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45° Intake Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30° Valve Timing Intake Valve Opens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10° - 20° BTDC Closes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40° - 50° ABDC Exhaust Valve Opens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51° - 61° BBDC Closes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13° - 23° ATDC Piston-to-Cylinder Head Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.66 - 0.78 mm (0.026 - 0.031 in.) Connecting Rod Large End Bearing ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 - 51.01mm (2.008 - 2.008in.) Oil Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.04 - 0.07 mm (0.002 - 0.003 in.) Piston Rings 1st Compression Piston Ring Piston Groove Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.07 - 2.08 mm (0.081 - 0.082 in.) Ring Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.97 - 1.99 mm (0.078 - 0.078 in.) Minimum Side Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.08 - 0.11 mm (0.003 - 0.004 in.) 2nd Compression Piston Ring Piston Groove Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.04 - 2.05 mm (0.080 - 0.081 in.) Ring Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.97 - 1.99 mm (0.078 - 0.078 in.) Minimum Side Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05 - 0.08 mm (0.002 - 0.003 in.) Oil Control Piston Ring Piston Groove Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.02 - 4.03 mm (0.158 - 0.159 in.) Ring Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.97 - 3.99 mm (0.156 - 0.157 in.) Minimum Side Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.03 - 0.06 mm (0.001 - 0.002 in.)

3-4

6/27/00

DIESEL ENGINE

REPAIR SPECIFICATIONS

Piston Ring End Gap (All) Standard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.20 - 0.40 mm (0.008 - 0.016 in.) Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.50 mm (0.059 in.) Piston Pin Piston Pin Outside Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.99 - 26.00 mm (1.023 - 1.024 in.) Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.90 mm (1.020 in.) Piston Pin Bushing ID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26.00 - 26.01 mm (1.024 - 1.024 in.) Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26.02 mm (1.024 in.) Piston Pin-To-Rod Bushing Oil Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . 0.03 - 0.05 mm (0.001 - 0.002 in.) Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.2 mm (0.008 in.) Piston Pin-To-Piston Oil Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.00 - 0.02 mm (0 - 0.001 in.) Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.12 mm (0.005 in.) Piston 4500 - 4600 Standard Piston OD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83.95 - 83.98 mm (3.305 - 3.306 in.) Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83.90 mm (3.303 in.) 4700 Standard Piston OD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87.95 - 87.98 mm (3.463 - 3.464 in.) Wear limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87.90 mm (3.460 in.) 4500 - 4600 Oversize Piston – 0.25 mm (0.010 in.) Standard OD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84.20 - 84.23 mm (3.315 - 3.316 in.) Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84.15 mm (3.313 in.) Cylinder Bore ID 4500 - 4600 Standard Size Bore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84.00 - 84.03 mm (3.307 - 3.308 in.) Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84.20 mm (3.315 in.) Clearance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.04 - 0.07 mm (0.002 - 0.003 in.) 4700 Standard Size Bore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88.00 - 88.03 mm (3.464 - 3.465 in.) 4500 - 4600 Oversize Bore – 0.25 mm (0.010 in.) . . . 84.25 - 84.28 mm (3.317 - 3.318 in.) Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84.45 mm (3.325 in.) 4700 Oversize Bore – 0.25 mm (0.010 in.). . . . . . . . . 88.25 - 88.28 mm (3.474 - 3.475 in.) Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88.45 mm (3.482 in.) Cylinder Roundness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.00 - 0.01 mm (0 - 0.0004 in.) Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.03 mm (0.001 in.) Cylinder Taper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.00 - 0.01 mm (0 - 0.0004 in.) Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.03 mm (0.001 in.) Deglazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 - 40° crosshatch pattern Reboring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 - 40° crosshatch pattern Crankshaft and Main Bearings Connecting Rod Crankshaft Journal OD . . . . . . . . . . 47.95 - 47.96 mm (1.888 - 1.888 in.) Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47.91 mm (1.886 in.) Connecting Rod Bearing Oil Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.04 - 0.07 mm (0.001 - 0.003 in.) Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.16 mm (0.006 in.) Main Bearing Journal Outside Diameter. . . . . . . . . . . 53.95 - 53.96 mm (2.124 - 2.124 in.) Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53.91 mm (2.122 in.) Main Bearing Oil Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.04 - 0.07 mm (0.001 - 0.003 in.) Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.15 mm (0.006 in.) Crankshaft Bend (Maximum) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.02 mm (0.001 in.) Crankshaft End Play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.09 - 0.27 mm (0.004 - 0.011 in.) Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.33 mm (0.013 in.) Thrust Gap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.09 - 0.27 mm (0.004 - 0.011 in.) Camshaft Camshaft End Play. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05 - 0.25 mm (0.002 - 0.010 in.) Camshaft Bend Standard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 - 0.02 mm (0 - 0.001 in.)

6/27/00

3-5

TESTS AND ADJUSTMENT SPECIFICATIONS

DIESEL ENGINE

Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05 mm (0.002 in.) Camshaft Side Gap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05 - 0.25 mm (0.002 - 0.010 in.) Lobe Height (Intake and Exhaust) Standard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38.64 - 38.77 mm (1.521 - 1.526 in.) Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38.40 mm (1.512 in.) Bearing Journal OD Flywheel Side and Gear Side. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.93 - 44.95 mm (1.769 - 1.770 in.) Intermediate Journal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.91 - 44.94 mm (1.768 - 1.769 in.) Wear Limit- All . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.85 mm (1.766 in.) Oil Clearance (Gear and Flywheel Ends). . . . . . . . . 0.04 - 0.13 mm (0.002 - 0.005 in.) Oil Clearance (Intermediate) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.07 - 0.12 mm (0.003 - 0.005 in.) Tappets Stem OD Standard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.98 - 11.99 mm (0.471 - 0.472 in.) Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.93 mm (0.470 in.) Bore ID Standard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.00 - 12.02 mm (0.472 - 0.473 in.) Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.05 mm (0.474 in.) Oil Clearance (Maximum). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05 mm (0.002 in.) Idler Gear Shaft O.D Standard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45.95 - 45.98 mm (1.809 - 1.810 in.) Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45.93 mm (1.808 in.) Bushing ID Standard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46.00 - 46.03 mm (1.811 - 1.812 in.) Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46.08 mm (1.814 in.) Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.15 mm (0.006 in.) Oil Pump Rotor Shaft OD to Side Cover Hole ID Clearance Standard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.01 - 0.04 mm (0.001 - 0.002 in.) Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.20 mm (0.008 in.) Rotor Recess Standard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.03 - 0.09 mm (0.001 - 0.004 in.) Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.15 mm (0.006 in.) Outer Rotor to Pump Body Clearance Standard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.10 - 0.16 mm (0.004 - 0.006 in.) Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 mm (0.010 in.) Inner Rotor to Outer Rotor Clearance Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.15 mm (0.006 in.)

TESTS AND ADJUSTMENT SPECIFICATIONS Valve Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.15 - 0.25 mm (0.006 - 0.010 in.) Connecting Rod Side Play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.2 - 0.4 mm (0.008 - 0.016 in.) Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.04 - 0.07 mm (0.002 - 0.003 in.) Crankshaft End Play. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.09 - 0.27 mm (0.004 - 0.011 in.) Crankshaft Main Bearing Clearance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.04 - 0.07 mm (0.001 - 0.003 in.) Camshaft End Play. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05 - 0.25 mm (0.002 - 0.010 in.) Timing Gear Backlash All Except Oil Pump Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.07 - 0.15 mm (0.003 - 0.005 in.) Oil Pump Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.11 - 0.19 mm (0.004 - 0.008 in.) Fuel Injection Nozzle Opening Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19600 + 1000/–0 kPa (2843 + 145/–0 psi)

3-6

6/27/00

DIESEL ENGINE

OPERATIONAL TESTS

Thermostat Opening Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69.5 - 72.5° C (157 - 163° F) Fully Opened . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85° C (185° F) Minimum Lift Height at 85° C (185° F) and above . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 mm (0.315 in.) Pressure Relief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88.3 ± 14.7 kPa, 12.8 ± 2.2 psi Fuel Injection Pump Static Timing Adjustment Injection Pump Timing (JTC46 Engines) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 ± 1° BTDC Injection Pump Timing (EJTF45S Engines) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 ± 1° BTDC Fan/Alternator Drive Belt Tension Applied Force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 N (22 lb) Deflection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 15 mm (0.4 - 0.6 in.)

OPERATIONAL TESTS Cooling System Maximum Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97 kPa (14 psi) Minimum Pressure after 15 Seconds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 kPa (12.8 psi) Radiator Cap Valve Opening Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 0.9±0.15 kg/cm2, 88.3±14.7 kPa, (12.8±2.2 psi) Cylinder Compression Pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3233 ± 97 kPa (469 ± 14 psi) Minimum Compression Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2551 ± 97 kPa (370 ± 14 psi) Difference Between Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248 ± 48 kPa (36 ± 7 psi) Oil Pressure Rated Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 ± 50 kPa (49 ± 7.2 psi) Slow Idle (Minimum). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..60 kPa (8.7 psi) Oil Relief Valve Opening Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 - 392 kPa (43 - 57 psi) Oil Pressure Switch Opening Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 - 62 kPa(6 - 9 psi)

TORQUE VALUES, NON-STANDARD FASTENERS Cylinder Head Bolts (Lubricating Oil Applied) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 - 91 N•m (62 - 67 lb-ft) Connecting Rod Bolts (Lubricating Oil Applied) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 - 54 N•m (33 - 40 lb-ft) Flywheel Mounting Bolts (Lubricating Oil Applied) . . . . . . . . . . . 83 - 88 N•m (62 - 65 lb-ft) Main Bearing Bolts (Lubricating Oil Applied) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 - 100 N•m (71 - 74 lb-ft) Crankshaft Pulley Bolt (Lubricating Oil Applied). . . . . . . . . . . 113 - 122 N•m (83 - 90 lb-ft) Fuel Injector Nozzle Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.8 - 8.8 N•m (60 - 78 lb-in.) Governor Weight Support Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 - 49 N•m (33 - 36 lb-ft) Alternator Pulley Nut. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69 N•m (51 lb-ft) Starting Motor Mounting Cap Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 N•m (65 lb-ft)

6/27/00

3-7

SPECIAL TOOLS

DIESEL ENGINE

SPECIAL TOOLS NOTE: Order tools according to information given in the U.S. SERVICE-GARD™ Catalog, or in the European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC). Number

Name

Use

D15001NU

Magnetic Follower Holder Kit

Hold cam followers when removing and installing camshaft.

JDF13

Nozzle Cleaning Kit

Use to clean fuel injection nozzles.

D-20019WI

Valve Guide Knurler

Use to knurl inside diameter of valve guides

JDE118

Valve Guide Driver

Use to remove and install valve guides in cylinder head.

D-20021WI

Valve Guide Reamer

Use to ream out valve guides.

JDG529 or JDST28

Belt Tension Gauge

Use to measure and adjust belt tension.

D05104ST

Cooling System Pressure Pump

Use to test cooling system for leakage.

JDG692

Radiator Pressure Test Kit (Adapters)

Use in conjunction with Cooling System Pressure Pump.

JTO5719

Hand Held Digital Tachometer

Use to adjust engine idle speed.

JTO1682

Compression Gauge Assembly

Use to test cylinder compression.

JDG560

Adapter

Use in conjunction with JT01682.

D01109AA

Diesel Fuel Injection Nozzle Tester

Use to test fuel injection nozzles.

D01110AA 23622

Adapter Set Straight Adapter

Use with D01109AA.

JT03017 JT05577 JTO3349

Hose Assembly Pressure Gauge (100 psi) Connector

Use to test engine oil pressure.

JTO3274 JTO1609 JTO3115

Hose Fitting Female Quick Coupler Gauge w/Male Quick Coupler (0 - 150 psi)

Use to test fuel supply pump pressure.

OTHER MATERIALS

3-8

Number

Name

Use

TY15130 LOCTITE® No. 395 LOCTITE®

John Deere Form-In-Place Gasket

Seals crankcase extension, rear oil seal case and flywheel housing to engine block. Seals oil pan to timing gear housing and engine block.

TY9370 LOCTITE No. 242

Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Strength)

Apply to threads of crankshaft pulley cap screw.

6/27/00

THEORY OF OPERATION

DIESEL ENGINE

THEORY OF OPERATION COOLING SYSTEM OPERATION

B

C

A

MX1026

Function: The coolant pump (A) circulates coolant through the cooling system, drawing hot coolant from the engine block, circulating it through the radiator for cooling. Theory of Operation: The pressurized cooling system includes the radiator, water pump, fan and thermostat (B). During the warm-up period, the thermostat remains closed and the impeller type coolant pump draws coolant from the bypass tube. Coolant from the pump flows to the cylinder block water jacket and up through the cylinder head providing a fast warm-up.

warm engine coolant passes through the housing into the top of the radiator where it is circulated to dissipate heat. When coolant system pressure exceeds 48 kPa (7 psi), a valve in the radiator cap opens to allow coolant to discharge into the coolant recovery tank. When temperature is reduced, a vacuum is produced in the radiator and coolant is drawn back out of the coolant recovery tank through a valve in the radiator cap. A coolant temperature sensor (C) informs the operator of the engine coolant temperature and warns of a high temperature condition by lighting a lamp.

Once the engine has reached operating temperature, the thermostat opens and coolant is pumped from the bottom of the radiator via the lower radiator hose into the cylinder block. Here it circulates through the block and around the cylinders. From the block, coolant is then directed through the cylinder head, and into thermostat housing. With the thermostat open; Start To Open . . . . . . . . . 69.5 - 72.5° C (157 - 163° F) Fully Opened . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85° C (185° F)

5/30/00

3-9

LUBRICATION SYSTEM OPERATION

DIESEL ENGINE

LUBRICATION SYSTEM OPERATION A ROCKER ARMS

B

C CRANKSHAFT MAIN

MAIN OIL L GALLEY OIL PRESSURE SENSOR

ROCKER ARM SHAFT

BEARINGS

K D CAMSHAFT

OIL FILTER J

BEARINGS

CONNECTING I ROD JOURNAL

IDLER

E GEAR

BUSHING H

INJECTION PUMP RESERVOIR INTAKE SCREEN G

PUMP PRESSURE OIL

OIL PUMP F

PRESSURE FREE OIL

Function: A full pressure system lubricates engine parts with filtered oil. Theory of Operation: The pressure lubrication system consists of a positive displacement gear-driven pump (F), oil strainer (G), full flow oil filter (J), oil pressure regulating valve and an electrical pressure warning switch. (K) The pump draws lubrication oil from the oil pan through a strainer and a suction tube. The oil is then pumped through an oil passage to the oil filter and through the engine block main oil galley (L).

A drilled passage from the rear camshaft bearing through the cylinder block and cylinder head supplies lubricating oil to the rocker arm shaft (B). The hollow shaft distributes oil to the rocker arms (A), cam followers and valves. Lubrication oil is supplied to the fuel injection pump (H) from the main oil galley through external oil lines. An oil pressure sensor (K) activates an indicator light to alert the operator to shut down the engine if oil pressure drops below specification.

From the main oil galley, oil is forwarded under pressure to the crankshaft main bearing journals (C) and idler gear bushing (E). Drilled cross-passages in the crankshaft (I) distribute the oil from the main bearings to connecting rod bearings. Lube oil holes in main bearing oil grooves direct oil to the camshaft bearings (D).

3 - 10

5/30/00

FUEL AND AIR SYSTEM OPERATION

DIESEL ENGINE

FUEL AND AIR SYSTEM OPERATION

The injection nozzle prevents flow until high pressure is reached, opening the valve and spraying atomized fuel into the combustion chamber. Injection lines contain trapped fuel whenever injection is not taking place.

Function: Fuel system supplies fuel to injection nozzles. The air intake system filters and supplies air needed for combustion. Theory of Operation:

A small amount of fuel leaks past the nozzle valve to lubricate the fuel injection nozzle. This leakage combines with excess fuel from the injection pump and is returned to tank. Any air in the fuel system is bled out with return fuel to the fuel tank. A fuel level sensor mounted in the fuel tank informs the operator of the fuel level.

MX1186

Air Intake System: F

MX1187

B

A

D C

B

D

E

C

A MX1188

E

Fuel System: A mechanical fuel transfer pump (A) draws fuel from the tank outlet (B). The low pressure fuel from the fuel pump flows through the filter/water separator (C) to the fuel the injector pump inlet (D). The injection pump then directs high pressure fuel through the injector lines (E) for combustion. Excess fuel is returned, along with fuel from the injectors, through the return line (F) to the fuel tank. If the unit runs out of fuel, there are two air bleed lines that allow air to escape from the top of the filter and the injection pump. These two lines allow the system to be self bleeding. The engine speed is controlled by the throttle lever and rod. The rod is connected to the injection pump governor control lever. The fuel shutoff solenoid controls the injection pump shutoff shaft. When the solenoid is retracted (key in the START or ON position), the engine can be started. When the key is turned off, return springs on the shutoff shaft, extend the solenoid, moving the shutoff linkage to the shutoff position. The solenoid also closes if the tractor is operated in an unsafe condition. (See “ENGINE SHUTOFF CIRCUIT OPERATION” in the Electrical section.)

Engine intake air enters the inlet hose (A) behind the grille, and flows into the air filter body (B). The air cleaner also has a rubber, one way, unloading valve (C), that ejects heavy dirt particles from the air stream during engine operation before they reach the filters. The operator can squeeze the valve to remove the large particles. The air cleaner elements filter the air, which then flows through hose (D) to the intake manifold. An air filter restriction indicator (E) at the rear of the air cleaner informs the operator when the air filter needs servicing.

The injection pump meters fuel as determined by the governor and delivers it at high pressure to the injection nozzles.

6/27/00

3 - 11

ENGINE SYSTEM DIAGNOSIS

DIESEL ENGINE

ENGINE SYSTEM DIAGNOSIS Conditions: • Machine parked on level surface • Park brake engaged • Key switch in OFF position • Transmission in NEUTRAL

Test/Check Point 1. Engine dipstick and exterior engine surface.

Normal

If Not Normal

Oil level is between “L” and “H” marks. Oil filter clean.

Fill oil to correct level. Change oil and filter.

Oil is not burnt, or contaminated with metal particles, fuel, or coolant.

Change oil and filter. Inspect for source of contamination.

No external leakage.

Check gaskets, seals, plugs, cylinder head, block, intake manifold and breather.

Coolant level is between marks on tank when engine is warm. Coolant in radiator is full to top.

Add proper coolant.

Coolant is not contaminated with oil, fuel or discolored brown.

Drain and flush system. Check for source of contamination.

Radiator screen free of debris.

Clean or replace.

Water pump not leaking.

Inspect water pump.

Hoses not cracked or leaking.

Pressure test radiator and cap.

Clamps and radiator cap tight.

Tighten cap and clamps.

Fan belt tight, not glazed or cracked.

Replace belt and adjust tension.

Fan blades not damaged or warped.

Replace fan.

Fuel level correct, not contaminated. Correct grade of fuel, no water in fuel.

Drain and clean fuel tank. Add fresh fuel.

Fuel pump in-line filter free of debris.

Replace filters.

Fuel shutoff valve in “ON” position.

Move to “ON” position.

Fuel hoses not cracked or leaking.

Replace.

Fuel hose clamps tight.

Replace or tighten clamp.

4. Air filter and air intake.

Air filter hose not cracked, clamps tight. Element not plugged. Air filter housing sealed, no dirt tracking inside filter element.

Replace and tighten clamps. Replace element or housing.

5. Fuel shutoff solenoid. (Key in RUN position.)

Fuel shutoff solenoid must pull in and stay in. Solenoid must bottom out. Shutoff shaft must still move slightly.

Clean any dirt from under solenoid boot. If solenoid will not pull in and hold in, See “FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS” in Electrical section.

2. Coolant tank and radiator.

3. Fuel tank, pump, lines, filter shutoff valve.

3 - 12

6/27/00

TROUBLESHOOTING CHART—4TNE SERIES

DIESEL ENGINE

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Piston ring, piston or cylinder worn

●

●

●

●

Crankshaft pin or bearing seized

●

●

●

●

●

●

Piston rings installed incorrectly

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

● ●

● Grind valve seat, regrind valves

●

●

●

Replace head gasket

●

●

●

●

●

Bore or hone cylinder & replace piston

●

Regrind crank and replace bearings

●

●

Stagger piston ring gaps

●

●

Install piston rings correctly

●

● Replace rings and check cylinder

●

Regrind crank and replace bearings

●

●

Check for damage and re-torque bolts

●

●

Remove head and inspect for damage Measure timing gear backlash

● ●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Check valve guides and stems

●

Repair or replace governor Adjust valve clearance. Check valve timing

●

●

Engine running too cool

Replace valve and check valve guide

●

●

●

Exhaust temperature too high

●

●

●

Governor not functioning properly

High pressure

●

●

Intake/exhaust valve guides worn

Solution

● Adjust valve clearance

●

●

●

Excessive timing gear backlash

Low pressure

Low water temperature

Overheating

Low compression

Low oil pressure

●

●

●

Crankshaft pin or bearing worn

Water in crankcase

Fuel oil in crankcase

Excessive oil consumption

Excessive fuel consumption

Poor return to low speed

Excessive engine vibration

Under Load

During Idling

●

●

Connecting rod bolt loose

Cooling System

●

Problem or Symptom

●

●

●

Improper timing between injection pump, intake & exhaust valves

Uneven combustion sound

Black

White

Black

●

●

Piston ring end gaps not correct

Intake Coolant manifold pressure

Lubricating Oil

●

Broken or seized piston ring

Foreign matter in combustion chamber

Engine surges

●

Leaking cylinder head gasket

Engine System

Under load

●

Compression leakage from valve seat Seized intake/exhaust valve

Exhaust Color

White

●

Excess smoke

Improper intake or exhaust valve clearance

Poor exhaust color

Exhaust smoke

No smoke

Cause

Engine will not start

Engine starts but does not continue to run

Low engine output

Misfiring

Engine will not start

Normal

Problem or Symptom

Loud knocking noise during combustion

TROUBLESHOOTING CHART

●

●

Check thermostat

Engine running too hot

●

●

● Check thermostat, fan belt tension

Coolant level low

●

●

● Check cooling system for level/leaks

●

Cracked water jacket

●

●

Malfunctioning thermostat

●

●

Water pump/alternator belt loose

●

●

6/27/00

3 - 13

Repair or replace water jacket ●

Check or replace thermostat ● Adjust fan belt tension

TROUBLESHOOTING CHART—4TNE SERIES

DIESEL ENGINE

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Piston ring, piston or cylinder worn

●

●

●

●

Crankshaft pin or bearing seized

●

●

●

●

●

●

Piston rings installed incorrectly

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

● ●

● Grind valve seat, regrind valves

●

●

●

Replace head gasket

●

●

●

●

●

Bore or hone cylinder & replace piston

●

Regrind crank and replace bearings

●

●

Stagger piston ring gaps

●

●

Install piston rings correctly

●

● Replace rings and check cylinder

●

Regrind crank and replace bearings

●

●

Check for damage and re-torque bolts

●

●

Remove head and inspect for damage Measure timing gear backlash

● ●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Check valve guides and stems

●

Repair or replace governor Adjust valve clearance. Check valve timing

●

●

Engine running too cool

Replace valve and check valve guide

●

●

●

Exhaust temperature too high

●

●

●

Governor not functioning properly

High pressure

●

●

Intake/exhaust valve guides worn

Solution

● Adjust valve clearance

●

●

●

Excessive timing gear backlash

Low pressure

Low water temperature

Overheating

Low compression

Low oil pressure

●

●

●

Crankshaft pin or bearing worn

Water in crankcase

Fuel oil in crankcase

Excessive oil consumption

Excessive fuel consumption

Poor return to low speed

Excessive engine vibration

Under Load

During Idling

●

●

Connecting rod bolt loose

Cooling System

●

Problem or Symptom

●

●

●

Improper timing between injection pump, intake & exhaust valves

Uneven combustion sound

Black

White

Black

●

●

Piston ring end gaps not correct

Intake Coolant manifold pressure

Lubricating Oil

●

Broken or seized piston ring

Foreign matter in combustion chamber

Engine surges

●

Leaking cylinder head gasket

Engine System

Under load

●

Compression leakage from valve seat Seized intake/exhaust valve

Exhaust Color

White

●

Excess smoke

Improper intake or exhaust valve clearance

Poor exhaust color

Exhaust smoke

No smoke

Cause

Engine will not start

Engine starts but does not continue to run

Low engine output

Misfiring

Engine will not start

Normal

Problem or Symptom

Loud knocking noise during combustion

TROUBLESHOOTING CHART

●

●

Check thermostat

Engine running too hot

●

●

● Check thermostat, fan belt tension

Coolant level low

●

●

● Check cooling system for level/leaks

●

Cracked water jacket

●

●

Malfunctioning thermostat

●

●

Water pump/alternator belt loose

●

●

6/27/00

3 - 13

Repair or replace water jacket ●

Check or replace thermostat ● Adjust fan belt tension

TROUBLESHOOTING CHART—4TNE SERIES

DIESEL ENGINE

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Piston ring, piston or cylinder worn

●

●

●

●

Crankshaft pin or bearing seized

●

●

●

●

●

●

Piston rings installed incorrectly

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

● ●

● Grind valve seat, regrind valves

●

●

●

Replace head gasket

●

●

●

●

●

Bore or hone cylinder & replace piston

●

Regrind crank and replace bearings

●

●

Stagger piston ring gaps

●

●

Install piston rings correctly

●

● Replace rings and check cylinder

●

Regrind crank and replace bearings

●

●

Check for damage and re-torque bolts

●

●

Remove head and inspect for damage Measure timing gear backlash

● ●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Check valve guides and stems

●

Repair or replace governor Adjust valve clearance. Check valve timing

●

●

Engine running too cool

Replace valve and check valve guide

●

●

●

Exhaust temperature too high

●

●

●

Governor not functioning properly

High pressure

●

●

Intake/exhaust valve guides worn

Solution

● Adjust valve clearance

●

●

●

Excessive timing gear backlash

Low pressure

Low water temperature

Overheating

Low compression

Low oil pressure

●

●

●

Crankshaft pin or bearing worn

Water in crankcase

Fuel oil in crankcase

Excessive oil consumption

Excessive fuel consumption

Poor return to low speed

Excessive engine vibration

Under Load

During Idling

●

●

Connecting rod bolt loose

Cooling System

●

Problem or Symptom

●

●

●

Improper timing between injection pump, intake & exhaust valves

Uneven combustion sound

Black

White

Black

●

●

Piston ring end gaps not correct

Intake Coolant manifold pressure

Lubricating Oil

●

Broken or seized piston ring

Foreign matter in combustion chamber

Engine surges

●

Leaking cylinder head gasket

Engine System

Under load

●

Compression leakage from valve seat Seized intake/exhaust valve

Exhaust Color

White

●

Excess smoke

Improper intake or exhaust valve clearance

Poor exhaust color

Exhaust smoke

No smoke

Cause

Engine will not start

Engine starts but does not continue to run

Low engine output

Misfiring

Engine will not start

Normal

Problem or Symptom

Loud knocking noise during combustion

TROUBLESHOOTING CHART

●

●

Check thermostat

Engine running too hot

●

●

● Check thermostat, fan belt tension

Coolant level low

●

●

● Check cooling system for level/leaks

●

Cracked water jacket

●

●

Malfunctioning thermostat

●

●

Water pump/alternator belt loose

●

●

6/27/00

3 - 13

Repair or replace water jacket ●

Check or replace thermostat ● Adjust fan belt tension

Exhaust temperature too high

High pressure

●

Low pressure

●

Low water temperature

●

Overheating

Low compression

Water in crankcase

Fuel oil in crankcase

Excessive oil consumption

Excessive fuel consumption

Poor return to low speed

Excessive engine vibration

Under Load

●

Problem or Symptom

Solution

Replace engine oil and filter Repair Check and repair oil pump

Oil filter clogged

●

Oil pressure relief valve worn

●

Clean, adjust or replace relief valve

Oil level low

●

Add oil

●

Wrong type of fuel ●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Replace oil filter

●

Check and adjust injection pump timing ●

● Check and adjust injection pump timing

●

Fuel filter clogged

●

●

●

Replace fuel filter

Air entering fuel system

●

●

●

Check and repair fuel supply system

Clogged or cracked fuel lines

●

●

●

Clean or replace fuel lines

Fuel volume to injection pump low

●

●

●

Check or replace fuel transfer pump ●

●

●

Drain and replace fuel

●

●

●

●

●

Water in fuel

Uneven volume of fuel injected

●

●

●

●

●

●

Check and repair

●

●

Excessive volume of fuel injected ●

●

●

●

●

Engine at high altitude/temperature

●

●

Clogged exhaust pipe

●

●

●

Clogged air filter

●

●

● Check fuel injector pump and injectors ●

●

Poor fuel injection pattern Air/Exhaust

●

Oil pump worn

Retarded fuel injection pump timing

Electrical

Black

External/internal oil leak

Advanced fuel injection pump timing

Fuel System

White

Black

●

DIESEL ENGINE

Intake Coolant manifold pressure

Lubricating Oil

Low oil pressure

●

During Idling

Under load

Engine surges

Uneven combustion sound

Exhaust Color

White

●

Excess smoke

Improper engine oil viscosity/type

Poor exhaust color

Exhaust smoke

No smoke

Cause

Engine will not start

Lubricating Oil System

Engine starts but does not continue to run

Low engine output

Misfiring

Engine will not start

Normal

Problem or Symptom

Loud knocking noise during combustion

TROUBLESHOOTING CHART—4TNE SERIES

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

● Check fuel injector pump and injectors Clean or replace fuel injector nozzles

● ●

●

●

Clean or replace air filter

●

Use higher output engine ● Clean exhaust pipe

Starting motor defective

●

Repair or replace starting motor

Alternator defective

●

Repair or replace alternator

Open circuit in wiring

●

Repair wiring

Battery voltage low

●

Recharge battery

3 - 14

6/27/00

Exhaust temperature too high

High pressure

●

Low pressure

●

Low water temperature

●

Overheating

Low compression

Water in crankcase

Fuel oil in crankcase

Excessive oil consumption

Excessive fuel consumption

Poor return to low speed

Excessive engine vibration

Under Load

●

Problem or Symptom

Solution

Replace engine oil and filter Repair Check and repair oil pump

Oil filter clogged

●

Oil pressure relief valve worn

●

Clean, adjust or replace relief valve

Oil level low

●

Add oil

●

Wrong type of fuel ●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Replace oil filter

●

Check and adjust injection pump timing ●

● Check and adjust injection pump timing

●

Fuel filter clogged

●

●

●

Replace fuel filter

Air entering fuel system

●

●

●

Check and repair fuel supply system

Clogged or cracked fuel lines

●

●

●

Clean or replace fuel lines

Fuel volume to injection pump low

●

●

●

Check or replace fuel transfer pump ●

●

●

Drain and replace fuel

●

●

●

●

●

Water in fuel

Uneven volume of fuel injected

●

●

●

●

●

●

Check and repair

●

●

Excessive volume of fuel injected ●

●

●

●

●

Engine at high altitude/temperature

●

●

Clogged exhaust pipe

●

●

●

Clogged air filter

●

●

● Check fuel injector pump and injectors ●

●

Poor fuel injection pattern Air/Exhaust

●

Oil pump worn

Retarded fuel injection pump timing

Electrical

Black

External/internal oil leak

Advanced fuel injection pump timing

Fuel System

White

Black

●

DIESEL ENGINE

Intake Coolant manifold pressure

Lubricating Oil

Low oil pressure

●

During Idling

Under load

Engine surges

Uneven combustion sound

Exhaust Color

White

●

Excess smoke

Improper engine oil viscosity/type

Poor exhaust color

Exhaust smoke

No smoke

Cause

Engine will not start

Lubricating Oil System

Engine starts but does not continue to run

Low engine output

Misfiring

Engine will not start

Normal

Problem or Symptom

Loud knocking noise during combustion

TROUBLESHOOTING CHART—4TNE SERIES

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

● Check fuel injector pump and injectors Clean or replace fuel injector nozzles

● ●

●

●

Clean or replace air filter

●

Use higher output engine ● Clean exhaust pipe

Starting motor defective

●

Repair or replace starting motor

Alternator defective

●

Repair or replace alternator

Open circuit in wiring

●

Repair wiring

Battery voltage low

●

Recharge battery

3 - 14

6/27/00

Exhaust temperature too high

High pressure

●

Low pressure

●

Low water temperature

●

Overheating

Low compression

Water in crankcase

Fuel oil in crankcase

Excessive oil consumption

Excessive fuel consumption

Poor return to low speed

Excessive engine vibration

Under Load

●

Problem or Symptom

Solution

Replace engine oil and filter Repair Check and repair oil pump

Oil filter clogged

●

Oil pressure relief valve worn

●

Clean, adjust or replace relief valve

Oil level low

●

Add oil

●

Wrong type of fuel ●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Replace oil filter

●

Check and adjust injection pump timing ●

● Check and adjust injection pump timing

●

Fuel filter clogged

●

●

●

Replace fuel filter

Air entering fuel system

●

●

●

Check and repair fuel supply system

Clogged or cracked fuel lines

●

●

●

Clean or replace fuel lines

Fuel volume to injection pump low

●

●

●

Check or replace fuel transfer pump ●

●

●

Drain and replace fuel

●

●

●

●

●

Water in fuel

Uneven volume of fuel injected

●

●

●

●

●

●

Check and repair

●

●

Excessive volume of fuel injected ●

●

●

●

●

Engine at high altitude/temperature

●

●

Clogged exhaust pipe

●

●

●

Clogged air filter

●

●

● Check fuel injector pump and injectors ●

●

Poor fuel injection pattern Air/Exhaust

●

Oil pump worn

Retarded fuel injection pump timing

Electrical

Black

External/internal oil leak

Advanced fuel injection pump timing

Fuel System

White

Black

●

DIESEL ENGINE

Intake Coolant manifold pressure

Lubricating Oil

Low oil pressure

●

During Idling

Under load

Engine surges

Uneven combustion sound

Exhaust Color

White

●

Excess smoke

Improper engine oil viscosity/type

Poor exhaust color

Exhaust smoke

No smoke

Cause

Engine will not start

Lubricating Oil System

Engine starts but does not continue to run

Low engine output

Misfiring

Engine will not start

Normal

Problem or Symptom

Loud knocking noise during combustion

TROUBLESHOOTING CHART—4TNE SERIES

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

● Check fuel injector pump and injectors Clean or replace fuel injector nozzles

● ●

●

●

Clean or replace air filter

●

Use higher output engine ● Clean exhaust pipe

Starting motor defective

●

Repair or replace starting motor

Alternator defective

●

Repair or replace alternator

Open circuit in wiring

●

Repair wiring

Battery voltage low

●

Recharge battery

3 - 14

6/27/00

TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS

DIESEL ENGINE

TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS CYLINDER COMPRESSION TEST

• If the pressure does not increase significantly, check for leaking valves, valve seats or cylinder head gasket.

SLOW IDLE ADJUSTMENT

Reason: To determine the condition of the pistons, rings, cylinder walls and valves. Equipment:

IMPORTANT: The slow idle adjustment is the only adjustment that can be made on this engine. The fast idle and torque capsule adjustments are pre-set by the engine manufacturer to comply with strict EPA/CARB emissions requirements, and are adjustable ONLY by authorized diesel service facilities.

• JT01682 Compression Gauge Assembly • JDG560 Adapter Procedure: 1. Remove the injection nozzles.

Reason: To achieve proper slow idle rpm setting. Provides adequate rpm to keep the engine running smoothly without stalling. Equipment: • JT05719 Hand Held Digital Tachometer

NOTE: Make sure the air cleaner is clean and not restricted. Replace the air cleaner element as necessary.

A B

Procedure: T6333EU

2. Install the heat protector from end of injector and install JDG560 adapter (A). 3. Install JT01682 Compression Gauge Assembly (B) and JDG560 Adapter. 4. Disconnect the fuel control solenoid connector. IMPORTANT: DO NOT overheat starting motor during test.

1. Place a small piece of reflective tape on the crankshaft pulley. 2. Start the engine and run for 5 minutes to attain operating temperature. 3. Move the throttle lever to slow idle position. 4. Use JT05719 Hand Held Digital Tachometer to check engine speed at the crankshaft pulley. 5. Visually check that the injection pump throttle lever is against slow idle stop screw. Slow idle speed is 950 ± 50 rpm.

5. Crank the engine for five seconds with the starting motor. Minimum cranking speed is 250 rpm. 6. Record the pressure reading for each cylinder. Compression Pressure: Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . 3233 ± 97 kPa (469 ± 14 psi) Minimum . . . . . . . . . . . 2551 ± 97 kPa (369 ± 14 psi) Maximum difference between cylinders . . . . . 248 ± 48 kPa (36 ± 7 psi) Results: • If the pressure reading is below specification, squirt clean engine oil into the cylinders through the injector ports and repeat the test. • If the pressure increases significantly, check piston, rings, and cylinder walls for wear or damage.

6/27/00

3 - 15

VALVE CLEARANCE CHECK AND ADJUSTMENT Results:

DIESEL ENGINE

3. Turn the crankshaft pulley clockwise until No.1 cylinder TDC mark on the flywheel (A) aligns with the index mark on the flywheel housing (B) or plate. 4. Try to move both No. 1 cylinder rocker arms or push rods.

NOTE: A

If the rocker arm push rods are not loose, rotate flywheel one revolution (360°). If both rocker arm push rods are loose, the piston is at TDC on compression stroke.

B

1

2 I

E

3 I

E

4 I

E

I

E

C T6479AB M91893

• If the slow idle rpm is not according to specifications, loosen the nut (A) and turn the slow idle stop screw (B). After adjustment, tighten the nut.

NOTE: No. 1 cylinder is the closest to the flywheel side of the engine (C). 5. Measure and adjust the valve clearance on the valves (arrows) with No. 1 piston at TDC.

VALVE CLEARANCE CHECK AND ADJUSTMENT Reason: To achieve correct engine operation. Equipment: • Feeler Gauge Procedure:

T6105BF

1. Remove the rocker arm cover. 2. Remove the access cover from the timing hole in the flywheel housing.

NOTE: “Top Dead Center” (TDC) is the piston at its highest point.

6. To adjust the valves, loosen the nut and turn the adjusting screw until the clearance is 0.15 - 0.25 mm (0.006 - 0.010in.). Hold the screw while tightening the nut. 7. Turn the crankshaft pulley one revolution (360°). 1

B

E

A

2 I

E

3 I

E

4 I

E

I

C 1 4

T6479AB

8. Measure and adjust the valve clearance on the valves (arrows) shown.

3 - 16

6/27/00

CONNECTING ROD SIDE PLAY CHECK

DIESEL ENGINE

CONNECTING ROD SIDE PLAY CHECK

NOTE: The engine must be removed from the tractor to perform this test. Procedure:

Reason: To determine proper side clearance between the crankshaft and the connecting rod. Equipment:

1. Remove the oil pan, crankcase extension, oil pickup, and balancer assembly. IMPORTANT: The connecting rod caps must be installed on the same connecting rod and in the same direction to prevent crankshaft and connecting rod damage.

• Feeler Gauge

NOTE: The engine must be removed from the tractor to perform this test. Procedure: 1. Remove the oil pan, crankcase extension, oil pickup, and balancer assembly. 2. Insert a feeler gauge, according to specifications, between the connecting rod cap and the crankshaft.

2. Remove the connecting rod cap. 3. Wipe oil from the bearing insert and the crankshaft journal. 4. Put a piece of PLASTIGAGE (A), or an equivalent, along the full length of the bearing insert approximately 6 mm (0.25 in.) off center.

A

M82116A

3. Connecting rod side play is 0.2 - 0.4 mm (0.008 0.016 in.).

M35351

5. Turn the crankshaft approximately 30° from bottom dead center. 6. Install the connecting rod end cap and original rod bolts. Tighten the rod bolts to 44-54 N•m (33-40 lb-ft). 7. Remove the rod bolts and the connecting rod cap.

NOTE: The flattened PLASTIGAGE (B) will be found on either the bearing insert or crankshaft journal.

Results: • If the side play exceeds specification, replace the bearing inserts or the connecting rod.

CONNECTING ROD BEARING CLEARANCE CHECK

8. Use the graduation marks on the envelope (C) to compare the width of the flattened PLASTIGAGE at its widest point. The number within the graduation marks indicates the bearing clearance in inches or millimeters depending on which side of the envelope is used.

Reason: To measure oil clearance between connecting rod bearing and crankshaft journal. Equipment: • PLASTIGAGE®

6/27/00

3 - 17

CRANKSHAFT END PLAY CHECK

DIESEL ENGINE

C A

B

M82117A

9. The bearing clearance is 0.04 - 0.07 mm (0.002 0.003 in.). 10. Remove the PLASTIGAGE.

B M82118A

®PLASTIGAGE is a registered trademark of the DANA Corporation.

Results: • If the clearance exceeds specification, replace bearing inserts.

CRANKSHAFT END PLAY CHECK Reason: To determine proper side clearance between the crankshaft and the engine block. Equipment: • Dial Indicator Procedure:

NOTE: Crankshaft end play can be measured at front end or rear end of crankshaft. Procedure is performed from the rear end. The flywheel is removed to show detail.

1. Fasten the dial indicator (B) to engine and position indicator tip on end of crankshaft (A). IMPORTANT: Do not use excessive force when moving crankshaft to avoid damaging bearings. 2. Push the crankshaft toward rear as far as possible. 3. Zero the dial indicator. 4. Using a bar, gently pry the crankshaft as far forward as possible. 5. Crank shaft end play is 0.09 - 0.27 mm (0.004 0.011 in.). Results: • If the end play exceeds 0.33 mm (0.013 in.), replace the thrust bearings.

CRANKSHAFT MAIN BEARING CLEARANCE CHECK Reason: To measure oil clearance between main bearing and crankshaft journal. Equipment: • PLASTIGAGE®

NOTE: The engine must be removed from the tractor to perform this test. Procedure: 1. Remove the oil pan, oil pick-up, crankcase extension, and balancer assembly.

3 - 18

6/27/00

VALVE LIFT CHECK

DIESEL ENGINE

IMPORTANT: Main bearing caps must be installed to the same location and in the same direction to prevent crankshaft and main bearing damage. 2. Remove the main bearing cap. 3. Wipe oil from the bearing insert and the crankshaft journal. 4. Put a piece of PLASTIGAGE (A), or equivalent, along the full length of the bearing insert approximately 6 mm (0.25 in.) off center.

Results: • If the clearance exceeds 0.15 mm (0.006 in.) replace the bearing inserts.

VALVE LIFT CHECK Reason: Check wear on cam lobes, followers, and/or push rods. Equipment: • Dial Indicator Procedure: 1. Remove the rocker arm cover. (See “ROCKER COVER” on page 28.) 2. Adjust the valve clearance. (See “VALVE CLEARANCE CHECK AND ADJUSTMENT” on page 16.)

A

M35382

5. Install main bearing cap and bolts. Tighten bolts to 96 - 100 N•m (71 - 74 lb-ft). 6. Remove bolts and main bearing cap.

NOTE: The flattened PLASTIGAGE will be found on either the bearing insert or crankshaft journal. 7. Use the graduation marks on the envelope (C) to compare the width of the flattened PLASTIGAGE (B) at its widest point. The number within the graduation marks indicates the bearing clearance in inches or millimeters depending on which side of the envelope is used.

C

T6333DT

3. Fasten the dial indicator to the engine and position the indicator tip on the valve retainer. The valve must be fully closed and the rocker arm must move freely. 4. Zero the dial indicator. 5. Manually turn the crankshaft pulley clockwise (from the fan end). 6. Observe the dial indicator as the valve is moved to the full open position. 7. Repeat for each valve. Results:

B M82119A

• The valve lift should be the same for all the valves. If one or more valves show less lift than the others, remove and inspect the camshaft, followers and push rods. (See “CAMSHAFT” on page 48.) If the camshaft, followers, and pushrods are within specification, remove cylinder head for inspection. (See “CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVES” on page 31.)

8. Main bearing clearance is 0.04 - 0.07 mm (0.001 0.003 in.). 9. Remove PLASTIGAGE. PLASTIGAGE® is a registered trademark of the DANA Corporation.

6/27/00

3 - 19

CAMSHAFT END PLAY CHECK

DIESEL ENGINE

CAMSHAFT END PLAY CHECK

TIMING GEAR BACKLASH CHECK

Reason:

Reason:

To determine proper side clearance between camshaft gear end journal and thrust plate.

To check for wear between meshing gears, resulting in excessive noise and poor engine performance.

Equipment:

Equipment:

• Dial Indicator

• Dial Indicator

Procedure:

Procedure:

1. Remove the timing gear cover. (See “TIMING GEAR COVER” on page 52.) 2. Fasten the dial indicator to the engine and position indicator tip on end of camshaft. 3. Push the camshaft toward the rear as far as possible. 4. Zero the dial indicator. 5. Pull the camshaft forward as far as possible.

1. Measure the backlash between meshing gears. 2. The backlash for all gears, EXCEPT the oil pump gear, is 0.07 - 0.15 mm (0.003 - 0.005 in.). 3. The backlash for the oil pump gear is 0.11 - 0.19 mm (0.004 - 0.008 in.). Results: • If the backlash exceeds specifications, replace meshing gears as a set: Idler Gear, Camshaft Gear, Crankshaft Gear, Oil Pump Gear AND/OR Idler Gear, Fuel Injection Pump Gear.

FUEL INJECTION NOZZLE TEST

c CAUTION M37512

6. Standard end play is 0.05 - 0.25 mm (0.002 - 0.010 in.). Results: • If the end play exceeds 0.25 mm (0.010 in.), remove the camshaft and replace the thrust plate. (See “CAMSHAFT” on page 48.)

Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids. If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable source. Such information is available from the Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A. Reason: To determine opening pressure, leakage, chatter and spray pattern of the fuel injection nozzle. Equipment: • D01109AA Diesel Fuel Injection Nozzle Tester • D01110AA Adapter Set • 23622 Straight Adapter • Container

3 - 20

6/27/00

FUEL INJECTION NOZZLE TEST

DIESEL ENGINE

Connections:

• If the injection nozzle leaks fuel, disassemble and inspect the nozzle assembly for contamination. Inspect the valve seating surface. Replace the nozzle assembly if necessary.

B C D

A

E

F

Procedure 3: 1. Test the fuel injection nozzle chatter and spray pattern following the nozzle tester manufacturer's instructions. 2. Pressurize nozzle to 19600 kPa (2843 psi). 3. With slow hand lever movement there should be a “chatter” sound. 4. With fast hand lever movement the nozzle should exhibit an even, fine atomized spray pattern (G). 5. Place a sheet of white paper 30 cm (12 in.) below the nozzle. The injection spray should form a perfect circle on the paper.

M35913

1. Connect the fuel injection nozzle (F) to D01109AA Diesel Fuel Injection Nozzle Tester (A) using parts 36352 (B), 23617 (C), 23621 (D) from D01110AA Adapter Set, and 23622 straight adapter.

G

IMPORTANT: Use clean filtered diesel fuel when testing injection nozzles to get best test results. Procedure 1: Test the fuel injection nozzle opening pressure following the Nozzle Tester manufacturer's instructions. The opening pressure is 19600 +1000/–0 kPa (2843 +145/–0 psi). Results: • If the pressure reading does not meet specification, disassemble the injection nozzle and inspect for contamination or a stuck valve. If necessary, add or remove shims to change opening pressure. Procedure 2: Test fuel injection nozzle leakage following the nozzle tester manufacturer's instructions. 1. Dry the nozzle completely using a lint-free cloth. 2. Pressurize the nozzle to 19600 kPa (2843 psi). 3. Watch for leakage from nozzle spray orifice. Results: • Fuel should not leak from the nozzle when the nozzle is pressurized.

6/27/00

H

M82121A

Results: • If nozzle chatter or the spray pattern does not meet specifications, disassemble the injection nozzle and inspect the nozzle assembly for contamination. Inspect the valve seating surface. Replace the nozzle assembly if necessary. • If there is excessive difference in the spray angle or injection angle, incomplete atomizing or sluggish starting/stopping of injection (H), disassemble the injection nozzle and inspect the nozzle assembly for contamination. Replace the nozzle assembly if necessary.

3 - 21

THERMOSTAT OPENING TEST

DIESEL ENGINE

THERMOSTAT OPENING TEST Reason:

INJECTION PUMP STATIC TIMING ADJUSTMENT

To determine opening temperature of thermostat.

Reason:

Equipment:

To make sure that the injection pump timing is set to manufacturers specification.

• Thermometer • Glass Container • Heating Unit

Equipment: • Timing Tool (Made from high pressure pipe, nut and a clear plastic straw**) ** straw from WD40, carburetor cleaner, brake parts cleaner, etc. • External fuel supply

Procedure:

c CAUTION

Procedure:

DO NOT allow thermostat or thermometer to rest against the side or bottom of glass container when heating water. Either may rupture if overheated. 1. Suspend the thermostat (B) and a thermometer (A) in a container of water. 2. Heat and stir the water. Observe opening action of the thermostat and compare temperatures with specifications. 3. Remove the thermostat and observe the closing action as it cools.

A

IMPORTANT: The injection pump timing should be correct. The timing is set at the factory, and will not normally change during the life of the engine. Check and adjust the timing only as the last option, or if there is reason to believe the timing has been altered. Check the fuel, fuel supply system, injectors, air intake system and cylinder compression before continuing.

NOTE: If the injection pump has been removed from engine without disturbing engine crankshaft and pump gear, perform step 1 to obtain a close starting point, then perform the entire timing procedure. 1. Align the arrow or line on the injection pump flange on the mark noted during pump removal.

B

M82122A

Results: • The thermostat should begin opening at 69.5 72.5° C (157 - 163° F) and be fully open at 85° C (185° F). • Replace the thermostat if the lift height is less than 8 mm (0.315 in.), or if the closing action is not smooth and slow.

M57132

NOTE: Normal rotation, as viewed from the flywheel end, is counterclockwise. The number one fuel injection line is toward the flywheel. 2. Remove the number one fuel injection line.

3 - 22

6/27/00

INJECTION PUMP STATIC TIMING ADJUSTMENT

DIESEL ENGINE

B

16°

16°

14°

14°

12°

1 4

Drill Out (#45 drill bit)

A

JTC45-6-7 Engines 30-50 mm (1.2-2.0 in.)

1 4

11°

EJTF45-6-7S Engines

10. Slowly turn the flywheel counterclockwise (as viewed from the flywheel end) until the fuel in the straw just starts to move. Stop rotating the flywheel the instant the fuel begins to move.

Injection Pump

NOTE: If there is no fuel movement, engine may be on exhaust stroke. Rotate flywheel 360° and repeat test.

3. Install the timing tool (A) and clear straw (B). 4. Remove the access panel from the flywheel housing. 5. Prime the pump to fill it with fuel. 6. Disconnect battery negative (–) terminal and remove fuel shutoff solenoid. 7. Turn the flywheel counterclockwise (as viewed from the flywheel end) until the timing tool straw has fuel showing.

D

C D

1 4

11. Check the injection pump timing marks on the flywheel. The index mark (D) on the flywheel housing must line with the correct timing mark on flywheel. Timing Marks: JTC45-6 Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14° BTDC EJTF45-6-7S Engines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12° BTDC

8. Turn the crankshaft pulley clockwise (back) until the No. 1 cylinder top dead center (TDC) mark and pump timing marks (C) have gone past the index mark on the flywheel housing/plate (D) by at least 50 mm (2 in.). 9. Snap the straw with your finger until the level of the fuel, or a bubble, is set part way up the straw. This will be the point to watch for fuel movement.

6/27/00

Results: • If the timing is not within specifications, loosen the pump mounting bolts and turn the pump toward the engine block to retard the timing or away from the block to advance the timing. Recheck the timing. If the timing did not change, remove pump and have tested by an authorized diesel injection service shop. • If the timing is correct, remove timing tool, install number one injection line, install the access cover to the flywheel housing.

3 - 23

FAN/ALTERNATOR DRIVE BELT ADJUSTMENT

FAN/ALTERNATOR DRIVE BELT ADJUSTMENT Reason: To keep proper tension on belt to drive water pump and alternator. To prevent shortened belt and bearing life. Equipment: • JDG529 or JDST28 BeltTension Gauge • Straight Edge

DIESEL ENGINE

4. Remove the injection nozzles. 5. Install JDG560 Adapter in the injection port of the cylinder to be tested. 6. Move the piston to the bottom of the stroke with intake and exhaust valves closed. 7. Connect the hose from the compressed air source to adapter. 8. Apply shop air pressure into the cylinder. 9. Check for bubbles in the recovery tank or air escaping from the muffler, air cleaner or oil fill opening. 10. Repeat for each cylinder.

Procedure: 1. Check the belt tension between the fan and alternator using a Belt Tension Gauge and a straight edge.

A

Results: • If bubbles are present in the recovery tank, check for cracks in the cylinder head and the block. Check for a damaged head gasket. • If air escapes from the muffler, check for a worn exhaust valve. • If air escapes from air cleaner, check for a worn intake valve. • If air escapes from engine oil fill, check for worn piston rings.

COOLING SYSTEM PRESSURE TEST M54014

Reason: 2. With applied force of 98 N (22 lb-force) the belt deflection (A) is 10 - 15 mm (0.4 - 0.6 in.). Results: • If deflection is not within specifications, loosen both alternator mounting cap screws/nuts. Apply force to FRONT alternator housing only (near the belt) until tension is correct. Tighten cap screws/nuts.

RADIATOR BUBBLE TEST Reason: To determine if compression pressure is leaking from cylinder.

Inspect the cooling system for leaks. Equipment: • D05104ST Cooling System Pressure Pump • JDG692 Radiator Pressure Test Kit (Adapters) Procedure: 1. Remove the cap and attach the pressure pump (A) to radiator. 2. Apply pressure according to specifications, not to exceed 97 kPa (14 psi). 3. Check for leaks throughout the cooling system. After 15 seconds the minimum pressure is 88 kPa (12.8 psi).

Equipment: • JDG560 Adapter Procedure: 1. With the coolant at the proper level and the radiator cap tight, run the engine for 5 minutes to bring it to operating temperature. 2. Remove the cap from the recovery tank. 3. Check for bubbles coming from the overflow hose at the bottom of the tank. T6333AW

•

If bubbles are present, isolate the source of compression leak:

3 - 24

6/27/00

RADIATOR CAP PRESSURE TEST

DIESEL ENGINE

Results: • Pressure should hold to specifications. If pressure decreases, check for leaks. Repair leaks or replace parts as necessary. • If the pressure test still indicates leakage after all external leaks have been stopped, a defective head gasket, cracked block, or cylinder head may be the cause. (See “RADIATOR BUBBLE TEST” on page 24.)

RADIATOR CAP PRESSURE TEST

3. Connect JTO3017 Hose Assembly (B) and JTO5577 Pressure Gauge (A). IMPORTANT: DO NOT run the engine if there is insufficient oil pressure! 4. Start the engine. If the pressure reading is below 60.0 kPa (8.7 psi), STOP THE ENGINE. 5. If the oil pressure is at least 60.0 kPa (8.7 psi), run the engine approximately five minutes to heat the oil. Check the oil pressure at rated speed. The oil pressure should be 338 ± 50 kPa (49 ± 7.2 psi).

Reason: Test the radiator cap for operating in the correct pressure range.

A

Equipment: • D05104ST Cooling System Pressure Pump • JDG692 Radiator Pressure Test Kit (Adapters) Procedure: 1. Install the radiator cap (B) on the pressure pump (A). 2. Apply pressure. Pressure valve in the cap should open at 88 kPa (12.8 psi).

B

A

C B

T6333AX

Results: • If the cap leaks, retighten and test again. Replace the cap if pressure is not within specification.

ENGINE OIL PRESSURE TEST Reason: To determine if the engine bearings or the lubrication system components are worn.

T6471FB

Results: • If the oil pressure is not within specifications, inspect the oil pump. • If the oil pump is within specifications, the engine may have parts worn beyond specifications. See “TROUBLESHOOTING CHART” on page 13 for more information.

Equipment: • JT03017 Hose Assembly • JT05577 Pressure Gauge (100 psi) • JT03349 Connector Procedure: 1. Remove the oil pressure sender. 2. Install JTO3349 Connector (C).

6/27/00

3 - 25

AIR INTAKE SYSTEM LEAKAGE TEST

DIESEL ENGINE

AIR INTAKE SYSTEM LEAKAGE TEST

FUEL SUPPLY PUMP PRESSURE TEST

Reason:

Reason:

Check for leaks in the air intake system.

To determine supply pump operating pressure.

Equipment:

Equipment:

• Air Pressure Regulator

• JT03274 Hose Fitting • JT01609 Female Quick Coupler • JT03115 Gauge w/Male Quick Coupler (0 - 150 psi)

Procedure: 1. Remove the air filter restriction switch and install the test fitting. 2. Connect the air pressure regulator to manifold using the hose and fitting from air cleaner. 3. Remove the air cleaner cover and the main filter element. 4. Put a large plastic bag into and over end of main filter element. Install the main filter element and cover. 5. Pressurize the air intake system between 34 - 69 kPa (5 - 10 psi). If the air intake system cannot be pressurized, turn the engine slightly to close valves. 6. Spray a soap solution over all the connections from the air cleaner to the intake manifold and check for leaks.

A B

C

D

M82145A

Procedure:

M82124

1. Disconnect the supply pump-to-filter hose (D). 2. Install the hose fitting (C), coupler (B) and gauge (A). 3. Crank the engine for five seconds with the starting motor. 4. The minimum fuel pressure is 29 kPa (4.3 psi). Results:

Results: • Find leaks and repair or replace parts as necessary.

3 - 26

• If the pressure is below specification, replace the fuel supply pump.

6/27/00

FUEL SYSTEM LEAKAGE TEST

DIESEL ENGINE

FUEL SYSTEM LEAKAGE TEST

REPAIR

Reason:

ENGINE REMOVAL

Tests fuel system plumbing for external leakage. This test also determines if air is entering the fuel system at connections, allowing fuel to siphon back to tank. Procedure: 1. Disconnect fuel supply line and return line at fuel tank. 2. Place fuel return line into a suitable container to catch drained fuel.

c CAUTION

1. Split the tractor at the flywheel housing. (See “TRACTOR SPLITTING (FRONT)” in the appropriate Power Train section.) 2. Drain the coolant and lubrication oil. 3. Remove the battery. 4. Remove the muffler. 5. Disconnect the hydraulic cooler lines. 6. Remove the radiator hoses. 7. Remove the radiator and (oil cooler if equipped). 8. Remove the starting motor wires. 9. Disconnect the wire for the intake air heater on the manifold.

DO NOT apply more than 15 psi air pressure to the fuel system. Damage to the injection pump or personal injury may result. 3. Apply 34 - 69 kPa (5 - 10 psi) air pressure to fuel supply hose until all fuel is drained from the system. 4. Plug end of fuel return hose. 5. Apply 34 - 69 kPa (5 - 10 psi) air pressure to fuel system at fuel supply line. DO NOT exceed maximum pressure of 103 kPa (15 psi). 6. Apply liquid soap and water solution to all joints and connections in the fuel system and inspect for leaks. Results: • Find leaks and repair or replace parts as necessary.

BLEED FUEL SYSTEM IMPORTANT: Modification or alteration of the injection pump, pump timing, or the injection nozzles in any way not approved by the manufacturer will terminate the warranty obligation. All engines are equipped with an automatic air venting system which makes the fuel system self-bleeding. • Assure that all fuel line connections are securely tightened. • Add fuel to the fuel tank. • Pump the lever on the side of the fuel supply pump for a minute to allow fuel system to bleed most of the air back to the tank through the return lines.

6/27/00

A

B

D

C

M91897

10. Disconnect the oil pressure switch (A), wiring harness (B), and ground wires (C) from the engine. 11. Remove the oil filter (D). 12. Install a second lifting bracket to the rear of the cylinder head. 13. Install the engine hoist to the engine. Lift the engine slightly and safely support the tractor frame.

NOTE:

Use more than one support to support the frame. The frame will pivot on the front axle, and could slip off of a single support.

14. Remove the dashboard bracket. 15. Disconnect the hydraulic lines from the hydraulic pump. 16. Remove the flywheel housing from the engine.

3 - 27

ROCKER COVER NOTE:

DIESEL ENGINE

The flywheel housing is heavy. Use an assistant, or proper tools to remove the flywheel housing. The starting motor can be removed with the flywheel housing.

17. Remove the cap screws that fasten the crankcase extension to the frame. Slide the engine out the back of the frame, and place the engine on a bench or engine stand.

10. Clean the cylinder head surface and install the rocker cover to the cylinder head. Install new Orings (F) and replace the rocker cover nuts.

EXHAUST MANIFOLD 1. Remove the muffler and gasket. 2. Remove the exhaust manifold and gasket. B

ROCKER COVER A

Removal/Installation:

C B A

G

M91720

H F

3. Clean the mating surfaces, and replace the exhaust manifold gasket. 4. Install the exhaust manifold. Tighten all fasteners to specification.

I

D

INTAKE MANIFOLD A

E

M82189b

1. Remove the air cleaner. 2. Remove three rocker cover nuts (F). 3. Remove the breather hose (I). 4. Remove the rocker cover (D) from the cylinder head. 5. Remove the breather cap (C), plate (B) and baffle (H). 6. Wash the baffle in a safe solvent and blow dry with air pressure. If the baffle comes apart or is deteriorated, replace it. 7. Install clean and dry baffle. 8. Install the breather plate and a new O-ring (A) before replacing breather cap. 9. Inspect the rocker cover gasket (E) before reinstalling the rocker arm cover. Replace if damaged.

3 - 28

B

D

C M91721

1. Remove the fuel filter bracket (not shown). 2. Remove the intake air heater (B) and gasket (A). 3. Remove the fuel injection lines (not shown). 4. Remove the intake manifold (D). 5. Clean the mating surfaces, and replace the intake manifold gasket (C). 6. Install the intake manifold. 7. Replace the intake air heater gasket, and install the intake air heater. 6/27/00

ROCKER ARM ASSEMBLY

DIESEL ENGINE

6. Inspect the rocker arms (I), valve adjusting components (D, G), valve caps (H), and push rods. 7. Lubricate all parts with clean oil during assembly. 8. Reinstall the push rods to their original location in the cylinder head, with the ball shaped end down in head. 9. Assemble the rocker arm assembly components in the reverse order of removal. 10. Place the rocker arm assembly on the cylinder head. Align the rocker arms with the valves and push rods. Align the rocker arm end supports and center supports with the corresponding holes in the head. 11. Install the rocker arm support mounting cap screws. 12. Adjust the valve clearance. (See “VALVE CLEARANCE CHECK AND ADJUSTMENT” on page 16.)

8. Install the fuel injection lines. 9. Tighten all fasteners to specification.

ROCKER ARM ASSEMBLY Removal/Installation and Disassembly/Assembly: 1. Remove the rocker cover. (See “ROCKER COVER” on page 28.) 2. Remove the rocker arm end support (E) and rocker arm center support (B) mounting cap screws. 3. Lift the rocker arm assembly from the cylinder head and set the assembly on a bench.

NOTE:

If the rocker arm assembly is to be disassembled, replace components in same location on the rocker arm shaft they were removed from.

4. Note the positions of the rocker arm assembly components. Slide the components off the rocker arm shaft (A). 5. Lift the push rods (F) from the cylinder head and note the order of removal for reassembly.

A

B C

D

I H G

E

F

M82190A

6/27/00

3 - 29

ROCKER ARM ASSEMBLY

DIESEL ENGINE

Inspection:

Measure bending of push rod:

M35262 M82023A

1. Measure the outer diameter of the rocker arm shaft. • Standard OD is 15.97 - 15.98 mm (0.628 - 0.629 in.). • Replace the rocker arm shaft if the OD is less than 15.95 mm (0.628 in.).

1. Place the push rod on a flat surface. Use a feeler gauge to measure any gaps between the push rod and flat surface. • Replace any push rod with more than (0.03 mm (0.001 in.) bend. Inspect Rocker Arm Contact Surfaces:

A

C

B

M76398 M82022A

2. Measure the inner diameters of the rocker arms and supports. • Standard ID is 16.00 - 16.02 mm (0.630 - 0.631 in.). • Replace the rocker arms or supports if the ID is more than 16.09 mm (0.633 in.). 3. Measure the rocker arm shaft to rocker arm bushing oil clearance. Oil clearance is the difference between the OD of the rocker arm shaft and the ID of the rocker arms. • Standard oil clearance is 0.02 - 0.05 mm (0.001 0.002 in.). • If the clearance exceeds 0.14 mm (0.006 in.) replace the rocker arm shaft and rocker arms.

3 - 30

1. Check the surface of the adjusting screw (A) that contacts the push rod (B) for wear. Replace the push rod or adjusting screw if the surface of either is worn and peeled. 2. Check the surface that comes in contact with the valve cap (C) for wear. Replace rocker arm if necessary.

6/27/00

CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVES

DIESEL ENGINE

CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVES

Installation: 1. Reassemble the cylinder head and valves (See “CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVES” on page 32.)

A

IMPORTANT: The oil passage in the gasket must be located over the oil passage in cylinder block. 2. Place a new cylinder head gasket (C) on the engine block. Dowels in the engine block will assist in aligning the gasket. 3. Place the cylinder head on the engine block. Dowels in the engine block will again assist in alignment.

D

B

C M82191A

Removal: 1. Remove the rocker arm cover. (See “ROCKER COVER” on page 28.) 2. Remove the rocker arm assembly, push rods and valve caps. (See “ROCKER ARM ASSEMBLY” on page 29.) 3. Remove the exhaust and intake manifolds. (See “EXHAUST MANIFOLD” on page 28, and “INTAKE MANIFOLD" on page 28.) 4. Remove the water pump. (See “THERMOSTAT AND WATER PUMP DISASSEMBLY” on page 55.) 5. Remove the fuel injection nozzles. (See “FUEL INJECTION NOZZLES” on page 59.)

1

7

3

5

9

16

18

14

12

6

4

13

17

15

10 8

2

D

11

M82025A

6. Remove the cylinder head bolts (A) in the order shown. Start at the flywheel end of the head (D). 7. Remove the cylinder head (B) from the engine block. The edge opposite the water pump hangs over the engine block. Use this edge to aid in removing the cylinder head. Before using force to remove head, verify that all the bolts are removed from the cylinder head. 8. Disassemble and inspect the cylinder head and valves. (See “CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVES” on page 32.)

6/27/00

18

12

16

14

10

3

1

5

7

13

15

6

2

4

9

11

17

D 8

M82025A

4. Dip the head bolts in clean engine oil, install and tighten in the sequence shown, in three stages of gradually-increasing torque. Torque the head bolts to 85 - 91 N•m (62 - 67 lb-ft). IMPORTANT: Cylinder head bolts must be checked for proper torque after 50 hours of engine operation. 5. Install the fuel injection nozzles. (See “FUEL INJECTION NOZZLES” on page 59.) 6. Install the water pump. (See “THERMOSTAT AND WATER PUMP DISASSEMBLY” on page 55.) 7. Install the exhaust and intake manifolds. (See “EXHAUST MANIFOLD” on page 28, and “INTAKE MANIFOLD" on page 28.) 8. Install the rocker arm assembly, push rods and valve caps. (See “ROCKER COVER” on page 28, and “ROCKER ARM ASSEMBLY" on page 29.)

3 - 31

CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVES

DIESEL ENGINE

CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVES Disassembly/Assembly: C D E

B

A

F

11. Repeat for remaining valves. 12. Measure valve recession if new valves were installed. (See “Valve Seats:” on page 33.)

NOTE: After each valve has been assembled, tap on top of valve stem with a plastic hammer to seat the valve retainer and collet halves. Inspection/Replacement: Before inspection, thoroughly clean all components of carbon or dirt. Cylinder Head:

G

H M82027A M82192A A

1. Remove the valve caps from the valves. The valve caps should be installed on the valves they were removed from. 2. Compress the valve springs (E) using a valve spring compressor and remove the collet halves (C), retainer (D), valve spring (E) and valve stem seal (B) for each valve (G,H). 3. The intake and exhaust valve guides (A, F) are press fit. Replace the guides only if necessary. (See “Valve Guides:” on page 34.) 4. The valve seats are not replaceable. If inspection of the cylinder head reveals worn valve seats or damaged beyond repair, the cylinder head must be replaced. (See “CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVES” on page 32.) 5. Inspect all remaining parts for wear or damage. (See “CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVES” on page 32.) IMPORTANT: Do not reuse stem seals if removed. Used seals will leak. 6. Install new valve stem seals over the valve guides. 7. Apply clean engine oil on intake and exhaust valve stems during assembly. 8. Install the springs with smaller pitch end or paint mark toward cylinder head. 9. Compress valve springs and retainer until collet halves are able to be installed in grooves of valve stem. 10. Carefully release tension on spring compressor.

3 - 32

B

M82028A

1. To measure the cylinder head flatness, place a straightedge (A) along each of the four sides and each diagonal. Measure clearance between straight edge and combustion surface with a feeler gauge (B). • Standard distortion is 0.05 mm (0.002 in.) or less. • If the distortion exceeds 0.05 mm (0.006 in.), but is less than 0.15 mm (0.006 in.) resurface the cylinder head. • If the distortion is 0.15 mm (0.006 in.) or more, replace the cylinder head. 2. If cylinder head was resurfaced: • Measure piston-to-cylinder head clearance. (See “Measure Piston-to-Cylinder Head Clearance:” on page 36.) • Measure valve recession. (See “CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVES” on page 32.) • Measure valve seat width. (See “Valve Seats:” on page 33.)

6/27/00

CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVES

DIESEL ENGINE

Valve Seats:

D

C

M82029A

1. Measure the valve seat width (C). • Standard intake valve seat width is 1.07 - 1.24 mm (0.042 - 0.049 in.). • Intake valve seat wear limit is 1.74 mm (0.069 in.). • Standard exhaust valve seat width is 1.24 - 1.45 mm (0.049 - 0.057 in.). • Wear limit 1.94 mm (0.076 in.). 2. If necessary, grind the valve seats to meet specifications. (See “Grind Valve Seats” on page 35.) Intake and Exhaust Valves:

2. If the valve faces are worn, burned or pitted, grind valves to proper face angle. 3. Measure the valve head thickness. • If the valve head thickness (D) is less than 0.50 mm (0.020 in.) after grinding, replace the valve. • Standard valve head thickness for the intake valve is 1.24 - 1.44 mm (0.049 - 0.057 in.). • Standard valve head thickness for the exhaust valve is 1.35 - 1.55 mm (0.053 - 0.061 in.). • The wear limit for all valves is 0.50 mm (0.020 in.).

43 mm (1.7 in.)

60 mm (2.4 in.)

M35307 M82031A

1. Check the valves for out-of-round, bent or warped condition using a valve inspection center. Replace valve if necessary.

6/27/00

4. Measure the valve stem diameter at two locations shown. • Standard intake valve stem OD is 7.96 - 7.98 mm (0.313 - 0.314 in.) • Discard the valve if the OD is less than 7.90 mm (0.311 in.). • Standard exhaust valve stem OD is 7.96 - 7.97 mm (0.313 - 0.314 in.) • Discard the valve if the OD is less than 7.90 mm (0.311 in.).

3 - 33

CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVES

DIESEL ENGINE

Valve Recession: G E

15 mm (0.591 in.)

F

M82032A

• If clearance exceeds 0.20 mm (0.008 in.), replace valve guides using JDE118 Valve Guide Driver. • New valve guides must be cooled in a container of liquid nitrogen or equivalent before driving into cylinder head. • The intake and exhaust valve guides are different. The exhaust valve guide has one groove and the intake valve guide has none. Install valve guides with tapered ends down. Push valve guides down until top of valve guides are 15 mm (0.591 in.) from top of cylinder head. • Ream the inside diameter of valve guides using D20021WI Valve Guide Reamer. Valve Springs:

1. Measure valve recession (E) using a depth gauge (F) . • Standard valve recession is 0.31 - 0.51 mm (0.012 - 0.020 in.). • Replace valve or cylinder head if measurement exceeds 1.00 mm (0.039 in.). Valve Guides: 1. Clean the valve guides (G) using a valve guide brush. 2. Measure valve guide inside diameter. • Standard intake valve guide ID is 8.01 - 8.03 mm (0.315 - 0.316 in.). • Standard exhaust valve guide ID is 8.02 - 8.03 mm (0.316 - 0.316 in.). • The wear limit for either valve guide is 8.10 mm (0.319 in.). If the diameter exceeds wear limit, knurl or replace the guide. • The oil clearance is 0.035 - 0.070 mm (0.001 0.003 in.) . • If the clearance exceeds 0.15 mm (0.006 in.) but is less than 0.20 mm (0.008 in.), knurl the valve guides using D-20019WI Valve Guide Knurler.

3 - 34

M82034A

1. Measure valve spring free length. • Standard length is 42 mm (1.654 in.).

6/27/00

CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVES

DIESEL ENGINE

4. Grind the upper seat surface (N) using a 15° seat grinder until seat width is narrowed to specifications. 5. If valve seats (M) are ground, measure valve recession. (See “CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVES” on page 32.) Check contact pattern between the seat and valve with bluing dye. 6. Lap valves. (See “Lap Valves” on page 35.)

L

I

M

N

H K

M82035A

Cylinder Head

2. Use a square gauge (H) to measure spring inclination (I). 3. Replace spring if measurement exceeds 1.10 mm (0.044 in.). • If valve recession exceeds maximum specifications or seats cannot be reconditioned, replace valves or cylinder head.

Grind Valve Seats

NOTE:

LIGHTLY grind valve seats for only a few seconds to avoid excessive valve seat width.

1. Grind the intake valve seat using a 30° seat grinder (J) and exhaust valve seat using a 45° seat grinder. Follow tool manufacturers instructions.

Lap Valves

NOTE:

Use a rubber type lapping tool for valves without a lapping tool groove slit.

J

M82041A M82039A

If the seat does not make proper contact, lap the valve into the seat: 2. Measure the valve seat width (K) after grinding. 3. If the seat is too wide after grinding, grind lower seat surface (L) using a 70° seat grinder until seat width is close to specifications.

6/27/00

1. Apply small amount of fine lapping compound to the face of the valve. 2. Turn the valve to lap the valve to the seat.

3 - 35

PISTON AND CONNECTING ROD

DIESEL ENGINE

3. Lift the valve from the seat every 8 to 10 strokes. Lap until a uniform ring appears around the surface of the valve face. 4. Wash all parts in solvent to remove lapping compound. Dry all parts. 5. Check the position of the lap mark on the valve face. Lap marks must be on or near the center of the valve face. Measure Piston-to-Cylinder Head Clearance: 1. Place three 10 mm (0.4 in.) long pieces of 1.5 mm (0.06 in.) diameter soft wire in three positions on the flat part of the piston head. 2. Install the cylinder head and old gasket. Install cylinder head bolts and tighten in proper sequence to specified torque. (See “CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVES” on page 31.) 3. Slowly turn the crankshaft one complete revolution. 4. Remove the cylinder head and gasket.

PISTON AND CONNECTING ROD NOTE: The engine must be removed from the tractor to perform this procedure. Removal: 1. Remove the oil pan, crankcase extension, oil pickup, and balancer assembly. 2. Remove the cylinder head. (See “CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVES” on page 31.) 3. Check the cylinder bore for ridges. These ridges can cause damage to piston if ridge is not removed. 4. If necessary, remove any ridge from the top of cylinder bore using a ridge reamer. 5. Measure the connecting rod side play. (See “CONNECTING ROD SIDE PLAY CHECK” on page 17.) 6. Measure the crankshaft end play. (See “CRANKSHAFT END PLAY CHECK” on page 18.) 7. Measure the connecting rod bearing clearance. (See “CONNECTING ROD BEARING CLEARANCE CHECK” on page 17.) IMPORTANT: Keep the connecting rods and rod caps together. Rods and caps are a matched set. Note the alignment marks on each part. 8. Remove the rod bolts (D), connecting rod cap (C) and bearing inserts (B) from the connecting rod (A).

M82042A

5. Measure the thickness of the flattened section of each piece of wire. Calculate the average thickness of the wires to obtain piston-to-cylinder head clearance specification. • If the clearance is less than 0.66 - 0.78 mm (0.026 0.031 in.), replace cylinder head. (See “CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVES” on page 31.)

3 - 36

IMPORTANT: Pistons and cylinders are matched. Pistons must be installed in the cylinders from which they are removed. 9. Note the connecting rod alignment mark in relation to the cylinders. Starting at the flywheel end with cylinder number one, then two, etc. 10. Push the piston and connecting rod (A) out of the cylinder bore using a wooden dowel. 11. Disassemble and inspect all parts for wear or damage. (See “PISTON AND CONNECTING ROD” on page 36.) 12. Inspect cylinder bore. (See “CYLINDER BORE” on page 41.)

6/27/00

PISTON AND CONNECTING ROD

DIESEL ENGINE

IMPORTANT: Connecting rod caps must be installed on the same connecting rods they were removed from. 4. Match the connecting rods to caps using alignment marks. Install the rod caps. 5. Dip the entire connecting rod bolt in clean engine oil. Install new bolts and tighten to 44 - 54 N•m (33 - 40 lb-ft). 6. If a new piston and connecting rod were installed, stamp a number corresponding to the cylinder number on the connecting rod and rod cap. A E

F

B G C H D

M82196AB J

Installation: • Apply clean engine oil to all parts during installation. • Always replace the connecting rod bolts. DO NOT reuse the bolts.

I

C

IMPORTANT: Pistons must be installed in cylinders from which they were removed and in the same direction. Be careful not to damage crankshaft rod journal while installing piston. 1. Assemble the piston and connecting rod. (See “PISTON AND CONNECTING ROD” on page 36.) 2. Install the piston and connecting rod into the cylinder from which it was removed. The alignment mark on the connecting rod (H), rod cap (I), and/or the piston size mark on top of piston (E) should point toward the fuel injection pump (arrow F). IMPORTANT: Do not touch bearing insert surfaces. Oil and acid from your finger will corrode the bearing surface. 3. Install the bearing inserts to the connecting rod and rod cap, aligning the insert tangs (J) with grooves in the connecting rod and rod cap.

6/27/00

M82196AB

7. Install the cylinder head. (See “CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVES” on page 31.) 8. Install the balancer assembly, strainer tube and oil pan. Disassembly: IMPORTANT: Pistons must be installed on the same connecting rod they were removed from. • Put a mark on each piston and connecting rod to aid in assembly.

3 - 37

PISTON AND CONNECTING ROD

DIESEL ENGINE

• Piston pin bushing (P) is a press fit in the connecting rod. Remove the bushing only if replacement is necessary. (See “PISTON AND CONNECTING ROD” on page 36.) • Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Replace as necessary.

3. Install an oil ring expander (Q) in bottom ring groove of piston with the ends above either end of the piston pin (R). 4. Install the oil ring (T) over the expander with the ring gap opposite (180°) of the expander ends (S). Q

K

S R

L

M T N

M82046A

5. Install the second compression ring (V) , with the small diameter of taper toward top of piston, in the middle groove. Turn the ring until the gap is 120° away from the oil ring gap.

N O

U V

P

U

120° V M82197AB

120°

120° T

Assembly: • Apply clean engine oil to all parts during assembly. IMPORTANT: Pistons must be installed on the same connecting rod they were removed from. 1. Assemble the piston to the connecting rod with piston mark (E) on the same side as the connecting rod stamped mark (H). If a new connecting rod is used, assemble the piston to the connecting rod with piston mark opposite the connecting rod bearing insert groove. Be sure the oil hole in piston pin bushing is aligned with the hole in connecting rod. 2. Install the piston pin (N) and retaining/snap rings (O).

3 - 38

M82199A

6. Install the first compression ring (chrome plated, U), with manufacturer's mark “R”, “T” or “RN” (near ring gap) toward the top of the piston, in the top groove. Turn ring until the gap is 120° away from the second ring gap.

6/27/00

PISTON AND CONNECTING ROD

DIESEL ENGINE

Inspection/Replacement: • Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Replace as necessary. • Measure crankshaft connecting rod journal diameter. Connecting Rod Bearing: 1. Install connecting rod cap and bearing inserts on connecting rod. Install the old connecting rod bolts and tighten to 47 N•m (35 lb-ft).

1. With the rings installed on the piston, measure the piston ring groove clearance. Measure at several places around each piston. 2. Replace the rings or the piston if the piston ring groove clearances exceed the maximum dimension: • First compression ring 0.08 - 0.11 mm (0.003 0.004 in.) • Second compression ring 0.05 - 0.08 mm (0.002 0.003 in.) • Oil ring 0.03 - 0.06 mm (0.001 - 0.002 in.) Piston Ring End Gap:

A

M82048A

2. Measure the connecting rod bearing diameter. • If the bearing diameter is not within 51 - 51.01 mm (2.008 - 2.008 in.) replace the bearing inserts. • If the bearing clearance (bearing ID minus crankshaft journal OD) exceeds 0.04 - 0.07 mm (0.002 - 0.003 in.) grind the crankshaft connecting rod journals and install undersized bearing inserts, or replace the bearing inserts and the crankshaft. Piston Ring Groove:

B M82049A

30 mm (1.18 in.) A

1. Measure the piston ring end gap (A) by pushing the piston ring into the cylinder bore. Using a piston without rings (B), push the ring into the cylinder until the ring is approximately 30 mm (1.18 in.) from the bottom of cylinder bore. • Standard piston ring end gap is 0.20 - 0.40 mm (0.008 - 0.016 in.). • If the end gap exceeds 1.50 mm (0.059 in.), replace the rings.

M35360

6/27/00

3 - 39

PISTON AND CONNECTING ROD

DIESEL ENGINE

Piston Pin Bushing:

M82051A

M82050A

1. Measure the piston pin diameter. Measure the diameter at six places. • Standard piston pin diameter is 25.99 - 26.00 mm (1.023 - 1.024 in.) • Replace the pin if the diameter is less than 25.90 mm (1.02 in.).

1. Measure the piston pin bushing diameter in the connecting rod. • If the bushing diameter exceeds 26.03 - 26.04 mm (1.025 - 1.025 in.), replace bushing. • If the bushing clearance (bushing ID minus pin OD) exceeds 0.03 - 0.05 mm (0.001 - 0.002 in.) replace the bushing or the piston pin.

NOTE: The piston pin bushing is press fit. Replace the bushing using a driver set. When installing the bushing, make sure to align the oil hole in the bushing with the hole in the connecting rod.

Piston Pin Bore:

Piston Diameter:

NOTE:

If the engine has had a previous major overhaul, oversize pistons and rings may have been installed. Pistons and rings are available in 0.25 mm (0.010 in.) oversize.

M37683

1. Measure the piston pin bore diameter in the piston. • Standard diameter is 26.00 - 26.01 mm (1.024 1.024 in.). • Standard bore clearance (bore ID minus pin OD) is 0.02 mm (0.001 in.) • If the piston pin bore exceeds 26.02 mm (1.024 in.), replace the piston. • If the bore clearance exceeds 0.12 mm (0.005 in.) replace the piston, piston pin or both.

3 - 40

23 mm (0.905 in.) M82200A

6/27/00

CYLINDER BORE

DIESEL ENGINE

M82052A

1. Measure the piston diameter perpendicular to the piston pin bore 23 mm (0.905 in.) from the bottom of the piston skirt. • Standard size piston diameter is 83.95 - 83.98 mm (3.305 - 3.306 in.). • If the standard piston diameter is less than 83.90 mm (3.303 in.), install a new piston. • Oversize piston diameter is 84.20 - 84.23 mm (3.315 - 3.316 in.). • If the oversize piston diameter is less than 84.15 mm (3.313 in.), install a new piston.

M82053A

Results:

CYLINDER BORE NOTE:

If the engine has had a previous major overhaul, oversize pistons and rings may have been installed. Pistons and rings are available in 0.25 mm (0.010 in.) oversize.

1. Measure the cylinder bore diameter at three positions; top, middle and bottom. At these three positions, measure in both directions; along crankshaft center line and direction of crankshaft rotation. Standard Cylinder Bore ID: Bore 4500, 4600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 mm (3.307 in.) Bore 4700 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 mm (3.465 in.)

• If the cylinder bore diameter is 0.20 mm (0.008 in.) or more over standard, have the cylinder rebored. (See “CYLINDER BORE” on page 41.) • If the cylinder is rebored, oversize pistons and rings must be installed. • Oversize cylinder bore ID is 0.25 - 0.28 mm (0.010 - 0.011 in.). • If the cylinder bore diameter is 0.45 mm (0.018 in.) or more over standard, replace the cylinder block. • The minimum piston to cylinder clearance is 0.04 0.07 mm (0.002 - 0.003 in.). If the clearance (cylinder bore ID minus piston OD) exceeds specification, replace the cylinder block, piston or both; or rebore cylinder and install oversize piston and rings. • Slight uneven wear, flaws, or minor damage may be corrected by deglazing (See “CYLINDER BORE” on page 41.) Deglazing: IMPORTANT: If the cylinder bores are to be deglazed with crankshaft installed in engine, put clean shop towels over crankshaft to protect journal and bearing surfaces from any abrasives. 1. Deglaze the cylinder bores using a flex-hone with 180 grit stones.

6/27/00

3 - 41

CYLINDER BORE

DIESEL ENGINE

2. Use the flex-hone as instructed by the manufacturer to obtain a 30 - 40° crosshatch pattern as shown. 30 - 40°

IMPORTANT: Do not use gasoline, kerosene or commercial solvents to clean cylinder bores. Solvents will not remove all abrasives from cylinder walls. 3. Remove excess abrasive residue from the cylinder walls using a clean dry rag. Clean the cylinder walls using clean white rags and warm soapy water. Continue to clean the cylinder until white rags show no discoloration.

M52959

NOTE: Measure the bore when the cylinder is cool. 6. Stop the press and check the cylinder diameter.

NOTE: Finish should not be smooth. It should have a 30 - 40° crosshatch pattern. M82054A

Reboring:

NOTE:

The cylinder block can be rebored to use oversize pistons and rings. Pistons and rings are available in 0.25 mm (0.010 in.) oversize.

1. Align center of bore to drill press center. IMPORTANT: Check stone for wear or damage. Use a rigid hone with 300 grit stones. 2. Adjust the hone so the lower end is even with the lower end of cylinder bore. 3. Adjust the rigid hone stones until they contact the narrowest point of cylinder. 4. Coat the cylinder with honing oil. The hone should turn by hand. Adjust the hone if it is too tight. 5. Run the drill press at about 250 RPM. Move the hone up and down in order to obtain a 30 - 40° crosshatch pattern.

3 - 42

7. Remove the rigid hone when the cylinder is within 0.03 mm (0.001 in.) of desired size. 8. Use a flex hone with 180 grit stones for honing to final size. 9. Check the bore for size, taper and out-of-round. (See Inspection procedures.) IMPORTANT: Do not use solvents to clean cylinder bore. Solvents will not remove all metal particles and abrasives produced during honing. 10. Clean cylinder thoroughly using warm soapy water until clean white rags show no discoloration. 11. Dry cylinder and apply engine oil.

6/27/00

CRANKCASE EXTENSION HOUSING

DIESEL ENGINE

CRANKCASE EXTENSION HOUSING Removal and Installation 1. Remove the flywheel. (See “FLYWHEEL” on page 47.) 2. Remove the oil pan (B).

H

A B

A

C D

B E M91920 M91777

3. Remove the extension housing cap screws and extension housing (A). 4. Inspect the extension housing for cracks. 5. Installation is the reverse of removal. • Seal the extension housing to the engine block, and the oil pan to the extension housing with John Deere Form-In-Place RTV Gasket Maker.

BALANCER ASSEMBLY Removal and Disassembly: 1. Remove the engine from the tractor. 2. Remove the oil pan, the crankcase extension housing and oil pickup. 3. Mark the position of the balancer drive gear to aid in reassembly.

4. Remove four short (A) and two long (B) cap screws that support the balancer. Remove the balancer assembly. 5. Remove the timing gears (E) from the balancer shafts (C). 6. Remove the cap screws from the thrust plates (D), and remove the thrust plates and balancer shafts. 7. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Replace any unserviceable components. Reassembly and Installation 1. Install the balancer shafts to the balancer housing. 2. Install the thrust plates to the balancer housing.

NOTE: If the crankshaft is turned when the balancer assembly is out of the crankcase, the balancer MUST be correctly timed to the crankshaft.

3. Align the timing marks on the timing gears. Install the timing gears to the balance shafts.

6/27/00

3 - 43

CRANKSHAFT REAR OIL SEAL NOTE: Be certain the marks on the timing gears are lined up correctly. Failure to align the timing marks may result in severe vibration.

DIESEL ENGINE

2. Remove the rear oil seal case (A). • Replace the oil seal (B) using a driver set. Install the seal, with lip toward cylinder block. Install the seal flush with surface of oil seal case.

NOTE: If crankshaft is grooved at oil seal contact point, seal can be installed 3 mm (0.12 in.) farther into oil seal case. F

B

A

G

M82349A M91922

H

4. Install the balancer assembly to the engine.

3. Apply a thin layer of John Deere Form- In -Place gasket and install oil seal case to engine block.

CRANKSHAFT FRONT OIL SEAL NOTE:

Be certain the timing marks (G) on the crankshaft gear (F) and balancer drive gear (H) are lined up correctly. Failure to align the timing marks may result in severe vibration.

A

CRANKSHAFT REAR OIL SEAL Replacement: 1. Remove the flywheel. (See “FLYWHEEL” on page 47.)

B

MX0994 M82203A

A

3 - 44

1. Remove the timing gear cover (A). (See “TIMING GEAR COVER” on page 52.) 2. Replace the oil seal (B) using a driver set. Install the seal with the lip toward inside of gear housing cover. Install the seal flush with the surface of the cover.

6/27/00

CRANKSHAFT AND MAIN BEARINGS

DIESEL ENGINE

CRANKSHAFT AND MAIN BEARINGS

IMPORTANT: Main bearing caps must be installed on the same main bearings from which they were removed.

Removal: 1. Check the crankshaft end play. (See “CRANKSHAFT END PLAY CHECK” on page 18.) 2. Remove the rear oil seal. (See “CRANKSHAFT REAR OIL SEAL” on page 44.) 3. Remove the flywheel housing. (See “FLYWHEEL HOUSING” on page 48.) 4. Remove the crankcase extension housing. (See “CRANKCASE EXTENSION HOUSING” on page 43.) 5. Remove the timing gear cover mounting plate. (See “TIMING GEAR COVER” on page 52.) 6. Check the crankshaft rod and main bearing clearance. (See “CONNECTING ROD BEARING CLEARANCE CHECK” on page 17, and “CRANKSHAFT MAIN BEARING CLEARANCE CHECK" on page 18.) IMPORTANT: Connecting rod end caps must be installed on the same connecting rods from which they were removed. Note alignment marks on caps and rods. 7. Remove the connecting rod bolts and end caps. 8. Push the pistons and connecting rods away from crankshaft.

A

G

B

Installation: • Apply clean engine oil on all parts during installation. IMPORTANT: Do not touch bearing insert surfaces. Oil and acid from your finger will corrode the bearing surface. 1. Install grooved bearing inserts in crankshaft bearing bores, aligning tangs with slots in bores. 2. Install block thrust bearings with oil grooves facing away from engine block. 3. Install crankshaft. 4. Install smooth bearing inserts in main bearing caps, aligning tangs with slots in caps.

NOTE: Main bearing caps have “raised arrows” that are stamped with numbers. Both correspond to their location on the engine block. Install all bearing caps with the “arrow” toward the flywheel end. Install bearing caps beginning with thrust bearing cap (no number), number 1, then 2, etc. The main bearing cap at gear train end does not have a number. 5. Install cap thrust bearings, with oil grooves facing away from cap, in the number “1” main bearing cap. 6. Install the main bearing caps in their original locations with arrows pointing toward flywheel side of engine. IMPORTANT: DO NOT use high speed power tools or air wrenches to tighten main bearing bolts.

F E F

D C M82059A

6/27/00

9. Remove the main bearing bolts (D), caps (C, E) and cap thrust bearing (F). 10. Remove the crankshaft (A). 11. Remove the block thrust bearing (G) and main bearing inserts (B). 12. Inspect all parts for wear or damage.

7. Dip entire main bearing bolts in clean engine oil. Install bolts and tighten. DO NOT tighten to specifications. 8. Using a soft-faced hammer, tap the front end of the crankshaft then the rear end of the crankshaft to align the thrust bearings. 9. Tighten main bearing cap bolts to 96 - 100 N•m (71 - 74 lb-ft). When tightening, start at center main bearing cap and work your way out, alternating to the ends. Turn crankshaft by hand. If it does not turn easily, disassemble the parts and find the cause.

3 - 45

CRANKSHAFT AND MAIN BEARINGS

DIESEL ENGINE

IMPORTANT: Connecting rod caps must be installed on the same connecting rods they were removed from. Never reuse connecting rod bolts, replace with new. 10. Match the connecting rod caps to the rods using alignment marks. Install caps. Dip entire connecting rod bolts in clean engine oil. Install new bolts and tighten to 44 - 54 N•m (33 40 lb-ft). 11. Install the timing gear cover mounting plate. (See “TIMING GEAR COVER MOUNTING PLATE” on page 53.) 12. Install the crankcase extension housing. (See “CRANKCASE EXTENSION HOUSING” on page 43.) 13. Install the rear oil seal. (See “CRANKSHAFT REAR OIL SEAL” on page 44.) 14. Install the flywheel housing. (See “FLYWHEEL HOUSING” on page 48.) 15. Install the flywheel. (See “FLYWHEEL” on page 47.) 16. Install the timing gear cover. (See “TIMING GEAR COVER” on page 52.) 17. Install the front oil seal. (See “CRANKSHAFT FRONT OIL SEAL” on page 44.) 18. Install the oil pan.

D M82062A

2. Measure the crankshaft connecting rod journal (D) and main bearing journal (C) diameters. Measure several places around each journal.

NOTE:

If the engine has had a previous major overhaul, journals may have been ground and undersized bearing inserts installed.

Connecting Rod Journal OD: Standard . . . . . . 47.95 - 47.96 mm (1.888 - 1.888 in.) Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47.91 mm (1.886 in.) Main Bearing Journal OD: Standard . . . . . . 53.95 - 53.96 mm (2.124 - 2.124 in.) Wear Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53.91 mm (2.122 in.) • If the journal diameter is less than the wear limit, replace the crankshaft or have the journals ground undersize by a qualified machine shop. • If journals are ground, undersized bearing inserts must be installed. Bearing inserts are available in 0.25 mm (0.010 in.) undersize. 3. Install bearing inserts and main bearing cap on main bearing. Tighten main bearing bolts to 96 100 N•m (71 - 74 lb-ft).

Crankshaft Inspection/Replacement:

A

B

C

M82061A

1. Inspect the crankshaft for bend using V-blocks (B) and a dial indicator (A). Turn the crankshaft slowly and read variations on the indicator. If the variation is greater than 0.02 mm (0.001 in.), replace the crankshaft.

M82063

4. Measure the main bearing inner diameter. • Standard main bearing ID is 53.99 - 54.03 mm (2.126 - 2.127 in.).

3 - 46

6/27/00

FLYWHEEL

DIESEL ENGINE

• If the bearing diameter exceeds 54.10 mm (2.130 in.), replace bearing inserts. • If the bearing clearance (bearing ID minus crankshaft main bearing journal OD) exceeds 0.038 - 0.068 mm (0.002 - 0.003 in.), replace bearing inserts and crankshaft or have crankshaft journals ground undersize by a qualified machine shop and install undersized bearing inserts. 5. Clean and inspect the oil passages in the main bearing journals, connecting rod journals and main bearing bores in cylinder block. 6. Inspect the crankshaft for cracks or damage. Replace if necessary.

FLYWHEEL IMPORTANT: Always install new flywheel mounting bolts. Removal: 1. Split the tractor (front).

To replace timing gear: • Inspect the crankshaft gear for chipped or broken teeth. Replace if necessary. 1. Remove the gear from crankshaft using a knifeedge puller and a press.

c CAUTION A

DO NOT heat oil over 182° C (360° F). Oil fumes or oil can ignite above 193° C (380° F). Use a thermometer. Do not allow a flame or heating element to come in direct contact with the oil. Heat the oil in a well-ventilated area. Plan a safe handling procedure to avoid burns.

MX0992

2. Remove six dampener/coupling or pressure plate (collar shift not shown) mounting cap screws and remove the coupling (A) from the three alignment pins and flywheel.

A

B

C

B M82060A

2. Heat gear (B) to approximately 150°C (302°F). Install gear with timing mark “A” toward press table. Align slot in gear (C) with key (A) in shaft. Press crankshaft into gear until gear is tight against crankshaft shoulder.

MX0993

3. Remove the flywheel mounting cap screws (B) and remove the flywheel from crankshaft.

6/27/00

3 - 47

FLYWHEEL HOUSING

DIESEL ENGINE

IMPORTANT: The flex plate must be installed with raised side of spline drive away from flywheel.

3. Remove the flywheel housing.

4. Inspect the flywheel and ring gear for wear or damage. Replace any unserviceable flywheel or ring gear.

A B

Installation: 1. Installation of the flywheel and flex-plate is reverse of removal. 2. Replace flywheel cap screws. Tighten to specification. Clutch Installation - CST: M82205A

1. Installation of the clutch is the reverse of removal. Installation:

1. Installation is the reverse of removal. • Seal the flywheel housing to the engine with John Deere Form-In-Place RTV Gasket Maker. M91984

2. Use clutch alignment tool (C) to center the clutch disc when assembling the clutch to the flywheel.

CAMSHAFT Removal: 1. Remove the rocker arm assembly and push rods. (See “ROCKER ARM ASSEMBLY” on page 29.) 2. Remove the timing gear cover. (See “TIMING GEAR COVER” on page 52.) 3. Check the camshaft end play. (See “CAMSHAFT END PLAY CHECK” on page 20.) 4. Check the backlash of the timing gears. (See “TIMING GEAR BACKLASH CHECK” on page 20.)

NOTE: If a magnetic follower holder kit is not available, turn engine until oil pan is upward, to hold cam followers away from camshaft.

C

5. Hold the cam followers away from the camshaft using a magnetic follower holder kit such as D15001NU.

NOTE: Due to the odd number of teeth on the idler gear, timing marks will only align periodically. M91983

6. Rotate crankshaft and align timing marks. Specification: Flywheel Cap Screws. . . . .83 - 88 N•m (62 - 65 lb-ft)

FLYWHEEL HOUSING Removal: 1. Remove the flywheel. (See “FLYWHEEL” on page 47.) 2. Remove the starting motor.

3 - 48

IMPORTANT: DO NOT allow camshaft lobes to hit bearing surfaces while removing camshaft. Machined surfaces can be damaged. 7. Remove two thrust plate mounting cap screws, the thrust plate, and the camshaft. 8. Inspect all parts for wear or damage.

6/27/00

CAMSHAFT

DIESEL ENGINE

Camshaft Timing Gear

Installation: • Apply clean engine oil on all parts during installation.

Inspection:

A

IMPORTANT: DO NOT allow camshaft lobes to hit bearing surfaces while installing camshaft. Machined surfaces can be damaged.

B

B C

B C

C

A

D

M82067A

A D

1. Rotate the crankshaft to align timing marks.

1. Check the camshaft side gap (D) using a feeler gauge. • If the side gap exceeds 0.05 - 0.25 mm (0.002 0.010 in.), remove the gear (A) and replace thrust plate (B). • Inspect the gear for chipped or broken teeth. Replace if necessary Replacement:

NOTE: The gears use letters to aid in correct timing. The fuel injection drive gear (B mark), the camshaft gear (C mark) and the crankshaft gear (A mark) all must be correctly timed to the corresponding marks on the center idler gear. It is not necessary to time the unmarked oil pump gear (D). 2. Install the camshaft. 3. Install the thrust plate and cap screws. Tighten the thrust plate mounting cap screws to 26 N•m (226 lb-in.). 4. Install the timing gear cover. (See “TIMING GEAR COVER” on page 52.) 5. Install the push rods and rocker arm assembly. (See “ROCKER COVER” on page 28.)

1. Remove the gear (if required) from camshaft (C) using a knife-edge puller and a press.

c CAUTION DO NOT heat oil over 182° C (360° F). Oil fumes or oil can ignite above 193° C (380° F). Use a thermometer. Do not allow a flame or heating element to come in direct contact with the oil. Heat the oil in a well-ventilated area. Plan a safe handling procedure to avoid burns. 2. Heat the gear to approximately 150oC (300oF). IMPORTANT: Be sure thrust plate is not between camshaft gear and camshaft shoulder while installing gear. 3. Install the thrust plate (B). Install the gear (A) with timing mark “C” side toward press table. Align the slot in the gear with key in shaft. Press the camshaft into gear until gear is tight against camshaft shoulder. • Thrust plate (B) must spin freely on camshaft.

6/27/00

3 - 49

CAMSHAFT

DIESEL ENGINE

E

A

C B M82068A

M82071A

Camshaft Inspection: 1. Inspect the camshaft for bend using v-blocks and a dial indicator. Turn the camshaft slowly and read variation on indicator. • If the variation is greater than 0.02 mm (0.001 in.), replace the camshaft.

3. Measure the camshaft journal diameters. • Gear housing and flywheel end camshaft journal OD is 44.93 - 44.95 mm (1.769 - 1.770 in.). • Intermediate camshaft journal OD is 44.91 - 44.94 mm (1.768 - 1.769 in.). • If journal diameters are less than 44.85 mm (1.766 in.), replace camshaft. G

M82069A M82072

2. Measure the camshaft lobe height (F).

F

M82070A

• The camshaft lobe height is 38.64 - 38.77 mm (1.521 - 1.526 in.). • If the lobe height is less than 38.40 mm (1.512 in.), replace camshaft.

4. Measure the camshaft bushing (G) diameter at gear housing end. • Standard camshaft bushing ID is 44.99 - 45.06 mm (1.771 - 1.774 in.). • Replace the bushing If the diameter exceeds 45.10 mm (1.776 in.). • If the bushing clearance (bushing ID minus camshaft journal OD) exceeds 0.20 mm (0.008 in.), replace bushing, camshaft or both. 5. Remove the camshaft bushing using appropriate bushing puller. 6. Align the oil holes (arrow) in new bushing and cylinder block. Install bushing using a driver set.

NOTE: Flywheel housing and plug must be removed to measure camshaft intermediate and flywheel end bearing diameters. 7. Remove the flywheel housing/plate and plug. (See “FLYWHEEL HOUSING” on page 48.)

3 - 50

6/27/00

CAM FOLLOWERS

DIESEL ENGINE

Inspection:

H

I

M82074A

M82073 J

8. Measure the intermediate (H) and flywheel end (I) of the camshaft bore diameters. • Standard camshaft bore ID is 45.00 - 45.025 mm (1.772 - 1.773 in.) • If the bore diameter exceeds 45.10 mm (1.776 in.), replace cylinder block. • If the bore clearance (bore ID minus camshaft journal OD) exceeds 0.20 mm (0.008 in.), replace camshaft, cylinder block or both. • Apply John Deere Form-In Place Gasket, or an equivalent, on the outer edge of the plug. Install the plug until it bottoms in bore. • Install the flywheel housing.

CAM FOLLOWERS

J

7. Inspect the cam follower contact surface for abnormal wear (J), compared to normal wear pattern (K). Replace if necessary.

M82075A

Removal/Installation: 1. Remove the camshaft. (See “CAMSHAFT” on page 48.) 2. Remove the oil pan and strainer. IMPORTANT: Cam followers must be installed in the same bores from which they were removed. 3. Put a mark on each cam follower and the cylinder block bore to aid in installation. 4. Remove the cam followers. 5. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. 6. Apply clean engine oil on all parts during installation. Installation is done in the reverse order of removal.

6/27/00

8. Measure the cam follower stem diameter. • Standard cam follower stem OD is 11.98 - 11.99 mm (0.471 - 0.472 in.). • If the stem diameter is less than 11.93 mm (0.470 in.), replace cam follower. 9. Measure the cam follower bore diameter in the cylinder block. • Standard cam follower bore ID is 12.00 - 12.02 mm (0.472 - 0.473 in.). • If the cam follower bore diameter exceeds 12.05 mm (0.474 in.), replace the cylinder block. • If the bore clearance (bore ID minus follower stem OD) exceeds 0.10 mm (0.004 in.), replace the cam follower, cylinder block or both.

3 - 51

TIMING GEAR COVER

DIESEL ENGINE

TIMING GEAR COVER

A

B

D

C

E

F

G

H

J I

M57126a

3. Remove crankshaft pulley cap screw (I) and washer (H). 4. Remove crankshaft pulley (G) using a two-jaw puller.

Removal: 1. Remove the alternator and belt.

NOTE: It is not necessary to remove end cover (D) and O-ring (C), or fuel injection pump gear cover (J) to remove timing gear cover. 5. Remove the cap screws and timing gear cover (B). 6. Inspect the crankshaft oil seal (F) for wear or damage. Replace if necessary. (See CRANKSHAFT FRONT OIL SEAL" on page 44.

K L M

Installation: M57125

2. Remove the fan (M), spacer (L), and pulley (K) from the water pump.

3 - 52

1. Replace any seal washers (E). 2. Seal the cover to the engine with John Deere Form-In-Place RTV Gasket Maker (A). 3. Tighten all mounting cap screws.

6/27/00

IDLER GEAR

DIESEL ENGINE

• Standard idler gear shaft OD is 45.95 - 45.98 mm (1.809 - 1.810 in.). • If the shaft diameter is less than 45.93 mm (1.808 in.), replace idler gear shaft. 7. Measure the idler gear bushing (B) diameter. • Standard idler gear bushing ID is 46.00 - 46.03 mm (1.811 - 1.812 in.). • Replace the bushing if the ID exceeds 46.08 mm (1.814 in.). • If the bore clearance (bushing ID minus shaft OD) exceeds 0.15 mm (0.006 in.), replace bushing, shaft, or both.

K

L M35295

Replace Bushing: 4. Align the pin in crankshaft pulley (L) with the hole in the crankshaft gear (K). Install the crankshaft pulley. 5. Install the pulley, spacer and fan to the water pump. 6. Adjust the fan/alternator drive belt tension.

1. Replace the bushing using a driver set. 2. Align the oil holes in bushing and idler gear. 3. Install the bushing flush with surface of idler gear.

TIMING GEAR COVER MOUNTING PLATE

IDLER GEAR Removal/Installation:

A

1. Remove the timing gear cover. (See “TIMING GEAR COVER” on page 52.) 2. Check the backlash of timing gears. (See “TIMING GEAR BACKLASH CHECK” on page 20.)

B

NOTE: Due to the odd number of teeth on the idler gear, timing marks will only align periodically. When all timing marks on gears align, the piston closest to the water pump is at TDC on compression stroke. Number one cylinder is closest to the flywheel. 3. Rotate the crankshaft and align the timing marks. 4. Remove two cap screws, shaft and gear. 5. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Installation is done in the reverse order of removal. A

B

C

M82210A

M82211A

Removal/Installation: 1. Remove the camshaft. (See “CAMSHAFT” on page 48.) 2. Remove the idler gear. (See “IDLER GEAR” on page 53.) 3. Remove the fuel injection pump. 4. Remove the oil pump. (See “OIL PUMP” on page 54.) 5. Remove the mounting cap screws and plate (B). 6. Replace all O-rings. 7. Installation is the reverse of removal. • Seal the cover to the engine with John Deere FormIn-Place RTV Gasket Maker (A).

OIL PAN AND STRAINER Removal/Installation:

6. Inspect the gear (A) for chipped or broken teeth. Replace if necessary. • Measure the idler gear shaft (C) diameter.

6/27/00

1. Remove the oil pan. 2. Remove the balancer assembly. (See “BALANCER ASSEMBLY” on page 43.)

3 - 53

OIL PUMP

DIESEL ENGINE

3. Remove the oil strainer gasket and oil strainer. 4. Replace the oil strainer gasket and any unserviceable components. 5. Install the oil strainer, balancer assembly, and oil pan. 6. Tighten all cap screws. 7. Fill the engine with correct engine oil.

3. Measure the rotor shaft outer diameter and the shaft hole diameter in cover. • Clearance is 0.01 - 0.04 mm (0.001 - 0.002 in.). • Replace the pump if the clearance exceeds 0.2 mm (0.008 in.).

OIL PUMP Removal/Installation: 1. Remove the timing gear cover. (See “TIMING GEAR COVER” on page 52.) 2. Check the oil pump gear backlash. Replace the entire oil pump assembly if backlash is more than 0.12 mm (0.005 in.).

G E

C

M51571

4. Check the rotor recess with a straightedge and feeler gauge. • Rotor recess is 0.03 - 0.09 mm (0.001 - 0.004 in.). • Replace the pump if the recess exceeds 0.15 mm (0.006 in.).

E M82215A

3. Remove the mounting cap screws, the oil pump assembly (C) and gasket from the mounting plate. 4. Inspect all parts for wear or damage.

G

M51572

Disassembly/Assembly: 1. The gear (I) is press fit on rotor shaft (H). Remove gear using a knife edge puller and a press. 2. Inspect all parts for wear or damage.

5. Check the outer rotor (E) -to-pump body (G) clearance. • Clearance is 0.10 - 0.16 mm (0.004 - 0.006 in.). • Replace the pump if the clearance exceeds 0.25 mm (0.010 in.).

G F D E F G H M82216A

3 - 54

E I

M51573

6/27/00

THERMOSTAT AND WATER PUMP DISASSEMBLY

DIESEL ENGINE

6. Check inner (F) -to-outer rotor (E) clearance. • Replace the pump if clearance is more than 0.15 mm (0.006 in.). 7. Coat all parts with clean engine oil. 8. Install the outer rotor with identification mark facing toward rotor shaft assembly.

6. Remove the cap screws, pump (F) and gasket. 7. Inspect the pump for wear or damage. 8. Remove the thermostat cover and gasket (B), thermostat (C) and gasket (D).Test the thermostat for proper operation. (See “THERMOSTAT OPENING TEST” on page 22.) 9. Installation is done in the reverse order of removal. 10. Adjust the fan/alternator drive belt tension. Inspection:

G

J

1. Inspect the water pump for coolant leakage. If origin of leak cannot be determined, perform cooling system pressure test. (See “COOLING SYSTEM PRESSURE TEST” on page 24.) • If coolant is leaking at pulley flange: Shaft seal is defective. Replace water pump. • If coolant is leaking between plate and pump housing: Gasket between plate and pump housing is defective. Remove plate and replace gasket.

K

M76428

9. Check the oil pressure relief valve. If the relief valve piston (K) is sticking in the pump body (G), clean parts to allow movement of the piston. 10. Inspect the spring (K) for cracks. The spring is not serviceable. If damage is identified, replace the oil pump assembly.

THERMOSTAT AND WATER PUMP DISASSEMBLY

• If coolant is leaking between the plate and the engine block: Remove the water pump and replace gasket. 2. Inspect the water pump for worn bearing shaft by removing fan belt and checking for excessive movement of fan. Replace water pump if excessive movement is noticed. • If the bearing shaft is making noise when operating. Check the fan belt tension. If adjustment does not relieve the noise, the bearing shaft is defective. Replace the water pump.

B C D A

E F

M91821

Procedure: 1. Open the engine drain valve (A) to drain coolant. 2. Disconnect the coolant temperature sensor (E) lead. 3. Disconnect the upper and lower radiator hoses. 4. Remove the fan/alternator drive belt. 5. Remove the cap screws, fan, spacer and pulley. 6/27/00

3 - 55

FUEL SUPPLY COMPONENT LOCATION

DIESEL ENGINE

FUEL SUPPLY COMPONENT LOCATION

2

1 3

10

4 9 8 5

7 6

M91661

1. Fuel Tank

2. Hose (Injection Pump Bleed-off)

3. Hose (Nozzle Leakoff, short)

4. Hose (Nozzle Leakoff, long)

5. Air Vent Check Valve

6. Pump Hose

7. Hose (Filter-toInjection Pump)

8. Hose (Transfer Pumpto-Filter)

9. Hose (Fuel Tank-toTransfer Pump)

10. Delivery Valve

3 - 56

6/27/00

FUEL SUPPLY COMPONENT LOCATION

DIESEL ENGINE

5 4

6

3 2 7 8 1 9 10

11 12 13 20

18 14

15 19

16 17 M82370A

1. Shutoff Lever

2. O-ring

3. Spring

4. Shutoff Valve

5. Hose

6. Filter Mounting Base

7. O-ring

8. Filter Element

9. Spring

10. O-ring

11. Filter Cover

12. End Cap

13. Hose (Nozzle LeakOff, short

14. Hose (Injection Pump Bleed-off)

15. Hose (Nozzle LeakOff, long)

16. Copper Washer (2 per Fitting, Replace)

17. Air Vent Check Valve

18. Hose (Filter-toInjection Pump)

19. Hose (Supply Pumpto-Filter)

20. Retaining Ring

6/27/00

3 - 57

FUEL INJECTION PUMP

DIESEL ENGINE

FUEL INJECTION PUMP

IMPORTANT: Never steam clean or pour cold water on an injection pump while the pump is running or warm. Doing so can damage the pump.

Removal:

c CAUTION Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids. If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable source. Such information is available from the Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.

IMPORTANT: The fast idle and torque capsule adjustments are pre-set by the engine manufacturer to comply with strict EPA/CARB emissions requirements, and are only adjustable by an authorized service facility. DO NOT remove or adjust these components. Tampering with the fast idle and torque capsule adjustments may result in severe fines or penalties.

G

I

1. Clean the injection pump lines and area around the pump with parts cleaning solvent or steam cleaner. 2. Loosen the fuel injection line connectors (C) slightly to relieve pressure in the fuel system. Use another wrench to keep the delivery valves (E) from loosening. 3. Loosen the line clamp (I), and remove the fuel injection lines. 4. Disconnect the hoses to/from fuel filter (F, G). 5. Disconnect the pump hose (D). 6. Remove the external lube line. 7. Disconnect the fuel shutoff solenoid link.

B

A M82230

8. Mark the position of timing marks (B) on the injection pump and the gear cover mounting plate. 9. Remove three mounting nuts (A). C

D

E

F

M91655

3 - 58

6/27/00

FUEL INJECTION NOZZLES

DIESEL ENGINE

7. Connect fuel shutoff solenoid link. 8. Connect hoses to/from fuel filter. 9. Install fuel injection lines and tighten line clamps.

H I

IMPORTANT: If the oil has been drained out of fuel injection pump housing, add oil as necessary. The fuel injection pump can become damaged if operated dry or without proper amount of oil.

M82231

10. Remove four cap screws, washers, cover and gasket. 11. Use chalk or paint to mark injection pump gear to idler gear (I). 12. Remove nut and lock washer (H).

10. Remove fill plug and add clean engine oil to housing. Add until oil begins to drip out of external lube line inlet. 11. Install external lube line. When installing line, put one copper washer between mounting bolt head and lube line and the other between lube line and housing. If a new injection pump is being installed, check and adjust injection pump static timing. (See “INJECTION PUMP STATIC TIMING ADJUSTMENT” on page 22.)

FUEL INJECTION NOZZLES Removal/Installation: IMPORTANT: Never steam clean or pour cold water on injection pump while the pump is running or warm. Doing so can damage the pump.

M37794

13. Pull gear from injection pump shaft using a two jaw puller. 14. Remove injection pump and O-ring. IMPORTANT: DO NOT attempt to service the injection pump or governor. If unit is in need of repair, it must be serviced by a qualified fuel injection repair shop. If replacement is necessary, replace entire unit. Installation: 1. Install new O-ring to injection pump. 2. Put injection pump onto back of gear cover mounting plate. Align key on shaft with keyway in gear. Be sure to align marks on gears made during removal. 3. Install lock washer and nut. Tighten to specification. 4. Install new gasket, cover, four washers and cap screws. 5. Install three mounting nuts. Do not tighten. 6. Align marks on mounting plate and injection pump, to same place as when removed, and tighten mounting nuts to specifications. 6/27/00

1. Clean the injection pump lines and area around the pump using a parts cleaning solvent or steam cleaner.

c CAUTION Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids. If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable source. Such information is available from the Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.

NOTE:

Nozzles are matched to the cylinders. If removing more than one nozzle, tag nozzles, according to the cylinder from which it was removed.

3 - 59

FUEL INJECTION NOZZLES

DIESEL ENGINE

2. Loosen fuel injection line connectors-to-nozzles slightly to relieve pressure in the fuel system. 3. Loosen line clamp(s) and remove fuel injection lines.

7. Test injection nozzles. (See “FUEL INJECTION NOZZLE TEST” on page 20.) Installation: Installation is done in reverse order of removal.

A

• Install a new ring and heat protector when installing injection nozzles.

B

Disassembly/Assembly:

C

NOTE: If servicing more than one nozzle, keep parts for each nozzle separate from one another. D

1. Remove retaining nut (S) and disassemble internal parts of injection nozzle. Keep parts organized for ease of assembly. 2. Clean and inspect nozzle assembly. (See “Cleaning/Inspection:” on page 61.)

E F

K

L

4. Remove clamps (B) and leakoff hoses (C). 5. Remove nuts and retaining plates (A). 6. Remove injection nozzle (D), ring (E) and Teflon heat protector (F). If ring and protector stay in cylinder head, thread a cap screw into protector and pull from cylinder head.

M

N O

G

P

H T

Q

I R

J

S D

M82093A M82126

3. Carefully clamp injector body (L) in a soft-jaw vice. If nozzles are stuck in cylinder head: • Grind the head of a cap screw (I) so it fits inside a nut from an old injection line (J). • Use two nuts (H) to attach a large flat washer (G) to the cap screw. • Install assembly onto nozzle (D) and use a puller and slide hammer to pull nozzle from cylinder head.

3 - 60

NOTE: Insert the same number of shims (M) that were removed from injector. Number of shims will affect the opening pressure of the fuel nozzle and will be tested after assembly. 4. Reassemble fuel nozzle in the order shown above.

6/27/00

FUEL INJECTION NOZZLES

DIESEL ENGINE

5. Tighten retaining nut to 6.8 - 8.8 N•m (60 - 78 lbin.). 6. After assembly is complete, test injection nozzle. (See “FUEL INJECTION NOZZLE TEST” on page 20.) Cross Section

Cleaning/Inspection:

NOTE:

To clean nozzles properly, JDF13 Nozzle Cleaning Kit is recommended. The Cleaning Kit is available through the John Deere SERVICEGARD™ Catalog.

1. Remove anti-corrosive grease from new or reconditioned nozzles by washing them thoroughly in diesel fuel. L

IMPORTANT: Never use a steel brush to clean nozzles as this will distort the spray hole. 2. Remove carbon from used nozzles, and clean by washing in diesel fuel. If parts are coated with hardened carbon or lacquer, it may be necessary to use a brass wire brush (supplied in Nozzle Cleaning Kit).

K

T P

M

R

N

M82094A O T

P

S Q R M37684

K. Return Pipe

P. Separator Plate

L. Injector Body

Q. Nozzle Valve

M. Shim(s)

R. Nozzle Body

N. Spring

S. Retaining Nut

O. Spring Seat

T. Index Pin

6/27/00

3. After removing carbon or lacquer from the exterior of nozzle, inspect sealing surfaces between separator plate (P) and nozzle body (R) for nicks or scratches. 4. Contact area of separator plate (both parts) must not be scored or pitted. Use an inspection magnifier (No. 16487 or equivalent) to aid in making the inspection. 5. Check nozzle contact surface on separator plate for wear. If contact surface is more than 0.10 mm (0.004 in.), replace nozzle assembly.

3 - 61

FUEL FILTER ASSEMBLY

DIESEL ENGINE

P

R

M82095A

6. Inspect the piston (large) part of nozzle valve (P) to see that it is not scratched or scored and that lower (tip) end of valve is not broken. If any of these conditions are present, replace the nozzle assembly. 7. Further inspect the nozzle assembly by performing a slide test. Use the following procedure: • Dip the nozzle valve (P) in clean diesel fuel. Insert valve in nozzle body (Q). • Hold nozzle vertical, and pull valve out about 1/3 of its engaged length. • Release valve. Valve should slide down to its seat by its own weight. Replace nozzle assembly if the valve does not slide freely to its seat.

FUEL FILTER ASSEMBLY IMPORTANT: Replace all copper Damaged or used washers may leak.

washers.

1. Remove the retaining ring from mounting base while holding on to filter cover. 2. Remove the filter cover from mounting base. 3. Remove and replace the O-rings and filter element. 4. Be sure the spring is in the filter cover and place the filter element in the filter cover. 5. Before installing the filter cover and element in the mounting base, verify the O-ring is in the groove inside the mounting base. 6. Install the filter cover and the element in the mounting base. IMPORTANT: Tighten only enough to keep filter assembly from leaking. Overtightening the retaining nut may damage the filter cover or retaining ring. 7. Place the retaining ring over filter cover and screw on the mounting base to retain filter cover to mounting base.

3 - 62

6/27/00

STARTING MOTOR COMPONENT LOCATION

DIESEL ENGINE

STARTING MOTOR COMPONENT LOCATION 6

7

5 4

8

3

9

2 1

10

11 M94643

1. Pinion

2. Idler Gear

3. Drive Gear

4. Motor

5. Field Coil

6. Armature

7. Brush Spring

8. Brush

9. Plunger

10. Solenoid

11. Overrunning Clutch

STARTING MOTOR Removal: IMPORTANT: Always disconnect the negative cable from the battery before working on any electrical components.

1. Remove the negative cable from the battery. 2. Remove side panels as required to access starting motor. 3. Remove nut securing battery cable (C) and wires on the starting motor. 4. Disconnect starting motor solenoid wire (A). 5. Remove the two cap screws (B) securing starting motor to bell housing. Remove starting motor. Installation: Installation is done in the reverse order of removal.

B

IMPORTANT: DO NOT over tighten starting motor mounting cap screws! • Torque starting motor mounting cap screws to 88 N•m (65 lb-ft). A

C M91668

6/27/00

3 - 63

STARTING MOTOR

DIESEL ENGINE

Disassembly:

5. Remove motor (H), armature (G) and brush holder (F) as a unit from the clutch housing (I).

A

NOTE:

Brushes are not serviceable separately. If brushes require replacement, the brush holder, with brushes attached, must be replaced.

L

C K J

M82233A B

M36754

1. Disconnect field lead (A). 2. Remove cover screws (B). 3. Remove cap screws (C) that secure motor to clutch housing.

6. Pry brush springs (K) away from the armature. Pull the brushes (L) outward, allowing the springs to hold the brushes in place. 7. Remove brush holder (J).

D

E

C

M91666

M36759

4. Separate cover (D) from motor (E). 8. Remove armature from field coil housing. 9. Remove felt washer. 10. Remove the bearings.

NOTE: Bearings are press fit. Remove bearings using a knife-edge puller set. Assembly: Assembly is done in the reverse order of disassembly. I H G F

3 - 64

M91667

6/27/00

STARTING MOTOR

DIESEL ENGINE

Inspection/Test: N M C

M82237

A

1. Install new housing bearing (M) tight against shoulder of shaft using a piece of pipe. 2. Install new rear cover bearing (N) tight against shoulder of shaft using a driver set. IMPORTANT: Install both bearings with sealed side toward armature. 3. Inspect and test brushes, holder, field coil and armature. (See “Inspection/Test:” on page 65.)

NOTE:

Apply multipurpose grease to bearing cup inside rear cover.

B

M82234

1. Measure brush lengths (A). Replace the brushes if the length is below 8.5 mm (0.335 in.).

NOTE: Test the brush holder using an ohmmeter or test light. 2. Test brush holder: • Touch one probe of tester to negative brush holder (C) and other probe to field brush holder (B). • If there is continuity, replace the brush holder. 3. Inspect springs for wear or damage. Replace if necessary.

E

M36754 D

IMPORTANT: When installing rear cover, be sure field coil brush wires do not touch cover. Turn brush holder slightly to take up slack in brush wires. Press wires inward to clear rear cover. M82235

NOTE: Test field coil using an ohmmeter or test light. IMPORTANT: Do not clean armature with solvent. Solvent can damage insulation on windings. Use only mineral spirits and a soft bristle brush.

6/27/00

3 - 65

STARTING MOTOR

DIESEL ENGINE

4. Test for grounded field winding: • Touch one probe of tester to field coil brush (E) and other probe to field coil housing (D). • Be sure the brush lead is not touching the frame. If there is continuity, the coil is grounded and the field coil housing assembly must be replaced. 5. Test for open field coil: • Touch one probe of tester to each field coil brush. • If there is no continuity, the field coil is open and the field coil housing assembly must be replaced. 6. Inspect armature. Look for signs of dragging against pole shoes. 7. Inspect commutator. Look for roughness, burned bars, or any material which might cause short circuits between bars. If necessary, clean and touch up with 400 sandpaper. NEVER use emery cloth. Clean all dust from armature when finished.

NOTE: Test armature windings using an ohmmeter or test light.

-

10. Test for short circuit windings using a growler. • Put armature in a growler and hold a hacksaw blade above each slot while slowly rotating armature. • If coil is shorted, the blade will vibrate on the slot.

NOTE: A short circuit most often occurs because of copper dust or filings between two commutator segments.

G

11. If test indicates short circuit windings, clean the commutator of dust and filings. Check the armature again. If the test still indicates a short circuit, replace the armature. 12. Inspect armature cover and housing bearings for wear or damage. Replace bearings if necessary. (See “Assembly:” on page 64.)

F

Gear Train Disassembly/Inspection: M82236

1. Remove motor from clutch housing.

8. Test for grounded windings: • Touch probes on one commutator bar (G) and armature shaft (F). Armature windings are connected in series, so only one commutator bar needs to be checked. • If test shows continuity, a winding is grounded and the armature must be replaced. 9. Test for open circuit windings: • Touch probes on two different commutator bars. • If test shows no continuity, there is an open circuit and the armature must be replaced. A M82233

• Remove field wire and (2) motor-to-clutch housing cap screws (A).

3 - 66

6/27/00

STARTING MOTOR

DIESEL ENGINE

H I

B

M82238 M82241

2. Remove (2) clutch housing-to-solenoid housing screws (B) to separate clutch housing from solenoid/motor assembly.

C

6. Put clutch (housing) assembly into a soft-jawed vice, as shown. 7. Tighten vise slowly, until drive gear compresses. 8. Remove retainer (H) and circlip (I).

c CAUTION Shaft could be propelled from clutch unit with considerable force if spring is not allowed to extend fully while in vise. 9. While holding clutch assembly, slowly open vise until all spring compression is relieved.

D

M82239 J

3. Remove plunger spring (C).

G

D

K H I

F E

M82242

10. Remove drive gear (D) , spring (K) and clutch assembly (J) from housing.

D M82240

4. Remove retainer (E), five rollers (F) and pinion gear (D). 5. Remove steel ball (G). 6/27/00

3 - 67

STARTING MOTOR

DIESEL ENGINE

3. Remove cover and gasket. L D M

D

C N

M82243

M82245

O

11. Remove large washer (O), toothed washer (N), spring (M) and clutch shaft (L). 12. Inspect all parts for wear or damage.

NOTE: The clutch has no serviceable components. If any of the parts show wear or damage, replace the clutch assembly.

E

4. Remove plunger (C). 5. Disassemble terminals and contact plates (D). 6. Inspect copper washer (E) and contact plates (F) for burning or pitting. Clean burnt areas to improve electrical contact. Replace contacts or plunger if necessary.

Assembly:

D

Assembly is done in the reverse order of disassembly. • Apply multipurpose grease to bearings, clutch shaft, springs, pinion gears, retainer, rollers and steel ball. • Install large washer with flat side toward clutch assembly. • Install retainer with cupped side away from clutch assembly.

J I G

H

F

Solenoid Disassembly/Inspection:

M36771

A

7. Remove nut (J), washer (I) , O-ring (H) and insulator (G) from each terminal in order shown, and inspect for wear or damage. 8. The solenoid is not serviceable. If replace solenoid assembly. Assembly: Assembly is done in the reverse order of disassembly.

B M82233A

NOTE: The assembly sequence of the left and right terminals is similar. Be sure solenoid terminal lead (M) is installed between terminal bolt (L) and small contact plate (K). Also, be sure smaller contact plate is on the left side.

1. Disconnect field lead (A). 2. Remove three screws and clip (B).

3 - 68

6/27/00

ALTERNATOR

DIESEL ENGINE

5. Remove mounting bolts and remove alternator. Installation: Installation is done in the reverse order of removal.

M

• Tighten drive belt. (See “FAN/ALTERNATOR DRIVE BELT ADJUSTMENT” on page 24.) Disassembly:

NOTE: Clamp pulley in soft jaw vise and use an impact wrench to remove pulley nut. K

L M36771 B A

ALTERNATOR Specifications: Exposed Brush Length: Minimum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5 mm (0.17 in.) Maximum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.5 mm (0.41 in.) Rotor Slip Ring Diameter (Min.) . . . 14 mm (0.55 in.) Pulley Nut Torque. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 N•m (51 lb-ft) Belt Deflection: . . . . 10 - 15 mm (0.4 - 0.6 in.) at 98 N (22 lb-force)

M52469

1. Remove pulley nut (A). 2. Use puller to remove pulley (B).

Removal: IMPORTANT: Always disconnect the negative cable from the battery before working on any electrical components.

C

D

1. Remove the negative cable from the battery. 2. Remove left side panels as required to access alternator.

A

M52470

3. Remove nut, washer and insulator from battery terminal post (D). 4. Remove three screws (C) securing cover to body. Remove cover.

B

M91672

3. Lift red plastic protective cover from positive (red) lead from battery. Remove nut and washer and remove lead from alternator stud (A) . 4. Remove wire harness connector (B) from alternator and move wiring harness to the side. 6/27/00

3 - 69

ALTERNATOR

DIESEL ENGINE

F E

N G H

M

M52475

M52472

5. Remove long (H) and short (G) screws securing brush holder (E) and cover to body. Remove brush holder and cover.

11. Remove retainer plate (M). 12. Press bearing (N) from case. Inspection: Equipment:

NOTE: Remember location of short screw. 6. Remove the three screws securing regulator to body. Remove regulator (F).

I

• Volt-Ohm-Amp Meter • Bearing Puller Set • Soldering Gun (120 Watt Capacity) • Solder (Only 60-40 Resin Core) • Sandpaper (No. 00 or 400-grit silicon carbide paper).

J O P

M52471

7. Remove screw and straighten wire leads (I). 8. Remove rectifier (J).

L

K M52473

9. Remove rear case assembly (L). 10. Press rotor shaft (K) from rear case.

M52474

1. Inspect bearing (O) for smooth rotation. Replace if necessary. 2. Inspect slip rings (P) for dirt or rough spots. If necessary, use No. 00 sandpaper or 400-grit silicon carbide paper to polish rings. 3. Measure outer diameter of slip rings. Replace rotor if less than 14 mm (0.55 in.). 4. Check continuity between slip rings using ohmmeter or continuity tester. Replace rotor assembly if there is no continuity. 5. Check continuity between slip rings and rotor core . Replace rotor assembly if there is continuity.

NOTE: Use an ohmmeter that is sensitive to 0 - 1 ohm.

3 - 70

6/27/00

ALTERNATOR

DIESEL ENGINE

6. Inspect stator for defective insulation, discoloration, or burned odor. 7. Check for continuity between each stator lead and body. Replace stator if there is continuity.

U

V R

Q

M91674

M52477

NOTE: Set ohmmeter to the K ohm range. 8. Check continuity between main lead (Q) and each diode lead (R). Reverse ohmmeter leads and recheck. There is continuity in one direction, but not the other. Replace diodes or rectifier plate if bad.

IMPORTANT: Check that short screw (U) is installed in regulator tab. Longer screw (V) will contact frame and cause damage to the charging system. • Clamp pulley in soft jaw vise. Install pulley nut.

4.5 mm (0.17 in.)

M52478

9. Measure length of brush protruding from holder. Dimension is 4.5 mm (0.17 in.) minimum. Replace brushes if worn below minimum. Maximum exposed new brush length is 10.5 mm (0.41 in.). S

T

M52479

10. Check continuity between brush and terminal (S). Check continuity between brush and terminal (T). There should be continuity only at these points. Assembly: Assembly procedure is the reverse of disassembly.

NOTE: Check that rotor fan does not contact case and that rotor assembly turns smoothly in bearing.

6/27/00

3 - 71

ALTERNATOR COMPONENT LOCATION

DIESEL ENGINE

ALTERNATOR COMPONENT LOCATION 11 10 9

8

6

7

5 4 12

27

2

3 23 24

1

25 26 22 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 21

20 M91878

1. Nut

8. Rotor

15. Brush Holder

22. Nut (2 used)

2. Pulley

9. Bearing

16. Screw

23. Nut

3. Spacer

10. Bearing Cover

17. Cap Screw w/ Washer

24. Bushing

4. Frame Assembly

11. Thrust Washer

18. Voltage Regulator

25. Spring

5. Stud

12. Cap Screw

19. Holder

26. Brush

6. Plate

13. Rear Cover

20. Cap Screw

27. Bearing

7. Screw (4 used)

14. Screw (6 used)

21. Rear Frame

3 - 72

6/27/00

CONTENTS

ELECTRICAL

CONTENTS Page

READING ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-5 THEORY AND DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . THEORY OF OPERATION INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WIRE COLOR ABBREVIATION CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COMMON CIRCUIT TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONDUCTORS FOR 12 VOLT CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4-6 4-6 4-6 4-6 4-7 4-7

SPECIFICATIONS (NORTH AMERICAN AND EUROPEAN) . . . . . . . . 4-8 NORTH AMERICAN ELECTRICAL SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC & WIRING HARNESS LEGEND. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 COMPONENT LOCATION – CONTROLS & LOAD CENTER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 COMPONENT LOCATION – TRACTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12

SCHEMATICS AND WIRING HARNESSES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14 WIRE COLOR CODES - 4500/4600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14 W2 FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID WIRING HARNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 W3 HST NEUTRAL START WIRING HARNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 W4 PTO SOLENOID WIRING HARNESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 W5 CRUISE CONTROL WIRING HARNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17 W1 MAIN WIRING HARNESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18 MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19 W1 MAIN WIRING HARNESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20 WIRE COLOR CODES - 4500/4600/4700. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21

TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23 THEORY AND DIAGNOSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24 POWER CIRCUIT OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POWER CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CRANKING CIRCUIT OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MANIFOLD HEATER OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CRANKING CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CRANKING CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MANIFOLD HEATER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FUEL SUPPLY OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FUEL SUPPLY ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FUEL SUPPLY ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FUEL SUPPLY ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FUEL SUPPLY DIAGNOSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ENGINE SHUTOFF CIRCUIT OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ENGINE SHUTOFF CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ENGINE SHUTOFF PTO CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ENGINE SHUTOFF LATCH CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ENGINE SHUTOFF CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHARGING CIRCUIT OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6/27/00

4-24 4-25 4-30 4-36 4-36 4-37 4-38 4-40 4-42 4-43 4-44 4-45 4-46 4-48 4-49 4-50 4-51 4-52 4-56

4-1

CONTENTS CONTINUED

ELECTRICAL

Page TACHOMETER CIRCUIT OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56 HOUR METER CIRCUIT OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56 CHARGING CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57 CHARGING CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LIGHT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60 FUEL GAUGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60 CONTROL PANEL GAUGES ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61 CONTROL PANEL GAUGES DIAGNOSIS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62 CONTROL PANEL INDICATOR LIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64 PTO LIGHT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64 PARK BRAKE LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64 COLD START LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64 CONTROL PANEL INDICATOR LIGHTS SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65 CONTROL PANEL INDICATOR LIGHTS DIAGNOSIS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-66 LIGHTS OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68 LIGHTS ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-69 LIGHTS DIAGNOSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70 LIGHTS OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74 LIGHTS ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75 LIGHTS DIAGNOSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76 CRUISE CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-80 CRUISE CONTROL ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81 CRUISE CONTROL DIAGNOSIS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82

TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-84 GROUND CIRCUIT TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-84 BATTERY TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85 CHARGE BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86 LOAD TEST BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86 UNREGULATED AMPERAGE TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87 REGULATED AMPERAGE AND VOLTAGE TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88 STARTING MOTOR SOLENOID TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88 STARTING MOTOR AMPERAGE DRAW TEST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-89 NO-LOAD AMPERAGE DRAW AND RPM TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90 RELAY TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-91 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-91 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH TEST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92 MANIFOLD HEATER TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92 FUSE TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93 CONTROL PANEL LIGHT TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93 DIODE BLOCK TEST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94 SEAT SWITCH TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94 KEY SWITCH TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-95 LIGHT SWITCH TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-95 TRANSMISSION NEUTRAL SWITCH TEST – CST & PRT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-96

4-2

6/27/00

ELECTRICAL

CONTENTS CONTINUED

Page TRANSMISSION NEUTRAL SWITCH TEST – HST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-97 TURN SIGNAL SWITCH TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-97 HAZARD SWITCH TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-98 MID PTO SWITCH TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-98 PTO SWITCH TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99 2-SPEED PTO SWITCH TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99 CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100 CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100 CRUISE CONTROL MAGNET TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-101 BRAKE SWITCH TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-101 PARK BRAKE SWITCH TEST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102 FUEL GAUGE SENSOR TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102 FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103 PTO SOLENOID TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103

EUROPEAN ELECTRICAL SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-105 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC AND WIRING HARNESS LEGEND . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-105 COMPONENT LOCATION – TRACTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108 COMPONENT LOCATION – CONTROLS & LOAD CENTER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-110 WIRE COLOR CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-111 MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-112 W1 MAIN WIRING HARNESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114 WIRE COLOR CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115 MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116 W1 MAIN WIRING HARNESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-118 W2 FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID WIRING HARNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119 W3 HST NEUTRAL START WIRING HARNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119 W4 PTO SOLENOID WIRING HARNESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119 W5 CRUISE CONTROL WIRING HARNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120 W6 CRUISE CONTROL MAGNET WIRING HARNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-121 W7 TRAILER CONNECTOR WIRING HARNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-121 W8 2–SPEED PTO WIRING HARNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-122

TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-123 THEORY AND DIAGNOSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124 POWER CIRCUIT OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POWER CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CRANKING CIRCUIT OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MANIFOLD HEATER OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CRANKING CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CRANKING CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MANIFOLD HEATER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FUEL SUPPLY OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ENGINE SHUTOFF CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ENGINE SHUTOFF PTO CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ENGINE SHUTOFF LATCH CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6/27/00

4-124 4-125 4-128 4-136 4-136 4-137 4-138 4-140 4-142 4-143 4-144 4-145

4-3

CONTENTS CONTINUED

ELECTRICAL

Page FUEL SUPPLY DIAGNOSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-146 ENGINE SHUTOFF CIRCUIT OPERATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-148 ENGINE SHUTOFF CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149 ENGINE SHUTOFF CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-150 CHARGING CIRCUIT OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-154 TACHOMETER CIRCUIT OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-154 HOUR METER CIRCUIT OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-154 CHARGING CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-155 CHARGING CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-156 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LIGHT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-158 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-158 FUEL GAUGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-158 CONTROL PANEL GAUGES ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-159 CONTROL PANEL GAUGES DIAGNOSIS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-160 PTO SOLENOID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-162 2-SPEED PTO LIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-162 MID PTO LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-162 PTO ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-163 PTO ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-164 LIGHT SWITCH OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-168 BRAKE LIGHTS OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-168 LIGHT SWITCH ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-169 TURN SIGNAL SWITCH OPERATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-170 HAZARD SWITCH OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-170 TURN/HAZARD LIGHTS ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-171 LIGHTS DIAGNOSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-172 CRUISE CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-180 CRUISE CONTROL ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-181 CRUISE CONTROL DIAGNOSIS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-182

EUROPEAN CAB ELECTRICAL SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-184 COMPONENT LOCATION – CAB ELECTRICAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-185 CAB SCHEMATIC AND WIRING HARNESS LEGEND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-186 CAB ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-187 CAB WIRING HARNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-188 W10 CAB LEFT TURN SIGNAL WIRING HARNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-188 W11 CAB RIGHT TURN SIGNAL WIRING HARNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-188 CAB LIGHTING ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-189

CAB ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-190 THEORY AND DIAGNOSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-191 CAB POWER CIRCUIT OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-191 CAB POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-192 CAB WIPER DIAGNOSIS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-194 CAB WASHER PUMP DIAGNOSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-196

4-4

6/27/00

READING ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

READING ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS

The identifying letter is always the same for a specific component, but the identifying numbers are numbered consecutively from upper left to lower right. The terminal designation (J) is placed directly outside the symbol next to the connecting wire path. Switch positions (K) are also placed directly outside the symbol. The solid line (L) shows the position the switch is currently in and dash lines (M) represent other switch positions.

The schematic is made up of individual circuits laid out in a sequence of related functions. It is formatted with all power wires (A) across the top and all ground wires (B) across the bottom. Current flow is generally from top to bottom through each circuit and component. All components are shown in the OFF position. The diagram does not list connector (C) information unless needed to avoid confusion. If the connector is shown, the number next to it is the terminal pin location (D) in the connector.

Each circuit is identified at the bottom of the drawing by a section number (N) and section name (O). The circuit number (P) and wire color (Q) of the wires are shown directly next to the wire path.

Each component is shown by a symbol (E), its name (F), and an identification code (G). The identification code contains a device identifying letter (H) and number (I).

The same component name and identification code are used consistently on all diagrams in this section. Components can be easily cross-referenced.

S1 Key Switch B

F2 15 Amp Fuse

Wht

Wht

Red

Red

X1

S1

X2

X3

M

S2 Seat Switch

D

D

6

K2 Ignition Relay

Run Off

L

K

30

87

86

85

J

F3 15 Amp Fuse

K1 Start Relay

F1 Fusible Link

215 Org

H

X2 721 Pur/ Wht

Red

S

G

E

I

X3 G1 Battery

M1 Starting Motor

M

H

W2 Engine X4 Wiring Yel/ Harness T1 Wht Ignition X5 Yel/Wht Yel/Wht Coil

E

X3 T2 Ignition Coil P

E1 Spark Plug

B

F

SE1-Power and Starting Circuit

6/27/00

F

805 Pnk/Blk

B

W1 Shielded Ground

710 Pur

X3 1

Blk

A

800 Pink

X3

C

Start 210 Red

Off Seat

On Seat

414 Yel/ Blk

O

E2 Spark Plug

Yel/ Wht Wht

C

SE2-Ignition and Interlock Circuit

Blk/Yel

N

Q

105 Blk

SE3-PTO and Interlock

4-5

THEORY AND DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION

THEORY AND DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

WIRE COLOR ABBREVIATION CHART Blk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Black

THEORY OF OPERATION INFORMATION

Blu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Blue

The theory of operation stories divide the electrical system into individual circuits by function. Each circuit is isolated from the main wiring schematic and only shows the components that are used in it. The story contains information on function, operating conditions, and theory of operation. The circuit schematics are drawn with the components in the operating position, with the power, or battery positive, into them across the top and the ground, or battery negative, across the bottom.

Grn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Green

Brn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brown Gry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gray Org . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Orange Pnk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pink Pur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Purple Red. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Red Tan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tan Wht. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .White

DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION

Yel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yellow

The diagnostic procedures is used to test the complete circuit regardless of the problem or complaint. Select a symptom or system from the quick check or troubleshooting chart and follow the test procedures under that heading.

Blk/Wht. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Black/White

The diagnostic procedure lists:

Brn/Yel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Brown/Yellow

• Test conditions • Test sequence • Test location • Normal reading • Check or test to perform if reading is not normal When performing the test or check, be sure to set your machine up to the test conditions listed and follow the sequence carefully. The middle “NORMAL” column gives the reading or condition that should be obtained when performing the test or check. If the results of the test or check are not normal, perform the test, check, or adjustment listed in the third “IF NOT NORMAL” column to repair the malfunction. The detailed tests or adjustments referred to in the “IF NOT NORMAL” column are located at the end of that group. The system diagram that accompanies each test procedure is drawn to resemble machine components. The key number on the art matches the number in the “TEST LOCATION” column and the leader line points to the exact point the test is to be made.

Dk Blu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dark Blue

Blu/Wht. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Blue/White Brn/Wht . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brown/White

Dk Brn/Lt Grn . . . . . . . . . . Dark Brown/Light Green Dk Brn/Red . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dark Brown/Red Dk Brn/Yel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dark Brown/Yellow Dk Grn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dark Green Lt Blue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Light Blue Lt Grn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Light Green Org/Wht . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Orange/White Pnk/Blk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pink/Black Pur/Wht . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Purple/White Red/Blk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Red/Black Red/Wht . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Red/White Wht/Blk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . White/Black Wht/Red . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . White/Red Yel/Blk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yellow/Black Yel/Red . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yellow/Red Yel/Wht . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yellow/White

4-6

6/27/00

COMMON CIRCUIT TESTS

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

COMMON CIRCUIT TESTS

for high resistance and open circuits: 1. Check all terminals and grounds of the circuit for corrosion. 2. If terminals are not corroded or loose, the problem is in the component or wiring.

Shorted Circuit: A shorted circuit may result in the wrong component operating (i.e. improper wire-to-wire contact). To test for a shorted or improperly wired circuit: 1. Turn component switch ON. 2. Start at the controlling switch of the component that should not be operating. 3. Follow the circuit and disconnect wires at connectors until component stops operating. 4. Shorted or improper connections will be the last two wires disconnected.

M85601

Grounded Circuit: Grounded circuits usually result in no component operation or a blown fuse.

M85600

High Resistance or Open Circuit: High resistance or open circuits usually result in slow, dim or no component operation (i.e. poor, corroded, or disconnected connections). Voltage at the component will be low when the component is in operation. To test

M85602

CONDUCTORS FOR 12 VOLT CIRCUITS

STRANDED CONDUCTORS FOR 12 VOLT CIRCUITS SAE WIRE SIZE (GAUGE)

20

18

16

14

12

10

METRIC WIRE SIZE (MM)

0.5

0.8

1.0

2.0

3.0

5.0

TYPICAL STRANDING

7 X 28

16 X 30

19 X 29

19 X 27

19 X 25

19 X 23

MINIMUM CONDUCTOR AREA IN CIRCULAR MILS

1072

1537

2336

3702

5833

9343

6/27/00

4-7

SPECIFICATIONS (NORTH AMERICAN AND EUROPEAN)

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

SPECIFICATIONS (NORTH AMERICAN AND EUROPEAN) Battery: Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 VDC BCI group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27F CCA rating (Amps at –18o C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 650 Amps Reserve capacity: 25Amps at 26.7°C (80°F) (minutes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Specific gravity at full charge at 26.7°C (80°F) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.265 or above Electrolyte required fill (Approx.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.9 L (2.0 qt) Load test (minimum) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 amp for 15 seconds Starting Motor: Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solenoid Shift Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 kW (2.68 hp) Amp draw (on vehicle). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 amps (max.) No-load amp draw (free running) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 amps for 15 seconds Alternator: Rating (Standard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 amps Unregulated amperage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 amps (min.) Regulated voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14.2 - 14.8 VDC Unregulated voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 VAC Fuel Shutoff Solenoid (Dual Coil): Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 VDC Pull-in voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.8 VDC Hold voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 VDC PTO Solenoid: Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 VDC Amperage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5 amps Sensors: Fuel Gauge Sensor Resistance (variable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . approximately 5 - 95 ohms Engine Coolant Temperature (variable). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . approximately 40 - 700 ohms Engine Oil Pressure Switch. . . . . . . . Closes (Light from ON to OFF) at 49 kPa (7.1 psi) Manifold Heater: Resistance (through element) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . approximately 0.3 - 0.5 ohms Lighting: Headlights (halogen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37.5 Watts Tail Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Watts–Bayonet Base Hazard Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Candle Power, Single Element, Type 1156 Instrument Panel Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.7 Watts–Bayonet Base

4-8

6/27/00

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

NORTH AMERICAN ELECTRICAL SECTION

NORTH AMERICAN ELECTRICAL SECTION P1—Engine Tachometer (SE5, W1) P2—Hour Meter (Option)(SE5, W1) P3—Fuel Gauge (SE4, W1)

ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC & WIRING HARNESS LEGEND

R1—Manifold Heater (SE2, W1)

B1—Fuel Gauge Sensor (SE5, W1)

R2—Variable Thermistor (SE2, W1)

B2—Engine Oil Pressure Switch (SE5, W1)

S1—Key Switch (SE1, W1)

B3—Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor (SE5, W1)

S2—Seat Switch (SE2, W1)

E1—LH Tail Light (SE4, W1)

S3—Transmission Neutral Switch (Hydrostatic - HST Only) (SE2, W1)

E2—LH Hazard Light (SE6, W1)

P4—Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge (SE5, W1)

E3—RH Tail Light (SE4, W1)

S4—Transmission Neutral Switch (PowrReverser™ PRT, and Gear - CST)(SE2, W1)

E4—RH Hazard Light (SE6, W1)

S5—PTO Switch (SE2, W1)

E5—LH Headlight (SE6, W1)

S6—Mid PTO Switch (SE2, W1)

E6—RH Headlight (SE6, W1)

S7—Park Brake Switch (SE2, W1)

E7—LH Work Light (Option)(SE6, W1)

S8—Turn Signal Switch (SE5, W3)

E8—RH Work Light (Option)(SE6, W1)

S9—Light Switch (SE5, W1)

F1—Fuse - 30 amp (SE1, W1)

S10—Cruise Control Switch (Option)(SE5, W1)

F2—Fuse - 30 amp (Option)(SE4, W1)

S11—Brake Switch (Option)(SE5, W1)

F3—Fuse - 30 amp (SE4, W1)

S12—Horn Switch (Option)

F4—Not Used

V1—Diode Block (SE2, W1)

F5—Fuse - 10 amp (SE2, W1)

W1—Battery Frame Ground (SE1, W1)

F6—Fuse - 20 amp (SE5, W1)

Y1—Starting Motor Solenoid (SE1, W1)

F7—Fuse - 20 amp (SE5, W1)

Y2—Fuel Shutoff Solenoid (SE2, W1)

F8—Fuse - 20 amp (Option)(SE5, W1)

Y3—Cruise Control Magnet (Option)(SE5, W1)

G1—Battery (SE1, W1)

Y4—PTO Solenoid (SE2, W1)

G2—Alternator (SE3, W1) H1—RH Turn Signal (SE5, W1) H2—LH Turn Signal (SE5, W1) H3—PTO Light (SE5, W1) H4—Discharge Light (SE5, W1) H5—Cold Start Light (SE5, W1) H6—Park Brake Light (SE5, W1) H7—Engine Oil Pressure Light (SE5, W1) H8—Cruise Control Indicator Light (Option)(SE4, W1) K1—Manifold Heater Relay (SE2, W1) K2—Start Relay (SE1, W1) K3—Fuel Shutoff Relay (SE2, W1) K4—Engine Run Relay (SE2, W3) K5—Safety Relay (SE2, W1) K6—Safety Relay (SE2, W1) K7—Accessory Relay (SE4, W1) K8—Cruise Control Relay (Option)(SE5, W1) M1—Starting Motor (SE1, W1)

6/27/00

4-9

ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC & WIRING HARNESS LEGEND CONNECTORS: X1—W1 Main Wiring Harness to Fusible Link (SE1, W1)

NOTE: X2 supplied with cap and jumper wire if X3 is connected to transmission neutral switch on PRT (PowrReverser™) and gear (CST) tractors. X3 supplied with cap and jumper wire if X2 is connected to transmission neutral switch on hydrostatic (HST) tractors. X2—W1 Main Wiring Harness to W3 HST Neutral Start Wiring Harness (HST Only) (SE2, W1) X3—W1 Main Wiring Harness to S4 Transmission Neutral Switch Wiring Harness (PRT and CST Only) (SE2, W1)

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

X22—W1 Main Wiring Harness to E4 RH Hazard Light (SE4, W1) X23—W1 Main Wiring Harness to E3 RH Tail Light and E4 RH Hazard Light (SE4, W1) WIRING HARNESSES: W1—Main Wiring Harness W2—Fuel Shutoff Solenoid Wiring Harness W3—HST Transmission Neutral Start Wiring Harness (included in the W5 Wiring Harness protective wrap) W4—PTO Solenoid Wiring Harness W5—Cruise Control Wiring Harness W6—Cruise Control Magnet Wiring Harness

X4—W1 Main Wiring Harness to W2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid Wiring Harness (SE2, W1) X5—W1 Main Wiring Harness to S6 Mid PTO Switch (Option) (SE2, W1) X6—W1 Main Wiring Harness to Control Panel Circuit Board (SE5, W1) X7—W1 Main Wiring Harness to Control Panel Circuit Board (SE5, W1) X8—W1 Main Wiring Harness to Control Panel Circuit Board (SE5, W1) X9—W1 Main Wiring Harness to W6 Cruise Control Wiring Harness (SE4, W1) X10—W5 Cruise Control Wiring Harness to S10 Cruise Control Switch (SE5, W5) X11—W5 Cruise Control Wiring Harness to S11 Brake Switch (SE5, W5) X12—W5 Cruise Control Wiring Harness to W6 Cruise Control Magnet Wiring Harness (SE5, W5) X13—W1 Main Wiring Harness to W8 Trailer Connector Wiring Harness (SE4/SE5/SE6, W1) X15—W1 Main Wiring Harness to W4 PTO Solenoid Wiring Harness (SE2, W1) X16—W1 Main Wiring Harness to E8 RH Work Light (Option) (SE6, W1) X17—W1 Main Wiring Harness to E7 LH Work Light (Option) (SE6, W1) X18—W1 Main Wiring Harness to E1 LHTail Light (SE4, W1) X19—W1 Main Wiring Harness to E2 LH Hazard Light (SE4, W1) X20—W1 Main Wiring Harness to E1 LH Tail Light and E2 LH Hazard Light (SE4, W1) X21—W1 Main Wiring Harness to E3 RH Tail Light (SE4, W1)

4 - 10

6/27/00

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

COMPONENT LOCATION – CONTROLS & LOAD CENTER

COMPONENT LOCATION – CONTROLS & LOAD CENTER P1 Engine Tachometer

P4 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

P3 Fuel Gauge H4 Discharge Light H6 Park Brake Light H7 Engine Oil Pressure Light

H3 PTO Light H8 Cruise Control Light H5 Cold Start Light

P2 Hour Meter

S8 Turn Signal Switch

S12 Horn Switch

O

S10 Cruise Control Switch

S9 Light Switch I

S5 PTO Switch

Control Panel

F1-F8 Fuse

F9-F12 Fuse

11

K4

K4 Engine Run Relay

1

10

K3

K3 Fuel Shutoff Relay

9

K2 Start Relay

A

B

A K1 Manifold Relay

K2

2

B

3

K7 Access. Relay

K1

K6 Safety Relay

K7

4

K11

Spare

K5 Safety Relay

K6

K10

Spare

V1 Diode Block

K5

K9

Spare

DB1

K8

K8 Cruise Control Relay

M89699

5 6 7

12

Spare Fuses

8

F10 - 10 Amp F11 - 20 Amp F12 - 30 Amp

Relay / Diode Block / Fuse Load Center

6/27/00

4 - 11

COMPONENT LOCATION – TRACTOR

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

COMPONENT LOCATION – TRACTOR

Control Panel (See Previous Page) S9 Light Switch X6 and X7 S7 Park Brake Switch* S5 PTO Switch

S11 Brake Switch S1 Key Switch B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

S8 Turn Signal Switch

Y3 Cruise Control Magnet R1 Manifold Heater Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid

Load Center B3 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor

Thermistor

Oil Pressure Switch W1 Battery Frame Ground (RH Side)

M1 Starting Motor X1

Fusible Link

G2 Alternator

G1 Battery

M89697

4 - 12

6/27/00

COMPONENT LOCATION – TRACTOR

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

E3 RH Tail Light E4 RH Hazard Light E1 LH Tail Light

X18, X19 and X20

E2 LH Hazard Light

X15 Y4 PTO Solenoid

S2 Seat Switch S3 HST Transmission Neutral Switch

X21, X22 and X23

S7 Park Brake Switch*

X2

S4 CST Transmission Neutral Switch S4 PRT Transmission Neutral Switch

M89698

* Note: S7 Park brake switch location (front or rear) is based on park brake location - left of seat or dash mounted

6/27/00

4 - 13

SCHEMATICS AND WIRING HARNESSES

SCHEMATICS AND WIRING HARNESSES WIRE COLOR CODES - 4500/4600 Serial Number Breaks for Main Wiring Harness: LV4500C350006– LV4500P352037– LV4600Cxxxxxx– LV4600P362035– LV4600H366017–

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

Circuit Number

Wire Size

Color

Termination Points

050D

0.5

Blk

K4(85), K5(85)

050E

0.5

Blk

K5(85), K6(85)

050F

0.5

Blk

K6(85), K7(85)

050G

0.5

Blk

K7(85), K8(85)

050J

0.8

Blk

Splice 050, X9

050K

1.0

Blk

Splice 050, X6

050L

0.5

Blk

B1, Splice 050

072A

1.0

Red

X6, Splice 072

072B

1.0

Red

S1, Splice 072

072C

0.8

Red

Splice 072, F5

072D

0.8

Red

Splice 072, G2

Circuit Number

Wire Size

Color

Termination Points

002A

5.0

Red

M1, G2

002B

5.0

Red

X1 (Fusible Link), K1(30)

002C

5.0

Red

X1 (Fusible Link), Splice 002

103A

1.0

Org

S9, Splice 103

103B

1.0

Org

Splice 103, S8

002D

5.0

Red

Splice 002, F2

103C

1.0

Org

Splice 103, F8

002E

1.0

Red

Splice 002, K4(30)

115A

1.0

Dk Grn

S8, Splice 115

010A

1.0

Blk

E6, Splice 010

115B

0.8

Dk Grn

X7, Splice 115

010B

1.0

Blk

E5, Splice 010

115C

0.8

Dk Grn

Splice 115, X22

010C

5.0

Blk

W1, Splice 010

115D

0.8

Dk Grn

Splice 115, X21

010D

0.8

Blk

DB1-7, Splice 010

115E

1.0

Dk Grn

Splice 115, X13

010E

0.5

Blk

DB1-7, K2(85)

118

1.0

Gry

F8, X13

010F

0.5

Blk

K2(85), K3(85)

119A

1.0

Wht

E6, Splice 119

010G

0.8

Blk

Splice 010, X23

119B

1.0

Wht

E5, Splice 119

010H

0.8

Blk

Splice 010, X17

119C

2.0

Wht

Splice 119, F7

010J

2.0

Blk

Splice 010, X13

119D

0.8

Wht

Splice 119, X6

010K

1.0

Blk

Splice 010, X16

122A

1.0

Red

S8, Splice 122

010L

1.0

Blk

Splice 010, X20

122B

3.0

Red

S9, Splice 122

010M

0.5

Blk

Splice 010, X15

122C

3.0

Red

Splice 122, F3

010N

1.0

Blk

X4, W1

125A

1.0

Dk Grn

S8, Splice 125

010T

(–)

Therm.

K3(85), R2

125B

0.8

Dk Grn

X7, Splice 125

012

5.0

Red

S1, F1

125C

0.8

Dk Grn

Splice 125, X19

050A

2.0

Blk

W1, Splice 050

125D

0.8

Dk Grn

Splice 125, X18

050B

0.5

Blk

K1(85), Splice 050

125E

1.0

Dk Grn

Splice 125, X13

050C

0.5

Blk

K1(85), K4(85)

4 - 14

6/27/00

WIRE COLOR CODES - 4500/4600

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

Circuit Number

Wire Size

Color

Termination Points

Circuit Number

Wire Size

Color

Termination Points

138

2.0

Gry

S9, F7

518B

0.5

Gry

K2(86), X2

143

2.0

Org

S9, F6

521

0.5

Brn

K4(86), DB1- 5

147A

2.0

Pur

F6, Splice 147

533

0.5

Org

K5(87), K6(87a)

147B

0.8

Pur

Splice 147, X17

539A

0.5

Wht

DB1- 1, DB1- 4

147C

2.0

Pur

Splice 147, X13

539B

0.5

Wht

DB1- 4, S2

147D

0.8

Pur

Splice 147, X16

546

0.5

Lt Blu

K5(30), S7

209

0.8

Wht

X9, S1

556

0.5

Lt Blu

K6(86), DB1- 2

212

0.5

Red

K7(86), S1

562A

0.8

Red

F5, Splice 562

222

2.0

Red

K7(87), X13

562B

0.5

Red

S5, Splice 562

238

0.8

Gry

X9, K8(86)

562C

0.5

Red

Splice 562, S7

247

0.8

Pur

X9, K8(87)

562D

0.5

Red

S5, Splice 562

252

2.0

Red

K7(30), F2

562E

0.5

Red

Splice 562, S2

264A

0.8

Yel

K8(30), X9

562F

0.5

Red

Splice 562, X5

264B

0.8

Yel

K8(30), X6

572A

1.0

Red

S1, K2(30)

302A

1.0

Red

DB1- 8, Splice 302

572B

0.8

Red

K2(30), DB1- 3

302B

1.0

Red

K4(87), Splice 302

573A

0.5

Org

K5(86), Splice 573

302C

1.0

Red

Splice 302, X4

573B

0.5

Org

K6(30), Splice 573

309

1.0

Wht

K2(87), M1

573D

0.5

Org

Splice 573, S5

319

(+)

Therm.

K3(87a), R2

573E

0.5

Org

Splice 573, X3

325

0.8

Dk Grn

X6, G2

574A

0.5

Yel

X7, Splice 574

329A

1.0

Wht

X4, K3(30)

574B

0.5

Yel

S5, Splice 574

329B

1.0

Wht

K3(30), K3(86)

574C

0.5

Yel

Splice 574, X15

334

0.8

Yel

X7, G2

586

0.5

Lt Blu

S7, X6

347

0.5

Pur

X6, B2

594A

0.5

Yel

S7, K10 socket(86)

353

0.5

Org

X6, B1

594B

0.5

Yel

K10 socket(86), X5

359

0.5

Wht

X6, B3

383

3.0

Org

K1(87), R1

385A

0.8

Dk Grn

X7, Splice 385

385B

0.8

Dk Grn

Splice 385, S1

385C

0.5

Dk Grn

Splice 385, K1(86)

505

0.5

Dk Grn

X2, X3

518A

0.5

Gry

DB1- 6, K2(86)

6/27/00

4 - 15

W2 FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID WIRING HARNESS

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

W2 FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID WIRING HARNESS Blk

Wht

Wht X4 To W1 Main Wiring Harness

M76875

Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid

W3 HST NEUTRAL START WIRING HARNESS Dk Grn

Dk Grn W3 HST NEUTRAL START WIRING HARNESS

Gry X2b To HST Neutral Start Wiring Harness Extension

Gry To S3 Transmission Neutral Switch (Hydro - HST)

W4 PTO SOLENOID WIRING HARNESS Wht Pnk X15 To W1 Main Wiring Harness

Y4 PTO Solenoid

W5 CRUISE CONTROL WIRING HARNESS X2a To W1 Main Wiring Harness

Dk Grn

HST Neutral Start Wiring Harness Extension

Gry

Blk Wht

X2b To W3 Neutral Start Wiring Harness Dk Grn

X9 To W1 Main Wiring Harness

Gry Yel Gry Yel Gry Yel Gry

Blk

P/N AM124956 (Old)

Gry Pur

Yel

Yel X11 TO S11 Brake Switch

X12 To Y3 Cruise Control Magnet

Wht

Blk Wht

X9 To W1 Main Wiring Harness

Gry Pur

Yel

Wht Wht Gry

4 - 16

Gry Yel

X10 To S10 Cruise Cruise Control Switch

Pur Gry

Gry Gry Gry

Yel Yel Yel

Wht Wht Wht

To S10 Cruise Cruise Control Switch Pur

Blk

P/N LVA10271 (New)

Yel X11 TO S11 Brake Switch

X12 To Y3 Cruise Control Magnet

Gry Yel

6/27/00

MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC – 4500 / 4600

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC – 4500 / 4600 002E Red

A

002E Red 209 Wht

4 209 Wht 012 Red 1

6 572A Red

2

5 072B Red

B

X20

A

S1 Key Switch

562A Red

562B Red

PTO Off 573D Org

562D Red

574B Yel

002B Red 572A Red 518A Gry

V1 Diode Block

521 Brn

30

539A Wht

87A 87

K2 Start Relay

85

505 Dk Grn

S3 Transmission Neutral Switch (HST)

V1 Diode Block 7

8

30

E3 R.H. Tail Light X18 X19

85

87 87A 222 Red

334 Yel

125D Dk Grn

X13 Trailer Connector

050F Blk

050G Blk

125B Dk Grn

115B Dk Grn

X7

X7

X7 574A Yel

B

385A Dk Grn 334 Yel

C A

B

573D Org

86

30

85

87 87A

573B Org

325 Dk Grn 586 Lt Blu

A

F7 Fuse

119C Wht

A

F6 Fuse

B

A

4

103B Org

F8 Fuse

103C Org

143 Org

147A Pur

147B Pur

S9 Light Switch

X6

X6

A

H4 Discharge Light

P

385A Dk Grn

385A Dk Grn

H2 L.H. H3 PTO Light Turn Light

P2 Hour Meter (Opt.)

n/min

P1 Engine Tachometer

010K Blk 010C Blk

X16 010H Blk

H5 Cold Start Light

Q

H1 R.H. Turn Light

1

X17

B

_

6

X13 Trailer Connector E8 R.H. Work Light

119D Wht

K4 Engine Run Relay

050D Blk

2

X16

X17

F K

050C Blk

010J Blk

147D Pur

E7 L.H. Work Light

S8 Turn Signal Switch

D

E

118 Gry

B 147C Pur

B

072A Red

2

X6

325 Dk Grn

002E Red

138 Gry 3

+ 521 Brn

K10 Relay Socket

010A Blk 010B Blk

115A Dk Grn 4 125A Dk Grn 3

3

4

115D 115C Dk Grn Dk Grn 115E Dk Grn

2

122A Red

(0) Right (1) Off (2) Left 1 Flasher

X21 X22

125C Dk Grn

125E Dk Grn 7

103B Org

103A Org

122B Red

E6 R.H. Headlight

E5 L.H. Headlight

1

X13 Trailer Connector

5

K7 Accessory Relay

010M Blk

573E Org

S4 Transmission Neutral Switch (PRT & CST)

t0

P3 Fuel Gauge

H7 Oil Pressure Light

C

J

H6 Park Brake Light

P4 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

302B Red

302B Red

302A Red

M

86

X3

X3

X2

E1 L.H. Tail Light

556 Lt Blu

In Neutral In Gear

Pedal Depressed

X2

86

P

572B Red 3

010E Blk

A

L

1

Pedal Released

309 Wht

IG

X15

2

86

(2) Road (3) Field

E4 R.H. Hazard Light

E2 L.H. Hazard Light

212 252 Red Red

Wht

594B Yel

572B Red

F2 Fuse

B

G2 Alternator

Y4 PTO Solenoid

X5 S6 Mid PTO Switch X5 (jumper wire)

5

518A Gry 6

518B Gry

B

Pnk

539A Wht

S2 Seat Switch

G

X15

(Operator Off)

539B Wht 4

Fusible Link

574C Yel

S5 PTO Switch

562C Red 562E Red

072D Red

002A Red

574A Yel

562F Red

B

(Operator On)

X1

A

PTO On 072C Red

119B Wht

(0) Off (1) Hazard

X23 072A Red

F5 Fuse

Aid Off

002C Red

302C Red Wht

X4 M1 Starting Motor Y1 Starting Motor Red Solenoid

010D 010F Blk Blk

385C 002B Dk Grn Red 86

85

30

87 87A 383 Org

G1 Battery

R1 Manifold Heater

050A Blk 010N Blk

SE1 - STARTING

Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid X4 329B 30

87A 87 319 Wht

R2 Variable Thermistor

573A 546 Lt Blu Org

K5 Safety Relay

Blk

Wht

K1 329A Manifold Wht Heater K3 Fuel Relay Shutoff Relay

050B Blk

Blk

6/26/00

119A Wht 010G Blk

072D Red

7 385B Dk Grn Start Run Off Acc.

W1 Battery Frame Ground

122C Red

010L Blk

002D Red

212 Red

3 212 Red

A

B

122C Red

B

072A Red

F1 Fuse

002A Red

F3 Fuse

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

010L Blk 010G Blk

010L Blk 010G Blk

002A Red

002A Red

86

85

594A Yel

86

30

87 87A

85

30

87 87A

K6 Safety Relay

G

X6 209 Wht

533 Org

209 Wht

Off On Engage Blk

X9 A

Wht

X10

Wht

Gry

X6 S11 Brake Switch

X10

Off 546 Lt Blu

050E Blk

050F Blk

050F Blk 264B Yel

S7 Park Brake Switch

050G Blk

86

050J Blk 85

B C D

87 87A

E

Gry Pur Yel

Blk

W6 Cruise Control Wiring Harness

Off Gry

X11

Blu

X12

Wht

Wht

X12

Switched Power

SE2 - IGNITION

Secondary Switched Power SE3 - CHARGING

4 - 17

Blu

X11

Q

E

X6

X6

347 Pur

359 Wht

B3 Engine B2 Engine Oil Coolant Pressure Temperature Switch (NC) Sensor

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor P

t0

Yel 050L Blk

Y3 Cruise Control Magnet

010M Blk 050K Blk 050L Blk 010C Blk

010C Blk

Unswitched Power

353 Org

Yel

050J Blk 050K Blk 050L Blk

010C Blk

X6

On

X10

30

010M Blk

050C Blk

050C Blk 050J Blk 050K Blk 050L Blk

K8 Cruise Control Relay

238 Gry 247 Pur 264A Yel

050K Blk

Pur

Gry

586 Lt Blu 010N Blk

D

S10 Cruise Control Switch

On

562C Red

85

010F Blk 010T Blk

X4

86

H8 Cruise Indicator Light (Opt.)

573B Org

556 Lt Blu

Control Panel SE4 - ACCESORIES

SE5 - INSTRUMENTATION

SE6 - LIGHTS

MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC – 4500 / 4600

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC – 4500 / 4600 002E Red

A

002E Red 209 Wht

4 209 Wht 012 Red 1

6 572A Red

2

5 072B Red

B

X20

A

S1 Key Switch

562A Red

562B Red

PTO Off 573D Org

562D Red

574B Yel

002B Red 572A Red 518A Gry

V1 Diode Block

521 Brn

30

539A Wht

87A 87

K2 Start Relay

85

505 Dk Grn

S3 Transmission Neutral Switch (HST)

V1 Diode Block 7

8

30

E3 R.H. Tail Light X18 X19

85

87 87A 222 Red

334 Yel

125D Dk Grn

X13 Trailer Connector

050F Blk

050G Blk

125B Dk Grn

115B Dk Grn

X7

X7

X7 574A Yel

B

385A Dk Grn 334 Yel

C A

B

573D Org

86

30

85

87 87A

573B Org

325 Dk Grn 586 Lt Blu

A

F7 Fuse

119C Wht

A

F6 Fuse

B

A

4

103B Org

F8 Fuse

103C Org

143 Org

147A Pur

147B Pur

S9 Light Switch

X6

X6

A

H4 Discharge Light

P

385A Dk Grn

385A Dk Grn

H2 L.H. H3 PTO Light Turn Light

P2 Hour Meter (Opt.)

n/min

P1 Engine Tachometer

010K Blk 010C Blk

X16 010H Blk

H5 Cold Start Light

Q

H1 R.H. Turn Light

1

X17

B

_

6

X13 Trailer Connector E8 R.H. Work Light

119D Wht

K4 Engine Run Relay

050D Blk

2

X16

X17

F K

050C Blk

010J Blk

147D Pur

E7 L.H. Work Light

S8 Turn Signal Switch

D

E

118 Gry

B 147C Pur

B

072A Red

2

X6

325 Dk Grn

002E Red

138 Gry 3

+ 521 Brn

K10 Relay Socket

010A Blk 010B Blk

115A Dk Grn 4 125A Dk Grn 3

3

4

115D 115C Dk Grn Dk Grn 115E Dk Grn

2

122A Red

(0) Right (1) Off (2) Left 1 Flasher

X21 X22

125C Dk Grn

125E Dk Grn 7

103B Org

103A Org

122B Red

E6 R.H. Headlight

E5 L.H. Headlight

1

X13 Trailer Connector

5

K7 Accessory Relay

010M Blk

573E Org

S4 Transmission Neutral Switch (PRT & CST)

t0

P3 Fuel Gauge

H7 Oil Pressure Light

C

J

H6 Park Brake Light

P4 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

302B Red

302B Red

302A Red

M

86

X3

X3

X2

E1 L.H. Tail Light

556 Lt Blu

In Neutral In Gear

Pedal Depressed

X2

86

P

572B Red 3

010E Blk

A

L

1

Pedal Released

309 Wht

IG

X15

2

86

(2) Road (3) Field

E4 R.H. Hazard Light

E2 L.H. Hazard Light

212 252 Red Red

Wht

594B Yel

572B Red

F2 Fuse

B

G2 Alternator

Y4 PTO Solenoid

X5 S6 Mid PTO Switch X5 (jumper wire)

5

518A Gry 6

518B Gry

B

Pnk

539A Wht

S2 Seat Switch

G

X15

(Operator Off)

539B Wht 4

Fusible Link

574C Yel

S5 PTO Switch

562C Red 562E Red

072D Red

002A Red

574A Yel

562F Red

B

(Operator On)

X1

A

PTO On 072C Red

119B Wht

(0) Off (1) Hazard

X23 072A Red

F5 Fuse

Aid Off

002C Red

302C Red Wht

X4 M1 Starting Motor Y1 Starting Motor Red Solenoid

010D 010F Blk Blk

385C 002B Dk Grn Red 86

85

30

87 87A 383 Org

G1 Battery

R1 Manifold Heater

050A Blk 010N Blk

SE1 - STARTING

Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid X4 329B 30

87A 87 319 Wht

R2 Variable Thermistor

573A 546 Lt Blu Org

K5 Safety Relay

Blk

Wht

K1 329A Manifold Wht Heater K3 Fuel Relay Shutoff Relay

050B Blk

Blk

6/26/00

119A Wht 010G Blk

072D Red

7 385B Dk Grn Start Run Off Acc.

W1 Battery Frame Ground

122C Red

010L Blk

002D Red

212 Red

3 212 Red

A

B

122C Red

B

072A Red

F1 Fuse

002A Red

F3 Fuse

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

010L Blk 010G Blk

010L Blk 010G Blk

002A Red

002A Red

86

85

594A Yel

86

30

87 87A

85

30

87 87A

K6 Safety Relay

G

X6 209 Wht

533 Org

209 Wht

Off On Engage Blk

X9 A

Wht

X10

Wht

Gry

X6 S11 Brake Switch

X10

Off 546 Lt Blu

050E Blk

050F Blk

050F Blk 264B Yel

S7 Park Brake Switch

050G Blk

86

050J Blk 85

B C D

87 87A

E

Gry Pur Yel

Blk

W6 Cruise Control Wiring Harness

Off Gry

X11

Blu

X12

Wht

Wht

X12

Switched Power

SE2 - IGNITION

Secondary Switched Power SE3 - CHARGING

4 - 17

Blu

X11

Q

E

X6

X6

347 Pur

359 Wht

B3 Engine B2 Engine Oil Coolant Pressure Temperature Switch (NC) Sensor

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor P

t0

Yel 050L Blk

Y3 Cruise Control Magnet

010M Blk 050K Blk 050L Blk 010C Blk

010C Blk

Unswitched Power

353 Org

Yel

050J Blk 050K Blk 050L Blk

010C Blk

X6

On

X10

30

010M Blk

050C Blk

050C Blk 050J Blk 050K Blk 050L Blk

K8 Cruise Control Relay

238 Gry 247 Pur 264A Yel

050K Blk

Pur

Gry

586 Lt Blu 010N Blk

D

S10 Cruise Control Switch

On

562C Red

85

010F Blk 010T Blk

X4

86

H8 Cruise Indicator Light (Opt.)

573B Org

556 Lt Blu

Control Panel SE4 - ACCESORIES

SE5 - INSTRUMENTATION

SE6 - LIGHTS

MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC – 4500 / 4600

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC – 4500 / 4600 002E Red

A

002E Red 209 Wht

4 209 Wht 012 Red 1

6 572A Red

2

5 072B Red

B

X20

A

S1 Key Switch

562A Red

562B Red

PTO Off 573D Org

562D Red

574B Yel

002B Red 572A Red 518A Gry

V1 Diode Block

521 Brn

30

539A Wht

87A 87

K2 Start Relay

85

505 Dk Grn

S3 Transmission Neutral Switch (HST)

V1 Diode Block 7

8

30

E3 R.H. Tail Light X18 X19

85

87 87A 222 Red

334 Yel

125D Dk Grn

X13 Trailer Connector

050F Blk

050G Blk

125B Dk Grn

115B Dk Grn

X7

X7

X7 574A Yel

B

385A Dk Grn 334 Yel

C A

B

573D Org

86

30

85

87 87A

573B Org

325 Dk Grn 586 Lt Blu

A

F7 Fuse

119C Wht

A

F6 Fuse

B

A

4

103B Org

F8 Fuse

103C Org

143 Org

147A Pur

147B Pur

S9 Light Switch

X6

X6

A

H4 Discharge Light

P

385A Dk Grn

385A Dk Grn

H2 L.H. H3 PTO Light Turn Light

P2 Hour Meter (Opt.)

n/min

P1 Engine Tachometer

010K Blk 010C Blk

X16 010H Blk

H5 Cold Start Light

Q

H1 R.H. Turn Light

1

X17

B

_

6

X13 Trailer Connector E8 R.H. Work Light

119D Wht

K4 Engine Run Relay

050D Blk

2

X16

X17

F K

050C Blk

010J Blk

147D Pur

E7 L.H. Work Light

S8 Turn Signal Switch

D

E

118 Gry

B 147C Pur

B

072A Red

2

X6

325 Dk Grn

002E Red

138 Gry 3

+ 521 Brn

K10 Relay Socket

010A Blk 010B Blk

115A Dk Grn 4 125A Dk Grn 3

3

4

115D 115C Dk Grn Dk Grn 115E Dk Grn

2

122A Red

(0) Right (1) Off (2) Left 1 Flasher

X21 X22

125C Dk Grn

125E Dk Grn 7

103B Org

103A Org

122B Red

E6 R.H. Headlight

E5 L.H. Headlight

1

X13 Trailer Connector

5

K7 Accessory Relay

010M Blk

573E Org

S4 Transmission Neutral Switch (PRT & CST)

t0

P3 Fuel Gauge

H7 Oil Pressure Light

C

J

H6 Park Brake Light

P4 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

302B Red

302B Red

302A Red

M

86

X3

X3

X2

E1 L.H. Tail Light

556 Lt Blu

In Neutral In Gear

Pedal Depressed

X2

86

P

572B Red 3

010E Blk

A

L

1

Pedal Released

309 Wht

IG

X15

2

86

(2) Road (3) Field

E4 R.H. Hazard Light

E2 L.H. Hazard Light

212 252 Red Red

Wht

594B Yel

572B Red

F2 Fuse

B

G2 Alternator

Y4 PTO Solenoid

X5 S6 Mid PTO Switch X5 (jumper wire)

5

518A Gry 6

518B Gry

B

Pnk

539A Wht

S2 Seat Switch

G

X15

(Operator Off)

539B Wht 4

Fusible Link

574C Yel

S5 PTO Switch

562C Red 562E Red

072D Red

002A Red

574A Yel

562F Red

B

(Operator On)

X1

A

PTO On 072C Red

119B Wht

(0) Off (1) Hazard

X23 072A Red

F5 Fuse

Aid Off

002C Red

302C Red Wht

X4 M1 Starting Motor Y1 Starting Motor Red Solenoid

010D 010F Blk Blk

385C 002B Dk Grn Red 86

85

30

87 87A 383 Org

G1 Battery

R1 Manifold Heater

050A Blk 010N Blk

SE1 - STARTING

Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid X4 329B 30

87A 87 319 Wht

R2 Variable Thermistor

573A 546 Lt Blu Org

K5 Safety Relay

Blk

Wht

K1 329A Manifold Wht Heater K3 Fuel Relay Shutoff Relay

050B Blk

Blk

6/26/00

119A Wht 010G Blk

072D Red

7 385B Dk Grn Start Run Off Acc.

W1 Battery Frame Ground

122C Red

010L Blk

002D Red

212 Red

3 212 Red

A

B

122C Red

B

072A Red

F1 Fuse

002A Red

F3 Fuse

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

010L Blk 010G Blk

010L Blk 010G Blk

002A Red

002A Red

86

85

594A Yel

86

30

87 87A

85

30

87 87A

K6 Safety Relay

G

X6 209 Wht

533 Org

209 Wht

Off On Engage Blk

X9 A

Wht

X10

Wht

Gry

X6 S11 Brake Switch

X10

Off 546 Lt Blu

050E Blk

050F Blk

050F Blk 264B Yel

S7 Park Brake Switch

050G Blk

86

050J Blk 85

B C D

87 87A

E

Gry Pur Yel

Blk

W6 Cruise Control Wiring Harness

Off Gry

X11

Blu

X12

Wht

Wht

X12

Switched Power

SE2 - IGNITION

Secondary Switched Power SE3 - CHARGING

4 - 17

Blu

X11

Q

E

X6

X6

347 Pur

359 Wht

B3 Engine B2 Engine Oil Coolant Pressure Temperature Switch (NC) Sensor

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor P

t0

Yel 050L Blk

Y3 Cruise Control Magnet

010M Blk 050K Blk 050L Blk 010C Blk

010C Blk

Unswitched Power

353 Org

Yel

050J Blk 050K Blk 050L Blk

010C Blk

X6

On

X10

30

010M Blk

050C Blk

050C Blk 050J Blk 050K Blk 050L Blk

K8 Cruise Control Relay

238 Gry 247 Pur 264A Yel

050K Blk

Pur

Gry

586 Lt Blu 010N Blk

D

S10 Cruise Control Switch

On

562C Red

85

010F Blk 010T Blk

X4

86

H8 Cruise Indicator Light (Opt.)

573B Org

556 Lt Blu

Control Panel SE4 - ACCESORIES

SE5 - INSTRUMENTATION

SE6 - LIGHTS

MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC – 4500 / 4600

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC – 4500 / 4600 002E Red

A

002E Red 209 Wht

4 209 Wht 012 Red 1

6 572A Red

2

5 072B Red

B

X20

A

S1 Key Switch

562A Red

562B Red

PTO Off 573D Org

562D Red

574B Yel

002B Red 572A Red 518A Gry

V1 Diode Block

521 Brn

30

539A Wht

87A 87

K2 Start Relay

85

505 Dk Grn

S3 Transmission Neutral Switch (HST)

V1 Diode Block 7

8

30

E3 R.H. Tail Light X18 X19

85

87 87A 222 Red

334 Yel

125D Dk Grn

X13 Trailer Connector

050F Blk

050G Blk

125B Dk Grn

115B Dk Grn

X7

X7

X7 574A Yel

B

385A Dk Grn 334 Yel

C A

B

573D Org

86

30

85

87 87A

573B Org

325 Dk Grn 586 Lt Blu

A

F7 Fuse

119C Wht

A

F6 Fuse

B

A

4

103B Org

F8 Fuse

103C Org

143 Org

147A Pur

147B Pur

S9 Light Switch

X6

X6

A

H4 Discharge Light

P

385A Dk Grn

385A Dk Grn

H2 L.H. H3 PTO Light Turn Light

P2 Hour Meter (Opt.)

n/min

P1 Engine Tachometer

010K Blk 010C Blk

X16 010H Blk

H5 Cold Start Light

Q

H1 R.H. Turn Light

1

X17

B

_

6

X13 Trailer Connector E8 R.H. Work Light

119D Wht

K4 Engine Run Relay

050D Blk

2

X16

X17

F K

050C Blk

010J Blk

147D Pur

E7 L.H. Work Light

S8 Turn Signal Switch

D

E

118 Gry

B 147C Pur

B

072A Red

2

X6

325 Dk Grn

002E Red

138 Gry 3

+ 521 Brn

K10 Relay Socket

010A Blk 010B Blk

115A Dk Grn 4 125A Dk Grn 3

3

4

115D 115C Dk Grn Dk Grn 115E Dk Grn

2

122A Red

(0) Right (1) Off (2) Left 1 Flasher

X21 X22

125C Dk Grn

125E Dk Grn 7

103B Org

103A Org

122B Red

E6 R.H. Headlight

E5 L.H. Headlight

1

X13 Trailer Connector

5

K7 Accessory Relay

010M Blk

573E Org

S4 Transmission Neutral Switch (PRT & CST)

t0

P3 Fuel Gauge

H7 Oil Pressure Light

C

J

H6 Park Brake Light

P4 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

302B Red

302B Red

302A Red

M

86

X3

X3

X2

E1 L.H. Tail Light

556 Lt Blu

In Neutral In Gear

Pedal Depressed

X2

86

P

572B Red 3

010E Blk

A

L

1

Pedal Released

309 Wht

IG

X15

2

86

(2) Road (3) Field

E4 R.H. Hazard Light

E2 L.H. Hazard Light

212 252 Red Red

Wht

594B Yel

572B Red

F2 Fuse

B

G2 Alternator

Y4 PTO Solenoid

X5 S6 Mid PTO Switch X5 (jumper wire)

5

518A Gry 6

518B Gry

B

Pnk

539A Wht

S2 Seat Switch

G

X15

(Operator Off)

539B Wht 4

Fusible Link

574C Yel

S5 PTO Switch

562C Red 562E Red

072D Red

002A Red

574A Yel

562F Red

B

(Operator On)

X1

A

PTO On 072C Red

119B Wht

(0) Off (1) Hazard

X23 072A Red

F5 Fuse

Aid Off

002C Red

302C Red Wht

X4 M1 Starting Motor Y1 Starting Motor Red Solenoid

010D 010F Blk Blk

385C 002B Dk Grn Red 86

85

30

87 87A 383 Org

G1 Battery

R1 Manifold Heater

050A Blk 010N Blk

SE1 - STARTING

Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid X4 329B 30

87A 87 319 Wht

R2 Variable Thermistor

573A 546 Lt Blu Org

K5 Safety Relay

Blk

Wht

K1 329A Manifold Wht Heater K3 Fuel Relay Shutoff Relay

050B Blk

Blk

6/26/00

119A Wht 010G Blk

072D Red

7 385B Dk Grn Start Run Off Acc.

W1 Battery Frame Ground

122C Red

010L Blk

002D Red

212 Red

3 212 Red

A

B

122C Red

B

072A Red

F1 Fuse

002A Red

F3 Fuse

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

010L Blk 010G Blk

010L Blk 010G Blk

002A Red

002A Red

86

85

594A Yel

86

30

87 87A

85

30

87 87A

K6 Safety Relay

G

X6 209 Wht

533 Org

209 Wht

Off On Engage Blk

X9 A

Wht

X10

Wht

Gry

X6 S11 Brake Switch

X10

Off 546 Lt Blu

050E Blk

050F Blk

050F Blk 264B Yel

S7 Park Brake Switch

050G Blk

86

050J Blk 85

B C D

87 87A

E

Gry Pur Yel

Blk

W6 Cruise Control Wiring Harness

Off Gry

X11

Blu

X12

Wht

Wht

X12

Switched Power

SE2 - IGNITION

Secondary Switched Power SE3 - CHARGING

4 - 17

Blu

X11

Q

E

X6

X6

347 Pur

359 Wht

B3 Engine B2 Engine Oil Coolant Pressure Temperature Switch (NC) Sensor

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor P

t0

Yel 050L Blk

Y3 Cruise Control Magnet

010M Blk 050K Blk 050L Blk 010C Blk

010C Blk

Unswitched Power

353 Org

Yel

050J Blk 050K Blk 050L Blk

010C Blk

X6

On

X10

30

010M Blk

050C Blk

050C Blk 050J Blk 050K Blk 050L Blk

K8 Cruise Control Relay

238 Gry 247 Pur 264A Yel

050K Blk

Pur

Gry

586 Lt Blu 010N Blk

D

S10 Cruise Control Switch

On

562C Red

85

010F Blk 010T Blk

X4

86

H8 Cruise Indicator Light (Opt.)

573B Org

556 Lt Blu

Control Panel SE4 - ACCESORIES

SE5 - INSTRUMENTATION

SE6 - LIGHTS

W1 MAIN WIRING HARNESS – 4500 / 4600

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

W1 MAIN WIRING HARNESS – 4500 / 4600 RELAY WIRE CONNECTIONS

DIODE BLOCK 2

2 1

3

1 5

4

4

6 8

9

7

5 8

7

3

#

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

6

DB1

539A

556

572B

539A/539B

521

518A

010D/010E

302A

–––

86

87A

3

4

6

7

5

2

9

Relay Socket Layout

X7 To Control Panel Circuit Board 125B 115B

Diode Block Schematic

X9 To W5 Cruise 050J Control Wiring 264A Harness 247 238

353

050L

B2 Engine Oil Pressure Switch (NC)

010N

D

E

F

C

B

A

302C X4 To W2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid Wiring Harness

010N 010C

347

334

D

E

F

C

B

A

R1 Manifold Heater

85

87 87A

119A 119B 119C 119D

G2 Alternator

002E

309

M1 Starting Motor

309

30 002B 572A / 572B 329A / 329B 002E 546 573B 252 264A / 264B

138 3 2 B 4

072B 209 4

1

5 6

1

147C Pur

6

2

S9 Light Switch

572A 385B S1 Key 8 Switch 012

5

2 1

115E Dk Grn

4 Red

7

3

X15 To W4 PTO Solenoid Wiring Harness 010M

574B

222 Red

X5 To S6 Mid PTO Switch (Option) 562F

574C

Relay/Fuse Load Center

118 Gry

7

3 125E Dk Grn

562B 562D S5 PTO Switch

87A --319 --533 ---

X13 Trailer Connector (Option) (from rear)

143

212

87 383 309 -302B 533 -222 247

010J Blk

594

X21 To E3 R.H. Tail Light 115D

X3 To S4 Transmission Neutral Switch (PRT & CST)

122A 122B

505

S7 Park Brake Switch 586 562C

518B

594

To X13 Trailer Connector (Option)

546

X23 To E3 R.H. Tail and E4 R.H. Hazard Lights

010L

X22 To E4 R.H. Hazard Light

115C

010J 125E 118 147C 115E 222

010K 147D

X17 To E8 R.H. Work Light

122C 115A 115D 115B 115E 115C

002B X1 To Fusible Link 002C

85 050B / 050C 010E / 010F 010F / 010T 050C / 050D 050D / 050E 050E / 050F 050F / 050G 050G

A

574A 573A 574B 573B 573D 574C 573E

002A

119A

072A 119D 353 122B 050K B

050A 050J 050B 050K 050L

002C 002D

334 072D

325 002A

C

103A 103B 103C

505 573E X2 To W3 HST Transmission Neutral Wiring 072A Harness 072B 072C

E5 L.H. Headlight

359

D

K

86 385C 518A / 518B 329B 521 573A 556 212 238

Relay Schematic

385A 385B 385C

072D

B3 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor

E

J

573D 302A 302B 302C

G2 Alternator

H

359

W2 Ground

010B

G

S8 Turn Signal Switch

050A

383

119B

F

347 586

103A

209

122A 115A

103B 125A

329A

101A

30

X6 To Control Panel Circuit Board 264B 325

385A 574A

E6 R.H. Headlight

86 9

8

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

85

87

Diode Block Diode Block Socket Layout Internal 1

# K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K8

30

010A 010H 010B 010J 010C 010K 010D 010L 010G 010M

562A 562D 562B 562E 562C 562F

125A 147A 125B 147C 147B 125C 147D 125D 125E

S2 Seat Switch 562E 539B 125D 010G 125C

Fusible Link

X18 To E1 L.H. Tail Light X20 To E1 L.H. Tail and E2 L.H. Hazard Lights X19 To E2 L.H. Hazard Light

010H 147B

Y1 Starting Motor Solenoid

X16 To E7 L.H. Work Light

4 - 18

6/26/00

W1 MAIN WIRING HARNESS – 4500 / 4600

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

W1 MAIN WIRING HARNESS – 4500 / 4600 RELAY WIRE CONNECTIONS

DIODE BLOCK 2

2 1

3

1 5

4

4

6 8

9

7

5 8

7

3

#

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

6

DB1

539A

556

572B

539A/539B

521

518A

010D/010E

302A

–––

86

87A

3

4

6

7

5

2

9

Relay Socket Layout

X7 To Control Panel Circuit Board 125B 115B

Diode Block Schematic

X9 To W5 Cruise 050J Control Wiring 264A Harness 247 238

353

050L

B2 Engine Oil Pressure Switch (NC)

010N

D

E

F

C

B

A

302C X4 To W2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid Wiring Harness

010N 010C

347

334

D

E

F

C

B

A

R1 Manifold Heater

85

87 87A

119A 119B 119C 119D

G2 Alternator

002E

309

M1 Starting Motor

309

30 002B 572A / 572B 329A / 329B 002E 546 573B 252 264A / 264B

138 3 2 B 4

072B 209 4

1

5 6

1

147C Pur

6

2

S9 Light Switch

572A 385B S1 Key 8 Switch 012

5

2 1

115E Dk Grn

4 Red

7

3

X15 To W4 PTO Solenoid Wiring Harness 010M

574B

222 Red

X5 To S6 Mid PTO Switch (Option) 562F

574C

Relay/Fuse Load Center

118 Gry

7

3 125E Dk Grn

562B 562D S5 PTO Switch

87A --319 --533 ---

X13 Trailer Connector (Option) (from rear)

143

212

87 383 309 -302B 533 -222 247

010J Blk

594

X21 To E3 R.H. Tail Light 115D

X3 To S4 Transmission Neutral Switch (PRT & CST)

122A 122B

505

S7 Park Brake Switch 586 562C

518B

594

To X13 Trailer Connector (Option)

546

X23 To E3 R.H. Tail and E4 R.H. Hazard Lights

010L

X22 To E4 R.H. Hazard Light

115C

010J 125E 118 147C 115E 222

010K 147D

X17 To E8 R.H. Work Light

122C 115A 115D 115B 115E 115C

002B X1 To Fusible Link 002C

85 050B / 050C 010E / 010F 010F / 010T 050C / 050D 050D / 050E 050E / 050F 050F / 050G 050G

A

574A 573A 574B 573B 573D 574C 573E

002A

119A

072A 119D 353 122B 050K B

050A 050J 050B 050K 050L

002C 002D

334 072D

325 002A

C

103A 103B 103C

505 573E X2 To W3 HST Transmission Neutral Wiring 072A Harness 072B 072C

E5 L.H. Headlight

359

D

K

86 385C 518A / 518B 329B 521 573A 556 212 238

Relay Schematic

385A 385B 385C

072D

B3 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor

E

J

573D 302A 302B 302C

G2 Alternator

H

359

W2 Ground

010B

G

S8 Turn Signal Switch

050A

383

119B

F

347 586

103A

209

122A 115A

103B 125A

329A

101A

30

X6 To Control Panel Circuit Board 264B 325

385A 574A

E6 R.H. Headlight

86 9

8

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

85

87

Diode Block Diode Block Socket Layout Internal 1

# K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K8

30

010A 010H 010B 010J 010C 010K 010D 010L 010G 010M

562A 562D 562B 562E 562C 562F

125A 147A 125B 147C 147B 125C 147D 125D 125E

S2 Seat Switch 562E 539B 125D 010G 125C

Fusible Link

X18 To E1 L.H. Tail Light X20 To E1 L.H. Tail and E2 L.H. Hazard Lights X19 To E2 L.H. Hazard Light

010H 147B

Y1 Starting Motor Solenoid

X16 To E7 L.H. Work Light

4 - 18

6/26/00

W1 MAIN WIRING HARNESS – 4500 / 4600

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

W1 MAIN WIRING HARNESS – 4500 / 4600 RELAY WIRE CONNECTIONS

DIODE BLOCK 2

2 1

3

1 5

4

4

6 8

9

7

5 8

7

3

#

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

6

DB1

539A

556

572B

539A/539B

521

518A

010D/010E

302A

–––

86

87A

3

4

6

7

5

2

9

Relay Socket Layout

X7 To Control Panel Circuit Board 125B 115B

Diode Block Schematic

X9 To W5 Cruise 050J Control Wiring 264A Harness 247 238

353

050L

B2 Engine Oil Pressure Switch (NC)

010N

D

E

F

C

B

A

302C X4 To W2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid Wiring Harness

010N 010C

347

334

D

E

F

C

B

A

R1 Manifold Heater

85

87 87A

119A 119B 119C 119D

G2 Alternator

002E

309

M1 Starting Motor

309

30 002B 572A / 572B 329A / 329B 002E 546 573B 252 264A / 264B

138 3 2 B 4

072B 209 4

1

5 6

1

147C Pur

6

2

S9 Light Switch

572A 385B S1 Key 8 Switch 012

5

2 1

115E Dk Grn

4 Red

7

3

X15 To W4 PTO Solenoid Wiring Harness 010M

574B

222 Red

X5 To S6 Mid PTO Switch (Option) 562F

574C

Relay/Fuse Load Center

118 Gry

7

3 125E Dk Grn

562B 562D S5 PTO Switch

87A --319 --533 ---

X13 Trailer Connector (Option) (from rear)

143

212

87 383 309 -302B 533 -222 247

010J Blk

594

X21 To E3 R.H. Tail Light 115D

X3 To S4 Transmission Neutral Switch (PRT & CST)

122A 122B

505

S7 Park Brake Switch 586 562C

518B

594

To X13 Trailer Connector (Option)

546

X23 To E3 R.H. Tail and E4 R.H. Hazard Lights

010L

X22 To E4 R.H. Hazard Light

115C

010J 125E 118 147C 115E 222

010K 147D

X17 To E8 R.H. Work Light

122C 115A 115D 115B 115E 115C

002B X1 To Fusible Link 002C

85 050B / 050C 010E / 010F 010F / 010T 050C / 050D 050D / 050E 050E / 050F 050F / 050G 050G

A

574A 573A 574B 573B 573D 574C 573E

002A

119A

072A 119D 353 122B 050K B

050A 050J 050B 050K 050L

002C 002D

334 072D

325 002A

C

103A 103B 103C

505 573E X2 To W3 HST Transmission Neutral Wiring 072A Harness 072B 072C

E5 L.H. Headlight

359

D

K

86 385C 518A / 518B 329B 521 573A 556 212 238

Relay Schematic

385A 385B 385C

072D

B3 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor

E

J

573D 302A 302B 302C

G2 Alternator

H

359

W2 Ground

010B

G

S8 Turn Signal Switch

050A

383

119B

F

347 586

103A

209

122A 115A

103B 125A

329A

101A

30

X6 To Control Panel Circuit Board 264B 325

385A 574A

E6 R.H. Headlight

86 9

8

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

85

87

Diode Block Diode Block Socket Layout Internal 1

# K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K8

30

010A 010H 010B 010J 010C 010K 010D 010L 010G 010M

562A 562D 562B 562E 562C 562F

125A 147A 125B 147C 147B 125C 147D 125D 125E

S2 Seat Switch 562E 539B 125D 010G 125C

Fusible Link

X18 To E1 L.H. Tail Light X20 To E1 L.H. Tail and E2 L.H. Hazard Lights X19 To E2 L.H. Hazard Light

010H 147B

Y1 Starting Motor Solenoid

X16 To E7 L.H. Work Light

4 - 18

6/26/00

W1 MAIN WIRING HARNESS – 4500 / 4600

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

W1 MAIN WIRING HARNESS – 4500 / 4600 RELAY WIRE CONNECTIONS

DIODE BLOCK 2

2 1

3

1 5

4

4

6 8

9

7

5 8

7

3

#

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

6

DB1

539A

556

572B

539A/539B

521

518A

010D/010E

302A

–––

86

87A

3

4

6

7

5

2

9

Relay Socket Layout

X7 To Control Panel Circuit Board 125B 115B

Diode Block Schematic

X9 To W5 Cruise 050J Control Wiring 264A Harness 247 238

353

050L

B2 Engine Oil Pressure Switch (NC)

010N

D

E

F

C

B

A

302C X4 To W2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid Wiring Harness

010N 010C

347

334

D

E

F

C

B

A

R1 Manifold Heater

85

87 87A

119A 119B 119C 119D

G2 Alternator

002E

309

M1 Starting Motor

309

30 002B 572A / 572B 329A / 329B 002E 546 573B 252 264A / 264B

138 3 2 B 4

072B 209 4

1

5 6

1

147C Pur

6

2

S9 Light Switch

572A 385B S1 Key 8 Switch 012

5

2 1

115E Dk Grn

4 Red

7

3

X15 To W4 PTO Solenoid Wiring Harness 010M

574B

222 Red

X5 To S6 Mid PTO Switch (Option) 562F

574C

Relay/Fuse Load Center

118 Gry

7

3 125E Dk Grn

562B 562D S5 PTO Switch

87A --319 --533 ---

X13 Trailer Connector (Option) (from rear)

143

212

87 383 309 -302B 533 -222 247

010J Blk

594

X21 To E3 R.H. Tail Light 115D

X3 To S4 Transmission Neutral Switch (PRT & CST)

122A 122B

505

S7 Park Brake Switch 586 562C

518B

594

To X13 Trailer Connector (Option)

546

X23 To E3 R.H. Tail and E4 R.H. Hazard Lights

010L

X22 To E4 R.H. Hazard Light

115C

010J 125E 118 147C 115E 222

010K 147D

X17 To E8 R.H. Work Light

122C 115A 115D 115B 115E 115C

002B X1 To Fusible Link 002C

85 050B / 050C 010E / 010F 010F / 010T 050C / 050D 050D / 050E 050E / 050F 050F / 050G 050G

A

574A 573A 574B 573B 573D 574C 573E

002A

119A

072A 119D 353 122B 050K B

050A 050J 050B 050K 050L

002C 002D

334 072D

325 002A

C

103A 103B 103C

505 573E X2 To W3 HST Transmission Neutral Wiring 072A Harness 072B 072C

E5 L.H. Headlight

359

D

K

86 385C 518A / 518B 329B 521 573A 556 212 238

Relay Schematic

385A 385B 385C

072D

B3 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor

E

J

573D 302A 302B 302C

G2 Alternator

H

359

W2 Ground

010B

G

S8 Turn Signal Switch

050A

383

119B

F

347 586

103A

209

122A 115A

103B 125A

329A

101A

30

X6 To Control Panel Circuit Board 264B 325

385A 574A

E6 R.H. Headlight

86 9

8

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

85

87

Diode Block Diode Block Socket Layout Internal 1

# K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K8

30

010A 010H 010B 010J 010C 010K 010D 010L 010G 010M

562A 562D 562B 562E 562C 562F

125A 147A 125B 147C 147B 125C 147D 125D 125E

S2 Seat Switch 562E 539B 125D 010G 125C

Fusible Link

X18 To E1 L.H. Tail Light X20 To E1 L.H. Tail and E2 L.H. Hazard Lights X19 To E2 L.H. Hazard Light

010H 147B

Y1 Starting Motor Solenoid

X16 To E7 L.H. Work Light

4 - 18

6/26/00

MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC – 4500 / 4600 / 4700

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC – 4500 / 4600 / 4700 F3 Fuse

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

A

002D Red 209 Wht

4 209 Wht 6 572A Red

012 Red 1

3 212 Red

A

Aid Off

002C Red

A

S1 Key Switch

562A Red

572A Red

S2 Seat Switch

518A Gry

V1 Diode Block

X15

86

S6 Mid PTO Switch

85

309 Wht

5

X5

85

222 Red

1

050F Blk

5 3

125A Dk Grn 3 125B Dk Grn

115B Dk Grn

X7

X7

X7

574A Yel

B C A

573E Org

86

30

85

87 87A

573B Org

325 Dk Grn 586 Lt Blu

138B Gry

A

A

B

F7 Fuse A

E1 L.H. Tail Light

S8 Turn Signal Switch

147A Pur

2 147B Pur

118C Gry 118B Gry

H2 L.H. H3 PTO Light Turn Light

385A Dk Grn

P2 Hour Meter (Opt.)

n/min

P1 Engine Tachometer

010H Blk

H5 Cold Start Light

P H1 R.H. Turn Light

010C Blk

X16 X17

Q

K4 Engine Run Relay

050D Blk

E7 L.H. Work Light

B

H4 Discharge Light

1

X13 Trailer Connector E8 R.H. Work Light

X6

_

6

010K Blk

119D Wht

F K

050C Blk

X16

X21

A

010J Blk

147D Pur

B

E3 R.H. Tail Light

X6

118D Gry

147C Pur

X17 072A Red

D

E

B

X18

2 122A Red

010A Blk 010P Blk

118A Gry

119C Wht

115A Dk Grn 4

125D Dk Grn

385A Dk Grn 334 Yel

F8 Fuse

F6 Fuse

X6

325 Dk Grn

385A Dk Grn

t0

P3 Fuel Gauge

H7 Oil Pressure Light

C

J

H6 Park Brake Light

P4 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

302B Red

302B Red

302A Red

115C Dk Grn

+ 002D Red

2 138A Gry 3 143 Org 4

(0) Right (1) Off (2) Left 1 103 Org Flasher

556 Lt Blu

573D Org

X2

X2

7 4

X13 Trailer Connector

050G Blk

125C Dk Grn

115D Dk Grn

87 87A

010M Blk

594 Yel

S4 Transmission Neutral Switch

8

K7 Accessory Relay

30

X22

138C Gry

1 103 Org

122B Red

X19

010B Blk

(3) Field

B

P

X15

On Off

521 Brn

518A Gry 6

In Neutral In Gear 518B Gry

86

334 Yel

521 Brn

V1 Diode Block 7

L

572B Red 3

010E Blk

A

IG

G2 Alternator

Y4 PTO Solenoid

2

K2 Start Relay

B

E4 R.H. Hazard Light

E6 R.H. Headlight

E5 L.H. Headlight

(2) Road

B 212 252 Red Red

119A Wht 119B Wht

(0) Off (1) Hazard

X23

E2 L.H. Hazard Light

F2 Fuse

Wht

539A Wht

539A Wht

518B Gry

M

302C Red Wht

X4 M1 Starting Motor Y1 Starting Motor Red Solenoid

010D 010F Blk Blk

385C 002B Dk Grn Red 86

85

30

87 87A 383 Org

G1 Battery

R1 Manifold Heater 010D Blk 050A Blk 050B Blk 010P Blk 010C Blk

SE1 - STARTING

Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid X4 329B 30

87A 87 319 Wht

R2 Variable Thermistor

573A 546 Lt Blu Org

K5 Safety Relay

Blk

Wht

K1 329A Manifold Wht Heater K3 Fuel Relay Shutoff Relay

050B Blk

Blk

6/26/00

X5

572B Red

Fusible Link

G

Pnk

(Operator Off)

539B Wht 4

X1

W1 Battery Frame Ground

574C Yel

S5 PTO Switch

562C Red 562E Red

072D Red

002A Red

574A Yel

574B Yel

562F Red

B

002B Red

B

PTO Off 573D Org

562B Red 562D Red

(Operator On)

002A Red

A

PTO On

X24 To Backup Alarm F5 Fuse

Start Run Off Acc.

87A 87

X20

072A Red

562H Red

072C Red

7 385B Dk Grn

S9 Light Switch

010L Blk

010G Blk

072D Red

5 072B Red

F1 Fuse

30

122C Red

072A Red

2

B

122C Red

B

002 Red

212 Red

212 Red

010G Blk 010L Blk

010G Blk 010L Blk

002A Red

002A Red

86

562C Red

30

85

87 87A

86

30

85

87 87A

K6 Safety Relay

594 Yel

X6 209 Wht

209 Wht

X6

Off On Engage

S11 Brake Switch

A

050E Blk

050F Blk

050F Blk 264B Yel

S7 Park Brake Switch

050G Blk

86

Off

050J Blk 85

B C D

Gry Pur Yel

E

Blk

Gry

X11

87 87A

W6 Cruise Control Wiring Harness

Blu

Unswitched Power

X12

Wht

Wht

X12

SE2 - IGNITION

Secondary Switched Power SE3 - CHARGING

4 - 19

X11

Q

X6

347 Pur

359 Wht

P

t0

Yel 050L Blk

Y3 Cruise Control Magnet

010M Blk 050K Blk 050L Blk 010C Blk

010C Blk

Switched Power

Blu

E

X6

B3 Engine B2 Engine Oil Coolant Pressure Temperature Switch (NC) Sensor

Yel

050J Blk 050K Blk 050L Blk To 010A/010B Blk

353 Org

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

30

010M Blk

050C Blk

050C Blk 050J Blk 050K Blk 050L Blk

K8 Cruise Control Relay

238 Gry 247 Pur 264A Yel

X6

On

Wht Gry

Off 546 Lt Blu

050K Blk

Pur

X9

On

586 Lt Blu 010N Blk

D

S10 Cruise Control Switch

G

533 Org

85

010F Blk 010T Blk

X4

86

H8 Cruise Indicator Light (Opt.)

573B Org

556 Lt Blu

Control Panel SE4 - ACCESORIES

SE5 - INSTRUMENTATION

SE6 - LIGHTS

MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC – 4500 / 4600 / 4700

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC – 4500 / 4600 / 4700 F3 Fuse

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

A

002D Red 209 Wht

4 209 Wht 6 572A Red

012 Red 1

3 212 Red

A

Aid Off

002C Red

A

S1 Key Switch

562A Red

572A Red

S2 Seat Switch

518A Gry

V1 Diode Block

X15

86

S6 Mid PTO Switch

85

309 Wht

5

X5

85

222 Red

1

050F Blk

5 3

125A Dk Grn 3 125B Dk Grn

115B Dk Grn

X7

X7

X7

574A Yel

B C A

573E Org

86

30

85

87 87A

573B Org

325 Dk Grn 586 Lt Blu

138B Gry

A

A

B

F7 Fuse A

E1 L.H. Tail Light

S8 Turn Signal Switch

147A Pur

2 147B Pur

118C Gry 118B Gry

H2 L.H. H3 PTO Light Turn Light

385A Dk Grn

P2 Hour Meter (Opt.)

n/min

P1 Engine Tachometer

010H Blk

H5 Cold Start Light

P H1 R.H. Turn Light

010C Blk

X16 X17

Q

K4 Engine Run Relay

050D Blk

E7 L.H. Work Light

B

H4 Discharge Light

1

X13 Trailer Connector E8 R.H. Work Light

X6

_

6

010K Blk

119D Wht

F K

050C Blk

X16

X21

A

010J Blk

147D Pur

B

E3 R.H. Tail Light

X6

118D Gry

147C Pur

X17 072A Red

D

E

B

X18

2 122A Red

010A Blk 010P Blk

118A Gry

119C Wht

115A Dk Grn 4

125D Dk Grn

385A Dk Grn 334 Yel

F8 Fuse

F6 Fuse

X6

325 Dk Grn

385A Dk Grn

t0

P3 Fuel Gauge

H7 Oil Pressure Light

C

J

H6 Park Brake Light

P4 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

302B Red

302B Red

302A Red

115C Dk Grn

+ 002D Red

2 138A Gry 3 143 Org 4

(0) Right (1) Off (2) Left 1 103 Org Flasher

556 Lt Blu

573D Org

X2

X2

7 4

X13 Trailer Connector

050G Blk

125C Dk Grn

115D Dk Grn

87 87A

010M Blk

594 Yel

S4 Transmission Neutral Switch

8

K7 Accessory Relay

30

X22

138C Gry

1 103 Org

122B Red

X19

010B Blk

(3) Field

B

P

X15

On Off

521 Brn

518A Gry 6

In Neutral In Gear 518B Gry

86

334 Yel

521 Brn

V1 Diode Block 7

L

572B Red 3

010E Blk

A

IG

G2 Alternator

Y4 PTO Solenoid

2

K2 Start Relay

B

E4 R.H. Hazard Light

E6 R.H. Headlight

E5 L.H. Headlight

(2) Road

B 212 252 Red Red

119A Wht 119B Wht

(0) Off (1) Hazard

X23

E2 L.H. Hazard Light

F2 Fuse

Wht

539A Wht

539A Wht

518B Gry

M

302C Red Wht

X4 M1 Starting Motor Y1 Starting Motor Red Solenoid

010D 010F Blk Blk

385C 002B Dk Grn Red 86

85

30

87 87A 383 Org

G1 Battery

R1 Manifold Heater 010D Blk 050A Blk 050B Blk 010P Blk 010C Blk

SE1 - STARTING

Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid X4 329B 30

87A 87 319 Wht

R2 Variable Thermistor

573A 546 Lt Blu Org

K5 Safety Relay

Blk

Wht

K1 329A Manifold Wht Heater K3 Fuel Relay Shutoff Relay

050B Blk

Blk

6/26/00

X5

572B Red

Fusible Link

G

Pnk

(Operator Off)

539B Wht 4

X1

W1 Battery Frame Ground

574C Yel

S5 PTO Switch

562C Red 562E Red

072D Red

002A Red

574A Yel

574B Yel

562F Red

B

002B Red

B

PTO Off 573D Org

562B Red 562D Red

(Operator On)

002A Red

A

PTO On

X24 To Backup Alarm F5 Fuse

Start Run Off Acc.

87A 87

X20

072A Red

562H Red

072C Red

7 385B Dk Grn

S9 Light Switch

010L Blk

010G Blk

072D Red

5 072B Red

F1 Fuse

30

122C Red

072A Red

2

B

122C Red

B

002 Red

212 Red

212 Red

010G Blk 010L Blk

010G Blk 010L Blk

002A Red

002A Red

86

562C Red

30

85

87 87A

86

30

85

87 87A

K6 Safety Relay

594 Yel

X6 209 Wht

209 Wht

X6

Off On Engage

S11 Brake Switch

A

050E Blk

050F Blk

050F Blk 264B Yel

S7 Park Brake Switch

050G Blk

86

Off

050J Blk 85

B C D

Gry Pur Yel

E

Blk

Gry

X11

87 87A

W6 Cruise Control Wiring Harness

Blu

Unswitched Power

X12

Wht

Wht

X12

SE2 - IGNITION

Secondary Switched Power SE3 - CHARGING

4 - 19

X11

Q

X6

347 Pur

359 Wht

P

t0

Yel 050L Blk

Y3 Cruise Control Magnet

010M Blk 050K Blk 050L Blk 010C Blk

010C Blk

Switched Power

Blu

E

X6

B3 Engine B2 Engine Oil Coolant Pressure Temperature Switch (NC) Sensor

Yel

050J Blk 050K Blk 050L Blk To 010A/010B Blk

353 Org

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

30

010M Blk

050C Blk

050C Blk 050J Blk 050K Blk 050L Blk

K8 Cruise Control Relay

238 Gry 247 Pur 264A Yel

X6

On

Wht Gry

Off 546 Lt Blu

050K Blk

Pur

X9

On

586 Lt Blu 010N Blk

D

S10 Cruise Control Switch

G

533 Org

85

010F Blk 010T Blk

X4

86

H8 Cruise Indicator Light (Opt.)

573B Org

556 Lt Blu

Control Panel SE4 - ACCESORIES

SE5 - INSTRUMENTATION

SE6 - LIGHTS

MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC – 4500 / 4600 / 4700

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC – 4500 / 4600 / 4700 F3 Fuse

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

A

002D Red 209 Wht

4 209 Wht 6 572A Red

012 Red 1

3 212 Red

A

Aid Off

002C Red

A

S1 Key Switch

562A Red

572A Red

S2 Seat Switch

518A Gry

V1 Diode Block

X15

86

S6 Mid PTO Switch

85

309 Wht

5

X5

85

222 Red

1

050F Blk

5 3

125A Dk Grn 3 125B Dk Grn

115B Dk Grn

X7

X7

X7

574A Yel

B C A

573E Org

86

30

85

87 87A

573B Org

325 Dk Grn 586 Lt Blu

138B Gry

A

A

B

F7 Fuse A

E1 L.H. Tail Light

S8 Turn Signal Switch

147A Pur

2 147B Pur

118C Gry 118B Gry

H2 L.H. H3 PTO Light Turn Light

385A Dk Grn

P2 Hour Meter (Opt.)

n/min

P1 Engine Tachometer

010H Blk

H5 Cold Start Light

P H1 R.H. Turn Light

010C Blk

X16 X17

Q

K4 Engine Run Relay

050D Blk

E7 L.H. Work Light

B

H4 Discharge Light

1

X13 Trailer Connector E8 R.H. Work Light

X6

_

6

010K Blk

119D Wht

F K

050C Blk

X16

X21

A

010J Blk

147D Pur

B

E3 R.H. Tail Light

X6

118D Gry

147C Pur

X17 072A Red

D

E

B

X18

2 122A Red

010A Blk 010P Blk

118A Gry

119C Wht

115A Dk Grn 4

125D Dk Grn

385A Dk Grn 334 Yel

F8 Fuse

F6 Fuse

X6

325 Dk Grn

385A Dk Grn

t0

P3 Fuel Gauge

H7 Oil Pressure Light

C

J

H6 Park Brake Light

P4 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

302B Red

302B Red

302A Red

115C Dk Grn

+ 002D Red

2 138A Gry 3 143 Org 4

(0) Right (1) Off (2) Left 1 103 Org Flasher

556 Lt Blu

573D Org

X2

X2

7 4

X13 Trailer Connector

050G Blk

125C Dk Grn

115D Dk Grn

87 87A

010M Blk

594 Yel

S4 Transmission Neutral Switch

8

K7 Accessory Relay

30

X22

138C Gry

1 103 Org

122B Red

X19

010B Blk

(3) Field

B

P

X15

On Off

521 Brn

518A Gry 6

In Neutral In Gear 518B Gry

86

334 Yel

521 Brn

V1 Diode Block 7

L

572B Red 3

010E Blk

A

IG

G2 Alternator

Y4 PTO Solenoid

2

K2 Start Relay

B

E4 R.H. Hazard Light

E6 R.H. Headlight

E5 L.H. Headlight

(2) Road

B 212 252 Red Red

119A Wht 119B Wht

(0) Off (1) Hazard

X23

E2 L.H. Hazard Light

F2 Fuse

Wht

539A Wht

539A Wht

518B Gry

M

302C Red Wht

X4 M1 Starting Motor Y1 Starting Motor Red Solenoid

010D 010F Blk Blk

385C 002B Dk Grn Red 86

85

30

87 87A 383 Org

G1 Battery

R1 Manifold Heater 010D Blk 050A Blk 050B Blk 010P Blk 010C Blk

SE1 - STARTING

Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid X4 329B 30

87A 87 319 Wht

R2 Variable Thermistor

573A 546 Lt Blu Org

K5 Safety Relay

Blk

Wht

K1 329A Manifold Wht Heater K3 Fuel Relay Shutoff Relay

050B Blk

Blk

6/26/00

X5

572B Red

Fusible Link

G

Pnk

(Operator Off)

539B Wht 4

X1

W1 Battery Frame Ground

574C Yel

S5 PTO Switch

562C Red 562E Red

072D Red

002A Red

574A Yel

574B Yel

562F Red

B

002B Red

B

PTO Off 573D Org

562B Red 562D Red

(Operator On)

002A Red

A

PTO On

X24 To Backup Alarm F5 Fuse

Start Run Off Acc.

87A 87

X20

072A Red

562H Red

072C Red

7 385B Dk Grn

S9 Light Switch

010L Blk

010G Blk

072D Red

5 072B Red

F1 Fuse

30

122C Red

072A Red

2

B

122C Red

B

002 Red

212 Red

212 Red

010G Blk 010L Blk

010G Blk 010L Blk

002A Red

002A Red

86

562C Red

30

85

87 87A

86

30

85

87 87A

K6 Safety Relay

594 Yel

X6 209 Wht

209 Wht

X6

Off On Engage

S11 Brake Switch

A

050E Blk

050F Blk

050F Blk 264B Yel

S7 Park Brake Switch

050G Blk

86

Off

050J Blk 85

B C D

Gry Pur Yel

E

Blk

Gry

X11

87 87A

W6 Cruise Control Wiring Harness

Blu

Unswitched Power

X12

Wht

Wht

X12

SE2 - IGNITION

Secondary Switched Power SE3 - CHARGING

4 - 19

X11

Q

X6

347 Pur

359 Wht

P

t0

Yel 050L Blk

Y3 Cruise Control Magnet

010M Blk 050K Blk 050L Blk 010C Blk

010C Blk

Switched Power

Blu

E

X6

B3 Engine B2 Engine Oil Coolant Pressure Temperature Switch (NC) Sensor

Yel

050J Blk 050K Blk 050L Blk To 010A/010B Blk

353 Org

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

30

010M Blk

050C Blk

050C Blk 050J Blk 050K Blk 050L Blk

K8 Cruise Control Relay

238 Gry 247 Pur 264A Yel

X6

On

Wht Gry

Off 546 Lt Blu

050K Blk

Pur

X9

On

586 Lt Blu 010N Blk

D

S10 Cruise Control Switch

G

533 Org

85

010F Blk 010T Blk

X4

86

H8 Cruise Indicator Light (Opt.)

573B Org

556 Lt Blu

Control Panel SE4 - ACCESORIES

SE5 - INSTRUMENTATION

SE6 - LIGHTS

MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC – 4500 / 4600 / 4700

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC – 4500 / 4600 / 4700 F3 Fuse

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

A

002D Red 209 Wht

4 209 Wht 6 572A Red

012 Red 1

3 212 Red

A

Aid Off

002C Red

A

S1 Key Switch

562A Red

572A Red

S2 Seat Switch

518A Gry

V1 Diode Block

X15

86

S6 Mid PTO Switch

85

309 Wht

5

X5

85

222 Red

1

050F Blk

5 3

125A Dk Grn 3 125B Dk Grn

115B Dk Grn

X7

X7

X7

574A Yel

B C A

573E Org

86

30

85

87 87A

573B Org

325 Dk Grn 586 Lt Blu

138B Gry

A

A

B

F7 Fuse A

E1 L.H. Tail Light

S8 Turn Signal Switch

147A Pur

2 147B Pur

118C Gry 118B Gry

H2 L.H. H3 PTO Light Turn Light

385A Dk Grn

P2 Hour Meter (Opt.)

n/min

P1 Engine Tachometer

010H Blk

H5 Cold Start Light

P H1 R.H. Turn Light

010C Blk

X16 X17

Q

K4 Engine Run Relay

050D Blk

E7 L.H. Work Light

B

H4 Discharge Light

1

X13 Trailer Connector E8 R.H. Work Light

X6

_

6

010K Blk

119D Wht

F K

050C Blk

X16

X21

A

010J Blk

147D Pur

B

E3 R.H. Tail Light

X6

118D Gry

147C Pur

X17 072A Red

D

E

B

X18

2 122A Red

010A Blk 010P Blk

118A Gry

119C Wht

115A Dk Grn 4

125D Dk Grn

385A Dk Grn 334 Yel

F8 Fuse

F6 Fuse

X6

325 Dk Grn

385A Dk Grn

t0

P3 Fuel Gauge

H7 Oil Pressure Light

C

J

H6 Park Brake Light

P4 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

302B Red

302B Red

302A Red

115C Dk Grn

+ 002D Red

2 138A Gry 3 143 Org 4

(0) Right (1) Off (2) Left 1 103 Org Flasher

556 Lt Blu

573D Org

X2

X2

7 4

X13 Trailer Connector

050G Blk

125C Dk Grn

115D Dk Grn

87 87A

010M Blk

594 Yel

S4 Transmission Neutral Switch

8

K7 Accessory Relay

30

X22

138C Gry

1 103 Org

122B Red

X19

010B Blk

(3) Field

B

P

X15

On Off

521 Brn

518A Gry 6

In Neutral In Gear 518B Gry

86

334 Yel

521 Brn

V1 Diode Block 7

L

572B Red 3

010E Blk

A

IG

G2 Alternator

Y4 PTO Solenoid

2

K2 Start Relay

B

E4 R.H. Hazard Light

E6 R.H. Headlight

E5 L.H. Headlight

(2) Road

B 212 252 Red Red

119A Wht 119B Wht

(0) Off (1) Hazard

X23

E2 L.H. Hazard Light

F2 Fuse

Wht

539A Wht

539A Wht

518B Gry

M

302C Red Wht

X4 M1 Starting Motor Y1 Starting Motor Red Solenoid

010D 010F Blk Blk

385C 002B Dk Grn Red 86

85

30

87 87A 383 Org

G1 Battery

R1 Manifold Heater 010D Blk 050A Blk 050B Blk 010P Blk 010C Blk

SE1 - STARTING

Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid X4 329B 30

87A 87 319 Wht

R2 Variable Thermistor

573A 546 Lt Blu Org

K5 Safety Relay

Blk

Wht

K1 329A Manifold Wht Heater K3 Fuel Relay Shutoff Relay

050B Blk

Blk

6/26/00

X5

572B Red

Fusible Link

G

Pnk

(Operator Off)

539B Wht 4

X1

W1 Battery Frame Ground

574C Yel

S5 PTO Switch

562C Red 562E Red

072D Red

002A Red

574A Yel

574B Yel

562F Red

B

002B Red

B

PTO Off 573D Org

562B Red 562D Red

(Operator On)

002A Red

A

PTO On

X24 To Backup Alarm F5 Fuse

Start Run Off Acc.

87A 87

X20

072A Red

562H Red

072C Red

7 385B Dk Grn

S9 Light Switch

010L Blk

010G Blk

072D Red

5 072B Red

F1 Fuse

30

122C Red

072A Red

2

B

122C Red

B

002 Red

212 Red

212 Red

010G Blk 010L Blk

010G Blk 010L Blk

002A Red

002A Red

86

562C Red

30

85

87 87A

86

30

85

87 87A

K6 Safety Relay

594 Yel

X6 209 Wht

209 Wht

X6

Off On Engage

S11 Brake Switch

A

050E Blk

050F Blk

050F Blk 264B Yel

S7 Park Brake Switch

050G Blk

86

Off

050J Blk 85

B C D

Gry Pur Yel

E

Blk

Gry

X11

87 87A

W6 Cruise Control Wiring Harness

Blu

Unswitched Power

X12

Wht

Wht

X12

SE2 - IGNITION

Secondary Switched Power SE3 - CHARGING

4 - 19

X11

Q

X6

347 Pur

359 Wht

P

t0

Yel 050L Blk

Y3 Cruise Control Magnet

010M Blk 050K Blk 050L Blk 010C Blk

010C Blk

Switched Power

Blu

E

X6

B3 Engine B2 Engine Oil Coolant Pressure Temperature Switch (NC) Sensor

Yel

050J Blk 050K Blk 050L Blk To 010A/010B Blk

353 Org

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

30

010M Blk

050C Blk

050C Blk 050J Blk 050K Blk 050L Blk

K8 Cruise Control Relay

238 Gry 247 Pur 264A Yel

X6

On

Wht Gry

Off 546 Lt Blu

050K Blk

Pur

X9

On

586 Lt Blu 010N Blk

D

S10 Cruise Control Switch

G

533 Org

85

010F Blk 010T Blk

X4

86

H8 Cruise Indicator Light (Opt.)

573B Org

556 Lt Blu

Control Panel SE4 - ACCESORIES

SE5 - INSTRUMENTATION

SE6 - LIGHTS

W1 MAIN WIRING HARNESS – 4500 / 4600 / 4700

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

W1 MAIN WIRING HARNESS – 4500 / 4600 / 4700 RELAY WIRE CONNECTIONS

DIODE BLOCK 2

2 1

3

1 5

4

4

6 8

9

7

5 8

7

3

#

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

6

DB1

539A

556

572B

539A/539B

521

518A

010D/010E

302A

–––

Serial Numbers for Wiring Harness Use: LV4500C350026– LV4500P352180– LV4600C360016– LV4600P362110– LV4600H366080– LV4700H170150– LV4700P170050–

9

Diode Block Diode Block Socket Layout Internal 1

3

4

6

7

5

2

9

X7 To Control Panel Circuit Board

8

D

E

F

C

B

A

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

X9 To W5 Cruise 050J Control Wiring 264A Harness 247 238

B2 Engine Oil Pressure Switch (NC)

353

050L

010N

347

329A

D

E

F

C

B

A

209

E5 L.H. Headlight G2 Alternator 334 072D

325

359 002A

010A 010B 010N 010P

119A 119B 119C 119D

574A 574B 574C

562H

122A 122B 122C

3 2 B

103

4

5 6

3 2 1

562B 562D

002B 309 Y1 Starting Motor Solenoid

573E Fusible Link

87 383 309 -302B 533 -222 247

87A --319 --533 ---

X13 Trailer Connector (Option) (from rear)

1

1 6

2

S9 Light Switch

5 115D Dk Grn

4 Red

572A 385B 7 S1 Key 8 Switch 012

X15 To W4 PTO Solenoid Wiring Harness 010M

222 Red

X5 To S6 Mid PTO Switch (Option) 562F

574C

Relay/Fuse Load Center

118D Gry

7

3 125D Dk Grn

594

X21 To E3 R.H. Tail Light 118B

573A 573B 573D 573E

To X13 Trailer Connector (Option)

138C

562A 562D 562B 562E 562C 562F

**

115A 115B 115C 115D

118A 118B 118C 118D

147A 147B 147C 147D

125A 125B 125C

X23 To E3 R.H. Tail and E4 R.H. Hazard Lights

010L

X22 To E4 R.H. Hazard Light

115C

010J 125D 115D 222 118D 147C

138A 138B

X2 To Transmission Neutral Switch (All Transmissions)

002C

87 87A

30 002B 572A / 572B 329A / 329B 002D 546 573B 252 264A / 264B

147C Pur

574B S5 PTO Switch

002A

X1 To Fusible Link

85

143

119A M1 Starting Motor

30

138A

122B

Backup Alarm

309

86

85 050B / 050C 010E / 010F 010F / 010T 050C / 050D 050D / 050E 050E / 050F 050F / 050G 050G

010J Blk

546

562A

072A 072B 072C 072D

Relay Socket Layout

86 385C 518A / 518B 329B 521 573A 556 212 238

Relay Schematic

072B 209 4

050A 050J 050K 050L

85

87

A

594

# K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K8

30 87A

347 586

072A 119D 353 050K ** S7 Park Brake Switch 586 562C B

385A 385B 385C

562D 562B 562E 562C 562F

302A 302B 302C

B3 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor

C

K

573D **

G2 Alternator

D

J

S8 Turn Signal Switch

W2 Ground

010B

E

334

383

119B

H

212

050A

R1 Manifold Heater

G

122A 115A

103 125A

010D 010P 010C 050B

302C X4 To W2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid Wiring Harness

F

359

385A 574A

010A

264B 325

125B 115B

Diode Block Schematic

E6 R.H. Headlight

X6 To Control Panel Circuit Board

86

010C 010G 010K 010H 010L 010J 010M

010K 147D

X17 To E8 R.H. Work Light

562E S2 Seat Switch 539B 118C 010G

125D

125C

518B ** NOTE: The location of the S7 Park Brake connector moves from the side of the seat to the dash area when location of park brake changes. This also moves location of splice 562.

4 - 20

562C

586

594

546 **S7 Park Brake Switch

X18 To E1 L.H. Tail Light X20 To E1 L.H. Tail and E2 L.H. Hazard Lights X19 To E2 L.H. Hazard Light

010H 147B

X16 To E7 L.H. Work Light

6/26/00

W1 MAIN WIRING HARNESS – 4500 / 4600 / 4700

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

W1 MAIN WIRING HARNESS – 4500 / 4600 / 4700 RELAY WIRE CONNECTIONS

DIODE BLOCK 2

2 1

3

1 5

4

4

6 8

9

7

5 8

7

3

#

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

6

DB1

539A

556

572B

539A/539B

521

518A

010D/010E

302A

–––

Serial Numbers for Wiring Harness Use: LV4500C350026– LV4500P352180– LV4600C360016– LV4600P362110– LV4600H366080– LV4700H170150– LV4700P170050–

9

Diode Block Diode Block Socket Layout Internal 1

3

4

6

7

5

2

9

X7 To Control Panel Circuit Board

8

D

E

F

C

B

A

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

X9 To W5 Cruise 050J Control Wiring 264A Harness 247 238

B2 Engine Oil Pressure Switch (NC)

353

050L

010N

347

329A

D

E

F

C

B

A

209

E5 L.H. Headlight G2 Alternator 334 072D

325

359 002A

010A 010B 010N 010P

119A 119B 119C 119D

574A 574B 574C

562H

122A 122B 122C

3 2 B

103

4

5 6

3 2 1

562B 562D

002B 309 Y1 Starting Motor Solenoid

573E Fusible Link

87 383 309 -302B 533 -222 247

87A --319 --533 ---

X13 Trailer Connector (Option) (from rear)

1

1 6

2

S9 Light Switch

5 115D Dk Grn

4 Red

572A 385B 7 S1 Key 8 Switch 012

X15 To W4 PTO Solenoid Wiring Harness 010M

222 Red

X5 To S6 Mid PTO Switch (Option) 562F

574C

Relay/Fuse Load Center

118D Gry

7

3 125D Dk Grn

594

X21 To E3 R.H. Tail Light 118B

573A 573B 573D 573E

To X13 Trailer Connector (Option)

138C

562A 562D 562B 562E 562C 562F

**

115A 115B 115C 115D

118A 118B 118C 118D

147A 147B 147C 147D

125A 125B 125C

X23 To E3 R.H. Tail and E4 R.H. Hazard Lights

010L

X22 To E4 R.H. Hazard Light

115C

010J 125D 115D 222 118D 147C

138A 138B

X2 To Transmission Neutral Switch (All Transmissions)

002C

87 87A

30 002B 572A / 572B 329A / 329B 002D 546 573B 252 264A / 264B

147C Pur

574B S5 PTO Switch

002A

X1 To Fusible Link

85

143

119A M1 Starting Motor

30

138A

122B

Backup Alarm

309

86

85 050B / 050C 010E / 010F 010F / 010T 050C / 050D 050D / 050E 050E / 050F 050F / 050G 050G

010J Blk

546

562A

072A 072B 072C 072D

Relay Socket Layout

86 385C 518A / 518B 329B 521 573A 556 212 238

Relay Schematic

072B 209 4

050A 050J 050K 050L

85

87

A

594

# K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K8

30 87A

347 586

072A 119D 353 050K ** S7 Park Brake Switch 586 562C B

385A 385B 385C

562D 562B 562E 562C 562F

302A 302B 302C

B3 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor

C

K

573D **

G2 Alternator

D

J

S8 Turn Signal Switch

W2 Ground

010B

E

334

383

119B

H

212

050A

R1 Manifold Heater

G

122A 115A

103 125A

010D 010P 010C 050B

302C X4 To W2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid Wiring Harness

F

359

385A 574A

010A

264B 325

125B 115B

Diode Block Schematic

E6 R.H. Headlight

X6 To Control Panel Circuit Board

86

010C 010G 010K 010H 010L 010J 010M

010K 147D

X17 To E8 R.H. Work Light

562E S2 Seat Switch 539B 118C 010G

125D

125C

518B ** NOTE: The location of the S7 Park Brake connector moves from the side of the seat to the dash area when location of park brake changes. This also moves location of splice 562.

4 - 20

562C

586

594

546 **S7 Park Brake Switch

X18 To E1 L.H. Tail Light X20 To E1 L.H. Tail and E2 L.H. Hazard Lights X19 To E2 L.H. Hazard Light

010H 147B

X16 To E7 L.H. Work Light

6/26/00

W1 MAIN WIRING HARNESS – 4500 / 4600 / 4700

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

W1 MAIN WIRING HARNESS – 4500 / 4600 / 4700 RELAY WIRE CONNECTIONS

DIODE BLOCK 2

2 1

3

1 5

4

4

6 8

9

7

5 8

7

3

#

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

6

DB1

539A

556

572B

539A/539B

521

518A

010D/010E

302A

–––

Serial Numbers for Wiring Harness Use: LV4500C350026– LV4500P352180– LV4600C360016– LV4600P362110– LV4600H366080– LV4700H170150– LV4700P170050–

9

Diode Block Diode Block Socket Layout Internal 1

3

4

6

7

5

2

9

X7 To Control Panel Circuit Board

8

D

E

F

C

B

A

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

X9 To W5 Cruise 050J Control Wiring 264A Harness 247 238

B2 Engine Oil Pressure Switch (NC)

353

050L

010N

347

329A

D

E

F

C

B

A

209

E5 L.H. Headlight G2 Alternator 334 072D

325

359 002A

010A 010B 010N 010P

119A 119B 119C 119D

574A 574B 574C

562H

122A 122B 122C

3 2 B

103

4

5 6

3 2 1

562B 562D

002B 309 Y1 Starting Motor Solenoid

573E Fusible Link

87 383 309 -302B 533 -222 247

87A --319 --533 ---

X13 Trailer Connector (Option) (from rear)

1

1 6

2

S9 Light Switch

5 115D Dk Grn

4 Red

572A 385B 7 S1 Key 8 Switch 012

X15 To W4 PTO Solenoid Wiring Harness 010M

222 Red

X5 To S6 Mid PTO Switch (Option) 562F

574C

Relay/Fuse Load Center

118D Gry

7

3 125D Dk Grn

594

X21 To E3 R.H. Tail Light 118B

573A 573B 573D 573E

To X13 Trailer Connector (Option)

138C

562A 562D 562B 562E 562C 562F

**

115A 115B 115C 115D

118A 118B 118C 118D

147A 147B 147C 147D

125A 125B 125C

X23 To E3 R.H. Tail and E4 R.H. Hazard Lights

010L

X22 To E4 R.H. Hazard Light

115C

010J 125D 115D 222 118D 147C

138A 138B

X2 To Transmission Neutral Switch (All Transmissions)

002C

87 87A

30 002B 572A / 572B 329A / 329B 002D 546 573B 252 264A / 264B

147C Pur

574B S5 PTO Switch

002A

X1 To Fusible Link

85

143

119A M1 Starting Motor

30

138A

122B

Backup Alarm

309

86

85 050B / 050C 010E / 010F 010F / 010T 050C / 050D 050D / 050E 050E / 050F 050F / 050G 050G

010J Blk

546

562A

072A 072B 072C 072D

Relay Socket Layout

86 385C 518A / 518B 329B 521 573A 556 212 238

Relay Schematic

072B 209 4

050A 050J 050K 050L

85

87

A

594

# K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K8

30 87A

347 586

072A 119D 353 050K ** S7 Park Brake Switch 586 562C B

385A 385B 385C

562D 562B 562E 562C 562F

302A 302B 302C

B3 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor

C

K

573D **

G2 Alternator

D

J

S8 Turn Signal Switch

W2 Ground

010B

E

334

383

119B

H

212

050A

R1 Manifold Heater

G

122A 115A

103 125A

010D 010P 010C 050B

302C X4 To W2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid Wiring Harness

F

359

385A 574A

010A

264B 325

125B 115B

Diode Block Schematic

E6 R.H. Headlight

X6 To Control Panel Circuit Board

86

010C 010G 010K 010H 010L 010J 010M

010K 147D

X17 To E8 R.H. Work Light

562E S2 Seat Switch 539B 118C 010G

125D

125C

518B ** NOTE: The location of the S7 Park Brake connector moves from the side of the seat to the dash area when location of park brake changes. This also moves location of splice 562.

4 - 20

562C

586

594

546 **S7 Park Brake Switch

X18 To E1 L.H. Tail Light X20 To E1 L.H. Tail and E2 L.H. Hazard Lights X19 To E2 L.H. Hazard Light

010H 147B

X16 To E7 L.H. Work Light

6/26/00

W1 MAIN WIRING HARNESS – 4500 / 4600 / 4700

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

W1 MAIN WIRING HARNESS – 4500 / 4600 / 4700 RELAY WIRE CONNECTIONS

DIODE BLOCK 2

2 1

3

1 5

4

4

6 8

9

7

5 8

7

3

#

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

6

DB1

539A

556

572B

539A/539B

521

518A

010D/010E

302A

–––

Serial Numbers for Wiring Harness Use: LV4500C350026– LV4500P352180– LV4600C360016– LV4600P362110– LV4600H366080– LV4700H170150– LV4700P170050–

9

Diode Block Diode Block Socket Layout Internal 1

3

4

6

7

5

2

9

X7 To Control Panel Circuit Board

8

D

E

F

C

B

A

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

X9 To W5 Cruise 050J Control Wiring 264A Harness 247 238

B2 Engine Oil Pressure Switch (NC)

353

050L

010N

347

329A

D

E

F

C

B

A

209

E5 L.H. Headlight G2 Alternator 334 072D

325

359 002A

010A 010B 010N 010P

119A 119B 119C 119D

574A 574B 574C

562H

122A 122B 122C

3 2 B

103

4

5 6

3 2 1

562B 562D

002B 309 Y1 Starting Motor Solenoid

573E Fusible Link

87 383 309 -302B 533 -222 247

87A --319 --533 ---

X13 Trailer Connector (Option) (from rear)

1

1 6

2

S9 Light Switch

5 115D Dk Grn

4 Red

572A 385B 7 S1 Key 8 Switch 012

X15 To W4 PTO Solenoid Wiring Harness 010M

222 Red

X5 To S6 Mid PTO Switch (Option) 562F

574C

Relay/Fuse Load Center

118D Gry

7

3 125D Dk Grn

594

X21 To E3 R.H. Tail Light 118B

573A 573B 573D 573E

To X13 Trailer Connector (Option)

138C

562A 562D 562B 562E 562C 562F

**

115A 115B 115C 115D

118A 118B 118C 118D

147A 147B 147C 147D

125A 125B 125C

X23 To E3 R.H. Tail and E4 R.H. Hazard Lights

010L

X22 To E4 R.H. Hazard Light

115C

010J 125D 115D 222 118D 147C

138A 138B

X2 To Transmission Neutral Switch (All Transmissions)

002C

87 87A

30 002B 572A / 572B 329A / 329B 002D 546 573B 252 264A / 264B

147C Pur

574B S5 PTO Switch

002A

X1 To Fusible Link

85

143

119A M1 Starting Motor

30

138A

122B

Backup Alarm

309

86

85 050B / 050C 010E / 010F 010F / 010T 050C / 050D 050D / 050E 050E / 050F 050F / 050G 050G

010J Blk

546

562A

072A 072B 072C 072D

Relay Socket Layout

86 385C 518A / 518B 329B 521 573A 556 212 238

Relay Schematic

072B 209 4

050A 050J 050K 050L

85

87

A

594

# K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K8

30 87A

347 586

072A 119D 353 050K ** S7 Park Brake Switch 586 562C B

385A 385B 385C

562D 562B 562E 562C 562F

302A 302B 302C

B3 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor

C

K

573D **

G2 Alternator

D

J

S8 Turn Signal Switch

W2 Ground

010B

E

334

383

119B

H

212

050A

R1 Manifold Heater

G

122A 115A

103 125A

010D 010P 010C 050B

302C X4 To W2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid Wiring Harness

F

359

385A 574A

010A

264B 325

125B 115B

Diode Block Schematic

E6 R.H. Headlight

X6 To Control Panel Circuit Board

86

010C 010G 010K 010H 010L 010J 010M

010K 147D

X17 To E8 R.H. Work Light

562E S2 Seat Switch 539B 118C 010G

125D

125C

518B ** NOTE: The location of the S7 Park Brake connector moves from the side of the seat to the dash area when location of park brake changes. This also moves location of splice 562.

4 - 20

562C

586

594

546 **S7 Park Brake Switch

X18 To E1 L.H. Tail Light X20 To E1 L.H. Tail and E2 L.H. Hazard Lights X19 To E2 L.H. Hazard Light

010H 147B

X16 To E7 L.H. Work Light

6/26/00

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

WIRE COLOR CODES - 4500/4600/ 4700

WIRE COLOR CODES - 4500/4600/4700

Circuit Number

Wire Size

Color

Termination Points

050B

0.8

Blk

K1(85), W1

050C

0.8

Blk

K1(85), K4(85)

050D

0.8

Blk

K4(85), K5(85)

050E

0.8

Blk

K5(85), K6(85)

050F

0.8

Blk

K6(85), K7(85)

050G

0.8

Blk

K7(85), K8(85)

050J

0.8

Blk

Splice 050, X9(E)

Termination Points

050K

0.8

Blk

Splice 050, X6(D)

050L

0.8

Blk

B1, Splice 050

Serial Number Breaks for Main Wiring Harness: –LV4500C350026 –LV4500P352180 –LV4600C360016 –LV4600P362110 –LV4600H366080 –LV4700P170150 –LV4700H175050

Circuit Number

Wire Size

Color

002A

5.0

Red

M1, G2

072A

1.0

Red

X6(A), Splice 072

002B

5.0

Red

X1 (Fusible Link), K1(30)

072B

1.0

Red

S1, Splice 072

002C

5.0

Red

X1 (Fusible Link), Splice 002 (F1)

072C

0.8

Red

Splice 072, F5

072D

0.8

Red

Splice 072, G2

002D

2.0

Red

F2, K4 (30)

103

1.0

Org

S9, S8

010A

0.8

Blk

E6, Splice 010A

115A

1.0

Dk Grn

S8, Splice 115

010B

0.8

Blk

E5, Splice 010A

115B

0.8

Dk Grn

Splice 115, X7(D)

010C

2.0

Blk

W1, Splice 010B

115C

0.8

Dk Grn

Splice 115, X22

010D

0.8

Blk

DB1-7, W1

115D

1.0

Dk Grn

Splice 115, X13

010E

0.8

Blk

DB1-7, K2(85)

118A

1.0

Gry

F8, Splice 118

010F

0.5

Blk

K2(85), K3(85)

118B

0.8

Gry

Splice 118, X21

010G

0.8

Blk

Splice 010B, X20

118C

0.8

Gry

Splice 118, X18

010H

0.8

Blk

Splice 010B, X17

118D

1.0

Gry

Splice 118, X13

010J

2.0

Blk

Splice 010B, X13

119A

1.0

Wht

Splice 119, E6

010K

0.8

Blk

Splice 010B, X16

119B

1.0

Wht

Splice 119, E5

010L

0.8

Blk

Splice 010B, X23

119C

2.0

Wht

F7, Splice 119

010M

0.8

Blk

Splice 010B, X15

119D

0.8

Wht

Splice 119, X6(B)

010N

1.0

Blk

X4, Splice 010A

122A

1.0

Red

Splice 122, S8

010P

1.0

Blk

Splice 010A, W1

122B

3.0

Red

Splice 122, S9

010N

1.0

Blk

X4, W1

122C

3.0

Red

F3, Splice 122

010T

0.8

Blk

K3(85), R2

125A

1.0

Dk Grn

S8, Splice 125

012

5.0

Red

S1, F1

125B

0.8

Dk Grn

Splice 125, X7(E)

050A

1.0

Blk

W1, Splice 050

125C

0.8

Dk Grn

Splice 125, X19

6/27/00

4 - 21

WIRE COLOR CODES - 4500/4600/4700

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

Circuit Number

Wire Size

Color

Termination Points

Circuit Number

Wire Size

Color

Termination Points

125D

0.8

Dk Grn

Splice 125, X13

385C

0.5

Dk Grn

Splice 385, K1(86)

138A

2.0

Gry

S9, Splice 138

505

0.5

Dk Grn

X2, X3

138B

2.0

Gry

Splice 138, F7

518A

0.5

Gry

DB1- 6, K2(86)

138C

1.0

Gry

Splice 138, F8

518B

0.5

Gry

K2(86), X2

143

2.0

Org

S9, F6

521

0.5

Brn

DB1- 5, K4(86)

147A

2.0

Pur

F6, Splice 147

533

0.5

Org

K5(87), K6(87a)

147B

0.8

Pur

Splice 147, X17

539A

0.5

Wht

DB1- 4, DB1- 1

147C

2.0

Pur

Splice 147, X13

539B

0.5

Wht

S2, DB1- 4

147D

0.8

Pur

Splice 147, X16

546

0.5

Lt Blu

K5(30), S7

209

0.8

Wht

S1, X9(A)

556

0.5

Lt Blu

K6(86), DB1- 2

212

0.5

Red

S1, K7(86)

562A

0.8

Red

F5, Splice 562

222

2.0

Red

K7(87), X13

562B

0.5

Red

Splice 562, S5

238

0.8

Gry

K8(86), X9(B)

562C

0.5

Red

Splice 562, S7

247

0.8

Pur

X9(C), K8(87)

562D

0.5

Red

Splice 562, S5

252

2.0

Red

F2, K7(30)

562E

0.5

Red

Splice 562, S2

264A

0.8

Yel

K8(30), X9(D)

562F

0.5

Red

Splice 562, X5

264B

0.8

Yel

K8(30), X6(G)

562H

0.8

Red

Splice 562, X24

302A

1.0

Red

DB1- 8, Splice 302

572A

1.0

Red

S1, K2(30)

302B

1.0

Red

K4(87), Splice 302

572B

0.8

Red

K2(30), DB1- 3

302C

1.0

Red

Splice 302, X4

573A

0.5

Org

Splice 573, K5(86)

309

1.0

Wht

K2(87), M1

573B

0.5

Org

Splice 573, K6(30)

319

0.8

Wht

K3(87a), R2(+)

573D

0.5

Org

S5, Splice 573

325

0.8

Dk Grn

G2, X6(F)

573E

0.5

Org

Splice 573, X2

329A

1.0

Wht

X4, K3(30)

574A

0.5

Yel

Splice 574, X7(B)

329B

1.0

Wht

K3(30), K3(86)

574B

0.5

Yel

S5, Splice 574

334

0.8

Yel

G2, X7(A)

574C

0.5

Yel

Splice 574, X15

347

0.5

Pur

X6(J), B2

586

0.5

Lt Blu

S7, X6(K)

353

0.5

Org

X6(C), B1

594

0.5

Yel

X5, S7

359

0.5

Wht

X6(E), B3

383

3.0

Org

K1(87), R1

385A

0.8

Dk Grn

Splice 385, X7(C)

385B

0.8

Dk Grn

S1, Splice 385

4 - 22

6/27/00

TROUBLESHOOTING

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

Check ground circuit

●

Test battery and battery connections

●

● ●

●

●

See Manifold Heater Circuit Diagnosis

●

See Fuel Supply Circuit Diagnosis

●

See Charging Circuit Diagnosis

●

See Control Panel Indicator Diagnosis

●

6/27/00

● ●

●

●

● ●

See Lights Circuit Diagnosis Check for shorted circuit

Fuel gauge does not work properly

●

Headlight problem

See Cranking Circuit Diagnosis

Instrument lights problems

●

Engine will not run when operator leaves seat

●

Engine coolant temperature light problem

See Engine Shutoff Circuit Diagnosis

Discharge light problem

●

Battery goes dead, discharges or overcharges

●

Engine oil light problem

Engine cranks but will not start

See Power Circuit Diagnosis

Check or Solution

Improper component operating with switch

Starter cranking problems

Problem or Symptom

Engine will not shut off

TROUBLESHOOTING

●

●

●

●

4 - 23

THEORY AND DIAGNOSIS

THEORY AND DIAGNOSIS POWER CIRCUIT OPERATION Function: Provides unswitched and switched power to the primary components whenever the battery is connected. The power circuits are divided among the unswitched power circuit, switched power circuits (key switch in RUN, START, or AID positions), and secondary power circuits. The secondary power circuits become energized when switched power circuits energize relays, providing current paths to the secondary circuits. The secondary power circuits would not be energized if the relays controlling the current path(s) failed. Detailed Theory of Operation, Schematics, and Troubleshooting of circuits are provided throughout the electrical section. Unswitched Power: Voltage must be present at the following components with the key switch in the OFF position: • Battery Positive Terminal • Starting Motor Terminal B • F1 Fuse • Key Switch Terminal 1 • B Terminal of Alternator • Manifold Heater Relay Terminal 30 • Engine Run Relay Terminal 30 • F3 Fuse • Light Switch Terminal B • Turn Signal Switch Terminal 2 • F2 Fuse • Accessory Relay Terminal 30 The positive battery cable connects the battery to the starting motor. The starting motor bolt is used as the 12 Volt DC tie point for the rest of the electrical system. The battery cables and the starting motor tie point connections must be good for the vehicle electrical system to work properly. The ground cable and positive cable connections are equally important. Proper starting motor operation depends on these cables and connections to carry high current. With the exception of the B terminal of the alternator, the electrical circuit is protected by the fusible link beyond the starting motor tie point. The fusible link is a short piece of wire that is designed to fail if current load is too high or a short occurs. Switched Power - Run: In addition to the voltage present at the locations of the unswitched power circuits, voltage must be present at the following components with the key switch in the

4 - 24

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

RUN ("ON") position, transmission in NEUTRAL, PTO(s) in NEUTRAL, park brake ENGAGED, and operator NOT ON seat: • Key Switch Terminals 3, 4, and 5 • Alternator Terminal IG • F5 Fuse • PTO Switch Terminals A, G and H • X5 Connector (562F Red wire)

NOTE: X5 connector has jumper wire installed unless Mid PTO option is installed. • Park Brake Switch Terminals A, B, C and D • K5 Safety Relay Terminals 86 and 30 • K6 Safety Relay Terminal 30 • Seat Switch • X9 Connector Terminal A • Cruise Control Switch • X6 Connector Terminals A and K • X7 Connector Terminal A • Accessory Relay Terminal 86 • X3 Connector (573E Org wire); or, X2 Connector (505 Dk Grn wire [573E Org wire - models with only one transmission switch])

NOTE:

For older models: The S4 Transmission Neutral Switch is installed in collar shift gear drive (CST) and PowrReverser™ (PRT) tractors; a jumper wire is installed in the X2 connector, and the S3 Transmission Neutral Switch is not used. In hydrostatic drive (HST) tractors the S3 Transmission Neutral Switch is used, and a jumper wire is installed in the X3 connector eliminating the S4 switch. For newer models: There is only one main wiring harness connector (X2) for the transmission switch (S4). See serial number breaks on pages 20 and 21.

• Start Relay Terminal 86 • Diode Block Terminal 6 • Engine Run Relay Terminal 86 Secondary Switched Power - Run: Voltage must be present at the following components with the key switch in the RUN ("ON") position, transmission in NEUTRAL, PTO(s) in NEUTRAL, park brake ENGAGED, and operator NOT ON seat: • K5 Safety Relay Terminal 87 • K6 Safety Relay Terminal 87a • Engine Run Relay Terminal 87 • X4 Connector (302C Red wire)

6/27/00

POWER CIRCUIT - RUN / AID (OLD)

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

POWER CIRCUIT - RUN / AID (OLD) 002A Red

F3 Fuse

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

A 209 Wht

4 209 Wht 072A Red

F1 Fuse

072A Red

3 212 Red PTO On

A

7

072C Red

385B Dk Grn

Start Run Off Acc.

562B Red

F5 Fuse A

562A Red

B

S5 PTO Switch

562C Red 562E Red

C

385C Dk Grn

S1 Key Switch

Off

A

S6 Mid PTO Switch (Option)

On

Wht

518A Gry

6

X1 86

383 Org

30

85

87 87A

Org

518B Gry

87A 87

86

85

K2 Start Relay

X2

X3

505 Dk Grn

Dk Grn

X2 S3 Transmission Neutral Switch (HST Only)

Dk Grn

S4 Transmission Neutral Switch (PRT & CST) 302B Red

7

In Neutral In Gear X3 573E Org Org

8 302A Red

M1 Starting Motor Red

R1 Manifold Heater

V1 Diode Block

594B Yel

594A Yel

86

86

30

85

87 87A

85

302C Red

X4 Wht

Y1 Starting Motor Solenoid

SE1 - STARTING 6/26/00

85

87 87A

A

X7

X6

2 3

S8 Turn Signal Switch

4

S9 Light Switch

K7 Accessory Relay

222 Red A

X13 Trailer Connector

+

_

H4 Discharge Light

573B Org

t0

Q P3 Fuel Gauge

H7 Oil Pressure Light

P4 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

C

J

E

573A Org 546 Lt Blu 30

87 87A

573B Org

K5 Safety Relay

86

85

30

87 87A

X6 K6 Safety Relay

353 Org

Q

K10 Mid PTO Light Relay(Option)

On

X6

X6

347 Pur

359 Wht

546 Lt Blu 562C Red B

D 586 Lt Blu

586 Lt Blu

Secondary Switched Power SE3 - CHARGING

4 - 25

t0

B2 Engine Oil B3 Engine Coolant Pressure Temperature Switch (NC) Sensor

X6 K

C

S7 Park Brake Switch

SE2 - IGNITION

P

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

Off A

Switched Power

122B Red B

533 Org

Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid

Unswitched Power

30

A

573D Org

B

M

Off On Engage

S10 Cruise Control Switch

594B Yel

Pedal Depressed

30

Fusible Link

86

122A Red

Wht

Pedal Released

87 87A

85

K1 Manifold Heater Relay

K4 Engine Run Relay

V1 Diode Block

30

002E Red

521 Brn

5

86

072A Red

X5

002C Red 002B Red

2

3

334 Yel

X10

1

4

212 252 Red Red

X9

S2 Seat Switch

002E Red

L

G2 Alternator

(Operator On)

H5 Cold Start Light

(2) Road (3) Field

IG

B

X5

(Operator Off)

X7

G

A

562F Red

F2 Fuse

B

H

562D Red

Aid Off

002A Red

573D Org

G

385A Dk Grn

A

072D Red

002A Red

PTO Off

(0) Off (1) Hazard

(0) Right (1) Off (2) Left 1 Flasher

072D Red

5 072B Red

2

B

002D Red

212 Red

6

012 Red 1

122C Red

B

P

H6 Park Brake Light

Control Panel Circuit Board SE4 - ACCESSORIES

SE5 - INSTRUMENTATION

SE6 - LIGHTS

POWER CIRCUIT - RUN / AID (OLD)

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

POWER CIRCUIT - RUN / AID (OLD) 002A Red

F3 Fuse

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

A 209 Wht

4 209 Wht 072A Red

F1 Fuse

072A Red

3 212 Red PTO On

A

7

072C Red

385B Dk Grn

Start Run Off Acc.

562B Red

F5 Fuse A

562A Red

B

S5 PTO Switch

562C Red 562E Red

C

385C Dk Grn

S1 Key Switch

Off

A

S6 Mid PTO Switch (Option)

On

Wht

518A Gry

6

X1 86

383 Org

30

85

87 87A

Org

518B Gry

87A 87

86

85

K2 Start Relay

X2

X3

505 Dk Grn

Dk Grn

X2 S3 Transmission Neutral Switch (HST Only)

Dk Grn

S4 Transmission Neutral Switch (PRT & CST) 302B Red

7

In Neutral In Gear X3 573E Org Org

8 302A Red

M1 Starting Motor Red

R1 Manifold Heater

V1 Diode Block

594B Yel

594A Yel

86

86

30

85

87 87A

85

302C Red

X4 Wht

Y1 Starting Motor Solenoid

SE1 - STARTING 6/26/00

85

87 87A

A

X7

X6

2 3

S8 Turn Signal Switch

4

S9 Light Switch

K7 Accessory Relay

222 Red A

X13 Trailer Connector

+

_

H4 Discharge Light

573B Org

t0

Q P3 Fuel Gauge

H7 Oil Pressure Light

P4 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

C

J

E

573A Org 546 Lt Blu 30

87 87A

573B Org

K5 Safety Relay

86

85

30

87 87A

X6 K6 Safety Relay

353 Org

Q

K10 Mid PTO Light Relay(Option)

On

X6

X6

347 Pur

359 Wht

546 Lt Blu 562C Red B

D 586 Lt Blu

586 Lt Blu

Secondary Switched Power SE3 - CHARGING

4 - 25

t0

B2 Engine Oil B3 Engine Coolant Pressure Temperature Switch (NC) Sensor

X6 K

C

S7 Park Brake Switch

SE2 - IGNITION

P

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

Off A

Switched Power

122B Red B

533 Org

Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid

Unswitched Power

30

A

573D Org

B

M

Off On Engage

S10 Cruise Control Switch

594B Yel

Pedal Depressed

30

Fusible Link

86

122A Red

Wht

Pedal Released

87 87A

85

K1 Manifold Heater Relay

K4 Engine Run Relay

V1 Diode Block

30

002E Red

521 Brn

5

86

072A Red

X5

002C Red 002B Red

2

3

334 Yel

X10

1

4

212 252 Red Red

X9

S2 Seat Switch

002E Red

L

G2 Alternator

(Operator On)

H5 Cold Start Light

(2) Road (3) Field

IG

B

X5

(Operator Off)

X7

G

A

562F Red

F2 Fuse

B

H

562D Red

Aid Off

002A Red

573D Org

G

385A Dk Grn

A

072D Red

002A Red

PTO Off

(0) Off (1) Hazard

(0) Right (1) Off (2) Left 1 Flasher

072D Red

5 072B Red

2

B

002D Red

212 Red

6

012 Red 1

122C Red

B

P

H6 Park Brake Light

Control Panel Circuit Board SE4 - ACCESSORIES

SE5 - INSTRUMENTATION

SE6 - LIGHTS

POWER CIRCUIT - RUN / AID (OLD)

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

POWER CIRCUIT - RUN / AID (OLD) 002A Red

F3 Fuse

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

A 209 Wht

4 209 Wht 072A Red

F1 Fuse

072A Red

3 212 Red PTO On

A

7

072C Red

385B Dk Grn

Start Run Off Acc.

562B Red

F5 Fuse A

562A Red

B

S5 PTO Switch

562C Red 562E Red

C

385C Dk Grn

S1 Key Switch

Off

A

S6 Mid PTO Switch (Option)

On

Wht

518A Gry

6

X1 86

383 Org

30

85

87 87A

Org

518B Gry

87A 87

86

85

K2 Start Relay

X2

X3

505 Dk Grn

Dk Grn

X2 S3 Transmission Neutral Switch (HST Only)

Dk Grn

S4 Transmission Neutral Switch (PRT & CST) 302B Red

7

In Neutral In Gear X3 573E Org Org

8 302A Red

M1 Starting Motor Red

R1 Manifold Heater

V1 Diode Block

594B Yel

594A Yel

86

86

30

85

87 87A

85

302C Red

X4 Wht

Y1 Starting Motor Solenoid

SE1 - STARTING 6/26/00

85

87 87A

A

X7

X6

2 3

S8 Turn Signal Switch

4

S9 Light Switch

K7 Accessory Relay

222 Red A

X13 Trailer Connector

+

_

H4 Discharge Light

573B Org

t0

Q P3 Fuel Gauge

H7 Oil Pressure Light

P4 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

C

J

E

573A Org 546 Lt Blu 30

87 87A

573B Org

K5 Safety Relay

86

85

30

87 87A

X6 K6 Safety Relay

353 Org

Q

K10 Mid PTO Light Relay(Option)

On

X6

X6

347 Pur

359 Wht

546 Lt Blu 562C Red B

D 586 Lt Blu

586 Lt Blu

Secondary Switched Power SE3 - CHARGING

4 - 25

t0

B2 Engine Oil B3 Engine Coolant Pressure Temperature Switch (NC) Sensor

X6 K

C

S7 Park Brake Switch

SE2 - IGNITION

P

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

Off A

Switched Power

122B Red B

533 Org

Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid

Unswitched Power

30

A

573D Org

B

M

Off On Engage

S10 Cruise Control Switch

594B Yel

Pedal Depressed

30

Fusible Link

86

122A Red

Wht

Pedal Released

87 87A

85

K1 Manifold Heater Relay

K4 Engine Run Relay

V1 Diode Block

30

002E Red

521 Brn

5

86

072A Red

X5

002C Red 002B Red

2

3

334 Yel

X10

1

4

212 252 Red Red

X9

S2 Seat Switch

002E Red

L

G2 Alternator

(Operator On)

H5 Cold Start Light

(2) Road (3) Field

IG

B

X5

(Operator Off)

X7

G

A

562F Red

F2 Fuse

B

H

562D Red

Aid Off

002A Red

573D Org

G

385A Dk Grn

A

072D Red

002A Red

PTO Off

(0) Off (1) Hazard

(0) Right (1) Off (2) Left 1 Flasher

072D Red

5 072B Red

2

B

002D Red

212 Red

6

012 Red 1

122C Red

B

P

H6 Park Brake Light

Control Panel Circuit Board SE4 - ACCESSORIES

SE5 - INSTRUMENTATION

SE6 - LIGHTS

POWER CIRCUIT - START (OLD)

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

POWER CIRCUIT - START (OLD) 002A Red

F3 Fuse

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

A

122C Red

B

4 012 Red 1

6

2

5

B

002D Red 072A Red

F1 Fuse

072A Red

3 PTO On

A

7

072C Red

572A Red

562B Red

573D Org

G

Start Run Off Acc.

F5 Fuse A

562A Red

B

S5 PTO Switch

562C Red 562E Red

Aid Off

G

A

562F Red

S2 Seat Switch

002E Red 002A Red

002C Red 002B Red

572B Red 3

2

518A Gry 6

5

Off

86

30

85

87 87A

30

86

87 87A

85

30

86

87A 87 309 Wht

B

30

85

87 87A

Pedal Depressed Org

518B Gry

85

K2 Start Relay

Dk Grn

In Neutral In Gear X3 573E Org Org

Dk Grn

S4 Transmission Neutral Switch (PRT & CST)

S3 Transmission Neutral Switch (HST Only) 302B Red 8 302A Red

594B Yel 86

Red

594A Yel

86

85

SE1 - STARTING

X7

Wht

_

H4 Discharge Light

573B Org

H7 Oil Pressure Light

P4 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

546 Lt Blu 30

87 87A

573B Org

C

J

E

K5 Safety Relay

86

85

30

87 87A

X6 K6 Safety Relay

353 Org

Q

K10 Mid PTO Light Relay(Option)

On

X6

X6

347 Pur

359 Wht

D

A

586 Lt Blu

P

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

Off

562C Red

SE2 - IGNITION

P3 Fuel Gauge

573A Org

546 Lt Blu

Switched Power

t0

Q

87 87A

586 Lt Blu

t0

B2 Engine Oil B3 Engine Coolant Pressure Temperature Switch (NC) Sensor

X6 K

C

B

Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid

Unswitched Power

K7 Accessory Relay

533 Org 85

X4

Y1 Starting Motor Solenoid

30

302C Red

M M1 Starting Motor

A

X6

573D Org

A

V1 Diode Block

A

+

X3

505 Dk Grn

7

4

S9 Light Switch

072A Red

X2

X2

S8 Turn Signal Switch

594B Yel

86

Pedal Released

K1 Manifold Heater Relay Fusible Link

K4 Engine Run Relay

2

B

002E Red

521 Brn

X1 V1 Diode Block

122B Red

334 Yel

X5

556 Lt Blu

2

122A Red

3

252 Red

G2 Alternator

S6 Mid PTO Switch (Option)

On

1

4 3

L

(Operator On)

S1 Key Switch

(2) Road (3) Field

IG

B

X5

(Operator Off)

F2 Fuse

B

H

562D Red

A

072D Red

002A Red

PTO Off

(0) Off (1) Hazard

(0) Right (1) Off (2) Left 1 Flasher

072D Red

072B Red

S7 Park Brake Switch

Secondary Switched Power SE3 - CHARGING

4 - 26

P

H6 Park Brake Light

Control Panel Circuit Board SE4 - ACCESSORIES

SE5 - INSTRUMENTATION

SE6 - LIGHTS 6/26/00

POWER CIRCUIT - START (OLD)

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

POWER CIRCUIT - START (OLD) 002A Red

F3 Fuse

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

A

122C Red

B

4 012 Red 1

6

2

5

B

002D Red 072A Red

F1 Fuse

072A Red

3 PTO On

A

7

072C Red

572A Red

562B Red

573D Org

G

Start Run Off Acc.

F5 Fuse A

562A Red

B

S5 PTO Switch

562C Red 562E Red

Aid Off

G

A

562F Red

S2 Seat Switch

002E Red 002A Red

002C Red 002B Red

572B Red 3

2

518A Gry 6

5

Off

86

30

85

87 87A

30

86

87 87A

85

30

86

87A 87 309 Wht

B

30

85

87 87A

Pedal Depressed Org

518B Gry

85

K2 Start Relay

Dk Grn

In Neutral In Gear X3 573E Org Org

Dk Grn

S4 Transmission Neutral Switch (PRT & CST)

S3 Transmission Neutral Switch (HST Only) 302B Red 8 302A Red

594B Yel 86

Red

594A Yel

86

85

SE1 - STARTING

X7

Wht

_

H4 Discharge Light

573B Org

H7 Oil Pressure Light

P4 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

546 Lt Blu 30

87 87A

573B Org

C

J

E

K5 Safety Relay

86

85

30

87 87A

X6 K6 Safety Relay

353 Org

Q

K10 Mid PTO Light Relay(Option)

On

X6

X6

347 Pur

359 Wht

D

A

586 Lt Blu

P

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

Off

562C Red

SE2 - IGNITION

P3 Fuel Gauge

573A Org

546 Lt Blu

Switched Power

t0

Q

87 87A

586 Lt Blu

t0

B2 Engine Oil B3 Engine Coolant Pressure Temperature Switch (NC) Sensor

X6 K

C

B

Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid

Unswitched Power

K7 Accessory Relay

533 Org 85

X4

Y1 Starting Motor Solenoid

30

302C Red

M M1 Starting Motor

A

X6

573D Org

A

V1 Diode Block

A

+

X3

505 Dk Grn

7

4

S9 Light Switch

072A Red

X2

X2

S8 Turn Signal Switch

594B Yel

86

Pedal Released

K1 Manifold Heater Relay Fusible Link

K4 Engine Run Relay

2

B

002E Red

521 Brn

X1 V1 Diode Block

122B Red

334 Yel

X5

556 Lt Blu

2

122A Red

3

252 Red

G2 Alternator

S6 Mid PTO Switch (Option)

On

1

4 3

L

(Operator On)

S1 Key Switch

(2) Road (3) Field

IG

B

X5

(Operator Off)

F2 Fuse

B

H

562D Red

A

072D Red

002A Red

PTO Off

(0) Off (1) Hazard

(0) Right (1) Off (2) Left 1 Flasher

072D Red

072B Red

S7 Park Brake Switch

Secondary Switched Power SE3 - CHARGING

4 - 26

P

H6 Park Brake Light

Control Panel Circuit Board SE4 - ACCESSORIES

SE5 - INSTRUMENTATION

SE6 - LIGHTS 6/26/00

POWER CIRCUIT - START (OLD)

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

POWER CIRCUIT - START (OLD) 002A Red

F3 Fuse

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

A

122C Red

B

4 012 Red 1

6

2

5

B

002D Red 072A Red

F1 Fuse

072A Red

3 PTO On

A

7

072C Red

572A Red

562B Red

573D Org

G

Start Run Off Acc.

F5 Fuse A

562A Red

B

S5 PTO Switch

562C Red 562E Red

Aid Off

G

A

562F Red

S2 Seat Switch

002E Red 002A Red

002C Red 002B Red

572B Red 3

2

518A Gry 6

5

Off

86

30

85

87 87A

30

86

87 87A

85

30

86

87A 87 309 Wht

B

30

85

87 87A

Pedal Depressed Org

518B Gry

85

K2 Start Relay

Dk Grn

In Neutral In Gear X3 573E Org Org

Dk Grn

S4 Transmission Neutral Switch (PRT & CST)

S3 Transmission Neutral Switch (HST Only) 302B Red 8 302A Red

594B Yel 86

Red

594A Yel

86

85

SE1 - STARTING

X7

Wht

_

H4 Discharge Light

573B Org

H7 Oil Pressure Light

P4 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

546 Lt Blu 30

87 87A

573B Org

C

J

E

K5 Safety Relay

86

85

30

87 87A

X6 K6 Safety Relay

353 Org

Q

K10 Mid PTO Light Relay(Option)

On

X6

X6

347 Pur

359 Wht

D

A

586 Lt Blu

P

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

Off

562C Red

SE2 - IGNITION

P3 Fuel Gauge

573A Org

546 Lt Blu

Switched Power

t0

Q

87 87A

586 Lt Blu

t0

B2 Engine Oil B3 Engine Coolant Pressure Temperature Switch (NC) Sensor

X6 K

C

B

Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid

Unswitched Power

K7 Accessory Relay

533 Org 85

X4

Y1 Starting Motor Solenoid

30

302C Red

M M1 Starting Motor

A

X6

573D Org

A

V1 Diode Block

A

+

X3

505 Dk Grn

7

4

S9 Light Switch

072A Red

X2

X2

S8 Turn Signal Switch

594B Yel

86

Pedal Released

K1 Manifold Heater Relay Fusible Link

K4 Engine Run Relay

2

B

002E Red

521 Brn

X1 V1 Diode Block

122B Red

334 Yel

X5

556 Lt Blu

2

122A Red

3

252 Red

G2 Alternator

S6 Mid PTO Switch (Option)

On

1

4 3

L

(Operator On)

S1 Key Switch

(2) Road (3) Field

IG

B

X5

(Operator Off)

F2 Fuse

B

H

562D Red

A

072D Red

002A Red

PTO Off

(0) Off (1) Hazard

(0) Right (1) Off (2) Left 1 Flasher

072D Red

072B Red

S7 Park Brake Switch

Secondary Switched Power SE3 - CHARGING

4 - 26

P

H6 Park Brake Light

Control Panel Circuit Board SE4 - ACCESSORIES

SE5 - INSTRUMENTATION

SE6 - LIGHTS 6/26/00

POWER CIRCUIT - RUN / AID (NEW)

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

POWER CIRCUIT - RUN / AID (NEW) 002A Red

F3 Fuse

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

A A

072A Red

F1 Fuse

072C Red

385B Dk Grn

X24

562H Red

F5 Fuse A

562A Red

B

C

H5 Cold Start Light

S1 Key Switch

002C Red 002B Red

518A Gry

6

X1 86

87 87A

85

K1 Manifold Heater Relay

K4 Engine Run Relay

On

A

383 Org

X5

X10

002E Red

87A 87

86

30

85

87 87A

K2 Start Relay

Red

Y1 Starting Motor Solenoid

SE1 - STARTING 6/26/00

A

X7

X6

+

4

S9 Light Switch

K7 Accessory Relay

222 Red A

X13 Trailer Connector

_

t0

Q

H4 Discharge Light

546 Lt Blu 86

8 302A Red

V1 Diode Block

30

85

302C Red

87 87A

573B Org

P3 Fuel Gauge

H7 Oil Pressure Light

P4 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

C

J

E

K5 Safety Relay

86

85

30

87 87A

X6 K6 Safety Relay

353 Org

Q On

Wht

Serial Numbers for Use: LV4500C350026LV4500P352180LV4600C360016LV4600P362110LV4600H366080LV4700H170150LV4700P170050-

X6

347 Pur

359 Wht

546 Lt Blu A

562C Red B

Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid

D 586 Lt Blu

586 Lt Blu

Secondary Switched Power SE3 - CHARGING

4 - 27

t0

B2 Engine Oil B3 Engine Coolant Pressure Temperature Switch (NC) Sensor

X6 K

C

S7 Park Brake Switch

SE2 - IGNITION

P

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

Off 594 Yel

Switched Power

X6

533 Org

X4

Unswitched Power

S8 Turn Signal Switch

573A Org

302B Red 7

87 87A

A

573B Org

573E Org

B

R1 Manifold Heater

Off On Engage

S10 Cruise Control Switch

594 Yel

X2 S3 Transmission Neutral Switch (All Tractors)

85

85

2

B

Wht

573E Org

X2

86

30

072A Red

573D Org

518B Gry

86

334 Yel

Wht

In Neutral In Gear

30

Fusible Link

Off

521 Brn

5

V1 Diode Block

30

G2 Alternator

S6 Mid PTO Switch (Option)

122B Red

3

212 252 Red Red

X9

S2 Seat Switch

002E Red

L

X5

(Operator On)

122A Red

IG

B

(Operator Off)

X7 385C Dk Grn

G S5 PTO Switch

562C Red 562E Red

2

3

H

A

562F Red

1

4

573D Org

G

385A Dk Grn

072D Red

002A Red

PTO Off

562B Red 562D Red

Aid Off

M1 Starting Motor

(2) Road (3) Field

PTO On 7 Start Run Off Acc.

M

(0) Off (1) Hazard

(0) Right (1) Off (2) Left 1 Flasher

3 212 Red

A

002A Red

B

072A Red

072D Red

5 072B Red

2

B

212 Red

6

012 Red 1

F2 Fuse

209 Wht

4 209 Wht

122C Red

B

P

H6 Park Brake Light

Control Panel Circuit Board SE4 - ACCESSORIES

SE5 - INSTRUMENTATION

SE6 - LIGHTS

POWER CIRCUIT - RUN / AID (NEW)

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

POWER CIRCUIT - RUN / AID (NEW) 002A Red

F3 Fuse

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

A A

072A Red

F1 Fuse

072C Red

385B Dk Grn

X24

562H Red

F5 Fuse A

562A Red

B

C

H5 Cold Start Light

S1 Key Switch

002C Red 002B Red

518A Gry

6

X1 86

87 87A

85

K1 Manifold Heater Relay

K4 Engine Run Relay

On

A

383 Org

X5

X10

002E Red

87A 87

86

30

85

87 87A

K2 Start Relay

Red

Y1 Starting Motor Solenoid

SE1 - STARTING 6/26/00

A

X7

X6

+

4

S9 Light Switch

K7 Accessory Relay

222 Red A

X13 Trailer Connector

_

t0

Q

H4 Discharge Light

546 Lt Blu 86

8 302A Red

V1 Diode Block

30

85

302C Red

87 87A

573B Org

P3 Fuel Gauge

H7 Oil Pressure Light

P4 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

C

J

E

K5 Safety Relay

86

85

30

87 87A

X6 K6 Safety Relay

353 Org

Q On

Wht

Serial Numbers for Use: LV4500C350026LV4500P352180LV4600C360016LV4600P362110LV4600H366080LV4700H170150LV4700P170050-

X6

347 Pur

359 Wht

546 Lt Blu A

562C Red B

Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid

D 586 Lt Blu

586 Lt Blu

Secondary Switched Power SE3 - CHARGING

4 - 27

t0

B2 Engine Oil B3 Engine Coolant Pressure Temperature Switch (NC) Sensor

X6 K

C

S7 Park Brake Switch

SE2 - IGNITION

P

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

Off 594 Yel

Switched Power

X6

533 Org

X4

Unswitched Power

S8 Turn Signal Switch

573A Org

302B Red 7

87 87A

A

573B Org

573E Org

B

R1 Manifold Heater

Off On Engage

S10 Cruise Control Switch

594 Yel

X2 S3 Transmission Neutral Switch (All Tractors)

85

85

2

B

Wht

573E Org

X2

86

30

072A Red

573D Org

518B Gry

86

334 Yel

Wht

In Neutral In Gear

30

Fusible Link

Off

521 Brn

5

V1 Diode Block

30

G2 Alternator

S6 Mid PTO Switch (Option)

122B Red

3

212 252 Red Red

X9

S2 Seat Switch

002E Red

L

X5

(Operator On)

122A Red

IG

B

(Operator Off)

X7 385C Dk Grn

G S5 PTO Switch

562C Red 562E Red

2

3

H

A

562F Red

1

4

573D Org

G

385A Dk Grn

072D Red

002A Red

PTO Off

562B Red 562D Red

Aid Off

M1 Starting Motor

(2) Road (3) Field

PTO On 7 Start Run Off Acc.

M

(0) Off (1) Hazard

(0) Right (1) Off (2) Left 1 Flasher

3 212 Red

A

002A Red

B

072A Red

072D Red

5 072B Red

2

B

212 Red

6

012 Red 1

F2 Fuse

209 Wht

4 209 Wht

122C Red

B

P

H6 Park Brake Light

Control Panel Circuit Board SE4 - ACCESSORIES

SE5 - INSTRUMENTATION

SE6 - LIGHTS

POWER CIRCUIT - RUN / AID (NEW)

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

POWER CIRCUIT - RUN / AID (NEW) 002A Red

F3 Fuse

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

A A

072A Red

F1 Fuse

072C Red

385B Dk Grn

X24

562H Red

F5 Fuse A

562A Red

B

C

H5 Cold Start Light

S1 Key Switch

002C Red 002B Red

518A Gry

6

X1 86

87 87A

85

K1 Manifold Heater Relay

K4 Engine Run Relay

On

A

383 Org

X5

X10

002E Red

87A 87

86

30

85

87 87A

K2 Start Relay

Red

Y1 Starting Motor Solenoid

SE1 - STARTING 6/26/00

A

X7

X6

+

4

S9 Light Switch

K7 Accessory Relay

222 Red A

X13 Trailer Connector

_

t0

Q

H4 Discharge Light

546 Lt Blu 86

8 302A Red

V1 Diode Block

30

85

302C Red

87 87A

573B Org

P3 Fuel Gauge

H7 Oil Pressure Light

P4 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

C

J

E

K5 Safety Relay

86

85

30

87 87A

X6 K6 Safety Relay

353 Org

Q On

Wht

Serial Numbers for Use: LV4500C350026LV4500P352180LV4600C360016LV4600P362110LV4600H366080LV4700H170150LV4700P170050-

X6

347 Pur

359 Wht

546 Lt Blu A

562C Red B

Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid

D 586 Lt Blu

586 Lt Blu

Secondary Switched Power SE3 - CHARGING

4 - 27

t0

B2 Engine Oil B3 Engine Coolant Pressure Temperature Switch (NC) Sensor

X6 K

C

S7 Park Brake Switch

SE2 - IGNITION

P

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

Off 594 Yel

Switched Power

X6

533 Org

X4

Unswitched Power

S8 Turn Signal Switch

573A Org

302B Red 7

87 87A

A

573B Org

573E Org

B

R1 Manifold Heater

Off On Engage

S10 Cruise Control Switch

594 Yel

X2 S3 Transmission Neutral Switch (All Tractors)

85

85

2

B

Wht

573E Org

X2

86

30

072A Red

573D Org

518B Gry

86

334 Yel

Wht

In Neutral In Gear

30

Fusible Link

Off

521 Brn

5

V1 Diode Block

30

G2 Alternator

S6 Mid PTO Switch (Option)

122B Red

3

212 252 Red Red

X9

S2 Seat Switch

002E Red

L

X5

(Operator On)

122A Red

IG

B

(Operator Off)

X7 385C Dk Grn

G S5 PTO Switch

562C Red 562E Red

2

3

H

A

562F Red

1

4

573D Org

G

385A Dk Grn

072D Red

002A Red

PTO Off

562B Red 562D Red

Aid Off

M1 Starting Motor

(2) Road (3) Field

PTO On 7 Start Run Off Acc.

M

(0) Off (1) Hazard

(0) Right (1) Off (2) Left 1 Flasher

3 212 Red

A

002A Red

B

072A Red

072D Red

5 072B Red

2

B

212 Red

6

012 Red 1

F2 Fuse

209 Wht

4 209 Wht

122C Red

B

P

H6 Park Brake Light

Control Panel Circuit Board SE4 - ACCESSORIES

SE5 - INSTRUMENTATION

SE6 - LIGHTS

POWER CIRCUIT - START (NEW)

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

POWER CIRCUIT - START (NEW) 002A Red

F3 Fuse

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

A A

F2 Fuse

4 012 Red 1

6

2

5

B

B 072A Red

F1 Fuse

072A Red

072C Red

572A Red

X24

573D Org

A

562A Red

B

S5 PTO Switch

562C Red 562E Red

Aid Off

G

A

562F Red

S2 Seat Switch

002E Red 002C Red 002B Red

572B Red 3

2

518A Gry 6

5

Off

87 87A

87A 87 309 Wht

B

86

85

30

85

87 87A

573E Org

X7

86

8 302A Red

30

85

302C Red

87 87A

573B Org

M

K5 Safety Relay

86

85

30

87 87A

K6 Safety Relay

SE1 - STARTING

H7 Oil Pressure Light

P4 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

C

J

E

353 Org

Q

Wht

Serial Numbers for Use: LV4500C350026LV4500P352180LV4600C360016LV4600P362110LV4600H366080LV4700H170150LV4700P170050-

546 Lt Blu D

A

562C Red

347 Pur

359 Wht

586 Lt Blu

586 Lt Blu

t0

B2 Engine Oil B3 Engine Coolant Pressure Temperature Switch (NC) Sensor

X6 K

C

B

Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid

SE2 - IGNITION

X6

P

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

Off 594 Yel

Switched Power

X6

533 Org

On

Unswitched Power

P3 Fuel Gauge

X6

X4

Y1 Starting Motor Solenoid

t0

Q

H4 Discharge Light

546 Lt Blu 302B Red

7

_

573A Org

V1 Diode Block

Red

A

X6

573B Org

A

M1 Starting Motor

A

+

X2 S3 Transmission Neutral Switch (All Tractors)

K2 Start Relay

87 87A

K7 Accessory Relay

594 Yel

86

573E Org

X2

85

4

S9 Light Switch

072A Red

573D Org

518B Gry 30

Fusible Link

S6 Mid PTO Switch (Option)

In Neutral In Gear

K1 Manifold Heater Relay

30

S8 Turn Signal Switch

002E Red

521 Brn

K4 Engine Run Relay

86

2

B

334 Yel

556 Lt Blu

V1 Diode Block

122B Red

3

252 Red

X5

X1 30

On

L

G2 Alternator

X5

S1 Key Switch

2

122A Red

IG

B

(Operator Off) (Operator On)

1

4 3

H

562D Red

F5 Fuse

072D Red

002A Red

PTO Off

562B Red

562H Red

G

Start Run Off Acc.

85

(2) Road (3) Field

PTO On 7

86

(0) Off (1) Hazard

(0) Right (1) Off (2) Left 1 Flasher

072D Red

072B Red

3

A

002A Red

122C Red

B

S7 Park Brake Switch

Secondary Switched Power SE3 - CHARGING

4 - 28

P

H6 Park Brake Light

Control Panel Circuit Board SE4 - ACCESSORIES

SE5 - INSTRUMENTATION

SE6 - LIGHTS 6/26/00

POWER CIRCUIT - START (NEW)

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

POWER CIRCUIT - START (NEW) 002A Red

F3 Fuse

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

A A

F2 Fuse

4 012 Red 1

6

2

5

B

B 072A Red

F1 Fuse

072A Red

072C Red

572A Red

X24

573D Org

A

562A Red

B

S5 PTO Switch

562C Red 562E Red

Aid Off

G

A

562F Red

S2 Seat Switch

002E Red 002C Red 002B Red

572B Red 3

2

518A Gry 6

5

Off

87 87A

87A 87 309 Wht

B

86

85

30

85

87 87A

573E Org

X7

86

8 302A Red

30

85

302C Red

87 87A

573B Org

M

K5 Safety Relay

86

85

30

87 87A

K6 Safety Relay

SE1 - STARTING

H7 Oil Pressure Light

P4 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

C

J

E

353 Org

Q

Wht

Serial Numbers for Use: LV4500C350026LV4500P352180LV4600C360016LV4600P362110LV4600H366080LV4700H170150LV4700P170050-

546 Lt Blu D

A

562C Red

347 Pur

359 Wht

586 Lt Blu

586 Lt Blu

t0

B2 Engine Oil B3 Engine Coolant Pressure Temperature Switch (NC) Sensor

X6 K

C

B

Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid

SE2 - IGNITION

X6

P

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

Off 594 Yel

Switched Power

X6

533 Org

On

Unswitched Power

P3 Fuel Gauge

X6

X4

Y1 Starting Motor Solenoid

t0

Q

H4 Discharge Light

546 Lt Blu 302B Red

7

_

573A Org

V1 Diode Block

Red

A

X6

573B Org

A

M1 Starting Motor

A

+

X2 S3 Transmission Neutral Switch (All Tractors)

K2 Start Relay

87 87A

K7 Accessory Relay

594 Yel

86

573E Org

X2

85

4

S9 Light Switch

072A Red

573D Org

518B Gry 30

Fusible Link

S6 Mid PTO Switch (Option)

In Neutral In Gear

K1 Manifold Heater Relay

30

S8 Turn Signal Switch

002E Red

521 Brn

K4 Engine Run Relay

86

2

B

334 Yel

556 Lt Blu

V1 Diode Block

122B Red

3

252 Red

X5

X1 30

On

L

G2 Alternator

X5

S1 Key Switch

2

122A Red

IG

B

(Operator Off) (Operator On)

1

4 3

H

562D Red

F5 Fuse

072D Red

002A Red

PTO Off

562B Red

562H Red

G

Start Run Off Acc.

85

(2) Road (3) Field

PTO On 7

86

(0) Off (1) Hazard

(0) Right (1) Off (2) Left 1 Flasher

072D Red

072B Red

3

A

002A Red

122C Red

B

S7 Park Brake Switch

Secondary Switched Power SE3 - CHARGING

4 - 28

P

H6 Park Brake Light

Control Panel Circuit Board SE4 - ACCESSORIES

SE5 - INSTRUMENTATION

SE6 - LIGHTS 6/26/00

POWER CIRCUIT - START (NEW)

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

POWER CIRCUIT - START (NEW) 002A Red

F3 Fuse

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

A A

F2 Fuse

4 012 Red 1

6

2

5

B

B 072A Red

F1 Fuse

072A Red

072C Red

572A Red

X24

573D Org

A

562A Red

B

S5 PTO Switch

562C Red 562E Red

Aid Off

G

A

562F Red

S2 Seat Switch

002E Red 002C Red 002B Red

572B Red 3

2

518A Gry 6

5

Off

87 87A

87A 87 309 Wht

B

86

85

30

85

87 87A

573E Org

X7

86

8 302A Red

30

85

302C Red

87 87A

573B Org

M

K5 Safety Relay

86

85

30

87 87A

K6 Safety Relay

SE1 - STARTING

H7 Oil Pressure Light

P4 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

C

J

E

353 Org

Q

Wht

Serial Numbers for Use: LV4500C350026LV4500P352180LV4600C360016LV4600P362110LV4600H366080LV4700H170150LV4700P170050-

546 Lt Blu D

A

562C Red

347 Pur

359 Wht

586 Lt Blu

586 Lt Blu

t0

B2 Engine Oil B3 Engine Coolant Pressure Temperature Switch (NC) Sensor

X6 K

C

B

Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid

SE2 - IGNITION

X6

P

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

Off 594 Yel

Switched Power

X6

533 Org

On

Unswitched Power

P3 Fuel Gauge

X6

X4

Y1 Starting Motor Solenoid

t0

Q

H4 Discharge Light

546 Lt Blu 302B Red

7

_

573A Org

V1 Diode Block

Red

A

X6

573B Org

A

M1 Starting Motor

A

+

X2 S3 Transmission Neutral Switch (All Tractors)

K2 Start Relay

87 87A

K7 Accessory Relay

594 Yel

86

573E Org

X2

85

4

S9 Light Switch

072A Red

573D Org

518B Gry 30

Fusible Link

S6 Mid PTO Switch (Option)

In Neutral In Gear

K1 Manifold Heater Relay

30

S8 Turn Signal Switch

002E Red

521 Brn

K4 Engine Run Relay

86

2

B

334 Yel

556 Lt Blu

V1 Diode Block

122B Red

3

252 Red

X5

X1 30

On

L

G2 Alternator

X5

S1 Key Switch

2

122A Red

IG

B

(Operator Off) (Operator On)

1

4 3

H

562D Red

F5 Fuse

072D Red

002A Red

PTO Off

562B Red

562H Red

G

Start Run Off Acc.

85

(2) Road (3) Field

PTO On 7

86

(0) Off (1) Hazard

(0) Right (1) Off (2) Left 1 Flasher

072D Red

072B Red

3

A

002A Red

122C Red

B

S7 Park Brake Switch

Secondary Switched Power SE3 - CHARGING

4 - 28

P

H6 Park Brake Light

Control Panel Circuit Board SE4 - ACCESSORIES

SE5 - INSTRUMENTATION

SE6 - LIGHTS 6/26/00

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

POWER CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC

Switched Power - Aid: Voltage must be present at the following components with the key switch in the AID position (key pushed in when placed in the RUN or START position), transmission in NEUTRAL, PTO(s) in NEUTRAL, park brake ENGAGED, and operator NOT ON seat: • Key Switch Terminal 7 • Manifold Heater Relay Terminal 86 These circuits are controlled by the key switch and are protected by the fusible link and the F1 fuse. Secondary Switched Power - Aid: Voltage must be present at the following components with the key switch in the AID position (key pushed in when placed in the RUN or START position): • Manifold Heater Relay Terminal 87 • Manifold Heater See “MANIFOLD HEATER OPERATION” on page36. Switched Power - Start: Voltage must be present at the following components with the key switch in the START position, transmission in NEUTRAL, PTO(s) in NEUTRAL, park brake ENGAGED, and operator NOT ON seat: • Key Switch Terminals 5 and 6 • Start Relay Terminal 30 • Diode Block Terminal 3 • K6 Safety Relay Terminal 86 • Start Relay Coil (If start criteria are met)

NOTE:

These components are in addition to the components that would have power with the key switch in the RUN position. However, voltage would not be present at the cruise control switch, or at the accessory relay (terminal 86) with the key switch in the START position.

Secondary Switched Power - Start: Voltage must be present at the following components with the key switch in the START position, transmission in NEUTRAL, PTO(s) in NEUTRAL, park brake ENGAGED, and operator NOT ON seat: • Start Relay Terminal 87 • Starting Motor Terminal A See “CRANKING CIRCUIT OPERATION” on page36.

6/27/00

4 - 29

POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS Test Conditions: • Key switch in OFF position • Park brake ENGAGED Test/Check Point

• Transmission in NEUTRAL • PTO DISENGAGED Normal

If Not Normal

1. Starting motor battery (B) terminal

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check cable to battery. Test battery.

2. Alternator (B terminal)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 002A Red cable and connections.

3. Fuse block (F1 fuse)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check fusible link, 002C Red wire and connections.

4. Fuse block (F3 fuse)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check internal fuse connection in load center (tie to F1 fuse).

5. Fuse block (F2 fuse)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 002D Red wire and connections.

6. Accessory relay socket

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check F2 fuse, 252 Red wire and connections.

7. Turn signal switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check F3 fuse, 122C and 122A Red wires and connections.

8. Light switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check F3 fuse, 122C and 122B Red wires and connections.

9. Key switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check F1 fuse, 012 Red wire and connections.

10. Manifold heater relay socket (terminal 30)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check fusible link, 002B Red wire and connections.

11. Engine run relay socket (terminal 30)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check fusible link, 002E Red wire and connections.

Test Conditions: • Key switch in RUN position • Engine OFF

• Park brake ENGAGED • Transmission in NEUTRAL • PTO DISENGAGED

12. Key switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test key switch. (See “KEY SWITCH TEST” on page 95.) Replace switch as necessary.

13. Key switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test key switch. (See “KEY SWITCH TEST” on page 95.) Replace switch as necessary.

14. Key switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test key switch. (See “KEY SWITCH TEST” on page 95.) Replace switch as necessary.

15. Fuseblock (F5 fuse)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 072A and 072B Red wires and connections.

4 - 30

6/27/00

POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

002A Red

2

002C Red 002B Red Fusible Link G2 Alternator

1

M1 Starting Motor

072B Red

G1 Battery

072C Red 3

5

4

1

2

3

15

A

86 30

87A

87

002B Red

B

9

A

85

11

4

10

5 11

6

8

7 12

B Fuseblock

K1 Manifold Heater Relay (Socket terminal 30) 6 86 30

87A

87

85

10

252 Red 122C Red

86

30

87A

87

002E Red

85

K4 Engine Run Relay (Socket terminal 30)

072B Red

K7 Accessory Relay (Socket terminal 30)

12 209 Wht 13 212 Red

7 122A Red

14 012 Red S1 Key Switch S8 Turn Signal Switch 9

122B Red 8

6/27/00

S9 Light Switch

4 - 31

POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS

Test/Check Point

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

Normal

If Not Normal

16. Seat switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check F5 fuse, 562A and 562E Red wires and connections.

17. Park brake switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 562C Red wire and connections.

18. Mid PTO switch (Option)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 562F Red wire and connections.

19. Mid PTO switch (Option)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Ensure Mid PTO is DISENGAGED. Test switch. (See “MID PTO SWITCH TEST” on page 98.)

20. Mid PTO relay socket (terminal 86)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 594B Yel wire and connections.

21. Park brake switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 594A Yel wire and connections.

22. Park brake switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Ensure park brake is ENGAGED. Test switch. (See “PARK BRAKE SWITCH TEST” on page 102.)

23. K5 Safety relay socket (terminal 30)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 546 Lt Blu wire and connections.

24. PTO switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 562B Red wire and connections.

25. PTO switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 562D Red wire and connections.

26. PTO switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Ensure PTO switch is in OFF position. Test switch. (See “PTO SWITCH TEST” on page 99.)

27. X3 connector

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 573D and 573E Org wires and connections.

NOTE: The following two steps are for Hydrostatic (HST) tractors. The X3 connector is fitted with a plug and jumper wire. For PowrReverser™ (PRT) and Gear Collar Shift (CST) tractors see step 33. 28. S3 transmission neutral switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check X3 connector and jumper wire, 505 Dk Grn wire, X4 and connections.

29. S3 transmission neutral switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Ensure forward pedal linkage is depressing switch, adjust switch position if needed. Test switch. (See “TRANSMISSION NEUTRAL SWITCH TEST – HST” on page 97.)

30. Start relay socket (terminal 86)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 518B Gry wire and connections.

31. K6 safety relay (terminal 30)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 573B Org wires and connections.

32. K5 safety relay (terminal 86)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 573A Org wires and connections.

NOTE: The following two steps are for and PowrReverser™ (PRT) Gear Collar Shift (CST) tractors. The X2 connector is fitted with a plug and jumper wire. For Hydrostatic (HST) tractors see step 28.

4 - 32

6/27/00

POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

A 1 B

3

2

9

A

6

5

4

10

11

7

S2 Seat Switch

8

12

B Fuseblock 562E Red

562A Red

562E Red

16

562C Red S5 PTO Switch

562D Red

562F Red

25 562B Red 21 573D Org

594A Yel

24

26

546 Lt Blu S7 Park Brake Switch 22 18

17

X5 86

594B Yel

30

87A

87

20

K10 Mid PTO Relay (Socket terminal 86)

85

S6 Mid PTO Switch 19 (Option)

Hydrostatic (HST) Power Circuit

X3

27

573E Org

505 Dk Grn

573B Org

Plug and Jumper Wire

X2

573A Org

546 Lt Blu 86

518B Gry

30

23

87A

87

32

30

85

S3 Transmission Neutral Switch (HST Only)

85

K5 Safety Relay (Socket terminal 30 & 86)

30

29

87A

85

K6 Safety Relay (Socket terminal 30)

87

87A

87

30

86

86

31

28

6/27/00

Note: X3 and jumper used in "OLD" harness only.

K2 Start Relay (Socket terminal 86)

4 - 33

POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS

Test/Check Point

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

Normal

If Not Normal

33. S3 Transmission neutral switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Ensure rear PTO is DISENGAGED. Check 573D and 573E Org wires and connections.

34. S3 Transmission neutral switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Ensure transmission is in NEUTRAL. Test switch. (See “TRANSMISSION NEUTRAL SWITCH TEST – CST & PRT” on page 96.)

35. Start relay socket (terminal 86)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 505 Dk Grn wire, X2 connector and jumper wire, 518B Gry wire and connections.

36. Diode block socket (terminal 6)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 518A Gry wire and connections.

37. Engine run relay socket (terminal 86)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Ensure diode block is fully seated. Test diode block. (See “DIODE BLOCK TEST” on page 94.) Check 521 Brn wire and connections.

38. X6 connector to control panel

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 072B and 072A Red wires and connections.

39. Park brake switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Ensure park brake is ENGAGED. Test switch. (See “PARK BRAKE SWITCH TEST” on page 102.) Check F5 fuse, 562A and 562C Red wires and connections.

40. X6 connector to control panel

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 586 Lt Blu wire and connections.

41. Alternator IG Terminal

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 072B and 072D Red wires and connections.

42. Key switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test key switch. (See “KEY SWITCH TEST” on page 95.)

43. X9 connector

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 209 Wht wire and connections.

Test Conditions: Secondary Power

NOTE: The following test is the fuel shutoff solenoid that receives power after the K4 relay is activated when voltage is provided to the relay coil. The circuit needs to have the K4 relay in place to perform these tests. For further detail. See “FUEL SUPPLY OPERATION” on page 42, and “ENGINE SHUTOFF CIRCUIT OPERATION” on page48. • Key switch in RUN position • Engine OFF 44. X4 connector to fuel shutoff solenoid

4 - 34

• Park brake ENGAGED • Transmission in NEUTRAL • PTO DISENGAGED 12.4 - 13.2 VDC Note: Battery voltage can not be tested at the diode block socket, as the diode block needs to be in place to energize the engine run relay coil.

Ensure K4 engine run relay coil is powered. See step 37. Check engine run relay. (See “RELAY TEST” on page 91.) Check 302B and 302C Red wires and connections.

6/27/00

POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

V1 Diode Block (Socket terminal 6)

X3 "Old"; X2 "New"

1

4

7

573E Org

5

302A Red

Gear (CST) and PowrReverser™ (PRT) Power Circuit

2

8 3

6

9

33 518A Gry

37

X2

86

518B Gry

35

30

87A

Plug and Jumper Wire

86 87A

87

Note: Plug and jumper used in "OLD" harness only.

K2 Start Relay (Socket terminal 86)

85

K4 Engine Run Relay (Socket terminal 86)

30

85

302C Red

S3 Transmission Neutral Switch Connector (PRT and CST)

521 Brn

87

302B Red

34

505 Dk Grn

36

586 Lt Blu

44

562C Red S7 Park Brake Switch X4 To Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid

38 39 072A Red

40

072B Red

S1 Key Switch

42

X6 W1 Main Wiring Harness To Control Panel

072D Red 209 Wht

G2 Alternator Connector

072C Red

41

A 1 B A

2

9

3 10

4

5 11

6

7

G2 Alternator

8

12 43

B 209 Wht Fuseblock X9-To W5 Cruise Control Wiring Harness 562A Red

6/27/00

562C Red

4 - 35

CRANKING CIRCUIT OPERATION

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

CRANKING CIRCUIT OPERATION

MANIFOLD HEATER OPERATION

Function:

Function:

To energize the starting motor solenoid and engage the starting motor to crank the engine.

To provide an added source of heat for combustion. Operating Conditions:

Operating Conditions: • Key switch in START position • Transmission in NEUTRAL • Rear PTO DISENGAGED (disengages mid PTO) Theory of Operation: The power circuit (fusible link, 002C Red wire, F1 fuse, and 012 Red wire) provides voltage to the key switch. When placed in the START position the key switch provides current to the start relay contact (572A Red to terminal 30 of start relay). The start relay coil is energized through a circuit consisting of: the key switch (terminal 5), 072B and 072C Red wires, F5 fuse, 562A and 562B Red wires, PTO switch (OFF position), 573D and 573E Org wires, S4 transmission neutral switch, 505 Dk Grn wire, X2 with jumper wire, and 518B Gry wire on PRT and CST tractors; or, X3 with jumper wire, 505 Dk Grn wire, X2, S3 transmission neutral switch, X2, and 518B Gry wire on HST tractors.

NOTE: The S4 Transmission Neutral Switch is installed in collar shift gear drive (CST) and PowrReverser™ (PRT) tractors; a jumper wire is installed in the X2 connector, and the S3 Transmission Neutral Switch is not used. In hydrostatic drive (HST) tractors the S3 Transmission Neutral Switch is used, and a jumper wire is installed in the X3 connector eliminating the S4 switch.

• Key switch must be in the START or RUN position and pushed in to the AID position. Theory of Operation: The ignition system is designed to inject diesel fuel into the piston cylinder where heat from compression ignites the fuel and air mixture. When starting a cold engine, compression may not provide enough heat to ignite the fuel. The manifold heater is installed to provide added heat to the incoming combustion air. The manifold heater is energized (heated) when the key switch is placed in the AID position (key pushed into switch). The key can be pushed into the AID position with the key in either the START or RUN position. The manifold may be preheated by pushing in the key, with the switch in the RUN position, for up to 3 seconds before turning the key to the START position. When the key switch is in the AID position, current is provided to the K1 manifold heater relay coil (terminal 86) through the 385B and 385C Dk Grn wires. When the relay coil is energized, the relay contacts close and unswitched power (002B Red wire - terminal 30) flows through the contacts and 383 Org wire to the manifold heater. The H5 cold start indicator light in the control panel provides a visual indication that the key is in the AID position and the manifold heater relay is being energized. The indicator lamp is powered through the 385B and 385A Dk Grn wires, X7 connector (terminal C), and control panel circuit board. (See “CONTROL PANEL INDICATOR LIGHTS” on page 64.)

When the start relay coil is energized, the K2 relay contacts close and current flows to the starting motor solenoid (309 Wht). With the starting motor solenoid energized, the starting motor solenoid contacts close and high current from the battery passes through the battery cable and solenoid contacts to the starting motor. The starting motor cranks the engine.

c

CAUTION

To avoid injury, ALWAYS engage park brake when starting the engine.

4 - 36

6/27/00

CRANKING CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

CRANKING CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC S1 Key Switch PTO On

4 012 Red B

PTO Off

6 572A Red

1

562B Red

2

F1 Fuse

F5 Fuse

072C Red

5 072B Red

A

3

562A Red

573D Org

562D Red

B

S5 PTO Switch

7 385B Dk Grn

A

Start Run Off Acc.

002C Red

PRT & CST Tractors In Neutral In Gear

Aid Off

505 Dk Grn

002B Red

S4 Transmission Neutral Switch

Jumper Wire 572A Red

X3

X3

X2

X2

573E Org

518B Gry

Fusible Link 30

86

87A 87

85

K2 Start Relay

Note: Plug and jumper used in "OLD" harness only.

Pedal Released Pedal Depressed

X3 Jumper Wire

X3 505 Dk Grn

309 Wht B

X2

010E Blk

X2 S3 Transmission Neutral Switch

A

V1 Diode Block

HST Tractors

7

M 385A Dk Grn

M1 Starting Motor

Y1 Starting Motor Solenoid

385C 002B Dk Grn Red 010D Blk

86

30

Red 85

87 87A

X7 C

K1 Manifold Heater Relay

383 Org

R1 Manifold Heater

G1 Battery

H5 Cold Start Light

Blk 010C Blk 050A Blk

050B Blk

W1 Battery Frame Ground SE1 - STARTING

6/27/00

SE2 - IGNITION

4 - 37

CRANKING CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

CRANKING CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS Test Conditions: • Park brake ENGAGED • Key switch in OFF position

• Transmission in NEUTRAL • PTO switch in OFF position

Test/Check Point 1. Key switch Test Conditions: • Park brake ENGAGED • Transmission in NEUTRAL • K1 start relay unplugged

Normal 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

If Not Normal Check 200 Red wire and F1 fusible link. (See “POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS” on page 30.)

• PTO switch in OFF position • Key switch in START position

2. Key switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test switch. (See “KEY SWITCH TEST” on page 95.) Replace key switch as necessary.

3. F5 fuse

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 072B and 072C Red wires and connections.

4. PTO switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check F5 fuse and 562B Red wire and connections.

5. PTO switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Ensure PTO switch is in OFF position. Test switch. (See “PTO SWITCH TEST” on page 99.) Replace switch as needed.

6. Transmission neutral switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 573D and 573E Org wires, connector / jumper wire, and 505 Dk Grn wire and connections.

7. Transmission neutral switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check switch. (See “TRANSMISSION NEUTRAL SWITCH TEST – CST & PRT” on page 96.) or (See “TRANSMISSION NEUTRAL SWITCH TEST – HST” on page 97.) Adjust or replace switch as needed.

8. K2 start relay socket (terminal 86)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 518B Gry wire and connections.

9. K2 start relay socket (terminal 30)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 572A Red wire and connections.

Test Conditions: • Park brake ENGAGED • Transmission in NEUTRAL • X4 wiring harness connector disconnected

to

fuel

solenoid

• K1 start relay plugged in • PTO switch in OFF position • Key switch in START position

cCAUTION: Engine may start during this procedure. Disconnect fuel shutoff solenoid. 10. Starting motor

4 - 38

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 309 Wht wire and connections. Check K2 start relay. (See “RELAY TEST” on page 91.) Replace relay as needed.

6/27/00

CRANKING CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

002C Red 2

572A Red

3

072B Red

072C Red

F1 Fuse

A 1

1 012 Red

2

3

B

10

4

6

5

7

8

B

S1 Key Switch A S3 Transmission Neutral Switch (Hydrostatic)

9

HST Wiring Shown

11

12

Fuseblock

6 505 Dk Grn

Plug and Jumper Wire

562B Red

X3 7 518B Gry

Note: Plug and jumper used in "OLD" harness only.

4 573D Org

505 Dk Grn S5 PTO Switch (OFF)

5

X2 572A Red 518B Gry

8 86 30

87A

87

85

M1 Starting Motor

9

K2 Start Relay

002C Red Fusible Link 10 309 Wht

G1 Battery W1 Battery Frame Ground

6/27/00

4 - 39

MANIFOLD HEATER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

MANIFOLD HEATER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS Test Conditions: • Park brake ENGAGED • Key switch in OFF position • K1 manifold heater relay unplugged Test/Check Point

Normal

If Not Normal

1. Key switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

(See “POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS” on page 30.)

2. Manifold heater relay socket

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 002B Red wire and connections. (See “POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS” on page 30.)

Test Conditions: • Park brake ENGAGED • K2 start relay unplugged • K1 manifold heater relay unplugged • Key switch in RUN position; key in AID position (pushed in) 3. Key switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check key switch. (See “KEY SWITCH TEST” on page 95.) Replace switch as needed.

4. Manifold heater relay socket

Continuous 12.4 - 13.2 VDC while key switch is in AID position

Check 385B and 385C Dk Grn wires and connections.

Test Conditions: • Park brake ENGAGED • K2 start relay unplugged • K1 manifold heater relay installed in to socket • Key switch in RUN position; key in AID position (pushed in) 5. Manifold heater

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 383 Org wire and connections. Check K1 relay. (See “RELAY TEST” on page 91.) Replace relay as needed.

Test Conditions: • Park brake ENGAGED • Meter set to ohm scale • Meter negative lead connected to frame ground • Key switch in OFF position 6. Manifold heater module

4 - 40

Approximately 0.3 to 0.5 ohm resistance

Check manifold heater element. Replace manifold heater as needed.

6/27/00

MANIFOLD HEATER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

S1 Key Switch

3 385B Dk Grn 1 012 Red

385B Dk Grn

4

R1 Manifold Heater

385C Dk Grn 5 6 86

2

30

87

87A

002B Red

383 Org

85

K1 Manifold Heater Relay Socket 383 Org

B F1 Fuse A 002C Red

002B Red Fusible Link

M1 Starting Motor

G1 Battery W1 Battery Frame Ground

6/27/00

4 - 41

FUEL SUPPLY OPERATION

FUEL SUPPLY OPERATION Function: To start or stop the supply of fuel to the engine. Operating Conditions (Starting Tractor): • Key switch must be in the START position. • Operator ON seat • PTO in NEUTRAL • Transmission in NEUTRAL Operating Conditions (Running Tractor): • Key switch must be in the RUN position. • Operator ON seat • PTO ENGAGED • Transmission in any GEAR Operating Conditions (Running Tractor): • Key switch must be in the RUN position. • Operator ON seat • PTO DISENGAGED • Park brake ENGAGED Operator can leave seat. (See “ENGINE SHUTOFF CIRCUIT OPERATION” on page 48.) • PTO can be ENGAGED Fuel Supply Theory of Operation The fuel system is designed to inject fuel into the piston cylinder where heat from compression ignites the fuel and air mixture. Fuel is provided to the engine when the fuel shutoff solenoid is energized. The fuel shutoff solenoid contains two coils to open the fuel valve. The pull-in coil, in conjunction with the hold-in coil, overcomes the spring loaded fuel valve. The hold-in coil keeps the fuel valve open after the pull-in coil current is reduced through the R2 thermistor. The fuel shutoff solenoid is initially energized and pulled in when the engine run relay contacts close. Voltage is provided to both of the fuel shutoff solenoid coils (pull-in and hold-in), which provide enough pull on the solenoid plunger to overcome the shutoff solenoid spring. The fuel shutoff solenoid pull-in coil needs a high current pulse through it to overcome the solenoid spring. After the solenoid opens (overcomes the spring) a lower current will hold the solenoid open. The combination of the K3 fuel shutoff relay and R2 variable thermistor provide a means to reduce the current flow through the fuel shutoff solenoid pull-in coil after the solenoid opens.

4 - 42

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

The initial high current flows through the 329A Wht wire to the K3 fuel pull-in relay (terminal 30), through the contacts, and through the 319 Wht wire to the R2 variable thermistor. The thermistor has a low resistance to the current initially (lower than the resistance through the K3 fuel shutoff relay coil). As the current flows through the thermistor, it heats up and the resistance through it increases (higher than the resistance through the K3 fuel shutoff relay coil). While the current flow through the thermistor is reduced, the voltage difference across the thermistor is increased. When the voltage difference is increased enough to activate the coil of the K3 fuel shutoff relay (329B Wht), the coil opens the relay contacts and the variable thermistor is removed from the circuit..

NOTE: The variable thermistor will heat to a maximum temperature of approximately 180° F (82° C) during the brief period of time required to overcome the fuel shutoff solenoid spring. With the thermistor removed from the circuit, the ground path is removed from the fuel shutoff solenoid pull-in coil through the 329A and 329B Wht wires, the fuel shutoff relay coil, and the 010F, 010E, 010D and 010C Blk wires. A ground path for the fuel shutoff solenoid hold-in coil is provided through the 010N Blk wire. A latching circuit is provided to maintain voltage to the engine run relay after the PTO is ENGAGED. The latching circuit is energized only if the operator is OFF the seat, the PTO is DISENGAGED, and the park brake is ENGAGED. The latching circuit remains energized while the park brake is ENGAGED after the PTO is ENGAGED. This circuit allows the operator to leave the seat, with the park brake ENGAGED and the transmission in NEUTRAL, and ENGAGE the PTO. (See “ENGINE SHUTOFF CIRCUIT OPERATION” on page 48.) Fuel is provided to the engine through the Y2 fuel shutoff solenoid provided that operating conditions are met. If the operating criteria are not met, the engine run relay opens and stops voltage energizing the fuel shutoff solenoid coils. The fuel shutoff solenoid closes and fuel to the engine is shut off. (See “ENGINE SHUTOFF CIRCUIT OPERATION” on page 48.)

NOTE: The S3 transmission neutral switch is shown in this diagnostic section. This switch is used in conjunction with the jumper wire in the X3 connector for tractors with a hydrostatic (HST) transmission. For tractors with a gear shift or PowrReverser™ transmission, the jumper wire is used in the X2 connector and the S4 transmission neutral switch is used in the X3 connector.

6/27/00

FUEL SUPPLY ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

FUEL SUPPLY ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC 002E Red

Conditions: Key switch in START position PTO switch in OFF position Transmission in NEUTRAL Operator ON seat

S1 Key Switch 002E Red

4 6

012 Red 1

5 072B Red

2

B

PTO On

F5 Fuse

F1 Fuse

072C Red A

B

3

A

PTO Off 562B Red

562A Red

562F Red

562E Red

7

S2 Seat Switch

Start Run Off Acc.

573D Org

X5 Jumper Wire

S5 PTO Switch

(Operator Off)

Aid Off

X5

V1 Diode Block

(Operator On)

594 Yel

539B Wht 4

002C Red

5

521 Brn

518A Gry 6

X1

539A Wht 1

518B Gry 30

87A 87

505 Dk Grn

86

X3

Jumper Wire

010E Blk 7

8 302A Red

573B Org

K4 Engine Run Relay

X4 Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid

Red

G1 Battery

Blk 010C Blk

329A Wht

K3 Fuel Shutoff Relay

R2 Variable Thermistor

30

85

87 87A

Off

050C Blk

Blk

X4

010D Blk

86

On 546 Lt Blu

Wht 010F Blk

002E Red

594 Yel

Wht

M1 Starting Motor

521 Brn

302B Red 302C Red

M

573A Org

573E Org

S3 Transmission Note: Plug and Neutral Switch jumper used in (HST Only) "OLD" harness V1 only. Diode Block

85

B

X3

X2

X2

573D Org

556 Lt Blu

Pedal Released Pedal Depressed

Fusible Link

K2 Start Relay

2

X4

329B Wht 30

86

87A 87 319 Wht

85

573B Org

010T Blk

010F Blk

573A Org

S7 Park Brake Switch K5 Safety Relay

86

30

85

87 87A

556 Lt Blu

010N Blk

K6 Safety Relay

86

30

85

87 87A

533 Org

050E Blk 050D Blk 050C Blk

W1 Battery Frame Ground SE1 - STARTING

6/27/00

Powered Circuits

SE2 - IGNITION

4 - 43

FUEL SUPPLY ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

FUEL SUPPLY ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC 002E Red

Conditions: Key switch in RUN position PTO switch in ON position Transmission ENGAGED Operator ON seat

S1 Key Switch 002E Red

4 6

012 Red 1

5 072B Red

2

B

PTO On

F5 Fuse

F1 Fuse

072C Red A

B

3

A

PTO Off 562B Red

562A Red

562F Red

562E Red

7

S2 Seat Switch

Start Run Off Acc.

573D Org

X5 Jumper Wire

S5 PTO Switch

(Operator Off)

Aid Off

X5

V1 Diode Block

(Operator On)

594 Yel

539B Wht 4

002C Red

5

521 Brn

518A Gry 6

X1

539A Wht 1

518B Gry 30

87A 87

505 Dk Grn

86

X3

Jumper Wire

010E Blk 7

8 302A Red

K4 Engine Run Relay

X4 Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid

Red

G1 Battery

329A Wht

K3 Fuel Shutoff Relay

Off

X4

329B Wht 30

86

87A 87

85

Blk 010C Blk

85

87 87A

050C Blk

573B Org

010T Blk

010F Blk

573A Org

S7 Park Brake Switch K5 Safety Relay

86

30

85

87 87A

556 Lt Blu

319 Wht

R2 Variable Thermistor

30

Blk

X4

010D Blk

86

On 546 Lt Blu

Wht 010F Blk

002E Red

594 Yel

Wht

M1 Starting Motor

521 Brn

302B Red 302C Red

M

573A Org

573E Org 573B Org

S3 Transmission Neutral Switch Note: Plug and jumper used in (HST Only) "OLD" harness V1 only. Diode Block

85

B

X3

X2

X2

573D Org

556 Lt Blu

Pedal Released Pedal Depressed

Fusible Link

K2 Start Relay

2

010N Blk

K6 Safety Relay

86

30

85

87 87A

533 Org

050E Blk 050D Blk 050C Blk

W1 Battery Frame Ground SE1 - STARTING

4 - 44

Powered Circuits

SE2 - IGNITION

6/27/00

FUEL SUPPLY ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

FUEL SUPPLY ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC 002E Red

Conditions: Key switch in RUN position PTO switch in OFF position Park brake ENGAGED Operator ON seat

S1 Key Switch 002E Red

4 6

012 Red 1

5 072B Red

2

B

PTO On

F5 Fuse

F1 Fuse

072C Red A

B

3

A

PTO Off 562B Red

562A Red

562F Red

562E Red

7

S2 Seat Switch

Start Run Off Acc.

573D Org

X5 Jumper Wire

S5 PTO Switch

(Operator Off)

Aid Off

X5

V1 Diode Block

(Operator On)

594 Yel

539B Wht 4

002C Red

5

521 Brn

518A Gry 6

X1

539A Wht 1

518B Gry 30

87A 87

505 Dk Grn

86

X3

Jumper Wire

010E Blk 7

8 302A Red

521 Brn

K4 Engine Run Relay

X4

Red

G1 Battery

Blk 010C Blk

85

87 87A

050C Blk

On 546 Lt Blu Blk

Wht

X4

010D Blk

30

Off

Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid 010F Blk

86

594 Yel

Wht

M1 Starting Motor

002E Red

302B Red 302C Red

M

573A Org

573E Org 573B Org

S3 Transmission Neutral Switch Note: Plug and jumper used in (HST Only) "OLD" harness V1 only. Diode Block

85

B

X3

X2

X2

573D Org

556 Lt Blu

Pedal Released Pedal Depressed

Fusible Link

K2 Start Relay

2

329A Wht

K3 Fuel Shutoff Relay

R2 Variable Thermistor

X4

329B Wht 30

86

87A 87 319 Wht

85

S7 Park Brake Switch K5 Safety Relay 573B Org

010T Blk

010F Blk

573A Org 86

30

85

87 87A

556 Lt Blu

010N Blk

K6 Safety Relay

86

30

85

87 87A

533 Org

050E Blk 050D Blk 050C Blk

W1 Battery Frame Ground SE1 - STARTING

6/27/00

Powered Circuits

Latching Circuit

SE2 - IGNITION

4 - 45

FUEL SUPPLY DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

FUEL SUPPLY DIAGNOSIS Test Conditions: • Park brake ENGAGED • Key switch in RUN position (Engine NOT running) • V1 diode block removed from load center Test/Check Point

• PTO switch in OFF position • Transmission in NEUTRAL • Seat switch closed (Operator ON seat)

Normal

If Not Normal

1. PTO switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

(See “POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS” on page 30.)

2. Transmission neutral switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

(See “POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS” on page 30.)

3. Diode block socket (terminal 6)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check transmission switch. (See “TRANSMISSION NEUTRAL SWITCH TEST – HST” on page 97.) Check 518B and 518A Gry wires and connections.

4. Seat switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

(See “POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS” on page 30.)

5. Diode block socket (terminal 4)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check seat switch. (See “SEAT SWITCH TEST” on page 94.) Check 539B Wht wire and connections.

Test Conditions: • Park brake ENGAGED • Key switch in RUN position • PTO switch in OFF position 6. Engine run relay socket (terminal 85)

• Transmission in NEUTRAL • Seat switch open (Operator OFF seat) • V1 diode block installed; K4 engine run relay unplugged 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check diode block (terminals 6 to 5). (See “DIODE BLOCK TEST” on page 94.) Check 521 Brn wire and connections.

Test Conditions: • Park brake ENGAGED • Key switch in RUN position • PTO switch in OFF position 7. Engine run relay socket (terminal 85)

• Transmission in GEAR • Seat switch closed (Operator ON seat) 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check diode block (terminals 4 to 5). (See “DIODE BLOCK TEST” on page 94.)

Test Conditions: • Park brake ENGAGED • Key switch in RUN position • PTO switch in OFF position 8. Fuel solenoid connector

4 - 46

• Transmission in GEAR • Seat switch closed (Operator ON seat) • K4 engine run relay installed 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 302B and 302C Red wires and connections.

6/27/00

FUEL SUPPLY DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

S1 Key Switch

012 Red

F5 Fuse

072C Red

072B Red

A Plug and Note: Plug and Jumper Wire jumper used in "OLD" harness only. X3 S3 Transmission Neutral Switch (HST Only) 2

562A Red B S2 PTO Switch

OFF

1 562B Red

573E Org

573D Org

505 Dk Grn

X2

S6 Seat Switch

518B Gry 518A Gry

B

86

K2 Start Relay Socket

4

87A

87

30

562E Red

F1 Fuse

539B Wht

85

5

002E Red

A

5

010D Blk

1

4

7

010E Blk

010F Blk

2

8

521 Brn 3

6

9

V1 Diode Block

3 V1 Diode Block (Socket terminal 6)

002C Red +12 VDC 002E Red

Fusible Link

30

87A

87

K4 Engine Run Relay Socket

86

6

X4

85

7

Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid 8

302C Red

302B Red 010N Blk

X4-To Y2 329B Wht 86 87A

30

R2 Thermistor 87

W1 Battery Frame Ground

329A Wht

85

010F Blk

6/27/00

K3 Fuel Shutoff Relay (Socket terminal)

4 - 47

ENGINE SHUTOFF CIRCUIT OPERATION

ENGINE SHUTOFF CIRCUIT OPERATION Engine Shutoff Function: To prevent the tractor engine from being left running in an unsafe condition. Operating Conditions: •

Engine running (Started with park brake ENGAGED [Grn], PTO OFF [Blu] and transmission in Neutral [Grn or Blu]), Operator On or OFF seat • Operator on seat Engine MUST STOP if: • PTO is ENGAGED, and • Operator gets out of seat or; • Transmission is ENGAGED, and • Operator gets out of seat

NOTE: If transmission is in NEUTRAL and the PTO is disengaged, and then the park brake is set, the operator can leave the seat and the PTO can be reengaged. or; • Transmission is in GEAR, and • Operator gets out of seat

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

wire, V1 diode block (terminals 4 to 5), and 521 Brn wire. This circuit provides voltage to the engine run relay for normal operation of the tractor. A second circuit provides power to the K4 engine run relay coil through the key switch, 072B and 072C Red wires, F5 fuse, 562A and 562B Red wires, PTO switch (PTO switch in the OFF position), 573D and 573E Org wires, S3 or S4 transmission neutral switch, 518B and 518A Gry wires, V1 diode block (terminals 6 to 5), and 521 Brn wire. This circuit provides voltage to the engine run relay if the PTO is DISENGAGED, and the transmission is in NEUTRAL, with or without the operator in the seat. A third circuit provides power to the K4 engine run relay coil through the park brake switch and the K5 and K6 safety relays. The park brake switch and the K5 and K6 relays, in conjunction with the PTO switch, create a self-latching circuit. The PTO must be DISENGAGED, the park brake must be ENGAGED, and the operator must be OFF the seat to create the circuit. Once the latch circuit is established, the PTO can be ENGAGED. The latching circuit will remain energized until the operator gets ON the seat and the K6 safety relay coil is energized opening the circuit path through the K6 contacts, or; the park brake switch is DISENGAGED, eliminating power to the circuit. Power is provided to the S7 park brake switch through the key switch, 072B and 072C Red wires, F5 fuse, 562F Red wire, X5 connector and jumper wire, and 594 Yel wire. With the park brake ENGAGED, power is provided through the park brake switch and 546 Lt Blu wire to the K5 safety relay (terminal 30). Power is provided to the K5 safety relay coil (terminal 86) through the PTO switch (PTO DISENGAGED) and the 573D and 573A Org wires.

Fuel is supplied to the engine through the operation of the K3 fuel shutoff relay and the Y2 fuel shutoff solenoid, provided that operating conditions are met. (See “FUEL SUPPLY OPERATION” on page 42.)

With the K5 coil energized, and power to the K5 contact (terminal 30), power is provided through the K5 contacts and 533 Org wire to the K6 contacts (terminal 87A). The power continues through the K6 contacts, and the 573B and 573A Org wires to the K5 coil (terminal 86).

When the operating conditions exist, and the engine is running, the engine shutoff circuit is used to maintain safe operation of the tractor. If an unsafe condition is created, the engine will stop by having the fuel supply to the engine shut off.

The PTO can now be ENGAGED and power will remain to the K4 engine run relay through the park brake switch, latching relay circuit, and the same circuit path as provided by the PTO switch without the latching circuit.

Theory of Operation:

The fuel supply is shut off when voltage to the K4 engine run relay coil is removed, its contacts open, and power to the Y2 fuel shutoff solenoid coils is removed and the solenoid closes.

If the park brake is DISENGAGED without the operator ON the seat, the engine will stop.

Power to the K4 engine run relay coil comes from the V1 diode block (terminal 5), and is provided to the diode block (terminals 4 or 6) through several different circuits that allow for a variety of operating conditions to exist and maintain fuel supply to the engine. The main and most direct circuit, provides power to the K4 engine run relay coil through the key switch, 072B and 072C Red wires, F5 fuse, 562A and 562E Red wires, S2 seat switch (operator ON seat), 539B Wht

4 - 48

6/27/00

ENGINE SHUTOFF CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

ENGINE SHUTOFF CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC 002E Red

Conditions: Key switch in RUN position PTO switch in ON position Transmission in ENGAGED S5 PTO Operator ON seat Switch

S1 Key Switch 4

002E Red

6

012 Red 1

5 072B Red

2

B

PTO On

F5 Fuse

F1 Fuse

072C Red A

562F Red

562E Red

7

S2 Seat Switch

Start Run Off Acc.

562B Red

B

3

A

PTO Off 562A Red

573D Org

X5 Mid PTO Switch Jumper Wire

(Operator Off)

Aid Off

X5

V1 Diode Block

(Operator On)

594 Yel

539B Wht 4

002C Red

5

521 Brn

518A Gry 6

X1

539A Wht 1

Fusible Link

X2

518B Gry

K2 Start Relay

30

87A 87

573D Org

556 Lt Blu

X3

X3

010E Blk 7

8 302A Red

K4 Engine Run Relay

X4

Off

G1 Battery

X4

329B Wht

329A Wht

30

86

87A 87

85

Blk 010C Blk

573B Org

010T Blk

573A Org

S7 Park Brake Switch K5 Safety Relay

86

30

85

87 87A

556 Lt Blu

319 Wht

R2 Variable Thermistor

87 87A

Blk

X4

K3 Fuel Shutoff Relay

85

050C Blk

546 Lt Blu Wht

010D Blk

30

On

Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid 010F Blk

86

594 Yel

Wht

M1 Starting Motor

002E Red

302B Red 302C Red

M

521 Brn

Jumper S3 Transmission Wire Neutral Switch Note: Plug and jumper used in V1 "OLD" harness Diode only. Block

85

Red

573A Org

573E Org 573B Org

86

B

Neutral Engaged 505 X2 Dk Grn

2

010F Blk

K6 Safety Relay

86

30

85

87 87A

533 Org

050E Blk 050D Blk

010N Blk 050C Blk

W1 Battery Frame Ground SE1 - STARTING

6/27/00

SE2 - IGNITION

4 - 49

ENGINE SHUTOFF PTO CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

ENGINE SHUTOFF PTO CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 002E Red

Conditions: Key switch in RUN position PTO switch in OFF position Transmission in NEUTRAL S5 PTO Operator OFF seat Switch

S1 Key Switch 4

002E Red

6

012 Red 1

5 072B Red

2

B

PTO On

F5 Fuse

F1 Fuse

072C Red A

562F Red

562E Red

7

S2 Seat Switch

Start Run Off Acc.

562B Red

B

3

A

PTO Off 562A Red

573D Org

X5 Mid PTO Switch Jumper Wire

(Operator Off)

Aid Off

X5

V1 Diode Block

(Operator On)

594 Yel

539B Wht 4

002C Red

5

521 Brn

518A Gry 6

X1

539A Wht 1 Neutral In Gear

Fusible Link

K2 Start Relay

30

87A 87

573D Org

556 Lt Blu 505 Dk Grn

X3

X3

010E Blk 7

8 302A Red

K4 Engine Run Relay

X4

Off

G1 Battery

X4

329B Wht

329A Wht

30

86

87A 87

85

Blk 010C Blk

573B Org

010T Blk

573A Org

S7 Park Brake Switch K5 Safety Relay

86

30

85

87 87A

556 Lt Blu

319 Wht

R2 Variable Thermistor

87 87A

Blk

X4

K3 Fuel Shutoff Relay

85

050C Blk

546 Lt Blu Wht

010D Blk

30

On

Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid 010F Blk

86

594 Yel

Wht

M1 Starting Motor

002E Red

302B Red 302C Red

M

521 Brn

Jumper S3 Transmission Wire Neutral Switch Note: Plug and jumper used in V1 "OLD" harness Diode only. Block

85

Red

573A Org

573E Org 573B Org

86

B

X2

X2

518B Gry

2

010F Blk

K6 Safety Relay

86

30

85

87 87A

533 Org

050E Blk 050D Blk

010N Blk 050C Blk

W1 Battery Frame Ground SE1 - STARTING

4 - 50

SE2 - IGNITION

6/27/00

ENGINE SHUTOFF LATCH CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

ENGINE SHUTOFF LATCH CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 002E Red

Conditions: Key switch in RUN position PTO switch in OFF position Transmission in NEUTRAL S5 PTO Operator OFF seat Switch

S1 Key Switch 4

002E Red

6

012 Red 1

5 072B Red

2

B

PTO On

F5 Fuse

F1 Fuse

072C Red A

562F Red

562E Red

7

S2 Seat Switch

Start Run Off Acc.

562B Red

B

3

A

PTO Off 562A Red

573D Org

X5 Mid PTO Switch Jumper Wire

(Operator Off)

Aid Off

X5

V1 Diode Block

(Operator On)

594 Yel

539B Wht 4

002C Red

5

521 Brn

518A Gry 6

X1

539A Wht 1 Neutral In Gear

Fusible Link

K2 Start Relay

30

87A 87

573D Org

556 Lt Blu 505 Dk Grn

X3

X3

010E Blk 7

8 302A Red

K4 Engine Run Relay

594 Yel

X4

G1 Battery

010C Blk

87 87A

Blk

X4 329B Wht

329A Wht

K3 Fuel Shutoff Relay

X4

30

86

87A 87

85

R2 Variable Thermistor

573B Org

010T Blk

573A Org

S7 Park Brake Switch K5 Safety Relay

86

30

85

87 87A

556 Lt Blu

319 Wht Blk

85

546 Lt Blu Wht

010D Blk

30

Off

Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid 010F Blk

86

050C Blk

On

Wht

M1 Starting Motor

002E Red

302B Red 302C Red

M

521 Brn

Jumper S3 Transmission Wire Neutral Switch Note: Plug and jumper used in V1 "OLD" harness Diode only. Block

85

Red

573A Org

573E Org 573B Org

86

B

X2

X2

518B Gry

2

010F Blk

K6 Safety Relay

86

30

85

87 87A

533 Org

050E Blk 050D Blk

010N Blk 050C Blk

W1 Battery Frame Ground SE1 - STARTING

6/27/00

Latching Circuit

SE2 - IGNITION

4 - 51

ENGINE SHUTOFF CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

ENGINE SHUTOFF CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS Test Conditions: • Park brake ENGAGED • Operator OFF seat • PTO DISENGAGED

• Transmission in NEUTRAL position • V1, K2, K4, K5, and K6 removed from load center • Key switch in RUN position (engine OFF)

NOTE: The S3 transmission neutral switch is shown in this diagnostic section. This switch is used in conjunction with the jumper wire in the X3 connector for tractors with a hydrostatic (HST) transmission. For tractors with a PowrReverser™ (PRT) or gear shift (CST) transmission the jumper wire is used in the X2 connector and the S4 transmission neutral switch is used in the X3 connector. In "NEW" wiring harnesses, there is no X3 connector. All neutral switches are plugged into the X2 connector.

Test/Check Point

Normal

If Not Normal

1. K2 relay socket (terminal 86)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Ensure PTO is DISENGAGED and transmission is in NEUTRAL. Check F5 fuse. Test PTO switch. Test transmission neutral switch. (See “POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS” on page 30.)

2. V1 diode block socket (terminal 6)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 518A Gry wire and connections.

3. K5 relay socket (terminal 86)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 573A Org wire and connections.

4. K6 relay socket (terminal 30)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 573B Org wire and connections.

5. Park brake switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

(See “POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS” on page 30.)

6. Park brake switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test switch. (See “PARK BRAKE SWITCH TEST” on page 102.)

7. K5 relay socket (terminal 30)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 546 Lt Blu wire and connections.

8. Seat switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 562E Red wire and connections.

Test Conditions: • Park brake ENGAGED • PTO DISENGAGED 9. Seat switch

• Push and hold seat switch plunger into OPERATOR ON position • Transmission in NEUTRAL position • Key switch in RUN position (engine OFF) 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test seat switch. (See “SEAT SWITCH TEST” on page 94.) Replace seat switch.

10. V1 diode block socket (terminal 4)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 539B Wht wire and connections.

11. V1 diode block socket (terminal 4)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 539A Wht jumper wire and connections.

Test Conditions: • Park brake ENGAGED • Operator ON seat • PTO DISENGAGED 12. K4 relay socket (terminal 86)

4 - 52

• Transmission in NEUTRAL position • V1 diode block installed in to load center • Key switch in RUN position (engine OFF) 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test diode block. (See “DIODE BLOCK TEST” on page 94.) Check 521 Brn wire and connections.

6/27/00

ENGINE SHUTOFF CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

+12 VDC

Jumper Wire S2 PTO Switch

A F5 Fuse

X3

S3 Transmission Neutral Switch (HST Only)

B

OFF

X2 562B Red 573E Org

505 Dk Grn

518B Gry

562A Red

573D Org

518A Gry 1

S6 Seat Switch

562F Red

86

9

87A

87

30

539B Wht K2 Start Relay Socket

85

562E Red

010E Blk

Mid PTO Switch Jumper Wire

11 5

302A Red

2

8

X5

2 V1 Diode Block (Socket terminal)

+12 VDC 002E Red

87A

87

30

521 Brn 86

12

594 Yel

3

6

9

W1 Battery Frame Ground

8

1

4

7

010D Blk

539A Wht

10

S7 Park Brake Switch 573A Org

573B Org

5

556 Lt Blu 6

85

K4 Engine Run Relay Socket

13

86

86

533 Org

87A

87

87A

87

30

4

30

302A 302B Red Red

85

85

302C Red

546 Lt Blu

3

K6 Safety Relay Socket

K5 Safety Relay Socket

7

X4-To Y2

6/27/00

4 - 53

ENGINE SHUTOFF CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS

Test/Check Point Test Conditions: • Park brake ENGAGED • Operator OFF seat • PTO DISENGAGED 14. K4 relay socket (terminal 86) Test Conditions: • Park brake ENGAGED • Operator ON seat • PTO DISENGAGED 15. K5 relay socket (terminal 87) Test Conditions: • Park brake ENGAGED • Operator OFF seat • PTO DISENGAGED

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

Normal

If Not Normal

• Transmission in NEUTRAL position • V1 diode block installed in to load center • Key switch in RUN position (engine OFF) 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test diode block. (See “DIODE BLOCK TEST” on page 94.) Check 521 Brn wire and connections.

• Transmission in NEUTRAL position • Install K6 safety relay in load center • Key switch in RUN position (engine OFF) 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test K6 relay. (See “RELAY TEST” on page 91.) Check 533 Org wire and connections.

• Transmission in NEUTRAL position • K5 safety relay installed in to load center • Key switch in RUN position (engine OFF)

Test Conditions: • After the above conditions are set: • Place PTO switch in ON position to ENGAGE PTO 16. K4 relay socket (terminal 86) Test Conditions: • Park brake ENGAGED • Operator OFF seat • PTO DISENGAGED 17. K5 relay socket (terminal 85)

Test Conditions: • Park brake ENGAGED • Operator OFF seat • PTO DISENGAGED

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check ground circuit of relays. See next step.

• Gear range lever in NEUTRAL position • Key switch in OFF position (engine OFF) • K5 relay removed Continuity to frame ground (0.5 ohms or less)

Check 050E, 050D, and 050C Blk wires and connections.

• Gear range lever in NEUTRAL position • K5 safety relay installed in to load center • Key switch in RUN position (engine OFF)

Test Conditions: • After the above conditions are set: • Place PTO switch in ON position to ENGAGE PTO • Check for voltage at K4 relay socket (terminal 86); RELEASE park brake 18. X4 connector to fuel shutoff solenoid

4 - 54

NO voltage after park brake is RELEASED

Test K4 relay. (See “RELAY TEST” on page 91.) Replace relay as needed. (See “POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS” on page 30.)

6/27/00

ENGINE SHUTOFF CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

+12 VDC

Jumper Wire Note: Plug and jumper used in "OLD" harness only. X3

S3 Transmission Neutral Switch (Hydrostatic)

S2 PTO Switch

A F5 Fuse B

OFF

X2 562B Red 573E Org

505 Dk Grn

518B Gry

562A Red

573D Org

518A Gry S6 Seat Switch

562F Red

86 87A

87

30

539B Wht K2 Start Relay Socket

85

562E Red 539A Wht

010E Blk

1

4

7

010D Blk

Mid PTO Switch Jumper Wire

5

302A Red

2

8

S7 Park Brake Switch

V1 Diode Block (Socket terminal)

+12 VDC 002E Red

87A

87

30

521 Brn 86

14 16

594 Yel

3

6

9

W1 Battery Frame Ground

X5

573A Org

573B Org 556 Lt Blu

85

K4 Engine Run Relay Socket 546 Lt Blu

13 15

050D Blk

K5 Safety Relay Socket

85

85

18

30

533 Org

87A

87

30

87A

87

302C Red

86

86

302A 302B Red Red

050E Blk 17 K6 Safety Relay Socket

X4-To Y4

6/27/00

4 - 55

CHARGING CIRCUIT OPERATION

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

CHARGING CIRCUIT OPERATION

TACHOMETER CIRCUIT OPERATION

FUNCTION:

FUNCTION:

To maintain battery voltage between 12.4 and 13.2 volts.

To indicate engine rpm to the operator. OPERATING CONDITIONS:

OPERATING CONDITIONS: • Key switch in RUN position • Engine running

• Key switch in RUN position • Engine running SYSTEM OPERATION:

SYSTEM OPERATION: The charging system consists of the G2 alternator with an integrated voltage regulator/rectifier. Charging output is controlled by a regulator/rectifier. The status of the charge rate is indicated by the H4 discharge light. With the key switch in the RUN position, battery sensing circuit current flows from battery positive terminal to the starting motor terminal, fusible link F1, 002C Red wire, S1 key switch, 072B and 072D Red wires to the alternator voltage regulator/rectifier. The battery sensing circuit allows the voltage regulator/ rectifier to monitor battery voltage. A rotating permanent magnet in the alternator induces AC current in the alternator stator coils. The AC current flows to the voltage regulator/rectifier. The voltage regulator/rectifier converts AC current to DC current needed to charge the battery. If battery voltage is low, the regulator/rectifier allows DC current to flow to the battery to charge it through the battery charging circuit (002A Red). When the battery is fully charged, the voltage regulator/rectifier stops current flow to the battery. If the alternator output current falls below system usage or is insufficient to maintain a preset voltage, the voltage regulator/rectifier provides current to turn on the discharge light through the 334 Yel wire, X7 connector, and the control panel circuit board runs.

Pulsed current flows from the "P" terminal of the alternator to the control panel (X6 connector, terminal F) through the 325 Dk Grn wire.

HOUR METER CIRCUIT OPERATION FUNCTION: To indicate engine hours of use to the operator. OPERATING CONDITIONS: • Key switch in RUN position • Engine running SYSTEM OPERATION: The hour meter is integrated into the control panel and does not have any external wiring. The hour meter operates only when the engine is running. The hour meter uses the engine tachometer circuit for power. If the tachometer is not functioning, the hour meter will not work. See “CHARGING CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS” on page 58 for information on tachometer and hour meter diagnosis.

The alternator is grounded through the mounting hardware to the engine. If the voltage regulator is grounded to the alternator cover, the alternator produces unregulated amperage. (See “UNREGULATED AMPERAGE TEST” on page 87.)

4 - 56

6/27/00

CHARGING CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

CHARGING CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC 002A Red

B

G IG 4 012 Red

1 2

B

F1 Fuse

P

L

6 5

072B Red

072D Red

325 Dk Grn

3

A

7 Start Run Off Acc.

334 Yel 072A Red

Aid Off

X6 002C Red

G2 Alternator

S1 Key Switch

A

325 Dk Grn

X7

X6

A

F

P2 Hour Meter (Opt.)

X1 002A Red

+

Fusible Link

_ n/min

H4 Discharge Light

B

P1 Engine Tachometer

D

Control Panel Circuit Board

X6

M M1 Starting Motor Red

G1 Battery Blk

050A Blk

050K Blk

W1 Battery Frame Ground

SE1 - STARTING

6/27/00

SE3 - CHARGING

SE5 - INSTRUMENTATION

4 - 57

CHARGING CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

CHARGING CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS Test Conditions: • Key switch in OFF position • Park brake ENGAGED

Test/Check Point

• Transmission in NEUTRAL position • PTO DISENGAGED

Normal

If Not Normal

1. Battery positive terminal

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test battery. (See “BATTERY TEST” on page 85.)

2. Starting motor "B" terminal

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check battery and starting motor cable connections.

3. Alternator "B" terminal

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check battery negative cable, alternator ground, connections, and engine ground connections.

Test Conditions: • Engine OFF • Park brake ENGAGED 4. Alternator connector (072D Red wire terminal)

• Disconnect alternator connector • Key switch in RUN position 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 072D and 072B Red wires and connections. (See “POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS” on page 30.)

Test Conditions: • Engine OFF • Park brake ENGAGED

• Connect alternator connector • Disconnect control panel connectors • Key switch in RUN position

5. X6 connector (terminal A)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 072A and 072B Red wires and connections.

6. X6 connector (terminal F)

0.04 VDC

Check 325 Dk Grn wire and connections.

7. X7 connector (terminal A)

0.45 VDC

Check 334 Yel wire and connections.

Test Conditions: • Park brake ENGAGED • Transmission in NEUTRAL

• PTO DISENGAGED • Engine RUNNING

8. Alternator

Minimum 12.4 to 13.2 volts

(See “REGULATED AMPERAGE AND VOLTAGE TESTS” on page 88.) Replace voltage regulator/ rectifier.

9. Battery

Voltage above 12.4 13.2 VDC.

Check for excessive load on electrical system.

4 - 58

6/27/00

CHARGING CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

002C Red 002B Red Fusible Link

002A Red

2 M1 Starting Motor

F1 Fuse

012 Red B

A

1 9

S1 Key Switch

072B Red

072D Red 8 G1 Battery

072A Red

3

W1 Battery Frame Ground

G2 Alternator Connector 4

325 Dk Grn

050A Blk G2 Alternator 334 Yel 072A Red

050K Blk 7 334 Yel

5 072A Red 1 050K Blk X7-Main Wiring Harness To Control Panel 050A Blk

6/27/00

6 325 Dk Grn X6-Main Wiring Harness To Control Panel

050K Blk

4 - 59

ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LIGHT

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LIGHT

FUEL GAUGE

Function:

Function:

To alert operator of low engine oil pressure.

Inform the operator of the fuel level in the fuel tank.

Operating Condition:

Operating Condition:

• Key switch must be in RUN or START position.

• Key switch must be in RUN or START position.

Theory of Operation:

Theory of Operation:

With the engine OFF and key in RUN position, engine oil pressure will be below 49 kPa (7.1 psi). The oil pressure switch will be in the normally closed position, completing a circuit path to ground and illuminating the light. This informs the operator that the light is functional.

The fuel level in the fuel tank is measured by the B1 fuel gauge sensor. The sensor is a variable resistor. The resistance is set by movement of a mechanical linkage connected to a float in the fuel tank. The 5 to 95 ohm resistance creates a variable voltage difference across the P1 fuel gauge. The voltage difference ranges from approximately 5.72 VDC (fuel tank FULL) to approximately 0.87 VDC (fuel tank EMPTY).

The light goes out when the engine oil pressure is at or above 49 kPa (7.1 psi), opens the B2 engine oil pressure switch, and removes the ground circuit from the engine oil pressure light.

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE Function: Inform the operator of engine and coolant operating temperature. Operating Condition: • Key switch must be in RUN or START position. Theory of Operation: The engine coolant temperature sensor is a variable resistor, providing a ground circuit path for the temperature gauge. As the engine coolant heats, the resistance increases. The temperature gauge circuitry is part of the tractor control panel. The engine coolant temperature sensor variable resistance is approximately 40 to 700 ohms.

4 - 60

6/27/00

CONTROL PANEL GAUGES ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

CONTROL PANEL GAUGES ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC (0) Off (1) Hazard (2) Road (3) Field

122C Red

122B Red B

138 Gry

F7 Fuse A

3

119C Wht

B

S9 Light Switch 4 012 Red

5

2

B

B

6

1

F1 Fuse

F3 Fuse

3

X6

A

A

119D Wht

072A Red

072B Red

X6

7 A

Fuse Block Internal Link

Control Panel Circuit Board

B

Start Run Off Acc. Aid Off

002C Red

t0

Q S1 Key Switch X1

P3 Fuel Gauge

H7 Oil Pressure Light

C

J

Fusible Link X6

B

050K Blk

M M1 Starting Motor

D

G1 Battery

E

X6

X6

X6

353 Org

347 Pur

359 Wht

B3 Engine B2 Engine Oil Coolant Pressure Temperature Switch (NC) Sensor

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

Red

P4 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

Q

P

t0

Blk 050L Blk 050A Blk

W1 Battery Frame Ground

050K Blk 050L Blk

SE2 - IGNITION

6/27/00

SE5 - INSTRUMENTATION

4 - 61

CONTROL PANEL GAUGES DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

CONTROL PANEL GAUGES DIAGNOSIS Test Conditions: • X6 to control panel disconnected • Key switch in RUN position, engine OFF • PTO in NEUTRAL Test/Check Point

• Transmission in NEUTRAL • Park brake ON • Light switch in ROAD or FIELD position Normal

If Not Normal

1. X6 connector (terminal A)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

(See “POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS” on page 30.)

2. Light switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check F3 fuse. Test light switch. (See “LIGHT SWITCH TEST” on page 95.)

3. X6 connector (terminal B)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 119C and 119D Wht wires and connections.

4. X6 connector (terminal D)

Less than 0.1 ohms resistance to ground

Check 050K and 050A Blk wires and connections.

Test Conditions: • Transmission in NEUTRAL • PTO in NEUTRAL • Park brake ON

• X6 to control panel connected • Key switch in RUN position, engine OFF • Light switch in OFF position

5. Fuel gauge sensor

Tank empty – approximately 0.1 VDC Tank full – approximately 5.7 VDC

Check 353 Org wire and connections. Check battery negative cable, 050L and 050A Blk wires and connections. Test fuel sensor. (See “FUEL GAUGE SENSOR TEST” on page 102.) Use a jumper wire to connect 353 Org wire to battery frame ground. Fuel gauge should move to maximum position. Gauge does not move. - Replace control panel.

6. Engine oil pressure switch

Less than 0.1 VDC

Check 347 Pur wire and connections.Test switch. (See “ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH TEST” on page 92.) Replace switch as needed.

7. Engine oil pressure switch (347 Pur wire lead disconnected)

Less than 0.1 ohms resistance to ground

Check engine ground. If engine ground OK: Replace switch.

8. Engine coolant temperature sensor

Continuity to ground through sensor – resistance depends on engine temperature (40 - 700 ohms). Sensor threads not corroded.

Disconnect temperature sensor lead. Use a jumper wire to connect 359 Wht wire to ground. Temperature gauge should move to maximum temperature position. Gauge does not move. - Replace control panel. Gauge moves. - Replace sensor.

4 - 62

6/27/00

CONTROL PANEL GAUGES DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

072A Red +12 VDC 2 138 Gry

050K Blk 353 Org

4

119D Wht 119C Wht

119D Wht 072A Red

B

353 Org

3

F7 Fuse A

050K Blk

S9 Light Switch

1 359 Wht

122B Red 122C Red B

347 Pur

347 Pur

X6-W1 Main Wiring Harness To Control Panel

F3 Fuse +12 VDC A

359 Wht

5

353 Org

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor 050K Blk 347 Pur

050L Blk

359 Wht 6

7

8

050A Blk

W1 Battery Frame Ground

B2 Engine Oil Pressure Switch

6/27/00

B3 Engine Coolant Temperature Switch

4 - 63

CONTROL PANEL INDICATOR LIGHTS

CONTROL PANEL INDICATOR LIGHTS

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

COLD START LIGHT Function:

PTO LIGHT Function: To alert operator of PTO being ENGAGED. Operating Condition:

To indicate to operator that voltage is being provided to the manifold heater. Operating Condition: • Key switch must be in ON or START position, and pushed into the AID position. (See “MANIFOLD HEATER OPERATION” on page 36.)

• PTO switch in ON position. Theory of Operation: Theory of Operation: With the key in START or RUN position, 12.4 - 13.2 VDC is provided to the PTO switch through the F5 fuse and 562A and 562D Red wires. (See “POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS” on page 30.) With the PTO switch placed in the ON position, voltage is provided through the PTO switch contacts (terminals A to B), 574B and 574A Yel wires, and X7 connector (terminal A) to the control panel circuit board. A circuit board run provides voltage to the H3 PTO indicator light.

With the key in the START or RUN position, and the key switch in the AID position, 12.4 - 13.2 VDC is provided to the H5 cold start light through the 385B and 385A Dk Grn wires, X7 connector (terminal C), and control panel circuit board. A ground circuit path for the control panel circuit board is provided though the X6 connector (terminal D), and 050K and 050A Blk wires.

A ground circuit path for the control panel circuit board is provided though the X6 connector (terminal D), and 050K and 050A Blk wires.

PARK BRAKE LIGHT Function: To alert operator of park brake being ENGAGED. Operating Condition: • Key switch in START or RUN position • Park brake ENGAGED. Theory of Operation: With the key in START or RUN position, 12.4 - 13.2 VDC is provided to the park brake switch through the F5 fuse and 562A and 562C Red wires. (See “POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS” on page 30.) With the park brake ENGAGED, the park brake switch contacts close. Voltage is provided through the park brake switch contacts (terminals B to C), 586 Lt Blu wire, and X6 connector (terminal K) to the control panel circuit board. A circuit board run provides voltage to the H6 park brake indicator light. A ground circuit path for the control panel circuit board is provided though the X6 connector (terminal D), and 050K and 050A Blk wires.

4 - 64

6/27/00

CONTROL PANEL INDICATOR LIGHTS SCHEMATIC

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

CONTROL PANEL INDICATOR LIGHTS SCHEMATIC S1 Key Switch PTO On

4 012 Red B

PTO Off

6

1

562B Red

5 072B Red

2

F1 Fuse

072C Red

F5 Fuse A

3

562A Red

562C Red

7 385B Dk Grn

A

574B Yel

562D Red

B

Start Run Off Acc.

S5 PTO Switch

On Off

Aid Off 002C Red

586 Lt Blu 385A Dk Grn

S7 Park Brake Switch

X7 C

Control Panel Circuit Board

574A Yel

X6

X7

K

B

Fusible Link

P B

H6 Park Brake Light

H5 Cold Start Light

H3 PTO Light

M M1 Starting Motor D

X6

Red

G1 Battery Blk

050A Blk

050K Blk

W1 Battery Frame Ground SE1 - STARTING

6/27/00

SE5 - INSTRUMENTATION

4 - 65

CONTROL PANEL INDICATOR LIGHTS DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

CONTROL PANEL INDICATOR LIGHTS DIAGNOSIS Test Conditions: • Key switch in RUN position, engine OFF • PTO in NEUTRAL Test/Check Point

• Transmission in NEUTRAL • Park brake OFF Normal

If Not Normal

1. PTO switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check F5 fuse. Check 562A and 562D Red wires and connections.

2. Park brake switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check F5 fuse. Check 562A and 562C Red wires and connections.

Test Conditions: • Key switch in RUN position, engine OFF • Transmission in NEUTRAL • Disconnect X6 and X7 connectors to control panel

• PTO switch in ON position • Park Brake ENGAGED

3. Park brake switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test switch. (See “PARK BRAKE SWITCH TEST” on page 102.) Replace as needed.

4. X6 connector (K terminal)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 586 Lt Blue wire and connections.

5. PTO switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test switch. (See “PTO SWITCH TEST” on page 99.) Replace switch as needed.

6. X7 connector (B terminal)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 574B and 574AYel wires and connections.

Test Conditions: • Key switch in RUN position, engine OFF • Transmission in NEUTRAL

• PTO switch in OFF position • Park Brake ENGAGED

• Connect multimeter to battery frame ground and X7 connector (C terminal). After the connections are made, push key into switch to the AID position. 7. X7 connector (C terminal)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test Conditions: • Key switch in OFF position • Transmission in NEUTRAL • X6 and X7 to control panel connected 8. X6 connector (K terminal)

Continuity to battery frame ground. Less than 0.1 ohms.

Check 385A and 385B Dk Grn wires and connections. (See “MANIFOLD HEATER OPERATION” on page 36.) • PTO switch in OFF position • Park Brake ENGAGED

Check 050K and 050A Blk wires and connections. Check battery cables for clean, tight connections.

NOTE: If all of the tests above are performed, and the control panel lamps are good, and the indicator lights still do not work, replace the control panel.

4 - 66

6/27/00

CONTROL PANEL INDICATOR LIGHTS DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

F5 Fuse

072C Red

072B Red

A

562A Red

562D Red

B 562C Red

385B Dk Grn S1 Key Switch 385B Dk Grn 385A Dk Grn

385C Dk Grn 2 1 86

OFF 562C Red

30

87A

87

S7 Park Brake Switch

85

5

3

K1 Manifold Heater Relay Socket

586 Lt Blu

574B Yel

S2 PTO Switch

574A Yel

385A Dk Grn

6

8 050K Blk

574A Yel

4 586 Lt Blu 7 385A Dk Grn X6-Main Wiring Harness To Control Panel

6/27/00

X7-Main Wiring Harness To Control Panel

4 - 67

LIGHTS OPERATION

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

LIGHTS OPERATION

Turn Signal Switch Function:

For older models. See serial number break list on page 14.

Provides intermittent power to the tail lights and hazard lights.

Light Switch Function:

Operating Conditions:

Provides power to the headlights, tail lights, hazard lights, work lights and panel lights in combinations, depending upon the position the light switch is placed in. Operating Conditions: • Light switch in either HAZARD, ROAD or FIELD position. Theory of Operation: Power for the light switch is provided through the load center F5 fuse, 122C and 122B Red wires. Power for the turn signal light switch is provided through the F5 fuse, 122C and 122A Red wires. Light Switch Hazard Position: In the HAZARD position, voltage is provided from the light switch (terminal 2) through the 103A and 103C Org wires, F8 fuse, and the 118 Gry wire to the X13 Trailer connector (terminal 6). Voltage is also provided from the light switch (terminal 2) through the 103A and 103B Org wires to the S8 turn signal switch.

• Turn signal switch in the OFF position • Light switch in either HAZARD or ROAD position; or, turn signal switch in the LEFT position, light switch in any position; or, turn signal switch in the RIGHT position, light switch in any position. Theory of Operation: Unswitched power is provided to the turn signal switch through the 122A Red wire (terminal 2). Switched power is provided from the light switch through the 103A and 103B Org wires (terminal 1). With the turn signal switch in the OFF position, and the light switch in either the HAZARD or ROAD position, voltage enters the turn signal switch through the 103B Org wire (terminal 1). The voltage from the 103B Org wire goes to the flasher unit inside the turn signal switch. The flasher unit produces an intermittent voltage output that is provided to the center contacts of both the LH and RH switch. With the turn signal switch in the OFF position, both the LH and RH switch provide an intermittent output voltage to the wiring harness (terminals 3 and 4).

Light Switch Road Position:

Intermittent voltage is provided to the LH tail light and LH hazard light through the 125A, 125C and 125D Dk Grn wires. Intermittent voltage is provided to the RH tail light and RH hazard light through the 115A, 115C and 115D Dk Grn wires.

In the ROAD position, voltage is provided from the light switch (terminal 2) through the same circuits as when the light switch is in the HAZARD position.

Turn Signal Switch Left Position:

In addition, voltage is provided from the light switch (terminal 3) though the 138 Gry wire to the F7 fuse. The F7 fuse provides voltage to the LH headlight through the 119C and 119B Wht wires; and to the RH headlight through the 119C and 119A Wht wires. Voltage is also provided to the control panel gauge lights through the 119C and 119D Wht wires and X6 connector (B terminal).

With the light switch in any position, and the turn signal switch in the LEFT position, constant voltage is provided to the RH switch contact. The contact provides constant voltage (terminal 4) to the RH tail light and hazard light. Constant voltage is also provided from the S8 RH switch contact to the flasher unit in the turn signal switch. The flasher unit provides intermittent voltage to the S8 LH switch contact. The intermittent voltage is provided (terminal 3) to the LH tail light and hazard light.

Light Switch Field Position: In the FIELD position, voltage is removed from the turn signal switch (terminal 1). However, voltage remains to the headlights (light switch terminal 3), and is provided to the work lights (light switch terminal 4). Voltage is provided from the light switch (terminal 4), through the 143 Org wire to the F6 fuse. The F6 fuse provides voltage, through the 147A, 147B and 147D Pur wires, to the work lights. Voltage is also provided to the X13 trailer connector (terminal 2) through the 147A and 147C Pur wires.

4 - 68

Turn Signal Switch Right Position: With the light switch in any position and the turn signal switch in the RIGHT position, constant voltage is provided to the S8 LH switch contact. The contact provides constant voltage (terminal 3) to the LH tail light and hazard light. Constant voltage is also provided from the S8 LH switch contact to the flasher unit in the turn signal switch. The flasher unit provides intermittent voltage to the S8 RH switch contact. The intermittent voltage is provided (terminal 4) to the RH tail light and hazard light. 6/27/00

LIGHTS ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

LIGHTS ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC 103B Org 119A Wht 119B Wht

(0) Off (1) Hazard (2) Road

103B Org

(3) Field

010A Blk 010B Blk

1 122C Red

2

B

138 Gry

122A Red

B

3

A

F7 Fuse

119C Wht

A

F6 Fuse

B

143 Org 4

F5 Fuse

F8 Fuse

103C Org

103A Org

122B Red

A

118 Gry

B 147C Pur

2 6 1 X14 X16 X13 Trailer Connector E8 RH Work Light 010K Blk

147B Pur 119D Wht

X17

B 002D Red

X6

002C Red

X16

E7 LH Work Light

t0

Q

010J Blk

147D Pur

147A Pur

B

S9 Light Switch Control Panel Circuit Board

A

010H Blk

P4 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

P3 Fuel Gauge

E6 RH Headlight

E5 LH Headlight

X17 010L Blk 010G Blk

122A Red

Fusible Link

010L Blk

010G Blk

X20

X23

5

B

E2 LH Hazard Light

E1 LH Tail Light

E3 RH Tail Light

E4 RH Hazard Light X21

X18 X19

125D Dk Grn

(0) Right (1) Off (2) Left 1 103B Org Flasher

X22

115D 115C Dk Grn Dk Grn 115E Dk Grn

M M1 Starting Motor

X13 Trailer Connector

125C Dk Grn

115A Dk Grn

4

125A Dk Grn

3

2

122A Red

Red 125E Dk Grn 125B Dk Grn

3

X13 Trailer Connector

115B Dk Grn

X7

G1 Battery

S8 Turn Signal Switch

X7 D

E

Blk

050A Blk

050K Blk

X6

H1 RH Turn Light D

Control Panel Circuit Board

010C Blk

W1 Battery Frame Ground SE1 - STARTING

6/27/00

H2 LH Turn Light

Unswitched Power

010C Blk

Switched Power SE6 - LIGHTS

4 - 69

LIGHTS DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

LIGHTS DIAGNOSIS Test Conditions: • Key switch in OFF position • Engine OFF Test/Check Point 1. Light switch

• Light switch in HAZARD position • X7 to control panel disconnected Normal

If Not Normal

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check F3 fuse. (See “POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS” on page 30.)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check F3 fuse. (See “POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS” on page 30.)

3. Light switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test light switch. (See “LIGHT SWITCH TEST” on page 95.)

4. Turn signal switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 103 Org wire and connections.

5. Turn signal switch (115A and 125A Dk Grn wires)

Intermittent 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test switch. (See “TURN SIGNAL SWITCH TEST” on page 97.) Replace as needed.

6. RH hazard light

Intermittent 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 115A and 115C Dk Grn wires and connections.

7. X7 control panel connector (terminal D)

Intermittent 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 115A and 125B Dk Grn wires and connections.

8. LH hazard light

Intermittent 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 125A and 125C Dk Grn wires and connections.

9. X7 control panel connector (terminal E)

Intermittent 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 125A and 125B Dk Grn wires and connections.

2. Turn signal switch

Test Conditions: • Key switch in OFF position • Engine OFF

• Light switch in ROAD position • X7 to control panel connected

10. Light switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test light switch. (See “LIGHT SWITCH TEST” on page 95.)

11. F7 fuse

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check F7 fuse. Check 138A and 138B Gry wires and connections.

12. RH headlight

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 119C and 119A Wht wires and connections.

13. LH headlight

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 119C and 119B Wht wires and connections.

14. F8 fuse

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check F8 fuse. Check 138A and 138C Gry wires and connections.

15. RH tail light

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 118A and 118B Gry wires and connections.

16. LH tail light

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 118A and 118C Gry wires and connections.

4 - 70

6/27/00

LIGHTS DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

S9 Light Switch 122B Red

103A Org

5

103B Org

4

122B Red

103A Org

122A Red

A

3 F8 Fuse

1

122C Red

12

138 Gry

143 Org

B

147B Pur To E7 and E8 Work Lights 147D Pur

F3 Fuse

S8 Turn Signal Switch 115A Dk Grn

A F7 Fuse +12 VDC

F6 Fuse B

5

B

A

A

2 125A Dk Grn

B

147A Pur

13

147C Pur

118 Gry

147C Pur

14

125E Dk Grn Trailer Connector (Option)

119A Wht

115E Dk Grn

E6 RH Headlight

15 X7-W1 Main Wiring Harness To Control Panel 125B Dk Grn

125C Dk Grn

119B Wht

E5 LH Headlight

115B Dk Grn 8

125C Dk Grn

115C Dk Grn

E2 LH Hazard Light

125D Dk Grn

115D Dk Grn

11

9

E4 RH Hazard Light 115C Dk Grn 6

10 7 125D Dk Grn 115D Dk Grn

E1 LH Tail Light

6/27/00

E3 RH Tail Light

4 - 71

LIGHTS DIAGNOSIS

Test/Check Point Test Conditions: • Key switch in OFF position • Engine OFF

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

Normal

If Not Normal

• Light switch in FIELD position

17. Light switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test light switch. (See “LIGHT SWITCH TEST” on page 95.)

18. F6 fuse

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check F6 fuse. Check 143 Org wire and connections.

19. X13 trailer connector

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 147A and 147C Pur wires and connections.

NOTE: With the light switch in FIELD position, and the turn signal in the OFF position, 12.4 - 13.2 VDC will be provided in the same locations as Steps 12 through 15 above. Test Conditions: • Key switch in OFF position • Engine OFF

• Light switch in OFF position • Turn signal switch in LEFT position

20. Turn signal switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test switch. (See “TURN SIGNAL SWITCH TEST” on page 97.) Replace as needed.

21. RH hazard light and RH tail light

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 115A, 115C and 125D Dk Grn wires and connections.

22. X7 control panel connector (terminal D)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 115A and 115B Dk Grn wires and connections.

23. Turn signal switch

Intermittent 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test switch. (See “TURN SIGNAL SWITCH TEST” on page 97.) Replace as needed.

24. LH hazard light and LH tail light

Intermittent 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 125A, 125C and 125D Dk Grn wires and connections.

25. X7 control panel connector (terminal E)

Intermittent 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 125A and 125B Dk Grn wires and connections.

Test Conditions: • Key switch in OFF position • Engine OFF

• Light switch in OFF position • Turn signal switch in RIGHT position

26. Turn signal switch

Intermittent 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test switch. (See “TURN SIGNAL SWITCH TEST” on page 97.) Replace as needed.

27. RH hazard light and RH tail light

Intermittent 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 115A, 115C and 125D Dk Grn wires and connections.

28. X7 control panel connector (terminal D)

Intermittent 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 115A and 115B Dk Grn wires and connections.

29. Turn signal switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test switch. (See “TURN SIGNAL SWITCH TEST” on page 97.) Replace as needed.

30. LH hazard light and LH tail light

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 125A, 125C and 125D Dk Grn wires and connections.

31. X7 control panel connector (terminal E)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 125A and 125B Dk Grn wires and connections.

4 - 72

6/27/00

LIGHTS DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

S9 Light Switch 22 28 122B Red 122B Red 122A Red 122C Red

16

138 Gry

143 Org

147B Pur To E7 and E8 Work Lights 147D Pur

19 25 S8 Turn Signal Switch 115A Dk Grn

A F7 Fuse +12 VDC

F6 Fuse B

F3 Fuse

A

A 17

B

125A Dk Grn

B

147A Pur

147C Pur

147C Pur 18 125E Dk Grn Trailer Connector (Option)

119A Wht

115E Dk Grn

X7-W1 Main Wiring Harness To Control Panel 125B Dk Grn

119B Wht

E5 LH Headlight

115B Dk Grn 24 30

21 27

E2 LH Hazard Light 125C Dk Grn

E6 RH Headlight

125C Dk Grn

115C Dk Grn

125D Dk Grn

115D Dk Grn

E4 RH Hazard Light 115C Dk Grn

20 26 23 29 115D Dk Grn

125D Dk Grn

E1 LH Tail Light

6/27/00

E3 RH Tail Light

4 - 73

LIGHTS OPERATION

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

LIGHTS OPERATION

Turn Signal Switch Function:

For newer model 4500 and 4600 tractors and all 4700 tractors. See serial number break list on page21.

Provides intermittent power to the tail lights, hazard lights and control panel indicators.

Light Switch Function:

Operating Conditions:

Provides power to the headlights, tail lights, hazard lights, work lights and panel lights in combinations, depending upon the position the light switch is placed in. Operating Conditions: • Light switch in either HAZARD, ROAD or FIELD position. Theory of Operation: Power for the light switch is provided through the load center F5 fuse, 122C and 122B Red wires. Power for the turn signal light switch is provided through the F5 fuse, 122C and 122A Red wires. Light Switch Hazard Position: In the HAZARD position, voltage is provided from the light switch (terminal 2) through the 103 Org wire to the S8 turn signal switch.

• Turn signal switch in the OFF position • Light switch in either HAZARD or ROAD position; or, turn signal switch in the LEFT or RIGHT position with the light switch in any position. Theory of Operation: Unswitched power is provided to the turn signal switch (terminal 2) through the 122A Red wire. Switched power is provided from the light switch through the 103 Org wire (terminal 1). With the turn signal switch in the OFF position, and the light switch in either the HAZARD or ROAD position, voltage enters the turn signal switch through the 103 Org wire (terminal 1). The voltage goes to the flasher unit inside the turn signal switch. The flasher unit produces an intermittent voltage output that is provided to the center contacts of both the LH and RH switch. With the turn signal switch in the OFF position, both the LH and RH switch provide an intermittent output voltage to the wiring harness (terminals 3 and 4).

Light Switch Road Position:

Intermittent voltage is provided to the LH hazard light through the 125A and 125C Dk Grn wires. Intermittent voltage is provided to the RH hazard light through the 115A and 115C Dk Grn wires.

In the ROAD position, voltage is provided from the light switch (terminal 2) through the same circuit as when the light switch is in the HAZARD position.

Turn Signal Switch Left Position:

The F8 fuse provides voltage to the LH and RH taillights and the X13 trailer connector (terminal 6) through the 118 Gry wires.

With the light switch in any position, and the turn signal switch in the LEFT position, constant voltage is provided to the RH switch contact. The contact provides constant voltage (terminal 4) to the RH hazard light. Constant voltage is also provided from the S8 RH switch contact to the flasher unit in the turn signal switch. The flasher unit provides intermittent voltage to the S8 LH switch contact. The intermittent voltage is provided (terminal 3) to the LH hazard light, LH turn indicator light on the control panel, and X13 trailer connector (terminal 3).

Light Switch Field Position:

Turn Signal Switch Right Position:

In the FIELD position, voltage is removed from the turn signal switch (terminal 1). However, voltage remains to the headlights and taillights (light switch terminal 3), and is provided to the work lights (light switch terminal 4).

With the light switch in any position and the turn signal switch in the RIGHT position, constant voltage is provided to the S8 LH switch contact. The contact provides constant voltage (terminal 3) to the LH hazard light. Constant voltage is also provided from the S8 LH switch contact to the flasher unit in the turn signal switch. The flasher unit provides intermittent voltage to the S8 RH switch contact. The intermittent voltage is provided (terminal 4) to the RH hazard light, RH turn indicator light on the control panel, and X13 trailer connector (terminal 5).

In addition, voltage is provided from the light switch (terminal 3) though the 138 Gry wires to the F7 and F8 fuses. The F7 fuse provides voltage to the LH and RH headlights through the 119 Wht wires; and voltage to the control panel gauge lights through the 119Wht wires and X6 connector (B terminal).

Voltage is provided from the light switch (terminal 4), through the 143 Org wire to the F6 fuse. The F6 fuse provides voltage, through the 147 Pur wires, to the work lights and to the X13 trailer connector (terminal 2).

4 - 74

6/27/00

LIGHTS ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

LIGHTS ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC 103 Org 119A Wht 119B Wht

(2) Road

1 2

B

138A Gry

122A Red

B

3

138B Gry F7 A

F6 Fuse

143 Org 4

F5 Fuse

F8 Fuse

138C Gry

122B Red

A

118A Gry

A B Fuse 119C Wht B 147A Pur

147C Pur

2 147B Pur B

X17

P4 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge X18

E1 LH Tail Light

010K Blk

X16

E7 LH Work Light

t0

Q

010H Blk

X17

118C Gry

X21

E3 RH Tail Light

X20

118B Gry 010G Blk

X23

B

1

X13 Trailer Connector

E8 RH Work Light

119D Wht

X6

Fusible Link

6

X16

002D Red

P3 Fuel Gauge

010J Blk

B

Control Panel Circuit Board

002C Red

118D Gry

147D Pur

S9 Light Switch

A

010A Blk

010B Blk

103 Org

(3) Field

122C Red

E6 RH Headlight

E5 LH Headlight

(0) Off (1) Hazard

E2 LH Hazard Light X19

125C Dk Grn

115D Dk Grn

115C Dk Grn 115A Dk Grn

4

125A Dk Grn

3

125D Dk Grn

2

122A Red

115B Dk Grn

125B Dk Grn

X7

G1 Battery

(0) Right (1) Off (2) Left 1 103 Org Flasher

X22

Red 122A Red

S8 Turn Signal Switch

5

M M1 Starting Motor

E4 RH Hazard Light

X13 Trailer Connector 3

010L Blk

X7 D

E

Blk

050A Blk 010C Blk

W1 Battery Frame Ground SE1 - STARTING

6/27/00

050K Blk

X6

H1 RH Turn Light

H2 LH Turn Light

D

Control Panel Circuit Board

Unswitched Power

010C Blk

Switched Power SE6 - LIGHTS

4 - 75

LIGHTS DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

LIGHTS DIAGNOSIS Test Conditions: • Key switch in OFF position • Engine OFF Test/Check Point 1. Light switch

• Light switch in HAZARD position • X7 to control panel disconnected Normal

If Not Normal

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check F3 fuse. (See “POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS” on page 30.)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check F3 fuse. (See “POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS” on page 30.)

3. Light switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test light switch. (See “LIGHT SWITCH TEST” on page 95.)

4. Turn signal switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 103A and 103B Org wires and connections.

5. Turn signal switch (115A and 125A Dk Grn wires)

Intermittent 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test switch. (See “TURN SIGNAL SWITCH TEST” on page 97.) Replace as needed.

6. RH hazard light

Intermittent 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 115A and 115C Dk Grn wires and connections.

7. RH tail light

Intermittent 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 115A and 125D Dk Grn wires and connections.

8. X7 control panel connector (terminal D)

Intermittent 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 115A and 125B Dk Grn wires and connections.

9. LH hazard light

Intermittent 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 125A and 125C Dk Grn wires and connections.

10. LH tail light

Intermittent 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 125A and 125D Dk Grn wires and connections.

11. X7 control panel connector (terminal E)

Intermittent 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 125A and 125B Dk Grn wires and connections.

2. Turn signal switch

Test Conditions:

NOTE: With the light switch in ROAD position, and the turn signal in the OFF position, 12.4 - 13.2 VDC and intermittent 12.4 - 13.2 VDC will be provided in the same locations as Steps 4 through 11 above. These voltages are in addition to the voltage present at the F7 fuse and RH and LH headlights. • Key switch in OFF position • Engine OFF

• Light switch in ROAD position • X7 to control panel connected

12. Light switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test light switch. (See “LIGHT SWITCH TEST” on page 95.)

13. F7 fuse

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check F7 fuse. Check 138 Gry wire and connections.

14. RH headlight

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 119C and 119A Wht wires and connections.

15. LH headlight

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 119C and 119B Wht wires and connections.

4 - 76

6/27/00

LIGHTS DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

S9 Light Switch 5 4

122B Red 103 Org

122B Red

103 Org

122A Red 3 1 10 A

B

A

138C Gry

F6 Fuse B

147B Pur To E7 and E8 Work Lights 147D Pur

122C Red

138A Gry

143 Org

B 147A Pur

A F8 Fuse

F3 Fuse

138B Gry

2 5 S8 Turn Signal Switch 115A Dk Grn

A

125A Dk Grn

+12 VDC

F7 Fuse

119C Wht

B 118A Gry

11

14 118B Gry

147C Pur

147C Pur 125D Dk Grn

12 115D Dk Grn

118D Gry

119A Wht

E6 RH Headlight

Trailer Connector (Option) X7-W1 Main Wiring Harness To Control Panel 125B Dk Grn 9 8 125C Dk Grn

13 119B Wht 7

115B Dk Grn

E2 LH Hazard Light

125C Dk Grn

E4 RH Hazard Light 115C Dk Grn 6

118C Gry

16

118B Gry 118B Gry 15

118C Gry

E1 LH Tail Light

6/27/00

115C Dk Grn

E5 LH Headlight

E3 RH Tail Light

4 - 77

LIGHTS DIAGNOSIS

Test/Check Point Test Conditions: • Key switch in OFF position • Engine OFF

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

Normal

If Not Normal

• Light switch in FIELD position

16. Light switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test light switch. (See “LIGHT SWITCH TEST” on page 95.)

17. F6 fuse

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check F6 fuse. Check 143 Org wire and connections.

18. X13 trailer connector

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 147A and 147C Pur wires and connections.

NOTE: With the light switch in FIELD position, and the turn signal in the OFF position, 12.4 - 13.2 VDC will be provided in the same locations as Steps 12 through 15 above. Test Conditions: • Key switch in OFF position • Engine OFF

• Light switch in OFF position • Turn signal switch in LEFT position

19. Turn signal switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test switch. (See “TURN SIGNAL SWITCH TEST” on page 97.) Replace as needed.

20. RH hazard light

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 115A, 115C and 125D Dk Grn wires and connections.

21. X7 control panel connector (terminal D)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 115A and 115B Dk Grn wires and connections.

22. Turn signal switch

Intermittent 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test switch. (See “TURN SIGNAL SWITCH TEST” on page 97.) Replace as needed.

23. LH hazard light

Intermittent 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 125A, 125C and 125D Dk Grn wires and connections.

24. X7 control panel connector (terminal E)

Intermittent 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 125A and 125B Dk Grn wires and connections.

Test Conditions: • Key switch in OFF position • Engine OFF

• Light switch in OFF position • Turn signal switch in RIGHT position

25. Turn signal switch

Intermittent 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test switch. (See “TURN SIGNAL SWITCH TEST” on page 97.) Replace as needed.

26. RH hazard light

Intermittent 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 115A, 115C and 125D Dk Grn wires and connections.

27. X7 control panel connector (terminal D)

Intermittent 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 115A and 115B Dk Grn wires and connections.

28. Turn signal switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test switch. (See “TURN SIGNAL SWITCH TEST” on page 97.) Replace as needed.

29. LH hazard light

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 125A, 125C and 125D Dk Grn wires and connections.

30. X7 control panel connector (terminal E)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 125A and 125B Dk Grn wires and connections.

4 - 78

6/27/00

LIGHTS DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

S9 Light Switch 22 28 122B Red 103 Org

122B Red

103 Org

122A Red

16 A

B

A

138C Gry

F6 Fuse

17 B

147B Pur To E7 and E8 Work Lights 147D Pur

122C Red

138A Gry

143 Org

B 147A Pur

A F8 Fuse

F3 Fuse

138B Gry

19 25 S8 Turn Signal Switch 115A Dk Grn

A

125A Dk Grn

+12 VDC

F7 Fuse

119C Wht

B 118A Gry

118B Gry

147C Pur

147C Pur 18 125D Dk Grn 118D Gry

115D Dk Grn

119A Wht

E6 RH Headlight

Trailer Connector (Option)

X7-W1 Main Wiring Harness To Control Panel

119B Wht

115B Dk Grn

E5 LH Headlight

125B Dk Grn 24 30 21 27 23 125C Dk Grn

E2 LH Hazard Light

125C Dk Grn

E4 RH Hazard Light 115C Dk Grn 20

118C Gry

29

118B Gry 118B Gry 26

118C Gry

E1 LH Tail Light

6/27/00

115C Dk Grn

E3 RH Tail Light

4 - 79

CRUISE CONTROL

CRUISE CONTROL Cruise Control Function: Provides an electro-mechanical means to control the forward speed of the tractor. Operating Conditions: • Key switch in RUN position • Brake not depressed • Cruise control switch momentarily in ENGAGE position, and then released to the ON position. The cruise control will remain ENGAGED until the brake is depressed; the key switch is turned to the OFF position; or, the cruise control switch is placed into the OFF position. Theory of Operation: When the Y3 cruise control electromagnet is energized, the forward pedal is held in whatever position it is in when the magnet is energized. The cruise control magnet is energized through the cruise control relay contacts. The brake switch provides a latching circuit for the cruise control relay. When the brake pedal is depressed, the normally open brake switch contacts open and the latching circuit is removed. With the latching circuit removed, the cruise control relay contacts open, and the cruise control magnet is de-energized, releasing the forward pedal.

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

(terminal 30) to the S11 brake switch and Y3 cruise control magnet through the 264A Yel wire, X9 connector, W4 wiring harness Yel wires, and X11 connector and X12 connector respectively. When power is provided to the cruise control magnet, it is energized and creates a magnetic field that holds the forward pedal in a locked position. When power is provided to the S11 brake switch, and the brake switch contacts are closed (brake NOT depressed), power is provided through the X11 connector, W4 wiring harness Gry wires, X9 connector and 238 Gry wire to the cruise control relay (terminal 86). This circuit latches the cruise control relay by keeping the cruise control relay coil energized. The latching circuit keeps the cruise control relay coil energized until the brake pedal is depressed. When the pedal is depressed, the S11 brake switch contacts open and power is removed from the cruise control relay coil. When the cruise control relay coil is de-energized, the relay contacts open, and power provided to the cruise control indicator light and the cruise control magnet is removed. Without power, the cruise control magnet releases the forward pedal. Placing the cruise control switch into the OFF position stops power to the cruise control relay coil and contacts.

Power for the cruise control circuit is provided to the X9 connector, from the key switch (terminal 4), through the 209 Wht wire. Power is provided from the X9 connector to the cruise control switch through the W4 wiring harness Wht wire, and X10 connector. The cruise control switch is a double pole switch with OFF, ON, and momentary ENGAGE positions. When the cruise control switch is placed in the momentary ENGAGE position, power is provided through the switch, X10 connector, W4 wiring harness Gry wire, X9 connector, and 238 Gry wire to the K8 cruise control relay (terminal 86). With power provided, the relay coil energizes and the contacts (terminal 30 and terminal 87) close. At the same time (cruise control switch placed in the momentary ENGAGE position), power is provided through the X10 connector, W4 wiring harness Pur wire, X9 connector, and 247 Pur wire to the K8 cruise control relay contacts (terminal 87). With the contacts closed, power is provided through the relay contacts (terminals 87 and 30) to the cruise control indicator light through the 264B Yel wire, X6 connector (terminal G), and control panel circuit board. Latching Circuit: Power is also provided from the cruise control relay

4 - 80

6/27/00

CRUISE CONTROL ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

CRUISE CONTROL ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC S10 Cruise Control Switch

W5 Cruise Control Wiring Harness (AM124956 Only)

Off On Engage

S1 Key Switch 4 012 Red

1

B

2

F1 Fuse A 002D Red

Pur

Blk Wht

209 Wht

Wht

X10

X9

6

W5 Cruise Control Wiring Harness

X10

Gry

X10

5 3

209 Wht

Off On Engage

7 Start Run Off Acc.

Wht

Pur

Wht

Gry

X9 Aid Off

S10 Cruise Control Switch

002C Red

LVA10271 Change Gry

Pur On Off

H8 Cruise Indicator Light

Fusible Link

Gry

Blu

X11 Gry

G

Blu

S11 Brake Switch

X11

X6 264B Yel

B

K8 Cruise Control Relay

M M1 Starting Motor

86

30

85

87 87A

Red

W5 Cruise Control Wiring Harness

238 Gry 247 Pur 264A Yel

Pur Yel

X9 W6 Cruise Control Magnet Wiring Harness

Y3 Cruise Control Magnet

050F Blk 050E Blk

Blk

050B Blk 050A Blk

050C Blk

W1 Battery Frame Ground SE1 - STARTING

6/27/00

W5 Cruise Control Wiring Harness

050D Blk

050J Blk

X12 Yel Wht

050G Blk

G1 Battery

Yel

Wht

X12

Blk

050J Blk

X9

SE4 - ACCESSORIES

SE5 - INSTRUMENTATION

4 - 81

CRUISE CONTROL DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

CRUISE CONTROL DIAGNOSIS Test Conditions: • Key switch in RUN position, engine OFF • PTO in NEUTRAL • Transmission in NEUTRAL Test/Check Point

• Park brake ENGAGED • K8 cruise control relay removed • X9 disconnected Normal

If Not Normal

31. Key switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test key switch. (See “KEY SWITCH TEST” on page 95.) Replace switch as needed.

32. X9 connector (terminal A)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 209 Wht wire and connections.

Test Conditions: • X9 connector connected • Park brake ENGAGED 33. X10 connector (Wht wire terminal)

• X10, X11 and X12 disconnected • Key switch in RUN position, engine OFF 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test Conditions: • X10 to cruise control switch connected • Place and hold cruise control switch in ENGAGE position

Check X9, Wht wire, X10 and connections.

• Park brake ENGAGED • Key switch in RUN position, engine OFF

34. K8 relay socket (terminal 86)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Ensure cruise control switch is in ENGAGE position. Test switch. (See “CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH TEST” on page 100.) Check X10 connector, Gry wire, X9 connector, and 238 Gry wires and connections.

35. K8 relay socket (terminal 87)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test cruise control switch. Check X10 connector, Pur wire, X9 connector, and 247 Pur wires and connections.

36. X11 connector (Gry wire)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check Gry wire and connections.

Test Conditions: • Cruise control switch in ON position 37. X6 (terminal G)

• K8 relay installed

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test K8 cruise control relay.

38. X12 to frame ground (Blk wire)

Less than 0.1 ohms resistance

Check Blk wire, X9 connector, and 050J and 050A Blk wires and connections.

39. X9 to X11 to X12 (Yel wires)

Less than 0.1 ohms resistance

Check Yel wires and connections.

Test Conditions: • Key switch in OFF position

Test Conditions: • X11 connected • Key switch in RUN position (Engine OFF) 40. X12 connector (Yel wire)

4 - 82

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

• Cruise control switch in ON position • Brake pedal NOT depressed Test brake switch. (See “BRAKE SWITCH TEST” on page 101.)

6/27/00

CRUISE CONTROL DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

To S10 Cruise Control Switch (Newer Models)

3

Wht

1

Gry

209 Wht

Wht Pur 3

Wht Gry S1 Key Switch

X10-To S10 Cruise Control Switch Pur X9-W1 Main Wiring Harness To Cruise Control Wiring Harness

Wht Gry

238 Gry Pur

247 Pur

238 Gry

4

86

264A Yel 2

9 Yel Blk

30

87A

87

209 Wht

85

5

247 Pur

264A Yel

050J Blk

X9-Cruise Control Wiring Harness To W1 Main Wiring Harness

K8 Cruise Control Relay 9

264B Yel

Gry Yel 6

X11 To S11 Brake Switch

7 Y3 Cruise Control Magnet

264B Yel X6-W1 Main Wiring Harness To Control Panel

W1 Battery Frame Ground

6/27/00

X12-To Y3 Cruise Control Magnet 8 Blk

Yel 9 10

4 - 83

TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS

TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS Common components (such as the key switch, fuel shutoff solenoid, or park brake switch) are cross referenced to this section. The tests and adjustments given in this section can be used by North American or European service technicians.

GROUND CIRCUIT TEST

ELECTRICAL - NORTH AMERICAN

7. Connect voltmeter negative (black) lead to negative terminal of battery. 8. Connect voltmeter positive (red) lead to ground terminal of circuit (A) or component to be tested. Be sure that component circuit is activated (See appropriate circuit operation description) so that voltage will be present at the component. Record voltage. Voltage must be greater than 0, but less than 1.0 volt. Some components will have a very small voltage reading on the ground side and still be operating correctly.

Reason: To check for open circuits, loose terminal wire crimps, poor connections, or corrosion in the ground circuit. Equipment: • Ohmmeter or Voltmeter

Results: • If voltage is 0, the component is open. • If voltage is greater than 1.0 volt, the ground circuit is bad. Check for open wiring, loose terminal wire crimps, poor connections, or corrosion in the ground circuit.

NOTE: The voltmeter method checks ground connections under load. Procedure—OHMMETER METHOD: 1. Park machine on level surface. 2. Place PTO in NEUTRAL. 3. Turn key switch to OFF position. 4. Engage park brake. 5. Raise hood. 6. Remove engine side covers. 7. Connect ohmmeter negative (black) lead to negative terminal of battery. Connect meter positive (red) lead to negative terminal of battery and record reading. 8. Connect ohmmeter red lead to ground terminal of circuit (A) or component to be tested that is closest to the battery negative terminal. Resistance reading must be the same or very close to as the battery negative terminal reading. Work backward from the battery frame ground on the ground side of the problem circuit until the resistance reading increases above 0.1 ohms. The problem is between the last two test points. If a problem is indicated, disconnect the wiring harness connector to isolate the wire or component and check resistance again. Maximum allowable resistance in the circuit is 0.1 ohms. Check both sides of the connectors closely, as disconnecting and connection may temporarily solve problem.

A

Battery Frame Ground

M91683

Procedure—VOLTMETER METHOD: 1. Park machine on level surface. 2. Place PTO in NEUTRAL. 3. Turn key switch to ON position. 4. Engage park brake. 5. Raise hood. 6. Remove engine side covers.

4 - 84

6/27/00

BATTERY TEST

ELECTRICAL - TESTS & ADJUSTMENTS

BATTERY TEST

c

CAUTION

9. Check electrolyte level in each battery cell. Add clean, soft water as needed. If water is added, charge battery for 20 minutes at 10 amps. 10. Remove surface charge by placing a small load on the battery for 15 seconds.

Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous. It is strong enough to burn skin, eat holes in clothing, and cause blindness if splashed into the eyes. Avoid the hazard by: 1. Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area. 2. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves. 3. Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is added. 4. Avoid spilling or dripping electrolyte. 5. Use proper jump start procedure. If you spill acid on yourself: 1. Flush your skin with water. 2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize the acid. 3. Flush your eyes with water for 15—30 minutes. Get medical attention immediately. If acid is swallowed: 1. Do not induce vomiting. 2. Drink large amounts of water or milk, but do not exceed 1.9 L (2 qts.). 3. Get medical attention immediately.

Reason: To check condition of battery and determine battery voltage.

11. Use an hydrometer to check for a minimum specific gravity of 1.265 at full charge at 26.7°C (80°F) with less than 50 point variation in each cell. Results: • If all cells are less than 1.175, charge battery at 10 amp rate. • If all cells are less than 1.265 with less than 50 point variation, charge battery at 10 amp. • If all cells are more than 1.265 with less than 50 point variation, load test battery. • If more than 50 point variation between cells, replace battery. 12. Use a voltmeter or JTO5685 Battery Tester to check for a minimum battery voltage of 12.4 VDC.

Equipment: • Hydrometer • Voltmeter or JTO5685 Battery Tester Procedure: 1. Park machine on level surface. 2. Disengage PTO. 3. Turn key switch to OFF position. 4. Engage park brake. 5. Raise hood. 6. Clean cable ends, battery terminals and top of battery. 7. Remove battery. 8. Inspect battery terminals and case for breakage or cracks.

6/27/00

Results: • If battery voltage is less than 12.4 VDC, charge battery. • If battery voltage is more than 12.4 VDC, test specific gravity. (See Step 12.) 13. Install battery.

4 - 85

CHARGE BATTERY

ELECTRICAL - TESTS & ADJUSTMENTS

CHARGE BATTERY

IMPORTANT: Decrease charge rate if battery gases or bubbles excessively or becomes too warm to touch.

Reason: To increase battery charge after the battery has been discharged.

13. Check specific gravity after 30 minutes (60 minutes for maintenance-free battery).

Equipment:

Results:

• Battery charger (variable rate).

• If MORE THAN 50 point variation between cells, replace battery. • If LESS THAN 50 point variation between cells, go to Step 14.

Procedure:

NOTE:

See BATTERY TEST in this group before charging battery.

1. Park machine on level surface. 2. Disengage PTO. 3. Turn key switch to OFF position. 4. Engage park brake. 5. Raise hood. 6. Remove engine side covers. 7. Clean cable ends, battery terminals and top of battery. 8. Remove battery. Check water level in each cell. 9. Connect variable rate charger to battery. 10. Start charger at SLOW rate. Increase charge rate ONE setting at a time. Check charger ammeter after 1 minute at each setting. Maintain 10 amp charge rate. Use boost setting as necessary. 11. Check if battery is accepting 10 amp charge rate after 10 minutes at boost setting.

NOTE: If battery was discharged at slow or unknown rate, charge battery at 10-15 amps for 6-12 hours. (Maintenance-free battery: 4-8 hours). 14. Continue to charge battery until specific gravity is 1.230 – 1.265 points at 26.7°C (80°F). 15. Load test battery. 16. Install battery.

LOAD TEST BATTERY Reason: To check condition of battery under load. Equipment: • JTO5685 Battery Tester Procedure:

Battery Charger and Booster

1. Park machine on level surface. 2. Disengage PTO. 3. Turn key switch to OFF position. 4. Engage park brake. 5. Raise hood. 6. Clean cable ends, battery terminals and top of battery. 7. Remove battery.

Results: • If battery WILL NOT accept 10 amp charge after 10 minutes at boost setting, replace battery. • If battery is accepting 10 amp charge after 10 minutes at boost setting, and battery did NOT need water, go to Steps 12 and 13. • If battery is accepting 10 amp charge after 10 minutes at boost setting, but battery DID need water or all cells were BELOW 1.175, go to Steps 10 and 11. 12. Set charger at 15 – 25 amps.

C

D

E

B D.C. AMPS

D.C. VOLTS

A

8. Turn load knob (A) counterclockwise to OFF

4 - 86

6/27/00

UNREGULATED AMPERAGE TEST

ELECTRICAL - TESTS & ADJUSTMENTS

position. 9. Connect tester positive (red) cable to battery positive (+) terminal (B). 10. Connect tester negative (black) cable to battery negative (–) terminal (C). 11. Turn load knob (A) of tester clockwise (in) until amperage reading (D) is equal to: • cold cranking amperage rating of battery (use blue scale). or • three times ampere hour rating (use black scale). 12. Hold for 15 seconds and turn load knob (A) of tester counterclockwise (out) into OFF position. 13. Repeat Steps 8 and 9 above and read condition of battery at DC Volts scale (E). Results: • If battery DOES NOT pass test and has NOT been charged, charge battery and retest. • If battery DOES NOT pass test and HAS BEEN charged, replace battery.

UNREGULATED AMPERAGE TEST 40 AMP ALTERNATOR Reason:

A

M91220

3. Insert a small Phillips screwdriver through the hole (A) in rear cover of alternator to ground the regulator to the rear cover. Read amperage on current gun. Specifications: Minimum unregulated amperage . . . . . . . . 40 amps Results: • If reading does not meet specifications, verify voltage at the alternator regulated terminal and good alternator ground. If voltage and ground are OK, replace the alternator.

To determine charging output of the alternator stator. Equipment: • JTO5712 Current Gun Connections: 1. Put JTO5712 Current Gun over alternator Red wire. Set current gun for DC current. Procedure: IMPORTANT: Perform this test quickly to prevent damage to the battery. DO NOT apply full load to battery for more than 10 seconds. 2. Start and run engine at high idle.

6/27/00

4 - 87

REGULATED AMPERAGE AND VOLTAGE TESTS

REGULATED AMPERAGE AND VOLTAGE TESTS

ELECTRICAL - TESTS & ADJUSTMENTS

9. Connect battery tester to battery. IMPORTANT: Perform this test quickly to prevent damage to battery tester. DO NOT apply full load to battery for more than 5 - 10 seconds.

Reason: To determine the regulated voltage (charging) output of the alternator. Equipment: • JTO5712 Current Gun • Voltmeter • JTO5685 Battery Tester Procedure: 1. Park machine on level surface. 2. Disengage PTO. 3. Turn key switch to OFF position. 4. Engage park brake. 5. Raise hood. 6. Remove engine side covers. 7. Disconnect three pin connector from alternator.

NOTE: Battery must be in a good state of charge at 12 to 15 VDC. B

C

D.C. AMPS

10. Turn load knob clockwise (in) until voltage on voltage tester scale reads 11 volts for 5 seconds only to partially drain battery. 11. Quickly turn load knob completely counterclockwise (out) to OFF position. 12. Start and run engine at fast idle. Battery voltage should read between 12.2 - 15.0 VDC. 13. Turn load knob clockwise (in) until voltage on tester voltage scale (B) reads 11 volts and look at current gun for a minimum reading of 13.5 amps. 14. Quickly turn load knob completely counterclockwise (out) to OFF position. 15. After load test, voltage scale (B) should return to voltage level prior to test. Results: • If current gun amp reading is BELOW specification, test for unregulated voltage output. If unregulated voltage output test meets specifications and you have verified voltage to ground to regulator/ rectifier, replace regulator/rectifier. • If at any time voltage increase exceeds 15.0 VDC, replace regulator/rectifier.

D.C. VOLTS

STARTING MOTOR SOLENOID TEST A

Reason: To determine if starting motor is defective. Equipment: • Jumper wire JTO5712 Current Gun

c M91292

8. Connect JTO5712 Current Gun to voltmeter and put around positive (red) battery cable going to starting motor. Set current gun for DC current. IMPORTANT: Turn load knob (A) fully counterclockwise (out) into OFF position BEFORE making any test connections.

4 - 88

CAUTION

This test will cause engine to turn over. Engine may start. Ensure tractor drive is disengaged. Ensure PTO is disengaged.

Procedure: 1. Park machine on level surface. 2. Place drive in NEUTRAL. 3. Disengage PTO. 4. Turn key switch to OFF position. 5. Engage parking brake. 6/27/00

STARTING MOTOR AMPERAGE DRAW TEST

ELECTRICAL - TESTS & ADJUSTMENTS

6. Raise hood. 7. Remove left engine side cover. 8. Disconnect fuel shutoff solenoid wire connector. 9. Disconnect 309 Wht wire from starting motor solenoid terminal (A). 10. Connect jumper wire to positive (+) battery terminal and briefly jump to starting motor solenoid terminal (A).

STARTING MOTOR AMPERAGE DRAW TEST Reason: To determine the amperage required to crank the engine and check starter motor operation under load. Equipment:

Results: • Starting motor runs—solenoid is good, test cranking circuit wiring. • Starting motor DOES NOT run—go to next step. 11. Remove rubber boot from terminal (B). 12. Remove plastic cover from terminal (C). 13. Connect jumper wire between starting motor solenoid large terminals (B and C).

• JTO5685 Battery Tester Procedure: 1. Park machine on level surface. 2. Disengage PTO. 3. Turn key switch to OFF position. 4. Engage park brake. 5. Raise hood. 6. Remove engine front and left side covers. 7. Test ground connections and battery. 8. Disconnect fuel shutoff solenoid connector. IMPORTANT: Turn load knob (B) fully counterclockwise before making any test connections.

C

B A

M91309

9. Connect JTO5685 Battery Tester (A) to battery. 10. Crank engine and read voltage. 11. Turn key switch to the OFF position. Adjust load knob until battery voltage reads the same as when cranking. 12. Read amperage on meter. 13. Turn load knob fully counterclockwise.

Results: • Starting motor runs—replace starter. • Starting motor DOES NOT run—check battery cables, then replace starting motor.

A

M87365

Results: • If amperage is greater than 150 amps, test starting motor No-Load RPM and Amperage to determine if the starting motor is binding or damaged. • If the starting motor is good, check internal engine components for binding or damage.

6/27/00

4 - 89

NO-LOAD AMPERAGE DRAW AND RPM TESTS

NO-LOAD AMPERAGE DRAW AND RPM TESTS STARTING MOTOR Reason: To determine if starter is binding or has excessive amperage draw under no-load.

7. Remove starting motor assembly from tractor and place starting motor in vice. 8. Connect jumper cables to a 12 volt battery 9. Connect positive (+) cable to solenoid battery terminal on starting motor. 10. Connect negative (–) cable to starting motor body. 11. Attach Current Gun to positive (+) cable. IMPORTANT: Complete this test in 20 seconds or less to prevent starting motor damage.

Equipment: • JTO2153 Current Clamp • JT05791 Multitester • JTO5719 Hand-Held Digital Tachometer • Jumper Cables • Jumper wire Procedure:

NOTE:

ELECTRICAL - TESTS & ADJUSTMENTS

12. Use a jumper wire to briefly connect positive (+) starting motor terminal to solenoid terminal. Starting motor should engage and run. 13. Read and record starting motor amperage and rpm. Results:

Check that battery is fully charged and of proper size to ensure accuracy of test.

1. Park machine on level surface. 2. Disengage PTO. 3. Turn key switch to OFF position. 4. Engage park brake. 5. Raise hood. 6. Remove left engine side cover.

• If solenoid “clicks” or chatters and starting motor does not turn, replace starting motor. • If pinion gear engages and starting motor doesn’t turn, replace starting motor. • If starting motor engages and runs, but amperage is more than 60 Amps at 4440 rpm, repair or replace starting motor. • If free-running rpm is less than 4000 rpm, repair or replace starting motor.

Starting Motor Terminal JTO2153 Current Clamp

JTO5791 Multitester

Solenoid Terminal M91293

4 - 90

6/27/00

RELAY TEST

ELECTRICAL - TESTS & ADJUSTMENTS

RELAY TEST

Results: • There should be continuity between terminals A (30) and E (87). • If continuity is NOT correct, replace relay.

Reason: To check relay terminal continuity in the energized and de-energized condition. Equipment: • Ohmmeter or continuity tester • 12 volt battery and small jumper wires

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR TEST Reason: To verify coolant temperature sensor is functioning properly.

Procedure: 1. Park machine on level surface. 2. Disengage PTO. 3. Turn key switch to OFF position. 4. Engage park brake. 5. Open plastic panel below steering column support. 6. Remove relay from fuse and relay load center. 7. Check terminal continuity using an ohmmeter or continuity tester. 86

85

30

87

87a

30

Equipment: • Ohmmeter Procedure:

NOTE: Perform test with engine at room temperature. 1. Park machine on level surface. 2. Disengage PTO. 3. Turn key switch to OFF position. 4. Engage park brake. 5. Raise hood. 6. Remove engine side covers. 7. Disconnect 359 Wht wire from engine coolant temperature sensor. 8. Measure resistance between terminal and sensor body.

A

86 D A

87a 87

85 C

E

B M91294 M91295

Results: • There should be continuity between terminals A (30) and B (87a). • There should be approximately 80 ohms resistance between terminals C (85) and D (86). • There should NOT be continuity between any other terminals. 8. Connect a small jumper wire from battery positive (+) terminal to relay terminal C (85). Connect a small jumper wire from relay terminal D (86) to battery negative terminal (–).

9. If resistance does not meet specification, replace coolant temperature switch. 10. Drain engine coolant and remove coolant temperature switch. 11. Place sensor (A) in antifreeze solution heated to approximately 96°C (205°F). Measure resistance while sensor is heated. 12. If resistance does not meet specification, replace coolant temperature sensor. Specifications: Variable Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 – 700 ohms

6/27/00

4 - 91

ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH TEST

ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH TEST Reason: To determine if engine oil pressure switch is functioning properly, to warn operator that oil pressure has dropped below minimum operating pressure.

ELECTRICAL - TESTS & ADJUSTMENTS

Results: • There is NO continuity between terminal and ground, replace the switch. • If the switch DOES have continuity to engine block (ground) with engine running, check oil pressure. • If oil pressure meets specification, replace the oil pressure switch.

MANIFOLD HEATER TEST

Equipment: • Ohmmeter

Reason: To test proper operation of manifold heater.

Procedure: 1. Park machine on level surface. 2. Disengage PTO. 3. Turn key switch to OFF position. 4. Engage park brake. 5. Raise hood. 6. Remove right engine side cover. 7. Disconnect 347 Pur wire from oil pressure switch (A). 8. Connect black lead of ohmmeter to engine block and red lead of ohmmeter to terminal of switch. 9. Measure resistance between terminal and engine block.

Equipment: • Ohmmeter Procedure: 1. Park machine on level surface. 2. Disengage PTO. 3. Turn key switch to OFF position. 4. Engage park brake. 5. Raise hood. 6. Remove right engine side cover. 7. Remove manifold heater lead from terminal (A). 8. Check continuity across terminal (A) and frame ground. The reading should be approximately 0.3 – 0.5 ohms.

A

A

M91345

Results: • There should be continuity between terminal and ground. • If there is NO continuity between terminal and ground: See Oil Pressure Test. Replace the switch.

NOTE: Be sure to apply Pipe Sealant with TEFLON® to threads of switch anytime it is installed.

M91346

Results: • If manifold heater does not have approximately 0.3 – 0.5 ohms resistance, replace heater unit.

® TEFLON is a registered trademark of the DuPont Company. 10. Start and run engine. 11. Measure resistance between terminal and engine block.

4 - 92

6/27/00

FUSE TEST

ELECTRICAL - TESTS & ADJUSTMENTS

FUSE TEST

CONTROL PANEL LIGHT TEST

Reason:

Reason:

To verify that fuse has continuity.

To verify that bulb has continuity.

Equipment:

Equipment:

• Ohmmeter or continuity tester

• Ohmmeter or continuity tester

Procedure:

Procedure:

1. Remove fuse from connector. 2. Check visually for broken filament (A). 3. Connect ohmmeter or continuity tester to each end of fuse. 4. Check for continuity.

1. Remove bulb from socket. 2. Check visually for broken filament (A). 3. Connect ohmmeter or continuity tester to each terminal of bulb. 4. Check for continuity.

A A

M48392

M48391

Results: • If continuity is not indicated, replace fuse.

6/27/00

Results: • If continuity is not indicated, replace bulb.

4 - 93

DIODE BLOCK TEST

ELECTRICAL - TESTS & ADJUSTMENTS

DIODE BLOCK TEST

• Each diode should have continuity in one direction only. • If a diode has continuity in both directions, or has no continuity, replace diode block.

Reason: To verify that diodes in diode block are functioning properly. Equipment: • Ohmmeter, continuity tester or diode tester Procedure:

1. Remove diode block from load center. 2. Connect ohmmeter or continuity tester to each diode as indicated in table. 3. Check for continuity. C

Reason: To verify seat switch functions are operating properly. Equipment:

NOTE: Terminal positions are indicated on diode block.

A

SEAT SWITCH TEST

D

F

E

B

H

K

• Ohmmeter or continuity tester Procedure: 1. Park machine on level surface. 2. Disengage PTO. 3. Turn key switch to OFF position. 4. Engage park brake. 5. Raise seat. 6. Disconnect seat switch from wiring harness.

J Operator Off

A

C

B

Operator On

E F

A

K

D J H

M91301

B

M91298

Continuity: Red Test Lead (+)

Black Test Lead (–)

Continuity

A

B

Yes

C

B

Yes

D

E

Yes

F

E

Yes

H

J

Yes

K

J

Yes

7. Check continuity across switch terminals. There should be no continuity. 8. Depress seat switch plunger. Continuity should exist between terminals A and B. Results: • If any continuity is not correct, replace seat switch.

Results:

4 - 94

6/27/00

KEY SWITCH TEST

ELECTRICAL - TESTS & ADJUSTMENTS

KEY SWITCH TEST

LIGHT SWITCH TEST

Reason:

Reason:

To verify that key switch functions properly.

To verify that light switch functions properly.

Equipment:

Equipment:

• Ohmmeter or continuity tester

• Ohmmeter or continuity tester

Procedure:

Procedure:

1. Park machine on level surface. 2. Disengage PTO. 3. Turn key switch to OFF position. 4. Engage park brake. 5. Disconnect and lift control panel. 6. Disconnect key switch from wiring harness. 7. Remove key switch from tractor. 8. Use an ohmmeter or continuity tester to test switch continuity in OFF, RUN, START, and AID (key pushed in) positions.

1. Park machine on level surface. 2. Disengage PTO. 3. Turn key switch to OFF position. 4. Engage park brake. 5. Remove screws securing control panel and lift control panel. 6. Disconnect light switch connector from harness. 7. Use an ohmmeter or continuity tester to test switch continuity.

4

E

6

1

3

(0) Off

D

(1) Hazard

5

2

2

(2) Road

3

(3) Field

C

7

1 Start Run Off Acc. Aid Off

F

B

2

B

B

3

Spare

A

4

1

Not Used

4 M91297

M91296

Light Switch Continuity:

Key Switch Continuity: Switch Position

Terminal Continuity

OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A and A ACCESSORY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A and B RUN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A and B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A and C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A and D START . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A and D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A and E AID (Key in RUN position & PUSHED IN) . . .A and B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A and C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A and D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A and F

Switch Position

Terminal Continuity

OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B and 1 HAZARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B and 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B and 1 ROAD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B and 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B and 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B and 1 FIELD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B and 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B and 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B and 1 Results: • If any continuity is NOT correct, replace the switch.

Results: • If any continuity is NOT correct, replace the switch.

6/27/00

4 - 95

TRANSMISSION NEUTRAL SWITCH TEST – CST & PRTELECTRICAL - TESTS & ADJUSTMENTS

TRANSMISSION NEUTRAL SWITCH TEST – CST & PRT Reason: To verify that switch functions properly.

Switch Continuity: Switch Position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Terminal Continuity NORMALLY OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A and B BALL DEPRESSED (Closed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . None Results: If switch does not match correct continuity readings, replace switch.

Equipment: • Ohmmeter or continuity tester

PIP Synopsis (Solution Number 47031): Procedure: 1. Park machine on level surface. 2. Disengage PTO. 3. Turn key switch to OFF position. 4. Engage park brake. 5. Place transmission lever in NEUTRAL. 6. Disconnect neutral start switch from harness. 7. Check for continuity between terminals (A) and (B). If no continuity exists, ensure that selector is in NEUTRAL.

NOTE: For PRT tractors, review "PIP Synopsis".

For some PRT tractors there is a potential for the operator to start the tractor while the transmission is in gear. The engine must only start when the dash mounted forward/reverse lever is in the neutral position. A more positive neutral sensing of the valve spool should be checked for (or added if not installed). 1. For tractors A, a special adaptor and activation pin is added between the neutral start switch and shift control valve. 2. For tractors B, a special washer is added to shim the neutral start switch. Tractors A: LV4500P 150001-253183 LV4500E 155001-259087 LV4600P 160001-263009 LV4600E 166002-269252

On Off

Tractors B:

A B

M91686

LV4500P 253184-254416 LV4500E 259088-259093 LV4600P 263010-264365 LV4600E 269253-269337

8. If continuity can be obtained when transmission is in NEUTRAL; • Place selector in any gear, • Check for continuity through switch. There should be NO continuity. 9. If continuity does not match specifications: • CST - Remove switch(es) from transmission housing. • PRT - Remove switch from PRT valve housing. • Test switch(es) for continuity. Each switch is normally closed. Depress contact ball on end of switch and check continuity. Switch should be open (NO continuity with ball depressed. 10. Replace switch if correct continuity can not be obtained.

4 - 96

6/27/00

TRANSMISSION NEUTRAL SWITCH TEST – HST

ELECTRICAL - TESTS & ADJUSTMENTS

TRANSMISSION NEUTRAL SWITCH TEST – HST

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH TEST Reason:

Reason:

To verify that turn signal switch functions properly.

To verify that switch functions properly. Equipment: Equipment:

• Ohmmeter

• Ohmmeter or continuity tester Procedure: Procedure: 1. Park machine on level surface. 2. Disengage PTO. 3. Turn key switch to OFF position. 4. Engage park brake. 5. Place gear range selector lever in NEUTRAL. 6. Disconnect neutral start switch from harness.

NOTE: Switch is normally open. When the pedals are not pushed, the pedal linkage closes the contacts. Depressing either forward or reverse directional pedal allows switch to open.

1. Park machine on level surface. 2. Disengage PTO. 3. Turn key switch to OFF position. 4. Engage park brake. 5. Remove screws securing control panel, and lift panel. 6. Disconnect turn signal switch connector from harness. 7. Use an ohmmeter or continuity tester to test switch continuity in OFF, LH, and RH positions.

(0) Right (1) Off (2) Left

7. Check for continuity between terminals (A) and (B). If no continuity exists, ensure that directional pedals for transmission are not depressed.

Flasher

F

1 5

A B

4 Pedal Released Pedal Depressed

3

2

6

D C E

B

A

Turn Signal Switch Continuity: Switch Position

M91343

8. Press down on forward directional pedal. No continuity should exist between terminal (A) and terminal (B). 9. Press down on reverse directional pedal. No continuity should exist between terminal (A) and terminal (B). 10. If continuity is not correct, replace switch. 11. Adjust switch as needed. • Switch should open when forward directional pedal is depressed 0.25 - 0.375 in. (6 - 9 mm).

M91299

Terminal Resistance

OFF A to B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 ohms A to C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 ohms B to C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.1 ohms LH POSITION A to B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . variable A to C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 ohms A to D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . open A to E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 ohms A to F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . variable B to F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .o.1 ohms RH POSITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A and C Results: • If any resistance value is NOT correct, replace the switch.

6/27/00

4 - 97

HAZARD SWITCH TEST

ELECTRICAL - TESTS & ADJUSTMENTS

HAZARD SWITCH TEST

MID PTO SWITCH TEST

Reason:

Reason:

To verify that hazard switch functions properly.

To verify that switch functions properly.

Equipment:

Equipment:

• Ohmmeter or continuity tester

• Ohmmeter or continuity tester Procedure:

Procedure: 1. Park machine on level surface. 2. Turn key switch to OFF position. 3. Engage park brake. 4. Remove plastic kick panel from below steering column support. 5. Disconnect hazard lights switch connector from harness. 6. Use an ohmmeter or continuity tester to test switch continuity in OFF and ON positions.

1. Park machine on level surface. 2. Turn key switch to OFF position. 3. Engage park brake. 4. Disengage PTO. 5. Disconnect switch from wiring harness.

On Off

On Off 49

30 15 R

49

L 31

A

49a

49a

B

M91686

31 L R 15

30 M91687

Hazard Switch Continuity: Switch Position

Terminal Continuity

OFF (Depressed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 and 15 ON (Released) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 and 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49a and R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49a and L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R and L 49a to 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .approximately 24 ohms R to 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .approximately 24 ohms L to 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .approximately 24 ohms Results:

6. Using an ohmmeter or continuity tester, check continuity through switch. The switch should be closed (continuity with rear PTO DISENGAGED), and the switch should be open (no continuity with rear PTO engaged). 7. If continuity does not match specifications: • Remove switch(es) from transmission housing. • Test switch(es) for continuity. Each switch is normally closed. Depress contact ball on end of switch and check continuity. Switch should be open (NO continuity) with ball depressed. 8. Replace switch if correct continuity can not be obtained. Switch Continuity: Switch Position

Terminal Continuity

NORMALLY CLOSED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A and B BALL DEPRESSED (OPEN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . None

• If any resistance value is NOT correct, replace the switch.

4 - 98

6/27/00

PTO SWITCH TEST

ELECTRICAL - TESTS & ADJUSTMENTS

PTO SWITCH TEST

2-SPEED PTO SWITCH TEST

Reason:

Reason:

To verify that PTO switch functions properly.

To verify that switch functions properly.

Equipment:

Equipment: • Ohmmeter or continuity tester

• Ohmmeter or continuity tester

Procedure:

Procedure: 1. Park machine on level surface. 2. Disengage PTO. 3. Turn key switch to OFF position. 4. Engage park brake. 5. Remove plastic kick panel from below steering column support. 6. Disconnect PTO switch connector from harness. 7. Use an ohmmeter or continuity tester to test switch continuity.

1. Park machine on level surface. 2. Turn key switch to OFF position. 3. Engage park brake. 4. Disengage PTO. Shift 2-speed PTO selector lever to low (540 rpm) range. 5. Disconnect wiring harness connector from PTO speed range switch.

On Off

A

Yel ON

B

Red On Off

Red

D

C

D

Org

M91221

Switch Continuity: Switch Position

B

M91686

C

A

B

A

Terminal Continuity

ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A and B OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C and D Results: • If continuity is NOT correct, replace the switch.

6. Using an ohmmeter or continuity tester, check continuity through each switch. One switch should be closed (continuity), and the other switch should be open (no continuity). 7. Shift 2-speed PTO selector lever to high (750 rpm) range. 8. Using an ohmmeter or continuity tester, check continuity through each switch. The continuity should be reversed through each switch. 9. If continuity does not match specifications: • Remove switch(es) from transmission housing. • Test switch(es) for continuity. Each switch is normally closed. Depress contact ball on end of switch and check continuity. Switch should be open (NO continuity with ball depressed. 10. Replace switch if correct continuity can not be obtained. Switch Continuity: Switch Position

Terminal Continuity

NORMALLY CLOSED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A and B BALL DEPRESSED (OPEN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . None

6/27/00

4 - 99

CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH TEST

ELECTRICAL - TESTS & ADJUSTMENTS

CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH TEST

CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH TEST

With AM124956 Wiring Harness

With LVA10271 Wiring Harness

Reason:

Reason:

To verify that cruise control switch functions properly.

To verify that cruise control switch functions properly.

Equipment:

Equipment:

• Ohmmeter or continuity tester

• Ohmmeter or continuity tester

Procedure:

Procedure:

1. Park machine on level surface. 2. Disengage PTO. 3. Turn key switch to OFF position. 4. Engage park brake. 5. Disconnect and raise control panel. 6. Disconnect cruise control switch connector from harness. 7. Use an ohmmeter or continuity tester to test switch continuity.

1. Park machine on level surface. 2. Disengage PTO. 3. Turn key switch to OFF position. 4. Engage park brake. 5. Disconnect and raise control panel. 6. Disconnect cruise control switch connector from harness. 7. Use an ohmmeter or continuity tester to test switch continuity.

Off

Off

On

On

Engage

Engage

B A

2 5

C

3 6

C B

Blk

5 C

A

Wht

6

A

Gry

3 M91306

Switch Continuity: Switch Position

D

2

B

M91306A

Switch Continuity: Terminal Continuity

Switch Position

Terminal Continuity

OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . None ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A and B ENGAGE (momentary). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A, B, and C

OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . None ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 and 3 ENGAGE (momentary) . . . . . . . . . . . 2 and 3, 5 and 6

Results:

Results:

• If continuity is NOT correct, or exists in any other combination than shown above, replace the switch.

4 - 100

• If continuity is NOT correct, or exists in any other combination than shown above, replace the switch.

6/27/00

CRUISE CONTROL MAGNET TEST

ELECTRICAL - TESTS & ADJUSTMENTS

CRUISE CONTROL MAGNET TEST

BRAKE SWITCH TEST

Reason:

Reason:

To verify that cruise control magnet is operating properly.

To verify that switch functions properly. Equipment:

Equipment:

• Ohmmeter or continuity tester

• Ohmmeter or continuity tester Test Procedure: Procedure: 1. Park machine on level surface. 2. Disengage PTO. 3. Turn key switch to OFF position. 4. Engage park brake. 5. Disconnect cruise control magnet connector from harness. 6. Use an ohmmeter or continuity tester to test magnet and housing continuity.

1. Park machine on level surface. 2. Disengage PTO. 3. Turn key switch to OFF position. 4. Disconnect brake switch connector. 5. Use an ohmmeter or continuity tester to test switch continuity.

A

B

C

M91646

A

Switch Continuity: B M91311

Switch Position

Terminal Continuity

RELEASED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B and C DEPRESSED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A and B Magnet Continuity: A to B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approximately 20 ohms A to MAGNET HOUSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . None B to MAGNET HOUSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . None Results: • If resistance and continuity are NOT correct, replace the magnet.

6/27/00

Results: • If continuity is NOT correct, or continuity exists in any other combination than listed above, replace switch. Adjustment Procedure: 1. Release brake pedal. 2. Loosen switch bracket hardware. 3. Move switch until switch plunger closes. 4. Check that switch does not bottom when brake pedal is released. 5. Tighten bracket hardware. 6. Check that switch opens when brake pedal is depressed.

4 - 101

PARK BRAKE SWITCH TEST

ELECTRICAL - TESTS & ADJUSTMENTS

PARK BRAKE SWITCH TEST

FUEL GAUGE SENSOR TEST

Reason:

Reason:

To verify switch functions are operating properly.

To verify that the fuel gauge sensor is operating properly.

Equipment: Equipment:

• Ohmmeter or continuity tester

• Ohmmeter or continuity tester Test Procedure: 1. Park machine on level surface. 2. Disengage PTO. 3. Turn key switch to OFF position. 4. Release parking brake. 5. Disconnect brake switch connector. 6. Use an ohmmeter or continuity tester to test switch continuity.

On Off

A

B

D

C C

B

D A

M91300

Switch Continuity: Switch Position

Procedure: 1. Park machine on level surface. 2. Disengage PTO. 3. Engage park brake. 4. Raise hood. 5. Turn key switch to ON position. 6. Disconnect Org wire from fuel sensor and check fuel gauge. The fuel gauge must drop to EMPTY. If not, see “POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS” on page 30. 7. Short the Org wire to the black wire connector on the fuel sensor. The gauge must rise to FULL. If not, test the fuel sensor ground circuit. 8. If the gauge does not correctly indicate fuel levels based on the two tests above, proceed to step 9. 9. Disconnect fuel gauge sensor wires. 10. Remove sensor from fuel tank. 11. Using an ohmmeter connected to fuel gauge sensor contacts, check if continuity exists between terminals. If continuity exists, measure resistance across terminals as float and float arm are moved through full range of motion.

Terminal Continuity

Org Wire

RELEASED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B and C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A and D Results: Blk Wire

• If continuity is NOT correct, or continuity exists in any other combination than listed above, replace switch. Float

Adjustment Procedure: 1. Engage parking brake. 2. Loosen switch bracket hardware. 3. Move switch until switch plunger is about 3 mm (1/8 in.) from bottoming. 4. Check that switch does not bottom when parking brake is fully set. Increase clearance if needed. 5. Tighten bracket hardware. 6. Check switch operation.

4 - 102

M91652

Results: 12. If resistance does not meet specifications, replace fuel gauge sensor. Specifications: Variable Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 – 95 ohms

6/27/00

FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID TESTS

ELECTRICAL - TESTS & ADJUSTMENTS

FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID TESTS Reason: To verify that the solenoid coils are operating properly. Equipment:

11. Connect fuel shutoff solenoid connector. 12. Listen for click when fuel shutoff solenoid pulls in when either: • Operator on seat with or without park brake engaged and key switch turned to ON position; or: • Operator off seat with park brake engaged and key switch turned to ON position;

• Ohmmeter or continuity tester • Voltmeter

Results: Procedure: 1. Park machine on level surface. 2. Disengage PTO. 3. Turn key switch to OFF position. 4. Engage park brake. 5. Raise hood. 6. Remove right engine side cover. 7. Disconnect fuel shutoff solenoid connector. 8. Using an ohmmeter or continuity tester, check if continuity exists between all solenoid terminals.

• If click is not heard when fuel shutoff solenoid pulls in, see “FUEL SUPPLY DIAGNOSIS” on page46.

PTO SOLENOID TEST Reason: To verify that the solenoid coil is operating properly. Equipment: • Ohmmeter or continuity tester • Voltmeter Procedure: 1. Park machine on level surface. 2. Disengage PTO. 3. Turn key switch to OFF position. 4. Engage park brake. 5. Remove tunnel cover and rock shaft valve panel.

A

M87349 C B

Results: 9. If resistance does not meet specifications, replace fuel shutoff solenoid.

A

Specifications: A to B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.4 ohms A to C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12.4 ohms B to C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12.0 ohms 10. Check for grounds or shorts by connecting tester to one coil terminal and the other to bare metal of coil case. Results: • Replace fuel shutoff coil if continuity is present.

6/27/00

B M91689

6. Disconnect PTO solenoid connector. 7. Using an ohmmeter or continuity tester, check if continuity exists between solenoid terminals. Results: 8. If resistance does not meet specifications, replace solenoid.

4 - 103

PTO SOLENOID TEST

ELECTRICAL - TESTS & ADJUSTMENTS

Specifications: A to B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.0 – 9.0 ohms 9. Check for grounds or shorts by connecting tester to one coil terminal and the other to bare metal of coil case. Results: • Replace PTO solenoid if continuity is present from either terminal to solenoid coil case. 10. Connect PTO solenoid connector.

4 - 104

6/27/00

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

EUROPEAN ELECTRICAL SECTION The European road homologated tractors have the same electrical circuits as the North American tractors, with the addition of lighting circuits required to meet EEC Machinery Directives. The main electrical wiring harness is specific to the European models, and is identical among all of the European 4500 and 4600 series tractors. Lighting additions include the hazard lights switch, flasher relay, brake lights, position lights, and additional control panel indicator lights (2-speed PTO, and trailer indicator lights). The European tractors have 2-speed PTOs (540 and 750 rpm) with control panel indicator lights. The European tractor wiring harness contains the same wires (both color and number) as the North American tractors, with additional wires required for the additional circuits. There are variations between the North American and European main wiring harnesses in connector to wire pin locations and numbers. While some circuits such as the Cranking Circuit may be identical, other circuits contain differences that require using the diagnosis specific to either North American or European tractors. Common components (such as the key switch, fuel shutoff solenoid, or park brake switch) are cross referenced to the shared Electrical Tests and Adjustments section. (See “TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS” on page 84.) The tests and adjustments given in this section can be used by any North American or European service technician.

EUROPEAN ELECTRICAL SECTION

ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC AND WIRING HARNESS LEGEND B1—Fuel Gauge Sensor (SE5, W1) B2—Engine Oil Pressure Switch (SE5, W1) B3—Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor (SE5, W1) B4—Horn (SE5, W1) E1—LH Front Turn/Hazard Light (SE5, W1) E2—LH RearTurn/Hazard Light (SE5, W1) E3—RH Front Turn/Hazard Light (SE5, W1) E4—RH RearTurn/Hazard Light (SE5, W1) E5—LH Headlight (SE6, W1) E6—RH Headlight (SE6, W1) E7—LH Work Light (Option)(SE6, W1) E8—RH Work Light (Option)(SE6, W1) E9—LH Front Position Light (SE6, W1) E10—LH Rear Position Light (SE6, W1) E11—LH Brake Light (SE6, W1) E12—RH Front Position Light (SE6, W1) E13—RH Rear Position Light (SE6, W1) E14—RH Brake Light (SE6, W1) E15—License Plate Light (SE6, W1) F1—Fuse - 30 amp (SE1, W1) F2—Fuse - 30 amp (Option)(SE4, W1) F3—Fuse - 30 amp (SE4, W1) F4—Fuse - 20 amp (SE4, W1) F5—Fuse - 10 amp (SE2, W1) F6—Fuse - 20 amp (SE5, W1) F7—Fuse - 20 amp (SE5, W1) F8—Fuse - 20 amp (SE6, W1) F9—Fuse - 20 amp (SE6, W1) G1—Battery (SE1, W1) G2—Alternator (SE3, W1) H1—RH Turn Signal (SE5, W1) H2—LH Turn Signal (SE5, W1) H3—PTO Light (NOT USED) H4—Discharge Light (SE5, W1) H5—Cold Start Light (SE5, W1) H6—Park Brake Light (SE5, W1) H7—Engine Oil Pressure Light (SE5, W1) H8—Cruise Control Indicator Light (SE5, W1) H9—Mid PTO Light (SE5, W1) H10—540 PTO Light (SE5, W1) H11—750 PTO Light (SE5, W1)

6/27/00

4 - 105

ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC AND WIRING HARNESS LEGEND H12—Bulb Integrity Light (SE5, W1)

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

Y4—PTO Solenoid (SE2, W1)

H13—Trailer 1 Light (SE5, W1) H14—Trailer 2 Light (SE5, W1)

CONNECTORS:

H15—Backup Alarm

X1—W1 Main Wiring Harness to Fusible Link (SE1, W1)

K1—Manifold Heater Relay (SE2, W1) K2—Start Relay (SE1, W1) K3—Fuel Shutoff Relay (SE2, W1) K4—Engine Run Relay (SE2, W3) K5—Safety Relay (SE2, W1) K6—Safety Relay (SE2, W1) K7—Accessory Relay (SE4, W1) K8—Cruise Control Relay (Option)(SE5, W1) K10—Mid PTO Light Relay (Option) (SE2, W1)

NOTE: X2 supplied with cap and jumper wire if X3 is connected to transmission neutral switch on PRT (PowrReverser™) or gear (CST) tractors. X3 supplied with cap and jumper wire if X2 is connected to transmission neutral switch on hydro (HST) tractors. In main wiring harnesses for tractors with cab version of wiring harness, there is no X3 connector. All tractors have the S3 or S4 neutral switch connected to the X2 connector.

K11—Brake Light Relay (SE4, W1) K12—Flasher Relay (SE4, W1) M1—Starting Motor (SE1, W1) P1—Engine Tachometer (SE5, W1) P2—Hour Meter (Option)(SE5, W1) P3—Fuel Gauge (SE4, W1) P4—Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge (SE5, W1) R1—Manifold Heater (SE2, W1) R2—Variable Thermistor (SE2, W1) S1—Key Switch (SE1, W1) S2—Seat Switch (SE2, W1) S3—Transmission Neutral Switch (HST) (SE2, W1) S4—Transmission Neutral Switch (CST and PRT PowrReverser™) (SE2, W1) S5—PTO Switch (SE2, W1) S6—Mid PTO Switch (SE2, W1) S7—Park Brake Switch (SE2, W1) S8—Turn Signal Switch (SE5, W3) S9—Light Switch (SE5, W1) S10—Cruise Control Switch (Option)(SE5, W1) S11—Brake Switch (Option)(SE5, W1) S12—Horn Switch (Option) S13—Hazard Switch (SE5, W1) S14—540 PTO Switch (SE2, W1) S15—750 PTO Switch (SE2, W1) S16—Brake Switch (SE5, W1) V1—Diode Block (SE2, W1) W1—Battery Frame Ground (SE1, W1) Y1—Starting Motor Solenoid (SE1, W1) Y2—Fuel Shutoff Solenoid (SE2, W1)

X2—W1 Main Wiring Harness to W3 HST Transmission Neutral Start Wiring Harness (HST Only) (SE2, W1) X3—W1 Main Wiring Harness to S4 (CST and PRT Only) (SE2, W1) Non-cab version tractors only X4—W1 Main Wiring Harness to W2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid Wiring Harness (SE2, W1) X5—W1 Main Wiring Harness to S6 Mid PTO Switch (Option) (SE2, W1) X6—W1 Main Wiring Harness to Control Panel Circuit Board (SE5, W1) X7—W1 Main Wiring Harness to Control Panel Circuit Board (SE5, W1) X8—W1 Main Wiring Harness to Control Panel Circuit Board (SE5, W1) X9—W1 Main Wiring Harness to W5 Cruise Control Wiring Harness (SE4, W1) X10—W5 Cruise Control Wiring Harness to S10 Cruise Control Switch (SE5, W4) X11—W5 Cruise Control Wiring Harness to S11 Brake Switch (SE5, W4) X12—W5 Cruise Control Wiring Harness to W6 Cruise Control Magnet Wiring Harness (SE5, W5) X13—W1 Main Wiring Harness to W7 Trailer Connector Wiring Harness (SE4/SE5/SE6, W1) X14—W1 Main Wiring Harness to W7 Trailer Connector Wiring Harness (SE4, W1) X16—W1 Main Wiring Harness to E8 RH Work Light (Option) (SE6, W1) X15—W1 Main Wiring Harness to W4 PTO Solenoid Wiring Harness (SE2, W1) X17—W1 Main Wiring Harness to E7 LH Work Light (Option) (SE6, W1) X18—W1 Main Wiring Harness to E1 LH FrontTurn/ Hazard Light

Y3—Cruise Control Magnet (Option)(SE5, W1)

4 - 106

6/27/00

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC AND WIRING HARNESS LEGEND

X19—W1 Main Wiring Harness to E2 LH Rear Turn/ Hazard Light X20—W1 Main Wiring Harness to E9 LH Front Position Light X21—W1 Main Wiring Harness to E1 LH FrontTurn/ Hazard Light and E9 LH Front Position Light X22—W1 Main Wiring Harness to E10 LH Rear Position Light X23—W1 Main Wiring Harness to E11 LH Brake Light X24—W1 Main Wiring Harness to E2 LH Rear Turn/ Hazard Light, E10 LH Rear Position Light, and E11 LH Brake Light X25—W1 Main Wiring Harness to E3 RH Front Turn/ Hazard Light X26—W1 Main Wiring Harness to E4 RH Rear Turn/ Hazard Light X27—W1 Main Wiring Harness to E13 RH Rear Position Light

WIRING HARNESSES: W1—Main Wiring Harness W1—Main Wiring Harness (Cab Version) LV4500E359001– LV4600E369001– LV4700E179001– W2—Fuel Shutoff Solenoid Wiring Harness W3—HST Transmission Neutral Start Wiring Harness (included in the W5 Wiring Harness protective wrap) W4—PTO Solenoid Wiring Harness W5—Cruise Control Wiring Harness W6—Cruise Control Magnet Wiring Harness W7—Trailer Connector Wiring Harness W8—2-Speed PTO Wiring Harness For cab wiring harness, see “CAB WIRING HARNESS” on page188.

X28—W1 Main Wiring Harness to E14 RH Brake Light X29—W1 Main Wiring Harness to E4 RH Rear Turn/ Hazard Light, E13 RH Rear Position Light, and E14 RH Brake Light X30—W1 Main Wiring Harness to E12 RH Front Position Light X31—W1 Main Wiring Harness to E3 RH Front Turn/ Hazard Light and E12 RH Front Position Light X32—W1 Main Wiring Harness to E15 License Plate Light X33—W1 Main Wiring Harness to S16 Brake Switch X34—W1 Main Wiring Harness to W8 2-Speed PTO Wiring Harness (Option) (SE2, W1) X34A—W1 Main Wiring Harness to S14 (Option) (SE2, W1) X34B—W1 Main Wiring Harness to S15 (Option) (SE2, W1) X35—W7 Trailer Connector Wiring Harness to Trailer Connector socket X36—W1 Main Wiring Harness to H15 Backup Alarm X37—W1 Main Wiring Harness to Cab

6/27/00

4 - 107

COMPONENT LOCATION – TRACTOR

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

COMPONENT LOCATION – TRACTOR

S9 Light Switch Control Panel X6, X7, and X8

S5 PTO Switch

S11 Brake Switch S1 Key Switch B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

S8 Turn Signal Switch

Y3 Cruise Control Magnet R1 Manifold Heater Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid

Load Center B3 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor

Thermistor

K12 Flasher

W1 Battery Frame Ground (RH Side)

Oil Pressure Switch M1 Starting Motor X1

Fusible Link

G2 Alternator

G1 Battery

M91684

4 - 108

6/27/00

COMPONENT LOCATION – TRACTOR

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

E4 RH Rear Turn/Hazard Light E12 RH Front Position Light

E13 RH Rear Position Light E14 RH Rear Brake Light

E4 RH Front Turn/Hazard Light

E1 LH Front Position Light X25, X26, X27, X28 X29, X30, and X31

E2 LH Rear Turn/Hazard Light

E9 LH Front Turn/Hazard Light

S13 Hazard Switch

E10 LH Rear Position Light E11 LH Rear Brake Light

X15

Y4 PTO Solenoid

S2 Seat Switch S3 HST Transmission Neutral Switch

X18, X19, X20, X21 X22, X23, and X24 S7 Park Brake Switch

K12 Flasher X2

M91685

6/27/00

4 - 109

COMPONENT LOCATION – CONTROLS & LOAD CENTER

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

COMPONENT LOCATION – CONTROLS & LOAD CENTER H2 LH Turn Light

H1 RH Turn Light P4 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

P1 Engine Tachometer P3 Fuel Gauge

H11 750 PTO Light H9 Mid PTO Light H3 PTO Light (NOT USED)

H12 Bulb Integrity H13 Trailer 1 Light H14 Trailer 2 Light

H10 540 PTO Light H8 Cruise Control Light H5 Cold Start Light

H4 Discharge Light H6 Park Brake Light H7 Engine Oil Pressure Light

P2 Hour Meter

S8 Turn Signal Switch

O

S13 Horn Switch

S9 Light Switch

I

S5 PTO Switch

S10 Cruise Control Switch

Control Panel

M89699

F9-F12 Fuse

11

K4

K4 Engine Run Relay

12

1

10

K3

K3 Fuel Shutoff Relay

9

K2 Start Relay

A

B

A K1 Manifold Relay

K2

2

B

3

K7 Access. Relay

K1

K6 Safety Relay

K7

4

K11

K11 Brake Light Relay

K5 Safety Relay

K6

K10

K10 Mid PTO Light Relay

V1 Diode Block

K5

K9

Spare

DB1

K8

K8 Cruise Control Relay

F1-F8 Fuse

5 6 7 8

Load Center Relays / Diode Block / Fuses

4 - 110

6/27/00

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

WIRE COLOR CODES

Circuit Number

Wire Size

Color

Termination Points

Circuit Number

Wire Size

Color

Termination Points

Circuit Number

Wire Size

Color

Termination Points

Circuit Number

Wire Size

Color

Termination Points

050F

0.5

Blk

K6(85), K7(85)

125E

1.0

Dk Grn

Splice 125, X13

347

0.5

Pur

X6, B2

002A

5.0

Red

M1, G2

050G

0.5

Blk

K7(85), K8(85)

125F

1.0

Dk Grn

Splice 125, S13

353

0.5

Org

X6, B1

002B

5.0

Red

X1 (Fusible Link), K1(30)

050H

0.5

Blk

K8(85), K10(85)

127A

1.0

Pur

Splice 127, S8

359

0.5

Wht

X6, B3

050J

0.8

Blk

Splice 050, X9

127B

1.0

Pur

Splice 127, S8

383

3.0

Org

K1(87), R1

050K

1.0

Blk

Splice 050, X6

127C

1.0

Pur

S13, Splice 127

385A

0.8

Dk Grn

X7, Splice 385

050L

0.5

Blk

B1, Splice 050

127D

1.0

Pur

K12, Splice 127

385B

0.8

Dk Grn

Splice 385, S1

050M

0.5

Blk

K10(85), K11(85)

128A

2.0

Gry

F9, Splice 128

385C

0.5

Dk Grn

Splice 385, K1(86)

072A

1.0

Red

X6, Splice 072

128B

1.0

Gry

Splice 128, X13

505

0.5

Dk Grn

X2, X3 (S4)

072B

1.0

Red

S1, Splice 072

128C

0.8

Gry

Splice 128, E12

518A

0.5

Gry

DB1- 6, K2(86)

072C

0.8

Red

Splice 072, F5

128D

0.8

Gry

Splice 128, E10

518B

0.5

Gry

K2(86), X2

072D

0.8

Red

Splice 072, G2

136A

2.0

Lt Blu

K11(87), Splice 136

521

0.5

Brn

K4(86), DB1- 5

072E

0.8

Red

Splice 072, S13

136B

1.0

Lt Blu

Splice 136, X13

533

0.5

Org

K5(87), K6(87a)

102

1.0

Red

K12, S13

136C

0.8

Lt Blu

Splice 136, E11

539A

0.5

Wht

DB1- 1, DB1- 4

103A

2.0

Org

S9, Splice 103

136D

0.8

Lt Blu

Splice 136, E14

539B

0.5

Wht

DB1- 4, S2

103B

2.0

Org

Splice 103, F9

138

2.0

Gry

S9, F7

546

0.5

Lt Blu

K5(30), S7

103C

2.0

Org

Splice 103, F8

143

2.0

Org

S9, F6

556

0.5

Lt Blu

K6(86), DB1- 2

115A

1.0

Dk Grn

S8, Splice 115

144

0.8

Yel

K12, X8

562A

0.8

Red

F5, Splice 562

115B

0.8

Dk Grn

X7, Splice 115

146

0.8

Lt Blu

K12, X8

562B

0.5

Red

S5, Splice 562

115C

0.8

Dk Grn

Splice 115, E4

147A

2.0

Pur

F6, Splice 147

562C

0.5

Red

Splice 562, S7

115D

0.8

Dk Grn

Splice 115, E3

147B

0.8

Pur

Splice 147, E7

562D

0.5

Red

S5, Splice 562

115E

1.0

Dk Grn

Splice 115, X13

147D

0.8

Pur

Splice 147, E8

562E

0.5

Red

Splice 562, S2

115F

1.0

Dk Grn

Splice 115, S13

148

0.8

Gry

K12, X8

562F

0.5

Red

Splice 562, X5

116

0.8

Lt Blu

X33, K11(86)

209

0.8

Wht

X9, S1

572A

1.0

Red

S1, K2(30)

118A

2.0

Gry

F8, Splice 118

212

0.5

Red

K7(86), S1

572B

0.8

Red

K2(30), DB1- 3

118B

1.0

Gry

Splice 118, X13

222

2.0

Red

K7(87), X14

573A

0.5

Org

K5(86), Splice 573

118C

0.8

Gry

Splice 118, E9

238

0.8

Gry

X9, K8(86)

573B

0.5

Org

K6(30), Splice 573

118D

0.8

Gry

Splice 118, E13

247

0.8

Pur

X9, K8(87)

573D

0.5

Org

Splice 573, S5

118E

0.8

Gry

Splice 118, E15

252

2.0

Red

K7(30), F2

573E

0.5

Org

Splice 573, X3

119A

1.0

Wht

E6, Splice 119

264A

0.8

Yel

K8(30), X9

574A

0.5

Yel

X34, Splice 574

119B

1.0

Wht

E5, Splice 119

264B

0.8

Yel

K8(30), X6

574B

0.5

Yel

S5, Splice 574

119C

2.0

Wht

Splice 119, F7

302A

1.0

Red

DB1- 8, Splice 302

574C

0.5

Yel

Splice 574, X15

119D

0.8

Wht

Splice 119, X6

302B

1.0

Red

K4(87), Splice 302

574D

0.5

Yel

Splice 574, K10(30)

122A

0.8

Red

Splice 122, S12

302C

1.0

Red

Splice 302, X4

586

0.5

Lt Blu

S7, X6

122B

3.0

Red

Splice 122, S9

309

1.0

Wht

K2(87), M1

594A

0.5

Yel

S7, K10(86)

122C

3.0

Red

F3, Splice 122

319

(+)

Therm.

K3(87a), R2

594B

0.5

Yel

K10(86), X5

125A

1.0

Dk Grn

S8, Splice 125

325

0.8

Dk Grn

X6, G2

743

0.5

Org

K10(87a), X8

125B

0.8

Dk Grn

Splice 125, X7

329A

1.0

Wht

X4, K3(30)

757

0.5

Pur

X34, X7

125C

0.8

Dk Grn

Splice 125, E2

329B

1.0

Wht

K3(86), K3(30)

777

0.5

Pur

X34, X7

125D

0.8

Dk Grn

Splice 125, E1

334

0.8

Yel

X7, G2

903

0.8

Org

S12, B4

002C

5.0

Red

X1 (Fusible Link), Splice 002

002D

5.0

Red

Splice 002, F2

002E

1.0

Red

Splice 002, K4(30)

010A

1.0

Blk

E6, Splice 010a

010B

1.0

Blk

E5, Splice 010a

010C

5.0

Blk

W1, Splice 010b

010D

0.8

Blk

DB1-7, Splice 010a

010E

0.5

Blk

DB1-7, K2(85)

010F

0.5

Blk

K2(85), K3(85)

010G

0.8

Blk

Splice 010b, E9

010H

0.8

Blk

Splice 010b, E7

010J

3.0

Blk

Splice 010b, X14

010K

0.8

Blk

Splice 010b, E8

010L

0.8

Blk

Splice 010b, E13/14

010M

0.5

Blk

Splice 010b, X15

010N

1.0

Blk

Splice 010a, X4

010P

1.0

Blk

Splice 101b, S13

010Q

0.8

Blk

Splice 010b, E12

010R

0.8

Blk

Splice 010b, E15

010S

0.8

Blk

Splice 010b, E10/11

010T

(–)

Therm.

K3(85), R2

010U

0.8

Blk

Splice 010a, B4

010V

5.0

Blk

W1, Splice 010a

010X

1.0

Blk

Splice 010a, K12

012

5.0

Red

S1, F1

042A

2.0

Red

F4, Splice 042

042B

1.0

Red

Splice 042, K11(30)

042C

1.0

Red

Splice 042, S13

042D

0.8

Red

Splice 042, X33

050A

2.0

Blk

W1, Splice 050

050B

0.5

Blk

K1(85), Splice 050

050C

0.5

Blk

K1(85), K4(85)

050D

0.5

Blk

K4(85), K5(85)

050E

0.5

Blk

K5(85), K6(85)

5/31/00

4 - 111

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

WIRE COLOR CODES

Circuit Number

Wire Size

Color

Termination Points

Circuit Number

Wire Size

Color

Termination Points

Circuit Number

Wire Size

Color

Termination Points

Circuit Number

Wire Size

Color

Termination Points

050F

0.5

Blk

K6(85), K7(85)

125E

1.0

Dk Grn

Splice 125, X13

347

0.5

Pur

X6, B2

002A

5.0

Red

M1, G2

050G

0.5

Blk

K7(85), K8(85)

125F

1.0

Dk Grn

Splice 125, S13

353

0.5

Org

X6, B1

002B

5.0

Red

X1 (Fusible Link), K1(30)

050H

0.5

Blk

K8(85), K10(85)

127A

1.0

Pur

Splice 127, S8

359

0.5

Wht

X6, B3

050J

0.8

Blk

Splice 050, X9

127B

1.0

Pur

Splice 127, S8

383

3.0

Org

K1(87), R1

050K

1.0

Blk

Splice 050, X6

127C

1.0

Pur

S13, Splice 127

385A

0.8

Dk Grn

X7, Splice 385

050L

0.5

Blk

B1, Splice 050

127D

1.0

Pur

K12, Splice 127

385B

0.8

Dk Grn

Splice 385, S1

050M

0.5

Blk

K10(85), K11(85)

128A

2.0

Gry

F9, Splice 128

385C

0.5

Dk Grn

Splice 385, K1(86)

072A

1.0

Red

X6, Splice 072

128B

1.0

Gry

Splice 128, X13

505

0.5

Dk Grn

X2, X3 (S4)

072B

1.0

Red

S1, Splice 072

128C

0.8

Gry

Splice 128, E12

518A

0.5

Gry

DB1- 6, K2(86)

072C

0.8

Red

Splice 072, F5

128D

0.8

Gry

Splice 128, E10

518B

0.5

Gry

K2(86), X2

072D

0.8

Red

Splice 072, G2

136A

2.0

Lt Blu

K11(87), Splice 136

521

0.5

Brn

K4(86), DB1- 5

072E

0.8

Red

Splice 072, S13

136B

1.0

Lt Blu

Splice 136, X13

533

0.5

Org

K5(87), K6(87a)

102

1.0

Red

K12, S13

136C

0.8

Lt Blu

Splice 136, E11

539A

0.5

Wht

DB1- 1, DB1- 4

103A

2.0

Org

S9, Splice 103

136D

0.8

Lt Blu

Splice 136, E14

539B

0.5

Wht

DB1- 4, S2

103B

2.0

Org

Splice 103, F9

138

2.0

Gry

S9, F7

546

0.5

Lt Blu

K5(30), S7

103C

2.0

Org

Splice 103, F8

143

2.0

Org

S9, F6

556

0.5

Lt Blu

K6(86), DB1- 2

115A

1.0

Dk Grn

S8, Splice 115

144

0.8

Yel

K12, X8

562A

0.8

Red

F5, Splice 562

115B

0.8

Dk Grn

X7, Splice 115

146

0.8

Lt Blu

K12, X8

562B

0.5

Red

S5, Splice 562

115C

0.8

Dk Grn

Splice 115, E4

147A

2.0

Pur

F6, Splice 147

562C

0.5

Red

Splice 562, S7

115D

0.8

Dk Grn

Splice 115, E3

147B

0.8

Pur

Splice 147, E7

562D

0.5

Red

S5, Splice 562

115E

1.0

Dk Grn

Splice 115, X13

147D

0.8

Pur

Splice 147, E8

562E

0.5

Red

Splice 562, S2

115F

1.0

Dk Grn

Splice 115, S13

148

0.8

Gry

K12, X8

562F

0.5

Red

Splice 562, X5

116

0.8

Lt Blu

X33, K11(86)

209

0.8

Wht

X9, S1

572A

1.0

Red

S1, K2(30)

118A

2.0

Gry

F8, Splice 118

212

0.5

Red

K7(86), S1

572B

0.8

Red

K2(30), DB1- 3

118B

1.0

Gry

Splice 118, X13

222

2.0

Red

K7(87), X14

573A

0.5

Org

K5(86), Splice 573

118C

0.8

Gry

Splice 118, E9

238

0.8

Gry

X9, K8(86)

573B

0.5

Org

K6(30), Splice 573

118D

0.8

Gry

Splice 118, E13

247

0.8

Pur

X9, K8(87)

573D

0.5

Org

Splice 573, S5

118E

0.8

Gry

Splice 118, E15

252

2.0

Red

K7(30), F2

573E

0.5

Org

Splice 573, X3

119A

1.0

Wht

E6, Splice 119

264A

0.8

Yel

K8(30), X9

574A

0.5

Yel

X34, Splice 574

119B

1.0

Wht

E5, Splice 119

264B

0.8

Yel

K8(30), X6

574B

0.5

Yel

S5, Splice 574

119C

2.0

Wht

Splice 119, F7

302A

1.0

Red

DB1- 8, Splice 302

574C

0.5

Yel

Splice 574, X15

119D

0.8

Wht

Splice 119, X6

302B

1.0

Red

K4(87), Splice 302

574D

0.5

Yel

Splice 574, K10(30)

122A

0.8

Red

Splice 122, S12

302C

1.0

Red

Splice 302, X4

586

0.5

Lt Blu

S7, X6

122B

3.0

Red

Splice 122, S9

309

1.0

Wht

K2(87), M1

594A

0.5

Yel

S7, K10(86)

122C

3.0

Red

F3, Splice 122

319

(+)

Therm.

K3(87a), R2

594B

0.5

Yel

K10(86), X5

125A

1.0

Dk Grn

S8, Splice 125

325

0.8

Dk Grn

X6, G2

743

0.5

Org

K10(87a), X8

125B

0.8

Dk Grn

Splice 125, X7

329A

1.0

Wht

X4, K3(30)

757

0.5

Pur

X34, X7

125C

0.8

Dk Grn

Splice 125, E2

329B

1.0

Wht

K3(86), K3(30)

777

0.5

Pur

X34, X7

125D

0.8

Dk Grn

Splice 125, E1

334

0.8

Yel

X7, G2

903

0.8

Org

S12, B4

002C

5.0

Red

X1 (Fusible Link), Splice 002

002D

5.0

Red

Splice 002, F2

002E

1.0

Red

Splice 002, K4(30)

010A

1.0

Blk

E6, Splice 010a

010B

1.0

Blk

E5, Splice 010a

010C

5.0

Blk

W1, Splice 010b

010D

0.8

Blk

DB1-7, Splice 010a

010E

0.5

Blk

DB1-7, K2(85)

010F

0.5

Blk

K2(85), K3(85)

010G

0.8

Blk

Splice 010b, E9

010H

0.8

Blk

Splice 010b, E7

010J

3.0

Blk

Splice 010b, X14

010K

0.8

Blk

Splice 010b, E8

010L

0.8

Blk

Splice 010b, E13/14

010M

0.5

Blk

Splice 010b, X15

010N

1.0

Blk

Splice 010a, X4

010P

1.0

Blk

Splice 101b, S13

010Q

0.8

Blk

Splice 010b, E12

010R

0.8

Blk

Splice 010b, E15

010S

0.8

Blk

Splice 010b, E10/11

010T

(–)

Therm.

K3(85), R2

010U

0.8

Blk

Splice 010a, B4

010V

5.0

Blk

W1, Splice 010a

010X

1.0

Blk

Splice 010a, K12

012

5.0

Red

S1, F1

042A

2.0

Red

F4, Splice 042

042B

1.0

Red

Splice 042, K11(30)

042C

1.0

Red

Splice 042, S13

042D

0.8

Red

Splice 042, X33

050A

2.0

Blk

W1, Splice 050

050B

0.5

Blk

K1(85), Splice 050

050C

0.5

Blk

K1(85), K4(85)

050D

0.5

Blk

K4(85), K5(85)

050E

0.5

Blk

K5(85), K6(85)

5/31/00

4 - 111

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

WIRE COLOR CODES

Circuit Number

Wire Size

Color

Termination Points

Circuit Number

Wire Size

Color

Termination Points

Circuit Number

Wire Size

Color

Termination Points

Circuit Number

Wire Size

Color

Termination Points

050F

0.5

Blk

K6(85), K7(85)

125E

1.0

Dk Grn

Splice 125, X13

347

0.5

Pur

X6, B2

002A

5.0

Red

M1, G2

050G

0.5

Blk

K7(85), K8(85)

125F

1.0

Dk Grn

Splice 125, S13

353

0.5

Org

X6, B1

002B

5.0

Red

X1 (Fusible Link), K1(30)

050H

0.5

Blk

K8(85), K10(85)

127A

1.0

Pur

Splice 127, S8

359

0.5

Wht

X6, B3

050J

0.8

Blk

Splice 050, X9

127B

1.0

Pur

Splice 127, S8

383

3.0

Org

K1(87), R1

050K

1.0

Blk

Splice 050, X6

127C

1.0

Pur

S13, Splice 127

385A

0.8

Dk Grn

X7, Splice 385

050L

0.5

Blk

B1, Splice 050

127D

1.0

Pur

K12, Splice 127

385B

0.8

Dk Grn

Splice 385, S1

050M

0.5

Blk

K10(85), K11(85)

128A

2.0

Gry

F9, Splice 128

385C

0.5

Dk Grn

Splice 385, K1(86)

072A

1.0

Red

X6, Splice 072

128B

1.0

Gry

Splice 128, X13

505

0.5

Dk Grn

X2, X3 (S4)

072B

1.0

Red

S1, Splice 072

128C

0.8

Gry

Splice 128, E12

518A

0.5

Gry

DB1- 6, K2(86)

072C

0.8

Red

Splice 072, F5

128D

0.8

Gry

Splice 128, E10

518B

0.5

Gry

K2(86), X2

072D

0.8

Red

Splice 072, G2

136A

2.0

Lt Blu

K11(87), Splice 136

521

0.5

Brn

K4(86), DB1- 5

072E

0.8

Red

Splice 072, S13

136B

1.0

Lt Blu

Splice 136, X13

533

0.5

Org

K5(87), K6(87a)

102

1.0

Red

K12, S13

136C

0.8

Lt Blu

Splice 136, E11

539A

0.5

Wht

DB1- 1, DB1- 4

103A

2.0

Org

S9, Splice 103

136D

0.8

Lt Blu

Splice 136, E14

539B

0.5

Wht

DB1- 4, S2

103B

2.0

Org

Splice 103, F9

138

2.0

Gry

S9, F7

546

0.5

Lt Blu

K5(30), S7

103C

2.0

Org

Splice 103, F8

143

2.0

Org

S9, F6

556

0.5

Lt Blu

K6(86), DB1- 2

115A

1.0

Dk Grn

S8, Splice 115

144

0.8

Yel

K12, X8

562A

0.8

Red

F5, Splice 562

115B

0.8

Dk Grn

X7, Splice 115

146

0.8

Lt Blu

K12, X8

562B

0.5

Red

S5, Splice 562

115C

0.8

Dk Grn

Splice 115, E4

147A

2.0

Pur

F6, Splice 147

562C

0.5

Red

Splice 562, S7

115D

0.8

Dk Grn

Splice 115, E3

147B

0.8

Pur

Splice 147, E7

562D

0.5

Red

S5, Splice 562

115E

1.0

Dk Grn

Splice 115, X13

147D

0.8

Pur

Splice 147, E8

562E

0.5

Red

Splice 562, S2

115F

1.0

Dk Grn

Splice 115, S13

148

0.8

Gry

K12, X8

562F

0.5

Red

Splice 562, X5

116

0.8

Lt Blu

X33, K11(86)

209

0.8

Wht

X9, S1

572A

1.0

Red

S1, K2(30)

118A

2.0

Gry

F8, Splice 118

212

0.5

Red

K7(86), S1

572B

0.8

Red

K2(30), DB1- 3

118B

1.0

Gry

Splice 118, X13

222

2.0

Red

K7(87), X14

573A

0.5

Org

K5(86), Splice 573

118C

0.8

Gry

Splice 118, E9

238

0.8

Gry

X9, K8(86)

573B

0.5

Org

K6(30), Splice 573

118D

0.8

Gry

Splice 118, E13

247

0.8

Pur

X9, K8(87)

573D

0.5

Org

Splice 573, S5

118E

0.8

Gry

Splice 118, E15

252

2.0

Red

K7(30), F2

573E

0.5

Org

Splice 573, X3

119A

1.0

Wht

E6, Splice 119

264A

0.8

Yel

K8(30), X9

574A

0.5

Yel

X34, Splice 574

119B

1.0

Wht

E5, Splice 119

264B

0.8

Yel

K8(30), X6

574B

0.5

Yel

S5, Splice 574

119C

2.0

Wht

Splice 119, F7

302A

1.0

Red

DB1- 8, Splice 302

574C

0.5

Yel

Splice 574, X15

119D

0.8

Wht

Splice 119, X6

302B

1.0

Red

K4(87), Splice 302

574D

0.5

Yel

Splice 574, K10(30)

122A

0.8

Red

Splice 122, S12

302C

1.0

Red

Splice 302, X4

586

0.5

Lt Blu

S7, X6

122B

3.0

Red

Splice 122, S9

309

1.0

Wht

K2(87), M1

594A

0.5

Yel

S7, K10(86)

122C

3.0

Red

F3, Splice 122

319

(+)

Therm.

K3(87a), R2

594B

0.5

Yel

K10(86), X5

125A

1.0

Dk Grn

S8, Splice 125

325

0.8

Dk Grn

X6, G2

743

0.5

Org

K10(87a), X8

125B

0.8

Dk Grn

Splice 125, X7

329A

1.0

Wht

X4, K3(30)

757

0.5

Pur

X34, X7

125C

0.8

Dk Grn

Splice 125, E2

329B

1.0

Wht

K3(86), K3(30)

777

0.5

Pur

X34, X7

125D

0.8

Dk Grn

Splice 125, E1

334

0.8

Yel

X7, G2

903

0.8

Org

S12, B4

002C

5.0

Red

X1 (Fusible Link), Splice 002

002D

5.0

Red

Splice 002, F2

002E

1.0

Red

Splice 002, K4(30)

010A

1.0

Blk

E6, Splice 010a

010B

1.0

Blk

E5, Splice 010a

010C

5.0

Blk

W1, Splice 010b

010D

0.8

Blk

DB1-7, Splice 010a

010E

0.5

Blk

DB1-7, K2(85)

010F

0.5

Blk

K2(85), K3(85)

010G

0.8

Blk

Splice 010b, E9

010H

0.8

Blk

Splice 010b, E7

010J

3.0

Blk

Splice 010b, X14

010K

0.8

Blk

Splice 010b, E8

010L

0.8

Blk

Splice 010b, E13/14

010M

0.5

Blk

Splice 010b, X15

010N

1.0

Blk

Splice 010a, X4

010P

1.0

Blk

Splice 101b, S13

010Q

0.8

Blk

Splice 010b, E12

010R

0.8

Blk

Splice 010b, E15

010S

0.8

Blk

Splice 010b, E10/11

010T

(–)

Therm.

K3(85), R2

010U

0.8

Blk

Splice 010a, B4

010V

5.0

Blk

W1, Splice 010a

010X

1.0

Blk

Splice 010a, K12

012

5.0

Red

S1, F1

042A

2.0

Red

F4, Splice 042

042B

1.0

Red

Splice 042, K11(30)

042C

1.0

Red

Splice 042, S13

042D

0.8

Red

Splice 042, X33

050A

2.0

Blk

W1, Splice 050

050B

0.5

Blk

K1(85), Splice 050

050C

0.5

Blk

K1(85), K4(85)

050D

0.5

Blk

K4(85), K5(85)

050E

0.5

Blk

K5(85), K6(85)

5/31/00

4 - 111

MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC – 4500 / 4600 / 4700

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC – 4500 / 4600 / 4700 002A Red 002 Fuse Block Internal Link

002 Fuse Block Internal Link 002E Red

002E Red 4

209 Wht

209 Wht

012 Red 1

6 572A Red

2

5 072B Red

B

212 Red

212 Red 072A Red

F1 Fuse

072A Red

072E Red

072E Red

072D Red

3 212 Red

PTO On

A

7 385B Dk Grn

072C Red

Start Run Off Acc. Aid Off

002C Red

A

S1 Key Switch

562A Red

B 562E Red

X5

572A Red

X1

S2 Seat Switch

518A Gry

539A Wht

Off 521 Brn

572B Red

Fusible Link

539A Wht

518B Gry 86

30

87A 87

85

1

K2 Start Relay

X2

X2

7

S6 Mid PTO Switch (Option)

In Gear

86

Y1 Starting Motor Solenoid

85

30

87 87A 383 Org

Blk

X4 K1 329A 329B Manifold Wht Heater 86 30 K3 Fuel Relay Shutoff Relay

R1 Manifold Heater

Blk

87A 87 319 Wht

R2 Variable Thermistor

010V Blk

85

87 87A

K4 Engine Run Relay

385A Dk Grn

K10 Mid PTO Light Relay

86

30

85

87 87A

K5 Safety Relay 594A Yel

743 Org

86

30

85

87 87A

86

30

85

87 87A

K6 Safety Relay 209 Wht

On Off 546 Lt Blu

050E Blk

050F Blk

050F Blk

586 Lt Blu

586 Lt Blu

562C Red

S7 Park Brake Switch

010N Blk

050J/050K Blk 050L Blk 010C / 010R / 010H / 010G / 010S / 010J / 010P / 010M / 010K / 010L / 010Q Blk 010A / 010B / 010U / 010X Blk 010N Blk

573B Org

556 Lt Blu

533 Org

85

010F Blk 010T Blk

X4

573A 546 Lt Blu Org

574D Yel

743 Org

050M Blk

050M Blk 050C Blk 050H Blk 050J / 050K Blk 050L Blk 010R / 010H / 010G / 010S / 010J / 010P / 010K / 010L / 010Q Blk 010A / 010B / 010U / 010X Blk

050H Blk

W1 Battery Frame Ground

30

050C Blk

050C Blk 050A Blk

86 573B Org

573E Org

050D Blk

594B Yel

Wht

050B Blk

X3

586 Lt Blu

302B Red

X4

010F Blk

573D Org

325 Dk Grn

002E Red

Wht

Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid

385C 002B Dk Grn Red

521 Brn

302B Red

M

777 Pur 385A Dk Grn

X34

010M Blk

S4 Transmission Neutral Switch (PRT & CST)

302C Red

G1 Battery

X15

757 Pur

X3

505 Dk Grn

302A Red

010D Blk

X34

In Neutral

385A Dk Grn

8

On

556 Lt Blu

S3 Transmission Neutral Switch (HST)

V1 Diode Block

334 Yel

Wht

594B Yel

Pedal Released Pedal Depressed

L P

G2 Alternator

On

X5

572B Red 3

010E Blk

A

M1 Starting Motor

On

IG

Off

Y4 PTO Solenoid

2

309 Wht

Red

Pnk

5

518A Gry 6

Off

S15 750 rpm PTO Switch

X15

V1 Diode Block

G B

574C Yel

574D Yel

539B Wht 4

002B Red

B

X34 S5 PTO Switch

562C Red

(Operator On)

S14 540 rpm PTO Switch

574A Yel

562F Red

(Operator Off)

002A Red

574B Yel

562D Red

F5 Fuse

2–SPEED PTO (Option)

573D Org

072D Red

002A Red

PTO Off

562B Red

Unswitched Power SE2 - IGNITION

SE1 - STARTING

4 - 112

Switched Power

Secondary Switched Power SE3 - CHARGING 5/31/00

MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC – 4500 / 4600 / 4700

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC – 4500 / 4600 / 4700 002A Red 002 Fuse Block Internal Link

002 Fuse Block Internal Link 002E Red

002E Red 4

209 Wht

209 Wht

012 Red 1

6 572A Red

2

5 072B Red

B

212 Red

212 Red 072A Red

F1 Fuse

072A Red

072E Red

072E Red

072D Red

3 212 Red

PTO On

A

7 385B Dk Grn

072C Red

Start Run Off Acc. Aid Off

002C Red

A

S1 Key Switch

562A Red

B 562E Red

X5

572A Red

X1

S2 Seat Switch

518A Gry

539A Wht

Off 521 Brn

572B Red

Fusible Link

539A Wht

518B Gry 86

30

87A 87

85

1

K2 Start Relay

X2

X2

7

S6 Mid PTO Switch (Option)

In Gear

86

Y1 Starting Motor Solenoid

85

30

87 87A 383 Org

Blk

X4 K1 329A 329B Manifold Wht Heater 86 30 K3 Fuel Relay Shutoff Relay

R1 Manifold Heater

Blk

87A 87 319 Wht

R2 Variable Thermistor

010V Blk

85

87 87A

K4 Engine Run Relay

385A Dk Grn

K10 Mid PTO Light Relay

86

30

85

87 87A

K5 Safety Relay 594A Yel

743 Org

86

30

85

87 87A

86

30

85

87 87A

K6 Safety Relay 209 Wht

On Off 546 Lt Blu

050E Blk

050F Blk

050F Blk

586 Lt Blu

586 Lt Blu

562C Red

S7 Park Brake Switch

010N Blk

050J/050K Blk 050L Blk 010C / 010R / 010H / 010G / 010S / 010J / 010P / 010M / 010K / 010L / 010Q Blk 010A / 010B / 010U / 010X Blk 010N Blk

573B Org

556 Lt Blu

533 Org

85

010F Blk 010T Blk

X4

573A 546 Lt Blu Org

574D Yel

743 Org

050M Blk

050M Blk 050C Blk 050H Blk 050J / 050K Blk 050L Blk 010R / 010H / 010G / 010S / 010J / 010P / 010K / 010L / 010Q Blk 010A / 010B / 010U / 010X Blk

050H Blk

W1 Battery Frame Ground

30

050C Blk

050C Blk 050A Blk

86 573B Org

573E Org

050D Blk

594B Yel

Wht

050B Blk

X3

586 Lt Blu

302B Red

X4

010F Blk

573D Org

325 Dk Grn

002E Red

Wht

Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid

385C 002B Dk Grn Red

521 Brn

302B Red

M

777 Pur 385A Dk Grn

X34

010M Blk

S4 Transmission Neutral Switch (PRT & CST)

302C Red

G1 Battery

X15

757 Pur

X3

505 Dk Grn

302A Red

010D Blk

X34

In Neutral

385A Dk Grn

8

On

556 Lt Blu

S3 Transmission Neutral Switch (HST)

V1 Diode Block

334 Yel

Wht

594B Yel

Pedal Released Pedal Depressed

L P

G2 Alternator

On

X5

572B Red 3

010E Blk

A

M1 Starting Motor

On

IG

Off

Y4 PTO Solenoid

2

309 Wht

Red

Pnk

5

518A Gry 6

Off

S15 750 rpm PTO Switch

X15

V1 Diode Block

G B

574C Yel

574D Yel

539B Wht 4

002B Red

B

X34 S5 PTO Switch

562C Red

(Operator On)

S14 540 rpm PTO Switch

574A Yel

562F Red

(Operator Off)

002A Red

574B Yel

562D Red

F5 Fuse

2–SPEED PTO (Option)

573D Org

072D Red

002A Red

PTO Off

562B Red

Unswitched Power SE2 - IGNITION

SE1 - STARTING

4 - 112

Switched Power

Secondary Switched Power SE3 - CHARGING 5/31/00

MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC – 4500 / 4600 / 4700

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC – 4500 / 4600 / 4700 002A Red 002 Fuse Block Internal Link

002 Fuse Block Internal Link 002E Red

002E Red 4

209 Wht

209 Wht

012 Red 1

6 572A Red

2

5 072B Red

B

212 Red

212 Red 072A Red

F1 Fuse

072A Red

072E Red

072E Red

072D Red

3 212 Red

PTO On

A

7 385B Dk Grn

072C Red

Start Run Off Acc. Aid Off

002C Red

A

S1 Key Switch

562A Red

B 562E Red

X5

572A Red

X1

S2 Seat Switch

518A Gry

539A Wht

Off 521 Brn

572B Red

Fusible Link

539A Wht

518B Gry 86

30

87A 87

85

1

K2 Start Relay

X2

X2

7

S6 Mid PTO Switch (Option)

In Gear

86

Y1 Starting Motor Solenoid

85

30

87 87A 383 Org

Blk

X4 K1 329A 329B Manifold Wht Heater 86 30 K3 Fuel Relay Shutoff Relay

R1 Manifold Heater

Blk

87A 87 319 Wht

R2 Variable Thermistor

010V Blk

85

87 87A

K4 Engine Run Relay

385A Dk Grn

K10 Mid PTO Light Relay

86

30

85

87 87A

K5 Safety Relay 594A Yel

743 Org

86

30

85

87 87A

86

30

85

87 87A

K6 Safety Relay 209 Wht

On Off 546 Lt Blu

050E Blk

050F Blk

050F Blk

586 Lt Blu

586 Lt Blu

562C Red

S7 Park Brake Switch

010N Blk

050J/050K Blk 050L Blk 010C / 010R / 010H / 010G / 010S / 010J / 010P / 010M / 010K / 010L / 010Q Blk 010A / 010B / 010U / 010X Blk 010N Blk

573B Org

556 Lt Blu

533 Org

85

010F Blk 010T Blk

X4

573A 546 Lt Blu Org

574D Yel

743 Org

050M Blk

050M Blk 050C Blk 050H Blk 050J / 050K Blk 050L Blk 010R / 010H / 010G / 010S / 010J / 010P / 010K / 010L / 010Q Blk 010A / 010B / 010U / 010X Blk

050H Blk

W1 Battery Frame Ground

30

050C Blk

050C Blk 050A Blk

86 573B Org

573E Org

050D Blk

594B Yel

Wht

050B Blk

X3

586 Lt Blu

302B Red

X4

010F Blk

573D Org

325 Dk Grn

002E Red

Wht

Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid

385C 002B Dk Grn Red

521 Brn

302B Red

M

777 Pur 385A Dk Grn

X34

010M Blk

S4 Transmission Neutral Switch (PRT & CST)

302C Red

G1 Battery

X15

757 Pur

X3

505 Dk Grn

302A Red

010D Blk

X34

In Neutral

385A Dk Grn

8

On

556 Lt Blu

S3 Transmission Neutral Switch (HST)

V1 Diode Block

334 Yel

Wht

594B Yel

Pedal Released Pedal Depressed

L P

G2 Alternator

On

X5

572B Red 3

010E Blk

A

M1 Starting Motor

On

IG

Off

Y4 PTO Solenoid

2

309 Wht

Red

Pnk

5

518A Gry 6

Off

S15 750 rpm PTO Switch

X15

V1 Diode Block

G B

574C Yel

574D Yel

539B Wht 4

002B Red

B

X34 S5 PTO Switch

562C Red

(Operator On)

S14 540 rpm PTO Switch

574A Yel

562F Red

(Operator Off)

002A Red

574B Yel

562D Red

F5 Fuse

2–SPEED PTO (Option)

573D Org

072D Red

002A Red

PTO Off

562B Red

Unswitched Power SE2 - IGNITION

SE1 - STARTING

4 - 112

Switched Power

Secondary Switched Power SE3 - CHARGING 5/31/00

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEANMAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC (EUROPEAN) – 4500 / 4600 / 4700

MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC (EUROPEAN) – 4500 / 4600 / 4700 042B Red

F3 Fuse 122C Red

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

A

B

002D Red

A 212 Red

116 Lt Blu

X33

042D Red

042A Red

Off

B

Blu

F4 Fuse

A

49

F2 Fuse

B

102 Red

S13 Hazard Switch 31

115F Dk Grn

L

125F Dk Grn

49A

127C Pur

K12 Flasher

010P Blk

010X Blk

X7 777 Pur

B

385A Dk Grn 334 Yel

C A

757 Pur

F

C3 144 Yel

C 148 Gry

87 87A

30

85

87 87A

2

3

127A Pur

A

X8

1

H6 Park Brake Light

A

B

143 Org

119C Wht 147A Pur

147D Pur

A

119D Wht

X13 Trailer Connector

F9 Fuse

A

147B Pur

F8 Fuse

118A Gry

H11 750 PTO Light

n/min

H12 Bulb Integrity Light

H14 Trailer 2 Light

H13 Trailer 1 Light

H10 540 PTO Light

H9 Mid PTO Light

P1 Engine Tachometer

X6

209 Wht

X9

743 Org

K8 Cruise Control Relay

30

85

87 87A

Wht

209 Wht

A Wht

238 Gry 247 Pur 264A Yel

B Gry C Pur D Yel

050J Blk

86

Q

t

P3 Fuel Gauge H1 R.H. Turn Light

Gry

Blk

X10

S11 Brake Switch

050K Blk

Pur On

X10 Gry X10

Off

Gry Gry

Blu

Blu

X11

E Blk

X11

Yel Yel

H7 Oil Pressure Light

P4 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

X27 X28

136D Lt Blu

Gry

X12

050G Blk 050H Blk

Wht

Wht

010R Blk

J

C

X6

010L Blk

X29 Lt Blu

S12 Horn Switch

903 Org

B4 Horn

X6

353 Org

347 Pur

359 Wht

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

B3 Engine B2 Engine Oil Coolant Pressure Temperature Switch (NC) Sensor

Q 010U Blk

E

X6

X13 Trailer Connector 118B Gry

050L Blk

P

128B Gry

128C Gry

t0

X22 136C Lt Blu

X30

Gry

E10 LH Rear Position Light

128D Gry

X23

010G Blk

X21

Blk

E14 RH Brake Light

Y3 Cruise Control Magnet

X12

Gry

B E D

010Q Blk

Blk

E12 RH Front Position Light

X31

010S Blk

Blk

X24

Lt Blu

E11 LH Brake Light

050K Blk 050L Blk 010R / 010H / 010G / 010S / 010K / 010L / 010Q Blk 010A / 010B Blk

010R / 010H / 010G / 010S / 010P / 010K / 010L / 010Q Blk 010A / 010B / 010U / 010X Blk

Control Panel Circuit Board SE5 - INSTRUMENTATION

SE4 - ACCESSORIES

5/31/00

X32

E13 RH Rear Position Light

118D Gry

H2 L.H. Turn Light

X6

Off On Engage

Cruise Control (Option)

247 Pur

010H Blk

Blk

D

S10 Cruise Control Switch

Blk

264B Yel

Pur

D

0

010K Blk

E15 License Plate Light E9 LH Front X20 Gry Position Light

118C Gry

X7

X16

E8 RH Work Light (Option) X17 Blk

136B Lt Blu

G

X8

X17

X32

X6

H5 Cold Start Light

P2 Hour Meter (Opt.)

Blk

E7 LH Work Light (Option)

118E Gry

115B Dk Grn

X7

Pur

B

B

128A Gry

136A Lt Blu

_

X16

B

A C

E5 LH Headlight

103B Org

F6 Fuse A

4

2

H8 Cruise Indicator Light (Opt.)

D

050H Blk 050J / 050K Blk 050L Blk

138 Gry

136A Lt Blu

H4 Discharge Light

B

743 Org 050M Blk

F7 Fuse

3

125E Dk Grn

125B Dk Grn

010B Blk

103C Org

103A Org 2

122A Red

125A Dk Grn

+

F K

A

010J Blk

119B Wht 1

S9 Light Switch

E

X14 Trailer Connector

050F Blk

E6 RH Headlight

(3) Field

115E Dk Grn

S8 Turn Signal Switch

X6

115C 115F 115D Dk Grn Dk Grn Dk Grn

010A Blk

119A Wht

(2) Road

115A Dk Grn

6

222 Red

050G Blk

E4 RH Rear Turn/Hazard Light 122B Red

125F 125D 125C Dk Grn Dk Grn Dk Grn

4

C2 146 Lt Blu

P K7 Accessory Relay

X26

Internal Ground Connections

(0) Off (1) Hazard

B

212 252 Red Red 86

122C Red

136A Lt Blu

X6 325 Dk Grn 586 Lt Blu

X19

X18

(0) Right (1) Off (2) Left 1 Flasher 5

072A Red

127B Pur

127D Pur

49a 31

K11 Brake Light Relay

E3 RH Front Turn/Hazard Light E2 LH Rear Turn/Hazard X25 Light

B

15 R

49

30

85 S16 Brake 050M Blk Switch

042C Red 072E Red

30

86

Blu

072E Red On Off

X33

On

072A Red

072A Red

E1 LH Front Turn/Hazard Light

4 - 113

SE6 - LIGHTS

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEANMAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC (EUROPEAN) – 4500 / 4600 / 4700

MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC (EUROPEAN) – 4500 / 4600 / 4700 042B Red

F3 Fuse 122C Red

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

A

B

002D Red

A 212 Red

116 Lt Blu

X33

042D Red

042A Red

Off

B

Blu

F4 Fuse

A

49

F2 Fuse

B

102 Red

S13 Hazard Switch 31

115F Dk Grn

L

125F Dk Grn

49A

127C Pur

K12 Flasher

010P Blk

010X Blk

X7 777 Pur

B

385A Dk Grn 334 Yel

C A

757 Pur

F

C3 144 Yel

C 148 Gry

87 87A

30

85

87 87A

2

3

127A Pur

A

X8

1

H6 Park Brake Light

A

B

143 Org

119C Wht 147A Pur

147D Pur

A

119D Wht

X13 Trailer Connector

F9 Fuse

A

147B Pur

F8 Fuse

118A Gry

H11 750 PTO Light

n/min

H12 Bulb Integrity Light

H14 Trailer 2 Light

H13 Trailer 1 Light

H10 540 PTO Light

H9 Mid PTO Light

P1 Engine Tachometer

X6

209 Wht

X9

743 Org

K8 Cruise Control Relay

30

85

87 87A

Wht

209 Wht

A Wht

238 Gry 247 Pur 264A Yel

B Gry C Pur D Yel

050J Blk

86

Q

t

P3 Fuel Gauge H1 R.H. Turn Light

Gry

Blk

X10

S11 Brake Switch

050K Blk

Pur On

X10 Gry X10

Off

Gry Gry

Blu

Blu

X11

E Blk

X11

Yel Yel

H7 Oil Pressure Light

P4 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

X27 X28

136D Lt Blu

Gry

X12

050G Blk 050H Blk

Wht

Wht

010R Blk

J

C

X6

010L Blk

X29 Lt Blu

S12 Horn Switch

903 Org

B4 Horn

X6

353 Org

347 Pur

359 Wht

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

B3 Engine B2 Engine Oil Coolant Pressure Temperature Switch (NC) Sensor

Q 010U Blk

E

X6

X13 Trailer Connector 118B Gry

050L Blk

P

128B Gry

128C Gry

t0

X22 136C Lt Blu

X30

Gry

E10 LH Rear Position Light

128D Gry

X23

010G Blk

X21

Blk

E14 RH Brake Light

Y3 Cruise Control Magnet

X12

Gry

B E D

010Q Blk

Blk

E12 RH Front Position Light

X31

010S Blk

Blk

X24

Lt Blu

E11 LH Brake Light

050K Blk 050L Blk 010R / 010H / 010G / 010S / 010K / 010L / 010Q Blk 010A / 010B Blk

010R / 010H / 010G / 010S / 010P / 010K / 010L / 010Q Blk 010A / 010B / 010U / 010X Blk

Control Panel Circuit Board SE5 - INSTRUMENTATION

SE4 - ACCESSORIES

5/31/00

X32

E13 RH Rear Position Light

118D Gry

H2 L.H. Turn Light

X6

Off On Engage

Cruise Control (Option)

247 Pur

010H Blk

Blk

D

S10 Cruise Control Switch

Blk

264B Yel

Pur

D

0

010K Blk

E15 License Plate Light E9 LH Front X20 Gry Position Light

118C Gry

X7

X16

E8 RH Work Light (Option) X17 Blk

136B Lt Blu

G

X8

X17

X32

X6

H5 Cold Start Light

P2 Hour Meter (Opt.)

Blk

E7 LH Work Light (Option)

118E Gry

115B Dk Grn

X7

Pur

B

B

128A Gry

136A Lt Blu

_

X16

B

A C

E5 LH Headlight

103B Org

F6 Fuse A

4

2

H8 Cruise Indicator Light (Opt.)

D

050H Blk 050J / 050K Blk 050L Blk

138 Gry

136A Lt Blu

H4 Discharge Light

B

743 Org 050M Blk

F7 Fuse

3

125E Dk Grn

125B Dk Grn

010B Blk

103C Org

103A Org 2

122A Red

125A Dk Grn

+

F K

A

010J Blk

119B Wht 1

S9 Light Switch

E

X14 Trailer Connector

050F Blk

E6 RH Headlight

(3) Field

115E Dk Grn

S8 Turn Signal Switch

X6

115C 115F 115D Dk Grn Dk Grn Dk Grn

010A Blk

119A Wht

(2) Road

115A Dk Grn

6

222 Red

050G Blk

E4 RH Rear Turn/Hazard Light 122B Red

125F 125D 125C Dk Grn Dk Grn Dk Grn

4

C2 146 Lt Blu

P K7 Accessory Relay

X26

Internal Ground Connections

(0) Off (1) Hazard

B

212 252 Red Red 86

122C Red

136A Lt Blu

X6 325 Dk Grn 586 Lt Blu

X19

X18

(0) Right (1) Off (2) Left 1 Flasher 5

072A Red

127B Pur

127D Pur

49a 31

K11 Brake Light Relay

E3 RH Front Turn/Hazard Light E2 LH Rear Turn/Hazard X25 Light

B

15 R

49

30

85 S16 Brake 050M Blk Switch

042C Red 072E Red

30

86

Blu

072E Red On Off

X33

On

072A Red

072A Red

E1 LH Front Turn/Hazard Light

4 - 113

SE6 - LIGHTS

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEANMAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC (EUROPEAN) – 4500 / 4600 / 4700

MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC (EUROPEAN) – 4500 / 4600 / 4700 042B Red

F3 Fuse 122C Red

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

A

B

002D Red

A 212 Red

116 Lt Blu

X33

042D Red

042A Red

Off

B

Blu

F4 Fuse

A

49

F2 Fuse

B

102 Red

S13 Hazard Switch 31

115F Dk Grn

L

125F Dk Grn

49A

127C Pur

K12 Flasher

010P Blk

010X Blk

X7 777 Pur

B

385A Dk Grn 334 Yel

C A

757 Pur

F

C3 144 Yel

C 148 Gry

87 87A

30

85

87 87A

2

3

127A Pur

A

X8

1

H6 Park Brake Light

A

B

143 Org

119C Wht 147A Pur

147D Pur

A

119D Wht

X13 Trailer Connector

F9 Fuse

A

147B Pur

F8 Fuse

118A Gry

H11 750 PTO Light

n/min

H12 Bulb Integrity Light

H14 Trailer 2 Light

H13 Trailer 1 Light

H10 540 PTO Light

H9 Mid PTO Light

P1 Engine Tachometer

X6

209 Wht

X9

743 Org

K8 Cruise Control Relay

30

85

87 87A

Wht

209 Wht

A Wht

238 Gry 247 Pur 264A Yel

B Gry C Pur D Yel

050J Blk

86

Q

t

P3 Fuel Gauge H1 R.H. Turn Light

Gry

Blk

X10

S11 Brake Switch

050K Blk

Pur On

X10 Gry X10

Off

Gry Gry

Blu

Blu

X11

E Blk

X11

Yel Yel

H7 Oil Pressure Light

P4 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

X27 X28

136D Lt Blu

Gry

X12

050G Blk 050H Blk

Wht

Wht

010R Blk

J

C

X6

010L Blk

X29 Lt Blu

S12 Horn Switch

903 Org

B4 Horn

X6

353 Org

347 Pur

359 Wht

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

B3 Engine B2 Engine Oil Coolant Pressure Temperature Switch (NC) Sensor

Q 010U Blk

E

X6

X13 Trailer Connector 118B Gry

050L Blk

P

128B Gry

128C Gry

t0

X22 136C Lt Blu

X30

Gry

E10 LH Rear Position Light

128D Gry

X23

010G Blk

X21

Blk

E14 RH Brake Light

Y3 Cruise Control Magnet

X12

Gry

B E D

010Q Blk

Blk

E12 RH Front Position Light

X31

010S Blk

Blk

X24

Lt Blu

E11 LH Brake Light

050K Blk 050L Blk 010R / 010H / 010G / 010S / 010K / 010L / 010Q Blk 010A / 010B Blk

010R / 010H / 010G / 010S / 010P / 010K / 010L / 010Q Blk 010A / 010B / 010U / 010X Blk

Control Panel Circuit Board SE5 - INSTRUMENTATION

SE4 - ACCESSORIES

5/31/00

X32

E13 RH Rear Position Light

118D Gry

H2 L.H. Turn Light

X6

Off On Engage

Cruise Control (Option)

247 Pur

010H Blk

Blk

D

S10 Cruise Control Switch

Blk

264B Yel

Pur

D

0

010K Blk

E15 License Plate Light E9 LH Front X20 Gry Position Light

118C Gry

X7

X16

E8 RH Work Light (Option) X17 Blk

136B Lt Blu

G

X8

X17

X32

X6

H5 Cold Start Light

P2 Hour Meter (Opt.)

Blk

E7 LH Work Light (Option)

118E Gry

115B Dk Grn

X7

Pur

B

B

128A Gry

136A Lt Blu

_

X16

B

A C

E5 LH Headlight

103B Org

F6 Fuse A

4

2

H8 Cruise Indicator Light (Opt.)

D

050H Blk 050J / 050K Blk 050L Blk

138 Gry

136A Lt Blu

H4 Discharge Light

B

743 Org 050M Blk

F7 Fuse

3

125E Dk Grn

125B Dk Grn

010B Blk

103C Org

103A Org 2

122A Red

125A Dk Grn

+

F K

A

010J Blk

119B Wht 1

S9 Light Switch

E

X14 Trailer Connector

050F Blk

E6 RH Headlight

(3) Field

115E Dk Grn

S8 Turn Signal Switch

X6

115C 115F 115D Dk Grn Dk Grn Dk Grn

010A Blk

119A Wht

(2) Road

115A Dk Grn

6

222 Red

050G Blk

E4 RH Rear Turn/Hazard Light 122B Red

125F 125D 125C Dk Grn Dk Grn Dk Grn

4

C2 146 Lt Blu

P K7 Accessory Relay

X26

Internal Ground Connections

(0) Off (1) Hazard

B

212 252 Red Red 86

122C Red

136A Lt Blu

X6 325 Dk Grn 586 Lt Blu

X19

X18

(0) Right (1) Off (2) Left 1 Flasher 5

072A Red

127B Pur

127D Pur

49a 31

K11 Brake Light Relay

E3 RH Front Turn/Hazard Light E2 LH Rear Turn/Hazard X25 Light

B

15 R

49

30

85 S16 Brake 050M Blk Switch

042C Red 072E Red

30

86

Blu

072E Red On Off

X33

On

072A Red

072A Red

E1 LH Front Turn/Hazard Light

4 - 113

SE6 - LIGHTS

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEANMAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC (EUROPEAN) – 4500 / 4600 / 4700

MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC (EUROPEAN) – 4500 / 4600 / 4700 042B Red

F3 Fuse 122C Red

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

A

B

002D Red

A 212 Red

116 Lt Blu

X33

042D Red

042A Red

Off

B

Blu

F4 Fuse

A

49

F2 Fuse

B

102 Red

S13 Hazard Switch 31

115F Dk Grn

L

125F Dk Grn

49A

127C Pur

K12 Flasher

010P Blk

010X Blk

X7 777 Pur

B

385A Dk Grn 334 Yel

C A

757 Pur

F

C3 144 Yel

C 148 Gry

87 87A

30

85

87 87A

2

3

127A Pur

A

X8

1

H6 Park Brake Light

A

B

143 Org

119C Wht 147A Pur

147D Pur

A

119D Wht

X13 Trailer Connector

F9 Fuse

A

147B Pur

F8 Fuse

118A Gry

H11 750 PTO Light

n/min

H12 Bulb Integrity Light

H14 Trailer 2 Light

H13 Trailer 1 Light

H10 540 PTO Light

H9 Mid PTO Light

P1 Engine Tachometer

X6

209 Wht

X9

743 Org

K8 Cruise Control Relay

30

85

87 87A

Wht

209 Wht

A Wht

238 Gry 247 Pur 264A Yel

B Gry C Pur D Yel

050J Blk

86

Q

t

P3 Fuel Gauge H1 R.H. Turn Light

Gry

Blk

X10

S11 Brake Switch

050K Blk

Pur On

X10 Gry X10

Off

Gry Gry

Blu

Blu

X11

E Blk

X11

Yel Yel

H7 Oil Pressure Light

P4 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

X27 X28

136D Lt Blu

Gry

X12

050G Blk 050H Blk

Wht

Wht

010R Blk

J

C

X6

010L Blk

X29 Lt Blu

S12 Horn Switch

903 Org

B4 Horn

X6

353 Org

347 Pur

359 Wht

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

B3 Engine B2 Engine Oil Coolant Pressure Temperature Switch (NC) Sensor

Q 010U Blk

E

X6

X13 Trailer Connector 118B Gry

050L Blk

P

128B Gry

128C Gry

t0

X22 136C Lt Blu

X30

Gry

E10 LH Rear Position Light

128D Gry

X23

010G Blk

X21

Blk

E14 RH Brake Light

Y3 Cruise Control Magnet

X12

Gry

B E D

010Q Blk

Blk

E12 RH Front Position Light

X31

010S Blk

Blk

X24

Lt Blu

E11 LH Brake Light

050K Blk 050L Blk 010R / 010H / 010G / 010S / 010K / 010L / 010Q Blk 010A / 010B Blk

010R / 010H / 010G / 010S / 010P / 010K / 010L / 010Q Blk 010A / 010B / 010U / 010X Blk

Control Panel Circuit Board SE5 - INSTRUMENTATION

SE4 - ACCESSORIES

5/31/00

X32

E13 RH Rear Position Light

118D Gry

H2 L.H. Turn Light

X6

Off On Engage

Cruise Control (Option)

247 Pur

010H Blk

Blk

D

S10 Cruise Control Switch

Blk

264B Yel

Pur

D

0

010K Blk

E15 License Plate Light E9 LH Front X20 Gry Position Light

118C Gry

X7

X16

E8 RH Work Light (Option) X17 Blk

136B Lt Blu

G

X8

X17

X32

X6

H5 Cold Start Light

P2 Hour Meter (Opt.)

Blk

E7 LH Work Light (Option)

118E Gry

115B Dk Grn

X7

Pur

B

B

128A Gry

136A Lt Blu

_

X16

B

A C

E5 LH Headlight

103B Org

F6 Fuse A

4

2

H8 Cruise Indicator Light (Opt.)

D

050H Blk 050J / 050K Blk 050L Blk

138 Gry

136A Lt Blu

H4 Discharge Light

B

743 Org 050M Blk

F7 Fuse

3

125E Dk Grn

125B Dk Grn

010B Blk

103C Org

103A Org 2

122A Red

125A Dk Grn

+

F K

A

010J Blk

119B Wht 1

S9 Light Switch

E

X14 Trailer Connector

050F Blk

E6 RH Headlight

(3) Field

115E Dk Grn

S8 Turn Signal Switch

X6

115C 115F 115D Dk Grn Dk Grn Dk Grn

010A Blk

119A Wht

(2) Road

115A Dk Grn

6

222 Red

050G Blk

E4 RH Rear Turn/Hazard Light 122B Red

125F 125D 125C Dk Grn Dk Grn Dk Grn

4

C2 146 Lt Blu

P K7 Accessory Relay

X26

Internal Ground Connections

(0) Off (1) Hazard

B

212 252 Red Red 86

122C Red

136A Lt Blu

X6 325 Dk Grn 586 Lt Blu

X19

X18

(0) Right (1) Off (2) Left 1 Flasher 5

072A Red

127B Pur

127D Pur

49a 31

K11 Brake Light Relay

E3 RH Front Turn/Hazard Light E2 LH Rear Turn/Hazard X25 Light

B

15 R

49

30

85 S16 Brake 050M Blk Switch

042C Red 072E Red

30

86

Blu

072E Red On Off

X33

On

072A Red

072A Red

E1 LH Front Turn/Hazard Light

4 - 113

SE6 - LIGHTS

W1 MAIN WIRING HARNESS (EUROPEAN) – 4500 / 4600 / 4700

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

W1 MAIN WIRING HARNESS (EUROPEAN) – 4500 / 4600 / 4700 2

2

1 4

5 8

7

3

1

6

4

9

7

3 5 8

FUSE WIRE CONNECTIONS

DIODE BLOCK

6

#

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

9

DB1

539A

556

572B

539A/539B

521

518A

010D/010E

302A

–––

# F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9

Diode Block Diode Block Socket Layout Internal 1

3

4

6

7

9

X7 To Control Panel Circuit Board 5

2

8

125B 115B

X8 To Control Panel Circuit Board

Diode Block Schematic

146 148 F

G

H

D

C

B

A

E

F

C

B

A

385A 777

144 E

757 D

334

X6 To Control Panel Circuit Board

264B 325 F

743

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

353

050L

518B 505

B2 Engine Oil Pressure Switch (NC)

329A 010N 302C X4 To W2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid Wiring Harness

125A

R1 Manifold Heater 302A 302B 302C

119B

E6 R.H. Headlight

101A

G2 Alternator

010B B3 Engine 359 Coolant Temperature Sensor

F

B

A

334 072D

325 002A

102 148

K12 Flasher

C

B

K

385A 385B 385C

103A 143

103A 103B 103C

122A S12 Horn903 Switch

146

072A 072B 072C 072D 072E 119A 119B 119C 119D

010X

002C 002D

050A 050J 050B 050K 050L 127A 127C 127B 127D

002E

309

M1 Starting Motor

903

010U B4 Horn 309 Y1 Starting Motor Solenoid

002B X1 To Fusible Link 002C

# K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K8 K10 K11

85

87

Relay Socket Layout 86

30

85

87 87A

Relay Schematic

86 385C 518A / 518B 329B 521 573A 556 212 238 594A / 594B 116

85 050B / 050C 010E / 010F 010F / 010T 050C / 050D 050D / 050E 050E / 050F 050F / 050G 050G / 050H 050H / 050M 050M

122A 122B 122C

30 002B 572A / 572B 329A / 329B 002E 546 573B 252 264A / 264B 574D 042B

87 383 309 -302B 533 -222 247 -136A

87A --319 --533 --743 --

S9 Light Switch

2 B 4

1

Y4 PTO Solenoid 042D A

072B 209 4 212

5 6

572A 385B S1 Key 8 Switch 012 7

3 2 1

B

C

010P 115F

X33 To S16 Brake Switch

072E 125F

042A 042B 042C 042D

Relay/Fuse Load Center

128D

505

118A 118B 118C 118D 118E

B

115C

C

118D

X34 To W9 2-Speed PTO Wiring Harness

010L 010Q

010C 010M 010G 010P 010H 010Q 010J 010R 010K 010S 010L

562E

573E 574A 574B 574C 574D

115D

757 777 A

X3 To S4 Transmission Neutral Switch (Gear - CST) (PowrReverser™ - PRT)

010M 147D

136D

574A

125A 125B 125C

128A 128B 128C 128D

539B S2 Seat Switch

147A 147B 147D

X32 To E15 License Plate Light 010R 118E

125D 125E

562A 136A 562B 136B 562C 136C 562D 136D 562E 562F

136C

115A 115B 115C 115D 115E

118D 125D 125C

562C

Fusible Link

586

128C 010H

136B 128B

546 594 010J 222 S7 Park Brake Switch 125E 115E X14 To W7 Trailer 118B Connector Wiring Harness X13 To W7 Trailer Connector Wiring Harness B

D

E

F

C

B

A

4 - 114

A

X16 To E8 R.H. Work Light (Option)

010M

127C

574B

573A 573B 573D 573E

X5 to S6 Mid PTO Switch 594 562F

102

042C

562B 562D S5 PTO Switch

574C

S13 Hazard Switch

116

002A

119A

87A

A

573D

144

127D

J

86

B 012 252 122C 042A 562A 147A 119C 118A 128A

347 586

3

W1 Ground 010A 010N 010B 010U 010D 010V 010X

G2 Alternator

E

C

D

S8 Turn Signal Switch

050A

383

E5 L.H. Headlight

D

127B 115A

127A

010N 010C

347

X9 To W5 Cruise Control Wiring Harness 050J 264A 209 247 238

H

A 002 002D 002 002 072C 0143 138 103C 103B

072A 119D 353 050K 138 122B E

359 X2 To W3 HST Neutral Start Wiring Harness

G

SIZE 30A 30A 30A 20A 10A 20A 20A 20A 20A

RELAY WIRE CONNECTIONS

30

010S

147B 010G

X17 To E7 L.H. Work Light (Option)

X28 To E14 R.H. Brake Light X22 To E10 L.H. Rear Position Light X25 To E3 R.H. Front Turn/Hazard Light X4 To E4 R.H. Rear Turn/Hazard Light X27 To E13 R.H. Rear Position Lights X29 To E4 R.H. Rear Turn/Hazard Light, E13 R.H. Rear Position Light, and E14 R.H. Brake Light X31 To E3 R.H. Front Turn/Hazard Light and E12 R.H. Front Position Light

X23 To E11 L.H. Brake Light X27 To E13 R.H. Rear Position Light X18 To E1 L.H. Front Turn/Hazard Light X19 To E2 L.H. Rear Turn/Hazard Light X30 To E12 R.H. Front Position Lights X24 To E2 L.H. Rear Turn/Hazard Light, E10 L.H. Rear Position Light, and E11 L.H. Brake Light X21 To E1 L.H. Front Turn/Hazard Light and E9 L.H. Front Position Light 5/31/00

W1 MAIN WIRING HARNESS (EUROPEAN) – 4500 / 4600 / 4700

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

W1 MAIN WIRING HARNESS (EUROPEAN) – 4500 / 4600 / 4700 2

2

1 4

5 8

7

3

1

6

4

9

7

3 5 8

FUSE WIRE CONNECTIONS

DIODE BLOCK

6

#

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

9

DB1

539A

556

572B

539A/539B

521

518A

010D/010E

302A

–––

# F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9

Diode Block Diode Block Socket Layout Internal 1

3

4

6

7

9

X7 To Control Panel Circuit Board 5

2

8

125B 115B

X8 To Control Panel Circuit Board

Diode Block Schematic

146 148 F

G

H

D

C

B

A

E

F

C

B

A

385A 777

144 E

757 D

334

X6 To Control Panel Circuit Board

264B 325 F

743

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

353

050L

518B 505

B2 Engine Oil Pressure Switch (NC)

329A 010N 302C X4 To W2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid Wiring Harness

125A

R1 Manifold Heater 302A 302B 302C

119B

E6 R.H. Headlight

101A

G2 Alternator

010B B3 Engine 359 Coolant Temperature Sensor

F

B

A

334 072D

325 002A

102 148

K12 Flasher

C

B

K

385A 385B 385C

103A 143

103A 103B 103C

122A S12 Horn903 Switch

146

072A 072B 072C 072D 072E 119A 119B 119C 119D

010X

002C 002D

050A 050J 050B 050K 050L 127A 127C 127B 127D

002E

309

M1 Starting Motor

903

010U B4 Horn 309 Y1 Starting Motor Solenoid

002B X1 To Fusible Link 002C

# K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K8 K10 K11

85

87

Relay Socket Layout 86

30

85

87 87A

Relay Schematic

86 385C 518A / 518B 329B 521 573A 556 212 238 594A / 594B 116

85 050B / 050C 010E / 010F 010F / 010T 050C / 050D 050D / 050E 050E / 050F 050F / 050G 050G / 050H 050H / 050M 050M

122A 122B 122C

30 002B 572A / 572B 329A / 329B 002E 546 573B 252 264A / 264B 574D 042B

87 383 309 -302B 533 -222 247 -136A

87A --319 --533 --743 --

S9 Light Switch

2 B 4

1

Y4 PTO Solenoid 042D A

072B 209 4 212

5 6

572A 385B S1 Key 8 Switch 012 7

3 2 1

B

C

010P 115F

X33 To S16 Brake Switch

072E 125F

042A 042B 042C 042D

Relay/Fuse Load Center

128D

505

118A 118B 118C 118D 118E

B

115C

C

118D

X34 To W9 2-Speed PTO Wiring Harness

010L 010Q

010C 010M 010G 010P 010H 010Q 010J 010R 010K 010S 010L

562E

573E 574A 574B 574C 574D

115D

757 777 A

X3 To S4 Transmission Neutral Switch (Gear - CST) (PowrReverser™ - PRT)

010M 147D

136D

574A

125A 125B 125C

128A 128B 128C 128D

539B S2 Seat Switch

147A 147B 147D

X32 To E15 License Plate Light 010R 118E

125D 125E

562A 136A 562B 136B 562C 136C 562D 136D 562E 562F

136C

115A 115B 115C 115D 115E

118D 125D 125C

562C

Fusible Link

586

128C 010H

136B 128B

546 594 010J 222 S7 Park Brake Switch 125E 115E X14 To W7 Trailer 118B Connector Wiring Harness X13 To W7 Trailer Connector Wiring Harness B

D

E

F

C

B

A

4 - 114

A

X16 To E8 R.H. Work Light (Option)

010M

127C

574B

573A 573B 573D 573E

X5 to S6 Mid PTO Switch 594 562F

102

042C

562B 562D S5 PTO Switch

574C

S13 Hazard Switch

116

002A

119A

87A

A

573D

144

127D

J

86

B 012 252 122C 042A 562A 147A 119C 118A 128A

347 586

3

W1 Ground 010A 010N 010B 010U 010D 010V 010X

G2 Alternator

E

C

D

S8 Turn Signal Switch

050A

383

E5 L.H. Headlight

D

127B 115A

127A

010N 010C

347

X9 To W5 Cruise Control Wiring Harness 050J 264A 209 247 238

H

A 002 002D 002 002 072C 0143 138 103C 103B

072A 119D 353 050K 138 122B E

359 X2 To W3 HST Neutral Start Wiring Harness

G

SIZE 30A 30A 30A 20A 10A 20A 20A 20A 20A

RELAY WIRE CONNECTIONS

30

010S

147B 010G

X17 To E7 L.H. Work Light (Option)

X28 To E14 R.H. Brake Light X22 To E10 L.H. Rear Position Light X25 To E3 R.H. Front Turn/Hazard Light X4 To E4 R.H. Rear Turn/Hazard Light X27 To E13 R.H. Rear Position Lights X29 To E4 R.H. Rear Turn/Hazard Light, E13 R.H. Rear Position Light, and E14 R.H. Brake Light X31 To E3 R.H. Front Turn/Hazard Light and E12 R.H. Front Position Light

X23 To E11 L.H. Brake Light X27 To E13 R.H. Rear Position Light X18 To E1 L.H. Front Turn/Hazard Light X19 To E2 L.H. Rear Turn/Hazard Light X30 To E12 R.H. Front Position Lights X24 To E2 L.H. Rear Turn/Hazard Light, E10 L.H. Rear Position Light, and E11 L.H. Brake Light X21 To E1 L.H. Front Turn/Hazard Light and E9 L.H. Front Position Light 5/31/00

W1 MAIN WIRING HARNESS (EUROPEAN) – 4500 / 4600 / 4700

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

W1 MAIN WIRING HARNESS (EUROPEAN) – 4500 / 4600 / 4700 2

2

1 4

5 8

7

3

1

6

4

9

7

3 5 8

FUSE WIRE CONNECTIONS

DIODE BLOCK

6

#

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

9

DB1

539A

556

572B

539A/539B

521

518A

010D/010E

302A

–––

# F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9

Diode Block Diode Block Socket Layout Internal 1

3

4

6

7

9

X7 To Control Panel Circuit Board 5

2

8

125B 115B

X8 To Control Panel Circuit Board

Diode Block Schematic

146 148 F

G

H

D

C

B

A

E

F

C

B

A

385A 777

144 E

757 D

334

X6 To Control Panel Circuit Board

264B 325 F

743

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

353

050L

518B 505

B2 Engine Oil Pressure Switch (NC)

329A 010N 302C X4 To W2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid Wiring Harness

125A

R1 Manifold Heater 302A 302B 302C

119B

E6 R.H. Headlight

101A

G2 Alternator

010B B3 Engine 359 Coolant Temperature Sensor

F

B

A

334 072D

325 002A

102 148

K12 Flasher

C

B

K

385A 385B 385C

103A 143

103A 103B 103C

122A S12 Horn903 Switch

146

072A 072B 072C 072D 072E 119A 119B 119C 119D

010X

002C 002D

050A 050J 050B 050K 050L 127A 127C 127B 127D

002E

309

M1 Starting Motor

903

010U B4 Horn 309 Y1 Starting Motor Solenoid

002B X1 To Fusible Link 002C

# K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K8 K10 K11

85

87

Relay Socket Layout 86

30

85

87 87A

Relay Schematic

86 385C 518A / 518B 329B 521 573A 556 212 238 594A / 594B 116

85 050B / 050C 010E / 010F 010F / 010T 050C / 050D 050D / 050E 050E / 050F 050F / 050G 050G / 050H 050H / 050M 050M

122A 122B 122C

30 002B 572A / 572B 329A / 329B 002E 546 573B 252 264A / 264B 574D 042B

87 383 309 -302B 533 -222 247 -136A

87A --319 --533 --743 --

S9 Light Switch

2 B 4

1

Y4 PTO Solenoid 042D A

072B 209 4 212

5 6

572A 385B S1 Key 8 Switch 012 7

3 2 1

B

C

010P 115F

X33 To S16 Brake Switch

072E 125F

042A 042B 042C 042D

Relay/Fuse Load Center

128D

505

118A 118B 118C 118D 118E

B

115C

C

118D

X34 To W9 2-Speed PTO Wiring Harness

010L 010Q

010C 010M 010G 010P 010H 010Q 010J 010R 010K 010S 010L

562E

573E 574A 574B 574C 574D

115D

757 777 A

X3 To S4 Transmission Neutral Switch (Gear - CST) (PowrReverser™ - PRT)

010M 147D

136D

574A

125A 125B 125C

128A 128B 128C 128D

539B S2 Seat Switch

147A 147B 147D

X32 To E15 License Plate Light 010R 118E

125D 125E

562A 136A 562B 136B 562C 136C 562D 136D 562E 562F

136C

115A 115B 115C 115D 115E

118D 125D 125C

562C

Fusible Link

586

128C 010H

136B 128B

546 594 010J 222 S7 Park Brake Switch 125E 115E X14 To W7 Trailer 118B Connector Wiring Harness X13 To W7 Trailer Connector Wiring Harness B

D

E

F

C

B

A

4 - 114

A

X16 To E8 R.H. Work Light (Option)

010M

127C

574B

573A 573B 573D 573E

X5 to S6 Mid PTO Switch 594 562F

102

042C

562B 562D S5 PTO Switch

574C

S13 Hazard Switch

116

002A

119A

87A

A

573D

144

127D

J

86

B 012 252 122C 042A 562A 147A 119C 118A 128A

347 586

3

W1 Ground 010A 010N 010B 010U 010D 010V 010X

G2 Alternator

E

C

D

S8 Turn Signal Switch

050A

383

E5 L.H. Headlight

D

127B 115A

127A

010N 010C

347

X9 To W5 Cruise Control Wiring Harness 050J 264A 209 247 238

H

A 002 002D 002 002 072C 0143 138 103C 103B

072A 119D 353 050K 138 122B E

359 X2 To W3 HST Neutral Start Wiring Harness

G

SIZE 30A 30A 30A 20A 10A 20A 20A 20A 20A

RELAY WIRE CONNECTIONS

30

010S

147B 010G

X17 To E7 L.H. Work Light (Option)

X28 To E14 R.H. Brake Light X22 To E10 L.H. Rear Position Light X25 To E3 R.H. Front Turn/Hazard Light X4 To E4 R.H. Rear Turn/Hazard Light X27 To E13 R.H. Rear Position Lights X29 To E4 R.H. Rear Turn/Hazard Light, E13 R.H. Rear Position Light, and E14 R.H. Brake Light X31 To E3 R.H. Front Turn/Hazard Light and E12 R.H. Front Position Light

X23 To E11 L.H. Brake Light X27 To E13 R.H. Rear Position Light X18 To E1 L.H. Front Turn/Hazard Light X19 To E2 L.H. Rear Turn/Hazard Light X30 To E12 R.H. Front Position Lights X24 To E2 L.H. Rear Turn/Hazard Light, E10 L.H. Rear Position Light, and E11 L.H. Brake Light X21 To E1 L.H. Front Turn/Hazard Light and E9 L.H. Front Position Light 5/31/00

W1 MAIN WIRING HARNESS (EUROPEAN) – 4500 / 4600 / 4700

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

W1 MAIN WIRING HARNESS (EUROPEAN) – 4500 / 4600 / 4700 2

2

1 4

5 8

7

3

1

6

4

9

7

3 5 8

FUSE WIRE CONNECTIONS

DIODE BLOCK

6

#

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

9

DB1

539A

556

572B

539A/539B

521

518A

010D/010E

302A

–––

# F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9

Diode Block Diode Block Socket Layout Internal 1

3

4

6

7

9

X7 To Control Panel Circuit Board 5

2

8

125B 115B

X8 To Control Panel Circuit Board

Diode Block Schematic

146 148 F

G

H

D

C

B

A

E

F

C

B

A

385A 777

144 E

757 D

334

X6 To Control Panel Circuit Board

264B 325 F

743

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

353

050L

518B 505

B2 Engine Oil Pressure Switch (NC)

329A 010N 302C X4 To W2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid Wiring Harness

125A

R1 Manifold Heater 302A 302B 302C

119B

E6 R.H. Headlight

101A

G2 Alternator

010B B3 Engine 359 Coolant Temperature Sensor

F

B

A

334 072D

325 002A

102 148

K12 Flasher

C

B

K

385A 385B 385C

103A 143

103A 103B 103C

122A S12 Horn903 Switch

146

072A 072B 072C 072D 072E 119A 119B 119C 119D

010X

002C 002D

050A 050J 050B 050K 050L 127A 127C 127B 127D

002E

309

M1 Starting Motor

903

010U B4 Horn 309 Y1 Starting Motor Solenoid

002B X1 To Fusible Link 002C

# K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K8 K10 K11

85

87

Relay Socket Layout 86

30

85

87 87A

Relay Schematic

86 385C 518A / 518B 329B 521 573A 556 212 238 594A / 594B 116

85 050B / 050C 010E / 010F 010F / 010T 050C / 050D 050D / 050E 050E / 050F 050F / 050G 050G / 050H 050H / 050M 050M

122A 122B 122C

30 002B 572A / 572B 329A / 329B 002E 546 573B 252 264A / 264B 574D 042B

87 383 309 -302B 533 -222 247 -136A

87A --319 --533 --743 --

S9 Light Switch

2 B 4

1

Y4 PTO Solenoid 042D A

072B 209 4 212

5 6

572A 385B S1 Key 8 Switch 012 7

3 2 1

B

C

010P 115F

X33 To S16 Brake Switch

072E 125F

042A 042B 042C 042D

Relay/Fuse Load Center

128D

505

118A 118B 118C 118D 118E

B

115C

C

118D

X34 To W9 2-Speed PTO Wiring Harness

010L 010Q

010C 010M 010G 010P 010H 010Q 010J 010R 010K 010S 010L

562E

573E 574A 574B 574C 574D

115D

757 777 A

X3 To S4 Transmission Neutral Switch (Gear - CST) (PowrReverser™ - PRT)

010M 147D

136D

574A

125A 125B 125C

128A 128B 128C 128D

539B S2 Seat Switch

147A 147B 147D

X32 To E15 License Plate Light 010R 118E

125D 125E

562A 136A 562B 136B 562C 136C 562D 136D 562E 562F

136C

115A 115B 115C 115D 115E

118D 125D 125C

562C

Fusible Link

586

128C 010H

136B 128B

546 594 010J 222 S7 Park Brake Switch 125E 115E X14 To W7 Trailer 118B Connector Wiring Harness X13 To W7 Trailer Connector Wiring Harness B

D

E

F

C

B

A

4 - 114

A

X16 To E8 R.H. Work Light (Option)

010M

127C

574B

573A 573B 573D 573E

X5 to S6 Mid PTO Switch 594 562F

102

042C

562B 562D S5 PTO Switch

574C

S13 Hazard Switch

116

002A

119A

87A

A

573D

144

127D

J

86

B 012 252 122C 042A 562A 147A 119C 118A 128A

347 586

3

W1 Ground 010A 010N 010B 010U 010D 010V 010X

G2 Alternator

E

C

D

S8 Turn Signal Switch

050A

383

E5 L.H. Headlight

D

127B 115A

127A

010N 010C

347

X9 To W5 Cruise Control Wiring Harness 050J 264A 209 247 238

H

A 002 002D 002 002 072C 0143 138 103C 103B

072A 119D 353 050K 138 122B E

359 X2 To W3 HST Neutral Start Wiring Harness

G

SIZE 30A 30A 30A 20A 10A 20A 20A 20A 20A

RELAY WIRE CONNECTIONS

30

010S

147B 010G

X17 To E7 L.H. Work Light (Option)

X28 To E14 R.H. Brake Light X22 To E10 L.H. Rear Position Light X25 To E3 R.H. Front Turn/Hazard Light X4 To E4 R.H. Rear Turn/Hazard Light X27 To E13 R.H. Rear Position Lights X29 To E4 R.H. Rear Turn/Hazard Light, E13 R.H. Rear Position Light, and E14 R.H. Brake Light X31 To E3 R.H. Front Turn/Hazard Light and E12 R.H. Front Position Light

X23 To E11 L.H. Brake Light X27 To E13 R.H. Rear Position Light X18 To E1 L.H. Front Turn/Hazard Light X19 To E2 L.H. Rear Turn/Hazard Light X30 To E12 R.H. Front Position Lights X24 To E2 L.H. Rear Turn/Hazard Light, E10 L.H. Rear Position Light, and E11 L.H. Brake Light X21 To E1 L.H. Front Turn/Hazard Light and E9 L.H. Front Position Light 5/31/00

EUROPEAN (CAB VERSION)

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

EUROPEAN (CAB VERSION)

Circuit Number

Wire Size

Color

Termination Points

Circuit Number

Wire Size

Color

Termination Points

Circuit Number

Wire Size

Color

Termination Points

Serial Numbers:

050G

0.5

Blk

K7(85), K8(85)

127D

1.0

Pur

K12, Splice 127

539B

0.5

Wht

DB1- 4, S2

LV4500E359001–

050H

0.5

Blk

K8(85), K10(85)

128A

2.0

Gry

F9, Splice 128

546

0.5

Lt Blu

K5(30), S7

LV4600E369001–

050J

0.8

Blk

Splice 050, X9

128B

1.0

Gry

Splice 128, X13

556

0.5

Lt Blu

K6(86), DB1- 2

050K

1.0

Blk

Splice 050, X6

128D

0.8

Gry

Splice 128, E10

562A

0.8

Red

F5, Splice 562

050L

0.5

Blk

B1, Splice 050

136A

2.0

Lt Blu

K11(87), Splice 136

562B

0.5

Red

S5, Splice 562

050M

0.5

Blk

K10(85), K11(85)

136B

1.0

Lt Blu

Splice 136, X13

562C

0.5

Red

Splice 562, S7

072A

1.0

Red

X6, Splice 072

136C

0.8

Lt Blu

Splice 136, E11

562D

0.5

Red

S5, Splice 562

LV4700E179001–

WIRE COLOR CODES Circuit Number

Wire Size

Color

Termination Points

072B

1.0

Red

S1, Splice 072

136D

0.8

Lt Blu

Splice 136, E14

562E

0.5

Red

Splice 562, S2

002A

5.0

Red

M1, G2

072C

1.0

Red

Splice 072, F5

138

2.0

Gry

S9, F7

562F

0.5

Red

Splice 562, X5

002B

5.0

Red

X1 (Fusible Link), K1(30)

072D

0.8

Red

Splice 072, G2

144

0.8

Yel

K12, X8

562H

0.5

Red

Splice 562, X36

002C

5.0

Red

X1 (Fusible Link), F1

072E

0.8

Red

Splice 072, S13

146

0.8

Lt Blu

K12, X8

572A

1.0

Red

S1, K2(30)

002D

5.0

Red

K4(30), F2

072F

0.8

Red

Splice 072, X37

148

0.8

Gry

K12, X8

572B

0.8

Red

K2(30), DB1- 3

010A

1.0

Blk

E6, Splice 010a

102

1.0

Red

K12(49), S13(49)

209

0.8

Wht

X9, S1

573A

0.5

Org

K5(86), Splice 573

010B

1.0

Blk

E5, Splice 010a

103A

2.0

Org

S9, Splice 103

212

0.5

Red

K7(86), S1

573B

0.5

Org

K6(30), Splice 573

010C

5.0

Blk

W1, Splice 010b

103B

2.0

Org

Splice 103, F9

222

2.0

Red

K7(87), X14

573D

0.5

Org

Splice 573, S5

010D

0.8

Blk

DB1-7, W1

103C

2.0

Org

Splice 103, F8

238

0.8

Gry

X9, K8(86)

573E

0.5

Org

Splice 573, X2

010E

0.5

Blk

DB1-7, K2(85)

115A

1.0

Dk Grn

S8, Splice 115

247

0.8

Pur

X9, K8(87)

574A

0.5

Yel

Splice 574, X34A

010F

0.5

Blk

K2(85), K3(85)

115B

0.8

Dk Grn

X7, Splice 115

252

2.0

Red

K7(30), F2

574B

0.5

Yel

S5, Splice 574

010G

0.8

Blk

Splice 010b, E9

115C

0.8

Dk Grn

Splice 115, E4

264A

0.8

Yel

K8(30), X9

574C

0.5

Yel

Splice 574, X15

010J

3.0

Blk

Splice 010b, X14

115E

1.0

Dk Grn

Splice 115, X13

264B

0.8

Yel

K8(30), X6

574D

0.5

Yel

Splice 574, K10(30)

010L

1.0

Blk

Splice 010b, E13/14

115F

1.0

Dk Grn

Splice 115, S13

302A

1.0

Red

DB1- 8, Splice 302

574E

0.5

Yel

Splice 574, X34B

010M

0.5

Blk

Splice 010b, X15

116

0.8

Lt Blu

X33, K11(86)

302B

1.0

Red

K4(87), Splice 302

586

0.5

Lt Blu

S7, X6

010N

1.0

Blk

Splice 010a, X4

118A

2.0

Gry

F8, Splice 118

302C

1.0

Red

Splice 302, X4

594A

0.5

Yel

S7, K10(86)

010P

1.0

Blk

Splice 101b, S13

118B

1.0

Gry

Splice 118, X13

309

1.0

Wht

K2(87), M1

594B

0.5

Yel

K10(86), X5

010R

0.8

Blk

Splice 010b, E15

118C

0.8

Gry

Splice 118, E9

319

(+)

Wht.

K3(87a), R2

743

0.5

Org

K10(87a), X8

010T

(–)

Blk

K3(85), R2

118E

0.8

Gry

Splice 118, E15

325

0.8

Dk Grn

X6, G2

757

0.5

Pur

X34B, X7

010U

0.8

Blk

Splice 010a, B4

119A

1.0

Wht

E6, Splice 119

329A

1.0

Wht

X4, K3(30)

777

0.5

Pur

X34A, X7

010V

5.0

Blk

W1, Splice 010a

119B

1.0

Wht

E5, Splice 119

329B

1.0

Wht

K3(86), K3(30)

903

0.8

Org

S12, B4

010X

1.0

Blk

Splice 010a, K12

119C

2.0

Wht

Splice 119, F7

334

0.8

Yel

X7, G2

012

5.0

Red

S1, F1

119D

0.8

Wht

Splice 119, X6

347

0.5

Pur

X6, B2

042A

2.0

Red

F4, Splice 042

122A

0.8

Red

Splice 122, S12

353

0.5

Org

X6, B1

042B

1.0

Red

Splice 042, K11(30)

122B

3.0

Red

Splice 122, S9

359

0.5

Wht

X6, B3

042C

1.0

Red

Splice 042, S13

122C

3.0

Red

F3, Splice 122

383

3.0

Org

K1(87), R1

042D

0.8

Red

Splice 042, X33

125A

1.0

Dk Grn

S8, Splice 125

385A

0.8

Dk Grn

X7, Splice 385

050A

2.0

Blk

W1, Splice 050

125B

0.8

Dk Grn

Splice 125, X7

385B

0.8

Dk Grn

Splice 385, S1

050B

0.5

Blk

K1(85), Splice 050

125C

0.8

Dk Grn

Splice 125, E2

385C

0.5

Dk Grn

Splice 385, K1(86)

050C

0.5

Blk

K1(85), K4(85)

125E

1.0

Dk Grn

Splice 125, X13

518A

0.5

Gry

DB1- 6, K2(86)

050D

0.5

Blk

K4(85), K5(85)

125F

1.0

Dk Grn

Splice 125, S13

518B

0.5

Gry

K2(86), X2

050E

0.5

Blk

K5(85), K6(85)

127A

1.0

Pur

Splice 127, S8

521

0.5

Brn

K4(86), DB1- 5

050F

0.5

Blk

K6(85), K7(85)

127B

1.0

Pur

Splice 127, S8

533

0.5

Org

K5(87), K6(87a)

127C

1.0

Pur

S13, Splice 127

539A

0.5

Wht

DB1- 1, DB1- 4

6/27/00

4 - 115

EUROPEAN (CAB VERSION)

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

EUROPEAN (CAB VERSION)

Circuit Number

Wire Size

Color

Termination Points

Circuit Number

Wire Size

Color

Termination Points

Circuit Number

Wire Size

Color

Termination Points

Serial Numbers:

050G

0.5

Blk

K7(85), K8(85)

127D

1.0

Pur

K12, Splice 127

539B

0.5

Wht

DB1- 4, S2

LV4500E359001–

050H

0.5

Blk

K8(85), K10(85)

128A

2.0

Gry

F9, Splice 128

546

0.5

Lt Blu

K5(30), S7

LV4600E369001–

050J

0.8

Blk

Splice 050, X9

128B

1.0

Gry

Splice 128, X13

556

0.5

Lt Blu

K6(86), DB1- 2

050K

1.0

Blk

Splice 050, X6

128D

0.8

Gry

Splice 128, E10

562A

0.8

Red

F5, Splice 562

050L

0.5

Blk

B1, Splice 050

136A

2.0

Lt Blu

K11(87), Splice 136

562B

0.5

Red

S5, Splice 562

050M

0.5

Blk

K10(85), K11(85)

136B

1.0

Lt Blu

Splice 136, X13

562C

0.5

Red

Splice 562, S7

072A

1.0

Red

X6, Splice 072

136C

0.8

Lt Blu

Splice 136, E11

562D

0.5

Red

S5, Splice 562

LV4700E179001–

WIRE COLOR CODES Circuit Number

Wire Size

Color

Termination Points

072B

1.0

Red

S1, Splice 072

136D

0.8

Lt Blu

Splice 136, E14

562E

0.5

Red

Splice 562, S2

002A

5.0

Red

M1, G2

072C

1.0

Red

Splice 072, F5

138

2.0

Gry

S9, F7

562F

0.5

Red

Splice 562, X5

002B

5.0

Red

X1 (Fusible Link), K1(30)

072D

0.8

Red

Splice 072, G2

144

0.8

Yel

K12, X8

562H

0.5

Red

Splice 562, X36

002C

5.0

Red

X1 (Fusible Link), F1

072E

0.8

Red

Splice 072, S13

146

0.8

Lt Blu

K12, X8

572A

1.0

Red

S1, K2(30)

002D

5.0

Red

K4(30), F2

072F

0.8

Red

Splice 072, X37

148

0.8

Gry

K12, X8

572B

0.8

Red

K2(30), DB1- 3

010A

1.0

Blk

E6, Splice 010a

102

1.0

Red

K12(49), S13(49)

209

0.8

Wht

X9, S1

573A

0.5

Org

K5(86), Splice 573

010B

1.0

Blk

E5, Splice 010a

103A

2.0

Org

S9, Splice 103

212

0.5

Red

K7(86), S1

573B

0.5

Org

K6(30), Splice 573

010C

5.0

Blk

W1, Splice 010b

103B

2.0

Org

Splice 103, F9

222

2.0

Red

K7(87), X14

573D

0.5

Org

Splice 573, S5

010D

0.8

Blk

DB1-7, W1

103C

2.0

Org

Splice 103, F8

238

0.8

Gry

X9, K8(86)

573E

0.5

Org

Splice 573, X2

010E

0.5

Blk

DB1-7, K2(85)

115A

1.0

Dk Grn

S8, Splice 115

247

0.8

Pur

X9, K8(87)

574A

0.5

Yel

Splice 574, X34A

010F

0.5

Blk

K2(85), K3(85)

115B

0.8

Dk Grn

X7, Splice 115

252

2.0

Red

K7(30), F2

574B

0.5

Yel

S5, Splice 574

010G

0.8

Blk

Splice 010b, E9

115C

0.8

Dk Grn

Splice 115, E4

264A

0.8

Yel

K8(30), X9

574C

0.5

Yel

Splice 574, X15

010J

3.0

Blk

Splice 010b, X14

115E

1.0

Dk Grn

Splice 115, X13

264B

0.8

Yel

K8(30), X6

574D

0.5

Yel

Splice 574, K10(30)

010L

1.0

Blk

Splice 010b, E13/14

115F

1.0

Dk Grn

Splice 115, S13

302A

1.0

Red

DB1- 8, Splice 302

574E

0.5

Yel

Splice 574, X34B

010M

0.5

Blk

Splice 010b, X15

116

0.8

Lt Blu

X33, K11(86)

302B

1.0

Red

K4(87), Splice 302

586

0.5

Lt Blu

S7, X6

010N

1.0

Blk

Splice 010a, X4

118A

2.0

Gry

F8, Splice 118

302C

1.0

Red

Splice 302, X4

594A

0.5

Yel

S7, K10(86)

010P

1.0

Blk

Splice 101b, S13

118B

1.0

Gry

Splice 118, X13

309

1.0

Wht

K2(87), M1

594B

0.5

Yel

K10(86), X5

010R

0.8

Blk

Splice 010b, E15

118C

0.8

Gry

Splice 118, E9

319

(+)

Wht.

K3(87a), R2

743

0.5

Org

K10(87a), X8

010T

(–)

Blk

K3(85), R2

118E

0.8

Gry

Splice 118, E15

325

0.8

Dk Grn

X6, G2

757

0.5

Pur

X34B, X7

010U

0.8

Blk

Splice 010a, B4

119A

1.0

Wht

E6, Splice 119

329A

1.0

Wht

X4, K3(30)

777

0.5

Pur

X34A, X7

010V

5.0

Blk

W1, Splice 010a

119B

1.0

Wht

E5, Splice 119

329B

1.0

Wht

K3(86), K3(30)

903

0.8

Org

S12, B4

010X

1.0

Blk

Splice 010a, K12

119C

2.0

Wht

Splice 119, F7

334

0.8

Yel

X7, G2

012

5.0

Red

S1, F1

119D

0.8

Wht

Splice 119, X6

347

0.5

Pur

X6, B2

042A

2.0

Red

F4, Splice 042

122A

0.8

Red

Splice 122, S12

353

0.5

Org

X6, B1

042B

1.0

Red

Splice 042, K11(30)

122B

3.0

Red

Splice 122, S9

359

0.5

Wht

X6, B3

042C

1.0

Red

Splice 042, S13

122C

3.0

Red

F3, Splice 122

383

3.0

Org

K1(87), R1

042D

0.8

Red

Splice 042, X33

125A

1.0

Dk Grn

S8, Splice 125

385A

0.8

Dk Grn

X7, Splice 385

050A

2.0

Blk

W1, Splice 050

125B

0.8

Dk Grn

Splice 125, X7

385B

0.8

Dk Grn

Splice 385, S1

050B

0.5

Blk

K1(85), Splice 050

125C

0.8

Dk Grn

Splice 125, E2

385C

0.5

Dk Grn

Splice 385, K1(86)

050C

0.5

Blk

K1(85), K4(85)

125E

1.0

Dk Grn

Splice 125, X13

518A

0.5

Gry

DB1- 6, K2(86)

050D

0.5

Blk

K4(85), K5(85)

125F

1.0

Dk Grn

Splice 125, S13

518B

0.5

Gry

K2(86), X2

050E

0.5

Blk

K5(85), K6(85)

127A

1.0

Pur

Splice 127, S8

521

0.5

Brn

K4(86), DB1- 5

050F

0.5

Blk

K6(85), K7(85)

127B

1.0

Pur

Splice 127, S8

533

0.5

Org

K5(87), K6(87a)

127C

1.0

Pur

S13, Splice 127

539A

0.5

Wht

DB1- 1, DB1- 4

6/27/00

4 - 115

EUROPEAN (CAB VERSION)

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

EUROPEAN (CAB VERSION)

Circuit Number

Wire Size

Color

Termination Points

Circuit Number

Wire Size

Color

Termination Points

Circuit Number

Wire Size

Color

Termination Points

Serial Numbers:

050G

0.5

Blk

K7(85), K8(85)

127D

1.0

Pur

K12, Splice 127

539B

0.5

Wht

DB1- 4, S2

LV4500E359001–

050H

0.5

Blk

K8(85), K10(85)

128A

2.0

Gry

F9, Splice 128

546

0.5

Lt Blu

K5(30), S7

LV4600E369001–

050J

0.8

Blk

Splice 050, X9

128B

1.0

Gry

Splice 128, X13

556

0.5

Lt Blu

K6(86), DB1- 2

050K

1.0

Blk

Splice 050, X6

128D

0.8

Gry

Splice 128, E10

562A

0.8

Red

F5, Splice 562

050L

0.5

Blk

B1, Splice 050

136A

2.0

Lt Blu

K11(87), Splice 136

562B

0.5

Red

S5, Splice 562

050M

0.5

Blk

K10(85), K11(85)

136B

1.0

Lt Blu

Splice 136, X13

562C

0.5

Red

Splice 562, S7

072A

1.0

Red

X6, Splice 072

136C

0.8

Lt Blu

Splice 136, E11

562D

0.5

Red

S5, Splice 562

LV4700E179001–

WIRE COLOR CODES Circuit Number

Wire Size

Color

Termination Points

072B

1.0

Red

S1, Splice 072

136D

0.8

Lt Blu

Splice 136, E14

562E

0.5

Red

Splice 562, S2

002A

5.0

Red

M1, G2

072C

1.0

Red

Splice 072, F5

138

2.0

Gry

S9, F7

562F

0.5

Red

Splice 562, X5

002B

5.0

Red

X1 (Fusible Link), K1(30)

072D

0.8

Red

Splice 072, G2

144

0.8

Yel

K12, X8

562H

0.5

Red

Splice 562, X36

002C

5.0

Red

X1 (Fusible Link), F1

072E

0.8

Red

Splice 072, S13

146

0.8

Lt Blu

K12, X8

572A

1.0

Red

S1, K2(30)

002D

5.0

Red

K4(30), F2

072F

0.8

Red

Splice 072, X37

148

0.8

Gry

K12, X8

572B

0.8

Red

K2(30), DB1- 3

010A

1.0

Blk

E6, Splice 010a

102

1.0

Red

K12(49), S13(49)

209

0.8

Wht

X9, S1

573A

0.5

Org

K5(86), Splice 573

010B

1.0

Blk

E5, Splice 010a

103A

2.0

Org

S9, Splice 103

212

0.5

Red

K7(86), S1

573B

0.5

Org

K6(30), Splice 573

010C

5.0

Blk

W1, Splice 010b

103B

2.0

Org

Splice 103, F9

222

2.0

Red

K7(87), X14

573D

0.5

Org

Splice 573, S5

010D

0.8

Blk

DB1-7, W1

103C

2.0

Org

Splice 103, F8

238

0.8

Gry

X9, K8(86)

573E

0.5

Org

Splice 573, X2

010E

0.5

Blk

DB1-7, K2(85)

115A

1.0

Dk Grn

S8, Splice 115

247

0.8

Pur

X9, K8(87)

574A

0.5

Yel

Splice 574, X34A

010F

0.5

Blk

K2(85), K3(85)

115B

0.8

Dk Grn

X7, Splice 115

252

2.0

Red

K7(30), F2

574B

0.5

Yel

S5, Splice 574

010G

0.8

Blk

Splice 010b, E9

115C

0.8

Dk Grn

Splice 115, E4

264A

0.8

Yel

K8(30), X9

574C

0.5

Yel

Splice 574, X15

010J

3.0

Blk

Splice 010b, X14

115E

1.0

Dk Grn

Splice 115, X13

264B

0.8

Yel

K8(30), X6

574D

0.5

Yel

Splice 574, K10(30)

010L

1.0

Blk

Splice 010b, E13/14

115F

1.0

Dk Grn

Splice 115, S13

302A

1.0

Red

DB1- 8, Splice 302

574E

0.5

Yel

Splice 574, X34B

010M

0.5

Blk

Splice 010b, X15

116

0.8

Lt Blu

X33, K11(86)

302B

1.0

Red

K4(87), Splice 302

586

0.5

Lt Blu

S7, X6

010N

1.0

Blk

Splice 010a, X4

118A

2.0

Gry

F8, Splice 118

302C

1.0

Red

Splice 302, X4

594A

0.5

Yel

S7, K10(86)

010P

1.0

Blk

Splice 101b, S13

118B

1.0

Gry

Splice 118, X13

309

1.0

Wht

K2(87), M1

594B

0.5

Yel

K10(86), X5

010R

0.8

Blk

Splice 010b, E15

118C

0.8

Gry

Splice 118, E9

319

(+)

Wht.

K3(87a), R2

743

0.5

Org

K10(87a), X8

010T

(–)

Blk

K3(85), R2

118E

0.8

Gry

Splice 118, E15

325

0.8

Dk Grn

X6, G2

757

0.5

Pur

X34B, X7

010U

0.8

Blk

Splice 010a, B4

119A

1.0

Wht

E6, Splice 119

329A

1.0

Wht

X4, K3(30)

777

0.5

Pur

X34A, X7

010V

5.0

Blk

W1, Splice 010a

119B

1.0

Wht

E5, Splice 119

329B

1.0

Wht

K3(86), K3(30)

903

0.8

Org

S12, B4

010X

1.0

Blk

Splice 010a, K12

119C

2.0

Wht

Splice 119, F7

334

0.8

Yel

X7, G2

012

5.0

Red

S1, F1

119D

0.8

Wht

Splice 119, X6

347

0.5

Pur

X6, B2

042A

2.0

Red

F4, Splice 042

122A

0.8

Red

Splice 122, S12

353

0.5

Org

X6, B1

042B

1.0

Red

Splice 042, K11(30)

122B

3.0

Red

Splice 122, S9

359

0.5

Wht

X6, B3

042C

1.0

Red

Splice 042, S13

122C

3.0

Red

F3, Splice 122

383

3.0

Org

K1(87), R1

042D

0.8

Red

Splice 042, X33

125A

1.0

Dk Grn

S8, Splice 125

385A

0.8

Dk Grn

X7, Splice 385

050A

2.0

Blk

W1, Splice 050

125B

0.8

Dk Grn

Splice 125, X7

385B

0.8

Dk Grn

Splice 385, S1

050B

0.5

Blk

K1(85), Splice 050

125C

0.8

Dk Grn

Splice 125, E2

385C

0.5

Dk Grn

Splice 385, K1(86)

050C

0.5

Blk

K1(85), K4(85)

125E

1.0

Dk Grn

Splice 125, X13

518A

0.5

Gry

DB1- 6, K2(86)

050D

0.5

Blk

K4(85), K5(85)

125F

1.0

Dk Grn

Splice 125, S13

518B

0.5

Gry

K2(86), X2

050E

0.5

Blk

K5(85), K6(85)

127A

1.0

Pur

Splice 127, S8

521

0.5

Brn

K4(86), DB1- 5

050F

0.5

Blk

K6(85), K7(85)

127B

1.0

Pur

Splice 127, S8

533

0.5

Org

K5(87), K6(87a)

127C

1.0

Pur

S13, Splice 127

539A

0.5

Wht

DB1- 1, DB1- 4

6/27/00

4 - 115

MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC (CAB VERSION)

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC (CAB VERSION) 002A Red 002 Fuse Block Internal Link

002 Fuse Block Internal Link 002D Red 4 012 Red

212 Red

212 Red

6 572A Red

1

072A Red

F1 Fuse

072F Red

7 385B Dk Grn

002C Red

072C Red

F5 Fuse A

S1 Key Switch

PTO On

X37 To Backup Alarm

562H Red

X36 To Cab

Start Run Off Acc. Aid Off

072E Red

072D Red

3 212 Red

A

072A Red

072E Red

5 072B Red

2

B

209 Wht

209 Wht

X5

(Operator Off)

X1

539A Wht

518A Gry

5

Off 521 Brn

518A Gry 6

572B Red

Fusible Link

539A Wht

518B Gry 86

30

87A 87

85

1

On

309 Wht

777 Pur 385A Dk Grn 757 Pur

556 Lt Blu 521 Brn

010M Blk 573D Org

7

385A Dk Grn

8

M1 Starting Motor

010F Blk 86

Y1 Starting Motor Solenoid

G1 Battery

85

30

87 87A 383 Org

X4 K1 329A 329B Manifold Wht Heater 86 30 K3 Fuel Relay Shutoff Relay

R1 Manifold Heater

Blk

Blk

Wht

050B Blk

87A 87 319 Wht

R2 Variable Thermistor

K10 Mid PTO Light Relay

86

30

85

87 87A

K5 Safety Relay 594A Yel

743 Org

86

30

85

87 87A

W1 Battery Frame Ground

573B Org

556 Lt Blu 86

30

85

87 87A

K6 Safety Relay 209 Wht

533 Org On Off 546 Lt Blu

85

050E Blk

050F Blk

050F Blk

586 Lt Blu

586 Lt Blu

562C Red 010F Blk

010T Blk

X4

573A 546 Lt Blu Org

574D Yel

S7 Park Brake Switch

010N Blk

743 Org

050M Blk

050M Blk 050C Blk 050H Blk 050J / 050K Blk 050L Blk 010G / 010J / 010P / 010L Blk 010A / 010B / 010U / 010X Blk

050H Blk 050J/050K Blk 050L Blk 010M / 010G / 010J / 010P / 010L Blk 010A / 010B / 010U / 010X Blk 010N Blk

87 87A

050C Blk

050C Blk 050A Blk 010D Blk 010C Blk 010V Blk

85

K4 Engine Run Relay

302B Red 594B Yel

Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid

385C 002B Dk Grn Red

30

586 Lt Blu

Wht

X4

M

86

050D Blk

325 Dk Grn

002D Red

385A Dk Grn 302B Red

302A Red

010D Blk

573B Org

573E Org

S2 Transmission Neutral Switch 302C Red

Red

X2

X2

V1 Diode Block

A

B

334 Yel

X15

594B Yel

In Gear

010E Blk

X34A X34A

Wht

In Neutral 002A Red

L P

G2 Alternator

X5

572B Red 3

IG

X34B

S6 Mid PTO Switch (Option)

2

K2 Start Relay

On

X34B

Y4 PTO Solenoid

539B Wht 4

Off

On

Pnk

G B

Off

X15

V1 Diode Block

(Operator On)

S2 Seat Switch

574C Yel

574D Yel

S14 540 rpm PTO Switch

S15 750 rpm PTO Switch

574E Yel

S5 PTO Switch

562C Red 562E Red

572A Red

574A Yel

562F Red

B

002B Red

574B Yel

562D Red 562A Red

2–SPEED PTO (Option)

573D Org

072D Red

002A Red

PTO Off

562B Red

Unswitched Power SE2 - IGNITION

SE1 - STARTING

4 - 116

Switched Power

Secondary Switched Power SE3 - CHARGING 6/27/00

MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC (CAB VERSION)

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC (CAB VERSION) 002A Red 002 Fuse Block Internal Link

002 Fuse Block Internal Link 002D Red 4 012 Red

212 Red

212 Red

6 572A Red

1

072A Red

F1 Fuse

072F Red

7 385B Dk Grn

002C Red

072C Red

F5 Fuse A

S1 Key Switch

PTO On

X37 To Backup Alarm

562H Red

X36 To Cab

Start Run Off Acc. Aid Off

072E Red

072D Red

3 212 Red

A

072A Red

072E Red

5 072B Red

2

B

209 Wht

209 Wht

X5

(Operator Off)

X1

539A Wht

518A Gry

5

Off 521 Brn

518A Gry 6

572B Red

Fusible Link

539A Wht

518B Gry 86

30

87A 87

85

1

On

309 Wht

777 Pur 385A Dk Grn 757 Pur

556 Lt Blu 521 Brn

010M Blk 573D Org

7

385A Dk Grn

8

M1 Starting Motor

010F Blk 86

Y1 Starting Motor Solenoid

G1 Battery

85

30

87 87A 383 Org

X4 K1 329A 329B Manifold Wht Heater 86 30 K3 Fuel Relay Shutoff Relay

R1 Manifold Heater

Blk

Blk

Wht

050B Blk

87A 87 319 Wht

R2 Variable Thermistor

K10 Mid PTO Light Relay

86

30

85

87 87A

K5 Safety Relay 594A Yel

743 Org

86

30

85

87 87A

W1 Battery Frame Ground

573B Org

556 Lt Blu 86

30

85

87 87A

K6 Safety Relay 209 Wht

533 Org On Off 546 Lt Blu

85

050E Blk

050F Blk

050F Blk

586 Lt Blu

586 Lt Blu

562C Red 010F Blk

010T Blk

X4

573A 546 Lt Blu Org

574D Yel

S7 Park Brake Switch

010N Blk

743 Org

050M Blk

050M Blk 050C Blk 050H Blk 050J / 050K Blk 050L Blk 010G / 010J / 010P / 010L Blk 010A / 010B / 010U / 010X Blk

050H Blk 050J/050K Blk 050L Blk 010M / 010G / 010J / 010P / 010L Blk 010A / 010B / 010U / 010X Blk 010N Blk

87 87A

050C Blk

050C Blk 050A Blk 010D Blk 010C Blk 010V Blk

85

K4 Engine Run Relay

302B Red 594B Yel

Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid

385C 002B Dk Grn Red

30

586 Lt Blu

Wht

X4

M

86

050D Blk

325 Dk Grn

002D Red

385A Dk Grn 302B Red

302A Red

010D Blk

573B Org

573E Org

S2 Transmission Neutral Switch 302C Red

Red

X2

X2

V1 Diode Block

A

B

334 Yel

X15

594B Yel

In Gear

010E Blk

X34A X34A

Wht

In Neutral 002A Red

L P

G2 Alternator

X5

572B Red 3

IG

X34B

S6 Mid PTO Switch (Option)

2

K2 Start Relay

On

X34B

Y4 PTO Solenoid

539B Wht 4

Off

On

Pnk

G B

Off

X15

V1 Diode Block

(Operator On)

S2 Seat Switch

574C Yel

574D Yel

S14 540 rpm PTO Switch

S15 750 rpm PTO Switch

574E Yel

S5 PTO Switch

562C Red 562E Red

572A Red

574A Yel

562F Red

B

002B Red

574B Yel

562D Red 562A Red

2–SPEED PTO (Option)

573D Org

072D Red

002A Red

PTO Off

562B Red

Unswitched Power SE2 - IGNITION

SE1 - STARTING

4 - 116

Switched Power

Secondary Switched Power SE3 - CHARGING 6/27/00

MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC (CAB VERSION)

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC (CAB VERSION) 002A Red 002 Fuse Block Internal Link

002 Fuse Block Internal Link 002D Red 4 012 Red

212 Red

212 Red

6 572A Red

1

072A Red

F1 Fuse

072F Red

7 385B Dk Grn

002C Red

072C Red

F5 Fuse A

S1 Key Switch

PTO On

X37 To Backup Alarm

562H Red

X36 To Cab

Start Run Off Acc. Aid Off

072E Red

072D Red

3 212 Red

A

072A Red

072E Red

5 072B Red

2

B

209 Wht

209 Wht

X5

(Operator Off)

X1

539A Wht

518A Gry

5

Off 521 Brn

518A Gry 6

572B Red

Fusible Link

539A Wht

518B Gry 86

30

87A 87

85

1

On

309 Wht

777 Pur 385A Dk Grn 757 Pur

556 Lt Blu 521 Brn

010M Blk 573D Org

7

385A Dk Grn

8

M1 Starting Motor

010F Blk 86

Y1 Starting Motor Solenoid

G1 Battery

85

30

87 87A 383 Org

X4 K1 329A 329B Manifold Wht Heater 86 30 K3 Fuel Relay Shutoff Relay

R1 Manifold Heater

Blk

Blk

Wht

050B Blk

87A 87 319 Wht

R2 Variable Thermistor

K10 Mid PTO Light Relay

86

30

85

87 87A

K5 Safety Relay 594A Yel

743 Org

86

30

85

87 87A

W1 Battery Frame Ground

573B Org

556 Lt Blu 86

30

85

87 87A

K6 Safety Relay 209 Wht

533 Org On Off 546 Lt Blu

85

050E Blk

050F Blk

050F Blk

586 Lt Blu

586 Lt Blu

562C Red 010F Blk

010T Blk

X4

573A 546 Lt Blu Org

574D Yel

S7 Park Brake Switch

010N Blk

743 Org

050M Blk

050M Blk 050C Blk 050H Blk 050J / 050K Blk 050L Blk 010G / 010J / 010P / 010L Blk 010A / 010B / 010U / 010X Blk

050H Blk 050J/050K Blk 050L Blk 010M / 010G / 010J / 010P / 010L Blk 010A / 010B / 010U / 010X Blk 010N Blk

87 87A

050C Blk

050C Blk 050A Blk 010D Blk 010C Blk 010V Blk

85

K4 Engine Run Relay

302B Red 594B Yel

Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid

385C 002B Dk Grn Red

30

586 Lt Blu

Wht

X4

M

86

050D Blk

325 Dk Grn

002D Red

385A Dk Grn 302B Red

302A Red

010D Blk

573B Org

573E Org

S2 Transmission Neutral Switch 302C Red

Red

X2

X2

V1 Diode Block

A

B

334 Yel

X15

594B Yel

In Gear

010E Blk

X34A X34A

Wht

In Neutral 002A Red

L P

G2 Alternator

X5

572B Red 3

IG

X34B

S6 Mid PTO Switch (Option)

2

K2 Start Relay

On

X34B

Y4 PTO Solenoid

539B Wht 4

Off

On

Pnk

G B

Off

X15

V1 Diode Block

(Operator On)

S2 Seat Switch

574C Yel

574D Yel

S14 540 rpm PTO Switch

S15 750 rpm PTO Switch

574E Yel

S5 PTO Switch

562C Red 562E Red

572A Red

574A Yel

562F Red

B

002B Red

574B Yel

562D Red 562A Red

2–SPEED PTO (Option)

573D Org

072D Red

002A Red

PTO Off

562B Red

Unswitched Power SE2 - IGNITION

SE1 - STARTING

4 - 116

Switched Power

Secondary Switched Power SE3 - CHARGING 6/27/00

MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC (CAB VERSION)

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC (CAB VERSION) 042B Red

A

B

002D Red

A 212 Red

Off

B

Blu

F4 Fuse

A

49

F2 Fuse

B

102 Red

252 Red

S13 Hazard Switch 31

115F Dk Grn

L

125F Dk Grn

49A

127C Pur

K12 Flasher

777 Pur

B

385A Dk Grn 334 Yel

C A

757 Pur

F

C3 144 Yel

C 148 Gry

K11 Brake Light Relay

85

87 87A

050M Blk

85

30

87 87A

2

X8

G

E

1

H6 Park Brake Light

F9 Fuse

A

E15 License Plate Lights

F8 Fuse

B

B

118A Gry

128A Gry

115C Dk Grn

Gry

Blk

Gry

Blk

E12 RH Front Position Light

136A Lt Blu

E3 RH Front Turn/Hazard Light

Gry

115B Dk Grn

X6

_

H11 750 PTO Light

X7

X7

D

H13 Trailer 1 Light

H14 Trailer 2 Light

H10 540 PTO Light

H9 Mid PTO Light

P1 Engine Tachometer

G

X9

264B Yel

209 Wht 743 Org

K8 Cruise Control Relay

86

30

85

87 87A

Wht

209 Wht

A Wht

238 Gry 247 Pur 264A Yel

B Gry C Pur D Yel

050J Blk

E Blk

X10

S11 Brake Switch

050K Blk

Pur On

X10 Gry X10

Off

Gry Gry

Blu

Blu

X11

X11

Yel Yel

X12

050G Blk 050H Blk

Wht

Wht

J

C

X6

S12 Horn Switch

X6 347 Pur

353 Org 903 Org

Y3 Cruise Control Magnet

X12 Cruise Control (Option)

247 Pur

H7 Oil Pressure Light

B4 Horn

Q 010U Blk

B2 Engine Oil Pressure Switch (NC)

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

050L Blk

P

E13 RH Rear Position Light

X20

P4 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

Gry

118C Gry

X28

136D Lt Blu

H2 L.H. Turn Light

X6

Off On Engage Blk

X6 X8

P3 Fuel Gauge

D

S10 Cruise Control Switch

t0

Q

H1 R.H. Turn Light

X26

115C Dk Grn

H5 Cold Start Light

P2 Hour Meter (Opt.)

n/min

H12 Bulb Integrity Light

E4 RH Rear Turn/Hazard Light

2

H8 Cruise Indicator Light (Opt.)

D

050H Blk 050J / 050K Blk 050L Blk 010G / 010J / 010P / 010L Blk 010A / 010B / 010U / 010X Blk

119D Wht

125C Dk Grn

125B Dk Grn

H4 Discharge Light

B

743 Org 050M Blk

A

4

103C Org

103B Org

119C Wht

B

136A Lt Blu

+

F

F K

A

010J Blk

A

3

125C Dk Grn

S8 Turn Signal Switch

X6 A

F7 Fuse

138 Gry

122A Red

S9 Light Switch

E

X14 Trailer Connector

050F Blk

103A Org 2

115C Dk Grn

125A Dk Grn

6

222 Red

050G Blk

1 122B Red

115E 115F Dk Grn Dk Grn

010B Blk

E5 LH Headlight

(3) Field

X13 Trailer Connector

115A Dk Grn

3

127A Pur

C2 146 Lt Blu

P K7 Accessory Relay

A

125F 125E Dk Grn Dk Grn

4

119B Wht

B

212 252 Red Red 86

X13 Trailer Connector

C

X6 325 Dk Grn 586 Lt Blu

(0) Off (1) Hazard (2) Road

136A Lt Blu

(0) Right (1) Off (2) Left 1 Flasher 5

072A Red

127B Pur

127D Pur

49a

010X Blk

X7

30

B

15 R

49 010P Blk 31

S16 Brake Switch

042C Red 072E Red

30

86

Blu

072E Red On Off

122C Red

X33

On

072A Red

072A Red

E6 RH Headlight

116 Lt Blu

X33

042D Red

042A Red

010A Blk

119A Wht

F3 Fuse 122C Red

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

Lt Blu

118B Gry

B

136B Lt Blu

E

128B Gry

D

E14 RH Brake Light

X29 010L Blk

X13 Trailer Connector

E

X6 359 Wht

128D Gry

Gry

B3 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor t0

Gry

136C Lt Blu

125C Dk Grn

X22

Gry

X23

Lt Blu

E9 LH Front Position Light E1 LH Front Turn/Hazard Light E10 LH Rear Position Light E11 LH Brake Light

X19

Blk 010G Blk

X21

E2 LH Rear Turn/Hazard Light

050K Blk 050L Blk

010G / 010L Blk 010A / 010B Blk

Control Panel Circuit Board SE5 - INSTRUMENTATION

SE4 - ACCESSORIES

6/27/00

Blk

4 - 117

SE6 - LIGHTS

MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC (CAB VERSION)

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC (CAB VERSION) 042B Red

A

B

002D Red

A 212 Red

Off

B

Blu

F4 Fuse

A

49

F2 Fuse

B

102 Red

252 Red

S13 Hazard Switch 31

115F Dk Grn

L

125F Dk Grn

49A

127C Pur

K12 Flasher

777 Pur

B

385A Dk Grn 334 Yel

C A

757 Pur

F

C3 144 Yel

C 148 Gry

K11 Brake Light Relay

85

87 87A

050M Blk

85

30

87 87A

2

X8

G

E

1

H6 Park Brake Light

F9 Fuse

A

E15 License Plate Lights

F8 Fuse

B

B

118A Gry

128A Gry

115C Dk Grn

Gry

Blk

Gry

Blk

E12 RH Front Position Light

136A Lt Blu

E3 RH Front Turn/Hazard Light

Gry

115B Dk Grn

X6

_

H11 750 PTO Light

X7

X7

D

H13 Trailer 1 Light

H14 Trailer 2 Light

H10 540 PTO Light

H9 Mid PTO Light

P1 Engine Tachometer

G

X9

264B Yel

209 Wht 743 Org

K8 Cruise Control Relay

86

30

85

87 87A

Wht

209 Wht

A Wht

238 Gry 247 Pur 264A Yel

B Gry C Pur D Yel

050J Blk

E Blk

X10

S11 Brake Switch

050K Blk

Pur On

X10 Gry X10

Off

Gry Gry

Blu

Blu

X11

X11

Yel Yel

X12

050G Blk 050H Blk

Wht

Wht

J

C

X6

S12 Horn Switch

X6 347 Pur

353 Org 903 Org

Y3 Cruise Control Magnet

X12 Cruise Control (Option)

247 Pur

H7 Oil Pressure Light

B4 Horn

Q 010U Blk

B2 Engine Oil Pressure Switch (NC)

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

050L Blk

P

E13 RH Rear Position Light

X20

P4 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

Gry

118C Gry

X28

136D Lt Blu

H2 L.H. Turn Light

X6

Off On Engage Blk

X6 X8

P3 Fuel Gauge

D

S10 Cruise Control Switch

t0

Q

H1 R.H. Turn Light

X26

115C Dk Grn

H5 Cold Start Light

P2 Hour Meter (Opt.)

n/min

H12 Bulb Integrity Light

E4 RH Rear Turn/Hazard Light

2

H8 Cruise Indicator Light (Opt.)

D

050H Blk 050J / 050K Blk 050L Blk 010G / 010J / 010P / 010L Blk 010A / 010B / 010U / 010X Blk

119D Wht

125C Dk Grn

125B Dk Grn

H4 Discharge Light

B

743 Org 050M Blk

A

4

103C Org

103B Org

119C Wht

B

136A Lt Blu

+

F

F K

A

010J Blk

A

3

125C Dk Grn

S8 Turn Signal Switch

X6 A

F7 Fuse

138 Gry

122A Red

S9 Light Switch

E

X14 Trailer Connector

050F Blk

103A Org 2

115C Dk Grn

125A Dk Grn

6

222 Red

050G Blk

1 122B Red

115E 115F Dk Grn Dk Grn

010B Blk

E5 LH Headlight

(3) Field

X13 Trailer Connector

115A Dk Grn

3

127A Pur

C2 146 Lt Blu

P K7 Accessory Relay

A

125F 125E Dk Grn Dk Grn

4

119B Wht

B

212 252 Red Red 86

X13 Trailer Connector

C

X6 325 Dk Grn 586 Lt Blu

(0) Off (1) Hazard (2) Road

136A Lt Blu

(0) Right (1) Off (2) Left 1 Flasher 5

072A Red

127B Pur

127D Pur

49a

010X Blk

X7

30

B

15 R

49 010P Blk 31

S16 Brake Switch

042C Red 072E Red

30

86

Blu

072E Red On Off

122C Red

X33

On

072A Red

072A Red

E6 RH Headlight

116 Lt Blu

X33

042D Red

042A Red

010A Blk

119A Wht

F3 Fuse 122C Red

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

Lt Blu

118B Gry

B

136B Lt Blu

E

128B Gry

D

E14 RH Brake Light

X29 010L Blk

X13 Trailer Connector

E

X6 359 Wht

128D Gry

Gry

B3 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor t0

Gry

136C Lt Blu

125C Dk Grn

X22

Gry

X23

Lt Blu

E9 LH Front Position Light E1 LH Front Turn/Hazard Light E10 LH Rear Position Light E11 LH Brake Light

X19

Blk 010G Blk

X21

E2 LH Rear Turn/Hazard Light

050K Blk 050L Blk

010G / 010L Blk 010A / 010B Blk

Control Panel Circuit Board SE5 - INSTRUMENTATION

SE4 - ACCESSORIES

6/27/00

Blk

4 - 117

SE6 - LIGHTS

MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC (CAB VERSION)

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC (CAB VERSION) 042B Red

A

B

002D Red

A 212 Red

Off

B

Blu

F4 Fuse

A

49

F2 Fuse

B

102 Red

252 Red

S13 Hazard Switch 31

115F Dk Grn

L

125F Dk Grn

49A

127C Pur

K12 Flasher

777 Pur

B

385A Dk Grn 334 Yel

C A

757 Pur

F

C3 144 Yel

C 148 Gry

K11 Brake Light Relay

85

87 87A

050M Blk

85

30

87 87A

2

X8

G

E

1

H6 Park Brake Light

F9 Fuse

A

E15 License Plate Lights

F8 Fuse

B

B

118A Gry

128A Gry

115C Dk Grn

Gry

Blk

Gry

Blk

E12 RH Front Position Light

136A Lt Blu

E3 RH Front Turn/Hazard Light

Gry

115B Dk Grn

X6

_

H11 750 PTO Light

X7

X7

D

H13 Trailer 1 Light

H14 Trailer 2 Light

H10 540 PTO Light

H9 Mid PTO Light

P1 Engine Tachometer

G

X9

264B Yel

209 Wht 743 Org

K8 Cruise Control Relay

86

30

85

87 87A

Wht

209 Wht

A Wht

238 Gry 247 Pur 264A Yel

B Gry C Pur D Yel

050J Blk

E Blk

X10

S11 Brake Switch

050K Blk

Pur On

X10 Gry X10

Off

Gry Gry

Blu

Blu

X11

X11

Yel Yel

X12

050G Blk 050H Blk

Wht

Wht

J

C

X6

S12 Horn Switch

X6 347 Pur

353 Org 903 Org

Y3 Cruise Control Magnet

X12 Cruise Control (Option)

247 Pur

H7 Oil Pressure Light

B4 Horn

Q 010U Blk

B2 Engine Oil Pressure Switch (NC)

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

050L Blk

P

E13 RH Rear Position Light

X20

P4 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

Gry

118C Gry

X28

136D Lt Blu

H2 L.H. Turn Light

X6

Off On Engage Blk

X6 X8

P3 Fuel Gauge

D

S10 Cruise Control Switch

t0

Q

H1 R.H. Turn Light

X26

115C Dk Grn

H5 Cold Start Light

P2 Hour Meter (Opt.)

n/min

H12 Bulb Integrity Light

E4 RH Rear Turn/Hazard Light

2

H8 Cruise Indicator Light (Opt.)

D

050H Blk 050J / 050K Blk 050L Blk 010G / 010J / 010P / 010L Blk 010A / 010B / 010U / 010X Blk

119D Wht

125C Dk Grn

125B Dk Grn

H4 Discharge Light

B

743 Org 050M Blk

A

4

103C Org

103B Org

119C Wht

B

136A Lt Blu

+

F

F K

A

010J Blk

A

3

125C Dk Grn

S8 Turn Signal Switch

X6 A

F7 Fuse

138 Gry

122A Red

S9 Light Switch

E

X14 Trailer Connector

050F Blk

103A Org 2

115C Dk Grn

125A Dk Grn

6

222 Red

050G Blk

1 122B Red

115E 115F Dk Grn Dk Grn

010B Blk

E5 LH Headlight

(3) Field

X13 Trailer Connector

115A Dk Grn

3

127A Pur

C2 146 Lt Blu

P K7 Accessory Relay

A

125F 125E Dk Grn Dk Grn

4

119B Wht

B

212 252 Red Red 86

X13 Trailer Connector

C

X6 325 Dk Grn 586 Lt Blu

(0) Off (1) Hazard (2) Road

136A Lt Blu

(0) Right (1) Off (2) Left 1 Flasher 5

072A Red

127B Pur

127D Pur

49a

010X Blk

X7

30

B

15 R

49 010P Blk 31

S16 Brake Switch

042C Red 072E Red

30

86

Blu

072E Red On Off

122C Red

X33

On

072A Red

072A Red

E6 RH Headlight

116 Lt Blu

X33

042D Red

042A Red

010A Blk

119A Wht

F3 Fuse 122C Red

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

Lt Blu

118B Gry

B

136B Lt Blu

E

128B Gry

D

E14 RH Brake Light

X29 010L Blk

X13 Trailer Connector

E

X6 359 Wht

128D Gry

Gry

B3 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor t0

Gry

136C Lt Blu

125C Dk Grn

X22

Gry

X23

Lt Blu

E9 LH Front Position Light E1 LH Front Turn/Hazard Light E10 LH Rear Position Light E11 LH Brake Light

X19

Blk 010G Blk

X21

E2 LH Rear Turn/Hazard Light

050K Blk 050L Blk

010G / 010L Blk 010A / 010B Blk

Control Panel Circuit Board SE5 - INSTRUMENTATION

SE4 - ACCESSORIES

6/27/00

Blk

4 - 117

SE6 - LIGHTS

MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC (CAB VERSION)

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

MAIN ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC (CAB VERSION) 042B Red

A

B

002D Red

A 212 Red

Off

B

Blu

F4 Fuse

A

49

F2 Fuse

B

102 Red

252 Red

S13 Hazard Switch 31

115F Dk Grn

L

125F Dk Grn

49A

127C Pur

K12 Flasher

777 Pur

B

385A Dk Grn 334 Yel

C A

757 Pur

F

C3 144 Yel

C 148 Gry

K11 Brake Light Relay

85

87 87A

050M Blk

85

30

87 87A

2

X8

G

E

1

H6 Park Brake Light

F9 Fuse

A

E15 License Plate Lights

F8 Fuse

B

B

118A Gry

128A Gry

115C Dk Grn

Gry

Blk

Gry

Blk

E12 RH Front Position Light

136A Lt Blu

E3 RH Front Turn/Hazard Light

Gry

115B Dk Grn

X6

_

H11 750 PTO Light

X7

X7

D

H13 Trailer 1 Light

H14 Trailer 2 Light

H10 540 PTO Light

H9 Mid PTO Light

P1 Engine Tachometer

G

X9

264B Yel

209 Wht 743 Org

K8 Cruise Control Relay

86

30

85

87 87A

Wht

209 Wht

A Wht

238 Gry 247 Pur 264A Yel

B Gry C Pur D Yel

050J Blk

E Blk

X10

S11 Brake Switch

050K Blk

Pur On

X10 Gry X10

Off

Gry Gry

Blu

Blu

X11

X11

Yel Yel

X12

050G Blk 050H Blk

Wht

Wht

J

C

X6

S12 Horn Switch

X6 347 Pur

353 Org 903 Org

Y3 Cruise Control Magnet

X12 Cruise Control (Option)

247 Pur

H7 Oil Pressure Light

B4 Horn

Q 010U Blk

B2 Engine Oil Pressure Switch (NC)

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

050L Blk

P

E13 RH Rear Position Light

X20

P4 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

Gry

118C Gry

X28

136D Lt Blu

H2 L.H. Turn Light

X6

Off On Engage Blk

X6 X8

P3 Fuel Gauge

D

S10 Cruise Control Switch

t0

Q

H1 R.H. Turn Light

X26

115C Dk Grn

H5 Cold Start Light

P2 Hour Meter (Opt.)

n/min

H12 Bulb Integrity Light

E4 RH Rear Turn/Hazard Light

2

H8 Cruise Indicator Light (Opt.)

D

050H Blk 050J / 050K Blk 050L Blk 010G / 010J / 010P / 010L Blk 010A / 010B / 010U / 010X Blk

119D Wht

125C Dk Grn

125B Dk Grn

H4 Discharge Light

B

743 Org 050M Blk

A

4

103C Org

103B Org

119C Wht

B

136A Lt Blu

+

F

F K

A

010J Blk

A

3

125C Dk Grn

S8 Turn Signal Switch

X6 A

F7 Fuse

138 Gry

122A Red

S9 Light Switch

E

X14 Trailer Connector

050F Blk

103A Org 2

115C Dk Grn

125A Dk Grn

6

222 Red

050G Blk

1 122B Red

115E 115F Dk Grn Dk Grn

010B Blk

E5 LH Headlight

(3) Field

X13 Trailer Connector

115A Dk Grn

3

127A Pur

C2 146 Lt Blu

P K7 Accessory Relay

A

125F 125E Dk Grn Dk Grn

4

119B Wht

B

212 252 Red Red 86

X13 Trailer Connector

C

X6 325 Dk Grn 586 Lt Blu

(0) Off (1) Hazard (2) Road

136A Lt Blu

(0) Right (1) Off (2) Left 1 Flasher 5

072A Red

127B Pur

127D Pur

49a

010X Blk

X7

30

B

15 R

49 010P Blk 31

S16 Brake Switch

042C Red 072E Red

30

86

Blu

072E Red On Off

122C Red

X33

On

072A Red

072A Red

E6 RH Headlight

116 Lt Blu

X33

042D Red

042A Red

010A Blk

119A Wht

F3 Fuse 122C Red

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

Lt Blu

118B Gry

B

136B Lt Blu

E

128B Gry

D

E14 RH Brake Light

X29 010L Blk

X13 Trailer Connector

E

X6 359 Wht

128D Gry

Gry

B3 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor t0

Gry

136C Lt Blu

125C Dk Grn

X22

Gry

X23

Lt Blu

E9 LH Front Position Light E1 LH Front Turn/Hazard Light E10 LH Rear Position Light E11 LH Brake Light

X19

Blk 010G Blk

X21

E2 LH Rear Turn/Hazard Light

050K Blk 050L Blk

010G / 010L Blk 010A / 010B Blk

Control Panel Circuit Board SE5 - INSTRUMENTATION

SE4 - ACCESSORIES

6/27/00

Blk

4 - 117

SE6 - LIGHTS

W1 MAIN WIRING HARNESS (CAB VERSION)

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

W1 MAIN WIRING HARNESS (CAB VERSION) Serial Numbers for Wiring Harness Use: LV4500E359001– LV4600E369001– LV4700E179001–

2

2

1 4

5 8

7

3

1

6

4

9

7

3 5 8

FUSE WIRE CONNECTIONS

DIODE BLOCK

6

#

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

9

DB1

539A

556

572B

539A/539B

521

518A

010D/010E

302A

–––

# F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9

Diode Block Diode Block Socket Layout Internal 1

3

4

6

7

9

X7 To Control Panel Circuit Board 5

2

8

125B 115B

X8 To Control Panel Circuit Board

Diode Block Schematic

146 148 F

G

H

D

C

B

A

E

F

C

B

A

385A 777

144 E

757 D

X6 To Control Panel Circuit Board

334

264B 325 F

743 359

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

353

050L

B2 Engine Oil Pressure Switch (NC)

329A 010N 302C X4 To W2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid Wiring Harness

347

050A

302A 302B 302C

R1 Manifold Heater

G2 Alternator

E6 R.H. Headlight

101A

010B B3 Engine 359 Coolant Temperature Sensor

G2 Alternator

102 148

325 002A

D

C

K

B

103A

385A 385B 385C

2 B 1

4

S8 Turn Signal Switch

010A 010B 010U 010N 010V 010X

072A 072B 072C 072E 072D 072F

050A 050J 050B 050K 050L 127A 127C 127B 127D

119A 119C 119B 119D

144 146

002C 002D

562H

S9 Light Switch

042D

M1 Starting Motor

010U

072B 209 4

5 6

572A 385B S1 Key 8 Switch 012

B

Y1 Starting Motor Solenoid

30

85

87 87A

010P 115F

X33 To S16 Brake Switch

85 050B / 050C 010E / 010F 010F / 010T 050C / 050D 050D / 050E 050E / 050F 050F / 050G 050G / 050H 050H / 050M 050M

3 2 1

87A --319 --533 --743 --

136D

777

118C

540-PTO 574E

574A 574B 574C 574D 574E

118A 118B 118C

539B S2 Seat Switch

128A 128B 128D

115C

136C 125C 128D

562C

586

573E

X2 To Transmission Neutral Switch (All Tractors)

136B 128B

546 594A S7 Park 010J 222 Brake Switch 125E 115E X14 To W7 Trailer 118B Connector Wiring Harness X13 To W7 Trailer Connector Wiring Harness B

D

E

F

C

B

A

4 - 118

A

X20 To E13 RH Rear Position Light, E12 RH Front Position Light, and X32 To E15 License Plate Light(s) X26 To E4 RH Rear Turn/Hazard Light, and E3 RH Front Turn/Hazard Light X29 To E4 RH Rear Turn/Hazard Light, E13 RH Rear Position Light, and E14 RH Brake Light, E3 RH Front Turn/Hazard Light, E12 RH Front Position Light, and E15 License Plate Light(s)

125A 115A 125B 115B 125E 125C 115C 125F 115E 115F

562A 136A 562B 136B 562C 136C 562D 136D 562E 562F 562H

X28 To E14 RH Brake Light

010L

757 750-PTO

010C 010G 010M 010J 010P 010L

562E

042A 042C 042B 042D

002B X1 To Fusible Link 002C

010M

X34A to S14

Relay/Fuse Load Center

573A 122A 573D 122B 573B 573E 122C

505

87 383 309 -302B 533 -222 247 -136A

127C

574A

574B S5 PTO Switch

X5 to S6 Mid PTO Switch 594B 562F

072E 125F

X34B to S15

072F

30 002B 572A / 572B 329A / 329B 002D 546 573B 252 264A / 264B 574D 042B

574C

102

042C

7

562B 562D

B4 Horn 309

86

86 385C 518A / 518B 329B 521 573A 556 212 238 594A / 594B 116

S13 Hazard Switch

C

X36 To H17 Backup Alarm

Fusible Link

Relay Socket Layout

116

X37 To Cab Wiring Harness

309

87

# K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K8 K10 K11

Y4 PTO Solenoid

002E

002A

85

Relay Schematic

A

103A 103B 103C

122A S12 Horn903 Switch

87A

A

212

334 010X 072D 127D K12 Flasher

119A

903

A

573D

W1 Ground

E5 L.H. Headlight

F

B

010V

383

119B

125A

E

C

J

86

B 012 252 122C 042A 562A --119C 118A 128A

347 586

3

127B 115A

127A

010N 010C

D

H

A 002C 002D 002 002 072C --138 103C 103B

072A 119D 353 050K 138 122B E

X9 To W5 Cruise Control Wiring Harness 050J 264A 209 247 238

G

SIZE 30A 30A 30A 20A 10A -20A 20A 20A

RELAY WIRE CONNECTIONS

30

010G

X23 To E11 LH Brake Light X19 To E2 LH Rear Turn/Hazard Light, and E1 LH Front Turn/Haard Light X22 To E9 LH Front Position Light, and E10 LH Rear Position Light X21 To E1 LH Front Turn/Hazard Light, E9 LH Front Position Light, E10 LH Rear Position Light, E11 LH Brake Light, and E2 LH Rear Turn/ Hazard Light

6/27/00

W1 MAIN WIRING HARNESS (CAB VERSION)

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

W1 MAIN WIRING HARNESS (CAB VERSION) Serial Numbers for Wiring Harness Use: LV4500E359001– LV4600E369001– LV4700E179001–

2

2

1 4

5 8

7

3

1

6

4

9

7

3 5 8

FUSE WIRE CONNECTIONS

DIODE BLOCK

6

#

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

9

DB1

539A

556

572B

539A/539B

521

518A

010D/010E

302A

–––

# F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9

Diode Block Diode Block Socket Layout Internal 1

3

4

6

7

9

X7 To Control Panel Circuit Board 5

2

8

125B 115B

X8 To Control Panel Circuit Board

Diode Block Schematic

146 148 F

G

H

D

C

B

A

E

F

C

B

A

385A 777

144 E

757 D

X6 To Control Panel Circuit Board

334

264B 325 F

743 359

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

353

050L

B2 Engine Oil Pressure Switch (NC)

329A 010N 302C X4 To W2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid Wiring Harness

347

050A

302A 302B 302C

R1 Manifold Heater

G2 Alternator

E6 R.H. Headlight

101A

010B B3 Engine 359 Coolant Temperature Sensor

G2 Alternator

102 148

325 002A

D

C

K

B

103A

385A 385B 385C

2 B 1

4

S8 Turn Signal Switch

010A 010B 010U 010N 010V 010X

072A 072B 072C 072E 072D 072F

050A 050J 050B 050K 050L 127A 127C 127B 127D

119A 119C 119B 119D

144 146

002C 002D

562H

S9 Light Switch

042D

M1 Starting Motor

010U

072B 209 4

5 6

572A 385B S1 Key 8 Switch 012

B

Y1 Starting Motor Solenoid

30

85

87 87A

010P 115F

X33 To S16 Brake Switch

85 050B / 050C 010E / 010F 010F / 010T 050C / 050D 050D / 050E 050E / 050F 050F / 050G 050G / 050H 050H / 050M 050M

3 2 1

87A --319 --533 --743 --

136D

777

118C

540-PTO 574E

574A 574B 574C 574D 574E

118A 118B 118C

539B S2 Seat Switch

128A 128B 128D

115C

136C 125C 128D

562C

586

573E

X2 To Transmission Neutral Switch (All Tractors)

136B 128B

546 594A S7 Park 010J 222 Brake Switch 125E 115E X14 To W7 Trailer 118B Connector Wiring Harness X13 To W7 Trailer Connector Wiring Harness B

D

E

F

C

B

A

4 - 118

A

X20 To E13 RH Rear Position Light, E12 RH Front Position Light, and X32 To E15 License Plate Light(s) X26 To E4 RH Rear Turn/Hazard Light, and E3 RH Front Turn/Hazard Light X29 To E4 RH Rear Turn/Hazard Light, E13 RH Rear Position Light, and E14 RH Brake Light, E3 RH Front Turn/Hazard Light, E12 RH Front Position Light, and E15 License Plate Light(s)

125A 115A 125B 115B 125E 125C 115C 125F 115E 115F

562A 136A 562B 136B 562C 136C 562D 136D 562E 562F 562H

X28 To E14 RH Brake Light

010L

757 750-PTO

010C 010G 010M 010J 010P 010L

562E

042A 042C 042B 042D

002B X1 To Fusible Link 002C

010M

X34A to S14

Relay/Fuse Load Center

573A 122A 573D 122B 573B 573E 122C

505

87 383 309 -302B 533 -222 247 -136A

127C

574A

574B S5 PTO Switch

X5 to S6 Mid PTO Switch 594B 562F

072E 125F

X34B to S15

072F

30 002B 572A / 572B 329A / 329B 002D 546 573B 252 264A / 264B 574D 042B

574C

102

042C

7

562B 562D

B4 Horn 309

86

86 385C 518A / 518B 329B 521 573A 556 212 238 594A / 594B 116

S13 Hazard Switch

C

X36 To H17 Backup Alarm

Fusible Link

Relay Socket Layout

116

X37 To Cab Wiring Harness

309

87

# K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K8 K10 K11

Y4 PTO Solenoid

002E

002A

85

Relay Schematic

A

103A 103B 103C

122A S12 Horn903 Switch

87A

A

212

334 010X 072D 127D K12 Flasher

119A

903

A

573D

W1 Ground

E5 L.H. Headlight

F

B

010V

383

119B

125A

E

C

J

86

B 012 252 122C 042A 562A --119C 118A 128A

347 586

3

127B 115A

127A

010N 010C

D

H

A 002C 002D 002 002 072C --138 103C 103B

072A 119D 353 050K 138 122B E

X9 To W5 Cruise Control Wiring Harness 050J 264A 209 247 238

G

SIZE 30A 30A 30A 20A 10A -20A 20A 20A

RELAY WIRE CONNECTIONS

30

010G

X23 To E11 LH Brake Light X19 To E2 LH Rear Turn/Hazard Light, and E1 LH Front Turn/Haard Light X22 To E9 LH Front Position Light, and E10 LH Rear Position Light X21 To E1 LH Front Turn/Hazard Light, E9 LH Front Position Light, E10 LH Rear Position Light, E11 LH Brake Light, and E2 LH Rear Turn/ Hazard Light

6/27/00

W1 MAIN WIRING HARNESS (CAB VERSION)

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

W1 MAIN WIRING HARNESS (CAB VERSION) Serial Numbers for Wiring Harness Use: LV4500E359001– LV4600E369001– LV4700E179001–

2

2

1 4

5 8

7

3

1

6

4

9

7

3 5 8

FUSE WIRE CONNECTIONS

DIODE BLOCK

6

#

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

9

DB1

539A

556

572B

539A/539B

521

518A

010D/010E

302A

–––

# F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9

Diode Block Diode Block Socket Layout Internal 1

3

4

6

7

9

X7 To Control Panel Circuit Board 5

2

8

125B 115B

X8 To Control Panel Circuit Board

Diode Block Schematic

146 148 F

G

H

D

C

B

A

E

F

C

B

A

385A 777

144 E

757 D

X6 To Control Panel Circuit Board

334

264B 325 F

743 359

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

353

050L

B2 Engine Oil Pressure Switch (NC)

329A 010N 302C X4 To W2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid Wiring Harness

347

050A

302A 302B 302C

R1 Manifold Heater

G2 Alternator

E6 R.H. Headlight

101A

010B B3 Engine 359 Coolant Temperature Sensor

G2 Alternator

102 148

325 002A

D

C

K

B

103A

385A 385B 385C

2 B 1

4

S8 Turn Signal Switch

010A 010B 010U 010N 010V 010X

072A 072B 072C 072E 072D 072F

050A 050J 050B 050K 050L 127A 127C 127B 127D

119A 119C 119B 119D

144 146

002C 002D

562H

S9 Light Switch

042D

M1 Starting Motor

010U

072B 209 4

5 6

572A 385B S1 Key 8 Switch 012

B

Y1 Starting Motor Solenoid

30

85

87 87A

010P 115F

X33 To S16 Brake Switch

85 050B / 050C 010E / 010F 010F / 010T 050C / 050D 050D / 050E 050E / 050F 050F / 050G 050G / 050H 050H / 050M 050M

3 2 1

87A --319 --533 --743 --

136D

777

118C

540-PTO 574E

574A 574B 574C 574D 574E

118A 118B 118C

539B S2 Seat Switch

128A 128B 128D

115C

136C 125C 128D

562C

586

573E

X2 To Transmission Neutral Switch (All Tractors)

136B 128B

546 594A S7 Park 010J 222 Brake Switch 125E 115E X14 To W7 Trailer 118B Connector Wiring Harness X13 To W7 Trailer Connector Wiring Harness B

D

E

F

C

B

A

4 - 118

A

X20 To E13 RH Rear Position Light, E12 RH Front Position Light, and X32 To E15 License Plate Light(s) X26 To E4 RH Rear Turn/Hazard Light, and E3 RH Front Turn/Hazard Light X29 To E4 RH Rear Turn/Hazard Light, E13 RH Rear Position Light, and E14 RH Brake Light, E3 RH Front Turn/Hazard Light, E12 RH Front Position Light, and E15 License Plate Light(s)

125A 115A 125B 115B 125E 125C 115C 125F 115E 115F

562A 136A 562B 136B 562C 136C 562D 136D 562E 562F 562H

X28 To E14 RH Brake Light

010L

757 750-PTO

010C 010G 010M 010J 010P 010L

562E

042A 042C 042B 042D

002B X1 To Fusible Link 002C

010M

X34A to S14

Relay/Fuse Load Center

573A 122A 573D 122B 573B 573E 122C

505

87 383 309 -302B 533 -222 247 -136A

127C

574A

574B S5 PTO Switch

X5 to S6 Mid PTO Switch 594B 562F

072E 125F

X34B to S15

072F

30 002B 572A / 572B 329A / 329B 002D 546 573B 252 264A / 264B 574D 042B

574C

102

042C

7

562B 562D

B4 Horn 309

86

86 385C 518A / 518B 329B 521 573A 556 212 238 594A / 594B 116

S13 Hazard Switch

C

X36 To H17 Backup Alarm

Fusible Link

Relay Socket Layout

116

X37 To Cab Wiring Harness

309

87

# K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K8 K10 K11

Y4 PTO Solenoid

002E

002A

85

Relay Schematic

A

103A 103B 103C

122A S12 Horn903 Switch

87A

A

212

334 010X 072D 127D K12 Flasher

119A

903

A

573D

W1 Ground

E5 L.H. Headlight

F

B

010V

383

119B

125A

E

C

J

86

B 012 252 122C 042A 562A --119C 118A 128A

347 586

3

127B 115A

127A

010N 010C

D

H

A 002C 002D 002 002 072C --138 103C 103B

072A 119D 353 050K 138 122B E

X9 To W5 Cruise Control Wiring Harness 050J 264A 209 247 238

G

SIZE 30A 30A 30A 20A 10A -20A 20A 20A

RELAY WIRE CONNECTIONS

30

010G

X23 To E11 LH Brake Light X19 To E2 LH Rear Turn/Hazard Light, and E1 LH Front Turn/Haard Light X22 To E9 LH Front Position Light, and E10 LH Rear Position Light X21 To E1 LH Front Turn/Hazard Light, E9 LH Front Position Light, E10 LH Rear Position Light, E11 LH Brake Light, and E2 LH Rear Turn/ Hazard Light

6/27/00

W1 MAIN WIRING HARNESS (CAB VERSION)

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

W1 MAIN WIRING HARNESS (CAB VERSION) Serial Numbers for Wiring Harness Use: LV4500E359001– LV4600E369001– LV4700E179001–

2

2

1 4

5 8

7

3

1

6

4

9

7

3 5 8

FUSE WIRE CONNECTIONS

DIODE BLOCK

6

#

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

9

DB1

539A

556

572B

539A/539B

521

518A

010D/010E

302A

–––

# F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9

Diode Block Diode Block Socket Layout Internal 1

3

4

6

7

9

X7 To Control Panel Circuit Board 5

2

8

125B 115B

X8 To Control Panel Circuit Board

Diode Block Schematic

146 148 F

G

H

D

C

B

A

E

F

C

B

A

385A 777

144 E

757 D

X6 To Control Panel Circuit Board

334

264B 325 F

743 359

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

353

050L

B2 Engine Oil Pressure Switch (NC)

329A 010N 302C X4 To W2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid Wiring Harness

347

050A

302A 302B 302C

R1 Manifold Heater

G2 Alternator

E6 R.H. Headlight

101A

010B B3 Engine 359 Coolant Temperature Sensor

G2 Alternator

102 148

325 002A

D

C

K

B

103A

385A 385B 385C

2 B 1

4

S8 Turn Signal Switch

010A 010B 010U 010N 010V 010X

072A 072B 072C 072E 072D 072F

050A 050J 050B 050K 050L 127A 127C 127B 127D

119A 119C 119B 119D

144 146

002C 002D

562H

S9 Light Switch

042D

M1 Starting Motor

010U

072B 209 4

5 6

572A 385B S1 Key 8 Switch 012

B

Y1 Starting Motor Solenoid

30

85

87 87A

010P 115F

X33 To S16 Brake Switch

85 050B / 050C 010E / 010F 010F / 010T 050C / 050D 050D / 050E 050E / 050F 050F / 050G 050G / 050H 050H / 050M 050M

3 2 1

87A --319 --533 --743 --

136D

777

118C

540-PTO 574E

574A 574B 574C 574D 574E

118A 118B 118C

539B S2 Seat Switch

128A 128B 128D

115C

136C 125C 128D

562C

586

573E

X2 To Transmission Neutral Switch (All Tractors)

136B 128B

546 594A S7 Park 010J 222 Brake Switch 125E 115E X14 To W7 Trailer 118B Connector Wiring Harness X13 To W7 Trailer Connector Wiring Harness B

D

E

F

C

B

A

4 - 118

A

X20 To E13 RH Rear Position Light, E12 RH Front Position Light, and X32 To E15 License Plate Light(s) X26 To E4 RH Rear Turn/Hazard Light, and E3 RH Front Turn/Hazard Light X29 To E4 RH Rear Turn/Hazard Light, E13 RH Rear Position Light, and E14 RH Brake Light, E3 RH Front Turn/Hazard Light, E12 RH Front Position Light, and E15 License Plate Light(s)

125A 115A 125B 115B 125E 125C 115C 125F 115E 115F

562A 136A 562B 136B 562C 136C 562D 136D 562E 562F 562H

X28 To E14 RH Brake Light

010L

757 750-PTO

010C 010G 010M 010J 010P 010L

562E

042A 042C 042B 042D

002B X1 To Fusible Link 002C

010M

X34A to S14

Relay/Fuse Load Center

573A 122A 573D 122B 573B 573E 122C

505

87 383 309 -302B 533 -222 247 -136A

127C

574A

574B S5 PTO Switch

X5 to S6 Mid PTO Switch 594B 562F

072E 125F

X34B to S15

072F

30 002B 572A / 572B 329A / 329B 002D 546 573B 252 264A / 264B 574D 042B

574C

102

042C

7

562B 562D

B4 Horn 309

86

86 385C 518A / 518B 329B 521 573A 556 212 238 594A / 594B 116

S13 Hazard Switch

C

X36 To H17 Backup Alarm

Fusible Link

Relay Socket Layout

116

X37 To Cab Wiring Harness

309

87

# K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K8 K10 K11

Y4 PTO Solenoid

002E

002A

85

Relay Schematic

A

103A 103B 103C

122A S12 Horn903 Switch

87A

A

212

334 010X 072D 127D K12 Flasher

119A

903

A

573D

W1 Ground

E5 L.H. Headlight

F

B

010V

383

119B

125A

E

C

J

86

B 012 252 122C 042A 562A --119C 118A 128A

347 586

3

127B 115A

127A

010N 010C

D

H

A 002C 002D 002 002 072C --138 103C 103B

072A 119D 353 050K 138 122B E

X9 To W5 Cruise Control Wiring Harness 050J 264A 209 247 238

G

SIZE 30A 30A 30A 20A 10A -20A 20A 20A

RELAY WIRE CONNECTIONS

30

010G

X23 To E11 LH Brake Light X19 To E2 LH Rear Turn/Hazard Light, and E1 LH Front Turn/Haard Light X22 To E9 LH Front Position Light, and E10 LH Rear Position Light X21 To E1 LH Front Turn/Hazard Light, E9 LH Front Position Light, E10 LH Rear Position Light, E11 LH Brake Light, and E2 LH Rear Turn/ Hazard Light

6/27/00

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

W2 FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID WIRING HARNESS

W2 FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID WIRING HARNESS Blk

Wht

Wht X4 To W1 Main Wiring Harness

Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid

M76875

W3 HST NEUTRAL START WIRING HARNESS (Included in W5 Cruise Control Wiring Harness protective wrap)

Dk Grn

Dk Grn W3 HST NEUTRAL START WIRING HARNESS

Gry X2 To W1 Main Wiring Harness

Gry To S3 Transmission Neutral Switch (Hydro - HST)

W4 PTO SOLENOID WIRING HARNESS Wht Pnk X15 To W1 Main Wiring Harness

6/27/00

Y4 PTO Solenoid

4 - 119

W5 CRUISE CONTROL WIRING HARNESS

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

W5 CRUISE CONTROL WIRING HARNESS X2a To W1 Main Wiring Harness

Dk Grn

HST Neutral Start Wiring Harness Extension

Gry

Blk Wht

X2b To W3 Neutral Start Wiring Harness Dk Grn

X9 To W1 Main Wiring Harness

Gry Yel Gry Yel Gry Yel Gry

Blk

P/N AM124956

Gry Pur

Yel

Yel X12 To Y3 Cruise Control Magnet

X11 TO S11 Brake Switch Wht Gry Yel

X10 To S10 Cruise Cruise Control Switch

Pur Gry

S10 Cruise Control Switch (w/ AM124956) S11 Brake Switch X10 To W5 Cruise Control Wiring Harness X11 To W5 Cruise Control Wiring Harness

Blk Wht

X9 To W1 Main Wiring Harness

Gry Pur

Gry

Yel Yel Yel

Wht Wht Wht

Yel

Wht Wht

Gry Gry Gry

To S10 Cruise Cruise Control Switch Pur

Blk

P/N LVA10271

Yel X11 TO S11 Brake Switch

X12 To Y3 Cruise Control Magnet

Gry Yel

S10 Cruise Control Switch (w/ LVA10271)

4 - 120

6/27/00

W6 CRUISE CONTROL MAGNET WIRING HARNESS

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

W6 CRUISE CONTROL MAGNET WIRING HARNESS

Wht

Wht

Y4 Cruise Control Magnet

X12 To W5 Cruise Control Wiring Harness

W7 TRAILER CONNECTOR WIRING HARNESS 115 Dk Grn 118 Gry 136 Lt Blu 125 Dk Grn To LH Position Light To RH Turn Signal Light To RH & LH Brake Lights To LH Turn Signal Light To RH Position Light

128 Gry

To Trailer Ground Wire

118 115 136 125 128

X13 To W1 Main Wiring Harness

010

222

To Trailer Power

010 Blk

X35 Trailer Connector

X14 To W1 Main Wiring Harness

222 Red

Circuit Number

Wire Size

Color

Termination Points

Main Harness Connection

010

3.0

Blk

X35 - Pin 3, Ground Wire Socket

X14 (to 010J Blk)

115

1.0

Dk Grn

X35 - Pin 4, RHTurn Signal Light Socket

X13 (to 115E Dk Grn)

118

1.0

Gry

X35 - Pin 5, LH Position Light Pin

X13 (to 118B Gry)

125

1.0

Dk Grn

X35 - Pin 1, LHTurn Signal Light Pin

X13 (to 125E Dk Grn)

128

1.0

Gry

X35 - Pin 7, RH Position Light Pin

X13 (to 128B Gry)

136

1.0

Lt Blu

X35 - Pin 6, LH and RH Brake Lights Socket

X13 (to 136B Lt Blu)

222

2.0

Red

X35 - Pin 2, Power Wire Socket (Accessory)

X14 (to 222 Red)

6/27/00

4 - 121

W8 2–SPEED PTO WIRING HARNESS

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

W8 2–SPEED PTO WIRING HARNESS Pur Yel

To S14 540 rpm PTO Switch

Yel

To S15 750 rpm PTO Switch

Pur Yel X34 to W1 Main Wiring Harness

S14 PTO Switch, or S15 PTO Switch

NOTE: W8 2-speed PTO wiring harness was incorporated into main wiring harness in later models and cab version wiring harnesses. X34a and X34b on the main wiring harness connect directly to S14 and S15 2 speed PTO switches.

4 - 122

6/27/00

TROUBLESHOOTING

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

Check ground circuit

●

Test battery and battery connections

●

● ●

●

●

See Manifold heater Circuit Diagnosis

●

See Fuel Supply Circuit Diagnosis

●

See Charging Circuit Diagnosis

●

See Control Panel Indicator Diagnosis

●

6/27/00

● ●

●

●

● ●

See Lights Circuit Diagnosis Check for shorted circuit

Fuel gauge does not work properly

●

Headlight problem

See Cranking Circuit Diagnosis

Instrument lights problems

●

Engine will not run when operator leaves seat

●

Engine coolant temperature light problem

See Engine Shutoff Circuit Diagnosis

Discharge light problem

●

Battery goes dead, discharges or overcharges

●

Engine oil light problem

Engine cranks but will not start

See Power Circuit Diagnosis

Check or Solution

Improper component operating with switch

Starter cranking problems

Problem or Symptom

Engine will not shut off

TROUBLESHOOTING

●

●

●

●

4 - 123

THEORY AND DIAGNOSIS

THEORY AND DIAGNOSIS POWER CIRCUIT OPERATION Function: Provides unswitched and switched power to the primary components whenever the battery is connected. The power circuits are divided among the unswitched power circuit, switched power circuits (key switch in RUN, START, or AID positions), and secondary switched power circuits. The secondary switched power circuits become energized when switched power circuits energize relays providing current paths to the secondary circuits. The secondary power circuits would not be energized if the relays controlling the current path(s) failed. Detailed Theory of Operation, Schematics, and Troubleshooting of circuits are shown throughout electrical section. Unswitched Power: Voltage must be present at the following components with the key switch in the OFF position: • Battery Positive Terminal • Starting Motor Terminal B • F1 Fuse • Key Switch Terminal 1 • Alternator Terminal B • Manifold Heater Relay Terminal 30 • Engine Run Relay Terminal 30 • F2 Fuse • Accessory Relay Terminal 30 • F3 Fuse • Light Switch Terminal B • Horn Switch • F4 Fuse • Hazard Switch Terminal 30 • Brake Switch The positive battery cable connects the battery to the starting motor bolt (terminal B). The starting motor bolt is used as the 12 Volt DC tie point for the rest of the electrical system. The battery cables and the starting motor tie point connections must be good for the vehicle electrical system to work properly. The ground cable and positive cable connections are equally important. Proper starting motor operation depends on these cables and connections to carry high current. With the exception of the alternator B terminal, the electrical circuit is protected by the fusible link beyond the starting motor tie point. The fusible link is a short piece of wire that is designed to fail if current load is too high or a short occurs.

4 - 124

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

Switched Power - Run: In addition to the voltage present at the locations of the unswitched power circuits, voltage must be present at the following components with the key switch in the RUN ("ON") position, transmission in NEUTRAL, PTO(s) in NEUTRAL, park brake ENGAGED, and operator NOT ON seat: • Key Switch Terminals 3, 4, and 5 • Alternator Terminal IG • F5 Fuse • PTO Switch Terminals A, G and H • X5 Connector (562F Red wire)

NOTE: X5 connector has jumper wire installed unless Mid PTO option is installed. • Mid PTO Light Relay Socket Terminal 86 • Park Brake Switch Terminals A, B, C and D • K5 Safety Relay Terminals 86 and 30 • K6 Safety Relay Terminal 30 • Seat Switch • X9 Connector Terminal A • Cruise Control Switch • X6 Connector Terminals A and K • X7 Connector Terminal A • Accessory Relay Terminal 86 • X3 Connector (573E Org wire); or, X2 Connector (505 Dk Grn wire)

NOTE: The S4 Transmission Neutral Switch is installed in collar shift gear drive (CST) and PowrReverser™ (PRT) tractors; a jumper wire is installed in the X2 connector, and the S3 Transmission Neutral Switch is not used. In hydrostatic drive (HST) tractors the S3 Transmission Neutral Switch is used, and a jumper wire is installed in the X3 connector eliminating the S4 switch. • Start Relay Terminal 86 • Diode Block Terminal 6 • Engine Run Relay Terminal 86 Secondary Switched Power - Run: Voltage must be present at the following components with the key switch in the RUN ("ON") position, transmission in NEUTRAL, PTO(s) in NEUTRAL, park brake ENGAGED, and operator NOT ON seat: • K5 Safety Relay Terminal 87 • K6 Safety Relay Terminal 87a • Engine Run Relay Terminal 87 • X4 Connector (302C Red wire)

6/27/00

POWER CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

POWER CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC 002A Red 002 Fuse Block Internal Link

6 5 072B Red

2

B

F1 Fuse

212 Red

212 Red

072A Red

072A Red

072E Red

072E Red

Start Run Off Acc.

F5 Fuse A

562A Red

042A Red

H

X9

G

A Wht

B

X10

X5

(Operator Off)

On Off

F2 Fuse

B 212 252 Red Red

IG

S1 Key Switch

L P

86

30

G2 Alternator

85

87 87A

Off On Engage

S6 Mid PTO Switch (Option)

OFF ON

S2 Seat Switch

X5 518A Gry 6

X1

K4 Engine Run Relay

V1 Diode Block

30

87 87A

K1 Manifold Heater Relay 518B Gry

002E Red

521 Brn

5

86

85

30

K7 Accessory Relay

X33

In Gear

86

85

K2 Start Relay

7

8

302C Red

M M1 Starting Motor

X4 Y1 Starting Motor Solenoid

Red

SE1 - STARTING 5/31/00

Wht

Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid

Unswitched Power

A

X6

86

30

85

87 87A

K12 Flasher 122B Red

(0) Off (1) Hazard (2) Road

X3

573D Org

X3 S4 Transmission Neutral Switch (PRT & CST)

1

t0

Q P3 Fuel Gauge

H4 Discharge Light

573B Org

573E Org

_

H7 Oil Pressure Light

P4 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

573A Org

3 4

122A Red

S9 Light Switch

E

J

C

2

B

X6

X6

X6

353 Org

347 Pur

359 Wht

302B Red

302A Red

B

V1 Diode Block

K11 Brake Light Relay

072A Red

A

+ In Neutral

505 Dk Grn

116 Lt Blu

49

X14 Trailer Connector

122C Red

(3) Field

Pedal Depressed

X2

S16 Brake Switch

594B Yel

Pedal Released

X2

15

S12 Hazard Switch

X7

87 87A

S3 Transmission Neutral Switch (HST) 87A 87

S10 Cruise Control Switch

A

On

102 Red

222 Red

334 Yel

Wht

002E Red 002C Red 002B Red

042D Red

30

49

(Operator On)

30

042C Red

Off

A

573D Org

S5 PTO Switch

562C Red 562E Red

Fusible Link

042B Red

072E Red

072D Red

002A Red

PTO Off

562B Red G 562D Red A

562F Red

B

Aid Off

85

B

F4 Fuse

PTO On 7

86

A

X33

072C Red

002A Red

B

072D Red

3 212 Red

A

A 002D Red

209 Wht

4 209 Wht 012 Red 1

F3 Fuse 122C Red

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

Switched Power

594B Yel

546 Lt Blu

594A Yel 86

86

30

85

87 87A

85

30

87 87A

K5 Safety Relay

573B Org 86

85

30

87 87A

On

A 562C Red B

Off 546 Lt Blu D 586 Lt Blu C

Q

586 Lt Blu

B2 Engine Oil B3 Engine Coolant Pressure Temperature Switch (NC) Sensor

SE2 - IGNITION

SE3 - CHARGING

4 - 125

S12 Horn Switch

X6 K

S7 Park Brake Switch

Secondary Switched Power

t0

P

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

533 Org

K10 Mid PTO Light Relay

K6 Safety Relay

P

H6 Park Brake Light

Control Panel Circuit Board SE4 - ACCESSORIES

SE5 - INSTRUMENTATION

SE6 - LIGHTS

POWER CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

POWER CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC 002A Red 002 Fuse Block Internal Link

6 5 072B Red

2

B

F1 Fuse

212 Red

212 Red

072A Red

072A Red

072E Red

072E Red

Start Run Off Acc.

F5 Fuse A

562A Red

042A Red

H

X9

G

A Wht

B

X10

X5

(Operator Off)

On Off

F2 Fuse

B 212 252 Red Red

IG

S1 Key Switch

L P

86

30

G2 Alternator

85

87 87A

Off On Engage

S6 Mid PTO Switch (Option)

OFF ON

S2 Seat Switch

X5 518A Gry 6

X1

K4 Engine Run Relay

V1 Diode Block

30

87 87A

K1 Manifold Heater Relay 518B Gry

002E Red

521 Brn

5

86

85

30

K7 Accessory Relay

X33

In Gear

86

85

K2 Start Relay

7

8

302C Red

M M1 Starting Motor

X4 Y1 Starting Motor Solenoid

Red

SE1 - STARTING 5/31/00

Wht

Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid

Unswitched Power

A

X6

86

30

85

87 87A

K12 Flasher 122B Red

(0) Off (1) Hazard (2) Road

X3

573D Org

X3 S4 Transmission Neutral Switch (PRT & CST)

1

t0

Q P3 Fuel Gauge

H4 Discharge Light

573B Org

573E Org

_

H7 Oil Pressure Light

P4 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

573A Org

3 4

122A Red

S9 Light Switch

E

J

C

2

B

X6

X6

X6

353 Org

347 Pur

359 Wht

302B Red

302A Red

B

V1 Diode Block

K11 Brake Light Relay

072A Red

A

+ In Neutral

505 Dk Grn

116 Lt Blu

49

X14 Trailer Connector

122C Red

(3) Field

Pedal Depressed

X2

S16 Brake Switch

594B Yel

Pedal Released

X2

15

S12 Hazard Switch

X7

87 87A

S3 Transmission Neutral Switch (HST) 87A 87

S10 Cruise Control Switch

A

On

102 Red

222 Red

334 Yel

Wht

002E Red 002C Red 002B Red

042D Red

30

49

(Operator On)

30

042C Red

Off

A

573D Org

S5 PTO Switch

562C Red 562E Red

Fusible Link

042B Red

072E Red

072D Red

002A Red

PTO Off

562B Red G 562D Red A

562F Red

B

Aid Off

85

B

F4 Fuse

PTO On 7

86

A

X33

072C Red

002A Red

B

072D Red

3 212 Red

A

A 002D Red

209 Wht

4 209 Wht 012 Red 1

F3 Fuse 122C Red

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

Switched Power

594B Yel

546 Lt Blu

594A Yel 86

86

30

85

87 87A

85

30

87 87A

K5 Safety Relay

573B Org 86

85

30

87 87A

On

A 562C Red B

Off 546 Lt Blu D 586 Lt Blu C

Q

586 Lt Blu

B2 Engine Oil B3 Engine Coolant Pressure Temperature Switch (NC) Sensor

SE2 - IGNITION

SE3 - CHARGING

4 - 125

S12 Horn Switch

X6 K

S7 Park Brake Switch

Secondary Switched Power

t0

P

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

533 Org

K10 Mid PTO Light Relay

K6 Safety Relay

P

H6 Park Brake Light

Control Panel Circuit Board SE4 - ACCESSORIES

SE5 - INSTRUMENTATION

SE6 - LIGHTS

POWER CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

POWER CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC 002A Red 002 Fuse Block Internal Link

6 5 072B Red

2

B

F1 Fuse

212 Red

212 Red

072A Red

072A Red

072E Red

072E Red

Start Run Off Acc.

F5 Fuse A

562A Red

042A Red

H

X9

G

A Wht

B

X10

X5

(Operator Off)

On Off

F2 Fuse

B 212 252 Red Red

IG

S1 Key Switch

L P

86

30

G2 Alternator

85

87 87A

Off On Engage

S6 Mid PTO Switch (Option)

OFF ON

S2 Seat Switch

X5 518A Gry 6

X1

K4 Engine Run Relay

V1 Diode Block

30

87 87A

K1 Manifold Heater Relay 518B Gry

002E Red

521 Brn

5

86

85

30

K7 Accessory Relay

X33

In Gear

86

85

K2 Start Relay

7

8

302C Red

M M1 Starting Motor

X4 Y1 Starting Motor Solenoid

Red

SE1 - STARTING 5/31/00

Wht

Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid

Unswitched Power

A

X6

86

30

85

87 87A

K12 Flasher 122B Red

(0) Off (1) Hazard (2) Road

X3

573D Org

X3 S4 Transmission Neutral Switch (PRT & CST)

1

t0

Q P3 Fuel Gauge

H4 Discharge Light

573B Org

573E Org

_

H7 Oil Pressure Light

P4 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

573A Org

3 4

122A Red

S9 Light Switch

E

J

C

2

B

X6

X6

X6

353 Org

347 Pur

359 Wht

302B Red

302A Red

B

V1 Diode Block

K11 Brake Light Relay

072A Red

A

+ In Neutral

505 Dk Grn

116 Lt Blu

49

X14 Trailer Connector

122C Red

(3) Field

Pedal Depressed

X2

S16 Brake Switch

594B Yel

Pedal Released

X2

15

S12 Hazard Switch

X7

87 87A

S3 Transmission Neutral Switch (HST) 87A 87

S10 Cruise Control Switch

A

On

102 Red

222 Red

334 Yel

Wht

002E Red 002C Red 002B Red

042D Red

30

49

(Operator On)

30

042C Red

Off

A

573D Org

S5 PTO Switch

562C Red 562E Red

Fusible Link

042B Red

072E Red

072D Red

002A Red

PTO Off

562B Red G 562D Red A

562F Red

B

Aid Off

85

B

F4 Fuse

PTO On 7

86

A

X33

072C Red

002A Red

B

072D Red

3 212 Red

A

A 002D Red

209 Wht

4 209 Wht 012 Red 1

F3 Fuse 122C Red

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

Switched Power

594B Yel

546 Lt Blu

594A Yel 86

86

30

85

87 87A

85

30

87 87A

K5 Safety Relay

573B Org 86

85

30

87 87A

On

A 562C Red B

Off 546 Lt Blu D 586 Lt Blu C

Q

586 Lt Blu

B2 Engine Oil B3 Engine Coolant Pressure Temperature Switch (NC) Sensor

SE2 - IGNITION

SE3 - CHARGING

4 - 125

S12 Horn Switch

X6 K

S7 Park Brake Switch

Secondary Switched Power

t0

P

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

533 Org

K10 Mid PTO Light Relay

K6 Safety Relay

P

H6 Park Brake Light

Control Panel Circuit Board SE4 - ACCESSORIES

SE5 - INSTRUMENTATION

SE6 - LIGHTS

POWER CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

POWER CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC 002A Red

F3 Fuse 122C Red

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

A

B

A

B

042A Red

002D Red 209 Wht

4 209 Wht 012 Red

6

1

5

072B Red

3

212 Red

2

B

F1 Fuse

212 Red

212 Red

072A Red

072A Red

072E Red

072E Red

F4 Fuse

572A Red

072C Red

Start Run Off Acc.

F5 Fuse A

562A Red

573D Org H

X9

Wht

S5 PTO Switch

562C Red 562E Red

B

X10

X5

(Operator Off)

G

A

Off

A

072D Red

002A Red

PTO Off

562B Red G 562D Red A

562F Red

B

Aid Off

On Off

F2 Fuse

B 212 252 Red Red

IG L P

86

30

G2 Alternator

85

87 87A

S2 Seat Switch Off

Off On Engage

S6 Mid PTO Switch (Option)

On

334 Yel

K7 Accessory Relay

Wht 518A Gry 6

358B Dk Grn

002C Red 002B Red

002A Red

521 Brn

5

K4 Engine Run Relay

V1 Diode Block

X1 K1 Manifold Heater Relay

86

572A Red

30

572A Red 3

86

85

S10 Cruise Control Switch

30

87 87A

X2

Fusible Link

30

86

87A 87

505 Dk Grn

S3 Transmission Neutral Switch (HST)

85

X7

X6

A 7

M

R1 Manifold Heater Y1 Starting Motor Solenoid

Red

8

V1 Diode Block

302B Red

302A Red

302C Red

X4 Wht

Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid

Unswitched Power SE1 - STARTING

Switched Power SE2 - IGNITION

86

30

85

87 87A

K12 Flasher 122B Red

(0) Off (1) Hazard (2) Road (3) Field

556 Lt Blu

In Neutral

573D Org

In Gear

X3

X3 S4 Transmission Neutral Switch (PRT & CST)

594B Yel

P3 Fuel Gauge

85

87 87A

P4 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

546 Lt Blu

85

30

87 87A

K5 Safety Relay

573B Org 86

85

30

87 87A

On

A 562C Red B

Off 546 Lt Blu D 586 Lt Blu C

X6

X6

X6

353 Org

347 Pur

359 Wht

Q

586 Lt Blu

B2 Engine Oil B3 Engine Coolant Pressure Temperature Switch (NC) Sensor

SE3 - CHARGING

4 - 126

4

122A Red

S9 Light Switch

S12 Horn Switch

X6 K

S7 Park Brake Switch

Secondary Switched Power

3

t0

P

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

533 Org

K10 Mid PTO Light Relay

K6 Safety Relay

2

B

E

J

C

86

30

H7 Oil Pressure Light

573A Org

594A Yel 86

1

t0

Q

H4 Discharge Light

573B Org

573E Org

_

K2 Start Relay

309 Wht

K11 Brake Light Relay

072A Red A

+ Pedal Released Pedal Depressed

116 Lt Blu

49

X14 Trailer Connector

122C Red

X33

594B Yel

556 Lt Blu

2

518B Gry X2

M1 Starting Motor

X5

S11 Brake Switch

S12 Hazard Switch

A

87 87A

85

383 Org

B

002E Red

15

102 Red

222 Red A

On 30

49

(Operator On)

S1 Key Switch

042D Red

X33

072D Red

7

002E Red

042C Red

072E Red

PTO On

A

042B Red

P

H6 Park Brake Light

Control Panel Circuit Board SE4 - ACCESSORIES

SE5 - INSTRUMENTATION

SE6 - LIGHTS 5/31/00

POWER CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

POWER CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC 002A Red

F3 Fuse 122C Red

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

A

B

A

B

042A Red

002D Red 209 Wht

4 209 Wht 012 Red

6

1

5

072B Red

3

212 Red

2

B

F1 Fuse

212 Red

212 Red

072A Red

072A Red

072E Red

072E Red

F4 Fuse

572A Red

072C Red

Start Run Off Acc.

F5 Fuse A

562A Red

573D Org H

X9

Wht

S5 PTO Switch

562C Red 562E Red

B

X10

X5

(Operator Off)

G

A

Off

A

072D Red

002A Red

PTO Off

562B Red G 562D Red A

562F Red

B

Aid Off

On Off

F2 Fuse

B 212 252 Red Red

IG L P

86

30

G2 Alternator

85

87 87A

S2 Seat Switch Off

Off On Engage

S6 Mid PTO Switch (Option)

On

334 Yel

K7 Accessory Relay

Wht 518A Gry 6

358B Dk Grn

002C Red 002B Red

002A Red

521 Brn

5

K4 Engine Run Relay

V1 Diode Block

X1 K1 Manifold Heater Relay

86

572A Red

30

572A Red 3

86

85

S10 Cruise Control Switch

30

87 87A

X2

Fusible Link

30

86

87A 87

505 Dk Grn

S3 Transmission Neutral Switch (HST)

85

X7

X6

A 7

M

R1 Manifold Heater Y1 Starting Motor Solenoid

Red

8

V1 Diode Block

302B Red

302A Red

302C Red

X4 Wht

Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid

Unswitched Power SE1 - STARTING

Switched Power SE2 - IGNITION

86

30

85

87 87A

K12 Flasher 122B Red

(0) Off (1) Hazard (2) Road (3) Field

556 Lt Blu

In Neutral

573D Org

In Gear

X3

X3 S4 Transmission Neutral Switch (PRT & CST)

594B Yel

P3 Fuel Gauge

85

87 87A

P4 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

546 Lt Blu

85

30

87 87A

K5 Safety Relay

573B Org 86

85

30

87 87A

On

A 562C Red B

Off 546 Lt Blu D 586 Lt Blu C

X6

X6

X6

353 Org

347 Pur

359 Wht

Q

586 Lt Blu

B2 Engine Oil B3 Engine Coolant Pressure Temperature Switch (NC) Sensor

SE3 - CHARGING

4 - 126

4

122A Red

S9 Light Switch

S12 Horn Switch

X6 K

S7 Park Brake Switch

Secondary Switched Power

3

t0

P

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

533 Org

K10 Mid PTO Light Relay

K6 Safety Relay

2

B

E

J

C

86

30

H7 Oil Pressure Light

573A Org

594A Yel 86

1

t0

Q

H4 Discharge Light

573B Org

573E Org

_

K2 Start Relay

309 Wht

K11 Brake Light Relay

072A Red A

+ Pedal Released Pedal Depressed

116 Lt Blu

49

X14 Trailer Connector

122C Red

X33

594B Yel

556 Lt Blu

2

518B Gry X2

M1 Starting Motor

X5

S11 Brake Switch

S12 Hazard Switch

A

87 87A

85

383 Org

B

002E Red

15

102 Red

222 Red A

On 30

49

(Operator On)

S1 Key Switch

042D Red

X33

072D Red

7

002E Red

042C Red

072E Red

PTO On

A

042B Red

P

H6 Park Brake Light

Control Panel Circuit Board SE4 - ACCESSORIES

SE5 - INSTRUMENTATION

SE6 - LIGHTS 5/31/00

POWER CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

POWER CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC 002A Red

F3 Fuse 122C Red

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

A

B

A

B

042A Red

002D Red 209 Wht

4 209 Wht 012 Red

6

1

5

072B Red

3

212 Red

2

B

F1 Fuse

212 Red

212 Red

072A Red

072A Red

072E Red

072E Red

F4 Fuse

572A Red

072C Red

Start Run Off Acc.

F5 Fuse A

562A Red

573D Org H

X9

Wht

S5 PTO Switch

562C Red 562E Red

B

X10

X5

(Operator Off)

G

A

Off

A

072D Red

002A Red

PTO Off

562B Red G 562D Red A

562F Red

B

Aid Off

On Off

F2 Fuse

B 212 252 Red Red

IG L P

86

30

G2 Alternator

85

87 87A

S2 Seat Switch Off

Off On Engage

S6 Mid PTO Switch (Option)

On

334 Yel

K7 Accessory Relay

Wht 518A Gry 6

358B Dk Grn

002C Red 002B Red

002A Red

521 Brn

5

K4 Engine Run Relay

V1 Diode Block

X1 K1 Manifold Heater Relay

86

572A Red

30

572A Red 3

86

85

S10 Cruise Control Switch

30

87 87A

X2

Fusible Link

30

86

87A 87

505 Dk Grn

S3 Transmission Neutral Switch (HST)

85

X7

X6

A 7

M

R1 Manifold Heater Y1 Starting Motor Solenoid

Red

8

V1 Diode Block

302B Red

302A Red

302C Red

X4 Wht

Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid

Unswitched Power SE1 - STARTING

Switched Power SE2 - IGNITION

86

30

85

87 87A

K12 Flasher 122B Red

(0) Off (1) Hazard (2) Road (3) Field

556 Lt Blu

In Neutral

573D Org

In Gear

X3

X3 S4 Transmission Neutral Switch (PRT & CST)

594B Yel

P3 Fuel Gauge

85

87 87A

P4 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

546 Lt Blu

85

30

87 87A

K5 Safety Relay

573B Org 86

85

30

87 87A

On

A 562C Red B

Off 546 Lt Blu D 586 Lt Blu C

X6

X6

X6

353 Org

347 Pur

359 Wht

Q

586 Lt Blu

B2 Engine Oil B3 Engine Coolant Pressure Temperature Switch (NC) Sensor

SE3 - CHARGING

4 - 126

4

122A Red

S9 Light Switch

S12 Horn Switch

X6 K

S7 Park Brake Switch

Secondary Switched Power

3

t0

P

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

533 Org

K10 Mid PTO Light Relay

K6 Safety Relay

2

B

E

J

C

86

30

H7 Oil Pressure Light

573A Org

594A Yel 86

1

t0

Q

H4 Discharge Light

573B Org

573E Org

_

K2 Start Relay

309 Wht

K11 Brake Light Relay

072A Red A

+ Pedal Released Pedal Depressed

116 Lt Blu

49

X14 Trailer Connector

122C Red

X33

594B Yel

556 Lt Blu

2

518B Gry X2

M1 Starting Motor

X5

S11 Brake Switch

S12 Hazard Switch

A

87 87A

85

383 Org

B

002E Red

15

102 Red

222 Red A

On 30

49

(Operator On)

S1 Key Switch

042D Red

X33

072D Red

7

002E Red

042C Red

072E Red

PTO On

A

042B Red

P

H6 Park Brake Light

Control Panel Circuit Board SE4 - ACCESSORIES

SE5 - INSTRUMENTATION

SE6 - LIGHTS 5/31/00

POWER CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

Switched Power - Aid: Voltage must be present at the following components with the key switch in the AID position (key pushed in when placed in the RUN or START position), transmission in NEUTRAL, PTO(s) in NEUTRAL, park brake ENGAGED, and operator NOT ON seat: • Key Switch Terminal 7 • Manifold Heater Relay Terminal 86 These circuits are controlled by the key switch and are protected by the fusible link and the F1 fuse. Secondary Switched Power - Aid: Voltage must be present at the following components with the key switch in the AID position (key pushed in when placed in the RUN or START position): • Manifold Heater Relay Terminal 87 • Manifold Heater See “MANIFOLD HEATER OPERATION” on page136. Switched Power - Start: Voltage must be present at the following components with the key switch in the START position, transmission in NEUTRAL, PTO(s) in NEUTRAL, park brake ENGAGED, and operator NOT ON seat: • Key Switch Terminals 5 and 6 • Start Relay Terminal 30 • Diode Block Terminal 3 • K6 Safety Relay Terminal 86 • Start Relay Coil (If start criteria are met)

NOTE:

These components are in addition to the components that would have power with the key switch in the RUN position. Voltage would not be present at the cruise control switch, or at the accessory relay (terminal 86) with the key switch in the START position.

Secondary Switched Power - Start: Voltage must be present at the following components with the key switch in the START position, transmission in NEUTRAL, PTO(s) in NEUTRAL, park brake ENGAGED, and operator NOT ON seat: • Start Relay Terminal 87 • Starting Motor Terminal A See “CRANKING page 136.

6/27/00

CIRCUIT

OPERATION”

on

4 - 127

POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS Test Conditions: • Key switch in OFF position • Park brake ENGAGED Test/Check Point

• Transmission in NEUTRAL • PTO DISENGAGED Normal

If Not Normal

1. Starting motor battery (B) terminal

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check cable to battery. Test battery.

2. Alternator (B terminal)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 002A Red cable and connections.

3. Fuse block (F1 fuse)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check fusible link, 002C Red wire and connections.

4. Fuse block (F3 fuse)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check internal fuse connection in load center (tie to F1 fuse).

5. Fuse block (F4 fuse)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check internal fuse connection in load center (tie to F1 fuse).

6. Fuse block (F2 fuse)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 002D Red wire and connections.

7. Accessory relay socket

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check F2 fuse, 252 Red wire and connections.

8. Hazard switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 042A and 042C Red wires and connections.

9. X33 connector to S16 brake switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 042A and 042C Red wires and connections.

10. Brake light relay

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 042A and 042C Red wires and connections.

11. Light switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check F3 fuse, 122C and 122B Red wires and connections.

12. Horn switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check F4 fuse, 122C and 122A Red wires and connections.

13. Key switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check F1 fuse, 012 Red wire and connections.

14. Engine run relay socket (terminal 30)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check fusible link, 002E Red wire and connections.

15. Manifold heater relay socket (terminal 30)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check fusible link, 002B Red wire and connections.

4 - 128

6/27/00

POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

002A Red

2

002C Red 002B Red Fusible Link G2 Alternator

1

M1 Starting Motor

G1 Battery

3

6

4

5

1

2

3

4

A

86 30

87A

87

002B Red

B

9

10

A

85

15

8

7

11

12

B

K1 Manifold Heater Relay (Socket terminal 30)

042A Red

252 Red

7 86

Fuseblock

042C Red

86

30

87A

85

87

30

87A

87

002E Red 14

6

5

85

K4 Engine Run Relay (Socket terminal 30)

K7 Accessory Relay (Socket terminal 30)

8 042D Red

122C Red

042C Red

85

12 122A Red

30

87A

87

13

9

86

012 Red S1 Key Switch

S13 Hazard Switch

X33 To S16 Brake Switch 10

K11 Brake Light Relay (Socket terminal 30) 122B Red

S12 Horn Switch 11

6/27/00

S9 Light Switch

4 - 129

POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

Test Conditions: • Key switch in OFF position • Park brake ENGAGED Test/Check Point

• Transmission in NEUTRAL • PTO DISENGAGED Normal

If Not Normal

16. Key switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test key switch. (See “KEY SWITCH TEST” on page 95.) Replace switch as necessary.

17. Key switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test key switch. Replace switch as necessary.

18. Key switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test key switch. Replace switch as necessary.

19. Fuseblock (F5 fuse)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 072B and 072C Red wires and connections.

20. Seat switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check F5 fuse, 562A and 562E Red wires and connections.

21. Park brake switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 562C Red wire and connections.

22. Mid PTO switch (Option)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 562F Red wire and connections.

23. Mid PTO switch (Option)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Ensure Mid PTO is DISENGAGED. Test switch. (See “MID PTO SWITCH TEST” on page 98.)

24. Mid PTO relay socket (terminal 86)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 594B Yel wire and connections.

25. Park brake switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 594A Yel wire and connections.

26. Park brake switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Ensure park brake is ENGAGED. Test switch. (See “PARK BRAKE SWITCH TEST” on page 102.)

27. K5 Safety relay socket (terminal 30)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 546 Lt Blu wire and connections.

28. PTO switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 562B Red wire and connections.

29. PTO switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 562D Red wire and connections.

30. PTO switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Ensure PTO switch is in OFF position. Test switch. (See “PTO SWITCH TEST” on page 99.)

31. K6 safety relay (terminal 30)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 573B Org wires and connections.

32. K5 safety relay (terminal 86)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 573A Org wires and connections.

4 - 130

6/27/00

POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

16 072B Red 209 Wht 072C Red

17 212 Red S1 Key Switch

19

18 A 1 B

3

2

9

4

10

A

5

6

11

S2 Seat Switch

8

7 12

B Fuseblock

S5 PTO Switch

562A Red

562E Red 562E Red

20

562C Red

562D Red

562F Red

29

562B Red 25 573D Org

28

30

594A Yel 546 Lt Blu S7 Park Brake Switch 26

573B Org

86

594B Yel

30

K10 Mid PTO Relay (Socket terminal 86)

85

546 Lt Blu

87A

87

24 573A Org

21

X5 86 87A

87

27

30

32

30

87

87A

85

86

22 31

85

K6 Safety Relay (Socket terminal 30) 23

K5 Safety Relay (Socket terminal 30 & 86)

6/27/00

S6 Mid PTO Switch (Option)

4 - 131

POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS

Test/Check Point

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

Normal

If Not Normal

NOTE: The following two steps are for Hydro (HST) tractors. The X3 connector is fitted with a plug and jumper wire. For PowrReverser™ (PRT) and Gear Collar Shift (CST) tractors see step 36. 33. S3 transmission neutral switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check X3 connector and jumper wire (if used), 505 Dk Grn wire, X4 and connections.

34. S3 transmission neutral switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Ensure forward pedal linkage is depressing switch, adjust switch position if needed. Test switch. (See “TRANSMISSION NEUTRAL SWITCH TEST – HST” on page 97.)

35. Start relay socket (terminal 86)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 518B Gry wire and connections.

NOTE: The following two steps are for and PowrReverser™ (PRT) Gear Collar Shift (CST) tractors. The X2 connector is fitted with a plug and jumper wire. For Hydro (HST) tractors see step 33. 36. S3 Transmission neutral switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Ensure rear PTO is DISENGAGED. Check 573D and 573E Org wires and connections.

37. S3 Transmission neutral switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Ensure transmission is in NEUTRAL. Test switch. (See “TRANSMISSION NEUTRAL SWITCH TEST – CST & PRT” on page 96.)

38. Start relay socket (terminal 86)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 505 Dk Grn wire, X2 connector and jumper wire, 518B Gry wire and connections.

39. Diode block socket (terminal 6)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 518A Gry wire and connections.

40. Engine run relay socket (terminal 86)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Ensure diode block is fully seated. Test diode block. (See “DIODE BLOCK TEST” on page 94.) Check 521 Brn wire and connections.

Test Conditions: Secondary Power

NOTE: The following test is the fuel shutoff solenoid that receives power after the K4 relay is activated when voltage is provided to the relay coil. The circuit needs to have the K4 relay in place to perform this test. See “FUEL SUPPLY OPERATION” on page 142, and “ENGINE SHUTOFF CIRCUIT OPERATION” on page 148. • Key switch in RUN position • Engine OFF 41. X4 connector to fuel shutoff solenoid

4 - 132

• Park brake ENGAGED • Transmission in NEUTRAL • PTO DISENGAGED 12.4 - 13.2 VDC Note: Battery voltage can not be tested at the diode block socket, as the diode block needs to be in place to energize the engine run relay coil.

Ensure K4 engine run relay coil is powered. See step 37. Check engine run relay. (See “RELAY TEST” on page 91.) Check 302B and 302C Red wires and connections.

6/27/00

POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

Hydro (HST) Power Circuit

X3

573E Org

Plug and Jumper Wire Note: X3, Plug and jumper do not exist in "CAB" version of wiring harness. 573D Org

505 Dk Grn

33 X2

HST Circuit 34 S3 Transmission Neutral Switch (HST Only)

CST and PRT Circuit

573E Org

V1 Diode Block (Socket terminal 6)

W3 Neutral Start Wiring Harness

518B Gry

Gear (CST) and PowrReverser™ (PRT) Power Circuit

1

4

7

X3 To S4 5

302A Red

2

8

36 3

6

9

S4 Transmission Neutral Switch (PRT and CST)

518A Gry 39 40

505 Dk Grn

521 Brn

X2

86 30

87A 85

302C Red

87

302B Red

37

518B Gry

K4 Engine Run Relay (Socket terminal 86)

Plug and Jumper Wire Note: X3, Plug and jumper do not exist in "CAB" version of wiring harness.

518B Gry

35 38 86

41

30

87A

87

85

X4 To Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid

6/27/00

K2 Start Relay (Socket terminal 86)

4 - 133

POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

Test Conditions: • Key switch in RUN position • Park brake ENGAGED Test/Check Point

• Transmission in NEUTRAL • PTO DISENGAGED Normal

If Not Normal

42. Park brake switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Ensure park brake is set. Check voltage from 562C Red wire. Test switch. (See “PARK BRAKE SWITCH TEST” on page 102.)

43. X6 connector to control panel

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 586 Lt Blu wire and connections.

44. X6 connector to control panel

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 072A Red wire and connections.

45. Alternator IG Terminal

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 072B and 072D Red wires and connections.

46. Key switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test key switch. (See “KEY SWITCH TEST” on page 95.)

47. X9 connector

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 209 Wht wire and connections.

4 - 134

6/27/00

POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

072C Red

A 1 B

2

9

3

4

10

A

5

6

7

11

8

12

B

Fuseblock

562A Red 562C Red

586 Lt Blu 072C Red

S7 Park Brake Switch 39

X6 W1 Main Wiring Harness To Control Panel

44 072A Red

43

072B Red 209 Wht

S1 Key Switch

072D Red G2 Alternator Connector

46 45

G2 Alternator 209 Wht

47

X9 To W5 Cruise Control Wiring Harness

6/27/00

4 - 135

CRANKING CIRCUIT OPERATION

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

CRANKING CIRCUIT OPERATION

MANIFOLD HEATER OPERATION

Function:

Function:

To energize the starting motor solenoid and engage the starting motor to crank the engine.

To provide an added source of heat for combustion. Operating Conditions:

Operating Conditions: • Key switch in START position • Transmission in NEUTRAL • Rear PTO DISENGAGED (disengages mid PTO) Theory of Operation: The power circuit (fusible link, 002C Red wire, F1 fuse, and 012 Red wire) provides voltage to the key switch. When placed in the START position the key switch provides current to the start relay contact (572A Red to terminal 30 of start relay). The start relay coil is energized through a circuit consisting of: the key switch (terminal 5), 072B and 072C Red wires, F5 fuse, 562A and 562B Red wires, PTO switch (OFF position), 573D and 573E Org wires, S4 transmission neutral switch, 505 Dk Grn wire, X2 with jumper wire, and 518B Gry wire on PRT and CST tractors; or, X3 with jumper wire, 505 Dk Grn wire, X2, S3 transmission neutral switch, X2, and 518B Gry wire on HST tractors.

NOTE: The S4 Transmission Neutral Switch is installed in collar shift gear drive (CST) and PowrReverser™ (PRT) tractors; a jumper wire is installed in the X2 connector, and the S3 Transmission Neutral Switch is not used. In hydrostatic drive (HST) tractors the S3 Transmission Neutral Switch is used, and a jumper wire is installed in the X3 connector eliminating the S4 switch. When the start relay coil is energized, the K2 relay contacts close and current flows to the starting motor solenoid (309 Wht). With the starting motor solenoid energized, the starting motor solenoid contacts close and high current from the battery passes through the battery cable and solenoid contacts to the starting motor. The starting motor cranks the engine.

c

• Key switch must be in the START or RUN position and pushed in to the AID position. Theory of Operation: The ignition system is designed to inject diesel fuel into the piston cylinder where heat from compression ignites the fuel and air mixture. When starting a cold engine, compression may not provide enough heat to ignite the fuel. The manifold heater is installed to provide added heat to the incoming combustion air. The manifold heater is energized (heated) when the key switch is placed in the AID position. The key can be pushed into the AID position with the key in either the START or RUN position. The manifold may be preheated by pushing in the key, with the switch in the RUN position, for up to 3 seconds before turning the key to the START position. When the key switch is in the AID position, current is provided to the K1 manifold heater relay coil (terminal 86) through the 385B and 385C Dk Grn wires. When the relay coil is energized, the relay contacts close and unswitched power (002B Red wire - terminal 30) flows through the contacts and 383 Org wire to the manifold heater. The H5 cold start indicator light in the control panel provides a visual indication that the key is in the AID position and the manifold heater relay is being energized. With the key in the START or RUN position, and the key switch in the AID position, 12.4 - 13.2 VDC is provided to the H5 start light through the 385B and 385A Dk Grn wires, X6 connector (terminal K), and control panel circuit board. A ground circuit path for the control panel circuit board is provided though the X6 connector (terminal D), and 050K and 050A Blk wires.

CAUTION

To avoid injury, ALWAYS engage park brake when starting the engine.

4 - 136

6/27/00

CRANKING CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

CRANKING CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC S1 Key Switch PTO On

4 012 Red B

PTO Off

6 572A Red

1

562B Red

F1 Fuse

F5 Fuse

072C Red

5 072B Red

2

A

3

562A Red

573D Org

562D Red

B

S5 PTO Switch

7 385B Dk Grn

A

Start Run Off Acc.

002C Red

PRT & CST Tractors In Neutral In Gear

Aid Off

002B Red

S4 Transmission Neutral Switch

Jumper Wire 572A Red

X3

X3

X2

X2

573E Org

518B Gry

Fusible Link 86

30

87A 87

85

X3 K2 Start Relay

Jumper Wire

Pedal Released Pedal Depressed

X3 505 Dk Grn

309 Wht B

X2

010E Blk

X2 S3 Transmission Neutral Switch

A

V1 Diode Block

HST Tractors

Note: X3, does not exist in "CAB" version of wiring harness. S3 and S4 connected to X2.

7

M M1 Starting Motor

385A Dk Grn

Y1 Starting Motor Solenoid

385C 002B Dk Grn Red 010D Blk

86

30

Red 85

87 87A

X7 C

K1 Manifold Heater Relay

383 Org

R1 Manifold Heater

G1 Battery

H5 Cold Start Light

Blk 010C Blk 050A Blk

050B Blk

W1 Battery Frame Ground SE1 - STARTING

6/27/00

SE2 - IGNITION

4 - 137

CRANKING CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

CRANKING CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS Test Conditions: • Park brake ENGAGED • Key switch in OFF position Test/Check Point 1. Key switch Test Conditions: • Park brake ENGAGED • Transmission in NEUTRAL • K1 start relay unplugged

• Transmission in NEUTRAL • PTO DISENGAGED Normal 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

If Not Normal Check 200 Red wire and F1 fusible link. (See “POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS” on page 128.)

• PTO switch in OFF position • Key switch in START position

2. Key switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test switch. (See “KEY SWITCH TEST” on page 95.) Replace key switch as necessary.

3. F5 fuse

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 072B and 072C Red wires and connections.

4. PTO switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check F5 fuse and 562B Red wire and connections.

5. PTO switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Ensure PTO switch is in OFF position. Test switch. (See “PTO SWITCH TEST” on page 99.) Replace switch as needed.

6. Transmission neutral switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 573D and 573E Org wires, connector / jumper wire (if used), and 505 Dk Grn wire and connections.

7. Transmission neutral switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check switch. (See “TRANSMISSION NEUTRAL SWITCH TEST – CST & PRT” on page 96.) or (See “TRANSMISSION NEUTRAL SWITCH TEST – HST” on page 97.) Adjust or replace switch as needed.

8. K2 start relay socket (terminal 86)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 518B Gry wire and connections.

9. K2 start relay socket (terminal 30)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 572A Red wire and connections.

Test Conditions: • Park brake ENGAGED • Transmission in NEUTRAL • X4 wiring harness to fuel solenoid disconnected

• K1 start relay installed • PTO switch in OFF position • Key switch in START position

cCAUTION: Engine may start during this procedure. Disconnect fuel shutoff solenoid. 10. Starting motor

4 - 138

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 309 Wht wire and connections. Check K2 start relay. (See “RELAY TEST” on page 91.) Replace relay as needed.

6/27/00

CRANKING CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

002C Red 2

572A Red

3

072B Red

072C Red

F1 Fuse

A 1

1 012 Red

2

3

B

10

4

6

5

7

8

B

S1 Key Switch A S3 Transmission Neutral Switch (Hydrostatic)

9

HST Wiring Shown

11

12

Fuseblock

6 505 Dk Grn X3 Plug and Jumper Wire

562B Red

Note: X3, does not exist in "CAB" version of wiring harness. S3 and S4 connected to X2.

7 518B Gry

4 573D Org

505 Dk Grn S5 PTO Switch (OFF)

5

X2 572A Red 518B Gry

8 86 30

87A

87

85

9

M1 Starting Motor

K2 Start Relay

002C Red Fusible Link 10 309 Wht

G1 Battery W1 Battery Frame Ground

6/27/00

4 - 139

MANIFOLD HEATER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

MANIFOLD HEATER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS Test Conditions: • Park brake ENGAGED • Key switch in OFF position • K1 manifold heater relay unplugged Test/Check Point

Normal

If Not Normal

1. Key switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

(See “POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS” on page 128.)

2. Manifold heater relay socket

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 002B Red wire and connections. (See “POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS” on page 128.)

Test Conditions: • Park brake ENGAGED • Unplug K2 start relay • Unplug K1 manifold heater relay • Key switch in RUN position; key in AID position (pushed in) 3. Key switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check key switch. (See “KEY SWITCH TEST” on page 95.) Replace switch as needed.

4. Manifold heater relay socket

Continuous 12.4 - 13.2 VDC while key switch is in AID position

Check 385B and 385C Dk Grn wires and connections.

5. X6 connector to control panel

Continuous 12.4 - 13.2 VDC while key switch is in AID position

Check 385B and 385A Dk Grn wires and connections.

Test Conditions: • Park brake ENGAGED • K2 start relay unplugged • K1 manifold heater relay installed • Key switch in RUN position; key in AID position (pushed in) 6. Manifold heater

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 383 Org wire and connections. Check K1 relay. (See “RELAY TEST” on page 91.) Replace relay as needed.

Test Conditions: • Park brake ENGAGED • Meter set to ohm scale • Meter negative lead connected to frame ground • Key switch in OFF position 7. Manifold heater module

4 - 140

Approximately 0.3 to 0.5 ohm resistance

Check manifold heater element. Replace manifold heater as needed.

6/27/00

MANIFOLD HEATER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

S1 Key Switch R1 Manifold Heater

3 385B Dk Grn 6 7 1 383 Org

012 Red

385B Dk Grn

4

385A Dk Grn

385C Dk Grn 86

2

30

87

87A

002B Red

85

5 385A Dk Grn

X7 Main Wiring Harness To Control Panel

K1 Manifold Heater Relay Socket 383 Org

B F1 Fuse A 002C Red

002B Red Fusible Link

M1 Starting Motor

G1 Battery W1 Battery Frame Ground

6/27/00

4 - 141

FUEL SUPPLY OPERATION

FUEL SUPPLY OPERATION Function: To start or stop the supply of fuel to the engine. Operating Conditions (Starting Tractor): • Key switch must be in the START position. • Operator ON seat • PTO in NEUTRAL • Transmission in NEUTRAL Operating Conditions (Running Tractor): • Key switch must be in the RUN position. • Operator ON seat • PTO ENGAGED • Transmission in any GEAR Operating Conditions (Running Tractor): • Key switch must be in the RUN position. • Operator ON seat • PTO DISENGAGED • Park brake ENGAGED Operator can leave seat. (See “ENGINE SHUTOFF CIRCUIT OPERATION” on page 148.) • PTO can be ENGAGED Fuel Supply Theory of Operation The fuel system is designed to inject fuel into the piston cylinder where heat from compression ignites the fuel and air mixture. Fuel is provided to the engine when the fuel shutoff solenoid is energized. The fuel shutoff solenoid contains two coils to open the fuel valve. The pull-in coil, in conjunction with the hold-in coil, overcomes the spring loaded fuel valve. The hold-in coil keeps the fuel valve open after the pull-in coil current is reduced through the R2 thermistor. The fuel shutoff solenoid is initially energized and pulled in when the engine run relay contacts close. Voltage is provided to both of the fuel shutoff solenoid coils (pull-in and hold-in), which provide enough pull on the solenoid plunger to overcome the shutoff solenoid spring. The fuel shutoff solenoid pull-in coil needs a high current pulse through it to overcome the solenoid spring. After the solenoid opens (overcomes the spring) a lower current will hold the solenoid open. The combination of the K3 fuel shutoff relay and R2 variable thermistor provide a means to reduce the current flow through the fuel shutoff solenoid pull-in coil after the solenoid opens.

4 - 142

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

The initial high current flows through the 329A Wht wire to the K3 fuel pull-in relay (terminal 30), through the contacts, and through the 319 Wht wire to the R2 variable thermistor. The thermistor has a low resistance to the current initially (lower than the resistance through the K3 fuel shutoff relay coil). As the current flows through the thermistor, it heats up and the resistance through it increases (higher than the resistance through the K3 fuel shutoff relay coil). While the current flow through the thermistor is reduced, the voltage difference across the thermistor is increased. When the voltage difference is increased enough to activate the coil of the K3 fuel shutoff relay (329B Wht), the coil opens the relay contacts and the variable thermistor is removed from the circuit.

NOTE: The variable thermistor will heat to a maximum temperature of approximately 180° F (82° C) during the brief period of time required to overcome the fuel shutoff solenoid spring. With the thermistor removed from the circuit, the ground path is removed for the fuel shutoff solenoid pull-in coil through the 329A and 329B Wht wires, the fuel shutoff relay coil, and the 010F, 010E, 010D and 010C Blk wires. A ground path for the fuel shutoff solenoid hold-in coil is provided through the 010N Blk wire. A latching circuit is provided to maintain voltage to the engine run relay after the PTO is ENGAGED. The latching circuit is energized only if the operator is OFF the seat, the PTO is DISENGAGED, and the park brake is ENGAGED. The latching circuit remains energized while the park brake is ENGAGED after the PTO is ENGAGED. This circuit allows the operator to leave the seat, with the park brake ENGAGED and the transmission in NEUTRAL, and ENGAGE the PTO. (See “ENGINE SHUTOFF CIRCUIT OPERATION” on page 148.) Fuel is provided to the engine through the Y2 fuel shutoff solenoid provided that operating conditions are met. If the operating criteria are not met, the engine run relay opens and stops voltage energizing the fuel shutoff solenoid coils. The fuel shutoff solenoid closes and fuel to the engine is shut off. (See “ENGINE SHUTOFF CIRCUIT OPERATION” on page 148.)

NOTE: The S3 transmission neutral switch is shown in this diagnostic section. This switch is used in conjunction with the jumper wire in the X3 connector for tractors with a hydro (HST) transmission. For tractors with a gear shift or PowrReverser™ transmission, the jumper wire is used in the X2 connector and the S4 transmission neutral switch is used in the X3 connector.

6/27/00

ENGINE SHUTOFF CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

ENGINE SHUTOFF CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC 002E Red

S1 Key Switch 4

002E Red 012 Red

1

B

2

6

F5 Fuse

5 072B Red

F1 Fuse

072C Red A

3

A

562A Red

B 562E Red

7

S2 Seat Switch

Start Run Off Acc.

Conditions: Key switch in RUN position PTO switch in ON position Transmission in ENGAGED S5 PTO Operator ON seat Switch PTO On Note: X3, does not exist in "CAB" PTO Off 562B Red version of wiring harness. S3 and S4 562F connected to X2. Red X5 Mid PTO Switch Jumper Wire

(Operator Off) (Operator On)

Aid Off

594 Yel

539B Wht 4

002C Red

5

573D Org

X5

V1 Diode Block 521 Brn

518A Gry 6

X1

539A Wht 1

Fusible Link

X2

518B Gry

K2 Start Relay

30

87A 87

Neutral Engaged 505 X2 Dk Grn

2 573D Org

556 Lt Blu

X3

X3

573A Org

573E Org 573B Org

86

521 Brn

Jumper Wire

S3 Transmission Neutral Switch

K4 Engine Run Relay

85

V1 Diode Block

010E Blk

B

7

8 302A Red

X4

Off

Red

Blk

G1 Battery

X4

X4

329B Wht

329A Wht

K3 Fuel Shutoff Relay

30

86

87A 87

85

Blk 010C Blk

573B Org

010T Blk

573A Org

S7 Park Brake Switch K5 Safety Relay

86

30

85

87 87A

556 Lt Blu

319 Wht

R2 Variable Thermistor

87 87A

050C Blk

546 Lt Blu Wht

010D Blk

85

On

Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid 010F Blk

30

594 Yel

Wht

M1 Starting Motor

86

302B Red 302C Red

M

002E Red

010F Blk

K6 Safety Relay

86

30

85

87 87A

533 Org

050E Blk 050D Blk

010N Blk 050C Blk

W1 Battery Frame Ground SE1 - STARTING

6/27/00

SE2 - IGNITION

4 - 143

ENGINE SHUTOFF PTO CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC

ELECTRICAL-EUROPEAN

ENGINE SHUTOFF PTO CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 002E Red

Conditions: Key switch in RUN position PTO switch in OFF position Transmission in NEUTRAL S5 PTO Operator OFF seat Switch

S1 Key Switch 4

002E Red

6

012 Red 1

5 072B Red

2

B

PTO On

F5 Fuse

F1 Fuse

072C Red A

562A Red

562F Red

562E Red

7

S2 Seat Switch

Start Run Off Acc.

562B Red

B

3

A

Note: X3, does not exist in "CAB" version of wiring harness. S3 and S4 connected to X2.

PTO Off

X5 Mid PTO Switch Jumper Wire

(Operator Off) (Operator On)

Aid Off

594 Yel

539B Wht 4

002C Red

5

573D Org

X5

V1 Diode Block 521 Brn

518A Gry 6

X1

539A Wht 1 Neutral In Gear

Fusible Link

K2 Start Relay

30

87A 87

X2

X2

518B Gry

2 573D Org

556 Lt Blu 505 Dk Grn

X3

X3

573A Org

573E Org 573B Org

86

521 Brn

Jumper Wire

S3 Transmission Neutral Switch

K4 Engine Run Relay

85

V1 Diode Block

010E Blk

B

7

8 302A Red

X4

Off

Red

G1 Battery

Blk

X4

X4

329B Wht

329A Wht

K3 Fuel Shutoff Relay

30

86

87A 87

85

Blk 010C Blk

573B Org

010T Blk

573A Org

S7 Park Brake Switch K5 Safety Relay

86

30

85

87 87A

556 Lt Blu

319 Wht

R2 Variable Thermistor

87 87A

050C Blk

546 Lt Blu Wht

010D Blk

85

On

Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid 010F Blk

30

594 Yel

Wht

M1 Starting Motor

86

302B Red 302C Red

M

002E Red

010F Blk

K6 Safety Relay

86

30

85

87 87A

533 Org

050E Blk 050D Blk

010N Blk 050C Blk

W1 Battery Frame Ground SE1 - STARTING

4 - 144

SE2 - IGNITION

6/27/00

ENGINE SHUTOFF LATCH CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

ENGINE SHUTOFF LATCH CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 002E Red

Conditions: Key switch in RUN position PTO switch in OFF position Transmission in NEUTRAL S5 PTO Operator OFF seat Switch

S1 Key Switch 4

002E Red

6

012 Red 1

5 072B Red

2

B

PTO On

F5 Fuse

F1 Fuse

072C Red A

562F Red

562E Red

7

S2 Seat Switch

Start Run Off Acc.

562B Red

B

3

A

Note: X3, does not exist in "CAB" version of wiring harness. S3 and S4 connected to X2.

PTO Off 562A Red

X5 Mid PTO Switch Jumper Wire

(Operator Off)

Aid Off

X5

V1 Diode Block

(Operator On)

539B Wht 4

002C Red

5

573D Org

594 Yel 521 Brn

518A Gry 6

X1

539A Wht 1 Neutral In Gear

Fusible Link

K2 Start Relay

30

87A 87

X2

X2

518B Gry

2 573D Org

556 Lt Blu 505 Dk Grn

X3

X3

573A Org

573E Org 573B Org

86

521 Brn

Jumper Wire

S3 Transmission Neutral Switch

K4 Engine Run Relay

85

V1 Diode Block

010E Blk

B

7

8 302A Red

X4

Off

Red

G1 Battery

Blk

X4

X4

329B Wht

329A Wht

K3 Fuel Shutoff Relay

30

86

87A 87

85

Blk 010C Blk

573B Org

010T Blk

573A Org

S7 Park Brake Switch K5 Safety Relay

86

30

85

87 87A

556 Lt Blu

319 Wht

R2 Variable Thermistor

87 87A

050C Blk

546 Lt Blu Wht

010D Blk

85

On

Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid 010F Blk

30

594 Yel

Wht

M1 Starting Motor

86

302B Red 302C Red

M

002E Red

010F Blk

K6 Safety Relay

86

30

85

87 87A

533 Org

050E Blk 050D Blk

010N Blk 050C Blk

W1 Battery Frame Ground SE1 - STARTING

6/27/00

Latching Circuit

SE2 - IGNITION

4 - 145

FUEL SUPPLY DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL-EUROPEAN

FUEL SUPPLY DIAGNOSIS Test Conditions: • Park brake ENGAGED • Key switch in RUN position (Engine NOT running) • V1 diode block removed from load center Test/Check Point

• PTO switch in OFF position • Transmission in NEUTRAL • Seat switch closed (Operator ON seat)

Normal

If Not Normal

1. PTO switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

(See “POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS” on page 128.)

2. Transmission neutral switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

(See “POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS” on page 128.)

3. Diode block socket (terminal 6)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check transmission switch. (See “TRANSMISSION NEUTRAL SWITCH TEST – HST” on page 97.) Check 518B and 518A Gry wires and connections.

4. Seat switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

(See “POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS” on page 128.)

5. Diode block socket (terminal 4)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check seat switch. (See “SEAT SWITCH TEST” on page 94.) Check 539B Wht wire and connections.

Test Conditions: • Park brake ENGAGED • Key switch in RUN position • PTO switch in OFF position 6. Engine run relay socket (terminal 85)

• Transmission in NEUTRAL • Seat switch open (Operator OFF seat) • V1 diode block installed; K4 engine run relay removed 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check diode block (terminals 6 to 5). (See “DIODE BLOCK TEST” on page 94.) Check 521 Brn wire and connections.

Test Conditions: • Park brake ENGAGED • Key switch in RUN position • PTO switch in OFF position 7. Engine run relay socket (terminal 85)

• Transmission in GEAR • Seat switch closed (Operator ON seat) 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check diode block (terminals 4 to 5). (See “DIODE BLOCK TEST” on page 94.)

Test Conditions: • Park brake ENGAGED • Key switch in RUN position • PTO switch in OFF position 8. Fuel solenoid connector

4 - 146

• Transmission in GEAR • Seat switch closed (Operator ON seat) • K4 engine run relay imstalled 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 302B and 302C Red wires and connections.

6/27/00

FUEL SUPPLY DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

F5 Fuse

072C Red

072B Red

Note: X3, does not X3 Plug and exist in "CAB" Jumper Wire version of wiring harness. S3 and S4 connected to X2.

S1 Key Switch

012 Red

S3 Transmission Neutral Switch (HST Only) 2

562A Red B

A

S2 PTO Switch

1

OFF

562B Red

573E Org

573D Org

505 Dk Grn

X2

S6 Seat Switch

518B Gry 4

518A Gry B

86

K2 Start Relay Socket 87A

87

30

562E Red

F1 Fuse

539B Wht

85

A

5

002E Red

5

010D Blk

1

4

7

010E Blk

010F Blk

2

8

521 Brn 3

6

9

V1 Diode Block

3 V1 Diode Block (Socket terminal 6)

002C Red +12 VDC 002E Red

Fusible Link

30

87A

87

K4 Engine Run Relay Socket

86

6

X4

85

7

Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid 8

302C Red

302B Red 010N Blk

X4 To Y2 329B Wht 86 87A

30

R2 Thermistor 87

W1 Battery Frame Ground

329A Wht

85

010F Blk

6/27/00

K3 Fuel Shutoff Relay (Socket terminal)

4 - 147

ENGINE SHUTOFF CIRCUIT OPERATION

ENGINE SHUTOFF CIRCUIT OPERATION Engine Shutoff Function: To prevent the tractor engine from being left running in an unsafe condition. Operating Conditions: • Engine running • Operator on seat Engine MUST STOP if: • PTO is ENGAGED, and • Operator gets out of seat or; • Transmission is ENGAGED, and • Operator gets out of seat

NOTE: If transmission is in NEUTRAL and the PTO is disengaged, and then the park brake is set, the operator can then leave the seat and the PTO can be reengaged. or; • Transmission is in GEAR, and • Operator gets out of seat

NOTE: The S3 transmission neutral switch is shown in this diagnostic section. This switch is used in conjunction with the jumper wire in the X3 connector for tractors with a hydrostatic transmission. For tractors with a gear shift transmission the jumper wire is used in the X2 connector and the S4 transmission neutral switch is used in the X3 connector. In "CAB" version of wiring harness, X3 does not exist. S3 and S4 are connected to X2. Theory of Operation: Fuel is supplied to the engine through the operation of the K3 fuel shutoff relay and the Y2 fuel shutoff solenoid, provided that operating conditions are met. (See “FUEL SUPPLY OPERATION” on page 142.) When the operating conditions exist, and the engine is running, the engine shutoff circuit is used to maintain safe operation of the tractor. If an unsafe condition is created, the engine will stop by having the fuel supply to the engine shut off. The fuel supply is shut off when voltage to the K4 engine run relay coil is removed, its contacts open, and power to the Y2 fuel shutoff solenoid coils is removed and the solenoid closes.

4 - 148

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

Power to the K4 engine run relay coil comes from the V1 diode block (terminal 5), and is provided to the diode block (terminals 4 or 6) through several different circuits that allow a variety of operating conditions to exist and maintain fuel supply to the engine. The main and most direct circuit, provides power to the K4 engine run relay coil through the key switch, 072B and 072C Red wires, F5 fuse, 562A and 562E Red wires, S2 seat switch (operator ON seat), 539B Wht wire, V1 diode block (terminals 4 to 5), and 521 Brn wire. This circuit provides voltage to the engine run relay for normal operation of the tractor. A second circuit provides power to the K4 engine run relay coil through the key switch, 072B and 072C Red wires, F5 fuse, 562A and 562B Red wires, PTO switch (PTO switch in the OFF position), 573D and 573E Org wires, S3 or S4 transmission neutral switch, 518B and 518A Gry wires, V1 diode block (terminals 6 to 5), and 521 Brn wire. This circuit provides voltage to the engine run relay if the PTO is DISENGAGED, and the transmission is in NEUTRAL, with or without the operator in the seat. A third circuit provides power to the K4 engine run relay coil through the park brake switch and the K5 and K6 safety relays. The park brake switch and the K5 and K6 relays, in conjunction with the PTO switch, create a self-latching circuit. The PTO must be DISENGAGED, the park brake must be ENGAGED, and the operator must be OFF the seat to create the circuit. Once the latch circuit is established the PTO can be ENGAGED. The latching circuit will remain energized until the operator gets ON the seat and the K6 safety relay coil is energized, opening the circuit path through the K6 contacts, or; the park brake switch is DISENGAGED, eliminating power to the circuit. Power is provided to the S7 park brake switch through the key switch, 072B and 072C Red wires, F5 fuse, 562F Red wire, X5 connector and jumper wire, and 594 Yel wire. With the park brake ENGAGED, power is provided through the park brake switch and 546 Lt Blu wire to the K5 safety relay (terminal 30). Power is provided to the K5 safety relay coil (terminal 86) through the PTO switch (PTO DISENGAGED) and the 573D and 573A Org wires. With the K5 coil energized, and power to the K5 contact (terminal 30), power is provided through the K5 contacts and 533 Org wire to the K6 contacts (terminal 87A). The power continues through the K6 contacts, and the 573B and 573A Org wires to the K5 coil (terminal 86). The PTO can now be ENGAGED and power will remain to the K4 engine run relay through the park brake switch, latching relay circuit, and the same circuit path as provided by the PTO switch without the latching circuit. If the park brake is DISENGAGED without the operator ON the seat, the engine will stop.

6/27/00

ENGINE SHUTOFF CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

ENGINE SHUTOFF CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC 002E Red

S1 Key Switch

S5 PTO Switch

4

002E Red

6

012 Red 1

5 072B Red

2

B

PTO On

F5 Fuse

F1 Fuse

072C Red A

562F Red

562E Red

7

S2 Seat Switch

Start Run Off Acc.

562B Red

B

3

A

PTO Off 562A Red

573D Org

X5 Jumper Wire

(Operator Off)

Aid Off

X5

V1 Diode Block

(Operator On)

594 Yel

539B Wht 4

002C Red

5

521 Brn

518A Gry 6

X1

539A Wht 1

30

87A 87

X3

505 Dk Grn

86

S3 Transmission Neutral Switch (HST Only)

85

7

573B Org

8 302A Red

Y2 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid

Red

G1 Battery

X4

329B Wht

329A Wht

30

86

87A 87

85

Blk 010C Blk

85

87 87A

050C Blk

573B Org

010T Blk

010F Blk

573A Org

S7 Park Brake Switch K5 Safety Relay

86

30

85

87 87A

556 Lt Blu

319 Wht

R2 Variable Thermistor

30

Blk

X4

K3 Fuel Shutoff Relay

86

On Off 546 Lt Blu

Wht 010D Blk

002E Red

594 Yel

Wht

010F Blk

521 Brn

302B Red

X4

M1 Starting Motor

K4 Engine Run Relay

Jumper Wire

302C Red

M

573A Org

573E Org

V1 Diode Block

010E Blk

B

X3

X2

X2

518B Gry

573D Org

556 Lt Blu

Pedal Released Pedal Depressed

Fusible Link

K2 Start Relay

2

010N Blk

K6 Safety Relay

86

30

85

87 87A

533 Org

050E Blk 050D Blk 050C Blk

W1 Battery Frame Ground SE1 - STARTING

6/27/00

SE2 - IGNITION

4 - 149

ENGINE SHUTOFF CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

ENGINE SHUTOFF CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS Test Conditions: • Park brake ENGAGED • Operator OFF seat • PTO DISENGAGED

• Gear range lever in NEUTRAL position • V1, K2, K4, K5, and K6 removed from load center • Key switch in RUN position (engine OFF)

NOTE: The S3 transmission neutral switch is shown in this diagnostic section. This switch is used in conjunction with the jumper wire in the X3 connector for tractors with a hydrostatic transmission. For tractors with a gear shift transmission the jumper wire is used in the X2 connector and the S4 transmission neutral switch is used in the X3 connector. X3 does not exist in "CAB" version of wiring harness. S3 and S4 connect to X2.

Test/Check Point

Normal

If Not Normal

1. K2 relay socket (terminal 86)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Ensure PTO is DISENGAGED and transmission is in NEUTRAL. Check F5 fuse. Check jumper wire for S3 or S4.Test PTO switch.Test transmission neutral switch. (See “POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS” on page 128.)

2. V1 diode block socket (terminal 6)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 518A Gry wire and connections.

3. K5 relay socket (terminal 86)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 573A Org wire and connections.

4. K6 relay socket (terminal 30)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 573B Org wire and connections.

5. Park brake switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

(See “POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS” on page 128.)

6. Park brake switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test switch. (See “PARK BRAKE SWITCH TEST” on page 102.)

7. K5 relay socket (terminal 30)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 546 Lt Blu wire and connections.

8. Seat switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 562E Red wire and connections.

Test Conditions: • Park brake ENGAGED • PTO DISENGAGED 9. Seat switch

• Push and hold seat switch plunger into OPERATOR ON position • Transmission in NEUTRAL position • Key switch in RUN position (engine OFF) 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test seat switch. (See “SEAT SWITCH TEST” on page 94.) Replace seat switch.

10. V1 diode block socket (terminal 4)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 539B Wht wire and connections.

11. V1 diode block socket (terminal 4)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 539A Wht jumper wire and connections.

Test Conditions: • Park brake ENGAGED • Operator ON seat • PTO DISENGAGED 12. K4 relay socket (terminal 86)

4 - 150

• Transmission in NEUTRAL position • V1 diode block installed in to load center • Key switch in RUN position (engine OFF) 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test diode block. (See “DIODE BLOCK TEST” on page 94.) Check 521 Brn wire and connections.

6/27/00

ENGINE SHUTOFF CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

Note: X3, does not exist in "CAB" version of wiring harness. S3 and S4 connected to X2.

+12 VDC A

S2 PTO Switch

F5 Fuse S3 Transmission Neutral Switch (HST Only)

B

X3 and Jumper Wire

X2

OFF 562B Red 573E Org

505 Dk Grn

518B Gry

562A Red

573D Org

518A Gry 1

S6 Seat Switch

562F Red

86

9

87A

87

30

539B Wht K2 Start Relay Socket

85

562E Red 539A Wht

10

8 Jumper Wire (or S6 Switch)

010E Blk 1

4

7

010D Blk

11

86

2

8

85

86

002E Red

30

+12 VDC

87A

87

30

521 Brn

87A

87

3

6

9

2 V1 Diode Block (Socket terminal) 12

594B Yel

5

302A Red

W1 Battery Frame Ground

X5

573A Org K10 Mid PTO Relay Socket 594A Yel

573B Org 556 Lt Blu

5

85

K4 Engine Run Relay Socket

6

13

86

86

533 Org

87A

87

87A

87

30

4

30

302A 302B Red Red

85

85

302C Red

S7 Park Brake Switch

3

K6 Safety Relay Socket

K5 Safety Relay Socket

546 Lt Blu

7

X4 To Y2

6/27/00

4 - 151

ENGINE SHUTOFF CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS

Test/Check Point 13. K6 relay socket (terminal 86) Test Conditions: • Park brake ENGAGED • Operator OFF seat • PTO DISENGAGED 14. K4 relay socket (terminal 86) Test Conditions: • Park brake ENGAGED • Operator ON seat • PTO DISENGAGED 15. K5 relay socket (terminal 87) Test Conditions: • Park brake ENGAGED • Operator OFF seat • PTO DISENGAGED

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

Normal 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

If Not Normal Test diode block. Check 556 Lt Blu wire and connections.

• Transmission in NEUTRAL position • V1 diode block installed in to load center • Key switch in RUN position (engine OFF) 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test diode block. (See “DIODE BLOCK TEST” on page 94.) Check 521 Brn wire and connections.

• Transmission in NEUTRAL position • Install K6 safety relay in load center • Key switch in RUN position (engine OFF) 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test K6 relay. (See “RELAY TEST” on page 91.) Check 533 Org wire and connections.

• Transmission in NEUTRAL position • K5 safety relay installed in to load center • Key switch in RUN position (engine OFF)

Test Conditions: • After the above conditions are set: • Place PTO switch in ON position to ENGAGE PTO 16. K4 relay socket (terminal 86) Test Conditions: • Park brake ENGAGED • Operator OFF seat • PTO DISENGAGED 17. K5 relay socket (terminal 85)

Test Conditions: • Park brake ENGAGED • Operator OFF seat • PTO DISENGAGED

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check ground circuit of relays. See next step.

• Gear range lever in NEUTRAL position • Key switch in OFF position (engine OFF) • K5 relay removed Continuity to frame ground (0.5 ohms or less)

Check 050E, 050D, and 050C Blk wires and connections.

• Gear range lever in NEUTRAL position • K5 safety relay installed in to load center • Key switch in RUN position (engine OFF)

Test Conditions: • After the above conditions are set: • Place PTO switch in ON position to ENGAGE PTO • Check for voltage at K4 relay socket (terminal 86); RELEASE park brake 18. X4 connector to fuel shutoff solenoid

4 - 152

NO voltage after park brake is RELEASED

Test K4 relay. (See “RELAY TEST” on page 91.) Replace relay as needed. (See “POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS” on page 128.)

6/27/00

ENGINE SHUTOFF CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

+12 VDC

Jumper Wire

A

S2 PTO Switch

F5 Fuse X3

S3 Transmission Neutral Switch (HST)

B

OFF

X2 562B Red 573E Org

505 Dk Grn

518B Gry

562A Red

573D Org

518A Gry S6 Seat Switch

562F Red

86 87A

87

30

539B Wht K2 Start Relay Socket

85

562E Red 539A Wht

Jumper Wire (or S6 Switch)

010E Blk 1

4

7

010D Blk

594B Yel

2

8

86

5

302A Red

X5

30

87A

87

3

6

9

85

W1 Battery Frame Ground

V1 Diode Block (Socket terminal)

+12 VDC 002E Red

87A

87

30

521 Brn 86

14 16

573A Org

K10 Mid PTO Relay Socket 594A Yel

573B Org 556 Lt Blu

85

K4 Engine Run Relay Socket 13

S7 Park Brake Switch 15

050D Blk

K5 Safety Relay Socket

85

85

18

30

533 Org

87A

87

30

87A

87

302C Red

546 Lt Blu

86

86

302A 302B Red Red

050E Blk 17 K6 Safety Relay Socket

X4 To Y4

6/27/00

4 - 153

CHARGING CIRCUIT OPERATION

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

CHARGING CIRCUIT OPERATION

TACHOMETER CIRCUIT OPERATION

FUNCTION:

FUNCTION:

To maintain battery voltage between 12.4 and 13.2 volts.

To indicate engine rpm to the operator. OPERATING CONDITIONS:

OPERATING CONDITIONS: • Key switch in RUN position • Engine running

• The key switch must be in the RUN position • Engine running SYSTEM OPERATION:

SYSTEM OPERATION: The charging system consists of the G2 alternator with an integrated voltage regulator/rectifier. Charging output is controlled by a regulator/rectifier. The status of the charge rate is indicated by the H4 discharge light. With the key switch in the RUN position, battery sensing circuit current flows from battery positive terminal to the starting motor terminal, fusible link F1, 002C Red wire, S1 key switch, 072B and 072D Red wires to the alternator voltage regulator/rectifier. The battery sensing circuit allows the voltage regulator/ rectifier to monitor battery voltage. A rotating permanent magnet in the alternator induces AC current in the alternator stator coils. The AC current flows to the voltage regulator/rectifier. The voltage regulator/rectifier converts AC current to DC current needed to charge the battery. If battery voltage is low, the regulator/rectifier allows DC current to flow to the battery to charge it through the battery charging circuit (002A Red). When the battery is fully charged, the voltage regulator/rectifier stops current flow to the battery. If the alternator output current falls below system usage or is insufficient to maintain a preset voltage, the voltage regulator/rectifier provides current to turn on the discharge light through the 334 Yel wire, X7 connector, and the control panel circuit board runs.

Pulsed current flows from the "P" terminal of the alternator to the control panel (X6 connector, terminal F) through the 325 Dk Grn wire.

HOUR METER CIRCUIT OPERATION FUNCTION: To indicate engine hours of use to the operator. OPERATING CONDITIONS: • Key switch in RUN position • Engine running SYSTEM OPERATION: The hour meter is integrated into the control panel and does not have any external wiring. The hour meter operates only when the engine is running. The hour meter uses the engine tachometer circuit for power. If the tachometer is not functioning, the hour meter will not work. See “CHARGING CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS” on page 156 for information on tachometer and hour meter diagnosis.

The alternator is grounded through the mounting hardware to the engine. If the voltage regulator is grounded to the alternator cover, the alternator produces unregulated amperage. (See “UNREGULATED AMPERAGE TEST” on page 87.)

4 - 154

6/27/00

CHARGING CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

CHARGING CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC 002A Red

B

G IG 4 012 Red

1 2

B

F1 Fuse

P

L

6 5

072B Red

072D Red

325 Dk Grn

3

A

7 Start Run Off Acc.

334 Yel 072A Red

Aid Off

X6 002C Red

G2 Alternator

S1 Key Switch

A

325 Dk Grn

X7

X6

A

F

P2 Hour Meter (Opt.)

X1 002A Red

+

Fusible Link

_ n/min

H4 Discharge Light

B

P1 Engine Tachometer

D

Control Panel Circuit Board

X6

M M1 Starting Motor Red

G1 Battery Blk

050A Blk

050K Blk

W1 Battery Frame Ground

SE1 - STARTING

6/27/00

SE3 - CHARGING

SE5 - INSTRUMENTATION

4 - 155

CHARGING CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

CHARGING CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS Test Conditions: • Key switch in OFF position • Park brake ENGAGED

Test/Check Point

• Gear range lever in NEUTRAL position • PTO DISENGAGED

Normal

If Not Normal

1. Battery positive terminal

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test battery. (See “BATTERY TEST” on page 85.)

2. Starting motor "B" terminal

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check battery and starting motor cable connections.

3. Alternator "B" terminal

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check battery negative cable, alternator ground, connections, and engine ground connections.

Test Conditions: • Engine OFF • Park brake ENGAGED 4. Alternator connector (072D Red wire terminal)

• Disconnect alternator connector • Key switch in RUN position 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 072D and 072B Red wires and connections. (See “POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS” on page 128.)

Test Conditions: • Engine OFF • Park brake ENGAGED

• Connect alternator connector • Disconnect control panel connectors • Key switch in RUN position

5. X6 connector (terminal A)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 072A and 072B Red wires and connections.

6. X6 connector (terminal F)

0.04 VDC

Check 325 Dk Grn wire and connections.

7. X7 connector (terminal A)

0.45 VDC

Check 334 Yel wire and connections.

Test Conditions: • Park brake ENGAGED • Transmission in NEUTRAL

• PTO DISENGAGED • Engine RUNNING

8. Alternator

Minimum 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

(See “REGULATED AMPERAGE AND VOLTAGE TESTS” on page 88.) Replace voltage regulator/ rectifier.

9. Battery

Voltage above 12.4 13.2 VDC.

Check for excessive load on electrical system.

4 - 156

6/27/00

CHARGING CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

002C Red 002B Red Fusible Link

002A Red

2 M1 Starting Motor

F1 Fuse

012 Red B

A

1 9

072B Red

S1 Key Switch 072D Red 8 G1 Battery

072A Red

3

W1 Battery Frame Ground

G2 Alternator Connector 4

325 Dk Grn

050A Blk G2 Alternator 334 Yel 072A Red

050K Blk 7 334 Yel

5 072A Red 1 050K Blk X7 Main Wiring Harness To Control Panel 050A Blk

6/27/00

6 325 Dk Grn X6 Main Wiring Harness To Control Panel

050K Blk

4 - 157

ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LIGHT

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LIGHT

FUEL GAUGE

Function:

Function:

To alert operator of low engine oil pressure.

Inform the operator of the fuel level in the fuel tank.

Operating Condition:

Operating Condition:

• Key switch must be in ON or START position.

• Key switch must be in ON or START position.

Theory of Operation:

Theory of Operation:

With the engine OFF and key in RUN position, engine oil pressure will be below 49 kPa (7.1 psi). The oil pressure switch will be in the normally closed position, completing a circuit path to ground and illuminating the light. This informs the operator that the light is functional.

The fuel level in the fuel tank is measured by the B1 fuel gauge sensor. The sensor is a variable resistor. The resistance is set by movement of a mechanical linkage connected to a float in the fuel tank. The 5 to 95 ohm resistance creates a variable voltage difference across the P1 fuel gauge. The voltage difference ranges from approximately 5.72 VDC (fuel tank FULL) to approximately 0.87 VDC (fuel tank EMPTY).

The light goes out when the engine oil pressure is at or above 49 kPa (7.1 psi), opens the B2 engine oil pressure switch, and removes the ground circuit from the engine oil pressure light.

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE Function: Inform the operator of engine and coolant operating temperature. Operating Condition: • Key switch must be in ON or START position. Theory of Operation: The engine coolant temperature sensor is a variable resistor, providing a ground circuit path for the temperature gauge. As the engine coolant heats, the resistance increases. The temperature gauge circuitry is part of the tractor control panel. The engine coolant temperature sensor variable resistance is approximately 40 to 700 ohms.

4 - 158

6/27/00

CONTROL PANEL GAUGES ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

CONTROL PANEL GAUGES ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC (0) Off (1) Hazard (2) Road (3) Field

122C Red

122B Red B

138 Gry

F7 Fuse A

3

119C Wht

B

S9 Light Switch 4 012 Red

1

5

2

B

B

6

F1 Fuse

F3 Fuse

3

X6

A

A

119D Wht

072A Red

072B Red

X6

7 A

Fuse Block Internal Link

Control Panel Circuit Board

B

Start Run Off Acc. Aid Off

002C Red

t0

Q S1 Key Switch X1

P3 Fuel Gauge

H7 Oil Pressure Light

C

J

Fusible Link X6

B

050K Blk

M

D

X6 353 Org

M1 Starting Motor

G1 Battery

Q

E

X6

X6

347 Pur

359 Wht

B3 Engine B2 Engine Oil Coolant Pressure Temperature Switch (NC) Sensor

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor

Red

P4 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

P

t0

Blk 050L Blk 050A Blk

W1 Battery Frame Ground

050K Blk 050L Blk

SE2 - IGNITION

6/27/00

SE5 - INSTRUMENTATION

4 - 159

CONTROL PANEL GAUGES DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

CONTROL PANEL GAUGES DIAGNOSIS Test Conditions: • X6 to control panel disconnected • Key switch in RUN position, engine OFF • PTO in NEUTRAL Test/Check Point

• Transmission in NEUTRAL • Park brake ON • Light switch in ROAD or FIELD position Normal

If Not Normal

1. X6 connector (terminal A)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

(See “POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS” on page 128.)

2. Light switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check F3 fuse. Test light switch. (See “LIGHT SWITCH TEST” on page 95.)

3. X6 connector (terminal B)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 119C and 119D Wht wires and connections.

4. X6 connector (terminal D)

Less than 0.1 ohms resistance to ground

Check 050K and 050A Blk wires and connections.

Test Conditions: • Transmission in NEUTRAL • PTO in NEUTRAL • Park brake ON

• X6 to control panel connected • Key switch in RUN position, engine OFF • Light switch in OFF position

5. Fuel gauge sensor

Tank empty – approximately 0.1 VDC Tank full – approximately 5.7 VDC

Check 353 Org wire and connections. Check battery negative cable, 050L and 050A Blk wires and connections. Test fuel sensor. (See “FUEL GAUGE SENSOR TEST” on page 102.) Use a jumper wire to connect 353 Org wire to battery frame ground. Fuel gauge should move to maximum position. Gauge does not move. - Replace control panel.

6. Engine oil pressure switch

Less than 0.1 VDC

Check 347 Pur wire and connections.Test switch. (See “ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH TEST” on page 92.) Replace switch as needed.

7. Engine oil pressure switch (347 Pur wire lead disconnected)

Less than 0.1 ohms resistance to ground

Check engine ground. If engine ground OK: Replace switch.

8. Engine coolant temperature sensor

Continuity to ground through sensor – resistance depends on engine temperature (40 - 700 ohms). Sensor threads not corroded.

Disconnect temperature sensor lead. Use a jumper wire to connect 359 Wht wire to ground. Temperature gauge should move to maximum temperature position. Gauge does not move. - Replace control panel. Gauge moves. - Replace sensor.

4 - 160

6/27/00

CONTROL PANEL GAUGES DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

072A Red +12 VDC 2

050K Blk 353 Org

4

119D Wht

119D Wht 3

072A Red

119C Wht

353 Org 050K Blk

1

S9 Light Switch

359 Wht

347 Pur

347 Pur

X6 Main Wiring Harness To Control Panel

359 Wht

5

353 Org

B1 Fuel Gauge Sensor 050K Blk 347 Pur

050L Blk

359 Wht 6

7

8

050A Blk

W1 Battery Frame Ground

B2 Engine Oil Pressure Switch

6/27/00

B3 Engine Coolant Temperature Switch

4 - 161

PTO SOLENOID

PTO SOLENOID Function: To provide hydraulic drive power to the PTOs through an electro-mechanical solenoid. Operating Condition: • The PTO switch in ON position. Theory of Operation: With the key in START or RUN position, 12.4 - 13.2 VDC is provided to the PTO switch through the F5 fuse and 562A and 562D Red wires. (See “POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS” on page 128.) With the PTO switch placed in the ON position, voltage is provided through the PTO switch contacts (terminals A to B) to the PTO solenoid (574B and 574C Yel wires). When the PTO solenoid is energized, hydraulic fluid engages the PTO clutch which couples the PTO input shaft to the PTO output shaft. The 540 rpm, 750 rpm, and mid PTO are driven by the PTO output shaft. They are each driven when mechanically engaged. (See "PTO CLUTCH AND BRAKE THEORY OF OPERATION" in the Final Drive Power Train section. The PTO solenoid can be energized and open without providing rotation to the PTO shafts.

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

When the rear PTO range selector is placed in the 540 rpm position, the S14 540 rpm PTO switch is closed and provides are current path through the switch, X34 connector, 777 Pur wire, and X7 connector (terminal B) to the control panel circuit board. A circuit board run provides voltage to the H10 540 PTO indicator light. When the rear PTO range selector is placed in the 750 rpm position, the S15 750 rpm PTO switch is closed and provides are current path through the switch, X34 connector, 757 Pur wire, and X7 connector (terminal F) to the control panel circuit board. A circuit board run provides voltage to the H11 750 PTO indicator light. A ground circuit path for the control panel circuit board is provided though the X6 connector (terminal D), and 050K and 050A Blk wires.

NOTE:

W8 2-speed PTO wiring harness was incorporated into main wiring harness in later models and cab version wiring harnesses (X34a and X34b).

MID PTO LIGHT Function: To alert operator of mid PTO being ENGAGED. Operating Condition:

2-SPEED PTO LIGHTS Function: To alert operator of rear PTO being ENGAGED, and which speed range is selected. Operating Condition: • PTO switch in ON position • Rear PTO range selector in either the 540 rpm range or the 750 rpm range.

• PTO switch in ON position • Mid PTO ENGAGED. Theory of Operation: With the key in START or RUN position, 12.4 - 13.2 VDC is provided to the S5 PTO switch through the F5 fuse and 562A and 562D Red wires. Voltage is also provided to the X5 connector and S6 mid PTO switch through the F5 fuse and 562A and 562F Red wires

NOTE: If the Mid PTO is not installed in the tractor, a jumper wire is installed in the X5 connector which replaces the S6 mid PTO switch.

Theory of Operation: With the key in START or RUN position, 12.4 - 13.2 VDC is provided to the PTO switch through the F5 fuse and 562A and 562D Red wires. With the PTO switch placed in the ON position, voltage is provided through the PTO switch contacts (terminals A to B) to the PTO solenoid, 2-speed PTO indicator lights, and mid PTO indicator light. The 2-speed indicator lights are powered through the 574B and 574A Yel wires to the W8 2-speed PTO wiring harness (X34). The 2-speed PTO wiring harness provides voltage to each of the PTO speed range switches (S14 - 540 rpm and S15 - 750 rpm).

4 - 162

With the PTO switch placed in the ON position, voltage is provided through the PTO switch contacts (terminals A to B) to the K10 PTO relay contacts (terminal 30). When the mid PTO is engaged, the S6 mid PTO switch is closed. Voltage is supplied through the switch, X5 connector, and 594B Yel wire to the K10 mid PTO light relay coil (terminal 86). When the mid PTO relay coil is energized, the relay contacts close and voltage at the relay contacts (terminal 30) is provided through the contacts to the 743 Org wire and X8 connector (terminal D). A circuit board run provides voltage to the H9 mid PTO indicator light.

6/27/00

PTO ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

PTO ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC S5 PTO Switch

4 012 Red B

1

5 072B Red 072C Red

2

F1 Fuse

F5 Fuse A

3

562B Red G 562D Red A

562A Red

B

574B Yel

574A Yel

B

562F Red 574D Yel

7

A

PTO On PTO Off

6

574E Yel

574C Yel Start Run Off Acc.

W8 2–Speed PTO Wiring Harness*

Aid Off

X15

562F Red

002C Red

X34(a)

X34b

Pnk

S1 Key Switch

X5

On

Off

S15 750 rpm PTO Switch Y4 PTO Solenoid Off

Fusible Link

S14 540 rpm PTO Switch

On

On Off

S6 Mid PTO X5 Switch (Option) X34(b) 594B Yel

B

X34(a)

574D Yel 757 Pur

777 Pur

X8

X7

X7

D

F

B

H9 Mid PTO Light

H11 750 PTO Light

H10 540 PTO Light

86

30

85

87 87A

K10 Mid PTO Light Relay

743 Org

M M1 Starting Motor

Red

G1 Battery K

Blk

Control Panel Circuit Board

X6 050A Blk

W1 Battery Frame Ground SE1 - STARTING

6/27/00

050K Blk

*Note: Connector X34 is separated into X34a and X34B for later models without W8 wiring harness, and 574E Yel wire is added. SE5 - INSTRUMENTATION

4 - 163

PTO ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

PTO ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS Test Conditions: • Key switch in RUN position, engine OFF • PTO in NEUTRAL Test/Check Point 1. PTO switch

• Transmission in NEUTRAL • Park brake OFF Normal

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test Conditions: • Key switch in RUN position, engine OFF • Transmission in NEUTRAL • Disconnect PTO solenoid from wiring harness • Disconnect X6 and X7 connectors to control panel

If Not Normal Check F5 fuse. Check 562A and 562D Red wires and connections. • PTO switch in ON position • Park Brake ENGAGED • Remove K10 relay from socket • Disconnect W8 wiring harness (X34)

2. PTO switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test switch. (See “PTO SWITCH TEST” on page 99.) Replace as needed.

3. Y4 PTO solenoid connector

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 574B and 574CYel wires and connections.

4. Mid PTO relay socket (terminal 30)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 574B and 574DYel wires and connections.

5. X34 (574A Yel wire)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 574B and 574AYel wires and connections.

Test Conditions: • S14 and S15 from W8 wiring harness disconnected • W8 wiring harness (X34) connected Note: W8 2-speed PTO wiring harness was incorporated into main wiring harness in later models and cab version wiring harnesses. X34a and X34b replace X34 and become test points 6 and 7. Test point 5 is removed. 6. S15 connector to W8

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check X34 connector, W8 wiring harness and connections.

7. S14 connector to W8

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check X34 connector, W8 wiring harness and connections.

Test Conditions: • S14 and S15 to W8 wiring harness connected • 2-speed PTO selector in 540 rpm position - perform test 8 8. X7 connector (B terminal)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check W8 wiring harness, X34 connector, 777 Pur wire and connections.Test S14 switch. (See “2-SPEED PTO SWITCH TEST” on page 99.) Replace switch as needed.

Test Conditions: • S14 and S15 to W8 wiring harness connected • 2-speed PTO selector in 750 rpm position - perform test 9 9. X7 connector (F terminal)

4 - 164

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check W8 wiring harness, X34 connector, 757 Pur wire and connections.Test S15 switch. (See “2-SPEED PTO SWITCH TEST” on page 99.) Replace switch as needed.

6/27/00

PTO ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

F5 Fuse

072C Red

072B Red

A

562A Red B

562F Red 562D Red

S1 Key Switch

ON 1

S6 Mid PTO Switch

X5 S2 PTO Switch 2 574C Yel

3

Yel

594B Yel

574B Yel

574D Yel 574E Yel

Y4 PTO Solenoid 86

(Only without W8)

30

87A

87

85

X8 Main Harness To Control Panel

4

574A Yel

K10 Mid PTO Relay Socket

574A Yel

743 Org

757 Pur 777 Pur

5 W8 2-Speed PTO Wiring Harness 6 X34 Main Wiring Harness To W8 2-Speed PTO Wiring Harness

7

8

X34

777 Pur 574E Yel 757 Pur 6

9 574A Yel 757 Pur

X34b 777 Pur 7 X34a

X7 Main Wiring Harness To Control Panel

Without W8 Wiring Harness

6/27/00

4 - 165

PTO ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

Test Conditions: • Key switch in RUN position, engine OFF • PTO switch in OFF position Test/Check Point

• Transmission in NEUTRAL • Park brake OFF Normal

If Not Normal

NOTE: If the Mid PTO option is not installed in the tractor, the X5 connector will be fitted with a cap and jumper wire. 10. X5 connector to S6 Mid PTO switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test Conditions: • Key switch in RUN position, engine OFF • Transmission in NEUTRAL • X5 to S6 mid PTO switch connected • Mid PTO selector in ON position 11. Mid PTO relay socket (terminal 86)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test Conditions: • Key switch in RUN position, engine OFF • Transmission in NEUTRAL • Mid PTO selector in ON position 12. X8 (743 Org wire)

4 - 166

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check F5 fuse. Check 562A and 562F Red wires and connections. • PTO switch in OFF position • Park Brake ENGAGED • K10 relay removed

Check 594B Yel wire and connections.

• PTO switch in ON position • Park Brake ENGAGED • K10 mid PTO relay installed Check 743 Org wire and connections.Test mid PTO relay. (See “RELAY TEST” on page 91.) Replace relay as needed.

6/27/00

PTO ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

F5 Fuse

072C Red

072B Red

A

562A Red B

562F Red 562D Red

S1 Key Switch

ON

S6 Mid PTO Switch 10

X5 S2 PTO Switch 574C Yel 594B Yel

574B Yel

574D Yel

11 Y4 PTO Solenoid 86 30

87A

87

743 Org

85

574A Yel

K10 Mid PTO Relay Socket 12 743 Org

757 Pur 777 Pur

X8 Main Wiring Harness To Control Panel

574A Yel W8 2-Speed PTO Wiring Harness

X34 Main Wiring Harness To W8 2-Speed PTO Wiring Harness

777 Pur X34

757 Pur

S15 750 rpm PTO Switch

X7 Main Wiring Harness To Control Panel S14 540 rpm PTO Switch

6/27/00

4 - 167

LIGHT SWITCH OPERATION

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

LIGHT SWITCH OPERATION

Light Switch Field Position:

Function:

In the FIELD position, voltage is removed from the position lights and license plate light (terminal 2); voltage remains at the headlights (terminal 3); and, is provided to the RH and LH work lights (terminal 4).

Provides power to the headlights, tail lights, hazard lights, work lights and panel lights in combinations, depending upon the position the light switch is placed in.

Voltage is provided from the switch (terminal 4) through the 143 Org wire to the F6 fuse. The F6 fuse provides voltage through the 147A, 147B and 147D Pur wires to the work lights.

Operating Conditions: Light switch must be in either HAZARD, ROAD or FIELD position. Theory of Operation: Unswitched power for the light switch is provided through the load center F5 fuse, 122C and 122B Red wires. (See “POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS” on page 128.)

BRAKE LIGHTS OPERATION Function: Provides power to the brake lights. Operating Conditions: The brake pedal must be depressed.

Light Switch Hazard Position:

Theory of Operation:

In the HAZARD position, power is provided to the LH and RH position lights (front and rear), and the license plate light.

Unswitched power is provided to the brake switch and the brake light relay (terminal 30) through the F4 fuse, 042A, 042B and 042D Red wires. When the brake pedal is depressed, the brake switch closes. The closed brake switch contacts provide power to the brake light relay coil (terminal 86). When the brake light relay coil is energized, the relay contacts close. The closed contacts provide a current path to the RH brake light through the 136A and 136D Lt Blu wires; the LH brake light through the 136A and 136D Lt Blue wires; and, the X13 trailer connector (terminal E) though the 136A and 136B Lt Blue wires.

In the HAZARD position voltage is provided from the light switch (terminal 2) through the 103A and 103C Org wires to the F8 fuse and F9 fuse. From the F8 fuse, voltage is provided through the 118A and 118E Gry wires to the license plate light; the 118A and 118C Gry wires to the LH front position light; the 118A and 118D Gry wires to the RH rear position light; and, through the 118A and 118B Gry wires to the X13 trailer connector (terminal B). From the F9 fuse, voltage is provided through the 128A and 128B Gry wires to the X13 trailer connector (terminal D); the 128A and 128C Gry wires to the RH front position light; and, through the 128A and 128D Gry wires to the LH rear position light. Light Switch Road Position: In the ROAD position, power is provided to the LH and RH headlights, the position lights, and the license plate light. In the ROAD position voltage is provided from the light switch (terminal 2) through the same circuits as when the light switch is in the HAZARD position. In addition, voltage is provided from the light switch (terminal 3) though the 138 Gry wire to the F7 fuse. The F7 fuse provides voltage to the LH headlight through the 119C and 119B Wht wires, and the RH headlight through the 119C and 119A Wht wires. Voltage is also provided to the control panel gauge lights through the 119C and 119D Wht wires, X6 connector (B terminal) and the control panel circuit board.

4 - 168

6/27/00

LIGHT SWITCH ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

LIGHT SWITCH ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC 010A Blk

119A Wht

(0) Off (1) Hazard

E6 RH Headlight

(2) Road (3) Field 119B Wht

010B Blk

1 103C Org

103A Org 2

B

F7 Fuse

138 Gry

A

3

B

143 Org

F6 Fuse A

4

B

B

F3 Fuse

A

A

A

X17

Blk

128A Gry

010K Blk

E8 RH Work Light (Option) X17

Pur

Blk

010H Blk

118A Gry 118E Gry

X32

P4 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

Gry

X32

Blk

E15 License Plate Light X20

010R Blk

E9 LH Front Position Light

Gry

Blk

010G Blk

X21 042A Red

B

E13 RH Rear Position Light

118D Gry

042B Red

X27 042D Red

002C Red

Off On

Blu

X33

Fusible Link

136D Lt Blu

Blu

X28

Gry

X29

E14 RH Brake Light

116 Lt Blu 86

010L Blk

Blk

Lt Blu

S16 Brake Switch X33

K11 Brake Light Relay

B

X13 Trailer Connector B

118B Gry

E

136B Lt Blu 30

D

128B Gry 85

87 87A 136A Lt Blu

128C Gry

M

X22

M1 Starting Motor

G1 Battery

X30

Gry

E10 LH Rear Position Light

128D Gry

136C Lt Blu

X23

Gry

010Q Blk

Blk

E12 RH Front Position Light

X31

010S Blk

Blk

X24

Lt Blu

E11 LH Brake Light

Blk

010R / 010H / 010G / 010S / 010K / 010L / 010Q Blk

010C Blk 010V Blk

W1 Battery Frame Ground SE1 - STARTING

6/27/00

X16

E7 LH Work Light (Option)

118C Gry

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

Red

Pur

B

F4 Fuse

A

147B Pur

F8 Fuse

F9 Fuse

B

t0

P3 Fuel Gauge

X16

147D Pur

119D Wht

X6

Q

122C Red

147A Pur

B

S9 Light Switch 122B Control Panel Red Circuit Board

E5 LH Headlight

103B Org

119C Wht

010A / 010B Blk

Unswitched Power

Switched Power SE6 - LIGHTS

4 - 169

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH OPERATION

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH OPERATION Turn Signal Switch Function: Provides intermittent power (from K12 flasher) to either the LH front and rear turn/hazard lights, or the RH front and rear turn/hazard lights. Also provides intermittent power to the control panel turn indicator lights. Operating Conditions: Key switch in the ON position, hazard switch in the OFF position, and turn signal switch in either LEFT or RIGHT position. Theory of Operation: Unswitched power is provided to the hazard switch (terminal 30) through the F4 fuse, 042A and 042C Red wires. Switched power is provided from the key switch (terminal 5) through the 072B and 072E Red wires to the hazard switch (terminal 15). With the hazard switch in the OFF position, the switched power is provided through the hazard switch (terminal 15 to terminal 49) and 102 Red wire to the K12 flasher. The internal circuits of the K12 flasher provide an intermittent output (terminal 49a) if a circuit path is provided, through a load component, to the battery frame ground. The flasher unit in the turn signal switch is not used in this application. Placing the turn signal switch in either the RIGHT or LEFT position provides a circuit path through a load component (turn/hazard lights) to ground. Right Turn Signal Theory of Operation: With the turn signal switch in the RIGHT position, and the hazard switch in the OFF position, voltage from the K12 flasher (terminal 49a) enters the turn signal switch (terminal 4) through the 127D and 127B Pur wires. The turn signal switch completes a current path through the switch contacts (terminal 4 to terminal 5). From the turn signal switch (terminal 5), voltage is provided to the RH front turn/hazard light through the 115A and 115D Dk Grn wires; the RH rear turn/hazard light through the 115A and 115C Dk Grn wires; the X13 trailer connector (terminal A) through the 115A and 115E Dk Grn wires, the control panel RH turn light through the 115A and 115B Dk Grn wires; and, the hazard switch (Terminal R) through the 115A and 115F Dk Grn wires. Each of the turn/hazard lights has a ground connection to the battery frame ground. When power is supplied to the turn/hazard lights, a complete circuit path is formed. When the circuit is formed, the internal circuits in the K12 flasher provide an intermittent voltage output. This intermittent voltage is provided to the turn/ hazard lights through the circuit paths described above.

4 - 170

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

Left Turn Signal Theory of Operation: With the turn signal switch in the LEFT position, and the hazard switch in the OFF position, voltage from the K12 flasher (terminal 49a) enters the turn signal switch (terminal 3) through the 127D and 127A Pur wires. The turn signal switch completes a current path through the switch contacts (terminal 3 to terminal 6). From the turn signal switch (terminal 6), voltage is provided to the LH front turn/hazard light through the 125A and 125D Dk Grn wires; the LH rear turn/hazard light through the 125A and 125C Dk Grn wires; the X13 trailer connector (terminal C) through the 125A and 125E Dk Grn wires, the control panel LH turn light through the 125A and 125B Dk Grn wires; and, the hazard switch (Terminal L) through the 125A and 125F Dk Grn wires. Each of the turn/hazard lights has a ground connection to the battery frame ground. When power is supplied to the turn/hazard lights, a complete circuit path is formed. When the circuit is formed, the internal circuits in the K12 flasher provide an intermittent voltage output. This intermittent voltage is provided to the turn/ hazard lights through the circuit paths described above.

HAZARD SWITCH OPERATION Hazard Switch Function: Provides intermittent power (from K12 flasher) to all of the turn/hazard lights. Operating Conditions: Hazard switch in ON position. Theory of Operation: With the hazard switch in the ON position, unswitched power is provided through the hazard switch (terminal 30 to terminal 49) and 102 Red wire to the K12 flasher (terminal 49). The internal circuits of the K12 flasher provide an intermittent output (terminal 49a) if a circuit path is provided, through a load component, to the battery frame ground. The circuit path is created when the K12 flasher output power is provided to the hazard switch input (terminal 49a) through the 127D and 127C Pur wires. The contacts in the hazard switch (terminal 49a to terminals R and L) complete the circuit path when the hazard switch output power is provided to all of the turn/hazard lights through the 115 and 125 series wires. The hazard switch contains an indicator light that is provided with intermittent power from the K12 flasher. This is in addition to the intermittent power provided to the LH front and rear turn/hazard lights, the RH front and rear turn/hazard lights, the X13 trailer connector (terminals C and A) and both of the control panel turn indicator lights.

6/27/00

TURN/HAZARD LIGHTS ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

TURN/HAZARD LIGHTS ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC 042B Red

Off On

X33

042D Red

042A Red

Blu

Blu

4

B

012 Red

1

B

2

F4 Fuse A

K11 Brake Light Relay

86

30

85

87 87A

3

Start Run Off Acc.

E3 RH Front Turn/Hazard Light

E1 LH Front Turn/Hazard Light

7

A

002 Fuse Block Internal Link

116 Lt Blu

072E Red

5 072B Red

F1 Fuse

S16 Brake Switch

042C Red

6

X33

S1 Key Switch

002C Red

On Off 102 Red

125D 125C Dk Grn Dk Grn

072E Red

30

49

X19

X18

S13 Hazard Switch

Aid Off

15 R

115F Dk Grn

L

125F Dk Grn

115C 115D Dk Grn Dk Grn

125E Dk Grn A

C 102 Red

X26

E4 RH Rear Turn/Hazard Light

115E Dk Grn

49A 127C Pur

31

E2 LH Rear Turn/Hazard X25 Light

X13 Trailer Connector

K12 Flasher

49

X1

010P Blk 31

Fusible Link

(0) Right (1) Off (2) Left 1 Flasher 5

49a 127D Pur

010X Blk

C3

C

144 Yel

148 Gry

C2

115A Dk Grn

127B Pur 4 146 Lt Blu

2

127A Pur 3

B

6

125A Dk Grn

S8 Turn Signal Switch M X8 Red

115B Dk Grn

125B Dk Grn

1

010C Blk

D

E

G1 Battery Blk

X7

X7

M1 Starting Motor 2

H12 Bulb H13 Trailer H14 Trailer 2 Light Integrity Light 1 Light

H1 RH Turn Light

H2 LH Turn Light

Control Panel Circuit Board

010V Blk

W1 Battery Frame Ground SE1 - STARTING

6/27/00

Unswitched Power

Switched Power SE6 - LIGHTS

4 - 171

LIGHTS DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

LIGHTS DIAGNOSIS Test Conditions: • Key switch in OFF position • Engine OFF

Test/Check Point

• Light switch in ROAD position • X6 connector to control panel disconnected

Normal

If Not Normal

1. Light switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check F3 fuse. (See “POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS” on page 128.)

2. Light switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test light switch. (See “LIGHT SWITCH TEST” on page 95.)

3. F7 fuse

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check F7 fuse. Check 138 Gry wire and connections.

4. RH headlight

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 119A and 119C Wht wires and connections.

5. LH headlight

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 119A and 119B Wht wires and connections.

6. X6 control panel connector (terminal B)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 119A and 119D Wht wires and connections.

Test Conditions: • Key switch in OFF position • Engine OFF

• Light switch in HAZARD position • X6 to control panel connected

7. Light switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test light switch. (See “LIGHT SWITCH TEST” on page 95.)

8. X6 to license plate light

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check F8 fuse. Check 103A and 103C Org wires and connections. Check 118A and 118E Gry wires and connections.

9. RH rear position light

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 118D Gry wire and connections. Check X27 connector and Gry wire.

10. X13 (terminal B)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 118B Gry wire and connections.

11. LH front position light

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 118C Gry wire and connections. Check X20 connector and Gry wire.

12. RH front position light

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check F9 fuse. Check 128C Gry wire and connections. Check X30 connector and Gry wire.

13. LH rear position light

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 128D Gry wire and connections. Check X27 connector and Gry wire.

14. X13 (terminal D)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 128B Gry wire and connections.

Test Conditions: • Key switch in OFF position • Engine OFF • Light switch in OFF position 15. X33 connector

4 - 172

• X33 to S16 brake switch disconnected • K11 brake light relay removed

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check F4 fuse. (See “POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS” on page 128.)

6/27/00

LIGHTS DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

F3 Fuse 122C Red

+12 VDC A

B 122B Red

+12 VDC

S9 Light Switch 3

1

A F4 Fuse

119C Wht B

119A Wht

F7 Fuse

7 138 Gry

B

042A Red 042B Red 042D Red

4

A 119B Wht

119D Wht 6

2

103A Org

E6 RH Headlight

E5 LH Headlight

5

103C Org 15

103B Org

A F8 Fuse

A 9 X33 To S16 Brake Switch 116 Lt Blu

F9 Fuse

X6 Main Wiring Harness To Control Panel

B

118A Gry

B

118E Gry

128A Gry

118C Gry 128C Gry 118E Gry

128B Gry 17 86 30

87A

87

85

136A Lt Blu

18

128D 118C Gry Gry

X22 E10 LH Rear Position Light E11 LH Brake Light

20

X20

X6 To License Plate Light

14

136B Lt Blu

128B Gry

136C Lt Blu

13

8

X13 To Trailer

16

K11 Brake Light Relay Socket

128D Gry

118B Gry

118B 10 Gry

X23

E12 RH Front Position Light E9 LH Front Position Light 128C Gry 11 12 118C Gry

136B 128C Lt Blu Gry

118D Gry

136D Lt Blu X20

X30

X27 E13 RH Rear Position Light E14 RH Brake Light

9 118D Gry 19

136C Lt Blu

136D Lt Blu

6/27/00

4 - 173

LIGHTS DIAGNOSIS

Test/Check Point 16. Brake light relay socket (terminal 30) Test Conditions: • Key switch in OFF position • Engine OFF • Light switch in OFF position 17. Brake light relay socket (terminal 86)

Test Conditions: • Key switch in OFF position • Engine OFF • Light switch in OFF position

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

Normal 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

If Not Normal Check F4 fuse. Check 042A and 042B Red wires and connections.

• X33 to S16 brake switch connected • Depress brake pedal, or: Manually close and hold S16 brake switch 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Ensure brake is depressed.Test brake switch. (See “BRAKE SWITCH TEST” on page 101.) Check 042A and 042B Red wires and connections.

• Install Brake light relay in socket • Depress brake pedal, or: Manually close and hold S16 brake switch

18. X13 (terminal E)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Ensure brake is depressed. Check 136A and 136B Lt Blu wires and connections. Test brake light relay. (See “RELAY TEST” on page 91.) Replace as needed.

19. RH brake light

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 136A and 136D Lt Blu wires and connections. Check X20 connector.

20. LH brake light

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 136A and 136C Lt Blu wires and connections. Check X23 connector.

Test Conditions: • Key switch in RUN position • Engine OFF • Light switch in OFF position

• Turn signal switch in OFF position • K12 flasher disconnected from wiring harness • Hazard switch disconnected from wiring harness

21. Key switch (terminal 5)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test switch. (See “KEY SWITCH TEST” on page 95.) Replace as needed.

22. Hazard switch connector

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 072B and 072E Red wires and connections.

23. F4 fuse

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Replace F4 fuse.

24. Hazard switch connector

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 042A and 042C Red wires and connections.

25. Hazard switch connector

Continuity to ground (0.2 ohms or less)

Check 010P and 010C Blk wires and connections.

Test Conditions: • Key switch in RUN position • Engine OFF

• Turn signal switch in OFF position • Connect hazard switch to wiring harness • Hazard switch in OFF position

26. K12 flasher connector

Continuity to ground (0.2 ohms or less)

Check 010X and 010V Blk wire and connections.

27. K12 flasher connector

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 102 Red wire and connections.

4 - 174

6/27/00

LIGHTS DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

+12 VDC 21 S13 Hazard Switch 072B Red

072E Red

A

49

F4 Fuse B

S1 Key Switch

042A Red

49a

23

31 L R

042C Red

30

15

102 Red

S13 Hazard Switch Connector

127C Pur

102 Red

010P Blk

072E Red

28 29 127A Pur 127B Pur

127C Pur

24

127C Pur

042C Red

010P Blk

072E Red

127D Pur 010C Blk

010P Blk

010V Blk

010X Blk

25

22

K12 Flasher Connector 26

010X Blk

W1 Battery Frame Ground

K12 Flasher 102 Red 27

6/27/00

4 - 175

LIGHTS DIAGNOSIS

Test/Check Point Test Conditions: • Key switch in RUN position • Engine OFF

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

Normal

If Not Normal

• Hazard switch in OFF position • Turn signal switch in OFF position • K12 flasher connected to wiring harness

28. Turn signal switch (terminal 3)

7.5 to 8.0 VDC

Check 127D and 127A Pur wires and connections. Ensure voltage to flasher and flasher ground connection - see steps 26 and 27. Replace flasher unit.

29. Turn signal switch (terminal 4)

7.5 to 8.0 VDC

Check 127D and 127B Pur wires and connections. See previous step.

Test Conditions: • Key switch in OFF position • Engine OFF

• Light switch in OFF position • Hazard switch in ON position • X7 disconnected from control panel

NOTE: Intermittent voltage to the turn/hazard lights, trailer connector, and control panel indicator lights is provided through the hazard switch when the hazard switch is in the ON position (Steps 30 to 41). Intermittent voltage to the LH or R. H. turn hazard lights, trailer connector, and control panel indicator light(s) is provided through the turn signal switch when the switch is placed in either the LH or RH position (Steps 42 to 45). 30. K12 flasher connector

Intermittent 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test hazard switch. (See “HAZARD SWITCH TEST” on page 98.) Replace switch as needed.

31. Hazard switch

Intermittent 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test hazard switch. See previous step.

32. Hazard switch

Intermittent 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test hazard switch. See previous step.

33. Hazard switch

Intermittent 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 127D and 127C Pur wire and connections.

34. X7 control panel connector (terminal D)

Intermittent 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 115F and 115B Dk Grn wires and connections.

35. X7 control panel connector (terminal E)

Intermittent 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 125F and 125B Dk Grn wires and connections.

36. X13 trailer connector (terminal A)

Intermittent 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 115F and 115E Dk Grn wires and connections.

37. X13 trailer connector (terminal C)

Intermittent 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 125F and 125E Dk Grn wires and connections.

38. RH rear turn/hazard light

Intermittent 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 125F and 125C Dk Grn wires, X26 connector and connections.

39. RH front turn/hazard light

Intermittent 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 125F and 125D Dk Grn wires, X25 connector and connections.

40. LH rear turn/hazard light

Intermittent 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 115F and 115C Dk Grn wires, X19 connector and connections.

41. LH front turn/hazard light

Intermittent 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 115F and 115D Dk Grn wires, X18 connector and connections.

4 - 176

6/27/00

LIGHTS DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

102 Red 31 127C Pur 32 127A Pur

S13 Hazard Switch

127B Pur

042C Red (12 VDC Unswitched) 072E Red (12 VDC Switched)

33 127D Pur

S8 Turn Signal Switch

125A Dk Grn

115A Dk Grn

125F Dk Grn

115F Dk Grn

102 Red

125F Dk Grn

30 K12 Flasher

125B Dk Grn

115E Dk Grn X7 Main Wiring Harness To Control Panel

36 115E Dk Grn 37 125E Dk Grn

X13 To Trailer

35

34

125E Dk Grn

125C Dk Grn X19

125B Dk Grn 115B Dk Grn

115D Dk Grn

125D Dk Grn

X25

X18

115C Dk Grn X26

E2 LH Rear Turn/Hazard Light

E3 RH Front Turn/Hazard Light 41 40 125C Dk Grn

6/27/00

125D Dk Grn E1 LH Front Turn/Hazard Light

E4 RH Rear Turn/Hazard Light

39 115D Dk Grn

38 115C Dk Grn

4 - 177

LIGHTS DIAGNOSIS

Test/Check Point Test Conditions: • Key switch in RUN position • Engine OFF • Light switch in OFF position

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

Normal

If Not Normal

• Turn signal switch in RIGHT turn position • Hazard switch in OFF position • X7 to control panel connected

NOTE: The following steps to test the turn signal circuits DO NOT cover testing of each component. If a component is not covered in the diagnosis, refer to hazard switch test steps 40 to 41. 42. Turn signal switch

Intermittent 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test turn signal switch. (See “TURN SIGNAL SWITCH TEST” on page 97.) Replace switch as needed.

43. X13 connector

Intermittent 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 115A and 115E Dk Grn wires and connections.

Test Conditions: • Key switch in RUN position • Engine OFF • Light switch in OFF position

• Turn signal switch in LEFT turn position • Hazard switch in OFF position

44. Turn signal switch

Intermittent 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test turn signal switch. (See “TURN SIGNAL SWITCH TEST” on page 97.) Replace switch as needed.

45. X13 connector

Intermittent 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 125A and 125E Dk Grn wires and connections.

4 - 178

6/27/00

LIGHTS DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

102 Red

127C Pur S13 Hazard Switch

127A Pur

042C Red (12 VDC Unswitched) 072E Red (12 VDC Switched)

127B Pur

44

42

125A Dk Grn

127D Pur

S8 Turn Signal Switch

115A Dk Grn

125F Dk Grn

115F Dk Grn

102 Red

125F Dk Grn K12 Flasher

125B Dk Grn

115E Dk Grn X7 Main Wiring Harness To Control Panel

43 115E Dk Grn 45 125E Dk Grn

X13 To Trailer

125B Dk Grn

125E Dk Grn

125C Dk Grn X19

115B Dk Grn 115D Dk Grn

125D Dk Grn

X25

X18

115C Dk Grn X26

E2 LH Rear Turn/Hazard Light

E3 RH Front Turn/Hazard Light

125C Dk Grn

6/27/00

125D Dk Grn E1 LH Front Turn/Hazard Light

115D Dk Grn

E4 RH Rear Turn/Hazard Light

115C Dk Grn

4 - 179

CRUISE CONTROL

CRUISE CONTROL Cruise Control Function: Provides an electro-mechanical means to control the forward speed of the tractor. Operating Conditions: • Key switch in RUN position • Brake not depressed • Cruise control switch momentarily in ENGAGE position, and then released to the ON position. The cruise control will remain ENGAGED until the brake is depressed; the key switch is turned to the OFF position; or, the cruise control switch is placed into the OFF position. Theory of Operation: When the Y3 cruise control electromagnet is energized, the forward pedal is held in whatever position it is in when the magnet is energized. The cruise control magnet is energized through the cruise control relay contacts. The brake switch provides a latching circuit for the cruise control relay. When the brake pedal is depressed, the normally open brake switch contacts open and the latching circuit is removed. With the latching circuit removed, the cruise control relay contacts open, and the cruise control magnet is deenergized - releasing the forward pedal.

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

(terminal 30) to the S11 brake switch and Y3 cruise control magnet through the 264A Yel wire, X9 connector, W4 wiring harness Yel wires, and X11 connector and X12 connector respectively. When power is provided to the cruise control magnet, it is energized and creates a magnetic field that holds the forward pedal in a locked position. When power is provided to the S11 brake switch, and the brake switch contacts are closed (brake NOT depressed), power is provided through the X11 connector, W4 wiring harness Gry wires, X9 connector and 238 Gry wire to the cruise control relay (terminal 86). This circuit latches the cruise control relay by keeping the cruise control relay coil energized. The latching circuit keeps the cruise control relay coil energized until the brake pedal is depressed. When the pedal is depressed, the S11 brake switch contacts open and power is removed from the cruise control relay coil. When the cruise control relay coil is deenergized, the relay contacts open, and power provided to the cruise control indicator light and the cruise control magnet is removed. Without power, the cruise control magnet releases the forward pedal. Placing the cruise control switch into the OFF position stops power to the cruise control relay coil and contacts.

Power for the cruise control circuit is provided to the X9 connector, from the key switch (terminal 4), through the 209 Wht wire. Power is provided from the X9 connector to the cruise control switch through the W4 wiring harness Wht wire, and X10 connector. The cruise control switch is a double pole switch with OFF, ON, and momentary ENGAGE positions. When the cruise control switch is placed in the momentary ENGAGE position, power is provided through the switch, X10 connector, W4 wiring harness Gry wire, X9 connector, and 238 Gry wire to the K8 cruise control relay (terminal 86). With power provided, the relay coil energizes and the contacts (terminal 30 and terminal 87) close. At the same time (cruise control switch placed in the momentary ENGAGE position), power is provided through the X10 connector, W4 wiring harness Pur wire, X9 connector, and 247 Pur wire to the K8 cruise control relay contacts (terminal 87). With the contacts closed, power is provided through the relay contacts (terminals 87 and 30) to the cruise control indicator light through the 264B Yel wire, X6 connector (terminal G), and control panel circuit board. Latching Circuit: Power is also provided from the cruise control relay

4 - 180

6/27/00

CRUISE CONTROL ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

CRUISE CONTROL ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC W5 Cruise Control Wiring Harness

Off On Engage

S1 Key Switch 4 012 Red B

1 2

F1 Fuse A

Wht

209 Wht

Wht

S10 Cruise Control Switch

5

X10

Gry

X10

X9

6

W5 Cruise Control Wiring Harness

Pur

Blk

X10 Gry

S11 Brake Switch

3 7

On 002D Red

Start Run Off Acc.

Off Gry

Blu

X11

Aid Off

X11

Gry

002C Red

H8 Cruise Indicator Light Fusible Link

W5 Cruise Control Wiring Harness Yel

G

X6 264B Yel

B

K8 Cruise Control Relay

86

30

85

87 87A

238 Gry 247 Pur 264A Yel

Pur Yel

X9 Yel

W6 Cruise Control Magnet Wiring Harness

M 050G Blk

M1 Starting Motor Red

X12

050F Blk

Wht

Y3 Cruise Control Magnet

050E Blk

G1 Battery Blk

W5 Cruise Control Wiring Harness

050D Blk 050B Blk 050A Blk

050J Blk

SE1 - STARTING

Wht

X12

050C Blk

W1 Battery Frame Ground

6/27/00

Blu

Blk

050J Blk

X9

SE4 - ACCESSORIES

SE5 - INSTRUMENTATION

4 - 181

CRUISE CONTROL DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

CRUISE CONTROL DIAGNOSIS Test Conditions: • Key switch in RUN position, engine OFF • PTO in NEUTRAL • Transmission in NEUTRAL Test/Check Point

• Park brake ENGAGED • K8 cruise control relay removed • X9 disconnected Normal

If Not Normal

1. Key switch

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test key switch. (See “KEY SWITCH TEST” on page 95.) Replace switch as needed.

2. X9 connector (terminal A)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check 209 Wht wire and connections.

Test Conditions: • X9 connector connected • Park brake ENGAGED 3. X10 connector (Wht wire terminal)

• X10, X11 and X12 disconnected • Key switch in RUN position, engine OFF 12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test Conditions: • X10 to cruise control switch connected • Place and hold cruise control switch in ENGAGE position

Check X9, Wht wire, X10 and connections.

• Park brake ENGAGED • Key switch in RUN position, engine OFF

4. K8 relay socket (terminal 86)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Ensure cruise control switch is in ENGAGE position. Test switch. (See “CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH TEST” on page 100.) Check X10 connector, Gry wire, X9 connector, and 238 Gry wires and connections.

5. K8 relay socket (terminal 87)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test cruise control switch. Check X10 connector, Pur wire, X9 connector, and 247 Pur wires and connections.

6. X11 connector (Gry wire)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check Gry wire and connections.

Test Conditions: • Cruise control switch in ON position 7. X6 (terminal G)

• K8 relay installed

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Test K8 cruise control relay.

8. X12 to frame ground (Blk wire)

Less than 0.1 ohms resistance

Check Blk wire, X9 connector, and 050J and 050A Blk wires and connections.

9. X9 to X11 to X12 (Yel wires)

Less than 0.1 ohms resistance

Check Yel wires and connections.

Test Conditions: • Key switch in OFF position

Test Conditions: • X11 connected • Key switch in RUN position (Engine OFF) 10. X12 connector (Yel wire)

4 - 182

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

• Cruise control switch in ON position • Brake pedal NOT depressed Test brake switch. (See “BRAKE SWITCH TEST” on page 101.)

6/27/00

CRUISE CONTROL DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

S10 Cruise Control Switch

1 209 Wht

X10 To S10 Cruise Control Switch Wht Gry

3

S1 Key Switch

Pur X9-W1 Main Wiring Harness To Cruise Control Wiring Harness

Wht Gry

238 Gry Pur

247 Pur

238 Gry

4

86

264A Yel 2

9 Yel Blk

30

87A

87

209 Wht

85

5

247 Pur

264A Yel

X9-Cruise Control Wiring Harness To W1 Main Wiring Harness

050J Blk

K8 Cruise Control Relay Socket 9

264B Yel

Gry Yel 6

S11 Brake Switch X11 To S11 Brake Switch

7

Y3 Cruise Control Magnet

264B Yel X6-W1 Main Wiring Harness To Control Panel

X12 To Y3 Cruise Control Magnet 8 Blk

W1 Battery Frame Ground

6/27/00

Yel 9 10

4 - 183

EUROPEAN CAB ELECTRICAL SECTION

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN

EUROPEAN CAB ELECTRICAL SECTION The European road-homologated tractors fitted with operator’s cabs have a main wiring harness that is specific to tractors fitted with cabs. The cab harness is the same for the 4500 and 4600 European models, and meet EEC Machinery Directives. The cab tractors have most of the same electrical circuits as found on the standard European tractors. The differences to the main tractor harness are as follows: • The addition of an ignition circuit to trigger the cab power relays (located in the cab overhead console). • The removal of the work lamp circuits from the main tractor harness. (The work lamps are controlled by cab mounted switches.) All power for the cab is taken from the battery terminal on the starting motor. A large 60 amp plug-in fuse is located on the left side engine shroud, and protects all the cab power circuits. Smaller plug-in fuses located in the cab overhead console protect individual cab circuits. The front and rear turn signals, licence plate lamp, and trailer connector, are powered through the main tractor harness, the same as for the European tractor. Schematics and diagnosis for these circuits start on page 4-91. Most cab electrical repairs can be diagnosed by lowering the cab overhead console, and accessing the component control switches, relays, and fuses. Repairs to harnesses for rear turn signals, licence plate lamp, trailer connector, rear work lamp, and beacon, can be accessed under padding behind operator’s seat. Only major damage to cab harness would require lifting cab up from tractor to perform repairs. (See Miscellaneous Section for Cab Removal)

4 - 184

6/27/00

COMPONENT LOCATION – CAB ELECTRICAL

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN CAB

COMPONENT LOCATION – CAB ELECTRICAL 4

3

5

2

6 8 7

1

9

10

13

11

12 14

16

15

17

1. Right Front Work Lamp

6. Right Rear Work Lamp

10. Cab Power Relays

15. Cab X2 Connector

2. X2 Connector

7. Rear Wiper Motor

11. Front Wiper Motor

16. Cab Main Fuse

3. Cab Fuse Panel

8. Left Rear Work Lamp

12. Left Front Work Lamp

4. Cab Switch Panel

9. Washer Pump Control Module

13. Dome Lamp

17. Starter Battery Terminal

5. Fan Blower Motor

6/27/00

14. Washer Pump Motor

4 - 185

CAB SCHEMATIC AND WIRING HARNESS LEGEND

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN CAB

CAB SCHEMATIC AND WIRING HARNESS LEGEND

CAB WIRING HARNESS CONNECTORS:

A1—Radio

X2—W1 Tractor Main Harness to W9 Cab Main Harness Ignition Signal

B5—Left Radio Speaker B6—Right Radio Speaker E16—Dome Lamp E17—Cab Front Work Lamps E18—Cab Rear Work Lamps E19—Cab Warning Beacon Lamp E20—Left Front Cab Turn/Hazard Lamp E21—Right Front Cab Turn/Hazard Lamp

X1—W1 Tractor Main Harness–Fusible Link to Fuse #1

X3—W9 Cab Main Harness to Cab Fuse Panel WIRING HARNESSES: W9—Cab Main Harness W10—Cab Left RearTurn Signal Harness W11—Cab Right Rear Turn Signal Harness

E22—Left Rear Cab Turn/Hazard Lamp

CAB LIGHTS CONTROLLED FROM MAIN WIRING HARNESS

E23—Right Rear Cab Turn/Hazard Lamp

E1—LH Front Turn/Hazard Light

E24—Cab License Plate Lamp

E2—LH RearTurn/Hazard Light

F10—Main Cab Fuse - 60 Amp

E3—RH Front Turn/Hazard Light

F11—Cab Fuse #1 - 15 Amp - Wiper/Washer

E4—RH RearTurn/Hazard Light

F12—Cab Fuse #2 - 4 Amp - Radio & Dome Lamp

E7—LH Work Light (Option)

F13—Cab Fuse #3 - 10 Amp - Fan Blower

E8—RH Work Light (Option)

F14—Cab Fuse #4 - 30 Amp - Work Lamps

E9—LH Front Position Light

F15—Cab Fuse #5 - Beacon

E10—LH Rear Position Light

F16—Cab Fuse #6 - Unused

E11—LH Brake Light

G1—Battery

E12—RH Front Position Light

K13—Cab Power Relay, Front

E13—RH Rear Position Light

K14—Cab Power Relay, Rear

E14—RH Brake Light

K15—Washer Pump Control Module

E15—License Plate Light(s)

M1—Starting Motor M2—Cab Fan Blower Motor M3—Rear Wiper Motor M4—Washer Pump Motor M5—Front Wiper Motor S1—Key Switch S17—Cab Fan Blower Switch S18—Cab Front Work Lamp Switch S19—Cab Rear Work Lamp Switch S20—Cab Warning Beacon Switch S21—Rear Wiper/Washer Switch S22—Front Wiper/Washer Switch W1—Battery Frame Ground W2—Cab Frame Ground

4 - 186

6/27/00

CAB ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN CAB

CAB ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC 4 012 Red

1 2

F1 Fuse

6 072F Red

5

X2

3

M3 Rear Wiper Motor

#12 Yel

7 Start Run Off Acc.

Brn 30

86

K13 Front Power Relay

Aid Off

X1

87

K14 Rear Power Relay

85

Red

30

86

87

85

Red

Brn

#14 Grn

#4 Red

002C Red

F13 Cab Fuse #3

X3 A1 Radio

Red

F14 Cab Fuse #4

F15 Cab Fuse #5

X3

X3

X3

F16 Cab Fuse #6

Off On

S17 Fan Switch High-Low-Off

S18 Front Work Lamps Switch

Brn

Blk

Brn

#32 Blk (High)

On Off

On Off

S19 Rear Work Lamps Switch

On Off Wht/ Blk Wash-On-Off Pur

S22 Front Wiper/ Washer Switch

M

M2 Fan Blower Motor

#46 Red

E18 Rear Work Lamps

E17 Front Work Lamps

Brn

Brn

#45 Grn

#44 Yel

Blk/Wht #31 Wht (Low)

Brn

E19 Beacon Lamp

Brn

M

Brn Brn

W1 Battery Frame Ground

Park Module

M5 Front Wiper Motor

W2 Cab Frame Ground

Unswitched Power

Switched Power

Secondary Switched Power SE2 - CAB

SE1 - TRACTOR 5/31/00

Brn/Blu

Blk

E16 Dome Lamp

M4 Washer Pump

Blu

S20 Beacon Switch

Red

Red

Red

G1 Battery

M

Wht Blu

Grn

Brn

M1 Starting Motor

Yel

Wht

K15 Washer Pump Control Module

X3

Grn

B

M

Yel

F11 Cab Fuse #1

F12 Cab Fuse #2

X3

Yel

Red

F10 60 Amp Cab Fuse

Wash-On-Off

X3

X3

S21 Rear Wiper/ Washer Switch

#13 Red

Yel

#9 Red

Fusible Link

Park Module

M

S1 Key Switch

4 - 187

Device Control Power

CAB ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN CAB

CAB ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC 4 012 Red

1 2

F1 Fuse

6 072F Red

5

X2

3

M3 Rear Wiper Motor

#12 Yel

7 Start Run Off Acc.

Brn 30

86

K13 Front Power Relay

Aid Off

X1

87

K14 Rear Power Relay

85

Red

30

86

87

85

Red

Brn

#14 Grn

#4 Red

002C Red

F13 Cab Fuse #3

X3 A1 Radio

Red

F14 Cab Fuse #4

F15 Cab Fuse #5

X3

X3

X3

F16 Cab Fuse #6

Off On

S17 Fan Switch High-Low-Off

S18 Front Work Lamps Switch

Brn

Blk

Brn

#32 Blk (High)

On Off

On Off

S19 Rear Work Lamps Switch

On Off Wht/ Blk Wash-On-Off Pur

S22 Front Wiper/ Washer Switch

M

M2 Fan Blower Motor

#46 Red

E18 Rear Work Lamps

E17 Front Work Lamps

Brn

Brn

#45 Grn

#44 Yel

Blk/Wht #31 Wht (Low)

Brn

E19 Beacon Lamp

Brn

M

Brn Brn

W1 Battery Frame Ground

Park Module

M5 Front Wiper Motor

W2 Cab Frame Ground

Unswitched Power

Switched Power

Secondary Switched Power SE2 - CAB

SE1 - TRACTOR 5/31/00

Brn/Blu

Blk

E16 Dome Lamp

M4 Washer Pump

Blu

S20 Beacon Switch

Red

Red

Red

G1 Battery

M

Wht Blu

Grn

Brn

M1 Starting Motor

Yel

Wht

K15 Washer Pump Control Module

X3

Grn

B

M

Yel

F11 Cab Fuse #1

F12 Cab Fuse #2

X3

Yel

Red

F10 60 Amp Cab Fuse

Wash-On-Off

X3

X3

S21 Rear Wiper/ Washer Switch

#13 Red

Yel

#9 Red

Fusible Link

Park Module

M

S1 Key Switch

4 - 187

Device Control Power

CAB ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN CAB

CAB ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC 4 012 Red

1 2

F1 Fuse

6 072F Red

5

X2

3

M3 Rear Wiper Motor

#12 Yel

7 Start Run Off Acc.

Brn 30

86

K13 Front Power Relay

Aid Off

X1

87

K14 Rear Power Relay

85

Red

30

86

87

85

Red

Brn

#14 Grn

#4 Red

002C Red

F13 Cab Fuse #3

X3 A1 Radio

Red

F14 Cab Fuse #4

F15 Cab Fuse #5

X3

X3

X3

F16 Cab Fuse #6

Off On

S17 Fan Switch High-Low-Off

S18 Front Work Lamps Switch

Brn

Blk

Brn

#32 Blk (High)

On Off

On Off

S19 Rear Work Lamps Switch

On Off Wht/ Blk Wash-On-Off Pur

S22 Front Wiper/ Washer Switch

M

M2 Fan Blower Motor

#46 Red

E18 Rear Work Lamps

E17 Front Work Lamps

Brn

Brn

#45 Grn

#44 Yel

Blk/Wht #31 Wht (Low)

Brn

E19 Beacon Lamp

Brn

M

Brn Brn

W1 Battery Frame Ground

Park Module

M5 Front Wiper Motor

W2 Cab Frame Ground

Unswitched Power

Switched Power

Secondary Switched Power SE2 - CAB

SE1 - TRACTOR 5/31/00

Brn/Blu

Blk

E16 Dome Lamp

M4 Washer Pump

Blu

S20 Beacon Switch

Red

Red

Red

G1 Battery

M

Wht Blu

Grn

Brn

M1 Starting Motor

Yel

Wht

K15 Washer Pump Control Module

X3

Grn

B

M

Yel

F11 Cab Fuse #1

F12 Cab Fuse #2

X3

Yel

Red

F10 60 Amp Cab Fuse

Wash-On-Off

X3

X3

S21 Rear Wiper/ Washer Switch

#13 Red

Yel

#9 Red

Fusible Link

Park Module

M

S1 Key Switch

4 - 187

Device Control Power

W9 CAB MAIN WIRING HARNESS

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN CAB

W9 CAB MAIN WIRING HARNESS X2 Tractor Ignition

E18 Left Rear Work Lamp

E19 Beacon

M3 Rear Wiper Motor E18 Right Rear Work Lamp Right Speaker

M1 Starting Motor

K13 Front Power Relay

K14 Rear Power Relay

F10 60 Amp Cab Fuse

E16 Dome Lamp E17 Left Front Work Lamp

A1 Radio (Power)

A1 Radio (Speaker) M4 Washer Pump

M5 Front Wiper Motor

Left Speaker

M2 Fan Blower Motor

E17 Right Front Work Lamp

X3 Connector

W2 Cab Frame Ground

S20 S21 S17 Beacon Fan Rear Switch Switch Wiper/ Washer Switch

W10 CAB LEFT TURN SIGNAL WIRING HARNESS

S22 Front Wiper/ Washer Switch

E18 Rear Work Lamp Switch

E17 Front Work Lamp Switch

W11 CAB RIGHT TURN SIGNAL WIRING HARNESS E9 Left Front Position Lamp

X19, X21, X22, X23 To W1 Tractor Main Harness

E2 Left Rear Turn/Hazard Lamp E10 Left Rear Position Lamp E11 Left Rear Brake Lamp

K15 Washer Pump Control Module

E1 Left Front Turn/Hazard Lamp

E12 Right Front Position Lamp

X20, X26, X28, X29 To W1 Tractor Main Harness

4 - 188

E24 License Plate Lamp

E4 Right Rear Turn/Hazard Lamp E13 Right Rear Position Lamp E14 Right Rear Brake Lamp

E3 Right Front Turn/Hazard Lamp

5/31/00

W9 CAB MAIN WIRING HARNESS

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN CAB

W9 CAB MAIN WIRING HARNESS X2 Tractor Ignition

E18 Left Rear Work Lamp

E19 Beacon

M3 Rear Wiper Motor E18 Right Rear Work Lamp Right Speaker

M1 Starting Motor

K13 Front Power Relay

K14 Rear Power Relay

F10 60 Amp Cab Fuse

E16 Dome Lamp E17 Left Front Work Lamp

A1 Radio (Power)

A1 Radio (Speaker) M4 Washer Pump

M5 Front Wiper Motor

Left Speaker

M2 Fan Blower Motor

E17 Right Front Work Lamp

X3 Connector

W2 Cab Frame Ground

S20 S21 S17 Beacon Fan Rear Switch Switch Wiper/ Washer Switch

W10 CAB LEFT TURN SIGNAL WIRING HARNESS

S22 Front Wiper/ Washer Switch

E18 Rear Work Lamp Switch

E17 Front Work Lamp Switch

W11 CAB RIGHT TURN SIGNAL WIRING HARNESS E9 Left Front Position Lamp

X19, X21, X22, X23 To W1 Tractor Main Harness

E2 Left Rear Turn/Hazard Lamp E10 Left Rear Position Lamp E11 Left Rear Brake Lamp

K15 Washer Pump Control Module

E1 Left Front Turn/Hazard Lamp

E12 Right Front Position Lamp

X20, X26, X28, X29 To W1 Tractor Main Harness

4 - 188

E24 License Plate Lamp

E4 Right Rear Turn/Hazard Lamp E13 Right Rear Position Lamp E14 Right Rear Brake Lamp

E3 Right Front Turn/Hazard Lamp

5/31/00

W9 CAB MAIN WIRING HARNESS

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN CAB

W9 CAB MAIN WIRING HARNESS X2 Tractor Ignition

E18 Left Rear Work Lamp

E19 Beacon

M3 Rear Wiper Motor E18 Right Rear Work Lamp Right Speaker

M1 Starting Motor

K13 Front Power Relay

K14 Rear Power Relay

F10 60 Amp Cab Fuse

E16 Dome Lamp E17 Left Front Work Lamp

A1 Radio (Power)

A1 Radio (Speaker) M4 Washer Pump

M5 Front Wiper Motor

Left Speaker

M2 Fan Blower Motor

E17 Right Front Work Lamp

X3 Connector

W2 Cab Frame Ground

S20 S21 S17 Beacon Fan Rear Switch Switch Wiper/ Washer Switch

W10 CAB LEFT TURN SIGNAL WIRING HARNESS

S22 Front Wiper/ Washer Switch

E18 Rear Work Lamp Switch

E17 Front Work Lamp Switch

W11 CAB RIGHT TURN SIGNAL WIRING HARNESS E9 Left Front Position Lamp

X19, X21, X22, X23 To W1 Tractor Main Harness

E2 Left Rear Turn/Hazard Lamp E10 Left Rear Position Lamp E11 Left Rear Brake Lamp

K15 Washer Pump Control Module

E1 Left Front Turn/Hazard Lamp

E12 Right Front Position Lamp

X20, X26, X28, X29 To W1 Tractor Main Harness

4 - 188

E24 License Plate Lamp

E4 Right Rear Turn/Hazard Lamp E13 Right Rear Position Lamp E14 Right Rear Brake Lamp

E3 Right Front Turn/Hazard Lamp

5/31/00

CAB LIGHTING ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN CAB

CAB LIGHTING ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC (0) Off (1) Hazard (2) Road (3) Field 1 103A Org

122B Red 2

B

CAB LIGHTING ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC

3

E15License Plate Lights

042C Red

4

S9 Light Switch

K11 Brake Light Relay

S13 Hazard Switch

86

30

Gry

Blk

85

87 87A

Gry

Blk

A

On Off

042C 072E Red Red

30

49

A

F8 Fuse 118A Gry

128A Gry

E4 RH Rear Turn/Hazard Light

49A 127C Pur

31

E3 RH Front Turn/Hazard Light

Gry

B

B

15 R 115F Dk Grn L 125F Dk Grn

102 Red

F9 Fuse

E12 RH Front Position Light

103C Org

103B Org

X26

115C Dk Grn

E13 RH Rear Position Light

X20

49

Gry

118C Gry 127D Pur 49a

X28

136D Lt Blu

Blk

Lt Blu

E14 RH Brake Light

K12 Flasher 118B Gry

(0) Right (1) Off (2) Left 1 Flasher 5 115A Dk Grn

127A Pur 3

E

128B Gry

D

115E Dk Grn

A

125E Dk Grn

C

128D Gry Dk Grn

6 125A Dk Grn

S8 Turn Signal Switch 136C Lt Blu

6/27/00

E1 LH Front Turn/Hazard Light

Gry

X22

W1 Main Wiring Harness

X13 Trailer Connector

E9 LH Front Position Light

Gry

2

010L Blk

B

136B Lt Blu

127B Pur 4

Gry

X29

Blk

E10 LH Rear Position Light

010G Blk

X21

X23

Lt Blu

125C Dk Grn X19

Dk Grn

E11 LH Brake Light E2 LH Rear Turn/Hazard Light W10 and W11 Lighting Wiring Harnesses

4 - 189

CAB ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN CAB

Check cab main 60 amp fuse.

●

Check cab power relays are energized when ignition is on.

●

See “Light Switch Operation” in European Electrical Section.

See “W7 Trailer Connector Wiring Harness” in European Electrical Section.

4 - 190

Cab trailer connector not powered.

Washer pump not operating.

No power at radio and dome lamp.

No power at wipers and washers.

Cab fan blower motor not operating.

Cab work lamps not operating.

●

Check F11 cab fuse #1.

Check pump washer module.

●

●

Check F13 cab fuse #3.

Check F12 cab fuse #2.

●

●

Check F14 cab fuse #4.

Check cab frame ground behind operator’s seat.

Cab license plate lamp has no power.

Check or Solution

Cab turn signals not operating.

Problem or Symptom

No cab power. All cab circuits dead.

CAB ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING

● ● ● ●

6/27/00

THEORY AND DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN CAB

THEORY AND DIAGNOSIS CAB POWER CIRCUIT OPERATION NOTE:

See cab electrical schematic for reference while reading this page.

Switched Power: When the key switch is moved to the ON position, control current is sent to the cab via the 072F Red ignition circuit, which pulls in the K13 Front and K14 Rear Power Relays in the overhead console of the cab. The 072F circuit is specific to cab tractors, and is taken from the 072 ignition node shown on the main European tractor schematic.

Function:

Secondary Switched Power:

Provides power to the cab components whenever the battery is connected.

With the cab power relays pulled in and closed, cab power can flow from the F10 60 amp cab fuse, (located in the left-rear engine compartment), through the cab relays, to the cab fuse panel.

The unswitched power is direct to the cab from the tractor battery. The switched power is controlled by the tractor ignition circuit, and is only powered when key switch is in RUN, START, or AID positions. It energizes the cab power relays, closing the contacts and allowing current to flow to the cab fuse panel.

The K13 front power relay controls the power for cab fuses 1–3, (radio, dome lamp, wiper/washers, and blower fan)

The secondary switched power is the current from the cab power relays, through the cab fuse panel, and into the cab switches.

If fuses are good, power flows to the cab switch panel, radio power connector, dome lamp, and washer pump control module.

The device control power is the current from a switch to a specific device, which will activate a device directly, or will control a relay which controls a device. It is the power directly controlled by the operator to turn something on or off. Unswitched Power: Battery voltage must be present at the following components with the key switch in the OFF position:

The K14 rear power relay controls power for cab fuses 4–6, (work lamps, and optional safety beacon).

Device Control Power: Individual switches on the cab switch panel route power to the specific electrical devices. All circuits are grounded at cab frame ground, behind operator’s seat. The washer pump is energized by the washer pump control module, located in the cab overhead console. It’s operation is covered separately in this section.

• Battery Positive Terminal • Starting Motor Terminal B • Cab Main 60 Amp Fuse • F1 Tractor Ignition Fuse • Key Switch Terminal 1 • Cab Power Relays • Cab Radio Connector If battery power is not available at the above points, refer back to the “Power Circuit Operation” section of the European Electrical section for theory and diagnosis of tractor power circuits.

6/27/00

4 - 191

CAB POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN CAB

CAB POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS Test Conditions: • Key switch in OFF position • Park brake ENGAGED

• Transmission in NEUTRAL • PTO DISENGAGED

Test/Check Point

Normal

If Not Normal

1. Starting motor battery (B) terminal

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check cable to battery. Test battery.

2. Tractor fuse panel—F1 fuse.

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check fusible link, 002C Red wire and connections.

3. Key switch 012 Red wire.

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check F1 fuse, 012 Red wire and connections.

4. 60 amp cab main fuse.

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check Red wire and connections between cab main fuse and starting motor B terminal.

5. #9 Red wire at terminal #30 of cab power relays. #4 Red wire at cab radio connector.

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check #9 Red wire from cab main fuse in engine compartment to cab overhead console.

Test Conditions: • Key switch in ON position • Park brake ENGAGED Test/Check Point

• Transmission in NEUTRAL • PTO DISENGAGED Normal

If Not Normal

6. X2 connector of 072F circuit behind tractor fuse panel.

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

See “Power Circuit Diagnosis” in European Electrical section.

7. #86 terminal (red wire) of front and rear cab power relays.

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Check Red Ignition Wire from tractor X2 connector to cab overhead console.

8. #85 terminal (brn wire) of front and rear cab power relays.

Continuity to cab frame ground located behind operator’s seat.

Repair cab frame ground wire.

9. Cab power relays

12.4 - 13.2 VDC at relay terminals If power is at terminal 30 and 86, but 30 (red), 86 (red), and 87 (red). not at 87, relay is burned out. Replace relay.

10. All fuses in cab fuseblock

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

11. Cab switches in overhead console.

12.4 - 13.2 VDC at back of switch Check wires from cab fuse panel to cab panel at wire terminals and switch panel through X3 connector. cavities marked at right.

4 - 192

If no power on any side of any fuse: Check red wires between power relays and cab fuse panel. If power on only one side of a fuse: Replace fuse. If only power to three fuses (1-3 or 4-6): One power relay is defective.

6/27/00

CAB POWER CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN CAB

Cab Fuse Panel

10

Cab Switch Panel

X2 Connector

Wht

Red Red

Blu Yel #12 Yel #44 Red

K14 Rear Power Relay

K13 Front Power Relay

9

9 7

7

11

85 30

87

Brn

87

Brn

Red

85

86

86 30 Red

8 Red

8

5

5 Red

5 Red #4 To A1 Radio Connector

Red

Red

6

X2

072F Red #9 Red

F10 60 Amp Cab Fuse

S1 Key Switch

4

3

G1 Battery

012 Red

M1 Starting Motor

2 Red

1

F1 Tractor Fuse #1

002C Red

6/27/00

1

Fusible Link

4 - 193

CAB WIPER DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN CAB

CAB WIPER DIAGNOSIS Test Conditions: • Engine OFF • Key switch in RUN position

• Transmission in NEUTRAL • PTO DISENGAGED

• Park Brake ENGAGED

WIPER MOTOR CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS Test/Check Point

Normal

If Not Normal

1. F11 cab fuse #1

12.4 - 13.2 VDC on both sides of fuse.

No power on 1 side of fuse: Replace fuse. No power on both side of fuse: See ”Cab Power Circuit Diagnosis” section

2. Yel wire from cab fuse panel, through X3 connector, to front and rear wiper switches.

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Repair Cab fuse panel, X3 connector terminals, or Yel wire to front and rear wiper switches.

3. Wiper switch to ON (middle) position.

12.4 - 13.2 VDC at red wire on back of wiper switch (front or rear), and to wiper motor.

No power at back of switch: replace switch. No power at wiper motor: repair red wire.

Turn wiper switch back to OFF position before performing step 4. 4. Brn wire at wiper motor.

Continuity to ground. Repair Brn ground wire to wiper motor. If normal, replace wiper motor.

WIPER MOTOR PARK CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS Test/Check Point

Normal

If Not Normal

Perform steps 1–4 above to check power circuit before performing with step 5. Turn key switch to ON position before performing step 5. 5. #44 Yel wire from front wiper switch to front wiper motor.

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Repair #44 wire.

6. #12 Yel wire from rear wiper switch to rear wiper motor.

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Repair #12 wire.

7. Brn wire at wiper motor.

Continuity to ground.

Repair Brn ground wire.

8. Grn wire from wiper motor to wiper switch. (One Grn wire for each wiper.)

12.4 - 13.2 VDC when wiper arm is not in parked position. Circuit remains powered after switch is moved to OFF position, until arm is parked. 0 VDC when arm is parked.

No voltage: (Wiper will not park) Replace wiper motor. Constant voltage (Wiper will not stop) Replace wiper motor.

4 - 194

6/27/00

CAB WIPER DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN CAB

1

Cab Fuse #1

Cab Fuse Panel

Yel 2

X3 Connector

3 S22 Front Wiper Switch

3 S21 Rear Wiper Switch

2

Yel

3

#46 Red

#44 Yel

#45 Grn

M3 Rear Wiper Motor

3 #13 Red

#12 Yel 6

5

8

#14 Grn To M5 Front Wiper Motor

8

Brn

6/27/00

4 7

4 - 195

CAB WASHER PUMP DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN CAB

CAB WASHER PUMP DIAGNOSIS Test Conditions: • Engine OFF • Key switch in RUN position

Test/Check Point

• Transmission in NEUTRAL • PTO DISENGAGED

Normal

• Park Brake ENGAGED

If Not Normal

1. F11 cab fuse #1

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

No power on both sides of fuse: See ”Cab Power Circuit Diagnosis” section. No power on one side of fuse: Replace fuse.

2. Yel wire at washer pump control module.

12.4 - 13.2 VDC

Repair Yel wire from cab fuse panel, through X3 connector, to pump control module.

3. Brn wire at washer pump control module.

Continuity to ground.

Repair Brn ground wire.

4. Wht wire at washer pump control module.

12.4 - 13.2 VDC when rear washer switch is depressed.

Repair Wht wire from rear washer switch to pump control module.

5. Wht/Blk wire at washer pump control module.

12.4 - 13.2 VDC when front washer switch is depressed.

Repair Wht/Blk wire from rear washer switch to pump control module.

6. Brn/Blu wire at washer pump control module.

12.4 - 13.2 VDC when key switch is ON, except when front washer switch is depressed.

Replace washer pump control module.

7. Blu wire at washer pump control module

12.4 - 13.2 VDC when key switch is ON, except when rear washer switch is depressed.

Replace washer pump control module.

8. Brn/Blu and Blu wires at washer pump.

Both wires should have 12.4 - 13.2 VDC when checked between wire and ground. When rear washer switch is pushed, Blu wire becomes ground and pump operates. When front washer switch is pushed, Brn/Blu wire becomes ground, and pump reverses.

If not operating, remove wiring harness and test pump with a 12 volt battery. If pump works, repair wires between pump and control module. If pump does not run, replace pump.

4 - 196

6/27/00

CAB WASHER PUMP DIAGNOSIS

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN CAB

1 Cab Fuse #1

Cab Fuse Panel

S21 Rear Wiper/ Washer Switch

S22 Front Wiper/ Washer Switch

X3 Connector

Cab Switch Panel

Yel Wht

Wht/Blk

Brn

8

3 Brn/Blu K15 Washer Pump Control Module

2

7

Blu 5

6

4

M4 Washer Pump

6/27/00

4 - 197

CAB WASHER PUMP DIAGNOSIS

4 - 198

ELECTRICAL - EUROPEAN CAB

6/27/00

CONTENTS

GEAR POWER TRAIN

CONTENTS Page

SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 REPAIR SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 SPECIAL OR ESSENTIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 OTHER MATERIALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

COMPONENT LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 4500 / 4600 – CLUTCH HOUSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 4500 / 4600 – MAIN SHAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 4500 / 4600 – MAIN GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 4500 / 4600 – DRIVEN & REDUCTION SHAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

THEORY OF OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 CLUTCH ENGAGEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 GEAR COLLAR SHIFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 REVERSE COLLAR SHIFT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 CLUTCH ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

REPAIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 TRACTOR SPLITTING (FRONT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 TRACTOR SPLITTING (REAR). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 COLLAR SHIFT TRANSMISSION REMOVAL/DISASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 MAIN SHAFT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 TRANSMISSION INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

6/27/00

5-1

NOTES

5-2

GEAR POWER TRAIN

6/27/00

SPECIFICATIONS

GEAR POWER TRAIN

SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Reservoir Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 liters (9.8 gal) (39.1 qt) Clutch Pedal Free Play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 mm (0.780 in.)

REPAIR SPECIFICATIONS TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS SCV Port Tube Hydraulic Line Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-57 N•m (30-43 lb-ft) PTO Pressure Tube to PTO Valve Hydraulic Line Nut. . . . . . . . . 40-57 N•m (30-43 lb-ft) PTO Pressure Tube to Hydraulic Pump Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-57 N•m (30-43 lb-ft) Gear Housing to Transmission Housing Cap Screws . . . . . . 126-154 N•m (95-115 lb-ft) Center Plate to Housing Cap Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 N•m (63 lb-ft)

SPECIAL OR ESSENTIAL TOOLS Part Number

Part Name

JT07335-1,2,3

Splitting Stands and Brackets

JDG1230

Clutch Alignment Tool

NOTE: Order tools according to information given in the U.S. SERVICE-GARD™ Catalog or in the European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC).

OTHER MATERIALS

6/27/00

Number U.S./Canadian

Name

TY6305

John Deere Clean and Cure Primer

TY15130 / TY15934

John Deere Sealant

TY6333

Moly High Temperature EP Grease

TY22034

John Deere SuperLube ®

TY9370 / TY9477 (#242 LOCTITE®)

Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Strength)

5-3

COMPONENT LOCATION

GEAR POWER TRAIN

COMPONENT LOCATION 4500 / 4600 – CLUTCH HOUSING 4

3 7

5

8

6 1 2

9 10 11 12

13

15 26 25 16

24 14

21 20

17 19

18

9 23 22

M91806

1. Cap Screw w/Washer

8. Yoke, Clutch Shaft

15. Plate, Center

22. Bolt

2. Hook, Spring

9. Bushing, 20x26x22

16. Bolt

23. Shaft, Clutch Release

3. Seal

10. Bolt

17. Cap, Sealing

24. Cap Screw w/Washer

4. Cover, Front

11. Nut

18. Snap Ring, 55

25. Cover, Housing

5. Gasket

12. Washer, Lock

19. Stud, 12x45

26. Cap, Sealing

6. Pin

13. Stud, 16x45

20. Washer, Lock

7. Bolt

14. Bushing, 13x17x14

21. Nut

5-4

6/27/00

4500 / 4600 – MAIN SHAFT

GEAR POWER TRAIN

4500 / 4600 – MAIN SHAFT

5 6

1 2 7 2 3

4

8 9 10 10 9

11 22

10

10 12

23 24

13 14

16

23 25

17

18 19

15

26

20 21

M91807

1. Shaft, Main Drive (PTO)

8. Bearing, Ball

15. Plate, Center

22. Bushing, 18x32x8

2. Snap Ring, 35

9. Gear (21T)

16. Seal, Case

23. Bearing, Needle

3. Sleeve, Clutch Shaft

10. Snap Ring, 34

17. Seal

24. Gear, Reverse Idler

4. Seal

11. Gear (32T)

18. Bearing

25. Washer, 20x32x4

5. Cover, Front

12. Gear (27T)

19. Snap Ring, 45

26. Shaft, Reverse Idler

6. Bearing

13. Spacer, 30x40x2

20. Spacer, 23x30x39

7. Shaft, Main

14. Bearing, Ball

21. Hub, PTO Splined

6/27/00

5-5

4500 / 4600 – MAIN GEAR

GEAR POWER TRAIN

4500 / 4600 – MAIN GEAR

3 1 3 5

2 4 2

6 8 7

9

10 12

2

2

11 11

10

15

13 14

20

17

2

16 22

18 19 12 21

23

M91808

24

1. Fork, Shift

7. Shaft, Fork

13. Plate, Fork Lock

19. Block, Shifter

2. Pin, Spring - 6.0x25

8. Arm, Shift

14. Cap Screw w/Washer

20. Pin, Spring - 6.0x50

3. Shifter

9. Snap Ring

15. Shifter, Main

21. Cap Screw w/Washer

4. Switch Arm

10. Spring

16. O-Ring

22. Spring

5. Bolt, Switch

11. Pin, 4x35

17. Holder, Shift Arm

23. Gasket

6. Shaft, Fork

12. Ball, 5/16

18. Seal

24. Plug

5-6

6/27/00

4500 / 4600 – DRIVEN & REDUCTION SHAFT

GEAR POWER TRAIN

4500 / 4600 – DRIVEN & REDUCTION SHAFT

1

2 3 4

5 6 7 5

8 9 10

10 12

8

5

11 6 7

5

8 10

13 14 15

18

16

19 20

17

22 21

23 24

M91809

1. Bearing, Ball

7. Sleeve, Splined

13. Ring, Inner

19. Coupling, Splined

2. Washer, 20x43x2.5

8. Snap Ring, 34

14. Gear, Driven (49T)

20. Snap Ring, 30

3. Gear, Driven (46T)

9. Gear (53T)

15. Washer, 30x45x3

21. Housing, Bearing

4. Bearing, Needle

10. Bearing, Needle

16. Bearing, Ball

22. Bearing, Ball

5. Snap Ring, 34

11. Shaft, Driven

17. Plate, Center

23. Gear, Reduction

6. Shifter

12. Gear, Driven (43T)

18. Snap Ring, 30

24. Bearing, Ball

6/27/00

5-7

THEORY OF OPERATION

GEAR POWER TRAIN

THEORY OF OPERATION CLUTCH ENGAGEMENT Function: To transfer power from the engine flywheel to the main drive shaft. Theory of Operation: The drive clutch assembly (A) is splined to the main drive shaft (B). When the clutch pedal is depressed the clutch shaft yoke (C) rotates forward and pushes the clutch release yoke and bearing (D) forward. The clutch release bearing presses the center of the pressure plate diaphragm (E) forward. The pressure plate diaphragm pivots and the outside edges of the diaphragm moves rearward releasing pressure on the pressure plate (F).

When the clutch release bearing is forced rearward, the inside edges of the pressure plate diaphragm (E) are allowed to move rearward. The outside edges of the pressure plate diaphragm press the pressure plate (F) forward. The pressure plate forces the clutch disk (G) against the flywheel engaging the clutch disk. When the clutch disk is engaged against the flywheel, power is transferred from the flywheel, through the clutch disk to the main drive shaft. Power is transferred from the main drive shaft to the rear axles through the gear collar shift transmission. See “GEAR COLLAR SHIFT” on page 9. The PTO drive shaft runs through the center of the main drive shaft and is splined directly to the engine flywheel. See “PTO THEORY OF OPERATION” on page 68 in the Final Drive Power Train section.

Releasing the pressure on the pressure plate keeps the clutch disk (G) from being pressed against the flywheel (H). When the clutch pedal is released, the clutch shaft yoke (C) is rotated rearward. Diaphragm compression forces the clutch release bearing (D) to the rear. H A

G F

C

C E D

B

G H

D

E F

CLUTCH DISENGAGED

5-8

CLUTCH ENGAGED

6/27/00

GEAR COLLAR SHIFT

GEAR POWER TRAIN

GEAR COLLAR SHIFT

page 36 of the Final Drive Power Train section.)

Function:

The diagram below shows the front shifter in the rearmost (1st gear) position. Power flow is shown with the solid arrow. Power flow for 2nd and 3rd gear are shown with dashed arrows.

To transfer power from the engine clutch to the rear axles.

There are four positions for the shifters (from rear to front): • Rearmost - 2nd • Next forward - 3rd • Next forward - 1st • Most forward - Reverse

Theory of Operation: When the clutch is engaged, there is rotation of the drive shaft (A) which has four gears splined to it. There are four corresponding gears on the driven shaft (B). Three are directly meshed to the gears on the drive shaft. The three gears on the driven shaft are mounted on roller bearings (C) and turn independently from the driven shaft. Two shift collars (D) are splined to the driven shaft (B) and are shifted forward or backward to engage the drive shaft gears to the driven shaft gears.

The reverse gear is driven through a reverse idler shaft and gear. (See "REVERSE COLLAR SHIFT" on next page.)

Power flow is shown below with the collar shifted into first gear. The driven shaft is splined directly to the reduction shaft, and transfers power to the reduction shaft of the range gears. (See “RANGE TRANSMISSION” on

A

PTO Shaft

D

D B

To Range Transmission

C

R

1st

3rd

2nd

Shift Collar Positions (Shown in 1st Gear)

6/27/00

5-9

REVERSE COLLAR SHIFT

GEAR POWER TRAIN

REVERSE COLLAR SHIFT

Power flow is shown below with the collar shifted into reverse gear.

Function:

The driven shaft is splined directly to the reduction shaft, and transfers power to the reduction shaft of the range transmission.

To transfer power from the engine clutch to the rear axles.

NOTE: The drive shaft/PTO shaft and the driven shaft are shown farther apart than they are to allow visual representation of the offset reverse idler shaft and gear.

Theory of Operation: When the clutch is engaged, there is rotation of the drive shaft (A) which has four gears splined to it, the front one being the reverse gear. The reverse gear is constantly meshed with a reverse idler gear (B) on the reverse idler shaft (C). The reverse idler shaft is offset to the left of the drive shaft and driven shaft. The reverse idler gear is constantly meshed with the reverse gear (D) on the driven shaft. The reverse idler gear and reverse gear on the driven shaft rotate freely on roller bearings. When the shift lever is placed in REVERSE, linkage and a shift fork move the shift collar (E) forward where it engages the reverse gear and transfers power to the driven shaft (F).

A

PTO Shaft

B

C

D E F

To Range Transmission

Shift Collar Positions (Shown in Reverse Gear) R

5 - 10

1st

3rd

2nd

6/27/00

TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS

GEAR POWER TRAIN

TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS

Linkage without Turnbuckle:

CLUTCH ADJUSTMENT Procedure:

NOTE: Procedure is dependant upon linkage. Use procedure based on which linkage is in tractor. Linkage with Turnbuckle:

20 mm (0.78 in.) A C

Nuts B

Turnbuckle

20 mm (0.78 in.)

M91923A

Cotter Pin Clutch Arm

M91923

1. If linkage or pedal have been removed or disturbed, complete all steps. If linkage has not been removed or disturbed complete only steps 3,7,and 8. 2. Remove cotter pin and disconnect clutch rod from clutch arm. 3. Hold turnbuckle on clutch linkage and loosen lock nuts. 4. Move clutch lever up until release bearing contacts clutch release fingers. 5. Hold clutch lever at this position and adjust turnbuckle until linkage will enter clutch arm hole. 6. Install clutch rod, washer and cotter pin. 7. Adjust turnbuckle until clutch pedal has 20 mm (0.780 in.) free travel measured at center of clutch pedal face. 8. Hold turnbuckle and tighten locknuts.

6/27/00

1. Make sure clutch return spring is correctly installed. 2. Depress the clutch pedal and make sure the pedal stem does not contact the head of the brake pivot cap screw. 3. Loosen jam nut (A) on yoke (C), and remove pin and clip (B) from assembly. 4. Adjust yoke until clutch pedal has 20 mm (0.780 in.) free travel measured at center of clutch pedal face. 5. When free travel is correct install clip and pin. Hold yoke and tighten jam nut.

5 - 11

REPAIR

GEAR POWER TRAIN

REPAIR TRACTOR SPLITTING (FRONT) B

Prepare the Tractor: 1. Park tractor on a level surface. Engage park brake, shut off engine. 2. Disconnect battery negative terminal. 3. Remove side panels. 4. Remove hood. (See “HOOD REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 11 in Miscellaneous Section.) 5. Remove steering wheel. 6. Remove control panel. (See “CONTROL PANEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 10 in Miscellaneous Section.) 7. Remove LH and RH cowl panels. (See “COWL PANEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 11 in Miscellaneous Section.) 8. Remove fuse panel cover. (See “FUSE PANEL COVER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 10 in Miscellaneous Section.) 9. Remove floor mat. (See “FLOOR MAT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page8 in Miscellaneous Section.) 10. Remove operator’s platform. (See “OPERATOR’S PLATFORM REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 8 in Miscellaneous Section.) 11. Remove key switch panel. (See “KEY SWITCH PANEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 11 in Miscellaneous Section.) 12. Remove fuel tank. (See “FUEL TANK REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page12 in Miscellaneous Section.) 13. Remove kick plate. (See “KICK PLATE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page8 in Miscellaneous Section.) 14. Locate and disconnect all electrical connectors attaching wiring harness to switches and lights on rear half of tractor. Unfasten wiring harness from cable clips and move harness away from rear half of tractor.

C

A M91872

15. Remove cotter pin (C) attaching throttle rod (A) to throttle lever (B). Disconnect throttle rod.

D E

M91875

16. If not already done, disconnect throttle linkage (D) from throttle lever (E) on fuel injection pump.

F

G

M91929

17. Remove lock nut (F). Remove throttle bellcrank and throttle rods (G) as an assembly.

5 - 12

6/27/00

TRACTOR SPLITTING (FRONT)

GEAR POWER TRAIN

L

J

M91882 M91871

I

H

20. On right side of tractor, remove cap screw and tube clamp (L) attaching PTO pressure tube to frame.

J

NOTE: Capacity of the hydraulic reservoir is 37 liters (9.8 gal) (39.1 qt). H

21. Drain hydraulic oil from reservoir.

I

M91873

18. Loosen four nuts and carriage bolts (H) attaching U-shaped bracket (I) to pedal support frame (J).

M

M91881

22. Remove cap screw and clamp (M) attaching suction tube to tunnel section. K I

M91876

19. Remove two cap screws (K) attaching U-shaped bracket (I) to transmission tunnel. O N

M91333

23. Disconnect PTO pressure tube (N) from rear hydraulic pump. 6/27/00

5 - 13

TRACTOR SPLITTING (FRONT)

GEAR POWER TRAIN

24. Loosen clamp and disconnect suction tube (O) from suction manifold.

Q

T

P

M91389

25. Disconnect PTO pressure tube (P) from bottom of PTO valve (Q). Remove tube.

R

S

M91892

27. Disconnect tube (T) from steering return hose.

U

V M91886

26. Loosen clamp and disconnect suction tube (R) from elbow (S). Remove suction tube. M91885

NOTE: Operator’s platform removed for clarity. 28. Disconnect tube (U) from RH port of hydraulic oil filter base (V). Remove tube.

5 - 14

6/27/00

TRACTOR SPLITTING (FRONT)

GEAR POWER TRAIN

X A

W B

M91928 M91391

29. If equipped, disconnect four work port tubes (W) from SCV (X).

32. Remove two cap screws (A) and RH operator’s platform support (B). Split the Tractor:

Y C

M91867 M91866

30. Remove cap screws and spacers (Y) that attach tube support bracket to frame. Remove tube support bracket and tubes as an assembly. Z

M91880

31. If not already removed, lay upper brake rods (Z) across bellcrank pivot to prevent them from becoming damaged when separating tractor sections.

1. Using cap screws supplied with the splitting stands, secure JTO 7335 splitting stands (C) to the tunnel sections. 2. Adjust splitting stands so that wheels contact the floor, and are parallel to the tractor wheels. 3. Remove nine cap screws and lock washers attaching tunnel section to engine section of tractor. Note length and locations of cap screws when removing. 4. Release park brake and place gear shift in NEUTRAL. IMPORTANT: Check for, and disconnect any additional accessory wires or hydraulic tubes connecting rear half to front half before splitting tractor. 5. If necessary, use a pry bar to separate the two tractor sections. Lift the steering support slightly to clear the front flange of the tunnel. Split the tractor by rolling the two sections apart.

6/27/00

5 - 15

TRACTOR SPLITTING (FRONT)

GEAR POWER TRAIN

Assemble Tractor Sections: G

NOTE: Splines on all drive shafts and couplers must be aligned before tractor sections are bolted together. 1. Align splines on drive shafts and engine flywheel. 2. Move tractor sections together and retain with 9 cap screws. Tighten cap screws to 126-154 N•m (95115 lb-ft). 3. Remove splitting stands.

M91885

D

NOTE: Operator’s platform removed for clarity. 6. Connect hydraulic oil tube (G) to RH port of hydraulic oil filter. Tighten to 40-57 N•m (30-43 lb ft).

E

M91867 I

4. If equipped, install SCV tube support bracket and tubes as an assembly. Install 2 cap screws (D) and 2 spacers (E) to attach tube support bracket to frame. H

7. Connect tube (H) to steering return hose (I). Tighten to 40-57 N•m (30-43 lb ft). F M91391

5. Connect four work port tubes (F) to SCV. Tighten to 40-57 N•m (30-43 lb ft).

5 - 16

6/27/00

TRACTOR SPLITTING (FRONT)

GEAR POWER TRAIN

J K

P M91389

M91886

8. Attach suction tube (J) to elbow (K) and retain with clamp.

12. Connect PTO pressure tube (P) to bottom of PTO valve. Tighten nut to 40-57 N•m (30-43 lb ft).

Q

L

M91882 M91881

13. On right side of tractor, Secure tube clamp attaching PTO pressure tube to frame.

9. Secure suction tube clamp (L) to tunnel section.

T N

M O S

R

M91871

M91333

10. Connect suction tube (M) to suction manifold (N) and retain with hose clamp. 11. Connect PTO pressure tube (O) to rear hydraulic pump. Tighten fitting to 40-57 N•m (30-43 lb ft).

6/27/00

5 - 17

TRACTOR SPLITTING (FRONT)

GEAR POWER TRAIN

X

R

W M91872 M91876

14. Install U-shaped bracket (R) to transmission tunnel, retain with two cap screws. Tighten cap screws.

17. Connect throttle rod (W) to throttle lever (X). Retain with cotter pin.

T Y Z

S

M91875

R

M91873

15. Install four carriage bolts (S) and nuts attaching Ushaped bracket (R) to pedal support frame (T) and tighten.

V

U

M91929

16. Install throttle bellcrank and throttle rods (U) as an assembly. Retain with lock nut (V).

5 - 18

18. Connect throttle linkage (Y) to throttle lever (Z) on fuel injection pump. 19. Route electrical harness on rear half of tractor. Connect all electrical connectors attaching wiring harness to switches and lights on rear half of tractor. Fasten wiring harness to cable clips. Replace any plastic tie bands removed during disassembly. 20. Install fuel tank. (See “FUEL TANK REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page12 in Miscellaneous Section.) 21. Install operator’s platform. (See “OPERATOR’S PLATFORM REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 8 in Miscellaneous Section.) 22. Install kick plate. (See “KICK PLATE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page8 in Miscellaneous Section.) 23. Install floor mat. 24. Install key switch panel. (See “KEY SWITCH PANEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 11 in Miscellaneous Section.) 25. Install fuse panel cover. (See “FUSE PANEL COVER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 10 in Miscellaneous Section.)

6/27/00

TRACTOR SPLITTING (REAR)

GEAR POWER TRAIN

26. Install LH and RH cowl panels. (See “COWL PANEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 11 in Miscellaneous Section.) 27. Install control panel. (See “CONTROL PANEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 10 in Miscellaneous Section.) 28. Install steering wheel. (See “STEERING WHEEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 9 in Miscellaneous Section.) 29. Install hood. (See “HOOD REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 11 in Miscellaneous Section.) 30. Install side panels. 31. Connect battery negative terminal. )

TRACTOR SPLITTING (REAR) Prepare the Tractor: 1. Park tractor on a level surface. Engage park brake, shut off engine. 2. Disconnect battery negative terminal. 3. Remove fuse panel cover. (See “FUSE PANEL COVER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 10 in Miscellaneous Section.) 4. Remove floor mat. (See “FLOOR MAT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page8 in Miscellaneous Section.) 5. Remove seat and seat support. (See “SEAT AND SEAT SUPPORT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page5 in Miscellaneous Section.) 6. Remove seat platform. (See “SEAT PLATFORM REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 5 in Miscellaneous Section.) 7. Remove operator’s platform. (See “OPERATOR’S PLATFORM REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 8 in Miscellaneous Section.) 8. Remove kick plate. (See “KICK PLATE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page8 in Miscellaneous Section.) 9. Remove fenders. (See “REAR FENDERS REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 6 in Miscellaneous Section.) 10. Locate and disconnect all electrical connectors attaching wiring harness to switches and lights on rear half of tractor. Unfasten wiring harness from cable clips and move harness away from rear half of tractor.

A

M91882

11. On right side of tractor, remove cap screw and tube clamp (A) attaching PTO pressure tube to frame.

NOTE: Capacity of the hydraulic reservoir is 37 liters (9.8 gal) (39.1 qt). 12. Drain hydraulic oil from reservoir.

B

M91881

13. Remove cap screw and clamp (B) attaching suction tube to tunnel section.

E

C D

M91333

14. Disconnect PTO pressure tube from rear hydraulic pump. 6/27/00

5 - 19

TRACTOR SPLITTING (REAR)

GEAR POWER TRAIN

15. Loosen clamp and disconnect suction tube (D) from suction manifold (E). L G M

F M91389

16. Disconnect PTO pressure tube (F) from bottom of PTO valve (G). Remove tube.

I

M91867

19. Remove two cap screws (L) and two spacers (M) that attach tube support bracket to frame. Remove tube support bracket and tubes as an assembly. 20. Remove cotter pin and clevis pin and disconnect brake rods from brake arms at differential housing. Split the Tractor:

H

N M91886

17. Loosen clamp and disconnect suction tube (H) from suction elbow (I). Remove suction tube.

K J

M91934

1. Remove cap screws and rear operator’s platform bracket on each side.

M91391

18. If equipped, disconnect four work port tubes (J) from SCV (K).

5 - 20

6/27/00

TRACTOR SPLITTING (REAR)

GEAR POWER TRAIN

7. Remove four nuts and lock washers and six cap screws attaching tunnel section to differential housing. Note length and locations of cap screws when removing. IMPORTANT: Check for, and disconnect any additional accessory wires or hydraulic tubes connecting rear half to front half of tractor before splitting tractor.

O

8. If necessary, use a pry bar to separate the two tractor sections. Split the tractor by rolling the front section of the tractor away from the differential housing. Assemble Tractor Sections:

M91935

2. Using suitable cap screws, secure JTO 7335 splitting stands (O) to the threaded holes in the tunnel section where the operator’s platform brackets were removed. 3. Adjust splitting stands so that wheels contact the floor, and are parallel to the tractor wheels. 4. Using suitable stands, support the front and rear of the differential housing.

A

M91938

IMPORTANT: Be sure PTO collar (A) is in place on shaft or in end of PTO clutch before assembling tractor sections. Smaller end goes toward PTO clutch. IMPORTANT: Splines on all drive shafts and couplers must be aligned before tractor sections are bolted together. 1. Clean tunnel section mating surfaces and install a new gasket. 2. Align splines on drive shafts and couplers. 3. Move shift lever to rearmost position.

Q

P

M91933

5. On left side of tractor, loosen two cap screws attaching shift lever guide bracket (P). Tilt bracket away from lever until bracket is clear of lever (Q). 6. Move shift lever to rearmost position.

6/27/00

5 - 21

TRACTOR SPLITTING (REAR)

GEAR POWER TRAIN

G F B

C

M91391 M91939

4. Align end of shift lever(B) inside differential housing with shift yokes (C).

10. Connect work port tubes (F) to SCV (G). Tighten to 40-57 N•m (30-43 lb-ft).

NOTE: Shift lever should move slightly when tractor sections are bolted together.

I

5. Move tractor sections together and retain with two large nuts and lock washers. 6. Test function of gear shift lever to ensure that shift lever is properly engaging yokes. 7. Install two smaller nuts and lock washers and six cap screws. Tighten nuts and cap screws. 8. Remove cap screws retaining splitting stands to tractor sections. Remove splitting stands.

D

H M91886

11. Attach suction tube (H) to elbow (I) and retain with clamp.

E

J

M91867

9. If equipped, install SCV tube support bracket and tubes as an assembly. Install cap screws (D) and spacers (E) to attach tube support bracket to frame.

5 - 22

M91881

12. Install cap screw and clamp (J) attaching suction tube to tunnel section.

6/27/00

COLLAR SHIFT TRANSMISSION REMOVAL/DISASSEMBLY

GEAR POWER TRAIN

L

M K

M91333

13. Connect suction tube (K) to suction manifold (L) and retain with hose clamp. 14. Connect PTO pressure tube (M) to rear hydraulic pump. Tighten tube nut to 40-57 N•m (30-43 lb-ft).

O

17. Connect brake rods to brake arms on differential housing. Retain with clevis pins and cotter pins. 18. Route electrical harness on rear half of tractor. Connect all electrical connectors attaching wiring harness to switches and lights on rear half of tractor. Fasten wiring harness to cable clips. Replace any plastic tie bands removed during disassembly. 19. Install operator’s platform (See “OPERATOR’S PLATFORM REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 8 in Miscellaneous Section.) 20. Install kick plate (See “KICK PLATE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page8 in Miscellaneous Section.) 21. Install seat platform. (See “SEAT PLATFORM REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page5 in Miscellaneous Section.) 22. Install seat and seat support. (See “SEAT AND SEAT SUPPORT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page5 in Miscellaneous Section.) 23. Install rear fenders (See “REAR FENDERS REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page6 in Miscellaneous Section.) 24. Install floor mat. 25. Install fuse panel cover. (See “FUSE PANEL COVER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 10 in Miscellaneous Section.) 26. Connect battery negative terminal.

COLLAR SHIFT TRANSMISSION REMOVAL/DISASSEMBLY N M91389

Procedure: 1. Split tractor at clutch housing. See “TRACTOR SPLITTING (FRONT)” on page 12

15. Connect PTO pressure tube (N) to bottom of PTO valve (O). Tighten tube nut to 40-57 N•m (30-43 lb-ft).

B

P

A M91882

Main Shaft

16. On right side of tractor, install tube clamp (P) attaching PTO pressure tube to frame. Retain with cap screw.

6/27/00

M91930

5 - 23

COLLAR SHIFT TRANSMISSION REMOVAL/DISASSEMBLY 2. Remove clutch release bearing return springs (A) and clutch release bearing (B). M91937 C

GEAR POWER TRAIN

10. Place small punches in holes in detent pin assemblies (F) to retain springs on pins. 11. Remove cap screws and fork lock detent ball plate (G). 12. Slide plate up fork shafts.

G

E

M89481 D

13. Remove and inspect three detent balls (G), two springs and two drilled pins . Replace as required. 3. Remove final transmission case from tunnel. See “TRACTOR SPLITTING (REAR)” on page 19 4. Remove PTO shaft spacer (C) from rear of PTO drive shaft or PTO clutch, whichever part it stayed with when rear of tractor was split. 5. Slide PTO drive shaft out from main drive shaft toward front end of tunnel. 6. Remove splined coupling (D) from driven shaft. 7. Remove cap screws (E) securing center plate to tunnel. 8. Carefully slide center plate and transmission out of tunnel. 9. Visually inspect all parts for wear, cracks or discoloration. Transmission Disassembly:

M91947

14. Pull shafts back until bearings are free from center plate. H G

F

M91956 M89482A

5 - 24

6/27/00

GEAR POWER TRAIN

COLLAR SHIFT TRANSMISSION REMOVAL/DISASSEMBLY NOTE: Oil grooves on thrust washers go toward gear.

15. Remove reverse idler gear and shaft (H).

NOTE: When replacing any gear that has tooth damage, the gear that meshes with the damaged gear must be replaced also.

I

M91958

16. Remove main shaft assembly (I) from center plate.

19. Inspect thrust washers for wear or damage. Inspect reverse gear for broken or worn teeth. Inspect bore of gear for wear or damage. Replace as required. 20. Inspect bearings and bearing area of idler shaft for wear or damage. Replace as required. 21. For reassembly of reverse idler and gear, install large ID thrust washer on shaft, oil grooves toward gear. 22. Install needle bearings and gear. 23. Install small ID thrust washer, oil grooves toward gear. Reconditioning Driven Shaft: 1. If not already done, remove splined coupler and snap ring from driven shaft.

J

M91959

17. Simultaneously slide shift forks and shafts back with driven shaft (J) until driven shaft assembly can be removed from center plate.

M91962

M91960

2. Press bearing off rear of driven shaft. 3. Inspect bearing for discolored or burned balls and/ or races. Check balls and races for spalling or cracking. Roll bearing by hand to check for rough turning, excessive looseness or play between balls and races. Replace bearing as required.

18. Remove thrust washers, needle bearings, and reverse idler gear from idler shaft.

6/27/00

5 - 25

COLLAR SHIFT TRANSMISSION REMOVAL/DISASSEMBLY

GEAR POWER TRAIN

C

D

M91965 M91963

4. Remove thrust washer, 49T gear, and needle bearing. 5. Inspect gear for broken or worn teeth. Inspect bearing bore of gear for wear. Inspect bearing and shaft for wear or damage. Replace as required.

8. Press off inner ring (C) and splined sleeve (D)as an assembly. 9. Inspect inner ring for any wear or damage on outside diameter. 10. Inspect splined sleeve for wear or damage on splines. Replace as needed.

F A

B E

M91964 M91970

6. Remove shifter (A) and snap ring (B). 7. Inspect shifter for broken or worn teeth. Inspect groove surface for wear. Replace as required.

11. Remove snap ring (E) and driven 43Tgear (F). 12. Inspect driven gear for broken or worn teeth. Inspect bearing bore of gear for wear. Inspect bearing and shaft for wear or damage. Replace as required.

NOTE: The remainder of components are removed from the front end of the shaft.

5 - 26

6/27/00

GEAR POWER TRAIN

COLLAR SHIFT TRANSMISSION REMOVAL/DISASSEMBLY

J

K

L

M91985

13. Support other end of driven shaft by 46T gear. Press bearing, thrust washer and gear from shaft. 14. Inspect bearing for discolored or burned balls and/ or races. Check balls and races for spalling or cracking. Roll bearing by hand to check for rough turning, excessive looseness or play between balls and races. Replace bearing as required.

M91972

16. Remove shifter (J), snap ring (K), splined collar (L), and snap ring (M) under splined collar.

H

I G

M M91973

M91969

N

15. Inspect thrust washer (G), 46Tgear (H), and needle bearing (I).

O

M91974

6/27/00

5 - 27

MAIN SHAFT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY

GEAR POWER TRAIN

17. Remove 53T gear (N) and needle bearing (O). 18. Clean all parts in suitable solvent and dry with compressed air. 19. Inspect thrust washer for wear or damage. Inspect gear for broken or worn teeth. Inspect bearing bore in gear for wear or damage. Inspect splined sleeve and shifter ring for wear or damage. Replace parts as required. 20. Inspect bearing and all bearing areas of shaft for wear or damage. Replace as required.

D

Reassembly: 1. Reassembly is the reverse order of disassembly. 2. Lubricate all bearings before assembly. 3. To install inner ring on shaft, first heat inner ring in oil to a temperature of 177°C (350°F). Gently grasp ring with a pliers and install on shaft.

c CAUTION

C M91982

2. Remove bearing (C) and seal from seal case (D).

DO NOT heat oil over 182° C (360° F). Oil fumes or oil can ignite above 193° C (380° F). Use a thermometer. Do not allow a flame or heating element to come in direct contact with the oil. Heat the oil in a well-ventilated area. Plan a safe handling procedure to avoid burns.

F

MAIN SHAFT DISASSEMBLY/ ASSEMBLY Procedure: E

A

M91981

B

M91977

1. Remove snap ring (A) from seal case (B) on rear of main shaft.

5 - 28

3. Place the main shaft assembly in a press and support it the by 27T gear (E). Make sure the support blocks are far enough apart to clear the snap ring under the 27T gear. 4. Using an appropriate size socket or bushing driver (F), press gear, washer, bearing, and seal case from rear of main shaft. 5. Inspect bearings for discolored or burned balls and/ or races. Check balls and races for spalling or cracking. Roll bearings by hand to check for rough turning, excessive looseness or play between balls and races. Replace bearings as required. 6. Inspect gear for wear or damage on inside splines. Inspect outer gear teeth for chips, cracks, or missing teeth. Replace as required.

6/27/00

MAIN SHAFT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY

GEAR POWER TRAIN

G

N

P

O M91987

7. Remove snap rings (G) from shaft. L

J

M91989

11. If clutch shaft sleeve or bearing need servicing, remove circlip (N) on clutch wear sleeve side and press off bearing (P) and clutch shaft sleeve (O) together.

H

NOTE: NEVER reuse clutch shaft wear sleeves. The rubber seal on inside of sleeve is destroyed when it is pressed off across snap ring grooves.

K I

M91988

8. Slide 32T (H) and first 21T (I) gear off of the shaft. 9. Remove snap rings (J), second 21T gear (K), and bearing (L).

12. Clean all parts in solvent. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. 13. Inspect bearing for discoloration. Roll bearing by hand to check for rough turning or excessive looseness. Replace bearing as required. Assembly:

D M

M

L

M91994 B C

10. Inspect splines, snap ring grooves (L), and bearing areas (M) for wear or damage. Replace as required.

A

M91989

1. Press bearing (A) onto engine side of main shaft until it touches inside circlip (B). 2. Lubricate inside of clutch shaft sleeve (C) and slide it up against bearing. 3. Install outer circlip (D). 6/27/00

5 - 29

MAIN SHAFT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY

GEAR POWER TRAIN

7. Install snap ring in next groove and install 27T gear (L) and spacer (M). G

N

O F

E

M91664 M94665

4. Install bearing (E) on splined end of main shaft. 5. Install 21T gear (F) and snap ring (G).

8. Press on bearing (N) and seal case (O).

K H

P

Q J

I

M91988 M91982

6. Install snap ring (H) in next groove, and install second 21T gear (I), 32T gear (J), and snap ring (K).

9. Install new oil seal (P) and bearing (Q) inside seal case.

L

M91977

M

M94666

10. Install snap ring.

5 - 30

6/27/00

MAIN SHAFT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY

GEAR POWER TRAIN

Assemble Shafts to Center Plate: F B

E A

M91959

1. Install driven shaft (A) into center plate (B). Do not put bearing into center plate at this time.

G

M91947

4. While aligning shifters (E) with forks (F), hold shafts together and slide bearings (G) into center plate. M89481

C

M91958

2. Install main shaft (C) into center plate. Do not put bearing into center plate at this time. D

5. Lift one of the fork shafts and install detent ball between shafts. 6. Install other two detent balls, springs, and pins

H

M91956

M89482A

3. Install reverse idler gear (D)and shaft into center plate. 7. Install cover plate (H).

6/27/00

5 - 31

TRANSMISSION INSTALLATION

GEAR POWER TRAIN

Fork Shaft Disassembly, Assembly: B

M94672 A

A

M94672

B

1. Remove spring pins (A) from forks and shafts. 2. Remove cap screw (B) from switch arm. 3. Slide parts off of shafts. 4. Inspect all parts for wear or damage, replace parts as required.

C

C

M91937

1. Install transmission and center plate into tunnel and tighten cap screws (A) to 85 N•m (63 lb-ft). 2. Install PTO shaft spacer (B) with smaller end toward PTO clutch. 3. Install splined coupler (C).

D

D M94671

5. Inspect slot in fork shaft (C) and main shifter (D) for wear or damage. Replace worn parts as required.

E F

TRANSMISSION INSTALLATION M91930

NOTE: Extreme care must be taken when inserting main shaft through front oil seal to avoid damage to seal. Either have an assistant help guide the main shaft through the oil seal, or install the transmission with the seal removed from the front cover. Install the seal after the transmission is in the tunnel. Always replace seal if transmission has been removed.

5 - 32

4. Install clutch release bearing (D) on main shaft and attach return springs (E). 5. Slide PTO shaft (F) into the main shaft. Install slowly to avoid damage to the rear seal on the PTO end. Ensure PTO shaft is engaged in PTO clutch splines.

6/27/00

CONTENTS

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

CONTENTS Page

SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 SPECIAL OR ESSENTIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 OTHER MATERIALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

THEORY OF OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 RANGE TRANSMISSION POWER FLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

COMPONENT LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 TRANSMISSION MAIN PUMP CASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 TRANSMISSION BACKPLATE AND MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 4600 / 4700 – DRIVE SHAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 4600 / 4700 – FRONT DRIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 HYDROSTATIC CONTROL LINKAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 HYDROSTATIC PEDAL LINKAGE NEUTRAL ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 SERVO MOTOR NEUTRAL ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 HYDROSTATIC HIGH PRESSURE RELIEF TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 CHARGE PUMP PRESSURE TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM BLEED PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

REPAIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 TRACTOR SPLITTING (FRONT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 TRACTOR SPLITTING (REAR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION REMOVAL & INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION DISASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 HYDROSTATIC PUMP DISASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 HYDROSTATIC PUMP INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 HYDROSTATIC PUMP ASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 HYDROSTATIC MOTOR DISASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 HYDROSTATIC MOTOR ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 CONTROL LINKAGE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

6/27/00

6-1

NOTES

6-2

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

6/27/00

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

SPECIFICATIONS

SPECIFICATIONS HYDROSTATIC PUMP Manufacturer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EATON Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Servo Controlled Piston Pump Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77122RAB Displacement (variable) (maximum/rev) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49.2 cm3 (3.0 cu in.) Displacement (engine at 2700 rpm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132.7 L/min (35.06 gpm) Pressure Relief Valve Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41368 kPa (6000 psi) Reverse Pedal Travel Before Tractor Movement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.7 mm (0.5 in.) HYDROSTATIC MOTOR Manufacturer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EATON Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fixed Displacement Axial Piston Motor Displacement (fixed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40.6 cm3/rev (2.48 cu in./rev) Displacement (engine at 2700 rpm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109.7 L/min (28.99 gpm) TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Pump Main Drive Pressure Relief Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 ± 6 N•m (105 ± 5 lb-ft) Pump To Backplate Mounting Cap Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 ± 2 N•m (29 ± 2 lb-ft) Motor To Backplate Mounting Cap Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 ± 2 N•m (105 ± 18 lb-in.) Charge Pressure Relief Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 ± 2 N•m (29 ± 1 lb-ft) Backplate To Tunnel Mounting Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 N•m (75 lb-ft) Transmission To Tunnel Cap Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72-88 N•m (54-66 lb-ft) Tunnel To Flywheel Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126-154 N•m (95-115 lb-ft) Tunnel To Rear Transmission Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126-154 N•m (95-115 lb-ft) Outer Transmission Lever to Bell Crank Cap Screw . . . . . . . . . . 25-30 N•m (18-22 lb-ft) SCV Hydraulic Tube Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-57 N•m (30-43 lb-ft) PTO Pressure Tube Nuts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-57 N•m (30-43 lb-ft) Hydraulic Oil Tube Nuts (filter to cooler) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-57 N•m (30-43 lb-ft) Servo Cylinder Cover Mounting Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 ± 0.5 N•m (64 ± 4 lb-in.) Servo Piston Screw Lock Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 ± 1 N•m (155 ± 5 lb-in.) Servo Valve Mounting Screws. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 ± 0.5 N•m (64 ± 4 lb-in.) Wear Plate Retaining Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.7 ± 0.1 N•m (15 ± 1 lb-in.)

6/27/00

6-3

SPECIAL OR ESSENTIAL TOOLS

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

SPECIAL OR ESSENTIAL TOOLS NOTE: Order tools according to information given in the U.S. SERVICE-GARD™ Catalog or in the European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC).

Part Number

Part Name

JT07335-1,2,3

Splitting Stands and Brackets

JDG1239

Hydrostatic Pump Guide Rods

JT03362

10,000 psi Gauge

JT03364

Hose

JT03240

Fitting

JT03264

Female Quick Couple

JT05480

Male Quick Coupler

JT03252

Adapter

JDG 1291

Neutral Creep Adjustment Tool Set

OTHER MATERIALS Petroleum Grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pump and Motor Reassembly JD Plus 4®, TurfGard®, HyGard® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pump and Motor Reassembly TY16021 Sealant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydrostatic Transmission to Tunnel Seal

6-4

6/27/00

THEORY OF OPERATION

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

THEORY OF OPERATION A

HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM Function: The hydrostatic system provides a means to transfer power from the engine to the final drive for the wheels. It also provides infinitely variable speed control, forward and reverse by foot pedal operation.

B

• Servo Control Transmission output is initiated by movement of the variable displacement pump control lever. As the forward foot control is pressed it moves the servo control lever (A). The lever arm moves a spool (B) inside the servo control, allowing pressurized charge flow past the spool to one side of the servo piston (C).

Feedback Lever

C

D

Forward Position

Pump Camplate

Reverse Position

D

MX0982

B In

In

Principles of Operation: The hydrostatic system is a closed loop fluid power system that consists of a charge pump on the left front side of the engine, and a piston pump/motor assembly, which is driven by a flex plate/dampener assembly connected to the flywheel.

C A

• Charge Pump E

Charge Pressure

The piston has a notch which holds a piston follower (D). The piston follower controls movement of the variable displacement pump cam plate. Movement of the piston causes the camplate in the hydraulic pump to rotate out of the neutral position.

The charge pump is a gear type positive displacement pump mounted to the left front side of the engine. This pump provides pressurized fluid to the SCU. Return oil from the SCU is routed through the filter under the left footrest and then into the hydrostatic pump to operate the servo control, and to provide replacement fluid to the hydrostatic pump.

Maximum displacement of the pump is attained when the control lever is moved to its extreme position. As the camplate attains any position selected by the control lever (foot pedal), it relocates the control valve spool to a metering position. The spool meters the fluid between the spool and servo piston to hold the camplate in its desired position. Adjustment of the center screw (E) moves the servo position to its neutral position. When the reverse pedal is pressed, the control arm (A) is rotated in the opposite direction. The control arm shaft and cam move the piston (B) and allow charge pressure oil into the other end of the servo control piston (D).

6/27/00

6-5

HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

• Hydrostatic Pump The hydrostatic pump (A) is an axial piston, servo controlled, variable displacement piston pump. It is mounted directly to the inside of the tunnel. The input shaft splines (B) are driven by the flex plate bolted onto the engine flywheel. Fluid flow is controlled by changing the angle of the cam plate (C). This angle is controlled by the servo control spool valve and piston. Moving the respective directional pedal will move the spool off center which in turn will provide hydraulic assist to the double acting piston which controls the position of the cam plate. The location, off center, of the cam plate controls the distance the pistons (D) travel inside the piston bore of the rotating assembly. The direction that the cam plate is rotated from center determines the direction of fluid flow (forward or reverse). The number of degrees the cam plate is deflected, determines how much fluid will be displaced (speed).

pump, not the reservoir. Fluid that leaves this closed loop circuit, such as case drain, is replenished by fluid from the charge pump. Fluid may also be dumped from the loop if the tractor encounters a heavy load or stalls out. This happens through the high pressure relief valves (F). • Hydrostatic Motor The hydrostatic motor (G) is a high torque axial piston motor. The motor is located on the rear of the backplate. The hydrostatic motor drives a shaft to a three speed range gear transmission which transfers power to the wheels. See “RANGE TRANSMISSION POWER FLOW” on page7.

The hydrostatic pump provides hydraulic fluid to the hydrostatic motor through the backplate (E). Hydraulic fluid in the power train circulates in a closed loop. Fluid leaves the hydrostatic pump and flows through the hydrostatic motor and is returned to the hydrostatic

F

C A

B

G

D

E

High Pressure

6-6

6/27/00

RANGE TRANSMISSION POWER FLOW

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

RANGE TRANSMISSION POWER FLOW

Power may be provided to the front wheels through the front drive shaft (E) if the collar shift (F) is engaged. (See “4-WD POWER OPERATION” on page 37 of the Final Drive PowerTrain section.)

Function:

The PTO is operated independent of the HST transmission. The PTO drive shaft (G) is run through the hydrostatic transmission, but connected directly to the engine splined output shaft.

To transfer power from the hydrostatic transmission to the rear axles. Theory of Operation: When the HST transmission is engaged, there is rotation of the output shaft which is connected to the drive shaft (A) with a splined collar.

The PTO drive shaft is coupled to the input of the PTO hydraulic clutch. The PTO output shaft (H) provides power from the PTO clutch to the PTO. (See “PTO CLUTCH AND BRAKE THEORY OF OPERATION” on page 68 of the Final Drive Power Train section.)

The drive shaft is connected to the reduction shaft (B) with a splined collar, and directly transfers power to the range gears. The range transmission shift collars (C) can be shifted to one of four positions. The four positions are the three gear ranges and neutral. (See “RANGE TRANSMISSION” on page 36 of the Final Drive Power Train section.) Power is then transferred to the pinion shaft (D) and the rear axles.

H

G

A

B

Hydrostatic Transmission

D

C E

Power Flow

6/27/00

F

6-7

COMPONENT LOCATION

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

COMPONENT LOCATION HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION

5 4

3

2

1

11

7 6 9

8

10

M91748

1. Servo

5. Drive Shaft, PTO Clutch

2. Forward or Reverse Relief Valve

6. Hydrostatic Motor

10. Input Shaft From Engine

3. Forward or Reverse Relief Valve

7. Charge Oil Inlet From Filter

11. Control Lever

4. Drive Shaft to Range Transmission

8. Charge Oil Pressure Relief Valve

6-8

9. Hydrostatic Pump

6/27/00

TRANSMISSION MAIN PUMP CASE

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

TRANSMISSION MAIN PUMP CASE 9

11

10

12

8 1

13

7

2

6

3

14

5 4 15

17

16

18 19 21 22

20

40

30 29 28 27 39 26 31 32 35

34

33

25 24

36

23

37 38

1. Cap Screws (8) 2. Washers (8) 3. Cover 4. Housing, Main Pump 5. O-ring 6. Plug 7. Gasket 8. Orifices (3) 9. Servo Valve 10. Lever 11. Nut

6/27/00

12. Lock Washer 13. Cap Screws (4) 14. Servo Piston Follower 15. Screw, Retaining 16. Gasket 17. Rotating Assembly 18. Cam Plate 19. Wear Plate 20. Cap Screws (2) 21. Cradle

M91653

22. Dowel Bushings (2) 23. Lock Nut 24. Flat Washer 25. Seal Washer 26. Cover, Cylinder 27. Gasket (2) 28. Servo Piston 29. Seal 30. O-ring 31. Ring, Retaining 32. Washer, Thrust

33. Bearing, Thrust 34. Washer, Thrust 35. Ring, Retaining 36. Washer 37. Seal 38. Ring, Retaining 39. Shaft 40. Bearing, Needle

6-9

TRANSMISSION BACKPLATE AND MOTOR

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

TRANSMISSION BACKPLATE AND MOTOR 4 3

2 1 30

29

17 28 21 27

23 26

25

20

19

5

18

6 7

22

24

8 9 10 12

11

13

15

14

16

1. Backplate 2. Plate, Motor Valve 3. Rotating Assembly 4. Cam Washer 5. Ring, Retaining 6. Seal 7. Washer 8. Ring, Retaining

6 - 10

9. Washer, Thrust 10. Bearing, Thrust 11. Washer, Thrust 12. Retaining Ring 13. Shaft 14. Bearing, Needle 15. Cap Screw (8) 16. Housing, Motor

17. Bracket, Lift 18. Washer 19. Washer, Lock 20. Cap Screw 21. O-Ring 22. Valve, Forward/ Reverse Relief (2) 23. Valve, Charge Pressure Relief

24. Spring 25. O-Ring 26. Cap 27. Bearing, Needle 28. Plate, Pump Valve 29. Plug (2) 30. O-Ring (2)

6/27/00

4600 / 4700 – DRIVE SHAFT

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

4600 / 4700 – DRIVE SHAFT 1

2

3 4

5 8

9

6 7

10

11 12

13

14 15 16

M91804

1. Snap Ring, 19

5. Drive Shaft, PTO

9. Coupling

2. Coupling

6. Spacer, 23x30x39

10. Drive Shaft

14. Bearing

3. Bearing

7. Hub, Clutch PTO

11. Coupling

15. Gear, Reduction

4. Snap Ring, 25

8. Snap Ring, 22

12. Snap Ring, 30

16. Bearing

6/27/00

13. Housing, Bearing

6 - 11

4600 / 4700 – FRONT DRIVE

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

4600 / 4700 – FRONT DRIVE

1

6

2 3

7 4 5

8 9 8

10 12 11 13

14 15

16

21

20 19

18 17

M91781

1. Housing, Clutch

7. Shaft, Front Drive

13. Gear, Front Drive

19. Collar

2. Seal

8. Ball, 1/4

14. Collar, Front Drive

20. Packing

3. Snap Ring, 55

9. Spring

15. Washer, 20x32x2

21. Shaft, Range Shift

4. Bearing

10. Spring Pin, 6.0x32

16. Bearing

5. Ring, 35x2.3

11. Arm, Front Shift

17. Bolt, Flange

6. Slider, Mid

12. Shoe, Shifter

18. Plate, Keeper

6 - 12

6/27/00

HYDROSTATIC CONTROL LINKAGE

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

HYDROSTATIC CONTROL LINKAGE 7

6 5

4

8

3

10

2

2

1

20

43

11 17

13 18

4

19 16

35

12 13

20 14

44

36

21

15 21

20

32

28

22

4

30

31 30

22 35 19

36

25

23

26

24

27

29 4 33

4

41 38

9 2

42

27 12

10

35 34 40

37 38 39

1. Snap Ring

13. Bearing, Roller

25. Pin, Cotter

37. Pedal, Forward

2. Dampener

14. Spacer

26. Clevis

38. Bolt, Carriage

3. Bracket

15. Shaft, Forward

27. Nut

39. Plate

4. Nut

16. Lock Nut

28. Pin, Clevis

40. Screw

5. Cap Screw

17. Shaft, Reverse

29. Lever

41. Pedal, Reverse

6. Washer

18. Eccentric

30. Nut, Lock

42. Arm, Reverse Pedal

7. Bolt, Shoulder

19. Bolt, Carriage

31. Link, Ball Joint

43. Spacer

8. Nut

20. Washer

32. Cap Screw

44. Bolt, Carriage

9. Spring

21. Bushing

33. Bellcrank

10. Nut

22. Guide, Pedal

34. Arm, Forward Pedal

11. Cap Screw

23. Bracket

35. Nut, Flange

12. Cap Screw

24. Bracket

36. Cap Screw

6/27/00

6 - 13

HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM SCHEMATIC

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM SCHEMATIC Steering Cylinder

Left (L)

Right (R)

Left

Right

POWER STEERING VALVE P

T Oil Cooler

Steering Wheel Engine 8.2 cm3/rev Gear Pump (Front)

20psi Filter Relief Valve Spin-On Filter With Bypass

250 Mesh Intake Filter

Sump

6 - 14

6/27/00

HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM SCHEMATIC

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM SCHEMATIC

From Spin-On Filter With Bypass

Charge Relief Valve 1723-2068 kPa (250-300 psi)

Hydrostatic Pump Servo

Variable Displacement Piston Pump

Forward Relief Valve 41368 kPa (6000psi)

Reverse Relief Valve 41368 kPa (6000psi)

Test Port

Hydrostatic Motor

Test Port

HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION

6/27/00

6 - 15

HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM SCHEMATIC

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

HYDRAULIC HOSES AND LINES

5

4 6 7 1

3

8

2 9

10

1. Hydraulic Oil Cooler 2. Front Gear Pump 3. Suction Tube Elbow (Oil Supply)

6 - 16

4. Steering (Charge Pressure) Supply Line 5. Steering Control Unit (SCU) 6. Steering Return Line

7. Hydrostatic Unit 8. Hydraulic Oil Filter 9. Cooler Return Line

6/27/00

TROUBLESHOOTING

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

●

●

●

Low charge pressure (see Tests and Adjustments Section)

●

●

●

Main drive pressure relief valve stuck open (see Tests & Adjustments Section)

●

●

●

Air in system (see "Hydraulic System Bleed Procedure" on page 20)

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Hydrostatic motor output pressure too low (see Tests and Adjustments Section.) Internal pump or motor damage or excessive wear

●

●

Parking brake engaged or malfunctioning

●

●

Pump centering mechanism not properly adjusted Gearbox malfunction (see Gear Power Train Section)

●

Servo valve malfunctioning

●

●

●

●

●

●

Pedal Neutral Position Not Properly Adjusted Hydrostatic Control Linkage Worn or Damaged

6/27/00

Tractor Does Not Move When Forward or Reverse Pedal are Pressed

Hydraulic level low in transaxle

Tractor Moves Without Pressing Forward or Reverse Pedals

●

Wheels rotate in one direction only

Low power

Check flex plate coupling between engine and pump

Check or Solution

Noisy pump or motor

Sluggish response to changes in speed

Problem or Symptom

Wheels on machine will not rotate

TROUBLESHOOTING

●

● ●

●

●

●

6 - 17

DIAGNOSTICS

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

DIAGNOSTICS Test Conditions: • Operator in seat • Key switch in RUN position Test/Check Point 1. Control pedals.

Normal Pedals should move freely.

If Not Normal Check linkage from pedals to pump.

Test Conditions: • Start engine and run at slow idle. Test/Check Point 2. Directional pedals are in neutral position.

Normal

If Not Normal

Machine should not creep forward or backward.

Adjust centering of pump control pedals.

3. Move forward or reverse pedal slowly from neutral to maximum travel speed position.

Machine should accelerate smoothly forward or backwards.

Check fluid reservoir for proper fluid level. Check hydraulic tubing, and connections for leaks. Perform system flow and pressure checks to verify proper operation of charge pump and hydrostatic pump.

4. Control pedal in full forward position.

Machine should move forward.

Check pedals and forward/reverse linkage for damage. Check forward drive pressure relief valve.

5. Control pedal in full reverse position.

Machine should move backward.

Check pedals and forward/reverse linkage for damage. Check reverse drive pressure relief valve.

6 - 18

6/27/00

TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS

Results:

HYDROSTATIC PEDAL LINKAGE NEUTRAL ADJUSTMENT

• If rear wheels rotate with linkage disconnected, perform SERVO MOTOR NEUTRAL ADJUSTMENT. • If rear wheels rotate with linkage connected and does not creep with linkage disconnected perform PEDAL NEUTRAL ADJUSTMENT below.

Reason: To ensure that tractor does not move or creep unless forward or reverse pedal is depressed.

Pedal Neutral Adjustment 1. On the right side of the tractor, under the footrest, locate the roller bearing (B) and eccentric (C).

NOTE: There are two adjustments that affect the neutral position of the hydrostatic pump. The pedal linkage neutral adjustment, and the servo motor neutral adjustment.

D

Procedure:

E

To determine which problem is at fault:

C

1. Jack up and support front and rear axles so that tires are off the ground. 2. Make sure 4-WD is disengaged. B F

B

M91811

2. Loosen the locking nut (D) that holds the eccentric (C) to the reverse shaft (E). Less Free Play A

More Free Play

M91810 C

c CAUTION

B

CAUTION: Avoid injury from moving tractor wheels. Wheels may rotate during tests/ adjustments. Stay clear of moving parts. M91846

1. Disconnect yoke (A) from pedal linkage 2. Place range shift lever in A range. 3. Start engine and run at fast idle. 4. Observe rear wheels for movement. 5. Shut engine OFF.

6/27/00

E

3. Using a wrench, rotate the eccentric to move the roller bearing forward to increase, or rearward to decrease the amount of freeplay before the tractor moves when the reverse pedal is depressed. 4. Tighten the locking nut. 5. Start engine and run at high idle. 6. Slowly depress REVERSE pedal. Pedal should travel 12.7 mm (0.5 in.) before wheels begin to move. 7. Repeat steps 5 through 11 until within specification.

6 - 19

SERVO MOTOR NEUTRAL ADJUSTMENT

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

NOTE: Engine will not start if neutral switch does not close when pedals are released. 8. Move the forward and reverse pedals, and listen for operation (click) of the neutral switch (F). The neutral switch should close when the pedals are released. If no click can be heard, adjust the neutral switch so that switch opens with 6-9 mm (0.25-0.375 in.) of pedal travel.

SERVO MOTOR NEUTRAL ADJUSTMENT Equipment: • JDG 1291 Neutral Creep Adjustment Tool Set Procedure: 1. Jack up and support front and rear axles so that tires are off the ground. 2. Make sure 4-WD is disengaged.

MX1023 B

4. Locate rubber plug (B) on tunnel and remove plug.

c CAUTION CAUTION: Avoid injury from moving tractor wheels. Wheels may rotate during tests/ adjustments. Stay clear of moving parts.

A

M91810 D

3. Disconnect yoke (A) from the pedal linkage.

NOTE: If tractor does not have an access hole, obtain "HYDRO ADJUSTMENT KIT", LVA10365 which include instructions.

M89648A

NOTE: The adjustment of the servo motor is performed by loosening jam nut and adjusting screw (D) inside the tunnel with special tools as shown below.

6 - 20

6/27/00

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

HYDROSTATIC HIGH PRESSURE RELIEF TEST

HYDROSTATIC HIGH PRESSURE RELIEF TEST F

Reason: To ensure that internal parts of hydrostatic pump are not worn excessively, and the relief valves are operating properly. Equipment:

E

MX1022

5. Insert JDTM-618-L tool (E) through access hole and loosen jam nut on servo motor adjusting screw. 6. Insert JDTM-66-1 ratchet tool (F) into servo motor adjusting screw. 7. Place range trans lever in C (high gear) position. 8. Start tractor and run at full throttle. 9. Slowly turn the adjusting screw with the ratcheting tool until the rear wheels stop turning.

• JT03362 10,000 psi Gauge • JT03364 Hose • JT03240 Fitting • JT05480 Male Quick Coupler • JT03264 Female Quick Coupler • JT03252 Adapter

JT03362

JT03240

NOTE: Loosen to reduce forward creep. Tighten to reduce rearward creep. JT05480

10. If adjustment screw is turned too far, and wheels start turning in the other direction, stop engine. Remove ratcheting tool and change direction. Insert tool, restart engine and move adjustment screw in other direction until wheels stop turning. 11. Stop engine and remove tools. 12. Install JDTM-618-R tool to jam nut and JDTM-66-1 screw adjusting ratchet set on "off" position. While holding adjusting screw, tighten jam nut. 13. Remove tools, start engine and confirm that settings are still correct. 14. Reconnect linkage arm to pedal lever. 15. Check pedal neutral adjustment and re adjust if necessary. 16. Install rubber plug and assemble tractor.

JT03264

JT0 3364

IMPORTANT: Make sure that the hydraulic fluid is between add and full marks on dipstick. Insufficient hydraulic fluid could cause system to run dry and damage pump and motor. IMPORTANT: Do not allow valves to relieve for more than 10 seconds or hydraulic oil may overheat.

6/27/00

6 - 21

HYDROSTATIC HIGH PRESSURE RELIEF TEST Procedure: 1. Park tractor on a level surface. 2. Turn key switch to OFF position. 3. Make sure 4-WD lever is in unlocked 2WD position.

c

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

8. Install one JT05480 male quick coupler into bottom (Forward) test port (B) and JT03252 and JT03240 into top (Reverse) test port (C). 9. Attach JT03362 gauge and JT03364 hose to each test port adaptor.

DANGER

Tractor could move suddenly causing severe injury or damage to equipment during test procedure. Perform test in open area. Keep all personnel away from front or rear of tractor.

4. Start engine and run until hydraulic oil is warm. 5. Stop engine. M91944

10. Position gauges so they can be read from operator’s seat. 11. Perform test from operators seat. Press and hold right and left brake pedals during test and make sure park brake is engaged. Place range transmission shift lever in 3 (high) position. Start engine and run at full throttle.

A

c CAUTION

M91659

6. Locate test port cover (A) on right front side of tunnel. 7. Remove cover and test port plugs.

C B

If park brake fails to prevent wheels from turning, CEASE TEST IMMEDIATELY. Repair or adjust park brake as necessary before resuming test. (See Brake Section.)

12. Slowly depress forward directional pedal and observe gauge. Gauge should slowly rise to approximately 41368 kPa ± 1378 kPa (6000 psi. ± 200 psi) and relief valve will open with an audible squealing noise. 13. Repeat same procedure with reverse pedal. Specifications: • Pump pressure should reach approximately 41368 kPa ± 1378 kPa (6000 psi. ± 200 psi) in either direction and then relieve.

M91945

6 - 22

6/27/00

CHARGE PUMP PRESSURE TEST

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

Results: • If pressure will not reach 41368 kPa Maximum (6000 psi Maximum) in either direction, check charge pressure. (See “CHARGE PUMP PRESSURE TEST” on page23.) • If charge pressure is good and hydrostatic pump pressure will not get up to relief pressure hydrostatic pump is worn or damaged. • If pressure reaches 41368 kPa (6000 psi) in one direction and not the other, one of the relief valves is defective or the seat is leaking.

CHARGE PUMP PRESSURE TEST

• JT03103 - Adapter Fitting (7/16-20 M 37° X 1-1/1612 F 37°) • JT05531 - 1/2 NPT X 3/4 NPT Hose Procedure: 1. Park tractor on a level surface. 2. Turn key switch to OFF position. 3. Shift transmission to NEUTRAL. 4. Engage parking brake. IMPORTANT: Make sure to relieve system pressure before loosening any system lines or hoses. 5. Cycle all controls to relieve any pressure that may be in the hydraulic system. 6. Remove the hydraulic tube between the oil filter outlet and tunnel inlet.

JT03368

JT03344

A M44227

JT03017 JT05531

NOTE: Tractors built after 1999 have a test port (A) in the hydraulic filter base located under the left footrest. Determine which filter base is on the tractor and refer to proper section of this procedure.

38H1031

JT03103 JT05688

Reason: To ensure that charge pump is operating at specified pressure to supply oil to hydrostatic pump. Tractors manufactured before 1999 Equipment: • JT03344 - 2,000 kPa (300 psi) Gauge • JT03017 - Hose With Coupler • JT03368 - Adapter Fitting (3/4 F NPT X 13/16 F ORFS Sw) (2 Required) • 38H1031 - Run Tee (13/16 F ORFS Sw X 13/16 M ORFS X 13/16 M ORFS) • JT05688 - Adapter Fitting (13/16 F ORFS Sw X 11/16 M 37°)

6/27/00

JT03368

M91946

7. Remove 3/4 NPT F X 1/2 NPT M adapter from JT05531 hose. 8. Assemble test equipment as shown and install between oil filter and tunnel inlet. 9. Start engine and run at high idle. 10. Check pressure reading on gauge. Specifications: Charge Pressure . . . . .1723-2068 kPa (250-300 psi)

6 - 23

CHARGE PUMP PRESSURE TEST

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

Results: • Charge pressure should reach 1723-2068 kPa (250-300 psi). • If pressure reading of 1723-2068 kPa (250-300 psi) cannot be obtained; the mesh inlet filter may be restricted, the suction line may be restricted or leaking air, front hydraulic pump may be defective, or the charge pressure relief valve is damaged or leaking. Tractors manufactured after 1999 Equipment: • JTO5480-M14x1.5 Male Quick Coupler • JTO7041- 2760 kPa (400psi) Gauge • JTO 3472 Female Quick Coupler 7. Install quick couplers and gauge to filter base. 8. Start engine and run at high idle. 9. Check pressure reading on gauge.

Procedure: 1. Park tractor on a level surface. 2. Turn key switch to OFF position. 3. Shift transmission to NEUTRAL. 4. Engage parking brake.

Specifications: Charge Pressure . . . . .1723-2068 kPa (250-300 psi)

IMPORTANT: Make sure to relieve system pressure before loosening any system lines or hoses. 5. Cycle all controls to relieve any pressure that may be in the hydraulic system.

Results: • Charge pressure should reach 1723-2068 kPa (250-300 psi). • If pressure reading of 1723-2068 kPa (250-300 psi) cannot be obtained; the mesh inlet filter may be restricted, the suction line may be restricted or leaking air, front hydraulic pump may be defective, or the charge pressure relief valve is damaged or leaking.

A M44227

6. Locate hydraulic filter under left footrest and remove plug (A) from filter base.

6 - 24

6/27/00

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM BLEED PROCEDURE

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM BLEED PROCEDURE

8. Slowly turn the steering wheel left and right until wheels turn smoothly indicating that any trapped air has been bled back to the reservoir.

Reason: To remove air trapped in the hydraulic system which will prevent proper operation.

IMPORTANT: If rockshaft fails to react to lift control lever movement, shut engine off and check hose clamps on suction tube elbow and manifold to ensure that they are properly tightened.

Procedure: IMPORTANT: If contamination is found in hydraulic system filter or inside reservoir, flush entire hydraulic system.

NOTE: Fill the hydraulic oil filter with new oil before installing.

9. Operate rockshaft several times until it operates smoothly. 10. Stop the engine and check the hydraulic reservoir oil level. Fill as needed. Check all line connections for leaks; tighten if necessary. 11. Lower the tractor to the ground. 12. Drive tractor in forward and reverse several times until transmission operates smoothly.

1. Install a new hydraulic oil filter. 2. Fill the transaxle with specified JDM J20D (preferred) or J20C oil to the proper level on dipstick. 3. Disconnect plug (A) to fuel shutoff solenoid.

A

M91946

4. Turn the key to START and hold for 10 seconds. Turn the key to OFF. 5. Reconnect wires to fuel shutoff solenoid. 6. Raise tractor front end and support on suitable stands. 7. Start the engine and run at low idle. IMPORTANT: If steering fails to respond, or pump pressure is not being delivered to steering control unit (SCU), shut engine off and check to see that steering hoses are connected to the correct SCU ports.

6/27/00

6 - 25

REPAIR

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

REPAIR TRACTOR SPLITTING (FRONT) Prepare the Tractor: 1. Park tractor on a level surface. Engage park brake, shut off engine. 2. Disconnect battery negative terminal. 3. Remove side panels. 4. Remove hood. (See “HOOD REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 11 in Miscellaneous Section.) 5. Remove steering wheel. (See “STEERING WHEEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 9 in Miscellaneous Section.) 6. Remove control panel. (See “CONTROL PANEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 10 in Miscellaneous Section.) 7. Remove LH and RH cowl panels. 8. Remove fuse panel cover. 9. Remove key switch panel. (See “KEY SWITCH PANEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 11 in Miscellaneous Section.) 10. Remove fuel tank. (See “FUEL TANK REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page12 in Miscellaneous Section.) 11. Remove kick plate. (See “KICK PLATE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page8 in Miscellaneous Section.) 12. Remove floor mat. 13. Remove operator’s platform. (See “OPERATOR’S PLATFORM REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 8 in Miscellaneous Section.) 14. Locate and disconnect all electrical connectors attaching wiring harness to switches and lights on rear half of tractor. Unfasten wiring harness from cable clips and move harness away from rear half of tractor.

M91875

16. If not already done, disconnect throttle linkage from throttle lever on fuel injection pump.

B

M91874

17. Remove lock nut. Remove throttle bellcrank (B) and throttle rods as an assembly.

M91883

18. On left side of tractor, remove cap screw and lock nut securing clamp on hydraulic oil cooler lines. Remove clamp. A M91872

15. Remove cotter pin attaching throttle rod (A) to throttle lever. Disconnect throttle rod.

6 - 26

6/27/00

TRACTOR SPLITTING (FRONT)

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

B

C

M91882

M91871

22. On right side of tractor, remove cap screw and tube clamp attaching PTO pressure tube to frame.

NOTE: Capacity of the hydraulic reservoir is 32 liters (8.4 gal) (33.6 qt). B

23. Drain hydraulic oil from reservoir.

C M91873

19. On left side of tractor, loosen two lock nuts (B) attaching steering tube clamp to pedal support frame. 20. Loosen four nuts and carriage bolts attaching Ushaped bracket (C) to pedal support frame. M91881

24. Remove cap screw and clamp attaching suction tube to tunnel section.

C

M91876 D

21. Remove two cap screws attaching U-shaped bracket to transmission tunnel.

M91333

25. Disconnect PTO pressure tube (D) from rear hydraulic pump.

6/27/00

6 - 27

TRACTOR SPLITTING (FRONT)

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

26. Loosen clamp and disconnect suction tube from suction manifold.

M91885 E M91389

30. Disconnect tube from RH port of hydraulic oil filter. Remove tube.

27. Disconnect PTO pressure tube (E) from bottom of PTO valve. Remove tube.

M91391

M91886

31. If equipped, disconnect four work port tubes from SCV.

28. Loosen clamp and disconnect suction tube from suction elbow. Remove suction tube.

M91867 M91884

29. Disconnect tube from top port of hydraulic oil cooler.

6 - 28

32. Remove two cap screws and two spacers that attach tube support bracket to frame. Remove tube support bracket and tubes as an assembly.

6/27/00

TRACTOR SPLITTING (FRONT)

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

Split the Tractor:

M91880

33. If not already removed, lay upper brake rods across bellcrank pivot to prevent them from becoming damaged when separating tractor sections. M91866

M91928

34. Remove two cap screws and RH operator’s platform support.

1. Using eight cap screws supplied with the splitting stands, secure JT07335 splitting stands to the tunnel sections. 2. Adjust splitting stands so that wheels contact the floor, and are parallel to the tractor wheels. 3. Remove nine cap screws and lock washers attaching tunnel section to engine section of tractor. Note length and locations of cap screws when removing. 4. Release park brake and place gear shift in NEUTRAL. IMPORTANT: Check for, and disconnect any additional accessory wires or hydraulic tubes connecting rear half to front half before splitting tractor. 5. If necessary, use a pry bar to separate the two tractor sections. Lift the steering support slightly to clear the front flange of the tunnel. Split the tractor by rolling the two sections apart.

M91936

35. If equipped, remove 4-WD drive shaft and couplers by removing split pin and sliding one coupler onto shaft until clear of stub shaft. Lower end of shaft and remove.

6/27/00

Assemble Tractor Sections:

NOTE: Splines on all drive shafts and couplers must be aligned before tractor sections are bolted together. 1. Align splines on drive shaft and engine flywheel, and, if equipped, 4-WD shaft and coupler. 2. Move tractor sections together and retain with nine cap screws. Tighten cap screws to 126-154 N•m (95-115 lb-ft). 3. Remove eight cap screws retaining splitting stands to tractor sections. Remove splitting stands. 4. If equipped, install 4-WD shaft and couplers.

6 - 29

TRACTOR SPLITTING (FRONT)

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

M91884

8. Connect tube to top port of hydraulic oil cooler. Tighten to 40-57 N•m (30-43 lb-ft).

M91867

5. If equipped, install SCV tube support bracket and tubes as an assembly. Install two cap screws and two spacers to attach tube support bracket to frame.

M91883

M91391

9. On left side of tractor, install clamp on tube from hydraulic oil cooler to oil filter. Retain with cap screw and lock nut.

6. Connect four work port tubes to SCV. Tighten tube nuts to 40-57 N•m (30-43 lb-ft).

M91886

M91885

10. Attach suction tube to elbow and retain with clamp.

NOTE: Operator’s platform removed for clarity. 7. Connect hydraulic oil tube to RH port of hydraulic oil filter. Tighten to 40-57 N•m (30-43 lb-ft).

6 - 30

6/27/00

TRACTOR SPLITTING (FRONT)

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

M91882

M91881

11. Install cap screw and clamp attaching suction tube to tunnel section.

15. On right side of tractor, install tube clamp attaching PTO pressure tube to frame. Retain with cap screw.

B

D

M91333

M91871

C

12. Connect suction tube to suction manifold and retain with hose clamp. 13. Connect PTO pressure tube (D) to rear hydraulic pump. Tighten fitting to 40-57 N•m (30-43 lb-ft).

C

M91876

M91389

16. Install U-shaped bracket (C) to transmission tunnel, retain with two cap screws. Tighten cap screws.

14. Connect PTO pressure tube to bottom of PTO valve. Tighten to 40-57 N•m (30-43 lb-ft).

6/27/00

6 - 31

TRACTOR SPLITTING (FRONT)

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

B

C

M91875 M91873

17. Install four carriage bolts and nuts attaching Ushaped bracket to pedal support frame and tighten. 18. On left side of tractor, tighten two lock nuts (B) loosened at disassembly that attach steering tube clamp to pedal support frame.

M91874

19. Install throttle bellcrank and two throttle rods as an assembly. Retain with lock nut.

A M91872

21. Connect throttle linkage to throttle lever on fuel injection pump. 22. Route electrical harness on rear half of tractor. Connect all electrical connectors attaching wiring harness to switches and lights on rear half of tractor. Fasten wiring harness to cable clips. Replace any plastic tie bands removed during disassembly. 23. Install fuel tank. (See “FUEL TANK REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page12 in Miscellaneous Section.) 24. Install key switch panel. (See “KEY SWITCH PANEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 11 in Miscellaneous Section.) 25. Install fuse panel cover. (See “FUSE PANEL COVER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 10 in Miscellaneous Section.) 26. Install LH and RH cowl panels. 27. Install control panel. (See “CONTROL PANEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page10 in Miscellaneous Section.) 28. Install steering wheel. (See “STEERING WHEEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page9 in Miscellaneous Section.) 29. Install hood. (See “HOOD REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page11 in Miscellaneous Section.) 30. Install side panels. 31. Connect battery negative terminal. 32. Install operator’s platform. (See “OPERATOR’S PLATFORM REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 8 in Miscellaneous Section.) 33. Install floor mat. 34. Install kick plate. (See “KICK PLATE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page8 in Miscellaneous Section.) 35. Bleed air from hydraulic system. (See “HYDRAULIC SYSTEM BLEED PROCEDURE” on page 25.)

20. Connect throttle rod (A) to throttle lever. Retain with cotter pin.

6 - 32

6/27/00

TRACTOR SPLITTING (REAR)

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

TRACTOR SPLITTING (REAR) Prepare the Tractor: 1. Park tractor on a level surface. Engage park brake, shut off engine. 2. Disconnect battery negative terminal. 3. Remove fuse panel cover. (See “FUSE PANEL COVER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 10 in Miscellaneous Section.) 4. Remove floor mat. (See “FLOOR MAT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page8 in Miscellaneous Section.) 5. Remove seat and seat support. (See “SEAT AND SEAT SUPPORT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page5 in Miscellaneous Section.) 6. Remove seat platform. (See “SEAT PLATFORM REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 5 in Miscellaneous Section.) 7. Remove operator’s platform. (See “OPERATOR’S PLATFORM REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 8 in Miscellaneous Section.) 8. Remove kick plate. (See “KICK PLATE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page8 in Miscellaneous Section.) 9. Remove rear fenders. (See “REAR FENDERS REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 6 in Miscellaneous Section.) 10. Locate and disconnect all electrical connectors attaching wiring harness to switches and lights on rear half of tractor. Unfasten wiring harness from cable clips and move harness away from rear section of tractor.

M91881

13. Remove cap screw and clamp attaching suction tube to tunnel section.

A M91333

14. Disconnect PTO pressure tube (A) from rear hydraulic pump. 15. Loosen clamp and disconnect suction tube from suction manifold.

M91882

11. On right side of tractor, remove cap screw and tube clamp attaching PTO pressure tube to frame. B

NOTE: Capacity of the hydraulic reservoir is 32 liters (8.4 gal) (33.6 qt). 12. Drain hydraulic oil from reservoir.

6/27/00

M91389

16. Disconnect PTO pressure tube from bottom of PTO valve. Remove tube.

6 - 33

TRACTOR SPLITTING (REAR)

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

M91936 M91886

17. Loosen clamp and disconnect suction tube from suction elbow. Remove suction tube.

21. If equipped, remove 4-WD drive shaft and couplers by removing split pin and sliding one coupler onto shaft until clear of stub shaft. Lower end of shaft and remove. Split the Tractor:

M91391

18. If equipped, disconnect four work port tubes from SCV.

M91934

1. Remove four cap screws and two rear operator’s platform brackets.

M91867

19. Remove two cap screws and two spacers that attach tube support bracket to frame. Remove tube support bracket and tubes as an assembly. 20. Remove cotter pin and clevis pin and disconnect brake rods from brake arms at differential housing.

6 - 34

6/27/00

TRACTOR SPLITTING (REAR)

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

Assemble Tractor Sections:

(CST Tractor Shown)

M91938

IMPORTANT: Be sure PTO collar is in place on shaft or in end of PTO clutch before assembling tractor sections. Smaller end of collar goes toward PTO clutch.

M91935

2. Using four suitable cap screws, secure JT0 7335 splitting stands to the threaded holes in the tunnel section where the operator’s platform brackets were removed. 3. Adjust splitting stands so that wheels contact the floor, and are parallel to the tractor wheels. 4. Using suitable stands, support the front and rear of the differential housing. 5. Remove four nuts and lock washers and 6 cap screws attaching tunnel section to differential housing. Note length and locations of cap screws when removing.

IMPORTANT: Splines on all drive shafts and couplers must be aligned before tractor sections are bolted together. 1. Clean tunnel section mating surfaces and install a new gasket. 2. Align splines on drive shafts and couplers. 3. Move tractor sections together and retain with four nuts and lock washers, and 6 cap screws. Tighten nuts and cap screws to 126-154 N•m (95-115 lbft). 4. Remove four cap screws retaining splitting stands to tractor sections. Remove splitting stands. 5. If equipped, install 4-WD shaft and couplers.

IMPORTANT: Check for, and disconnect any additional accessory wires or hydraulic tubes connecting rear half to front half before splitting tractor. 6. If necessary, use a pry bar to separate the two tractor sections. Split the tractor by rolling the front section of the tractor away from the differential housing.

M91867

6. If equipped, install SCV tube support bracket and tubes as an assembly. Install two cap screws and two spacers to attach tube support bracket to frame. 6/27/00

6 - 35

TRACTOR SPLITTING (REAR)

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

B M91391 M91333

7. Connect four work port tubes to SCV. Tighten to 40-57 N•m (30-43 lb-ft). 10. Connect suction tube to suction manifold and retain with hose clamp. 11. Connect PTO pressure tube (B) to rear hydraulic pump. Tighten tube nut to 40-57 N•m (30-43 lb-ft).

M91886

8. Attach suction tube to elbow and retain with clamp.

A M91389

12. Connect PTO pressure tube (A) to bottom of PTO valve. Tighten tube nut to 40-57 N•m (30-43 lb-ft).

M91881

9. Install cap screw and clamp attaching suction tube to tunnel section.

M91882

13. On right side of tractor, install tube clamp attaching PTO pressure tube to frame. Retain with cap screw. 14. Connect brake rods to brake arms on differential housing. Retain with clevis pins and cotter pins.

6 - 36

6/27/00

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION REMOVAL & INSTALLATION

15. Route electrical harness on rear half of tractor. Connect all electrical connectors attaching wiring harness to switches and lights on rear half of tractor. Fasten wiring harness to cable clips. Replace any plastic tie bands removed during disassembly. 16. Install operator’s platform. (See “OPERATOR’S PLATFORM REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 8 in Miscellaneous Section.) 17. Install kick plate. (See “KICK PLATE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page8 in Miscellaneous Section.) 18. Install seat platform. (See “SEAT PLATFORM REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 5 in Miscellaneous Section.) 19. Install seat and seat support. (See “SEAT AND SEAT SUPPORT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page5 in Miscellaneous Section.) 20. Install rear fenders. (See “REAR FENDERS REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 6 in Miscellaneous Section.) 21. Install floor mat. (See “FLOOR MAT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page8 in Miscellaneous Section.) 22. Install fuse panel cover. (See “FUSE PANEL COVER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 10 in Miscellaneous Section.) 23. Connect battery negative terminal. 24. Bleed air from hydraulic system. (See “HYDRAULIC SYSTEM BLEED PROCEDURE” on page 25.)

A

M91813

View From Front of Tunnel

3. Remove nut (A) from ball joint and disconnect from the control arm.

HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION REMOVAL & INSTALLATION Special or Essential Tools: • JDG1239 Guide Rods M91854

Removal: 1. Park tractor on level surface. Stop engine and release hydraulic pressure by operating all controls.

4. Disconnect hydraulic tube from filter to transmission inlet.

c CAUTION CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping hydraulic oil under pressure, relieve the pressure in the system by stopping the engine and operating all hydraulic control valves.

2. Separate tractor engine and tunnel sections. (See “TRACTOR SPLITTING (FRONT)” on page26.) 6/27/00

6 - 37

HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION REMOVAL & INSTALLATION HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

JDG1239

M91850 M91853

5. Remove adaptor fitting from inlet of transmission.

7. Remove the two remaining cap screws from inside the tunnel housing.

M91852

M91851

6. Remove three of the cap screws that fasten the transmission unit to the tunnel and replace with JDG1239 Guide Rods.

8. Remove two cap screws from the back side of the tunnel flange.

NOTE: Oil may drain from the pump and motor unit after it is removed. Have a suitable container available to catch excess oil.

c CAUTION Hydrostatic unit weighs approximately 50 kg (100 lbs). Use a suitable lifting device, or obtain assistance when removing unit from tunnel.

6 - 38

6/27/00

HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION DISASSEMBLY

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

IMPORTANT: Hydrostatic control linkage may interfere with removal of transmission. Move linkage clear of transmission when sliding transmission out of tunnel to prevent damage. 9. Slide the transmission forward and out of the tunnel on the JDG1239 Guide Rods. 10. When the pump is clear of the tunnel, lift and remove from machine. Installation: Installation is the reverse of removal. • Clean flanges of transmission and tunnel before applying sealant. • Apply TY16021 sealant to flanges of transmission where it contacts the tunnel. • Tighten cap screws attaching transmission to tunnel to 72-88 N•m (54-66 lb-ft).

M89641

Backplate Disassembly:

HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION DISASSEMBLY

C

B D

A

Pump Motor

M89640

1. Remove the mounting screws (A) securing the hydrostatic motor to the backplate and remove the motor assembly. 2. Remove the four socket head mounting screws (B) that go through the backplate into the pump. 3. Slide the pump assembly from the backplate.

M91388

NOTE: Pump and motor valve plates are very similar in appearance, but are not interchangeable. Mark for reassembly with something that will not damage surfaces, such as a permanent ink felt tip marking pen. 4. Mark the valve plates with a permanent marking pen and remove the valve plates (C) from the backplate. The valve plates are not fastened to the backplate, but may adhere slightly due to oil between machined surfaces. 5. In most cases it should not be necessary to remove the spring pin (D) that is used to keep the valve plates properly located. If the pin is tight in the hole and is not damaged, there is no need to replace it. However, if the spring pin is damaged, it can be

6/27/00

6 - 39

HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION DISASSEMBLY

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

removed. In doing so be extremely careful not to scratch the machined surface of the backplate. F

E

M89657 F

8. Remove the charge pump relief valve (F) and check for damage or debris in spring or seating areas. Clean or replace parts as required.

M89643

F

6. Mark the forward and reverse relief valves (E) as to which cavity they came from for reassembly purposes. Remove the relief valves from the backplate. Check for damaged springs or seats.

G M89643A

M89652

9. Remove plugs (G) and clean out oil passages. 10. Inspect the pump side needle bearing. Needles should be free spinning and should not fall out of bearing cage. If the bearing needs to be replaced, it can be pressed out from the motor side of the housing outward. 11. Inspect the motor side needle bearing. If the needles remain in the cage and spin freely, there is no need to replace them. If bearing needs to be replaced, use appropriate blind hole puller to remove bearing.

NOTE: The relief valves are dual purpose. The valves contain two springs. The strong spring is a 6000 psi relief valve. There is also a weak spring inside the head that operates a check valve function when the other circuit is being used. There are no serviceable parts in the valve and they cannot be adjusted. If any malfunction is suspected, replace the relief valve. 7. Examine the main drive pressure relief valves and seats. The seating area for the check valve and the seats in the backplate should be free of burrs and defects.

6 - 40

6/27/00

HYDROSTATIC PUMP DISASSEMBLY

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

HYDROSTATIC PUMP DISASSEMBLY

M76099

M89644

1. Remove the rotating assembly from the housing. 2. If the pistons did not come out with the piston block, remove the pistons along with the spider and pivot.

3. Place one of the flat washers over the 3/8 x 5 inch cap screw. Install cap screw through spline end of piston block so that the washer rests on the three pins.

B

A

M58106

NOTE: Disassembling the piston block assembly is not necessary unless the spring or pins (A) are damaged.

c CAUTION The spring inside the piston block is compressed and should not be removed without compressing the spring first. Use the following procedure to remove the spring safely.

M76100

4. Place the socket and then the washer over the end of the cap screw. 5. Screw the nut on and slightly compress the spring inside the piston block. 6. Use retaining ring pliers to remove the internal retaining ring (B). 7. Carefully back off tension on nut until spring is slack. 8. Remove the nut, washer, and cap screw.

The following parts will be needed to disassemble the piston block: 2 ea. . . . . . . . . . . . 3/8 ID x 1-1/4 in. OD Flat Washers 1 ea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/8 x 5 in. N.C. Cap Screw 1 ea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3/8 in. N.C. Nut 1 ea. . . . . . . . . 1/2 in. Drive Socket With 1-1/8 in. OD

6/27/00

6 - 41

HYDROSTATIC PUMP DISASSEMBLY

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

M56625

9. Remove washers, spring, pins, and pin retainer. 10. Inspect parts for wear or damage. Replace as required.

M57918

3. Remove the seal and washer. 4. Remove the retaining ring from the shaft and remove the thrust washers and thrust bearing. Servo Control Disassembly:

Shaft Removal and Disassembly:

D

E

C

M89647 M89646

1. Remove the seal retaining ring (C). 2. Press the shaft out of the housing towards the seal until the seal releases from the bore. Be sure that the shaft is supported below so that it does not drop and become damaged when it releases from the housing.

1. Remove the servo valve (D) and gasket by removing the six socket head cap screws that fasten the valve to the housing.

NOTE: Mark cylinder caps before removal for proper orientation during reassembly. 2. Remove the plain servo cylinder cap (E).

6 - 42

6/27/00

HYDROSTATIC PUMP DISASSEMBLY

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

F

G M89648

3. Remove the four cap screws securing the cylinder cap with the piston adjusting screw (F) in it. 4. Carefully push piston (G) and cap out from the opposite end.

NOTE: Do not pry on cover. Cover is aluminum and is easily damaged. 5. If piston removal from cover is necessary; while holding the piston screw with an allen wrench, remove the nut, flat washer, and rubberized seal washer from the piston screw. 6. Turn the cover off of the piston screw until it threads completely out of the cover.

M89653

8. Examine the shoe surface of the cam plate, be sure that there are no scratches, grooves, or excessive wear on the shoe surface. Check that the lubrication holes in the cam plate are open. 9. Inspect the cradle (wear plate) surface on the back side of the cam plate for excessive wear. Cradle Removal:

NOTE: Do not disassemble the piston any further. The piston spring tension is preset at the time of manufacture. The service piston assembly is only available as an assembled unit. I J

M89649

NOTE: The cradle can normally be left in place, but will need to be removed if bearing replacement is required. If cradle is removed cradle retaining cap screws (I) must be replaced.

H

M89645

7. Remove the cam plate and follower (H) from the housing. When removing the cam plate, be careful not to damage the shoe surface.

6/27/00

1. The cradle for the cam plate can be removed by taking out the two retaining screws and moving the cradle back and forth to release the dowel bushings that hold the cradle in place. 2. Inspect the wear plate. If any irregularities are present it can be replaced by removing the retaining screw (J) and replacing wear plate.

6 - 43

HYDROSTATIC PUMP INSPECTION

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

HYDROSTATIC PUMP INSPECTION 1. Inspect the needle bearings in the backplate and the pump housing. If the needles remain in the cage and spin freely, there is no need to replace them. If replacement is necessary, bearings may be driven out with a bearing driver. 2. If the bearings in the backplate or housing need to be replaced, they can be pressed out with the appropriate size bearing driver. IMPORTANT: When removing bearing from backplate, be extremely careful to not damage machined surfaces.

M91665a

4. Inspect the piston block surface that makes contact with the valve plate. This surface should be smooth and free of deep scratches. 5. Check the piston movement in the block bore. If the pistons are sticky in the bore, examine the bore for scoring or contamination.

M91669

3. Inspect the bronze side of the valve plate for wear. Replace the valve plate if any wear, scoring, or scratches exist.

M89651

6. Examine the outside of the pistons for finish condition. They should not show wear or deep scratches. 7. Inspect the shoes for a snug fit on the ball end of the pistons. Check the face of the shoes for a flat smooth surface. 8. Examine the spider for wear in the pivot area. 9. Examine the pivot to ensure smoothness and no signs of wear.

6 - 44

6/27/00

HYDROSTATIC PUMP ASSEMBLY

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

IMPORTANT: Piston face roll can be caused by towing unit, dry start-up, or loss of charge pressure. 10. Examine the machined surfaces of the backplate.

HYDROSTATIC PUMP ASSEMBLY 1. Clean all parts in a suitable solvent and dry with lint free rag. IMPORTANT: Due to extremely tight tolerances and finish of pump internal surfaces it is very important to maintain absolute cleanliness during the assembly of the pump. Coat all internal surfaces with clean 10W30 motor oil when assembling the pump.

A

Housing, Servo Control and Shaft Reassembly:

M76112

B

11. Inspect the shaft for fretting in the bearing and spline area. 12. Inspect thrust bearing (A) and washers (B) for wear. 13. Inspect the servo piston for scratches and wear. 14. Replace worn or damaged parts as required. 1.8mm (0.062 in.) M89655

1. If the needle bearing was removed from the housing, the new one can be pressed from the outside inward until the bearing race is recessed in the bore approximately 1.8 mm (0.062 in.). Be sure that the numbers on the bearing race are facing to the outside of the housing.

C

M89654

15. Examine the servo piston bore in the pump housing. Replace the seals (C). M89721

NOTE: The piston is larger than the opening in the gasket, so the gasket must be placed between the piston and the cover before installation of the piston and cover assembly. 2. Install the new cylinder cover gasket over the piston screw and thread piston screw through the cylinder cover.

6/27/00

6 - 45

HYDROSTATIC PUMP ASSEMBLY

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

12.7 mm (0.50 in.)

M89722

3. Lubricate parts and install the piston into the cylinder. Slide the piston and cap assembly in from the right side as viewed from the front of the pump. 4. Tighten the mounting screws on the cover to 7 ± 0.5 N•m (64 ± 4 lb-in.). 5. Insert a hex wrench into the end of the piston screw and thread it through the cover until the flat end of the piston is located 12.7 mm (0.50 in.) from the edge of the cylinder. 6. Hold the piston screw and install the rubber washer, flat washer, and outside lock nut onto the piston screw. Tighten the lock nut to 17.5 ± 1 N•m (155 ± 5 lb-in.). Recheck measurement before tightening jam nut. 7. Install the remaining cylinder cover and gasket. Tighten the mounting screws to 7 ± 0.5 N•m (64 ± 4 lb-in.). 8. Install the servo valve and gasket onto the housing. Be sure the servo valve feed back rod is positioned into the narrow groove on the servo piston. Tighten the mounting screws to 7 ± 0.5 N•m (64 ± 4 lb-in.). 9. Place the cradle into the housing, being sure that the dowel bushings are located in the holes in the housing. Draw the cradle tight by evenly tightening the two mounting screws to 36±2 N•m (26±2 lb-ft). 10. Install the wear plate onto the cradle and tighten the retaining screw to 1.7 ±0.1 N•m (15±1 lb-in.). 11. Place a small amount of petroleum jelly behind cam plate follower to keep it from falling off of cam plate, and install follower on to cam plate.

Large Groove For Cam Plate Follower

M89720

12. Place the cam plate into the housing. Make certain the cam plate follower is correctly positioned in the servo piston groove. A

M89729

13. Install the inside retaining ring (A), thrust washer, and thrust bearing on the shaft. Install the outside thrust washer and retaining ring. 14. Install the washer and a new seal onto the shaft. 15. Install the shaft into the housing. Tap the shaft seal in with an appropriate size socket or clean piece of pipe just far enough that seal is clear of retaining ring groove. Secure it with the retaining ring. Rotating Assembly Installation: 1. If the piston block assembly was disassembled complete the following. If not, skip to step 11.

B

C M56625

6 - 46

6/27/00

HYDROSTATIC PUMP ASSEMBLY

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

2. Install the three pins (B) in oversize grooves in spline end of piston block with the heads facing inside of the block. 3. Install the pin retainer (C). 4. Install the washers and spring. 5. Using same tools used to compress spring during disassembly of block install washer, spring, second washer, cap screw and nut in the piston block. 6. Compress spring. 7. Install retaining ring. 8. Remove spring compression tools from the piston block. M91671

M89644

11. Tilt the pump housing so that the open end is facing slightly downward, but not so much that the cam plate falls out of position. 12. Slide the rotating unit up the shaft until it meshes with the splines on the shaft.

D

Backplate Assembly: A

9. Place an appropriate size socket in the hole in the piston block to keep the pivot in place while installing the pistons. Slide the pivot down so that the flat side rests on the top of the three pins. 10. With the pistons in place in the spider (D), lower the pistons into the piston block.

NOTE: It is not necessary to put the pistons in the original position. Any piston can be installed in any hole.

6/27/00

2.29mm (0.09 in.)

B

4.4 mm (0.17 in.)

M91662

1. If the bearings (A) were removed from the backplate, press new ones into position with the proper size bearing driver. The numbers on the bearing should be facing the outside of the backplate. Press the bearing in until 2.29 mm (0.090 in.) of the race remains above the surface of the backplate. 2. Install the spring pin(s) (B) (if removed) that is used to position the valve plate. Allow the pin to protrude from the backplate approximately 4.4 mm (0.17 in.). 3. Apply a small amount of petroleum jelly to the steel side of valve plate to hold it in place for installation.

6 - 47

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR DISASSEMBLY

M89730

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

6. Install the pump assembly onto the backplate assembly. Make sure valve plate and gasket stay in position. 7. Tighten the socket head cap screws to 40 ± 2 N•m (29 ± 2 lb-ft.).

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR DISASSEMBLY Motor Valve Plate

Pump Valve Plate

NOTE: The motor and pump valve plates look similar but they cannot be interchanged. Make sure they are properly oriented on the backplate.

IMPORTANT: The motor body is aluminum and can be easily damaged by steel tools. Be careful to not damage machined surfaces. Do not use screwdriver or other sharp objects to pry motor body from backplate.

C

A

M89640 M91388

1. Remove socket head cap screws (A) and tap the motor housing with a plastic mallet to loosen it from the valve plate. Keep the assembly level or tip output end down to keep the rotating assembly from sliding off of shaft. Pull the motor housing, shaft, and rotating assembly away from backplate.

4. Install pump valve plate (C) on backplate. 5. Place a new gasket on the pump.

B M89641 M76234

6 - 48

M91678

6/27/00

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR DISASSEMBLY

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

2. Remove the valve plate (B). The valve plate is not fastened to the backplate, but may adhere slightly to the backplate due to oil between the machined surfaces. Rotating Unit Removal and Disassembly:

M76105

3. Inspect the bronze side of the valve plate for wear. Replace the valve plate if any wear, scoring, or scratches exist. 4. Inspect the piston block surface that makes contact with the valve plate. This surface should be smooth and free of deep scratches. 5. Check the piston movement in the piston block bore. If the pistons are sticky in the bores examine the bores for scoring or contamination. M76117

1. Invert the motor and remove the rotating assembly from the housing. 2. If the pistons did not come out with piston block, remove the pistons along with the spider and pivot. 3. Remove cam washer from back of motor housing. Hydrostatic Motor Inspection: 1. Inspect the needle bearings in the backplate and the motor housing. If the needles remain in the cage and spin freely, there is no need to replace them. 2. If the needle bearing in the motor housing needs to be replaced, it can be pressed out with the appropriate size bearing driver. If the bearing in the back plate must be replaced it must be pulled out with a slide hammer or blind hole puller. IMPORTANT: When removing bearing from back plate, be extremely careful to not damage machined surfaces.

6/27/00

M56554

6. Remove the pistons and spider assembly. 7. Examine the outside of the pistons for finish condition. They should not show wear or deep scratches. 8. Inspect the piston shoes for a snug fit on the ball end of the pistons. Check the face of the shoes for a flat smooth surface. 9. Examine the spider for wear in the pivot area. 10. Examine the pivot to ensure smoothness and no signs of wear.

6 - 49

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR DISASSEMBLY

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

IMPORTANT: Piston face roll can be caused by towing unit, dry start-up, or loss of charge pressure.

NOTE: Disassembling the piston block assembly is not necessary unless the spring or pins are damaged. C

c CAUTION The spring inside the piston block is compressed and should not be removed without compressing the spring first. Use the following procedure to remove the spring safely.

The following parts will be needed to disassemble the piston block: 2 ea. . . . . . . . . . . . 3/8 ID x 1-1/4 in. OD Flat Washers 1 ea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/8 x 5 in. N.C. Cap Screw 1 ea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3/8 in. N.C. Nut 1 ea. . . . . . . . . 1/2 in. Drive Socket With 1-1/8 in. OD

M76100

12. Place the socket and then the washer over the end of the cap screw. 13. Screw the nut on and slightly compress the spring inside the piston block. 14. Use retaining ring pliers to remove the internal retaining ring (C). 15. Carefully back off tension on nut until spring is slack. 16. Remove the nut, washer, and cap screw.

E M76099

D M56625

11. Place one of the flat washers over the 3/8 x 5 in. cap screw. Install cap screw through spline end of piston block so that the washer rests on the three pins.

6 - 50

17. Remove washers, spring, pins (D), and pin retainer (E). 18. Inspect parts for wear or damage. Replace as required.

6/27/00

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR ASSEMBLY

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

Shaft Removal and Disassembly:

H

G

K J

M76112

I

F

M91677

1. Remove the large retaining ring (F) from the housing at the output end of the shaft.

3. Remove the seal (G) and washer (H). 4. Remove the retaining rings (I) from the shaft, and remove the thrust washers (J) and thrust bearing (K). 5. If the pins and the spring inside the piston block were disassembled, inspect the pins for straightness. 6. Inspect the shaft for fretting in the bearing and spline area. 7. Inspect the thrust bearing and washers for wear. 8. Inspect the cam washer shoe surface. It should be free of scratches and wear marks.

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR ASSEMBLY IMPORTANT: Due to extremely tight tolerances, and finish of internal surfaces, it is very important to maintain absolute cleanliness during the assembly of the motor. Coat all internal surfaces with clean 10W30 motor oil when assembling the pump. M91676

Main Shaft Bearing Installation:

NOTE: All needle bearings (A) are pressed in with numbers facing out.

M91676

2. Gently tap the shaft with a plastic hammer as shown until the rubber seal releases from the housing.

6/27/00

A M91664

6 - 51

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR ASSEMBLY

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

1. If the needle bearings were removed from the backplate or the motor housing, new ones can be pressed in, numbers up, using the correct size bearing driver. The backplate bearing should be pressed in until 2.4 mm (0.094 in.) is left above the bore. A

B

4.4 mm (0.17 in.)

2.4 mm (0.094 in.)

M91675

M91662

2. If spring pin (B) that is used to position the valve plate was removed or damaged, install a new one. Allow the pin to protrude from the backplate approximately 4.4 mm (0.17 in.).

4. Apply some petroleum jelly to the "THIS SIDE DOWN" side of the cam washer before installing into motor housing so it will stay in place while installing rotating assembly.

Camplate and Shaft Installation: H I J

E F G M57918

5. Install the inside snap ring (E), thrust washer, and thrust bearing (F) on shaft. Install the outside thrust washer and snap ring (G). 6. Install the shaft into the housing. Install the washer (H) and the new shaft seal (I). Secure them with the retaining ring (J).

D

M91682

3. The housing bearing (D) should be pressed on the numbered side, from the outside of the housing inward, until the numbered end is recessed 1.78 mm (0.70 in.) into the housing bore.

6 - 52

Rotating Unit Assembly and Installation: 1. If the piston block assembly was disassembled complete the following. If not, skip to step 10.

6/27/00

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR ASSEMBLY

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

L K M56625

2. Install the three pins (K) in oversize grooves in spline end of piston block with the heads facing inside of the block. 3. Install the pin retainer (L). 4. Install the washers and spring. 5. Using same tools used to compress spring during disassembly of block install washer, spring, second washer, cap screw and nut in the piston block. 6. Compress spring. 7. Install retaining ring. 8. Remove spring compression tools from the piston block. M91805

M91679

11. Tilt the motor housing so that the open end is facing slightly downward. 12. Slide the rotating unit up the shaft until it meshes with the splines on the shaft. 13. Install the roll pin (if removed) that is used to position the valve plate. Allow the pin to protrude from the backplate approximately 4.4 mm (0.17 in.). 14. Apply a small amount of petroleum grease to the steel side of valve plate to hold it in place for installation. Place the valve plate in position on the backplate with steel side against backplate.

M

9. Place an appropriate size socket in the hole in the piston block to keep the pivot (M) in place while installing the pistons. Slide the pivot down so that the flat side rests on the top of the three pins. 10. With the pistons in place in the spider, lower the pistons into the piston block.

NOTE: It is not necessary to put the pistons in the original position. Any piston can be installed in any hole.

6/27/00

M89640

IMPORTANT: Install motor housing with cam plate slope marking as shown. If installed incorrectly the directional pedal functions will be opposite the way they should be.

6 - 53

CONTROL LINKAGE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

15. Install the motor assembly onto the backplate assembly with the cam plate marking as shown. Make sure that the valve plate and cam washer stay in position. IMPORTANT: Tighten the cap screws evenly in such a manner that the mating surfaces remain parallel. Final torque to 12 ± 2 N•m (105 ± 18 lbin.).

CONTROL LINKAGE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

B M91860

2. Remove two screws (B) and disconnect wiring harness from neutral switch.

Removal:

A

M91310

NOTE: Floor mat removed for clarity.

c

CAUTION

M91861

3. Remove two nuts and two carriage bolts securing forward pedal to pedal arm. Remove forward pedal. 4. Remove two nuts and two carriage bolts securing reverse pedal to pedal arm. Remove reverse pedal.

Spring under tension. Wear eye protection and gloves when disconnecting spring to reduce the risk of personal injury. C

1. Disconnect neutral return spring (A) from operator platform. Disconnect from cam follower and remove spring. M91865

5. Remove cap screw and lock nut securing hydro control rod to hydro control lever (C).

6 - 54

6/27/00

CONTROL LINKAGE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

9. Support operator platform bracket and pedal assembly, and remove two cap screws that secure bracket to tunnel. 10. Lower pedal assembly and bracket as a unit, and remove from carriage bolt on operator’s platform. 11. Inspect components for wear or damage. Replace as necessary.

D

NOTE: The following procedures describe the removal of control linkage located inside the tunnel. E

M91862

6. Remove snap ring (D) securing dampener to operator platform bracket. 7. Remove flange nut (E) securing dampener to reverse shaft. Remove dampener.

12. Split the tractor between the differential housing and tunnel section. (See “TRACTOR SPLITTING (FRONT)” on pag e26.)

I

F G

H

M91813

Viewed Into Transmission Tunnel From Front

M91863

8. Remove lock nut, washer, and lower half of rubber isolator (F) securing operator’s platform to bracket.

13. Using a wrench, hold ball joint stud (G) and remove lock nut (H) attaching ball joint link to hydrostatic transmission control lever. I

M91812

M91864

6/27/00

14. Remove one cap screw from cover and move cover aside to access lock nut (I).

6 - 55

CONTROL LINKAGE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

HYDROSTATIC POWER TRAIN

15. Using a wrench, hold cap screw and remove lock nut (I) attaching link to inner bellcrank. Remove ball joint link.

N

L M J K M91812

16. Using a wrench, hold cap screw (J) on control rod ball joint end, and remove lock nut (K). Disconnect control rod from outer lever. 17. Remove flange nut (L) and outer lever (M).

NOTE: If removal of inner bellcrank (N) from tunnel is necessary, hydrostatic transmission must be removed. 18. Remove hydrostatic transmission. (See “HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION REMOVAL & INSTALLATION” on page 37.) 19. Remove inner bellcrank. Installation: Installation is the reverse of removal. • Inspect all components for wear, damage, and smooth operation. Replace components as necessary. • Install new nylon lock nuts where removed. Old lock nuts may become loose over time. • Tighten flange nut attaching outer lever to inner bellcrank to 25-30 N•m (18-22 lb-ft).

6 - 56

6/27/00

CONTENTS

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

CONTENTS Page

SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 REPAIR SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 SPECIAL OR ESSENTIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 OTHER MATERIALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

COMPONENT LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 CLUTCH HOUSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 POWRREVERSER CLUTCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 MAIN SHAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 DRIVEN & REDUCTION SHAFT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 DRIVEN & REDUCTION SHAFT (CREEPER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 MAIN GEAR SHIFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 PRT CLUTCH PEDAL AND LINKAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 PRT VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 PRT SHIFT LEVER AND LINKAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

THEORY OF OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 PRT CONTROL VALVE OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 PRT CLUTCH OPERATION – FORWARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 PRT CLUTCH OPERATION – REVERSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 4 SPEED TRANSMISSION OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 CREEPER OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 PRT CLUTCH ADJUSTMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 SHIFT LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 PRT HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TESTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

REPAIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 TRACTOR SPLITTING (FRONT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 TRACTOR SPLITTING (REAR). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 REVERSE CASE SEAL REPLACEMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 POWRREVERSER TRACTION CLUTCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 POWRREVERSER CLUTCH VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 4-SPEED TRANSMISION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 CREEPER OPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

6/27/00

7-1

NOTES

7-2

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

6/27/00

SPECIFICATIONS

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Reservoir Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 liters (9.8 gal) (39.1 qt) PRT Clutch Arm Rotation (No hydrostatic pressure). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0 - 2.3°

REPAIR SPECIFICATIONS PowrReverser Hydraulic Clutch PowrReverser Clutch Plates (Minimum Thickness): End Plate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.85 mm (0.191 in.) Separator Plate(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.85 mm (0.112 in.) Friction Plate(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7 mm (0.106 in.) Clutch Spring (minimum length) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45.5 mm (1.79 in.)

TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS SCV Port Tube Hydraulic Line Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-57 N•m (30-43 lb-ft) PTO Pressure Tube To PTO Valve Hydraulic Line Nut . . . . . . . . 40-57 N•m (30-43 lb-ft) PTO Pressure Tube To Hydraulic Pump Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-57 N•m (30-43 lb-ft) Gear Case To Gear Case Cap Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126-154 N•m (95-115 lb-ft) Center Plate To Housing Cap Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 N•m (63 lb-ft) Front Cover To Clutch Housing (Tunnel) Cap Screws . . . . . . . . . 23-29 N•m (17-22 lb-ft) Reverse Case To Front Cover Cap Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-23 N•m (14-17 lb-ft) PowrReverser Valve Block Mounting Valve Block Cap Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.4 N•m (18 lb-ft) Detent Assembly Cap Screws. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 N•m (14 lb-ft) Cover Plate Cap Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 N•m (21 lb-ft) Valve Block To Valve Block Cap Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.4 N•m (18 lb-ft)

SPECIAL OR ESSENTIAL TOOLS Part Number

Part Name

JDT 24B

Spring Washer Compressor

JTO 7335-1,2,3

Splitting Stands and Brackets

JTO 3349

Adapter

JTO 3017

Hose

JTO 3344

Gauge

NOTE: Order tools according to information given in the U.S. SERVICE-GARD™ Catalog or in the European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC).

6/27/00

7-3

OTHER MATERIALS

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

OTHER MATERIALS

7-4

Number U.S./Canadian

Name

TY6305

John Deere Clean and Cure Primer

TY15130 / TY15934

John Deere Sealant

TY6333

Moly High Temperature EP Grease

TY22034

John Deere SuperLube ®

TY9370 / TY9477 (#242 LOCTITE®)

Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Strength)

Use

6/27/00

COMPONENT LOCATION

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

COMPONENT LOCATION CLUTCH HOUSING 2

1

3 4

5

8 9

11 12

6

13

6 7

14

10

15 16 17 18

19

27 28 29 25

20 24 23

26 1. Seal

9. Gasket, Case

21

22

17. Nut

25. Nut

M91840

2. Sleeve, 30x35x13

10. Packing

18. Lock Washer

26. Bolt

3. Snap Ring, 30

11. Cap Screw /Washer

19. Stud, 16x45

27. Cap, Sealing

4. Cap Screw /Washer

12. Cover, Front

20. Bushing, 13x17x14

28. Cover, Housing

5. Plug, PT 1/8

13. Pin, 8x18

21. Plate, Center

29. Cap Screw /Washer

6. Screw /Washer

14. Gasket, Front Cover

22. Bolt

7. Washer, Seal

15. Housing, Clutch

23. Stud, 12x45

8. Case, Reverse

16. Bolt

24. Lock Washer

6/27/00

7-5

POWRREVERSER CLUTCH

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

POWRREVERSER CLUTCH 4

5

1

6

2

7

6

3 8

12 9 13 10

14 15 16

11

17 18

20

17

19

18 17

18

18 17

19

18

20

17 18 17 21

16 15 14

22

13 23 24

7 24 25 26 27

28

32 6

33

5 4

29 34

30 31

28

M91830

1. Gear, Clutch (36T)

10. Key, 5x5x80

19. Plate, End 5.0

28. Ball Bearing

2. Ball Bearing

11. Splined Coupling

20. Snap Ring, 130

29. Gear, Driven (34T)

3. Ball Bearing

12. Clutch Cylinder

21. Disk, Damper

30. Shaft, Transfer P/R

4. Ring, 90

13. Ring, 95

22. Cover, Front

31. Gear, Driven (37T)

5. Snap Ring, 45

14. Piston, Clutch

23. Ball Bearing

32. Ball Bearing

6. Snap Ring, 30

15. Spring, Return

24. Washer, 30x36x2

33. Ball Bearing

7. Ball Bearing

16. Hook, Spring

25. Snap Ring, 55

34. Gear, Idler (17T)

8. Ring, Seal, 26x30x3

17. Plate, Friction 3.0

26. Ball Bearing

9. Shaft w/Ball (1/4)

18. Plate, Separator, 130

27. Gear, Clutch (33T)

7-6

6/27/00

MAIN SHAFT

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

MAIN SHAFT 2 3 1 4

5 6 7 8

9 11

8 8 12

8

13

10

14

16 15

17 M91841

18

1. Shaft, Input

6. Spacer, 35x45x2

11. Gear (37T)

16. Bearing

2. Splined Coupling

7. Gear, Main (27T)

12. Gear, Main (31T)

17. Spacer, 23x30x72

3. Snap Ring, 19

8. Snap Ring, 34

13. Spacer, 30x40x2

18. Hub, PTO Splined

4. Drive Shaft, PTO

9. Shaft, Mid

14. Ball Bearing

10. Gear (21T)

15. Plate, Center

5. Ball Bearing

6/27/00

7-7

DRIVEN & REDUCTION SHAFT

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

DRIVEN & REDUCTION SHAFT

1 2

3 4

5

6 7 8

5

9 10

11

8

7

12 13 12

5 7 14

10 9 7 8

15

6 5

8

13 13 16

21

17 18

12 22 23

19 20

24 25 26

27

M91828

1. Ball Bearing

8. Snap Ring, 34

15. Gear, Driven (38T)

22. Splined Coupling

2. Washer, 20x43x2.5

9. Key, Synchromesh

16. Ring, Inner

23. Snap Ring, 30

3. Gear, Driven (49T)

10. Hub, Synchromesh

17. Gear, Driven (44T)

24. Housing, Bearing

4. Needle Bearing

11. Gear, Driven (53T)

18. Washer, 30x45x3

25. Ball Bearing

5. Ring, Synchromesh

12. Snap Ring, 40

19. Ball Bearing

26. Gear, Reduction

6. Collar, Shift

13. Needle Bearing

20. Plate, Center

27. Ball Bearing

7. Spring, Synchromesh

14. Shaft, Driven

21. Snap Ring, 30

7-8

6/27/00

DRIVEN & REDUCTION SHAFT (CREEPER)

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

DRIVEN & REDUCTION SHAFT (CREEPER)

1 2

3 4

5 6 7 9

8

5

10

11

8 12

7

13

5 11 10

14 9

7

8

15

6

13

5 8

12

13 16

17 18

12

24

19 21

25

23

27 20

29

22

26 30

28 31

1. Ball Bearing

M91829

9. Key, Synchromesh

17. Gear, Driven (44T)

25. Snap Ring, 30

2. Washer, 20x43x2.5

10. Hub, Synchromesh

18. Washer, 30x45x3

26. Splined Coupling

3. Gear, Driven (49T)

11. Gear, Driven (53T)

19. Ball Bearing

27. Snap Ring, 30

4. Needle Bearing

12. Snap Ring, 40

20. Washer, 20x32x2

28. Housing, Bearing

5. Ring, Synchromesh

13. Needle Bearing

21. Roller Bearing, Cage

29. Ball Bearing

6. Collar, Shift

14. Shaft, Driven

22. Snap Ring, 20

30. Gear, Reduction

7. Spring, Synchromesh

15. Gear, Driven (38T)

23. Plate, Center

31. Ball Bearing

8. Snap Ring, 34

16. Ring, Inner

24. Shaft, Connecting

6/27/00

7-9

MAIN GEAR SHIFT

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

MAIN GEAR SHIFT 3 3 1 2 4 4

5

8

4

7

6 4

4 11 4

12 9

13 10 15

11 14 4 17 19

16

18 22

24

20

21

M91842

11 23

1. Shift Fork, 3 - 4

7. Snap Ring, 20

13. Plate, Fork Lock

19. Spring Pin, 6.0x50

2. Shift Fork, 1 - 2

8. Shift Arm, Main

14. Screw /Washer

20. Shifter Block

3. Shifter

9. Plate, Center

15. Shifter, Main

21. Cap Screw/Washer

4. Spring Pin, 6.0x25

10. Ball, 5/16

16. O-Ring

22. Spring

5. Shaft, Fork (3 - 4 / 2 - 3)

11. Pin, 4x35

17. Holder, Shift Arm

23. Gasket

6. Shaft, Fork (1 - 2 / 1 - R)

12. Spring

18. Seal

24. Plug

7 - 10

6/27/00

PRT CLUTCH PEDAL AND LINKAGE

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

PRT CLUTCH PEDAL AND LINKAGE 1 2 3 4 5

6 7 8 10

9

11

12 15

13

17 18 16

14

16 19 20 21 20 26

22

23 24 25

1. Shaft

8. Pedal

15. Cap Screw (Stop)

22. Rod

2. Bearing

9. Clutch Spring

16. Washer

23. Lever

3. Bushing

10. Snap Ring

17. Bracket

24. Washer

4. Spacer

11. Thrust Washer

18. Lock Nut

25. Cotter Pin

5. Snap Ring

12. Lock Nut

19. Rod

26. PRT Body

6. Thrust Washer

13. Spherical Rod End

20. Nut

7. Bushing

14. Cap Screw

21. Turnbuckle

6/27/00

7 - 11

PRT VALVE

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

PRT VALVE

1 2

3

4

5 6 9

8

7

11

10 7 8 59

12

9

14

13

58

15

18 19 17 51 52

53

20

21

16

22 23

31

34

47

56 56

28

37 38

50

57

26

36

46

49

25

35

45

48

55

29

33

44

54

27

24

32

30 39

M91831

40 17

41 43 42

7 - 12

6/27/00

PRT VALVE

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

1. Gasket

16. Cover, Spool

31. Pin, 2x18

46. O-Ring, 18

2. Plate, Valve

17. Bolt/Washer

32. Valve, Shift Body

47. Valve, Relief

3. Gasket

18. Snap Ring, 20

33. Spring, CV Outer

48. Spring, Relief

4. Bushing, 11x7

19. Valve, Drive

34. Spring, CV Inner

49. Packing, 12.5

5. Bolt/Washer

20. Spring Pin, 3.0x28

35. Washer, 1.6

50. Cover, Relief

6. Arm, Shift

21. Shim

36. Pin, Guide

51. Strainer

7. Packing

22. Spring, Drive Inner

37. Valve, Inner Body

52. Plug, PT 1/8

8. Ball, 5/16

23. Spring, Drive Center

38. Spring, CV Return

53. Cap Screw /Washer

9. Spring

24. Spring, Drive Outer

39. Valve Pin

54. Cap Screw /Washer

10. Valve, Cut-Off

25. Spool, Drive

40. Packing, 22

55. Shift Arm, Clutch

11. Arm, Clutch

26. Packing

41. Packing, 24

56. Spring Pin, 6.0x32

12. Case, Valve

27. Shim

42. Sleeve, Valve

57. Shift Arm, F/R

13. Orifice

28. Relief Valve, Drive

43. Packing, 29

58. Plug

14. Spool, P/R

29. Snap Ring, 22

44. Valve

59. Packing

15. Packing

30. Packing, 32

45. Spring, Cut-Off

6/27/00

7 - 13

PRT SHIFT LEVER AND LINKAGE

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

PRT SHIFT LEVER AND LINKAGE

1 15 14

16

2

20 21 4 3

5

22

9

17

23

7 6 6 9

10

24 3

11

3 3 12

12 25

26

3

3

3

13 18

Later Model Versions: Part numbers 11, 12 and 13 have been combined to part 12 (see above). Part numbers 6 and 10 have been removed.

19 14 1. Knob

8. Support

15. Washer

22. Ball Joint

2. Lever, Control

9. Bearing

16. Bellcrank

23. Nut

3. Pin, Spring

10. Nut

17. Link

24. Rod

4. Lever

11. Joint, Universal

18. Bushing

25. Washer

5. Screw

12. Cam

19. Shaft

26. Pin, Cotter

6. Plunger

13. Joint, Universal

20. Bushing

7. Nut, Flange

14. Nut, Lock

21. Bolt

7 - 14

6/27/00

THEORY OF OPERATION

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

THEORY OF OPERATION

Theory of Operation:

PRT CONTROL VALVE OPERATION Lever In Neutral, Clutch Pedal Up

Charge pressure oil flows into the valve, passes through a mesh screen and flows to the modulation valve. Oil entering the modulation valve does not have enough pressure to overcome the spring pressure, and the modulation valve remains closed.

Function:

Oil passes through the 0.7 mm orifice, through the forward / reverse valve, and returns to the sump. This oil also flows to the piston side of the modulation valve.

The PRT control valve routes hydraulic oil to the forward and reverse PRT clutches, and controls all functions of the hydraulic reverser.

Oil flows through the clutch pedal valve to the forward / reverse valve. With the forward / reverse valve in the NEUTRAL position, oil returns to the sump through the forward / reverse valve sump passage.

Major Components:

Oil pressure between the clutch pedal valve and the forward / reverse valve is insufficient to overcome the spring pressure of the lubrication cut-off valve. With the lubrication cut-off valve unable to open, oil is trapped between the lubrication relief valve, the modulation valve, and the lubrication cut-off valve.

• Clutch Pedal Valve • Lubrication Relief Valve • Lubrication Cut-Off Valve • Modulation Valve • Forward / Reverse Valve

Clutch Forward

Reverse

Low Pressure Oil Lubrication Oil (Trapped)

Forward

Lubrication Oil

Reverse

Lubrication Test Port

Reverse Test Port Forward Test Port Lubrication Cut-Off Valve Forward / Reverse Valve (Neutral) 0.7 mm Orifice

Lubrication Relief Valve

Clutch Pedal Valve (Up) Modulation Valve Pressure In

5/30/00

7 - 15

PRT CONTROL VALVE OPERATION

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

PRT CONTROL VALVE OPERATION

Theory of Operation:

Lever In Forward, Clutch Pedal Down

The charge oil passage, and forward / reverse valve oil passage are blocked by the clutch pedal valve (down position).

Function:

Under these conditions, the modulation valve relieves the high pressure oil to the lubrication relief valve, which opens, and returns the oil to the sump.

The PRT control valve routes hydraulic oil to the forward and reverse PRT clutches, and controls all functions of the hydraulic reverser.

As the clutch pedal is released (returned to the up position) system pressure will increase gradually, and oil will flow through the forward / reverse valve into the forward clutch, and start clutch engagement.

Major Components:

If clutch pedal will not open fully, (pedal stroke adjustment is not correct) tractor forward speed may be reduced because charge oil will continue to flow past the modulation valve, reducing pressure to the forward clutch, and allowing clutch to slip.

• Clutch Pedal Valve • Lubrication Relief Valve • Lubrication Cut-Off Valve • Modulation Valve • Forward / Reverse Valve

Clutch Forward

Low Pressure Oil Pressure Oil Lubrication Oil

Reverse

Forward

Lubrication Oil

Reverse

Lubrication Test Port

Reverse Test Port Forward Test Port Lubrication Cut-Off Valve Forward / Reverse Valve (Forward) 0.7 mm Orifice

Lubrication Relief Valve

Clutch Pedal Valve (Down) Modulation Valve Pressure In

7 - 16

5/30/00

PRT CONTROL VALVE OPERATION

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

PRT CONTROL VALVE OPERATION

past the lubrication relief valve to sump. At the same time, charge oil flows through the 0.7 mm orifice, and into the piston side of the modulation valve, causing pressure to push against the valve piston. The piston pushes against the three nested springs contained in the modulation valve, closing the valve. The spring force increases the pressure at which the valve opens. The increased pressure flows through the clutch pedal valve and forward / reverse valve to the forward clutch pack, gradually increasing the oil pressure delivered to the clutch.

Lever In Forward, Clutch Pedal Up Function: The PRT control valve routes hydraulic oil to the forward and reverse PRT clutches, and controls all functions of the hydraulic reverser.

The three springs inside the modulation valve also act as an accumulator, allowing oil pressure to increase at different rates (modulate), providing smooth engagement of the clutch pack at different rpm ranges.

Major Components: • Clutch Pedal Valve • Lubrication Relief Valve • Lubrication Cut-Off Valve • Modulation Valve • Forward / Reverse Valve

As the pressure increases and decreases with clutch valve movement, the lubrication cut-off valve opens and closes. Oil flowing through the lubrication cut-off valve provides lubrication oil to the clutch packs.

Theory of Operation: Charge pressure oil flows through the clutch pedal valve, through the forward / reverse valve, and into the forward clutch pack. Charge pressure oil also flows into the modulation valve. The modulation valve opens, allowing oil to flow

Clutch Forward

Reverse

Forward

Pressure Oil Lubrication Oil Lubrication Oil

Reverse

Lubrication Test Port

Reverse Test Port Forward Test Port Lubrication Cut-Off Valve Forward / Reverse Valve (Forward) 0.7 mm Orifice

Lubrication Relief Valve

Clutch Pedal Valve (Up) Modulation Valve Pressure In

5/30/00

7 - 17

PRT CONTROL VALVE OPERATION

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

PRT CONTROL VALVE OPERATION Lever In Reverse, Clutch Pedal Up Function: The PRT control valve routes hydraulic oil to the forward and reverse PRT clutches, and controls all functions of the hydraulic reverser.

past the lubrication relief valve to sump. At the same time, charge oil flows through the 0.7 mm orifice, and into the piston side of the modulation valve, causing pressure to push against the valve piston. The piston pushes against the three nested springs contained in the modulation valve, closing the valve. The spring force increases the pressure at which the valve opens. The increased pressure flows through the clutch pedal valve and forward / reverse valve to the reverse clutch pack, gradually increasing the oil pressure delivered to the clutch. The three springs inside the modulation valve also act as an accumulator, allowing oil pressure to increase at different rates (modulate), providing smooth engagement of the clutch pack at different rpm ranges.

Major Components: • Clutch Pedal Valve • Lubrication Relief Valve • Lubrication Cut-Off Valve • Modulation Valve • Forward / Reverse Valve

As the pressure increases and decreases with clutch valve movement, the lubrication cut-off valve opens and closes. Oil flowing through the lubrication cut-off valve provides lubrication oil to the clutch packs.

Theory of Operation: Charge pressure oil flows through the clutch pedal valve, through the forward / reverse valve, and into the reverse clutch pack. Charge pressure oil also flows into the modulation valve. The modulation valve opens, allowing oil to flow

Clutch Forward

Reverse

Forward

Pressure Oil Lubrication Oil Lubrication Oil

Reverse

Lubrication Test Port

Reverse Test Port Forward Test Port Lubrication Cut-Off Valve Forward / Reverse Valve (Reverse) 0.7 mm Orifice

Lubrication Relief Valve

Clutch Pedal Valve (Up) Modulation Valve Pressure In

7 - 18

5/30/00

PRT CLUTCH OPERATION – FORWARD

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

PRT CLUTCH OPERATION – FORWARD

The hydraulic oil forces the clutch piston (G) to press the clutch friction plates (H) together with the separator plates. The friction plates have tangs which fit into slots in the clutch cylinder. The separator plates are splined to the clutch gear (I). When the friction and separator plates are pressed together power is transferred from the clutch cylinder to the clutch gear.

Function: To transfer power from the engine flywheel, through the clutch cylinder and then to the mid shaft to rotate the mid shaft in the same direction as the engine flywheel.

The clutch gear is splined to the mid shaft. The mid shaft has four gears splined to it that are the input gears for the 4 speed transmission. See “4 SPEED TRANSMISSION OPERATION” on page21.

Theory of Operation:

Forward engagement of the PRT clutch causes the mid shaft to rotate in the same direction and speed of the engine flywheel. It operates independently of the PTO shaft which is splined directly to the input shaft. The PTO shaft always operates in the same direction and speed of the engine flywheel.

The damper disk (A) is bolted to the engine flywheel and splined to the input shaft (B). The input shaft is connected to the clutch cylinder (C) with a key (D). When the engine is running the clutch cylinder is rotating at the same rpm as the engine. When the tractor is placed in forward and the clutch is released, pressure hydraulic oil is routed through the PRT valve to the rear half of the clutch cylinder (E) through the reverse case on bolted to the front cover and through a hole (F) bored in the input shaft. See PRT CONTROL VALVE OPERATION “Lever In Forward, Clutch Pedal Up” on page17.

C

A

G

H I

E D

B

PTO Shaft

R F

F

To 4 Speed Transmission

Pressure Oil Power Flow

6/27/00

7 - 19

PRT CLUTCH OPERATION – REVERSE

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

PRT CLUTCH OPERATION – REVERSE Function: To transfer power from the engine flywheel, through the clutch cylinder, idler gear, transfer shaft and then to the mid shaft to rotate the mid shaft in the opposite direction of the engine flywheel. Theory of Operation: When the tractor is placed in reverse and the clutch is released, pressure hydraulic oil is routed through the PRT valve to the front half of the clutch cylinder (A) through the reverse case on bolted to the front cover and through a hole (B) bored in the input shaft. See PRT CONTROL VALVE OPERATION “Lever In Reverse, Clutch Pedal Up” on page18.

D

The hydraulic oil forces the clutch piston (C) to press the clutch friction plates (D) together with the separator plates. The friction plates have tangs which fit into slots in the clutch cylinder. The separator plates are splined to the clutch gear (E). When the friction and separator plates are pressed together power is transferred from the clutch cylinder to the clutch gear. The clutch gear is engaged to the idler gear (F) [shown off center for clarity]. The idler gear is engaged to the transfer shaft (G). The transfer shaft is engaged to the rear clutch gear (H) which is splined to the mid shaft (I). Reverse engagement of the PRT clutch causes the mid shaft to rotate in the opposite direction of the engine flywheel. It operates independently of the PTO shaft which is splined directly to the input shaft. The PTO shaft always operates in the same direction and speed of the engine flywheel.

C

A

E B

R F

I H

F

G

Pressure Oil Power Flow

7 - 20

6/27/00

4 SPEED TRANSMISSION OPERATION

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

4 SPEED TRANSMISSION OPERATION

creeper option is installed.

Function:

With the creeper option the shorter driven shaft may be directly coupled to the reduction shaft with the splined creeper gear, or disconnected from the adaptor and have the power routed through the creeper shaft and reduction gears. See “CREEPER OPERATION” on page 22.

Without the creeper option, power is transferred directly when the driven shaft (E) is connected directly to the reduction shaft with a splined collar.

To transfer power from the mid shaft to the driven shaft. Theory of Operation: When the PRT transmission is engaged in either forward or reverse, there is rotation of the mid shaft (A) going into the tractor tunnel. There are four gears splined to the mid shaft. There are four corresponding gears on the driven shaft (B) that are constantly meshed to the four gears on the mid shaft. The four gears on the driven shaft are mounted on roller bearings (C) and turn independently from the driven shaft. Two synchromesh collars (D) are splined to the driven shaft (B) and can be shifted individually forward or backward to engage the driven shaft to the mid shaft.

E

D

Power flow is shown below with the left synchromesh collar shifted to engage 1st gear. B

The driven shaft transfers power to the reduction shaft of the range gears. The driven shaft can be one of two types. A longer straight shaft (E) that is splined directly to the reduction shaft, or a shorter splined shaft (B) that is used if the

A

PTO Shaft D

D

C B

1st

2nd

3rd

4th

To Range Transmission

2nd

1st

4th 3rd

Synchromesh Collar Positions (Shown in 4th Gear)

6/27/00

7 - 21

CREEPER OPERATION

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

CREEPER OPERATION

When the creeper is engaged, a shift fork moves the creeper gear (B) rearward. The rearward movement disconnects the driven shaft (A) from the creeper connecting shaft (C). The rearward movement engages the creeper gear to the creeper shaft (F) gear.

Function: To transfer power from the driven shaft, through the creeper gears and then to the range transmission. The creeper operation transfers power from the driven shaft to the reduction shaft through two additional sets of gears to slow the rpm’s of the pinion shaft.

Power is now transferred from the driven gear (A) to the creeper shaft (F). The creeper shaft drives the creeper gear (B) which is splined to the creeper connecting shaft (C). From the creeper shaft power is supplied to the reduction shaft and the pinion shaft in the same manner as when the creeper is disengaged.

Theory of Operation: When the creeper is disengaged, power from the driven shaft (A) is transferred directly through the splined creeper gear (B) to the creeper connecting shaft (C). The creeper connecting shaft (C) is splined to the reduction gear shaft (D) with range gears. The range gears supply power to the pinion shaft (E) when it is engaged. Any time the driven shaft is turning, the geared creeper shaft (F) is turning. However, the creeper shaft is not connected to an output and is idling.

B C

D

A

E

Power Flow Creeper Disengaged

F

B C

D

A

E

Power Flow Creeper Engaged

F

7 - 22

6/27/00

TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS PRT CLUTCH ADJUSTMENT Reason: To ensure that forward and reverse clutches engage fully, and to prevent clutch slippage which may result in reduced ground speed. Procedure:

B E

D

C

1. Remove LH engine side panel. 2. Make sure clutch pedal spring is NOT installed. 3. Loosen lock nuts and turnbuckle. 4. Remove cap screw securing clutch rod to clutch pedal. Remove clutch rod (spherical rod end) from clutch pedal. 5. Push clutch pedal down fully and retain in this position.

NOTE: Pedal stop cap screw should be adjusted so that pedal does not contact brake pivot cap screw head.

A

M91859

NOTE: Disconnect spring to allow free play in pedal. 7. With clutch pedal fully depressed to clutch stop cap screw (B), and control arm fully rotated clockwise, loosen lock nuts and adjust turnbuckle (C) until cap screw (D) can be placed through spherical rod end (E) and clutch pedal. 8. Install cap screw. 9. There should not be any free play on clutch control arm. However, there is no hydrostatic pressure from fully rotated (clockwise) to a rotation of 2.3° counterclockwise.

2.3 Degrees A

M91858

6. Using an adjustable wrench, turn clutch control arm (A) clockwise until it stops.

6/27/00

7 - 23

SHIFT LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT

SHIFT LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT Procedure: 1. Remove LH engine side panel. 2. Place PRT shift lever in center position. 3. Loosen nut locking ball joint to upper end of shift rod.

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

6. Securely hold ball joint (C), and screw shift rod into or out of ball joint until the lower end of the shift rod aligns with the hole in the PRT shift arm that the shift rod was removed from. 7. Insert the shift rod in the PRT shift arm. Secure shift rod with washer and cotter pin. 8. Securely hold ball joint and tighten locking nut (D).

PRT HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TESTS B

NOTE: Be sure front gear pump is in good working order, and strainer in inlet port is clean check PRT shift lever linkage adjustment before performing PRT hydraulic pressure tests.

A

Special or Required Tools: • JTO 3349 Adapter • JTO 3017 Hose • JTO 3344 Gauge Procedure (Forward and Reverse Pressure):

M91858

4. Remove cotter pin (A) and washer securing lower end of shift rod to shift arm (B) of PRT transmission valve. Remove rod lower end from arm. B

NOTE: If there are more than one holes in the forward/ reverse shift arm, mark or note which one the lower end of the shift rod goes through.

A

5. Ensure shift arm of PRT valve is in center (NEUTRAL) position.

C

C D

M94670

1. Park tractor on a level surface and engage park brake. 2. Place range shift and speed shift transmission levers in NEUTRAL. 3. If equipped, disengage 4-WD. 4. Remove LH lower brake rod.

7 - 24

6/27/00

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

5. On left side of tractor, below the clutch pedal, locate the PRT transmission valve. 6. Remove reverse test port (A) plug and install test equipment. 7. Push in clutch pedal. 8. Place shift lever in REVERSE. 9. Start engine. 10. Release clutch pedal. 11. Allow two seconds for modulation valve to fully open. Check pressure reading on gauge and record result. 12. Shut off engine.

NOTE: When reinstalling test port plugs, seal threads using Teflon® tape. 13. Remove test equipment and install test port plug. 14. Remove forward test port (B) plug and install test equipment. 15. Push in clutch pedal. 16. Place shift lever in FORWARD. 17. Start engine. 18. Release clutch pedal. 19. Allow two seconds for modulation valve to fully open. Check pressure reading on gauge and record result. 20. Shut off engine.

PRT HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TESTS 3. Remove lubrication test port (C) plug and install test equipment. 4. Push in clutch pedal. 5. Start engine. 6. Place forward/reverse (directional) shift lever in FORWARD or REVERSE. 7. Release clutch pedal. 8. Check pressure reading on gauge and record result. 9. Shut off engine.

NOTE: When reinstalling test port plugs, seal threads using Teflon® tape. 10. Remove test equipment and install test port plug. Results: • Pressure on gauge should read approximately 172 kPa (25 psi). • If lubrication pressure is low, PRT clutch valve may need to be adjusted, lube oil relief valve may be malfunctioning. (See “PRT CLUTCH ADJUSTMENT” on page 23; or, see “POWRREVERSER CLUTCH VALVE” on page 43.)

NOTE: When reinstalling test port plugs, seal threads using Teflon® tape. 21. Remove test equipment and install test port plug. Results: • Pressure on gauge should reach approximately 1723 kPa (250 psi) after 2 seconds. • If pressure is low: Check oil filter and bypass and PRT valve hydraulic oil input filter screen. Measure steering pressure. See “STEERING PRESSURE CHECK” on page 9 in the Steering Section. PRT valve may have internal leakage. (See “POWRREVERSER CLUTCH VALVE” on page 43.) • Seals/packings on clutches or drive shaft may be leaking“POWRREVERSER TRACTION CLUTCH” on page39 Procedure (Lubrication Pressure): 1. Park tractor on a level surface and engage park brake. 2. Place range shift and speed shift transmission levers in NEUTRAL. 6/27/00

7 - 25

REPAIR

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

REPAIR TRACTOR SPLITTING (FRONT) Special or Required Tools: • JTO7335 Splitting Stands Prepare the Tractor: 1. Park tractor on a level surface. Engage park brake, shut off engine. 2. Disconnect battery negative terminal. 3. Remove side panels. 4. Remove hood. (See “HOOD REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 11 in Miscellaneous Section.) 5. Remove steering wheel. 6. Remove control panel. (See “CONTROL PANEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 10 in Miscellaneous Section.) 7. Remove LH and RH cowl panels. 8. Remove fuse panel cover. (See “FUSE PANEL COVER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 10 in Miscellaneous Section.) 9. Remove floor mat. 10. Remove seat and seat support. (See “SEAT AND SEAT SUPPORT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page5 in Miscellaneous Section.) 11. Remove seat platform. (See “SEAT PLATFORM REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 5 in Miscellaneous Section.) 12. Remove key switch panel. (See “KEY SWITCH PANEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 11 in Miscellaneous Section.) 13. Remove fuel tank. (See “FUEL TANK REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page12 in Miscellaneous Section.) 14. Remove kick plate. (See “KICK PLATE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page8 in Miscellaneous Section.) 15. Locate and disconnect all electrical connectors attaching wiring harness to switches and lights on rear half of tractor. Unfasten wiring harness from cable clips and move harness away from rear half of tractor.

M91872

16. Remove cotter pin attaching throttle rod to throttle lever. Disconnect throttle rod.

M91875

17. If not already done, disconnect throttle linkage from throttle lever on fuel injection pump.

M91929

18. Remove lock nut. Remove throttle bellcrank and throttle rods as an assembly.

7 - 26

6/27/00

TRACTOR SPLITTING (FRONT)

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

C A

M91882 B

M91871

21. On right side of tractor, remove cap screw and tube clamp attaching PTO pressure tube to frame.

NOTE: Capacity of the hydraulic reservoir is 37 liters (9.8 gal) (39.1 qt). A

A

22. Drain hydraulic oil from reservoir.

C

B

M91873

19. Loosen four nuts and carriage bolts (A) attaching U-shaped bracket (B) to pedal support frame.

M91881

A

23. Remove cap screw and clamp attaching suction tube to tunnel section.

C

B

M91876

20. Remove two cap screws (C) attaching U-shaped bracket to transmission tunnel.

D

M91333

24. Disconnect PTO pressure tube (D) from rear hydraulic pump. 6/27/00

7 - 27

TRACTOR SPLITTING (FRONT)

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

25. Loosen clamp and disconnect suction tube from suction manifold.

F

E M91389

26. Disconnect PTO pressure tube (E) from bottom of PTO valve. Remove tube.

M91892

28. Disconnect tube from steering return hose (F).

M91886

27. Loosen clamp and disconnect suction tube from suction elbow. Remove suction tube. M91885

29. Disconnect tube from RH port of hydraulic oil filter. Remove tube.

G

M91391

7 - 28

6/27/00

TRACTOR SPLITTING (FRONT)

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

30. If equipped, disconnect four work port tubes (G) from SCV.

33. Remove cotter pins (H) and washers from clutch rod and shift rod. Remove rods from PRT clutch and shift arms.

M91928

34. Remove two cap screws and RH operator’s platform support.

M91867

31. Remove two cap screws and two spacers that attach tube support bracket to frame. Remove tube support bracket and tubes as an assembly.

I M91936 M91880

32. If not already removed, lay upper brake rods across bellcrank pivot to prevent them from becoming damaged when separating tractor sections.

35. If equipped, remove 4-WD drive shaft and couplers by removing split pin (I) and sliding one coupler onto shaft until clear of stub shaft. Lower end of shaft and remove. Split the Tractor:

H

M91858

6/27/00

M91866

7 - 29

TRACTOR SPLITTING (FRONT) 1. Using eight cap screws supplied with the splitting stands, secure JTO 7335 splitting stands to the tunnel sections. 2. Adjust splitting stands so that wheels contact the floor, and are parallel to the tractor wheels. 3. Remove nine cap screws and lock washers attaching tunnel section to engine section of tractor. Note length and locations of cap screws when removing. 4. Release park brake and place gear shift in NEUTRAL.

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

5. If equipped, install SCV tube support bracket and tubes as an assembly. Install two cap screws and two spacers to attach tube support bracket to frame.

G

IMPORTANT: Check for, and disconnect any additional accessory wires or hydraulic tubes connecting rear half to front half before splitting tractor. 5. If necessary, use a pry bar to separate the two tractor sections. Lift the steering support slightly to clear the front flange of the tunnel. Split the tractor by rolling the two sections apart.

M91391

6. Connect four work port tubes (G) to SCV. Tighten to 40-57 N•m (30-43 lb-ft).

Assemble Tractor Sections:

NOTE: Splines on all drive shafts and couplers must be aligned before tractor sections are bolted together. 1. Align splines on drive shaft and engine flywheel, and, if equipped, 4-WD shaft and coupler. 2. Move tractor sections together and retain with nine cap screws. Tighten cap screws to 126-154 N•m (95-115 lb-ft). 3. Remove eight cap screws retaining splitting stands to tractor sections. Remove splitting stands. 4. If equipped, install 4-WD shaft and couplers.

M91885

7. Connect hydraulic oil tube to RH port of hydraulic oil filter.

F

M91867 M91892

7 - 30

6/27/00

TRACTOR SPLITTING (FRONT)

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

8. Connect hydraulic oil tube to steering return hose (F).

E M91389 M91886

13. Connect PTO pressure tube (E) to bottom of PTO valve. Tighten nut 40-57 N•m (30-43 lb-ft). 9. Attach suction tube to elbow and retain with clamp.

M91882 M91881

10. Install cap screw and clamp attaching suction tube to tunnel section.

14. On right side of tractor, install tube clamp attaching PTO pressure tube to frame. Retain with cap screw.

C A

B

D

M91871

M91333

11. Connect suction tube to suction manifold and retain with hose clamp. 12. Connect PTO pressure tube (D) to rear hydraulic pump. Tighten fitting to 40-57 N•m (30-43 lb-ft).

6/27/00

7 - 31

TRACTOR SPLITTING (FRONT)

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

18. Install throttle bellcrank and two throttle rods as an assembly. Retain with lock nut. A

C

B

M91876 M91872

15. Install U-shaped bracket (B) to transmission tunnel, retain with two cap screws (C). Tighten cap screws.

A

B

19. Connect throttle rod to throttle lever. Retain with cotter pin.

A

C

M91875 M91873

16. Install four carriage bolts (A) and nuts attaching Ushaped bracket to pedal support frame and tighten. 17. On left side of tractor, tighten two lock nuts loosened at disassembly that attach steering tube clamp to pedal support frame.

M91929

7 - 32

20. Connect throttle linkage to throttle lever on fuel injection pump. 21. Route electrical harness on rear half of tractor. Connect all electrical connectors attaching wiring harness to switches and lights on rear half of tractor. Fasten wiring harness to cable clips. Replace any plastic tie bands removed during disassembly. 22. Install fuel tank. (See “FUEL TANK REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page12 in Miscellaneous Section.) 23. Install operator’s seat platform. (See “SEAT PLATFORM REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 5 in Miscellaneous Section.) 24. Install kick plate. (See “KICK PLATE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page8 in Miscellaneous Section.) 25. Install floor mat. 26. Install key switch panel. 27. Install fuse panel cover. 28. Install LH and RH cowl panels.

6/27/00

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

TRACTOR SPLITTING (REAR)

29. Install control panel. (See “CONTROL PANEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 10 in Miscellaneous Section.) 30. Install steering wheel. (See “STEERING WHEEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 9 in Miscellaneous Section.) 31. Install hood. (See “HOOD REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 11 in Miscellaneous Section.) 32. Install side panels. 33. Connect battery negative terminal. M91882

TRACTOR SPLITTING (REAR) Special or Required Tools:

11. On right side of tractor, remove cap screw and tube clamp attaching PTO pressure tube to frame.

• JTO7335 Splitting Stands Procedure: 1. Park tractor on a level surface. Engage park brake, shut off engine. 2. Disconnect battery negative terminal. 3. Remove fuse panel cover. (See “FUSE PANEL COVER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 10 in Miscellaneous Section.) 4. Remove floor mat. (See “FLOOR MAT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page8 in Miscellaneous Section.) 5. Remove seat and seat support. (See “SEAT AND SEAT SUPPORT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page5 in Miscellaneous Section.) 6. Remove kick plate. (See “KICK PLATE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page8 in Miscellaneous Section.) 7. Remove seat platform. (See “SEAT PLATFORM REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 5 in MISCELLANEOUS section.) 8. Remove operator’s platform. (See “OPERATOR’S PLATFORM REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 8 in Miscellaneous Section.) 9. Remove rear fenders. (See “REAR FENDERS REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 6 in Miscellaneous Section.) 10. Locate and disconnect all electrical connectors attaching wiring harness to switches and lights on rear half of tractor. Unfasten wiring harness from cable clips and move harness away from rear half of tractor.

NOTE: Capacity of the hydraulic reservoir is 37 liters (9.8 gal) (39.1 qt). 12. Drain hydraulic oil from reservoir.

M91881

13. Remove cap screw and clamp attaching suction tube to tunnel section.

A

M91333

14. Disconnect PTO pressure tube (A) from rear hydraulic pump. 6/27/00

7 - 33

TRACTOR SPLITTING (REAR)

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

15. Loosen clamp and disconnect suction tube from suction manifold.

B M91389

16. Disconnect PTO pressure tube (B) from bottom of PTO valve. Remove tube.

M91886

M91867

19. Remove two cap screws and two spacers that attach tube support bracket to frame. Remove tube support bracket and tubes as an assembly. 20. Remove cotter pin and clevis pin and disconnect brake rods from brake arms at differential housing.

D M91936

17. Loosen clamp and disconnect suction tube from suction elbow. Remove suction tube. 21. If equipped, remove 4-WD drive shaft and couplers by removing split pin (D) and sliding one coupler onto shaft until clear of stub shaft. Lower end of shaft and remove. C

M91391

18. If equipped, disconnect four work port tubes (C) from SCV.

7 - 34

6/27/00

TRACTOR SPLITTING (REAR)

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

Split the Tractor:

5. Remove four nuts and lock washers and six cap screws attaching tunnel section to differential housing. Note length and locations of cap screws when removing. IMPORTANT: Check for, and disconnect any additional accessory wires or hydraulic tubes connecting rear half to front half before splitting tractor. 6. If necessary, use a pry bar to separate the two tractor halves. Split the tractor by rolling the front section of the tractor away from the differential housing. Assemble Tractor Sections: M91934

1. Remove four cap screws and two rear operator’s platform brackets. E

M91938

CST Tractor Shown

IMPORTANT: Be sure PTO collar (E) is in place on shaft or in end of PTO clutch before assembling tractor sections. Smaller end goes toward PTO clutch. IMPORTANT: Splines on all drive shafts and couplers must be aligned before tractor sections are bolted together.

M91935

2. Using four suitable cap screws, secure JTO 7335 splitting stands to the threaded holes in the tunnel section where the operator’s platform brackets were removed. 3. Adjust splitting stands so that wheels contact the floor, and are parallel to the tractor wheels. 4. Using suitable stands, support the front and rear of the differential housing.

6/27/00

1. Align splines on drive shafts and couplers. 2. Move tractor halves together and retain with 6 cap screws, four nuts and lock washers. Tighten nuts and cap screws. 3. Remove four cap screws retaining splitting stands to tractor sections. Remove splitting stands. 4. If equipped, install 4-WD shaft and couplers.

7 - 35

TRACTOR SPLITTING (REAR)

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

M91881

8. Install cap screw and clamp attaching suction tube to tunnel section.

M91867

5. If equipped, install SCV tube support bracket and tubes as an assembly. Install two cap screws and two spacers to attach tube support bracket to frame.

A

M91333

M91391

6. Connect four work port tubes to SCV. Tighten to 40-57 N•m (30-43 lb-ft).

9. Connect suction tube to suction manifold and retain with hose clamp. 10. Connect PTO pressure tube (A) to rear hydraulic pump. Tighten fitting to 40-57 N•m (30-43 lb-ft).

B

M91389

M91886

7. Attach suction tube to elbow and retain with clamp.

7 - 36

11. Connect PTO pressure tube (B) to bottom of PTO valve. Tighten to 40-57 N•m (30-43 lb-ft).

6/27/00

REVERSE CASE SEAL REPLACEMENT

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

Procedure 1:

C

A M91882

12. On right side of tractor, install tube clamp attaching PTO pressure tube to frame. Retain with cap screw. 13. Connect brake rods to brake arms on differential housing. Retain with clevis pins and cotter pins. 14. Route electrical harness on rear half of tractor. Connect all electrical connectors attaching wiring harness to switches and lights on rear half of tractor. Fasten wiring harness to cable clips. Replace any plastic tie bands removed during disassembly. 15. Install operator’s platform. (See “OPERATOR’S PLATFORM REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 8 in Miscellaneous Section.) 16. Install kick plate. (See “KICK PLATE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page8 in Miscellaneous Section.) 17. Install seat platform. (See “SEAT PLATFORM REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 5 in Miscellaneous Section.) 18. Install seat and seat support. (See “SEAT AND SEAT SUPPORT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page5 in Miscellaneous Section.) 19. Install rear fenders. (See “REAR FENDERS REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 6 in Miscellaneous Section.) 20. Install floor mat. 21. Install fuse panel cover. 22. Connect battery negative terminal.

B M89442

2. Remove two cap screws (A) and lock washers securing reverse case (B) (through front cover) to clutch housing tunnel. Remove remaining cap screws securing reverse case to front cover (C). 3. Remove reverse case and gasket.

M94681

REVERSE CASE SEAL REPLACEMENT

4. Remove seal, sleeve and snap ring from reverse case.

NOTE: This procedure is different for the two different reverse cases. 1. Split the tractor front end from the transmission case at the engine flywheel / transmission case connection. (See “TRACTOR SPLITTING (FRONT)” on page26.)

6/27/00

7 - 37

REVERSE CASE SEAL REPLACEMENT

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

B

C

M94682

5. Remove O-ring and gasket from reverse case. Remove any gasket material from cover. 6. Clean ports and channels in reverse case and dry with compressed air. 7. Inspect drive shaft bore for wear or scoring. 8. Install new front seal, gasket and O-ring 9. Install reverse case and cap screws securing reverse case to front cover. Tighten cap screws to 19-23 N•m (14-17 lb-ft). 10. Install two cap screws securing reverse case clutch housing (through front cover). Tighten cap screw to 23-29 N•m (17-22 lb-ft).

MX1019

2. Remove wear sleeve (B) and snap ring (C). Remove cap screws securing reverse case to front cover. 3. Remove cap screws and lock washers securing reverse case to clutch housing tunnel. Remove reverse case and gasket.

Procedure 2:

M94682 A

MX1020

4. Remove O-ring and gasket from reverse case. Remove any gasket material from cover. 5. Clean ports and channels in reverse case and dry with compressed air. 6. Inspect drive shaft bore for wear or scoring. 7. Install new gasket and O-ring 8. Install reverse case and cap screws securing reverse case to front cover. Tighten cap screws to 19-23 N•m (14-17 lb-ft). 9. Install two cap screws securing reverse case clutch housing (through front cover). Tighten cap screw to 23-29 N•m (17-22 lb-ft). 10. Install snap ring and new wear sleeve to drive shaft. 11. Install new seal.

1. Remove seal (A) from drive shaft.

7 - 38

6/27/00

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

POWRREVERSER TRACTION CLUTCH

POWRREVERSER TRACTION CLUTCH 2. Remove idler gear seal from front of front cover.

Special or Required Tools: • JDT 24B Spring Washer Compressor Removal: 1. Split the tractor front end from the transmission case at the engine flywheel / transmission case connection. (See “TRACTOR SPLITTING (FRONT)” on page26.) 2. Remove reverse case cover. (See “REVERSE CASE SEAL REPLACEMENT” on page37.) 3. Remove remaining cap screws and lock washers securing traction front cover to transmission case (includes two cap screws through reverse case). 4. Remove front cover and gasket.

M89451

3. Remove snap ring.

NOTE: Drive shaft, clutch, counter shaft and splined coupling may come out with front cover.

A

A M89452

4. Remove traction clutch idler gear and bearing. 5. Using finger bearing puller, or press, remove bearing (A) from front cover. 6. Using a knife edge bearing puller, remove bearing from idler gear shaft. M89443

B

NOTE: When the drive shaft (A) is removed the reverse transfer shaft (B) end bearing will pull out from transmission case and drop. Support reverse transfer shaft with one hand and pull drive shaft froward with the other. 5. Remove drive shaft and clutch by pulling straight forward. 6. Remove reverse transfer shaft. Traction Clutch Idler Gear Removal: 1. Remove front cover from tractor transmission case.

6/27/00

IMPORTANT: DO NOT spin bearings using compressed air. Damage to bearing balls, cage and races could result. 7. Clean bearings in suitable solvent. Dry with compressed air. 8. Inspect both bearings for discolored or burned ball and/or races. Check balls and races for spalling or cracking. Roll bearing by hand to check for rough turning or excessive looseness or play between balls and races. Replace bearings as required. 9. Inspect idler gear-17T for damage. Replace as required. 10. Inspect idler gear shaft bearing surfaces. If damaged, replace idler gear. 11. Install in reverse order of removal. Use new seal.

7 - 39

POWRREVERSER TRACTION CLUTCH

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

Traction Clutch Disassembly: 1. Remove traction drive shaft and clutch to clean work area. D B A

M89447

M89444

2. Remove four split ring seals (A) from shaft. 3. Using a knife edge bearing puller, remove bearing (B) from shaft.

NOTE: There is a thrust washer located (D) between the two bearings that support the clutch gear33T. The thrust washer prevents damage to the snap ring. During removal, the thrust washer may stick to either bearing or fall out.

C

M89449

M89445

6. Remove thrust washer and snap ring from clutch gear-33T. 7. Press bearing from clutch gear-33T.

4. Remove snap ring (C) from shaft.

M89450

8. Using a knife edge bearing puller, remove bearing from shaft. M89446

5. Remove clutch gear-33T and bearing from shaft.

7 - 40

IMPORTANT: DO NOT spin bearings using compressed air. Damage to bearing balls, cage and races could result.

6/27/00

POWRREVERSER TRACTION CLUTCH

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

9. Clean bearings in suitable solvent. Dry with compressed air. 10. Inspect both bearings for discolored or burned ball and/or races. Check balls and races for spalling or cracking. Roll bearing by hand to check for rough turning or excessive looseness or play between balls and races. Replace bearings as required. 11. Slide clutch assembly off shaft.

M89540 M89600

12. Remove snap ring and clutch plate pack. 13. Perform previous step for other side of clutch assembly.

15. Place clutch body and special tool JDT 24B Spring Washer Compressor on a press or flat jawed vise. 16. Compress spring and retaining ring. 17. Remove snap ring and slowly release tension on spring. 18. Remove snap ring, spring retention plate and spring.

G

F

M91961

E M89601

14. Inspect end plate (E), separator plates (F) and friction plates (G) for wear, discoloration, scoring or warping. Measure plate thickness. If plate(s) do not meet minimum plate thickness specification, replace clutch plate pack as a unit. Specification (Minimum): End Plate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.85 mm (0.191 in.) Separator Plate(s) . . . . . . . . . . . 2.85 mm (0.112 in.) Friction Plate(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7 mm (0.106 in.)

6/27/00

19. Remove clutch piston. 20. Perform steps 15 through 19 for opposite side. 21. Measure length (no load) of each spring. If spring length is less than 45.5 mm (1.79 in.), replace spring. 22. Clean clutch body in solvent and dry with compressed air. 23. Clean and inspect pistons for wear, corrosion or pitting. Replace as necessary. 24. Replace packing on outside of each piston. 25. Lubricate all parts with clean, fresh hydraulic oil and reassemble.

7 - 41

POWRREVERSER TRACTION CLUTCH

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

Transfer Shaft Disassembly: 1. Remove reverse transfer shaft assembly from transmission case with traction clutch assembly. 2. Using a knife edge bearing puller, remove bearings, gear-34T and gear-37T from shaft.

M89458 M94679

IMPORTANT: DO NOT spin bearings using compressed air. Damage to bearing balls, cage and races could result.

6. Slide PRT clutch and shaft assembly into front cover until the clutch gear 33T and idler gear 17T almost engage.

3. Clean bearings in suitable solvent. Dry with compressed air. 4. Inspect both bearings for discolored or burned ball and/or races. Check balls and races for spalling or cracking. Roll bearing by hand to check for rough turning or excessive looseness or play between balls and races. Replace bearings as required. 5. Inspect gear teeth for damage. Replace as required. 6. Inspect transfer shaft bearing surfaces. Replace if surfaces are damaged. Assembly is in reverse order of disassembly. Installation: 1. Remove any old gasket material from clutch front cover and transmission housing tunnel. 2. Install idler gear in front cover. 3. Assemble transfer shaft if not already assembled. Set transfer shaft aside. 4. Install main shaft ball bearing in front cover. 5. Align friction plates in clutch, and install rear clutch gear 36T with rear ball bearings.

7 - 42

M94680

7. Place transfer shaft assembly (smaller gear-34T toward front cover) next to clutch, engage gears, and slide clutch assembly and transfer shaft assembly into front cover. Ensure transfer shaft front bearing is seated in front cover and all gear teeth are engaged. 8. Install new split ring seals on shaft. 9. Install entire assembly in clutch housing (tunnel). Rotate clutch shaft as needed to engage splined coupling, and fully seat assembly. 10. Install cap screws securing front cover. Tighten cap screws to 23-29 N•m (17-22 lb-ft).

6/27/00

POWRREVERSER CLUTCH VALVE

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

NOTE: When hydraulic line is loosened hydraulic oil in steering block and line will drain. Place suitable (1 gallon) container below line to catch hydraulic oil. 4. Loosen hydraulic oil line connections to hydraulic oil filter. 5. Disconnect hydraulic line nut (B) to PowrReverser valve, and hydraulic line nut from steering control where it connects to filter assembly. 6. Drain hydraulic oil from filter and steering pump (approximately 1 quart).

M89442

11. Install reverse case to front cover. Install two cap screws that go through front cover to clutch housing. Tighten cap two screws to 23-29 N•m (17-22 lb-ft). 12. Install remaining cap screws securing reverse case to front cover. Tighten cap screw to 19-23 N•m (14-17 lb-ft).

POWRREVERSER CLUTCH VALVE Removal: 1. Remove floor mat. (See “FLOOR MAT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page8 in Miscellaneous Section.) 2. Remove operator’s platform. (See “OPERATOR’S PLATFORM REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 8 in Miscellaneous Section.) 3. Disconnect transmission neutral switch wiring harness connector (A).

M91967

7. Loosen two cap screws securing LH footrest bracket to transmission case. Remove cap screws, footrest bracket, filter assembly, and spacers from transmission case.

D

C

A M91968

8. Cut and remove tie wrap securing steering return hydraulic line to wiring harness. 9. Remove pin and washer (C) from brake rod end. Disconnect opposite end of brake rod from rear axle brake lever.

B

M91966

6/27/00

7 - 43

POWRREVERSER CLUTCH VALVE

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

10. Loosen brake lever bolt (D) far enough to disconnect and remove brake rod from brake lever. Remove brake rod.

2. Separate blocks (A) and gasket. 3. Remove shift spool detent spring (B) and ball. 4. Inspect hydraulic oil input port filter strainer for debris and intact mesh in strainer. Clean or replace strainer as required.

F

NOTE: Compressed springs on spools exert slight pressure on side plate. G

E M91971

11. Depress clutch pedal to expose cap screw (E) behind PRT clutch shift lever. Remove cap screw. Release clutch pedal. 12. Remove pin (F) and washer from shift rod end and disconnect shift rod from forward/reverse shift lever on PowrReverser valve. 13. Remove pin (G) and washer from clutch rod end. 14. Loosen eleven remaining cap screws securing PowrReverser valve to tractor transmission case. 15. Remove cap screws and PowrReverser valve from transmission case.

M89454

5. Remove three bolts and lock washers, side plate, and packing O-rings from PowrReverser valve. Replace O-rings before reassembly. 6. Remove springs and valves. Inspect valves for scratching or other signs of wear. Replace as necessary. 7. Do not reinstall valves at this time.

Disassembly: 1. Remove four cap screws and lock washers securing PowrReverser valve blocks.

B C

M89521

A M89520

8. Turn PowrReverser valve block over and remove and set aside plug, spring and detent ball. 9. Using an appropriate punch, remove spring pins (C) from shift arm and clutch arm. Remove shift arm and clutch arm. Replace O-rings on shift and clutch arm shafts. 10. Turn PowrReverser valve block over.

NOTE: Shift spool detent spring and ball may fall out when PowrReverser blocks are separated.

7 - 44

6/27/00

POWRREVERSER CLUTCH VALVE

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

20. Inspect relief valve surfaces for scratching or other signs of wear. Replace as necessary. 21. Inspect three nested springs. 22. Clean relief valve parts, lightly coat with clean hydraulic oil and reassemble. 23. Clean PowrReverser blocks and cover plates in solvent and dry with compressed air. 24. Replace O-ring on drive spool.

M89455

11. Remove six cap screw and lock washers, side plate, and O-rings from PowrReverser valve. Replace all O-rings before reassembly. 12. Lift lever shafts enough to slide out valve assembly and shift spool. 13. Remove drive spool. Insert in Other Side

D E M89456

14. Separate valve assembly halves. Depress spool guide pin (D), and remove insert pin (E). 15. Remove guide pin, spring retention washer and springs from valve half. 16. Inspect valve parts for scratching or other signs of wear. Replace as necessary. 17. Clean valve parts, lightly coat with clean hydraulic oil, and reassemble.

M89457

25. Lightly coat all internal parts with clean hydraulic oil, reassemble spools and insert into PowrReverser block. 26. Install new O-rings and secure spool cover plates with lock washers and cap screws. Tighten cap screws securing cover plates to 26 N•m (21 lb-ft). 27. Install detent assembly from outside of block and tighten plug to 19 N•m (14 lb-ft). Insert detent ball and spring from inside surface of block. 28. Install new gasket between PowrReverser blocks and secure blocks together with four cap screws and lock washers. Tighten cap screws to 24.4 N•m (18 lb-ft). Installation: Installation of PRT valve block is done in reverse order of removal. Tighten cap screws securing valve to transmission housing to 24.4 N•m (18 lb-ft).

F M89522

18. Remove snap rings from inside of drive spool. 19. Remove spring pin securing relief valve (F) inside drive spool.

6/27/00

7 - 45

4-SPEED TRANSMISION

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

4-SPEED TRANSMISION Removal and Disassembly: 1. Split transmission case from rear axle case. (See “TRACTOR SPLITTING (REAR)” on pag e33.) 2. Remove splined coupling (A) and PTO shaft spacer (B).

C

B

D

M89480

C

3. Drive out rolled pins (C) securing shift forks to fork shafts. 4. Slide shift forks and gear assembly away from gear cover (D). Remove shift forks. 5. Remove gear assembly. 6. Inspect shift forks for wear. Replace as required. Fork Shaft Detent Inspection: A

M89493

3. Remove three cap screws (C) and lock washers securing center plate to transmission case. 4. Remove center plate and drive gear assembly to work bench. 5. Visually inspect all parts for wear, cracks or discoloration.

1. Inspect 1st and 2nd gear fork shaft and 3rd and 4th gear fork shaft for wear. 2. Inspect four rolled pins in fork shafts (one on each side of gear cover in each shaft) for wear and proper positioning centered through shafts.

E

H

Transmission Top Shaft Removal: B

F G

M89482

3. Drive out two rolled pins (E) in gear fork shafts.

A M89459

1. Using a bearing finger puller (if necessary) remove PTO shaft bearing (A) from center plate (B). 2. Remove transmission top shaft from gear cover.

7 - 46

NOTE: Before removing cover plate holding detent balls and springs, secure springs (F) by inserting pins through holes in drilled pins (G). When cover plate is removed three detent balls may fall out. 4. Remove two cap screws (H) and lock washers. 5. Slide cover plate up fork shafts.

6/27/00

4-SPEED TRANSMISION

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

I

31T M89481 M89483

6. Inspect three detent balls (I), two springs and two drilled pins. Replace as required.

NOTE: Center detent ball controls movement of fork shafts allowing only one shaft to move at a time. When 1st and 2nd gear fork shaft is moved, detent ball prevents movement of 3rd and 4th gear fork shaft. When 3rd and 4th gear fork shaft is moved, detent ball prevents movement of 1st and 2nd gear fork shaft.

3. Using a knife edge bearing puller, remove end bearing from shaft. 4. Remove spacer and gear-31T (3rd gear). 37T

21T

7. Slide cover plate into place and secure with two cap screws and lock washers. 8. Remove pins holding springs. 9. Drive two rolled pins into fork shafts. M89484

Mid Shaft Disassembly, Inspect and Assembly: 1. Clean transmission top shaft, gears and bearings in suitable solvent. Dry with compressed air. 2. Inspect both bearings for discolored or burned ball and/or races. Check balls and races for spalling or cracking. Roll bearing by hand to check for rough turning or excessive looseness or play between balls and races. Replace bearings as required.

5. Remove two snap rings, gear-37T (4th gear), spacer and gear-21T (1st gear).

27T

NOTE: If disassembly is required, start by removing end bearing closest to end of transmission top shaft.

M89485

6. Remove two snap rings, gear-27T (2nd gear) and thrust washer. 7. Using a knife edge bearing puller, remove bearing from shaft. 8. Coat all parts in fresh hydraulic oil and reassemble in reverse order of disassembly.

6/27/00

7 - 47

4-SPEED TRANSMISION

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

Gear Shaft Disassembly and Inspection: B

M89639

NOTE: Disassembly of gear shaft is done from each end of gear shaft. Bearings on ends of transmission assembly are press fit on shaft and both bearings must be removed for complete disassembly.

53T M89488

6. Remove gear-53T (1st gear) and thrust washer. 7. Inspect gear for broken or worn teeth. Inspect tapered surface for wear. Replace as required.

NOTE: Thrust washer has oil passage grooves (B) on one surface. This surface must face gear-53T during reassembly.

A

49T M89486

1. Using a knife edge bearing puller, remove end bearing from shaft. 2. Remove thrust washer and gear-49T (2nd gear). 3. Inspect gear for broken or worn teeth. Inspect tapered surface for wear. Replace as required. 4. Remove snap ring (A).

44T M89491

8. Using a knife edge bearing puller, remove end bearing from other (longer) end of shaft. 9. Remove thrust washer and gear-44T (3rd gear). 10. Inspect gear for broken or worn teeth. Inspect tapered surface for wear. Replace as required. 11. Remove snap ring.

M89487

5. Remove synchromesh gears and shift collar as an assembly.

7 - 48

6/27/00

4-SPEED TRANSMISION

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

38T

F C D G

M89492

12. Remove synchromesh gears and shift collar as an assembly. 13. Remove gear-38T (4th gear) and thrust washer. 14. Inspect gear for broken or worn teeth. Inspect tapered surface for wear. Replace as required.

NOTE: Thrust washer has oil passage grooves (C) on one surface. This surface must face gear-38T during reassembly. Synchromesh Gear Disassembly, Inspection and Reassembly:

E

M89490

5. Coat surfaces of parts with fresh hydraulic oil. 6. Insert three ring keys (D) and synchromesh ring (E) into shift collar. 7. Install wire clip (F) on each side of shift collar. Ensure wire clip engages all ring keys on each side. 8. Place synchromesh gear (G) on each side of shift collar with notches aligned with ring keys. 9. Set assembly aside. 10. Repeat steps 1 through 9 for second synchromesh gear assembly. 4-Speed Transmission Assembly / Installation: 1. Assembly is done in reverse order of disassembly. Coat all parts with clean hydraulic oil during assembly.

E

G F

NOTE: Inner most thrust washers may have oil passage grooves on one surface. This surface must face outward, toward gears 38T and 53T, during reassembly. NOTE: Ensure notches on synchromesh gears align properly with ring keys.

D M89489

2. Fully assemble gear shaft assembly. 1. Disassemble synchromesh assembly by removing wire ring clips from shift collar and sliding synchromesh ring and ring keys out of shift collar. 2. Clean gears, ring and collar in suitable solvent. Dry with compressed air. 3. Inspect ring and collar for wear, cracking, broken or missing teeth, and plugged or filled oil lubrication passages. Replace as required. 4. Inspect synchromesh gears for wear on tapered surfaces, plugged or filled in internal grooves, broken or missing teeth. Replace as required. 6/27/00

7 - 49

4-SPEED TRANSMISION

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

E

B D

A

M89480

3. Install gear shaft assembly part way into gear cover (A), slide shift forks over fork shafts, align shift forks with shift collars and fully seat all parts into gear cover. 4. Install rolled pins (B) securing shift forks to fork shafts.

F M89493

7. Install drive gear assembly in transmission case until fully seated. 8. Install three lock washers and cap screws (D). Tighten cap screws to 85 N•m (63 lb-ft). 9. Ensure PTO shaft bearing is fully seated in gear cover. 10. Install PTO shaft spacer (E). 11. Install spline connector (F). 12. Install splined coupling.

C M89459

5. Set top shaft assembly onto gear shaft assembly and fully seat end bearing into gear center plate. 6. Install PTO shaft bearing (C) in gear center plate.

7 - 50

6/27/00

CREEPER OPTION

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

CREEPER OPTION The creeper is a factory installed option and consists of the following parts:

• Gear-41T. • Large and small snap rings (C). Standard Transmission Shaft

D C A

B

Creeper Transmission Shaft

M89621 M89639

1. Creeper shift rod assembly: • Creeper shift rod (A). • Shift fork (B). • Spring (C). • Detent ball (D).

NOTE: Transmission components are all the same except for output shaft as shown.

J

F I

M89622 D

E

H

A C

B

G

2. Creeper connecting shaft assembly: • Flanged bearing (A). • Connecting shaft (B). • Bearing (C). • Gear-42T (D).

D

4. Transmission output shaft assembly: • Output shaft (D). • Spacer (E). • Gear-18T (F). • Snap ring (G). • Washer (H). • Needle bearing (I). • C-Clip (J).

B C

A

M89624

M89623

3. Stub shaft assembly: • Stub shaft (A).

6/27/00

7 - 51

CREEPER OPTION

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

Disassembly and Inspection:

NOTE: Creeper gears are between 4 speed and range transmissions. Perform rear split for service.

D

E C

A

MX1003

B

2. Inspect bearing (D). If replacement is necessary, remove eccentric locking nuts (E) and replace bearing.

E MX1001

1. Creeper gears, shafts (A&B), and shift fork and rod (C) can all be removed together as shown below.

MX1005

3. Inspect shift shaft, lever, and pin (E) for wear or damage. If replacement of shift shaft is required, range transmission must be removed.

MX1002

7 - 52

6/27/00

CREEPER OPTION

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

I H G

F

MX1010

M89629

1. Remove C- clip (F), bearing (G), washer (H), and gear (I).

4. Pry or press bearing off of connecting shaft.

MX1011 J

M89625

5. Slide 42T gear from shaft. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Replace as required.

2. Remove spacer (J) from gear shaft. 3. Inspect all parts, replace as needed.

MX1013 MX1012

6. Slide 41T gear from stub shaft. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. replace as required.

6/27/00

7 - 53

CREEPER OPTION

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

C

L K MX1014

7. Drive out roll pin (K). Slide fork (L) off of shaft, being careful not to lose detent spring and ball from hole in fork.

M89628

2. Place washer (C), with oil grooves facing out, on gear shaft.

M89621 D

8. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Replace parts as needed. Assembly:

E

M89629

3. Place needle bearing (D) on end of gear shaft and secure with C-clip (E).

A

B

M89627

1. Place spacer (A), and 18T gear (B) on gear shaft with external shift splines facing out, and secure with external snap ring.

7 - 54

6/27/00

CREEPER OPTION

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

F

G

MX1017

MX1003

4. If bearing (F) was removed from pinion shaft, install bearing. Place washer and double nut (G) on pinion shaft. Tighten inner nut, and then outer nut to specification.

6. Assemble stub shaft with snap rings and 41T gear as shown. 7. Clean gasket mating surfaces and replace gasket. I

Specification: Pinion Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 - 97 N•m (58 - 72 lb-ft).

H

MX1015

8. Install shafts and shift fork and rod to back of 4– speed transmission as shown. Make sure the fork (H) is properly engaged in slot in gear and rod (I) is properly seated in hole in bearing housing. MX1016

5. Assemble connecting shaft with 42T gear and bearing as shown.

6/27/00

7 - 55

CREEPER OPTION

POWRREVERSER™ POWER TRAIN

J

K

L

M

MX1018

9. As tractor sections are being joined, make sure transmission shifter (J) engages in shifter slots (K), and creeper shifter (L) engages in shifter slot (M). 10. Join tractor sections together and verify proper shifter operation L

M

N

M89656

11. Place new O-ring (L) on creeper shift shaft. Seat in counterbore in transmission housing. 12. Place collar (M) on shift shaft. Seat against o-ring. 13. Install plate (N) locating shift shaft in transmission housing, secure with cap screw. 14. Install shift lever and linkage.

7 - 56

6/27/00

CONTENTS

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

CONTENTS Page

SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 REPAIR SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 SPECIAL OR ESSENTIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 OTHER MATERIALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

COMPONENT LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 4500 – DIFFERENTIAL PINION SHAFT (CST & 2-WD). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 4500 – DIFFERENTIAL PINION SHAFT (PRT & 4-WD). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 4500 – DIFFERENTIAL PINION SHAFT (PRT & CREEPER). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 4600 / 4700 – DIFFERENTIAL PINION SHAFT (CST & 2-WD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 4600 / 4700 – DIFFERENTIAL PINION SHAFT (HST & 4-WD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 4600 / 4700 – DIFFERENTIAL PINION SHAFT (PRT & 4-WD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 4600 / 4700 – DIFFERENTIAL PINION SHAFT (PRT & CREEPER) . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 4500-4700 – RANGE SHIFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 4500-4700 – CREEPER SHIFT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 4500-4700 – FRONT DRIVE (FOR 4-WD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 4500 – DIFFERENTIAL GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 4600 / 4700 – DIFFERENTIAL GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 4500-4700 – REAR HOUSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 4500 – DIFFERENTIAL LOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 4600 / 4700 – DIFFERENTIAL LOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 4500 – FINAL PINION AND FINAL GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 4600 / 4700 – FINAL PINION AND FINAL GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 4500-4700 – BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 4500-4700 PTO CLUTCH/BRAKE ASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 4500-4700 – REAR PTO SHAFTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 MID PTO ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 4500-4700 – 2-SPEED REAR PTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 4500 – TRANSMISSION HOUSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 4600 / 4700 – TRANSMISSION HOUSING (HST & 2-WD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 4600 / 4700 – TRANSMISSION HOUSING (HST & 4-WD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 4-WD FRONT AXLE HOUSING COMPONENT LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 4-WD DIFFERENTIAL COMPONENT LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 4-WD FINAL DRIVE COMPONENT LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 PTO TROUBLESHOOTING CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

THEORY OF OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 RANGE TRANSMISSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 4-WD POWER OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 DIFFERENTIAL POWER FLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 DIFFERENTIAL LOCK OPERATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 MFWD POWER FLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

6/27/00

8-1

CONTENTS CONTINUED

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

Page

TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 DIFFERENTIAL PINION SHAFT ADJUSTMENT - 46-4700 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 DIFFERENTIAL BACKLASH ADJUSTMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

REPAIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 4-WD OUTPUT SHAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEED RANGE TRANSMISSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FINAL DRIVE REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FINAL DRIVE INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FINAL DRIVE DISASSEMBLY INSPECTION & ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DIFFERENTIAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DIFFERENTIAL LOCK FORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-WD DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-WD FINAL DRIVE COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-WD REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPINDLE SHAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPINDLE SHAFT ASSEMBLY AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FINAL DRIVE HOUSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPINDLE HOUSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FRONT AXLE DIFFERENTIAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

43 46 51 52 54 58 60 61 61 62 62 63 63 64 64

PTO THEORY OF OPERATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 PTO CLUTCH AND BRAKE THEORY OF OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POWER TRANSMISSION — REAR PTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POWER TRANSMISSION — 2 SPEED REAR PTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POWER TRANSMISSION — MID PTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

68 69 70 71

PTO REPAIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 REAR PTO DRIVE SHAFT AND GEARS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-SPEED REAR PTO DRIVE SHAFT AND GEARS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PTO CLUTCH & BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MID PTO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8-2

72 76 79 86

6/27/00

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

SPECIFICATIONS

SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Transaxle Oil: Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . John Deere J20D Capacity: PRT and CST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37.0 L (9.8 gal) (39.1 qt) HST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35.0 L (9.25 gal) (37 qt) PTO Speeds (At 2664 Engine rpm) Rear PTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540 rpm High Speed With Optional 2 speed PTO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 750 rpm Front PTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2100 rpm 4-WD Oil: Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . John Deere J20D Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 liters (1.8 gal)

REPAIR SPECIFICATIONS PTO Clutch/Brake Specifications: Minimum Clutch/Brake Plate Thickness (End Plate) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.05 mm (0.120 in.) Minimum Clutch/Brake Plate Thickness (Friction Plates) . . . . . . . . . 2.15 mm (0.084 in.) Minimum Clutch/Brake Disks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.9 mm (0.075 in.) Interlock Pin Length (minimum). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.8 mm (0.740 in.) Pinion and Ring Gear Specifications: Differential Ring Gear Backlash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.13 - 0.18 mm (0.005 - 0.007 in.) Brakes Specifications: Brake Arm Sleeve OD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45.041 - 45.08 mm (1.773 - 1.775 in.) Brake Arm Sleeve ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30.07 - 30.091 mm (1.183 - 1.185 in.) Brake Arm OD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.95 - 30 mm (1.179 - 1.181 in.) Rear Axle housing Brake Arm Bore ID . . . . . . . . . .45.08 - 45.18 mm (1.775 - 1.779 in.) Front Wheel Alignment: Toe In Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0 - 3 mm (0.0 - 0.12 in.) Inclination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13° Swing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10° Steering Angle: Inward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54° Outward. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62°

TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS PTO Cover Cap Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 N•m (132 lb-in.) Final Drive toTransmission Housing Cap Screws . . . . . . . . 103 - 132 N•m (76 - 98 lb-ft) Final Drive toTransmission Housing Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 - 80 N•m (45 - 59 lb-ft) Planetary Pinion Carrier to Axle Bolt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 - 132 N•m (76 - 98 lb-ft) Internal (Ring) Gear Cap Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 - 59 N•m (33 - 43 lb-ft) Ring Gear Cap Screws (4500) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 - 29 N•m (17 - 22 lb-ft) Ring Gear Cap Screws (46-4700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 - 59 N•m (33 - 43 lb-ft) Eccentric Lock Nut (Lower and Upper) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 - 97 N•m (58 - 72 lb-ft) Mid PTO Housing to Transmission Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 - 50 N•m (33 - 37 lb-ft) 6/27/00

8-3

SPECIAL OR ESSENTIAL TOOLS

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

Front Axle 4-WD Front Wheel Cap Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 - 147 N•m (87 - 108 lb-ft) Final Drive Cover Cap Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 - 38 N•m (22 - 28 lb-ft) Differential Carrier to 4-WD Housing Cap Screw1 ** . . . . . . . .61 - 68 N•m (45 - 50 lb-ft) Tie Rod Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 - 129 N•m (85- 95 lb-ft) Differential Ring Gear Cap Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79 - 88 N•m (58 - 65 lb-ft) Differential Bearing Retainer Cap Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 - 68 N•m (40 - 50 lb-ft) Pinion Retaining Nut. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .258 - 285 N•m (190 - 210 lb-ft) Hub Shaft Retaining Nut ** . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .447 - 488 N•m (330 - 360 lb-ft) Cylinder Bracket to Axle Housing Cap Screw **. . . . . . . .286 - 316 N•m (211 - 233 lb-ft) Cylinder Bracket to Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 - 29 N•m (22 - 28 lb-ft) 4-WD Housing to Spindle Housing Cap Screw **. . . . . . .286 - 316 N•m (211 - 233 lb-ft) ** Note: Use thread locking compound

SPECIAL OR ESSENTIAL TOOLS Part Number

Part Name

JDG1169

Clutch Spring Compressor

JT07335-1,2,3

Splitting Stands and Brackets

NOTE: Order tools according to information given in the U.S. SERVICE-GARD™ Catalog or in the European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC).

1. Cap screw size and torque value may increase in later models. Check cap screw size against torque table. See “METRIC FASTENER TORQUE VALUES” on page9 in the Specifications Section.

8-4

6/27/00

OTHER MATERIALS

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

OTHER MATERIALS Number U.S./Canadian

Name

Use

TY6305

John Deere Clean and Cure Primer

Cleans parts and speeds cure of sealant.

TY15130 / TY15934

John Deere Sealant

Seals transaxle and final drive case halves.

TY6333

Moly High Temperature EP Grease

TY22034

John Deere SuperLube ®

TY9370 / TY9477 (#242 LOCTITE®)

Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Strength)

TY6304 (#515 LOCTITE®)

Loctite Sealant

Seals the front axle final drive cover to the final drive housing. Also applied to the outer surface of the wheel seals.

#262 LOCTITE®

Loctite Thread Lock and Sealer (High Strength)

Apply to front axle spindle housing cap screws and to the 4-WD housing cap screws.

TY15941 (#620 LOCTITE®)

Loctite Retaining Compound (High Strength)

Seals front axle final drive housing cap.

TY16021

John Deere High Flex Form-InPlace Gasket

Sealing Flange Assemblies

TY15934

John Deere General Purpose Gasket Dressing

Sealing Gaskets and Hoses

6/27/00

8-5

COMPONENT LOCATION

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

COMPONENT LOCATION 4500 – DIFFERENTIAL PINION SHAFT (CST & 2-WD)

7

1 2 3 4 5

8

6

8 9 13

10

14

11

15

12

16 17 14

18

19 20 21 22

M91761

1. Nut, Upper

7. Housing, Bearing

13. Sleeve, Splined

19. Bushing, 35x40x19

2. Nut, Lower

8. Bearing

14. Shifter

20. Spacer, 35x50x12

3. Washer, 16x38x4.5

9. Ring, Snap

15. Gear, Counter (40T)

21. Bearing 22. Shaft, Pinion

4. Bushing, 25x38x12

10. Washer, 30x50x8

16. Bushing, 34x40x26

5. Bushing, 31x40x15

11. Gear (21T)

17. Sleeve, Splined

6. Washer, 30x45x3

12. Bushing, 34x40x30

18. Gear, Counter (53T)

8-6

6/27/00

4500 – DIFFERENTIAL PINION SHAFT (PRT & 4-WD)

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

4500 – DIFFERENTIAL PINION SHAFT (PRT & 4-WD) 7 1 2 3 4

5

6

8 8 9 13

10

14

11

15

12

16 17 14

18

19 20 21 22

M91762

1. Nut, Upper

7. Housing, Bearing

13. Sleeve, Splined

19. Bushing, 35x40x19

2. Nut, Lower

8. Bearing

14. Shifter

20. Spacer, 35x50x12

3. Washer, 16x38x4.5

9. Ring, Snap

15. Gear, Counter (45T)

21. Bearing 22. Shaft, Pinion

4. Bushing, 25x38x12

10. Washer, 30x50x8

16. Bushing, 34x40x26

5. Pinion, Drive (44T)

11. Gear, Counter (23T)

17. Sleeve, Splined

6. Washer, 30x45x3

12. Bushing, 34x40x30

18. Gear, Counter (53T)

6/27/00

8-7

4500 – DIFFERENTIAL PINION SHAFT (PRT & CREEPER)

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

4500 – DIFFERENTIAL PINION SHAFT (PRT & CREEPER) 2

1

3 5

4

6 7

10 11

8 12

9 13 14 15 16

20

17 20

18 21

19 22 23 24 25

29 26

26

30

27

31

28

32 33

34

M91763

1. Shaft, Driven

10. Plate, Center

19. Washer, 30x45x3

28. Bushing, 34x40x26

2. Bushing, 31x38x33.2

11. Bearing

20. Bearing

29. Sleeve, Splined

3. Pinion, Creeper

12. Gear, Creeper (42T)

21. Snap Ring

30. Gear, Counter (53T)

4. Snap Ring

13. Shaft, Creeper

22. Washer, 30x50x8

31. Bushing, 35x40x26

5. Gear, Sliding (41T)

14. Nut, Upper

23. Gear, Counter (23T)

32. Spacer, 35x50x12

6. Ring, Snap

15. Nut, Lower

24. Bushing, 34x40x30

33. Bearing

7. Shaft, Connecting

16. Washer, 16x38x4.5

25. Sleeve, Splined

34. Shaft, Pinion

8. Coupler, Splined

17. Bearing

26. Shifter

9. Housing, Bearing

18. Pinion, Drive (44T)

27. Gear, Counter (45T)

8-8

6/27/00

4600 / 4700 – DIFFERENTIAL PINION SHAFT (CST & 2-WD)

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

4600 / 4700 – DIFFERENTIAL PINION SHAFT (CST & 2-WD) 8 1 2 3 4 5 6

9

7

6 10 11 12 16

13 14

17 15

18 15

19

20 21 22 23

M91764

1. Nut, Upper

7. Spacer, 30x4.5

13. Bushing, 34x40x30

19. Gear, Counter (53T)

2. Nut, Lower

8. Housing, Bearing

14. Sleeve, Splined

20. Bushing, 35x40x19

3. Washer, 16x38x4.5

9. Ring, 75

15. Shifter

21. Spacer, 35x50x12

4. Bushing, 25x38x12

10. Shim(s)*

16. Gear, Counter (40T)

22. Bearing

5. Bushing, 31x40x15

11. Washer, 30x45x3

17. Bushing, 34x40x26

23. Shaft, Pinion

6. Bearing, Roller

12. Gear, Counter (21T)

18. Sleeve, Splined

* Note: Shims may vary in thickness and number for counter shaft adjustment. * Note: Shims may vary in number for pinion shaft adjustment. (See “DIFFERENTIAL PINION SHAFT ADJUSTMENT - 46-4700” on page 41.)

6/27/00

8-9

4600 / 4700 – DIFFERENTIAL PINION SHAFT (HST & 4-WD)

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

4600 / 4700 – DIFFERENTIAL PINION SHAFT (HST & 4-WD) 8 1 2 3 4 5 9

6

7

6 10

11 12 16

13 14

17 15

18 15

19

20 21 22 23

M91765

1. Nut, Upper

7. Spacer, 30x4.5

13. Bushing, 34x40x30

19. Gear, Counter (49T)

2. Nut, Lower

8. Housing, Bearing

14. Sleeve, Splined

20. Bushing, 35x40x19

3. Washer, 16x38x4.5

9. Ring, 75

15. Shifter

21. Spacer, 35x50x12

4. Bushing, 25x38x12

10. Shim(s), 30x45x0.1*

16. Gear, Counter (45T)

22. Bearing

5. Pinion, Drive (44T)

11. Washer, 30x45x3

17. Bushing, 34x40x26

23. Shaft, Pinion

6. Bearing, Roller

12. Gear, Counter (26T)

18. Sleeve, Splined

* Note: Shims may vary in number for pinion shaft adjustment. (See “DIFFERENTIAL PINION SHAFT ADJUSTMENT - 46-4700” on page 41.)

8 - 10

6/27/00

4600 / 4700 – DIFFERENTIAL PINION SHAFT (PRT & 4-WD)

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

4600 / 4700 – DIFFERENTIAL PINION SHAFT (PRT & 4-WD)

8

1 2 3 4

5 6

9 7

6 10

11 12 16

13 14

17 15

18 15

19

20 21 22 23

M91766

1. Nut, Upper

7. Spacer, 30x4.5

13. Bushing, 34x40x30

19. Gear, Counter (53T)

2. Nut, Lower

8. Housing, Bearing

14. Sleeve, Splined

20. Bushing, 35x40x19

3. Washer, 16x38x4.5

9. Ring, 75

15. Shifter

21. Spacer, 35x50x12

4. Bushing, 25x38x12

10. Shim(s), 30x45x0.1*

16. Gear, Counter (45T)

22. Bearing

5. Pinion, Drive (44T)

11. Washer, 30x45x3

17. Bushing, 34x40x26

23. Shaft, Pinion

6. Bearing, Roller

12. Gear, Counter (23T)

18. Sleeve, Splined

* Note: Shims may vary in number for pinion shaft adjustment. (See “DIFFERENTIAL PINION SHAFT ADJUSTMENT - 46-4700” on page 41.)

6/27/00

8 - 11

4600 / 4700 – DIFFERENTIAL PINION SHAFT (PRT & CREEPER) FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

4600 / 4700 – DIFFERENTIAL PINION SHAFT (PRT & CREEPER) 2 1

3 5

4

6 7

10

8

11 12

9

13 14 19

15 16

20

17

21 19

18 22 23 24

25 30

26

27

27

31

28

32

29

33 34 35

M91767

1. Shaft, Driven

10. Plate, Center

19. Bearing

28. Gear, Counter (45T)

2. Bushing, 31x38x33.2

11. Bearing

20. Spacer, 30x4.5

29. Bushing, 34x40x26

3. Gear, Creeper

12. Gear, Creeper (42T)

21. Ring, 75

30. Sleeve, Splined

4. Snap Ring, 30

13. Shaft, Creeper

22. Shim, 30x45x0.1

31. Gear, Counter (53T)

5. Gear, Sliding (41T)

14. Nut, Upper

23. Washer, 30x45x3

32. Bushing, 35x40x19

6. Ring, Snap

15. Nut, Lower

24. Gear, Counter (23T)

33. Spacer, 35x50x12

7. Shaft, Connecting

16. Washer, 16x38x4.5

25. Bushing, 34x40x30

34. Bearing

8. Coupler, Splined

17. Bearing

26. Sleeve, Splined

35. Shaft, Counter

9. Housing, Bearing

18. Pinion, Drive (44T)

27. Shifter

8 - 12

6/27/00

4500-4700 – RANGE SHIFT

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

4500-4700 – RANGE SHIFT 1 2

3

4 5 5

6

5

10

7

8 8 9

15 14 13

12

M91779

11 1. Ball, 1/4

5. Pin, Spring - 6.0x32

2. Spring, Fork Lock

6. Fork, Range Shift

10. Arm, Range Shift

14. Packing

3. Housing, Bearing

7. Fork, Range Shift

11. Cap Screw w/Washer

15. Shaft, Range Shift

4. Shaft, Fork

8. Shifter

12. Plate, Retainer

6/27/00

9. Cap, Sealing

13. Sleeve

8 - 13

4500-4700 – CREEPER SHIFT

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

4500-4700 – CREEPER SHIFT

4

1 2

3

5 6

7

13 8

12 11

9

10

M91780

1. Plate, Center

5. Shaft, Creeper Fork

2. Ball, 5/16

6. Arm, Creeper Shift

10. Cap Screw w/Washer

3. Spring

7. Pin, Spring - 6.0x32

11. Plate, Retainer

4. Fork, Creeper Shift

8. Shaft, Range Shift Fork

12. Sleeve

8 - 14

9. Housing, Bearing

13. Packing

6/27/00

4500-4700 – FRONT DRIVE (FOR 4-WD)

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

4500-4700 – FRONT DRIVE (FOR 4-WD)

1

6

2 3

7 4 5

8 9 8

10 12 11 13

14 15

16

21

20 19

18 17

M91781

1. Housing, Clutch

7. Shaft, Front Drive

13. Gear, Front Drive (53T)

19. Sleeve

2. Seal

8. Ball, 1/4

14. Sleeve, Front Drive

20. Packing

3. Ring, Snap

9. Spring

15. Washer, 20x32x2

21. Shaft, Front Shift

4. Bearing

10. Pin, Spring - 6.0x32

16. Bearing

5. Ring, 35x2.3

11. Arm, Front Shift

17. Cap Screw w/Washer

6. Collar, Mid Shift

12. Shoe, Shift Arm

18. Plate, Retainer

6/27/00

8 - 15

4500 – DIFFERENTIAL GEAR

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

4500 – DIFFERENTIAL GEAR

1

4 5 2

6 3

7

8 9 16

11

12

17 10

20

21

21

19 18

13 17 16

14

M91782

15 1. Housing, Transmission

7. Gear, Ring

13. Shims* 0.1, 0.3, 0.5

19. Gear, Diff. RH

2. Bearing

8. Housing, Differential

14. Carrier, Differential

20. Gear, Diff. LH

3. Shaft, Counter

9. Spring Pin, 5.0x40

15. Bolt, w/Washer

21. Washer, Side Gear

4. Pinion, RH Final

10. Cap Screw w/Lock Washer

16. Washer, Diff. Pinion

5. Bearing

11. Pinion, LH Final

17. Pinion, Differential

6. Collar, Diff. Locking

12. Bearing

18. Shaft, Diff. Pinion

*Note: Shims will vary (as required) for backlash adjustment. (See “DIFFERENTIAL BACKLASH ADJUSTMENT” on page 42.)

8 - 16

6/27/00

4600 / 4700 – DIFFERENTIAL GEAR

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

4600 / 4700 – DIFFERENTIAL GEAR

1

4 5 6

2

7 3 8 9 10

14

13

18 22

12 11

19 23

23 20

21

15 19 18

16 17

M91783

1. Housing, Transmission

7. Collar, Diff. Locking

13. Pinion, LH Final

19. Pinion, Differential

2. Bearing

8. Gear, Ring

14. Bearing, Ball

20. Shaft, Diff. Pinion

3. Shaft, Counter

9. Housing, Differential

15. Shim*

21. Gear, Diff. RH

4. Pinion, RH Final

10. Pin, Spring - 6.0x36

16. Carrier, Differential

22. Gear, Diff. LH

5. Snap Ring, 50

11. Screw

17. Cap Screw w/Washer

23. Washer, Side Gear

6. Bearing, Ball

12. Washer, Lock

18. Washer, Diff. Pinion

*Note: Shim(s) will vary (as required) for backlash adjustment. (See “DIFFERENTIAL BACKLASH ADJUSTMENT” on page 42.)

6/27/00

8 - 17

4500-4700 – REAR HOUSING

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

4500-4700 – REAR HOUSING 8 7 6 5

4

9

3 1 2 12 10

11 10 13

5

1

6 7 8 9

12 11

M91784

1. Gasket

5. Housing, Rear Axle

2. Rivet, 6.0x12

6. Seal, Oil

10. Pin, 10x18

3. Plate, Push

7. Gasket, Oil Seal Hsg.

11. Bolt, 12x40

4. Bolt, 10x85

8. Housing, Oil Seal

12. Bolt, 12x50

8 - 18

9. Cap Screw w/Lock Washer

13. Nut

6/27/00

4500 – DIFFERENTIAL LOCK

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

4500 – DIFFERENTIAL LOCK 1 2 3 4 5

7 6

8

8 9

11

10

M91785

1. Pin, 5.0x40

4. Pin, 8.0x32

7. Bearing

10. Shaft, Diff. Lock

2. Pin, Spring - 8.0x40

5. Spring, Diff. Lock

8. Seal

11. Pin, 6.0x32

3. Fork, Diff. Shift

6. Collar, Diff. Locking

9. Washer

6/27/00

8 - 19

4600 / 4700 – DIFFERENTIAL LOCK

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

4600 / 4700 – DIFFERENTIAL LOCK 1 2 3 4 5

7 6

8

8 9 11

10

M91786

1. Pin, 5.0x40

4. Pin, 8.0x32

7. Bearing

10. Shaft, Diff. Lock

2. Pin, Spring - 8.0x40

5. Spring, Diff. Lock

8. Seal

11. Pin, 6.0x32

3. Fork, Diff. Shift

6. Collar, Diff. Locking

9. Washer

8 - 20

6/27/00

4500 – FINAL PINION AND FINAL GEAR

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

4500 – FINAL PINION AND FINAL GEAR

1

2 3

6

5

4

7

11 19

8

18

20 18 21

9 12

10

13

16

15

14

17 M91787

1. Axle, Rear

7. Bearing, Ball

13. Ring, Retaining, 124

19. Pinion, Planetary

2. Housing, Oil Seal

8. Housing, Rear Axle

14. Carrier, Planetary Pinion

20. Bearing, Needle

3. Sleeve, Seal

9. Pin, 10x18

15. Washer, 13x64x9

21. Shaft, Planetary Pinion

4. Seal, Oil

10. Gear, Internal

16. Plate, Lock

5. Packing

11. Cap Screw - 10x65

17. Bolt, 12x30

6. Spacer

12. Bearing

18. Washer, 25x42x1

6/27/00

8 - 21

4600 / 4700 – FINAL PINION AND FINAL GEAR

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

4600 / 4700 – FINAL PINION AND FINAL GEAR

1

3

2

4 5 6 7

11

19 21 19

8

18

20

20 22 9 12

14

10

13 15 16 M91788

17

1. Axle, Rear

7. Bearing, Ball

13. Carrier, Planetary Pinion

19. Washer, 25x42x1

2. Housing, Oil Seal

8. Housing, Rear Axle

14. Shaft, Planetary Pinion

20. Bearing, Needle

3. Sleeve, Seal

9. Pin, 10x18

15. Washer, 13x64x9

21. Pinion, Planetary 22. Sleeve, 38x34.5x6.5

4. Seal, Oil

10. Gear, Internal

16. Plate, Lock

5. Packing

11. Cap Screw - 10x65

17. Bolt, 12x30

6. Spacer

12. Bearing

18. Pin, Spring - 8.0x40

8 - 22

6/27/00

4500-4700 – BRAKE

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

4500-4700 – BRAKE 8 7

3 2 1 5

6

4

15 9 10 11 12 13 14 13 M91789

14

1. Ring, Snap - 29

5. Spring, Actuator

2. Cam Lever, RH

6. Hook, Spring

10. Gear, Internal

14. Plate, Brake

3. Sleeve, Cam Lever

7. Seal

11. Ball, 9/16

15. Pinion, RH Final Drive

4. Cap Screw - 10x65

8. Arm, Brake

12. Actuator, RH

6/27/00

9. Housing, Rear Axle

13. Disk, Brake

8 - 23

4500-4700 PTO CLUTCH/BRAKE ASSEMBLY

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

4500-4700 PTO CLUTCH/BRAKE ASSEMBLY 1 2

3 2 4

2 3 2

5 6 7 8 9 10

12

11

13

10 11

14

10 11

15

10

18

11

16

10 11

17 20

21

11 22

10

21 24

11 10 11 12

23

19 25 28 29

26 30 27

31 32

1. Body, PTO Valve

9. Plate, End - 3.2

M91690

17. Cylinder, Clutch

25. Key, 7x5.8x60

2. Packing

10. Disk

18. Pin, 2.6x19.5

26. Shaft

3. Tube, Oil

11. Plate, Friction

19. Hub, Brake

27. Coupling, Splined

4. Spacer, 23x30x39

12. Ring, Snap - 95

20. Bearing, Ball

28. Bushing, 12x14x20

5. Ring, Snap - 95

13. Washer, 40x54x2.3

21. Ring, Snap - 30

29. Pin, Brake Anchor

6. Plate, Retaining

14. Spring

22. Bearing

30. Spring, Anchor Pin

7. Hub, Clutch

15. Piston, Clutch

23. Housing, Bearing

31. Gasket

8. Bearing

16. O-Ring, 95

24. Seal, Shaft

32. Plug

8 - 24

6/27/00

4500-4700 – REAR PTO SHAFTS

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

4500-4700 – REAR PTO SHAFTS

1

2 3

4 5 6

7

8 9 14 13

12 11 10 M91691

1. Shaft, Clutch

5. Shaft, PTO Pinion

2. Coupling, PTO - Splined

6. Bearing, Ball

10. Shaft, PTO

3. Ring, Snap - 22

7. Cover, Rear PTO

11. Bearing, Ball

4. Ball Bearing

8. Seal

12. Gear (74T)

6/27/00

9. Sleeve, Seal

13. Ring, Snap - 34 14. Bearing, Ball

8 - 25

MID PTO ASSEMBLY

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

MID PTO ASSEMBLY

1

2

4

5 3

6

45

43

46 45

44

10

12

8

13

33

47

7

9

34

48 49

50

14

51

17

11

18

27

35

20

15 16

32

19

26 25

29

37

24

31 23

36

30

38

22 21

39 29

40 41

8 - 26

42

28 M91692

6/27/00

MID PTO ASSEMBLY

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

1. Housing, Transmission

18. Cover, Rear PTO

35. Pin

2. Bolt w/Washer

19. Cover, Mid PTO

36. Cover, Mid PTO

3. Cover, Mid PTO

20. Cap Screw w/Lock Washer

37. Cap Screw w/Lock Washer

4. Boot

21. Bearing, Ball

38. Cover, Seal Case

5. Bolt

22. Spacer

39. Ring, Snap - 25

6. Cover, Mid PTO

23. Gear

40. Seal

7. Arm, Mid PTO Shift

24. Shaft, Mid PTO Idler

41. Sleeve, Oil Seal

8. Pin, Spring - 6.0x32

25. Gear

42. Packing

9. Collar

26. Bearing, Ball

43. Bearing, Ball

10. Sleeve

27. Ring, Snap - 68

44. Shaft, PTO Stub

11. Packing

28. Cap Screw w/Lock Washer

45. Ball, 1/4

12. Lever, Shift

29. Cap Screw w/Lock Washer

46. Spring

13. Shoe, Shifter

30. Cover

47. Ring, 35x2.3

14. Pin, Spring - 6.0x32

31. Packing

48. Collar, Shift

15. Washer

32. Case, Mid PTO

49. Gear, Drive

16. Plate

33. Pin, 10x18

50. Washer, 20x40x3

17. Bolt w/Washer

34. Packing

51. Bearing, Ball

6/27/00

8 - 27

4500-4700 – 2-SPEED REAR PTO

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

4500-4700 – 2-SPEED REAR PTO 3 1

4

5

2 6 7

8 9

10 15

14

11 12

13

16 17 18 21 16 19 20 22

23 M91693

24 1. O-Ring

7. Bearing

13. Shift Collar

19. Spacer, 35x45x2

2. Collar

8. Ball, 1/4

14. Gear (69T)

20. Bearing

3. Plate, Keeper

9. Spring

15. Bearing

21. Rear PTO Cover

4. Cap Screw and Lock Washer

10. Fork Shaft

16. Bearing

22. Stub Shaft, PTO

5. Bearing

11. Shift Fork Arm

17. Snap Ring,

23. Sleeve, Seal

6. Shaft, PTO Pinion

12. Shift Fork

18. Gear (74T)

24. Seal

8 - 28

6/27/00

4500 – TRANSMISSION HOUSING

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

4500 – TRANSMISSION HOUSING 9

3

1

10

2 6

8 7

4 5 16 11 18 12 13 17 19

15 20

14 21 22

25

23

24

26 27 29

28

34

30 31

32 33 38

35 36 37 M91801

1. Nut

11. Cap, Seal

21. Lock Washer

31. Cap Screw/Washer

2. Lock Washer

12. Cap, Seal

22. Stud, 12x45

32. Pin, Lower Link

3. Gasket

13. Stud, 16x35

23. Flange, Pipe

33. Cap Screw/Washer

4. Stud, 16x45

14. Packing

24. Screw/Washer

34. Packing

5. Pin, 10x18

15. Plug, 9/16

25. Stud, 10x90

35. Cover, Mid PTO

6. Screen, Suction

16. Bolt

26. Nut

36. Packing

7. Packing

17. Cap Screw

27. Gasket

37. Plug

8. Cover, Screen

18. Bushing, 13x17x14

28. Spacer

38. Cap Screw/Washer

9. Screw/Washer

19. O-Ring

29. O-Ring

20. Nut

30. Filler, Oil

10. Plug

6/27/00

8 - 29

4600 / 4700 – TRANSMISSION HOUSING (HST & 2-WD)

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

4600 / 4700 – TRANSMISSION HOUSING (HST & 2-WD) 9

3 1

10

2 6

8 7

4 5

16

11 18 12 13 17

19 15 14

20 21 22

25

23

24

26 28

27 34

29 30 31

35

32 33

36 38

37 M91802

1. Nut

11. Cap, Seal

21. Washer, Lock

31. Cap Screw w/Washer

2. Washer, Lock

12. Cap, Seal

22. Stud, 12x45

32. Pin, Lower Link

3. Gasket

13. Stud, 16x35

23. Flange, Pipe

33. Cap Screw w/Washer

4. Stud, 16x45

14. O-Ring

24. Cap Screw w/Washer

34. O-Ring

5. Pin, 10x18

15. Plug, 9/16

25. Stud, 10x90

35. Cover, Mid PTO

6. Screen, Suction

16. Cap Screw

26. Nut

36. O-Ring

7. O-Ring

17. Cap Screw

27. Gasket

37. Plug

8. Cover, Strainer

18. Collar, 13x17x14

28. Spacer

38. Cap Screw w/Washer

9. Cap Screw w/Washer

19. O-Ring

29. O-Ring

20. Nut

30. Filler, Oil

10. Plug

8 - 30

6/27/00

4600 / 4700 – TRANSMISSION HOUSING (HST & 4-WD)

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

4600 / 4700 – TRANSMISSION HOUSING (HST & 4-WD) 9

3

1

10

2 6

8 7

4 5

16

11 18 12 13 17 19 20 21

15 14

22 23

26

24

25

27 28 30

35

29

31

36

33

32 34 39

37 38 M91803

1. Nut

11. Cap, Seal

21. Nut

31. Filler, Oil

2. Washer, Lock

12. Cap, Seal

22. Washer, Lock

32. Cap Screw w/Washer

3. Gasket

13. Stud, 16x35

23. Stud, 12x45

33. Pin, Lower Link

4. Stud, 16x45

14. Packing

24. Flange, Pipe

34. Cap Screw w/Washer

5. Pin, 10x18

15. Plug, 9/16

25. Screw w/Washer

35. Packing

6. Screen, Suction

16. Bolt

26. Stud, 10x90

36. Cover, Mid PTO

7. Packing

17. Cap Screw

27. Nut

37. Packing

8. Cover, Screen

18. Bushing, 13x17x14

28. Gasket

38. Plug

9. Screw w/Washer

19. Cap, Seal

29. Spacer

39. Cap Screw w/Washer

20. O-Ring

30. O-Ring

10. Plug

6/27/00

8 - 31

4-WD FRONT AXLE HOUSING COMPONENT LOCATION

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

4-WD FRONT AXLE HOUSING COMPONENT LOCATION 7

4

1

6

3 2

5 8 10

9

19

16

18 20

17

21 22

11

26 27

23

12 13

24

25

14 15

29 31 33

28

35 38

32

37

30

34 36

M91839

1. Housing, Axle

11. Shaft, Axle

21. Bearing Cone

31. Bearing Cone

2. Seal

12. Snap Ring (2)

22. Bearing Cup

32. O-ring

3. Washer

13. Shim (as required)

23. Bearing Cup (2)

33. Seal

4. Bushing

14. Bearing, Ball (2)

24. Bearing Cone (2)

34. Spacer

5. Support, Axle

15. Gear, Bevel (12T)

25. Cap Screw (12)

35. Nut

6. Washer

16. Pin, Dowel (2)

26. Cover, Differential

36. Seal

7. Cap Screw

17. Plug, Drain

27. Seal

37. Bushing

8. Dip Stick / Filler Cap

18. Retainer, Bearing (2)

28. Spacer

38. Support, Axle

9. Cap Screw(8)

19. Cap Screw (4)

29. Shim (as required)

20. Shim (as required)

30. Bearing Cup

10. Lock Washer (8)

8 - 32

6/27/00

4-WD DIFFERENTIAL COMPONENT LOCATION

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

4-WD DIFFERENTIAL COMPONENT LOCATION 1 2

13

11

14 7 8

3 4

12 5 9 6

17 15

10

16

18

20 19 M91838

1. Cap Screw (4)

6. Pinion (11T)

11. Washer, Thrust (2)

16. Bearing Cone

2. Retainer, Bearing (2)

7. Gear, Ring (41T)

12. Gear, Bevel (2)

17. Bearing Cup

3. Bearing Cup (2)

8. Shaft, Pinion

13. Washer (2)

18. Shim (as required)

4. Bearing Cone (2)

9. Pin

14. Gear, Pinion Bevel (2)

19. Cap Screw (12)

15. Cap Screw (10)

20. Cover, Differential

5. Shim (as required)

6/27/00

10. Carrier, Differential

8 - 33

4-WD FINAL DRIVE COMPONENT LOCATION

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

4-WD FINAL DRIVE COMPONENT LOCATION 2 3

26

4

27

28

1 27 26 29

30

5 6 9 7

31 10

32

19

11 20

12 8

13 14 15 16 22 18 17

23 21

24 25 M91837

1. Housing, 4-WD

9. Bearing Cup

17. Washer

25. Gear, Bevel (41T)

2. Gear, Bevel (15T)

10. Bearing Cone

18. Snap Ring

26. Bearing Cone (2)

3. Bearing, Ball

11. Nut

19. Seal

27. Bearing Cup (2)

4. Housing, Spindle

12. Snap Ring

20. Housing, Final Drive

28. Cover, Outer Drive

5. Seal

13. Bearing, Ball

21. Cap

29. Seal

6. Bearing Cone

14. Snap Ring

22. Nut, Spindle

30. Shaft, Hub

7. Bearing Cup

15. Gear, Bevel (12T)

23. Washer

31. Washer (8)

8. Shaft, Spindle

16. Shim (as required)

24. Shim (as required)

32. Cap Screw (8)

8 - 34

6/27/00

TROUBLESHOOTING

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

TROUBLESHOOTING

PTO clutch for worn or damaged.

●

●

●

PTO shaft slows down.

●

●

●

● ●

PTO brake worn or damaged. Use higher engine RPM. Check engine performance.

●

●

Excessive load on PTO output shaft (implement too large). Remove load.

●

●

PTO solenoid will not engage. (See "PTO SOLENOID TEST" on page 87 in Electrical section.)

2-speed PTO does not engage.

●

Rear PTO operates, but mid PTO will not engage.

PTO shaft, gear, or bearing failure.

PTO will not stay engaged.

●

Engine stalls when PTO is engaged.

Low Hydraulic Oil Pressure. (See “SYSTEM RELIEF PRESSURE TEST” on page 27 in Hydraulics section.)

PTO shaft will not stop or slow to stop.

Check or Solution

Rear PTO will not engage.

Problem or Symptom

Gear or bearing noise with PTO engaged.

PTO TROUBLESHOOTING CHART

● ●

2-speed shift mechanism damaged. Mid PTO shift mechanism damaged or needs adjustment.

6/27/00

●

8 - 35

THEORY OF OPERATION

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

THEORY OF OPERATION

The diagram below shows the shifters in the rearmost (1st gear) position. Power flow is shown with the solid arrow. Power flow for 2nd and 3rd gear are shown with dashed arrows.

RANGE TRANSMISSION

There are four positions for the shifters (from rear to front): Operation: When the transmission is engaged, power from the driven shaft (A) is transferred to reduction shaft (B) through a splined collar. There are three gears on the reduction shaft that are continuously engaged to three gears on the pinion shaft (C).The three gears on the pinion shaft spin freely on the shaft. Between the three gears on the pinion shaft there are two splined sleeves (D). There are two shifters (E) that slide forward and rearward on the splined sleeves. The forks secured to the range shift linkage fit into the two shifters (E) and selection of the range shifter moves the forks and shifters forward and rearward. The shifters lock (only one at a time) the gears on the pinion shaft to one of the splined sleeves (D).

• Rearmost - 1st • Next forward - Neutral (no gear locked to sleeves) • Next forward - 2nd • Most forward - 3rd 4-WD Drive Option When the pinion shaft is powered, a splined gear (F) provides power to the front drive gear (G) on the front drive shaft. The gear is shown disengaged. (See “4-WD POWER OPERATION” on page 37.)

PRT Shown B

A

3rd

2nd

1st

C

1st 2nd 3rd

F D

D G

E

E

4-WD Disengaged

8 - 36

6/27/00

4-WD POWER OPERATION

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

4-WD POWER OPERATION Operation: When the transmission is engaged, power from the driven shaft (A) is transferred the pinion shaft (B). (See “RANGE TRANSMISSION” on page 36.) When the pinion shaft is powered, a splined gear (C) provides power to the front drive gear (D) on the front drive shaft. The front drive gear spins freely on the front drive shaft (E). When the front wheel drive is engaged, the linkage moves a fork that is fitted into the mid shift collar (F). The mid shift collar is splined to the front drive shaft and moves rearward engaging the front drive gear locking the gear to the shaft. This provides power to the front axle transmission. The diagram below shows the range shifters in the front (3rd gear) position, and the 4-WD is shown engaged. Power flow is shown with the solid arrow.

PRT With Creeper Option Shown A

3rd

B

C E D

4-WD Engaged (To front Axle)

F

6/27/00

8 - 37

DIFFERENTIAL POWER FLOW

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

DIFFERENTIAL POWER FLOW Function: To transmit power from the counter shaft to the axle shaft Operation: Power from the differential drive shaft (A) is transmitted through the differential assembly to the final pinion shaft (B). The final drive pinion shaft is in mesh with the three small gears on the planetary final drive gear assembly (C). Three small gears walk around the inside of the large gear and rotate the planetary assembly. The result is rotation of the axle shaft (D). The differential assembly is a ring gear (E) bolted to the carrier (F). Inside the carrier are two bevel gears (G) and two bevel pinions (H). When the tractor turns sharply one axle is held stationary. The result is that the bevel pinions rotate on their own axis and walk around the stationary bevel gears. The turning ring gear transmits power through the pinion to the opposite bevel gear.

E

A

F

G H

B

D

C

MX1176

8 - 38

6/27/00

DIFFERENTIAL LOCK OPERATION

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

DIFFERENTIAL LOCK OPERATION

When the pins on the collar align with the holes in the carrier the pins will slip into the holes. Since the collar is splined to the right differential output shaft no differential action will take place and both output shafts (G) turn equally.

Function: To transmit power to both axles equally.

When the pedal is released the spring will disengage the differential lock once the torsional forces on the axles (H) is reduced.

Operation: Engaging the differential lock locks the two differential output shafts together and keeps an equal amount of power to both axles (eliminates differential action). Depressing the pedal (A) rotates a pin (B) that sets in the ramp on the fork (C). As the pin rotates it forces the fork to the left. This compresses the spring (D) and forces the differential lock collar (E) toward the differential carrier (F).

A

B

DISENGAGED

ENGAGED C D E

H

F

G

MX1177

6/27/00

8 - 39

MFWD POWER FLOW

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

MFWD POWER FLOW Side View

Top View D

C E B

F

H G A

Power from the transaxle is directed through the drive shaft to pinion shaft (A) and ring gear (B). Power then goes from the differential carrier through pin and spider gears (C), to axle drive gears (D).

8 - 40

Power travels out through the axle shaft to drive gear (E). Spindle drive gears and shaft (F), turn final drive gear (G), and axle (H).

6/27/00

TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS DIFFERENTIAL PINION SHAFT ADJUSTMENT - 46-4700

Center Plate Tapered Roller Bearing 46-4700 Shim(s)

Pinion Input Shaft

Washer

4500 Ball Bearings Center Plate M91844

Reason: To ensure proper gear engagement. Procedure: 1. Install tapered roller bearings into center plate. Seat bearings against retaining ring.

2. Place a straight edge across the face of the center plate. 3. Measure the distance between the straight edge and the tapered roller bearing face. 4. Based on the value of the measurement, refer to Table 1 to determine the number of adjustment shims.

Table 1: 4600-4700 Tractors Only Dimension Number of Shims

Retaining Ring

Tapered Roller Bearing

Straight Edge

Minimum

Maximum

18.42 mm (0.725 in.)

18.52 mm (0.729 in.)

4

18.32 mm (0.721 in.)

18.42 mm (0.725 in.)

3

18.22 mm (0.717 in.)

18.32 mm (0.721 in.)

2 (Standard)

18.12 mm (0.713 in.)

18.22 mm (0.717 in.)

1

18.02 mm (0.709 in.)

18.12 mm (0.713 in.)

0

Center Plate M91845

6/27/00

NOTE: Adjustment shims are available in one size of 0.1 mm (0.004 in.)

8 - 41

DIFFERENTIAL BACKLASH ADJUSTMENT

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

Tapered Roller Bearing

A

Washer

M91848

M91849

Shim(s)

5. Install shim(s) as required, and complete installation of differential drive shaft assembly. IMPORTANT: Always check and adjust differential backlash after a pinion shaft adjustment.

2. Attach a dial indicator to the transmission housing. 3. Locate the contact point of the dial indicator toward the outer part of the ring gear tooth (A) and as close to perpendicular to the tooth as possible. 4. While holding the differential pinion shaft stationary at the pinion, rotate the ring gear and note the backlash reading on the dial indicator. Specification - 4500-4700:

DIFFERENTIAL BACKLASH ADJUSTMENT

Backlash . . . . . . . . 0.13 - 0.18 mm (0.005 - 0.007 in.) To Adjust Backlash:

Reason:

1. If not already off, remove left axle housing, and brakes. (See “DIFFERENTIAL” on page 58.)

To place the differential ring gear in proper relationship with the differential input pinion shaft. IMPORTANT: Always check and adjust backlash after pinion shaft adjustment has been made. Do not adjust backlash unless the ring gear was replaced or the amount of shims are in question. Procedure: 1. While slowly rotating the differential housing carrier, use a soft faced mallet to lightly tap the face of the ring gear to move it and the carrier toward the leftside bearing cover.

NOTE: This is to ensure that the carrier and bearings are seated.

8 - 42

M89547

2. Remove shim(s) located inside cover to increase backlash, or add shim(s) to decrease backlash.

6/27/00

REPAIR

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

REPAIR 4-WD OUTPUT SHAFT Pinion Shaft

Removal: 1. Split tractor at rear of tunnel. See Splitting Tractor (Rear) in the appropriate power train section for the tractor. (i.e. Gear Power Train, Hydrostatic Power Train, PowrReverser Power Train) 2. Remove 4-WD shift linkage from bellcrank.

Shim(s)

A

Ring Gear M91855

M91714

NOTE: Shims are available in 0.1 mm (0.004 in.), 0.3 mm (0.012 in.), and 0.5 mm (0.020 in.) thicknesses.

3. Remove cap screw and retainer plate (A) locating front shift shaft in transmission housing.

3. Install differential carrier and recheck backlash after removing or installing shims. B

M91706

4. Remove spring pin (B) from shift mechanism.

6/27/00

8 - 43

4-WD OUTPUT SHAFT

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

NOTE: Front drive shaft has two spring loaded detent balls located under shift collar (E). Use care when removing shift collar from shaft.

C

E F

F I

D

53T

M91713 G

5. Slide shift shaft (C) out far enough to remove front shift arm assembly and shift arm shoe (D).

H M91724

Disassembly: 7. Remove shift collar (E), bearings (F), detent balls (G), spring (H), and spacer (I) from front drive shaft. IMPORTANT: DO NOT spin bearing using compressed air. Damage to bearing balls, cage, and races could result.

M91712

8. Clean bearings in a suitable solvent. Dry with compressed air. 9. Inspect bearings for discolored, burned balls and/or races. Check balls and races for spalling or cracking. Roll bearing by hand to check for rough turning or excessive looseness or play between balls and races. Replace bearings as required.

6. Remove 4-WD front drive shaft assembly from transmission housing. 53T

E M89532

M91723

8 - 44

10. Inspect bearing surfaces on shaft for wear or damage. Replace shaft as required. 11. Inspect spines on front drive shaft and shift collar for damaged splines. Replace as required. 12. Inspect groove in shift collar for scoring or damage. Replace as required.

6/27/00

4-WD OUTPUT SHAFT

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

M91712

J K

M91725

13. If not already done, remove front shift shaft assembly from transmission housing. 14. Inspect shaft for wear or scoring (J). Replace as needed. 15. Inspect shift arm shoe (K). Replace as required. 4. Place front drive shaft assembly in transmission housing.

B M89541

M91706

16. Remove O-ring and sleeve from shift shaft hole. Replace O-ring before reassembly. 5. Install shift shaft, lever, and bearing block. 6. Line up holes and install spring pin (B).

Installation: 1. If removed, install ring on front drive shaft. 2. Assemble spring, detent balls, and shift collar on front drive shaft. Install shift collar as shown, with groove towards gear side.

C

53T

M91723

3. Install gear, spacer and bearings as shown.

6/27/00

M89604

7. Place new O-Ring on shift shaft (C). Seat in counterbore in transmission housing.

8 - 45

SPEED RANGE TRANSMISSION

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

8. Place collar on shift shaft.

A

M91714 M91712

9. Install retainer plate (A) locating shift shaft in transmission housing, secure with lock washer and cap screw. 10. Place bellcrank on shift shaft. Secure with spring pin.

6. Remove 4-WD front drive shaft assembly from transmission housing.

SPEED RANGE TRANSMISSION B

Removal: 1. Split tractor at rear of tunnel. See Splitting Tractor (Rear) in the appropriate power train section for the tractor. (Gear Power Train, Hydrostatic Power Train, or PowrReverser Power Train) 2. Remove rockshaft. (See “ROCKSHAFT ASSEMBLY” on page38 in Hydraulics Section.) 3. Remove PTO clutch and shaft. (See “PTO CLUTCH & BRAKE” on page 79.) M91697 A

7. Remove cap screws (B) securing bearing housing to transmission housing and slide bearing housing and transmission out.

M91696

4. Remove spring pin (A) from range shift shaft and shift arm. 5. Slide shift arm assembly over to right until it is out of slot on fork.

8 - 46

6/27/00

SPEED RANGE TRANSMISSION

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

Disassembly:

IMPORTANT: DO NOT spin bearing using compressed air. Damage to bearing balls, cage, and races could result. 3. Clean bearings in a suitable solvent. Dry with compressed air. 4. Inspect bearings for discolored, burned, balls and/ or races. Check balls and races for spalling or cracking. Roll bearing by hand to check for rough turning or excessive looseness or play between balls and races. Replace bearings as required.

NOTE: Gears on the gear reduction assembly are NOT replaceable. DO NOT attempt to remove gears from shaft.

M91745

8. Tap gear reduction assembly out of bearing housing with plastic hammer.

M89536

M89537

1. Remove external snap ring from end of gear reduction assembly.

5. Inspect bearing surfaces on gear reduction assembly for wear or damage. Replace as required. 6. Inspect spines and gear teeth on gear reduction assembly for damage. Replace as required. Assembly: 1. Press bearings onto gear reduction assembly. 2. Install snap ring. Differential Pinion Shaft Removal & Disassembly:

NOTE: Exact parts order varies among tractors. Variations occur between 4500 and 4700 tractors. Variations also occur among different drives (Gear, Hydro, PRT). See Component Location for specific parts.

M89538

2. Using a suitable press and bearing removal tools, remove bearings from both ends of the gear reduction assembly.

6/27/00

8 - 47

SPEED RANGE TRANSMISSION

A

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

M91705

3. Remove eccentric lock nuts (A) (upper and lower), washer and bushing.

NOTE: Gear shown above is used on 4-WD tractors only. Tractors without 4-WD have a second bushing and washer.

M91747

NOTE: Bearing housing has a spring loaded detent ball in it for fork shaft. Cover the front and top holes as shown while removing fork shaft to avoid losing parts. 5. Simultaneously slide pinion shaft assembly and shift fork assembly out of bearing housing.

M91746

M91755

4. Remove gear 44T (4-WD only) and outer bearing from pinion shaft.

NOTE: It may be necessary to pry gear off with two small pry bars or screwdrivers.

6. Remove bearing and spacer (4600-4700 only).

NOTE: 4500 tractors have ball bearings in bearing housing. Ball bearings are secured with a snap ring. 7. Inspect bearings for discolored, burned, rollers and/ or races. Check rollers and races for spalling or cracking. Roll bearing by hand to check for rough turning or excessive looseness or play. Replace bearings as required.

8 - 48

6/27/00

SPEED RANGE TRANSMISSION

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

M91756

8. Remove shim(s) and washer (4600-4700 only). Remove washer (4500 only).

NOTE: Shims are used on 4600-4700 tractors only. These shims are used for backlash adjustment. On the 4500 tractors, backlash is adjusted only on differential carrier. (See “DIFFERENTIAL BACKLASH ADJUSTMENT” on page 42.)

M91771

11. Remove outer splined sleeve and shifter from pinion shaft. 12. Inspect parts for wear or damage, especially on the inner teeth of the shifter. 13. Replace parts as needed.

M91772

M91760

9. Remove counter gear and bushing. 10. Inspect gear for wear and damage on both sets of teeth. Inspect inside of gear and sleeve for wear or damage. Replace parts as needed.

6/27/00

14. Remove second counter gear and bushing from pinion shaft. 15. Inspect gear for wear and damage on both sets of teeth. Inspect inside of gear and sleeve for wear or damage. Replace parts as needed.

8 - 49

SPEED RANGE TRANSMISSION

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

M91773

16. Remove inner splined sleeve and shifter from pinion shaft. 17. Inspect parts for wear or damage, especially on the inner teeth of the shifter. 18. Replace parts as needed.

M91776

21. Remove spacer, note that oil grooves face away from bearing. 22. Press bearing from shaft. 23. Inspect bearings for discolored, burned, rollers and/ or races. Check rollers and races for spalling or cracking. Roll bearing by hand to check for rough turning or excessive looseness or play. Replace bearings as required. 24. Inspect gear teeth on shaft for wear or damage. Inspect bearing areas of shaft for wear or damage. Replace shaft as required Assembly: Parts are assembled disassembly. M91774

19. Remove first gear and bushing from shaft. 20. Inspect gear for wear and damage on both sets of teeth. Inspect inside of gear and sleeve for wear or damage. Replace parts as needed.

in

the

reverse

order

of

Tighten eccentric lower lock nut (inside nut) to specification. Tighten eccentric upper lock nut (outside nut) to specification. Specification: Eccentric Lock Nut Torque . .78-97 N•m (58-72 lb-ft)

8 - 50

6/27/00

FINAL DRIVE REMOVAL

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

FINAL DRIVE REMOVAL Left Hand Final Drive Removal:

NOTE: Final drive/axle housings weigh approximately 68 kg (150 lbs.) each. Be sure to adequately support final drives before removing cap screws securing final drive to transmission housing. Make sure opposite final drive is adequately supported, if applicable, before removing a final drive.

B

M89544

4. Remove three brake plates (B) from final drive or transmission housing (illustrated). A

M89581A

1. Remove brake link rod (A). 2. Remove cap screws and nuts securing final drive to transmission housing. M89545

NOTE: Be careful when removing final drive from transmission housing, pinions and brake plates may fall out and be damaged.

5. Remove left hand pinion from final drive or differential carrier (differential carrier illustrated). 3. Remove final drive from transmission housing. Right Hand Final Drive Removal:

NOTE: Final drives weigh approximately 68 kg (150 lbs) each. Be sure to adequately support final drives before removing cap screws securing final drive to transmission housing. Make sure opposite final drive is adequately supported, if applicable, before removing a final drive. NOTE: Right hand final drive is removed the same as the left hand final drive. 6/27/00

8 - 51

FINAL DRIVE INSTALLATION

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

FINAL DRIVE INSTALLATION Left Hand Final Drive Installation: C

NOTE: Final drives weigh approximately 68 kg (150 lbs.) each. Be sure to adequately support final drive while installing.

M89581

1. Remove brake link rod (C). 2. Remove cap screws and nuts securing final drive to transmission housing. Separate final drive from transmission housing.

M89578

1. Assemble two brake disks and one brake plate on short left hand pinion.

D

E M89579

D M89582

NOTE: Brake plates and disks, and right hand pinion will remain with the right hand final drive.

2. Orient left hand final drive on lifting device that will allow changes in elevation, and forward and backward movement, necessary to align final drive with transmission housing. 3. Place left hand pinion, with brake plates, into left hand final drive aligning teeth of planetary pinions (E) with teeth on left hand stub shaft.

3. To remove right hand pinion, rotate three lock tabs (D) to clear brake plates. Remove pinion with brake plates and disks. Separate brake plates and disks from pinion.

8 - 52

6/27/00

FINAL DRIVE INSTALLATION

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

G

G F

I

H

M89580

I

M89584

4. Align tab in brake plate (F) with corresponding slot in rear axle housing. 5. Make sure two alignment pins (G) are installed in either transmission housing or rear axle housing. 6. Align left hand final drive with left side of transmission housing. Rotate differential carrier and/or wheel mounting flange on final drive to facilitate aligning the splines in the stub shaft with the splines in the differential carrier. 7. Secure with cap screws with lock washers and two nuts with lock washer. 8. Tighten cap screws to specification. 9. Tighten nuts to specification.

2. Orient left hand final drive on lifting device that will allow changes in elevation and forward and backward movement necessary to align final drive with transmission housing. 3. Place right hand pinion, with brake plates, into right hand final drive, aligning teeth of planetary pinions (H) with teeth on right hand pinion. I

J

Specification: Cap Screw Torque . . . . . . .103-132 N•m (76-98 lb-ft) Nut Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61-80 N•m (45-59 lb-ft) K

Right Hand Final Drive Installation:

K I

NOTE: Final drives weigh approximately 68 kg (150 lbs.) each. Be sure to adequately support final drive while installing.

M89583

M89582

4. Align tabs (J) on brake plate with corresponding slot in rear axle housing. Rotate lock tabs (K) to retain brake plates. 5. Make sure two alignment pins (I) are installed in either transmission housing or rear axle housing. 6. Align right hand final drive with right side of transmission housing. Rotate differential carrier and/or wheel mounting flange on final drive to facilitate aligning the splines in the pinion with the splines in the differential carrier. 7. Secure with cap screws, lock washers, and two nuts with lock washers. 8. Tighten cap screws to specification. 9. Tighten nuts to specification.

1. Assemble two brake plates and one brake disk on short right hand pinion. 6/27/00

8 - 53

FINAL DRIVE DISASSEMBLY INSPECTION & ASSEMBLY Specification: Cap Screw Torque . . . . . . .103-132 N•m (76-98 lb-ft) Nut Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61-80 N•m (45-59 lb-ft)

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

4. Remove balls (B) from internal gear. 5. Remove lock plate (C) from bolt in center of planetary pinion assembly. 6. Remove bolt securing planetary pinion assembly to drive axle. Remove planetary pinion assembly.

FINAL DRIVE DISASSEMBLY INSPECTION & ASSEMBLY NOTE: Left hand final drive is shown in the following story. Right hand drive disassembly, inspection and assembly is basically the same. 1. Remove final drive to be serviced from the machine. (See “FINAL DRIVE REMOVAL” on page 51.) 2. If not already done, remove brake plates and pinion from rear axle housing. (See “FINAL DRIVE REMOVAL” on page 51.) M91868

NOTE: Snap ring removed for clarity.

A M89666

3. Remove the springs (A) that retain the brake plate in the rear axle housing.

7. If not already marked, mark end of brake rod and brake cam to facilitate assembly. Remove external snap ring retaining brake cam to brake rod. Remove brake cam and brake rod from rear axle housing. 8. Remove brake rod bushing. 9. Remove cap screws securing internal gear to rear axle housing. 10. Remove internal gear. 11. Inspect internal gear for damage. Replace as required. 4500 Planetary Pinions:

C

D

D

C

B

M89663 M89658

8 - 54

12. From back side of planetary pinion carrier, remove wire ring (C) retaining planetary pinion shafts (D). Drive shafts from planetary pinion carrier.

6/27/00

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

FINAL DRIVE DISASSEMBLY INSPECTION & ASSEMBLY

NOTE: All three planetary pinion/shaft assemblies are the same. Only one is shown disassembled in the following story. It is recommended if one planetary pinion requires replacing that all three gears and ring gear be replaced. Use new gear shafts and bearings as well.

46-4700 Planetary Pinions:

E D

F

C

M89661

13. Remove washer, gear, bearing, and washer from planetary pinion shaft. Inspect components for damage. Replace as required.

M91788A

A B

16. Remove locking plate (A) from axle bolt and remove bolt (B). 17. Remove planetary pinion carrier (C) from axle.

E

F M89668 D

14. Remove heavy washer from center of planetary pinion assembly. 15. Inspect planetary pinion carrier for damage to planetary pinion shaft bores and/or internal splines. Replace planetary pinion carrier as required. Reassembly: Parts are assembled in the reverse order of disassembly. • Lubricate bearings with transmission oil before reassembly.

6/27/00

M91870

NOTE: Make sure the large washer (D) inside the planetary pinion carrier is against the axle spline hole so it does not interfere with the spring pins (E) as they are driven out. 1. Drive the spring pins (E) out of the pinion shafts and remove the shafts (F), washers, bearings, and sleeve.

8 - 55

FINAL DRIVE DISASSEMBLY INSPECTION & ASSEMBLY

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

3. Measure brake arm OD If measurement is not within specification, replace brake arm. 4. Inspect brake cam for wear and/or damage to splines. Replace as required. 5. Measure brake arm sleeve OD and ID If measurement are not within specification, replace sleeve. A

Specifications: Brake Arm Sleeve OD . . . . . . . . . . 45.041-45.08 mm (1.773-1.775 in.) ID . . . . . . . . . . . 30.07-30.091 mm (1.183-1.185 in.) Brake Arm OD. . . . . . . 29.95-30 mm (1.179-1.181 in.)

F

Measure M91788B

2. Inspect pinion bores, shafts, and bearings for wear or damage. Replace as required.

NOTE: All three planetary pinion/shaft assemblies are the same. Only one is shown disassembled in the following story. It is recommended if one planetary pinion requires replacing, that all three gears and ring gear be replaced. Use new pinion shafts and bearings as well.

G M89671

6. Measure brake arm bore ID of final drive case. If not within specification, replace rear axle housing. Reassembly: Specifications: Parts are assembled in the reverse order of disassembly. • Lubricate bearings with transmission oil before reassembly.

Rear Axle Housing Brake Arm Bore ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45.08-45.18 mm (1.775-1.779 in.) 7. Replace brake rod seal (G) in rear axle housing.

Measurement

M89670

8 - 56

6/27/00

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

FINAL DRIVE DISASSEMBLY INSPECTION & ASSEMBLY

M89672 H

15. Inspect rear axle splines for damage. Inspect bearing areas of axle. If worn or damaged, replace axle. 16. Inspect bearing areas in rear axle housing. Bearings should be a snug fit. If bearings are loose in housing, replace rear axle housing. Specifications: M89667

8. Remove cap screws (H) securing oil seal housing to end of rear axle housing. 9. Drive axle from bearings in rear axle housing. K

Assembly:

J

Assembly of the final drive is the reverse of disassembly.

I

M89674

10. Remove bearings (I) from axle and/or rear axle housing. 11. Remove seal sleeve (J) from axle. Remove oil seal housing (K) from axle. 12. Replace oil seal in oil seal housing. IMPORTANT: DO NOT spin bearing using compressed air. Damage to bearing balls, cage, and races could result. 13. Clean bearings in a suitable solvent. Dry with compressed air. 14. Inspect bearings for discolored, burned, balls and/ or races. Check balls and races for spalling or cracking. Roll bearing by hand to check for rough turning or excessive looseness or play between balls and races. Replace bearings as required.

6/27/00

Brake Arm Bushing OD . . . . . . . . . . 45.041-45.08 mm (1.773-1.775 in.) ID . . . . . . . . . . . 30.07-30.091 mm (1.183-1.185 in.) Brake Arm OD. . . . . . . 29.95-30 mm (1.179-1.181 in.) Final Drive Case Brake Arm Bore ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45.08-45.18 mm (1.775-1.779 in.)

• Always use a new axle seal, in oil seal housing, whenever the axle has been removed. • If seal sleeve has been removed, use new seal sleeve. Be sure to install seal sleeve before installing outer bearing. • Place oil seal housing on axle and press outboard bearing on axle. Install axle in rear axle housing. Support end of axle and press inner bearing on axle and into rear axle housing. • Insure that heavy washer is installed in planetary pinion carrier before installing planetary pinions. Install wire ring in planetary pinion grooves after pressing them in place. • Be sure to install lock plate on planetary pinion carrier bolt after tightening bolt to 103-132 N•m (76-98 lb-ft). • Be sure to install spring hooks on two cap screws when installing differential carrier. Tighten all internal gear cap screws to 44-59 N•m (33-43 lbft). • When assembling brake cam to brake arm be sure to align match marks. • Align machined slot in brake plate with brake cam.

8 - 57

DIFFERENTIAL

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

DIFFERENTIAL Removal: 1. Remove left hand final drive. (See “FINAL DRIVE REMOVAL” on page 51.) 2. Remove differential lock fork. (See “DIFFERENTIAL LOCK FORK” on page 60.)

M89565

6. Remove differential assembly from transmission housing. Disassembly:

A M89545

3. Remove final pinion from rear axle housing (if not already done). 4. Remove bolts and lock washers securing differential carrier to transmission housing. M89577

1. Remove snap ring (A) (4600-4700 tractors) retaining bearing on differential . 2. Remove bearing from differential.

M89547

5. Remove differential carrier taking care not to damage or loose shims located between differential carrier and differential bearing.

M89567

3. Remove differential lock collar from differential.

8 - 58

6/27/00

DIFFERENTIAL

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

M89570

M89568

8. Drive retaining spring pin into differential housing until it clears pinion shaft.

4. Remove bearing from carrier side of differential. IMPORTANT: DO NOT spin bearing using compressed air. Damage to bearing balls, cage, and races could result. 5. Clean bearings in a suitable solvent. Dry with compressed air. 6. Inspect bearings for discolored, burned, balls and/ or races. Check balls and races for spalling or cracking. Roll bearing by hand to check for rough turning or excessive looseness or play between balls and races. Replace bearings as required.

M89571

9. Remove the pinion shaft from differential housing.

M89569 M89572

7. Remove six screws (46-4700), or twelve cap screws (4500), and lock washers securing ring gear to differential housing. Remove ring gear.

6/27/00

10. Rotate differential gear and remove differential pinions and cupped pinion washers from differential housing.

8 - 59

DIFFERENTIAL LOCK FORK

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

DIFFERENTIAL LOCK FORK Removal: 1. Remove rockshaft assembly. (See “ROCKSHAFT ASSEMBLY” on page38 in Hydraulic Section.)

B

M89574

NOTE: The differential lock fork can be serviced without further disassembly of the transmission, however if the differential locking collar requires replacement, the left side final drive and the differential carrier must be removed. (See “DIFFERENTIAL” on page 58.)

11. Remove the differential gear with differential lock, from differential housing. Note washer located between gear and differential housing. 12. Remove the plain differential gear from differential housing. Note washer (B) located between plain differential gear and differential carrier. 13. Clean all components in a suitable solvent. 14. Inspect all parts for wear and/or damage. Replace as required.

A

B

Assembly: Assembly of disassembly.

the

differential

is

the

reverse

of

• Apply loctite to threads of ring gear retaining cap screws. • On 4500 tractors, tighten 8 mm ring gear retaining cap screws to 23-29 N•m (17-22 lb-ft). • On 4600-4700 tractors, tighten 10 mm ring gear retaining screws to 44-59 N•m (33-43 lb-ft). • On 4600-4700 tractors, adjust backlash of differential. (See “DIFFERENTIAL BACKLASH ADJUSTMENT” on page 42.)

M89546

2. Drive out the single spring pin (A) and the double spring pin (B) securing the shift fork to the differential lock shaft.

NOTE: Spring is under a small amount of tension until removed from the transmission housing. Use care when removing the spring to avoid loosing it. 3. Pull shaft out the side of the transmission housing taking care not to release the spring. 4. Remove spring from between differential shift fork and transmission housing. 5. Remove differential lock shift fork. Installation: Installation of the differential lock fork is the reverse of removal.

8 - 60

6/27/00

4-WD DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

4-WD DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION 1. Remove the cotter pins from the drive shaft splined connectors. 2. Support the drive shaft and slide the splined connectors toward the center of the drive shaft, removing the drive shaft from the tractor. 3. Installation is the reverse of removal. 4. Install new cotter pins to the connectors.

6. Press the hub shaft from the final drive cover, bearings, and bevel gear. 7. Disassemble the remaining components from the final drive cover assembly. 8. Clean and inspect all parts. Replace any unserviceable components. Installation: 1. Install the bearings cups (C) in the final drive cover. 2. Install the hub bearing cone (D) to the outer bearing cup. 3. Coat the outer surface of a new hub seal with John Deere Sealant TY6304. Install the new hub seal. 4. Install the hub shaft in the bearing cone, cups and final drive cover. 5. Install second (inside) bearing cone (E) and bevel gear (F). 6. To adjust the bearings: • Apply 1200 lbs axial load on the web of the bevel gear 41T, while rolling and oscillating the bearings to insure proper seating of the bearing. • With the load applied, measure the dimension between the gear face and the end of the hub shaft (non threaded portion). • Select the same thickness shim(s) as the measured dimension, and install the shim(s) to the shaft.

4-WD FINAL DRIVE COVER Removal and Inspection: 1. Drain the differential and the final drive housing being worked on. 2. Raise and support the final drive being serviced. 3. Remove the wheel and tire from the final drive. 4. Remove eight cap screws (A) and washers. Separate the final drive cover and hub shaft from the final drive housing.

A

. C A

F

C

F

D

E

B M91837b

NOTE: The final drive cover is sealed to the final drive housing. It may be necessary to pry the cover from the housing using the two reliefs on the sides of the cover. M94673

5. Secure the wheel end of the hub shaft, remove and discard the retaining nut (B). IMPORTANT: The retaining nut (B) on the hub shaft is a special “torque prevailing” nut. ALWAYS replace this nut - DO NOT reuse. NEVER tighten a torque prevailing nut with an impact wrench. ALWAYS use a torque wrench to correctly tighten torque prevailing nuts.

6/27/00

Shim(s)

• Apply LOCTITE 262 to the threads, and assemble the washer and new torque prevailing nut to the hub shaft. Tighten the nut to 447 - 488 N•m (330 - 360 lb-ft). • Verify that the rolling torque of the cover is 1.4 - 4.1 N•m (15 - 35 lb-in.). • If the rolling torque is not correct, repeat the previous steps. 7. Apply John Deere Sealant TY6304 to the mating surface of the final drive cover. Install the final drive cover to the final drive housing. Tighten the cap screws to 30-38 N•m (22-28 lb-ft).

8 - 61

4-WD REMOVAL

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

4-WD REMOVAL

SPINDLE SHAFT

1. Remove the differential drive shaft. 2. Label and remove the power steering hoses from the front axle steering cylinder. 3. Raise the front of the tractor and support the frame to allow 4-WD removal. 4. Support the 4-WD with a floor jack.

Removal and Disassembly:

M89686

1. Carefully remove the spindle cap from the housing. A

M89677

5. Remove the axle support mounting cap screws (A). 6. Partially remove the axle pin by pulling the pin toward the front of the tractor. Remove and save any shims.

A M89687

2. Remove the snap ring (A) from the spindle shaft.

M89678

7. Remove the axle pin completely. Lower the axle from the frame with a floor jack. Set the axle on a workbench or blocks to disassemble. 8. Inspect the axle pin and replace if required. 9. Inspect the axle pin bushings in the frame and replace if worn or damaged. M89688

3. Remove the washer, shim, and bevel gear from the spindle shaft. Save any shim(s) from between the spacer and the bevel gear.

8 - 62

6/27/00

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

SPINDLE SHAFT ASSEMBLY AND INSTALLATION

SPINDLE SHAFT ASSEMBLY AND INSTALLATION

12T

M89689

4. Remove the bevel gear from the spindle shaft.

1. Install the bearing and snap ring on the spindle shaft. 2. Install the spindle shaft assembly on the final drive housing. 3. Install the internal snap ring in the final drive housing. 4. Install the bevel gear 12T, any shim(s), the washer, and snap ring on the spindle shaft. 5. Install the final drive cover to the final drive housing, if removed. 6. To set the backlash of the lower final drive, shim the bevel gear to achieve 0.64 - 0.76 mm (0.025 0.030 in.) of end play. The end play sets 0.13 - 0.18 mm (0.005 - 0.007 in.) of backlash. 7. Apply John Deere TY15941 retaining compound to the final drive housing cap, and install the spindle cap.

FINAL DRIVE HOUSING Disassembly:

M89690

1. Remove the final drive cover. (See “4-WD FINAL DRIVE COVER” on page 61.) 2. Remove the final drive spindle shaft. (See “SPINDLE SHAFT” on page 62.) 3. Remove and discard the retaining nut from the final drive housing.

5. Remove the snap ring from the spindle housing. IMPORTANT: The retaining nut securing the bearing to the spindle housing is a torque prevailing nut. ALWAYS replace this nut. DO NOT reuse. NEVER tighten a torque prevailing nut with an impact wrench. ALWAYS use a torque wrench to correctly tighten torque prevailing nuts.

M89691

6. Remove the spindle shaft and bearing from the spindle housing. 7. Remove the snap ring and bearing from the spindle shaft. Inspect all parts, and replace any unserviceable components.

6/27/00

4. Remove the final drive housing from the spindle housing, and put the final drive housing in a vise. 5. Remove the bearing cups and bearing cones from the spindle housing and from the final drive housing. Clean and inspect all components. Replace any unserviceable components. Assembly: 1. Replace the final drive housing seal. 2. Install the bearing cups and cones in the housing. 3. Install a new bearing retaining nut on the final drive housing. To correctly install the nut: • Hand start the nut until it comes in contact with the bearing. • Apply 18 - 23 Kg (40 - 50 lbs) compressive force to

8 - 63

SPINDLE HOUSING the socket. While applying compressive force, tighten the nut to 108.5 N•m (80 lb-ft). Oscillate the final drive housing several times to seat the bearing. • Loosen the nut one half turn (180°). • Retighten the nut to 20 - 27 N•m (15 - 20 lb-ft). 4. Install the spindle shaft. (See “SPINDLE SHAFT ASSEMBLY AND INSTALLATION” on page 63.) 5. Install the final drive cover. (See “Installation:” on page 61.)

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

Shim 12T 15T

SPINDLE HOUSING Removal and Disassembly: 1. Remove the final drive housing. (See “4-WD FINAL DRIVE COVER” on page 61.) 2. Remove four cap screws fastening the spindle housing to the 4-WD housing. 3. Remove the internal snap ring from the spindle housing. 4. Remove the bearing and axle gear 12T assembly from the spindle housing. 5. Remove the bearing and spindle gear 15T assembly from the spindle housing. 6. If necessary, press the gears from the bearings.

NOTE: The bearings are pressed onto the gears, and are slip fits into the housing. 7. Clean and inspect all parts. Replace any unserviceable parts. Assembly and Installation: 1. Install the bearing and spindle gear 15T assembly to the spindle housing. 2. Install the bearing and axle gear 12T assembly to the spindle housing. 3. Install the internal snap ring to the spindle housing. 4. Set the backlash of the axle gear. To set the backlash: • Measure the distance between the bearing and the snap ring at several locations. • Shim the bearing and (axle) gear to 0.15 - 0.28 mm (0.006 - 0.011 in.) of end play, to achieve 0.10 0.20 mm (0.004 - 0.008 in.) backlash.

Snap Ring M94673

5. Apply John Deere TY6304 sealant to the mating surfaces of the 4-WD housing and the spindle housing. 6. Install the spindle housing to the 4-WD housing: • Apply Loctite® 262 to the threads, and install four cap screws fastening the spindle housing to the 4-WD housing. • Tighten the cap screws to 286 - 316 N•m (211 - 233 lb-ft). 7. Install the final drive housing. (See “4-WD FINAL DRIVE COVER” on page 61.)

FRONT AXLE DIFFERENTIAL Removal and Disassembly: 1. Remove both final drive housings from the 4-WD. (See “4-WD FINAL DRIVE COVER” on page 61.) 2. Remove both axle shafts from the 4-WD housing. 3. Remove the 4-WD drive shaft. (See “4-WD DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 61.) 4. Remove twelve cap screws fastening the differential cover to the 4-WD housing. 5. Remove the differential cover and differential carrier from the 4-WD housing. 6. Remove the cap screws for the bearing caps. 7. Remove the differential carrier from the differential cover. 8. Remove ten cap screws. Remove the ring gear from the differential carrier.

NOTE: The differential carrier is serviced as an assembly only. Verify parts availability before discarding any parts.

8 - 64

6/27/00

FRONT AXLE DIFFERENTIAL

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

9. Disassemble the differential carrier assembly.

NOTE: The remove the carrier bearings only if necessary. Return any shims between the bearings and the carrier to their original position. 10. Clean and inspect all parts and check parts for wear. Replace any unserviceable parts. 11. Remove the pinion nut. Do not discard the nut at this time. 12. Remove the differential pinion from the differential cover. IMPORTANT: The pinion retaining nut is a special “torque prevailing” nut. ALWAYS replace this nut- DO NOT reuse. NEVER tighten a torque prevailing nut with an impact wrench. ALWAYS use a torque wrench to correctly tighten torque prevailing nuts.

Bearing Cup Outer Shim Inner Shim

13. Disassemble the pinion shaft assembly. Nut

NOTE: The ring gear and pinion gear are serviced as an assembly. If either the ring gear or pinion has wear or damage both must be replaced. 14. Clean and inspect all parts and check parts for wear. Replace any unserviceable parts.

M91857

• The inner shim(s) sets the pinion height. If the original pinion is being used, use the original shims, or install new shims the same thickness as the original shims.

Assembly and Installation: 1. Assemble the bearing cone to the pinion.

A

B

MX1027

• If the pinion is being replaced, notice the (+) or (–) number (A) on the end of the pinion gear. This indicates the best running position of each particular gear set in thousandths of an inch. If the number on the new set is not the same as the number on the one being replaced, adjust the height by adding or removing inner shim(s) from the original shim pack according to the dimension etched in the head of the pinion. • Example: If the old pinion reads +2 and the new

6/27/00

8 - 65

FRONT AXLE DIFFERENTIAL

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

pinion is marked –1, add 0.003 in. shims to the original shim pack.

B

• If the pinion does not turn within specification, adjust the shim pack. • When the pinion is shimmed correctly replace the old pinion retaining nut with a new pinion retaining nut. Tighten the new pinion nut to 258 - 285 N•m (190 - 210 lb-ft), and recheck the rotation of the pinion.

MX1027

NOTE: Stamped mark (B) on pinion and ring gear indicate matched set. 2. Assemble the inner bearing cup and any shims in the differential cover. 8

7

M91838b

6 5 4 3 2 1

9 10 11 12

M91838a

13

1. Nut

8. Pinion

2. O-ring

9. Outer Shim

3. Spacer

10. Bearing Cup

4. Cover

11. Bearing Cone

5. Inner Shim

12. Seal

6. Bearing Cup

13. Spacer

16. Assemble the differential components in the differential carrier. 17. Install the ring gear to the differential carrier. Tighten the ring gear bolts to 79 - 88 N•m (58 - 65 lb-ft). 18. If removed, install the bearings to the differential assembly. 19. Install the differential assembly to the differential carrier. 20. Install the bearing caps. Tighten the cap screws for the bearing caps to 54 - 68 N•m (40 - 50 lb-ft). • The bearing cap shim(s) control the location of the differential carrier and the preload of the bearings. If the original carrier, bearings, and gear set are being used, use the original shims, or install new shims the same thickness as the original shims. • If the carrier bearings or gear set are being replaced, set the bearing preload and gear backlash by adding or removing shim(s) between the ring gear side bearing and carrier.

7. Bearing Cone 14. Install the pinion in the differential cover: • Place the pinion in the cover, and install the spacer, outer shim, bearing cone, O-ring, seal, spacer, and the old nut. 15. Tighten the old pinion nut to 258 - 285 N•m (190 210 lb-ft), and check the rotation of the pinion: • It should require 0.8 - 1.4 N•m (7 - 12 lb-in.) of torque to rotate on the pinion.

8 - 66

6/27/00

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN 4. Apply Loctite® 262 to the six screws on the outside of the differential cover. Tighten the cap screws to 61 - 68 N•m (45 - 50 lb-ft).

Bearing Cap Shims Bearing Cap

Bearing Cap

M91857

• Shim the bearings to a preload of 0.03 - 0.08 mm (0.001- 0.004 in.). 1. Install the differential carrier assembly to the differential cover and check gear backlash. Adjust backlash to specification. Specification Backlash . . . . . . . . . 0.03 - 0.08 mm (0.001- 0.004 in.) 2. Apply John Deere Sealant TY6304 to the differential cover.

Apply Loctite®

3. Install the differential cover to the 4-WD housing.

6/27/00

8 - 67

PTO THEORY OF OPERATION

PTO THEORY OF OPERATION PTO CLUTCH AND BRAKE THEORY OF OPERATION Function: The PTO clutch provides a means for disengaging the PTO output shaft from the engine. The PTO brake is provided to positively stop the rotation of the PTO system when the PTO clutch is disengaged. The PTO clutch and PTO brake work simultaneously. Both mid and rear PTO’s are affected by the operation of the PTO clutch and PTO brake. Theory:

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

The PTO brake contained inside the housing of the PTO clutch/brake unit is a spring loaded multi-plate wet brake and is normally engaged, preventing the PTO clutch shaft from rotating. The PTO clutch is a multiplate wet clutch and is normally disengaged. When the Y4 PTO solenoid is energized, pressure oil flows to the piston in the PTO clutch housing. Piston action compresses the PTO spring and applies pressure to the clutch pack; at the same time releasing pressure on the interlock pins and disengaging the PTO brake. Pressure applied to the clutch pack locks the disks (splined to the PTO Hub), to the friction plates (locked to the clutch housing). Power is transferred from the input shaft to the PTO hub, through the clutch plates and disks, to the clutch housing, and finally to the PTO drive shaft. A brake lock pin allows free rotation in one direction to aid in aligning the splines of an attachment driveshaft during hook-up.

The PTO clutch and PTO brake are engaged or disengaged by the operator via the S5 switch on the control panel. This switch operates the Y4 PTO solenoid located on the valve mounted on the right side of the rear case.

Brake Pin PTO Brake Brake Lock Pin

Piston PTO Clutch

Lubrication Oil Inlet

PTO Spring Key PTO Hub

Input Shaft PTO Drive Shaft

Spacer

Pressure Oil Inlet (From PTO Valve) PTO Clutch Housing

8 - 68

Piston Seal

PTO Clutch Pressure Oil Lubrication Oil

6/27/00

POWER TRANSMISSION — REAR PTO

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

POWER TRANSMISSION — REAR PTO Function: The rear PTO provides a means for transferring engine power to rear mounted attachments.

tooth gear which is splined to the PTO stub shaft, and rotates in a clockwise direction. The rear PTO always turns clockwise when looking at the end of the PTO shaft from the rear of the tractor. The rear PTO runs independently of the tractor forward or rearward motion, or rate of travel. Speed of the PTO is dependent on engine RPM. The rear PTO is limited to 580 RPM at maximum engine speed.

Theory: Power is provided to the PTO gear power train through PTO clutch and PTO drive shaft. Power is not transferred until the operator engages the S5 switch on the control panel; which energizes the Y4 PTO solenoid. (See "PTO CLUTCH AND BRAKE THEORY OF OPERATION" on the previous page.) The PTO driveshaft turns in a counter-clockwise direction and is coupled directly to the PTO pinion shaft. The PTO pinion shaft is a shaft and 15 tooth gear machined as a single part. This 15 tooth gear is in constant mesh with the 74

PTO Drive Shaft

PTO Pinion Shaft

Gear-15T

Gear-74T

PTO Stub Shaft

Input Power Rear PTO Power

6/27/00

8 - 69

POWER TRANSMISSION — 2 SPEED REAR PTO

POWER TRANSMISSION — 2 SPEED REAR PTO Function: The rear PTO provides a means for transferring engine power at two different RPMs to rear mounted attachments. Theory: Power is provided to the PTO gear power train through PTO clutch and PTO drive shaft. The PTO driveshaft turns in a counter-clockwise direction and is coupled directly to the PTO pinion shaft. The PTO pinion shaft is a shaft with a 15 tooth and 19 tooth gear machined as a single part. This gears are in constant mesh with the 74 tooth and 69 tooth gears which freely rotate on the PTO stub shaft, and rotate in a clockwise direction.

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

shift collar is centered, neither gear set is engaged. The shift collar is moved forward or backward by the external shift linkage to engage one or the other of the two sets of gears. The ratio of the gears determines the two output speeds of the rear PTO. The rear PTO always turns clockwise when looking at the end of the PTO shaft from the rear of the tractor. The rear PTO runs independently of the tractor forward or rearward motion, or rate of travel. Speed of the PTO is dependent on engine RPM and which set of gears is selected and engaged. The rear PTO is limited to approximately 580 RPM or 790 RPM at maximum engine speed.

NOTE: The 74T gear is powered continuously when the PTO clutch is engaged. The Mid PTO is powered from the 74T gear and can be operated independantly from the 2 speed rear PTO.

A shift collar is is splined to the PTO stub shaft. If the

Gear-19T PTO Drive Shaft

Gear-15T

Gear-74T

PTO Pinion Shaft PTO Stub Shaft

Gear-69T

Shift Collar

Input Power Rear PTO Power

8 - 70

6/27/00

POWER TRANSMISSION — MID PTO

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

POWER TRANSMISSION — MID PTO Function: The mid PTO provides a means for transferring engine power to mid mount attachments such as a mower deck. It also provides a means for engaging and disengaging engine power to the mid PTO stub shaft. Theory: Power is provided to the mid PTO through the 74 tooth gear in the rear PTO, and rotates in a clockwise direction. (Se "POWER TRANSMISSION - REAR PTO" and "POWER TRANSMISSION - 2 SPEED REAR PTO on the previous two pages.) Power is not transferred until the operator engages the S5 switch on the control panel; which energizes the Y4 PTO solenoid. (See “PTO CLUTCH AND BRAKE THEORY OF OPERATION” on page 68.) A 27 tooth gear is in

Gear-42T

constant mesh with the rear PTO 74 tooth gear, and is splined to the mid PTO idler shaft which rotates in a counter-clockwise direction. Power is transmitted through the mid PTO idler shaft to the 42 tooth gear, which is splined to the idler shaft, and is in constant mesh with the 29 tooth gear. The 29 tooth gear spins freely on the PTO stub shaft and rotates in a clockwise direction. When the operator selects the mid PTO; a shift collar, which is splined to the PTO stub shaft, moves to the rear-most position and engages the cogs machined on the 29 tooth gear, allowing power to be transmitted from the 29 tooth gear to the mid PTO stub shaft.

Gear-74T (From Rear PTO)

Gear-27T

PTO Idler Shaft

PTO Stub Shaft

Gear-29T

Cover

Input Power

Shift Collar

Power Transfer Output Gear Power Mid PTO Power

6/27/00

8 - 71

PTO REPAIR

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

PTO REPAIR

NOTE: Coupler to PTO drive shaft may fall into differential case when removing rear cover, shafts and gears.

REAR PTO DRIVE SHAFT AND GEARS Removal and Installation: 1. Park tractor on a level surface, shut off engine, and set park brake. 2. If necessary, remove center lift link, draft arms, and adjustable draft links.

M91695

3. Remove four cap screws and rear PTO shield assembly.

NOTE: Capacity of the hydraulic system is approximately 32 liters (8.4 gal)(33.6 qt). 4. Drain hydraulic oil from reservoir.

M91711

6. Remove transmission oil dipstick and set aside. 7. Remove eight cap screws. Gently pry around edges of cover to break sealant. Wobble shaft and pull at the same time to remove rear cover, shafts and gears as a unit. Installation: Installation is the reverse of removal. IMPORTANT: Replace all O-rings, gaskets, and seals. Used or damaged O-rings, gaskets and seals will leak.

M91698

• Thoroughly clean mating surfaces of rear cover and differential housing to remove all traces of old gasket material. • Install a new gasket on rear cover. • Install a new O-ring on rear lower cover. • Tighten cap screws, retaining two rear covers, to 15 N•m (132 lb-in.).

5. Remove four cap screws, lower rear cover and Oring.

8 - 72

6/27/00

REAR PTO DRIVE SHAFT AND GEARS

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

Disassembly and Assembly: 1. Remove rear PTO drive shaft and gears as an assembly. 2. If not already done, remove coupler from PTO pinion shaft. 3. Remove dipstick from PTO cover and set aside to prevent damage.

8. Using a press or suitable driver, remove bearing and seal sleeve from PTO shaft. 9. Inspect bearing for smooth operation, wear, or damage. Replace as necessary. 10. Replace seal sleeve.

A

74T

M91702

11. Place PTO pinion shaft in a soft-jawed vise. Using a plastic mallet, tap gently on either side of cover to remove cover from pinion shaft and bearing.

B

M91710

4. Using a suitable puller, remove bearings (A) from PTO pinion shaft and PTO shaft. 5. Inspect bearings for smooth operation, wear or damage. Replace as necessary. 6. Remove snap ring (B) and gear-74T. 7. Using a plastic mallet, drive PTO shaft, rear bearing, and seal sleeve out (toward inside of cover).

M91703

12. Using a suitable puller, remove bearing from end of PTO pinion shaft. 13. Inspect bearing for smooth operation, wear or damage. Replace as necessary.

M91701

6/27/00

8 - 73

REAR PTO DRIVE SHAFT AND GEARS

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

IMPORTANT: Use liberal amounts of transmission oil to lubricate components as they are assembled. DO NOT use grease or other heavy lubricants unless they are specifically called for in the assembly story.

D

1. Clean mating surface of rear cover to remove old gasket material. 2. Using a suitable driver, install new PTO shaft seal in PTO cover.

C

A

M91700

14. Remove two cap screws (C) and oil seal plate (D).

M91707

3. Install gear-74T onto PTO shaft with raised hub side of gear hub toward attachment end. Install snap ring (A). E A

M91704 C

15. Using a seal puller or suitable driver, remove seal (E) from rear PTO cover. Assembly: IMPORTANT: DO NOT spin bearing using compressed air. Damage to bearing balls, cage, and races could result.

M91708

4. Using a suitable driver, install bearing (B) onto PTO stub shaft. Bearing should contact gear. 5. Using a suitable driver, install seal sleeve (C) onto pinion shaft with flat end against bearing.

NOTE: Before beginning assembly, be sure that all components are clean, and in good condition.

8 - 74

6/27/00

REAR PTO DRIVE SHAFT AND GEARS

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

8. Using a plastic mallet, install bearing onto plain end of PTO pinion shaft.

M91715

6. Install PTO shaft, gear and bearing into cover as an assembly. Use care to avoid damaging shaft seal. Use a plastic mallet or press to install bearing into bore in rear cover.

M91717

9. Using a plastic mallet, install pinion shaft and bearing into rear PTO cover until fully seated. 10. Install gear 74T onto PTO shaft. Install snap ring.

M91716

7. Remove snap ring and gear from stub shaft.

M91710

M91709

6/27/00

11. Using a suitable driver, install bearing onto splined end of PTO shaft. 12. Using a suitable driver, install bearing onto splined end of PTO pinion shaft.

8 - 75

2-SPEED REAR PTO DRIVE SHAFT AND GEARS NOTE: Check shafts to ensure that they are properly installed in cover; if bearings are not fully seated in cover, cover may break when PTO is installed onto transmission housing and attaching cap screws are tightened.

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

5. Remove four cap screws, lower rear cover and Oring.

2-SPEED REAR PTO DRIVE SHAFT AND GEARS Removal and Installation: 1. Park tractor on a level surface, shut off engine, and set park brake. 2. If necessary, remove center lift link, draft arms, and adjustable draft links.

M91711

M91695

6. Remove transmission oil dipstick and set aside.

3. Remove four cap screws and rear PTO shield assembly.

NOTE: Capacity of the hydraulic system is approximately 32 liters (8.4 gal)(33.6 qt).

A

C

4. Drain hydraulic oil from reservoir.

B

MX0999

M91698

8 - 76

7. Remove two PTO switches (A) from case. 8. Remove cotter pin (B) and washer securing shift linkage rod to shift lever. 9. Remove cap screw and lock plate (C) securing shift shaft to case and slide shaft out as far as possible. 10. Remove eight cap screws. Gently pry around edges of cover to break sealant. Wobble shaft and pull at the same time to remove rear cover, shafts and gears as a unit. 6/27/00

2-SPEED REAR PTO DRIVE SHAFT AND GEARS

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

Installation:

7. Remove the 69T gear and shift collar from the PTO drive shaft.

Installation is the reverse of removal. IMPORTANT: Replace all O-rings, gaskets, and seals. Used or damaged O-rings, gaskets and seals will leak. • Thoroughly clean mating surfaces of rear cover and differential housing to remove all traces of old gasket material. • Install a new gasket on rear cover. • Ensure shifter engages during installation. • Install a new O-ring on rear lower cover. • Tighten cap screws, retaining two rear covers, to 15 N•m (132 lb-in.).

74T

MX0996

Disassembly and Assembly: 1. If not already done, remove coupler from PTO pinion shaft. 2. Remove dipstick from PTO cover and set aside to prevent damage.

B

A

8. Using a press or suitable driver, remove shaft from 74T gear, bearing, spacer, second bearing and and seal sleeve. 9. Inspect bearings for smooth operation, wear, or damage. Replace as necessary. 10. Replace seal sleeve. 11. Place PTO pinion shaft in a soft-jawed vise. Using a plastic mallet, tap gently on either side of cover to remove cover from pinion shaft and bearing.

74T

MX0998

69T

MX0995

12. Inspect PTO pinion shaft bearing for smooth operation, wear or damage. Replace as necessary. 13. If necessary, use a suitable puller to remove bearing from end of PTO pinion shaft.

3. Using a suitable puller, remove bearings (A) from PTO pinion shaft and PTO shaft. 4. Inspect bearings for smooth operation, wear or damage. Replace as necessary. 5. Slide shift fork and shaft away from cover and remove. 6. Remove rear PTO drive shaft and gears as an assembly.

6/27/00

8 - 77

2-SPEED REAR PTO DRIVE SHAFT AND GEARS

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

E

C

D

H

M91704 MX0997

14. Check that the shifter shaft (C) slides through the fork easily and attains secure detent positions. 15. If necessary, slide shifter shaft out of shift fork. Inspect shaft, and spring (D) and detent ball (E).

17. Using a seal puller or suitable driver, remove seal (H) from rear PTO cover. Assembly: IMPORTANT: DO NOT spin bearing using compressed air. Damage to bearing balls, cage, and races could result.

G

NOTE: Before beginning assembly, be sure that all components are clean, and in good condition. F

M91700

16. Remove two cap screws (F) and oil seal plate (G).

8 - 78

IMPORTANT: Use liberal amounts of transmission oil to lubricate components as they are assembled. DO NOT use grease or other heavy lubricants unless they are specifically called for in the assembly story. 1. Clean mating surface of rear cover to remove old gasket material. 2. Using a suitable driver, install new PTO shaft seal in PTO cover. 3. Using a suitable driver, install bearing onto PTO stub shaft. Bearing should contact shift fork splines. 4. Install gear-74T onto PTO shaft. Snap ring inside gear should contact bearing. 5. Using a suitable driver, install second bearing onto PTO stub shaft. Bearing should seat inside gear and fit against internal snap ring. Install spacer and then third bearing. 6. Using a suitable driver, install seal sleeve onto pinion shaft with flat end against bearing.

6/27/00

PTO CLUTCH & BRAKE

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

7. Install PTO shaft assembly into cover. Use care to avoid damaging shaft seal. Use a plastic mallet or press to install bearing into bore in rear cover.

PTO CLUTCH & BRAKE Removal and Installation: 1. Split tractor at rear of tunnel to access PTO clutch assembly. See Splitting Tractor (Rear) in the appropriate power train section for the tractor. (i.e. Gear Power Train, Hydrostatic Power Train, PowrReverser Power Train)

MX0998

A

8. If removed, use a plastic mallet to install bearing onto plain end of PTO pinion shaft. 9. Using a plastic mallet, install pinion shaft and bearing into rear PTO cover until fully seated. 10. Install shift collar and gear 69T onto PTO shaft.

I

M91975

J

NOTE: Coupler on rear end of PTO clutch shaft may fall into differential case when removing PTO clutch/brake assembly. Retrieving this coupler may require removal of the rear PTO cover or rockshaft. Use care when removing clutch and shaft to avoid dropping coupler into case. 2. Remove PTO clutch assembly (A) and shaft as a unit. Installation: Installation is the reverse of removal.

MX0995

• Rotate PTO drive shaft during assembly to seat splined coupling.

11. Install shift fork assembly (I). 12. Using a suitable driver, install bearings (J) onto end of PTO shaft and end of PTO pinion shaft.

NOTE: Check shafts to ensure that they are properly installed in cover; if bearings are not fully seated in cover, cover may break when PTO is installed onto transmission housing and attaching cap screws are tightened.

6/27/00

8 - 79

PTO CLUTCH & BRAKE

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

Disassembly and Assembly: Special or Essential Tools: • JDG1169 Clutch Spring Compressor

A

M91728

M91726

1. If necessary, remove splined coupling (A) from end of shaft.

B

4. Remove clutch plates and disks from clutch cylinder.

C

M91741 M91742

2. Remove large internal snap ring (B) from PTO clutch housing.

5. Remove snap ring (C) retaining bearing to PTO shaft. 6. Remove bearing.

D

M91727

M91743

3. Remove clutch hub and retaining plate from clutch cylinder. 7. Remove snap ring (D) retaining clutch assembly to PTO shaft.

8 - 80

6/27/00

PTO CLUTCH & BRAKE

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

E

M91732

M91729

12. Remove key from groove in shaft. Inspect key for shearing. Replace as necessary. 13. Inspect bearing on shaft for smooth operation, wear, or damage. If necessary, replace bearing. 14. Inspect shaft surfaces and splines for damage. Replace if necessary. 15. Replace shaft seals (E) on PTO shaft.

8. Remove brake hub and bearing from clutch cylinder and PTO shaft.

F

M91730

9. Remove bearing from brake hub. 10. Inspect bearing for smooth operation, damage, or wear. If necessary, replace bearing.

M91735

16. Place JDG1169 Clutch Spring Compressor over washer in clutch. 17. Using a press, compress spring and remove external snap ring (F). Slowly release spring compression.

M91731

11. Remove PTO shaft and bearing from clutch cylinder as an assembly.

6/27/00

8 - 81

PTO CLUTCH & BRAKE

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

G

M91736

18. Remove external snap ring, washer and spring. M91738

20. Remove three interlock pins (G). 21. Measure interlock pins. If pins do not meet length specification, replace pins as a set. Specification (Minimum): G

Pin Length. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.8 mm (0.740 in.) G

M91737

NOTE: When piston is removed, interlock pins (G) will fall out of clutch housing. Use care to avoid losing pins. M91739

19. Tap clutch housing on bench to partially remove clutch piston from clutch housing. 22. Remove piston. 23. Replace O-ring in outer groove of piston.

8 - 82

6/27/00

PTO CLUTCH & BRAKE

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

Assembly:

NOTE: Plates in brake pack have external tabs. Disks have internal splines.

H

IMPORTANT: Soak clutch and brake disks in hydraulic oil for one (1) hour before assembling clutch or brake packs. Failure to complete this step will result in premature clutch failure.

M91733

24. Remove internal snap ring (H) from brake side of clutch cylinder.

M91740

1. Assemble brake pack starting with a plate, followed by a disk, followed by a plate, disk, plate. Install into clutch cylinder. M91740 H

25. Remove brake disks and plates from housing. 26. Inspect end plate, separator plates and friction plates for wear, discoloration, scoring or warping. Measure plate thickness. If plate(s) do not meet minimum plate thickness specification, replace clutch plate pack as a unit. Specification (Minimum): End Plate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.05 mm (0.120 in.) Friction Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.15 mm (0.084 in.) Disks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.9 mm (0.075 in.) M91733

2. Install snap ring (H) to retain brake pack.

6/27/00

8 - 83

PTO CLUTCH & BRAKE

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

6. Use JDG1169 Clutch Spring Compressor, and a press to compress clutch spring. Install external snap ring (F).

G

M91732 M91739

3. If not already done, replace O-ring on clutch piston, and install into clutch cylinder. 4. Install three interlock pins (G) into holes under tabs of piston. Slide piston to bottom of bore to retain pins.

7. If removed, install bearing onto PTO shaft. 8. Place key in slot in PTO shaft. 9. If not already done, replace shaft seals in PTO shaft.

M91731

10. Install clutch cylinder onto PTO shaft.

M91736

5. Place spring, washer, and snap ring onto center of piston.

NOTE: Plates in clutch pack have external tabs. Disks have internal splines. 11. Assemble clutch pack starting with a plate, followed by a disk, followed by a plate, disk, plate, disk, plate, disk, plate, disk, followed by the thicker end plate.

F

M91728 M91735

12. Install clutch pack into housing.

8 - 84

6/27/00

PTO CLUTCH & BRAKE

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

16. Install bearing into brake hub.

M91727 M91729

13. Align splines on hub with splines on disks and insert hub into clutch cylinder. 14. Install retaining plate.

NOTE: It may be necessary to align disk splines to allow brake hub to be properly installed. 17. Install brake hub and bearing into clutch cylinder.

B B

M91741

15. Secure hub, clutch pack, and retaining plate with large internal snap ring (B). M91743

18. Install snap ring (D) to retain brake hub and bearing to shaft.

M91730

6/27/00

8 - 85

MID PTO

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

MID PTO Removal and Installation: Removal: 1. Disconnect shift lever rod. 2. If equipped, disconnect mid PTO switch electrical connector.

C

M91742

19. Install second bearing on shaft, retain with snap ring (C). 20. Install splined coupling (if removed with clutch/ brake assembly) and install assembly into transmission housing. (See “PTO CLUTCH & BRAKE” on page79.)

M91895

NOTE: Capacity of hydraulic reservoir is 32 liters (8.4 gallons) (33.6 quarts). Have a suitable container ready before removing drain plug. 3. Remove drain plug on bottom cover of mid PTO housing and drain hydraulic oil.

M91896

4. Remove four cap screws and lock washers and rear mid PTO cover.

NOTE: Idler shaft assembly may or may not come out with rear cover.

8 - 86

6/27/00

MID PTO

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

Disassembly and Assembly

M91898

5. Remove idler shaft assembly if not already removed with cover.

A M91915

A

1. If necessary, remove cover (A) from idler shaft assembly.

B M91899 M91895

6. Remove two short cap screws (A) and lock washers. 7. Support mid PTO housing cover, and remove two long cap screws (B) and lock washers. Lower mid PTO cover and case, and remove from transmission housing.

2. Using a suitable puller, remove idler gear, washer and bearing from shaft. 3. Inspect bearing for wear or damage. Replace if necessary.

Installation: Installation is the reverse of removal. Tighten cap screws securing mid PTO cover to transmission housing to 45-50 N•m (33-37 lb-ft).

NOTE: Replace O-rings. Old O-rings will leak.

M91901

4. Remove O-ring from groove in mid PTO case.

6/27/00

8 - 87

MID PTO

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

8. On bottom of case, remove two remaining cap screws and lock washers. Remove bottom cover.

M91900 M91904

5. Remove drive gear and bearing from case as an assembly.

9. Remove O-ring from bottom cover.

M91905

M91902

6. Using an edge puller, remove bearing from drive gear. 7. Inspect bearing for wear or damage. Replace if necessary.

10. Remove four cap screws and lock washers, and seal case cover.

B

MX1000

M91903

8 - 88

11. Remove cap screw and lock washer. Remove shift arm retaining plate (B).

6/27/00

MID PTO

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

M91911

M91907

12. Slide shift shaft outward until shift lever clears shift collar.

NOTE: Washer between drive gear and inner ball bearing may fall out when PTO stub shaft is removed.

E

D C

M91908

13. Rotate shift arm to allow removal of shifter shoe (C). Remove shifter shoe. 14. Remove spring pin (D). 15. Slide shift shaft out of case until clear of shift lever (E). Remove shift lever.

M91910

17. Insert a suitable screw into the tapped hole in the end of the PTO stub shaft. Using a slide hammer, remove the shaft, outer bearing, shift collar, and seals as an assembly. When shaft is removed, gear, washer, and inner bearing will remain in the case.

F

M91909

16. Remove shift shaft, with retaining ring and O-ring, from case. Replace O-ring.

M91912

6/27/00

8 - 89

MID PTO

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

Assembly: 18. Remove snap ring (F) from PTO stub shaft.

NOTE: Liberally lubricate all press-fit parts with hydraulic oil to aid assembly.

M91913

G

19. Using a press, remove two-piece seal (G) (seal and oil seal sleeve) and bearing from shaft. Inspect bearing for wear or damage. Replace if necessary.

NOTE: Shift collar retains two steel balls under spring pressure. Use care to prevent balls from being lost.

M91916

1. Install inner bearing into case. If necessary, use a suitable driver and plastic mallet.

M91914 M91914

20. Remove shift collar, two steel balls, and spring. 2. If removed, install snap ring onto shaft. 3. Install ball, spring and second steel ball into shaft. Retain with shift collar.

NOTE: Replace seals and O-rings. Old seals and Orings will leak.

M91916

21. Remove inner bearing from case. If necessary, use a suitable puller. Inspect bearing for wear or damage. If necessary, replace bearing.

M91913

G

4. Install a new O-ring onto outer half of new two-piece seal (G). 5. Using a press, install the bearing, oil sleeve seal, and a new seal onto shaft.

8 - 90

6/27/00

MID PTO

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

F

M91909 M91912

6. Install snap ring (F) onto shaft to retain seal. IMPORTANT: Be sure washer and drive gear are properly aligned on shaft before installing shaft into inner bearing. Driving shaft into inner bearing with washer improperly aligned could cause damage to shaft and washer.

8. Install retaining ring and a new O-ring onto shift shaft. Install shift shaft through shift lever and into case.

C

M91908

9. Install spring pin through shift lever and shift shaft. 10. Install shifter shoe (C) onto shift lever pin.

M91911

7. Using general purpose grease to help hold the parts together, place washer against inner bearing with shoulder side facing bearing. Place gear against thrust washer. Insert shaft assembly into case and through gear and washer. Using a plastic mallet, seat PTO stub shaft assembly into inner bearing and case.

M91907

11. Rotate shift shaft so that shifter shoe engages groove in shift collar. Slide shift shaft inward until shifter shoe bottoms out in shift collar groove.

6/27/00

8 - 91

MID PTO

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

14. Rotate outer portion of oil sleeve seal to align slot with key hole in case.

M91918

M91905

12. Push O-ring and retaining ring into case bore.

15. Install PTO seal case cover, four cap screws and lock washers. B

MX1000

13. Install retainer plate (B), lock washer, and cap screw. M91904

16. Install new O-ring into bottom cover.

M91917

8 - 92

6/27/00

MID PTO

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

M91903 M91901

17. Install bottom cover to mid PTO case and secure with two short cap screws and lock washers.

20. Install a new O-ring into groove in case.

M91899

21. Install gear, spacer, and bearing onto idler shaft.

M91902

18. Install bearing onto drive gear.

M91915

M91900

22. Install idler shaft assembly into cover. 23. Install mid PTO assembly into transmission housing. (See “MID PTO” on page86.)

19. Install drive gear and bearing into case.

6/27/00

8 - 93

MID PTO

8 - 94

FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN

6/27/00

CONTENTS

STEERING

CONTENTS

SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STEERING COMPONENT LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . THEORY OF OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TROUBLESHOOTING CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DIAGNOSIS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3 4 5 6 7

STEERING SYSTEM SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 STEERING SYSTEM TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 STEERING PRESSURE CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 TOE-IN ADJUSTMENT 4-WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 TOE-IN ADJUSTMENT 2-WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

REPAIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 STEERING CYLINDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 STEERING CYLINDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 STEERING CYLINDER (2-WD). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 STEERING WHEEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 STEERING CONTROL UNIT (SCU) REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . 13 TILT STEERING MECHANISM REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 TIE ROD REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION (EARLY 4-WD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 TIE ROD REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION (2-WD & LATE 4-WD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 TIE ROD DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY (2-WD). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

6/27/00

9-1

NOTES

9-2

STEERING

6/27/00

STEERING

SPECIFICATIONS

SPECIFICATIONS Steering: Steering Wheel O.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 mm (14.0 in.) Front Steering Angle: Maximum Inside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62° Front Steering Angle: Maximum Outside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54° Maximum Rotation of Steering Wheel - Steering at Maximum Right or Left and Constant Torque Applied to Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 rpm Toe-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 - 3 mm (0 - 0.125 in.) Torque Specifications: Steering Wheel Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 - 49 N•m (29 - 36 lb-ft) Wheel Mounting Bolts Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 N•m (72 lb-ft) Rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 N•m (72 lb-ft) Steering Cylinder Hose Ends Cylinder to Hose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 - 37 N•m (19 - 27 lb-ft) Hose to Tube at Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 - 45 N•m (27 - 33 lb-ft) SCU Hose Ends Cylinder Tube to Hose at SCU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 - 26 N•m (16 - 20 lb-ft) Pressure or Return Tube to Hose at SCU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 - 55 N•m (33 - 41 lb-ft) Steering Cylinder Hose to Adaptor Fitting on SCU . . . . 19 - 27 N•m (168 - 240 lb-in.) Pressure or Return Hose to Adaptor Fitting on SCU . . . . . 40 - 57 N•m (30 - 42 lb-ft) SCU to Tractor Cap Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 - 38 N•m (22 - 28 lb-ft) Adaptor Fittings to SCU Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 - 169 N•m (115 - 150 lb-in.) Tie Rod to Spindle Arm Castle Nut (2-WD). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75-108 N•m (55-80 lb-ft). Tie Rod to Spindle Arm Castle Nut (4-WD). . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 - 129 N•m (85 - 95 lb-ft) Tie Rod to Steering Cylinder Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 - 129 N•m (85 - 95 lb-ft) Steering Cylinder to Mounting Bracket Cap Screws . . . . . . . . 25 - 31 N•m (18 - 22 lb-ft) Steering Cylinder Bracket to Front Axle Cap Screws . . . . . 115 - 122 N•m (85 - 90 lb-ft) Lubrication Interval: Tie Rod Ends, Front Axle Pivot Pin (Normal Conditions) . . . . . . . . . . . . Every 50 hours Tie Rod Ends, Front Axle Pivot Pin (Dusty Conditions). . . . . . . . . . . . . . Every 10 hours

6/27/00

9-3

STEERING COMPONENT LOCATION

STEERING

STEERING COMPONENT LOCATION Steering Wheel

Right Turn Hose

Plug

Left Turn Hose

Steering Control Unit (SCU)

R L

E PT

Return Hose (Tank)

Pressure Hose

Left Turn Hose

Pressure Hose

Right Turn Hose Return Hose (Tank)

Suction Tube Elbow (Reservoir to Pump) Hydraulic Oil Cooler Engine Mounted Hydraulic Pump

Reservoir Cartridge Filter

Pressure Line (to SCU) Right Turn Hose Left Turn Hose

Steering Cylinder

9-4

Rod End (To Tie Rod and Spindle Arm)

6/27/00

STEERING

THEORY OF OPERATION

THEORY OF OPERATION All Models: The front hydraulic pump supplies hydraulic pressure to the steering control unit (SCU). The SCU utilizes an open center control valve to operate the steering cylinder. When the steering wheel is turned, the SCU directs hydraulic pressure to the appropriate steering cylinder hose, pushing the steering cylinder ram, which pivots the front spindles and wheels. The SCU has no relief valve. The SCU and steering cylinder are not rebuildable, and must be replaced as complete units. Hydrostatic Model: Excess oil from the SCU is sent to the oil cooler, mounted in the front of the tractor. After the oil is cooled, it passes through the filter, and goes to the hydrostatic unit. The hydrostatic unit is a combination motor and pump, and operates as a closed loop. Most of the hydraulic oil delivered to this unit passes by the charge pressure relief valve, and returns to the reservoir. A small amount of oil flows through the hydrostatic unit, providing internal lubrication, then returns to the reservoir. Gear or PowrReverser Model Excess oil from the SCU passes through the filter (if equipped) and returns to the reservoir.

6/27/00

9-5

TROUBLESHOOTING CHART

STEERING

●

Toe-in incorrect

●

Steering control unit mounting loose

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Wheel bearings worn or lost lubrication

●

Wheel bearing retaining nut loose

●

Tire out-of-round, size incorrect or air pressure incorrect

●

●

●

Steering wheel and/or shaft splines worn or stripped

●

Steering wheel nut loose, stripped, or missing

●

Steering cylinder rod (tie rod) bent or damaged

●

Front axle pivot weak or unstable

●

● ●

●

●

●

●

●

●

● ●

● ●

● ●

● ●

●

●

●

●

●

SCU leaking internally

●

●

●

Steering cylinder leaking internally

●

●

●

Tilt steering locking mechanism worn or damaged

9-6

Front wheels “plow” loose soil to sides

●

●

Steering wheel turns, but wheels do not

●

●

Noise during turns or over rough terrain

Tie rod ends loose, or worn

●

Steering wheel spins freely

●

Steering wheel tilt does not lock

●

Steering wheel pulls upward

Steering shimmies or vibrates

●

Steering locks in hard left or right turns

Steering wanders

Spindles and/or spindle bearings worn or not lubricated sufficiently

Check or Solution

Steers hard left, right or both

Steering pulls in one direction

Problem or Symptom

Wheel bearing noise

TROUBLESHOOTING CHART

●

6/27/00

DIAGNOSIS

STEERING

DIAGNOSIS Test/Check Point 1. Rims

Normal

If Not Normal

Runout not excessive.

Replace rims.

Wheel bolts tight.

Tighten to specification.

Runout not excessive.

Remount or replace tires.

Tires properly inflated.

Inflate tires to proper pressure.

3. Wheel bearings

Wheels rotate freely without rough spots.

Replace bearings.

4. Pinion shaft and hub shaft

Assemblies tight and turn smoothly.

Tighten or replace assemblies.

5. Final drive housing

Fastened securely.

Tighten fasteners to specification.

6. Front axle mounting pivot

Pivot bushing not worn or binding.

Replace bushing.

7. Tie rod

Castle nuts tight.

Tighten castle nuts install cotter pin.

Tie rod (steering cylinder rod) straight, toe-in correct.

Replace worn or damaged steering cylinder, adjust toe-in.

Assembly fastened securely.

Tighten cylinder.

Operates from stop-to-stop smoothly with little effort, not leaking.

Replace cylinder.

Fastened securely to frame.

Fasten securely.

Not leaking.

Tighten fittings, replace SCU.

Installed properly, nut torqued to specification.

Install and tighten properly.

No cracks or breaks.

Replace as necessary.

2. Tires

8. Steering cylinder

9. Steering control unit

10. Steering wheel

6/27/00

9-7

STEERING SYSTEM SCHEMATIC

STEERING

STEERING SYSTEM SCHEMATIC Steering Cylinder

Left

Right

Right

Left

Relief Valve

Steering Control Unit

10342 kPa 1500 psi

Tank (T)

Pressure (P)

Oil Cooler (Hydrostatic Only)

Steering Wheel Engine 8.2 cm3/rev Gear Pump (Front)

Spin On Filter With By-pass

Case Drain

150 Mesh Intake Filter

Sump

Sump

Hydrostatic Hydrostatic Pump Motor Sump (Hydrostatic Model)

9-8

Charge Pressure Relief Sump (Gear Models)

6/27/00

TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS

STEERING

TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS

STEERING PRESSURE CHECK

STEERING SYSTEM TEST

Reason:

Reason:

To ensure that steering pump pressure is maintained at correct level for steering without causing damage to the system, and to determine if hydraulic pump is worn.

To check steering control unit and steering cylinder operation and check for internal leakage.

Equipment: Tools: • Torque wrench • Caps for hydraulic lines Procedure: 1. Run the tractor until the hydraulic fluid is at operating temperature. 2. Turn the steering wheel to the full right position. Apply 6.8 N•m (60 lb in.) constant torque to the steering wheel retaining nut, and count the steering wheel rotations in one minute. 3. Repeat the procedure turning the steering wheel to the full left position. 4. Stop engine. Results: • If the rotation in left or right hand direction exceeds 5 rotations in one minute, the steering system has internal leakage. To determine whether it’s the SCU or cylinder that is leaking, proceed as follows: Procedure: 1. Label and remove both left and right hydraulic hoses at the steering cylinder. 2. Cap the ends of both hoses. 3. Repeat the SCU test. Results: • If the rotation speed is now below 5 rotations in one minute, replace the steering cylinder. • If the rotation speed remains above 5 rotations in one minute, replace the SCU.

• JT03375 - Adapter Fitting (7/16-20 M 37° X 9/16-18 M ORFS) • JT03117 - 0-14000 kPa (0-2000 psi) Pressure Gauge • JT03017 Hose w/Quick Disconnect Fitting Procedure: 1. Park tractor on a level surface and set park brake. 2. Shift transmission to NEUTRAL. IMPORTANT: Make sure to relieve system pressure before loosening any system lines or hoses. 3. Cycle all controls to relieve any pressure that may be in the hydraulic system. 4. Remove hydraulic hose on left side of steering cylinder. 5. Attach gauge to left steering hose.

NOTE: Turning steering wheel to the right will cause hydraulic oil to leak out of disconnected cylinder port. Turn wheel only to left when performing test. 6. Start engine and run at high idle. 7. Turn steering wheel to the left. While turning wheel, check pressure reading on gauge. Specifications: Pressure . . . . . . . 10342 kPa ± 10% (1500 psi ± 10%) Results: • No pressure: Steering hoses may be incorrectly connected to the SCU. Check hose connections. • Pressure too low: Relief valve in SCU may be stuck open or defective; perform steering system test, (See “STEERING SYSTEM TEST” on page 9), or gear pump may be worn; disassemble and inspect pump. (See “Disassembly and Inspection:” on page34 in the Hydraulics Section). • Pressure too high: Relief valve in SCU may be clogged or defective.

6/27/00

9-9

TOE-IN ADJUSTMENT 4-WD

STEERING

TOE-IN ADJUSTMENT 4-WD

(LATE 4-WD)

(EARLY 4-WD) Reason: To ensure proper wheel tracking when turning, and to prevent tire scrub and premature tire wear.

A

Tools: • Wrenches • Tape Measure • Tire scribing tool

B

Procedure:

NOTE: If both tie rod ends were removed, screw-in the rod end until the distance from the lock nut to the end of the threads is approximately 22 mm (.875 in). Tighten the lock nuts.

MX1190

1. Jack up front axle so tires are off of floor. 2. Rotate tire by hand and scribe a line near the center of each of the front tires. 3. Measure and record the distance between the lines at the front and the rear of the tire at about axle height. The front measurement should be 0-3 mm (0-0.125 in.) less than the rear measurement.

Measure

NOTE: One of the tie rod ends and jam nut has left hand threads.

Measure

M91357

1. Jack up front axle so tires are off of floor. 2. Rotate tire by hand and scribe a line near the center of each of the front tires. 3. Measure and record the distance between the lines at the front and the rear of the tire at about axle height. The front measurement should be 0-3 mm (0-0.125 in.) less than the rear measurement. 4. If measurement is not correct, loosen jam nuts on tie rod ends and turn the threaded portion of the rod end using a wrench to increase or decrease the amount of toe until the measured dimension is within specifications. 5. Tighten the jam nuts.

4. If measurement is not correct, loosen jam nuts (A) on both ends of tie rod and turn the tie rod (B) using a wrench to increase or decrease the amount of toe until the measured dimension is within specifications. 5. Tighten the jam nuts. Specification: Toe In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-3 mm (0-0.125 in.)

Specification: Toe In. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-3 mm (0-0.125 in.)

9 - 10

6/27/00

TOE-IN ADJUSTMENT 2-WD

STEERING

TOE-IN ADJUSTMENT 2-WD

REPAIR

Reason:

STEERING CYLINDER

To ensure proper wheel tracking when turning, and to prevent tire scrub and premature tire wear.

(DUAL CYLINDER ENDS - 4-WD)

Tools: • Wrenches • Tape Measure • Tire scribing tool

Removal: 1. Label and remove both steering hoses from the steering cylinder.

Procedure:

1

2 3

Measure

8

4

6

7 5 M91328

Measure M91751

1. Jack up front axle so tires are off of floor. 2. Rotate tire by hand and scribe a line near the center of each of the front tires. 3. Measure and record the distance between the lines at the front and the rear of the tire at about axle height. Measurement at front of tire should be slightly less than measurement at rear (toed in). 4. Compare measurement to specifications, and adjust tie rod to increase or decrease the amount of toe until the dimension is within specifications. 5. Tighten the lock nut. Specification: Toe In. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-3 mm (0-0.125 in.) .

1. Tie Rod

5. Tie Rod

2. LH Bracket

6. RH Bracket

3. Cylinder Rod

7. Cap Screw

4. Cylinder Rod

8. Lock Washer

9. Place a wrench on each of the tie rods on the ends of the cylinder rod, and turn to remove one side. 10. Place a wrench on the flats, or a suitable tool through the hole in the end of the cylinder rod where the ball joint was removed to prevent the cylinder rod from turning. 11. Place a wrench on the remaining ball joint, and remove. 12. Remove three cap screws and lock washers on LH bracket attaching steering cylinder and bracket to front axle. Move steering cylinder to left to remove from RH bracket. Remove cylinder.

2

M91331

6/27/00

9 - 11

STEERING CYLINDER 13. Remove six cap screws and lock washers attaching LH bracket to steering cylinder and remove attaching bracket from cylinder. 14. Inspect the steering cylinder for leaks, cracks, rod straightness and smooth operation.

NOTE:

STEERING

STEERING CYLINDER (SINGLE CYLINDER END - 4-WD) Removal:

The steering cylinder has no serviceable components. If the cylinder leaks or does not meet specifications, the unit must be replaced.

B

Installation: 1. Install the LH mounting bracket onto the steering cylinder and secure with 6 cap screws. Tighten to specification. 2. Install the steering cylinder into RH bracket, and secure LH bracket to the front axle with two cap screws.Tighten to specification. 3. Connect the steering hoses to the cylinder and Tighten to specification. 4. Attach ball joints to steering cylinder rod and tighten to specification. 5. Bleed the hydraulic system if required. 6. Adjust toe-in. (See “TOE-IN ADJUSTMENT 4-WD” on page10.) Specification: Steering Cylinder to Mounting Bracket . . . . . . . 25-31 N•m (18-22 lb-ft). LH Bracket to Front Axle . 115-122 N•m (85-90 lb-ft). Steering Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . 26-37 N•m (19-27 lb-ft). Ball Joint to Cylinder Rod 115-129 N•m (85-95 lb-ft).

A MX0979

NOTE: Cylinder ball end studs are tapered. Use a tie rod end removal tool to avoid damaging threads if cylinder is to be re used. 1. Mark hoses (A) and disconnect from cylinder. 2. Remove cotter pins and castle nuts (B). 3. Remove cylinder. Installation: 1. Inspect rubber boots on ends of cylinder. Replace boots if necessary. 2. Install cylinder and tighten castle nuts to specification. If slots in castle nut do not line up with cotter pin hole, continue tightening nut until next slot lines up. 3. Connect hoses to cylinder. Specification: Castle Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-129 N•m (85-95 lb-ft). Hose Ends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-37 N•m (19-27 lb-ft).

9 - 12

6/27/00

STEERING CYLINDER (2-WD)

STEERING

STEERING CYLINDER (2-WD)

STEERING WHEEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

Removal:

Removal:

1. Label and disconnect both steering hoses (A) from the steering cylinder. A

1. Remove steering wheel center cap. 2. Remove lock nut. 3. Remove steering wheel. If necessary, use a suitable puller. Installation:

NOTE: C B

Lubricate the steering shaft splines with general purpose grease before installing steering wheel to allow easy removal.

M91759

2. Remove cotter pin (B) and castle nut (C) from spindle arm end of cylinder. 3. Using a ball joint separator, disconnect steering cylinder from spindle arm. 4. Remove cotter pin and nut from axle end of cylinder. 5. Using a ball joint separator, disconnect steering cylinder from bracket on front axle. Remove cylinder.

1. Remove white center cap plastic retaining ring from steering wheel. 2. Install steering wheel and retain with nut. Tighten steering wheel nut to specification. 3. Install plastic retaining ring to steering wheel center cap. 4. Install center cap and retaining ring to steering wheel. Specification: Steering Wheel Nut . . . . . . . 39-49 N•m (29-36 lb-ft).

Installation: 1. Attach cylinder to axle bracket and spindle. Secure with castle nuts. Tighten to specification and install cotter pins to secure nuts. If slots in castle nut do not line up with cotter pin hole, continue tightening nut until next slot lines up. 2. Connect steering hoses to cylinder. Specification: Castle Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-108 N•m (55-80 lb-ft). Steering Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . 26-37 N•m (19-27 lb-ft).

STEERING CONTROL UNIT (SCU) REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Removal: 1. Remove the steering wheel. 2. Remove the control panel. (See “CONTROL PANEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page10 of Miscellaneous section.) 3. Remove the control panel lower shroud.

B

C

A

M91329

6/27/00

9 - 13

TILT STEERING MECHANISM REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION 4. Label and remove the hydraulic hoses (A). 5. Remove four cap screws (B) and star washers. Remove the SCU from the tractor. 6. If necessary, remove adapter fittings (C) from the SCU.

NOTE: The SCU has no serviceable components. If the SCU does not meet specifications, the unit must be replaced.

STEERING

TILT STEERING MECHANISM REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Removal: 1. Remove steering wheel. (See “STEERING WHEEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page13.) 2. Remove control panel. (See “CONTROL PANEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page10 of Miscellaneous section.) 3. Remove control panel lower shroud.

Installation: 1. If adapter fittings were removed, inspect O-rings in adapter fittings for cracks or damage. Replace if required. 2. Install adapter fittings to the SCU ports. Tighten to specification.

A B

NOTE: Unevenly or improperly torquing cap screws attaching SCU to tractor can result in distortion of the valve body, and premature failure of the SCU. 3. Install the SCU to the tractor. Fasten with four cap screws and star washers. Tighten to specification. 4. Install the hydraulic hoses to the adapter fittings. Tighten cylinder hoses to specification. Tighten pressure and return hoses to specification. 5. Install the control panel lower shroud. 6. Install the control panel. 7. Install the steering wheel. 8. Fill the hydraulic system to the proper level; bleed the system if required. Specification: SCU Adapter Fittings . . . 14-19 N•m (115-150 lb-in.). SCU Mounting Cap Screws . 30-38 N•m (22-28 lb-ft). Small Hoses To SCU . . . 19-27 N•m (168-240 lb-in.). Large hoses To SCU . . . . . . 40-57 N•m (30-42 lb-ft).

C

Special Locking Screw M91330

4. Disconnect tilt return spring (A) from tilt column. 5. Lift up on the tilt locking lever (B) to release lock. 6. Hold tilt locking lever and remove lock nut (C). Remove tilt locking lever.

NOTE:

Locking screw has left-hand thread into steering column.

7. Remove locking screw. Installation: 1. Install locking screw to steering column. Tighten enough to lock column in place. 2. Install tilt locking lever into position on locking screw splines. 3. Test locking mechanism to be sure that steering column will lock in position securely, and tilt locking lever will not interfere with lower control panel shroud. Adjust if required. 4. Install lock nut and tighten.

9 - 14

6/27/00

TIE ROD REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION (EARLY 4-WD)

STEERING

TIE ROD REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION (EARLY 4-WD)

Specification: Tie Rod End To Cylinder . 115-129 N•m (85-95 lb-ft). Castle Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-129 N•m (85-95 lb-ft).

Removal: 1. Measure distance from lubrication fitting on tie rod end to end of ball joint nut on steering cylinder rod. Record measurement. 2. Place a wrench on each of the nuts on the ends of the tie rods, and turn to remove one side. 3. If necessary, place a wrench on the flats or a suitable tool in the hole in the end of the cylinder rod where the tie rod was removed to prevent the cylinder rod from turning. Place a wrench on the remaining tie rod nut, and remove tie rod.

TIE ROD REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION (2-WD & LATE 4-WD) Removal:

Measure

B A

B M91331

A

M91757 M91331

1. Remove cotter pin and castle nut from each rod end attaching tie rod to spindle arm. 2. Using a ball joint separator, disconnect ball joint ends from spindle arms. Remove tie rod. Installation:

4. Remove cotter pin (A). 5. Remove castle nut (B). 6. Using a ball-joint separator, separate tie rod from spindle arm. 7. Remove tie rod. Installation: 1. If installing ball joint previously used, inspect boot for damage. If necessary, replace tie rod. 2. If installing a new tie rod, loosen locking nut, and adjust tie rod until measurement from lubrication fitting to end of ball joint nut equals that recorded before removal. Tighten locking nut. 3. Attach tie rod to cylinder rod and torque to specification. 4. Attach tie rod to spindle arm. 5. Install castle nut and torque to specification. 6. Install a new cotter pin. 7. Lubricate tie rod end using general purpose grease. Follow lubrication procedure outlined in the maintenance section of the operator’s manual. 8. Adjust toe-in. (See “TOE-IN ADJUSTMENT 4-WD” on page10.)

6/27/00

1. If installing tie rod end previously used, inspect boot. If necessary, replace tie rod end. 2. Insert threaded ends of tie rod ends into holes in spindle arms. 3. Install two castle nuts to rod ends. 4. Tighten castle nuts (B) to specification. 5. Install two cotter pins (A). 6. Lubricate tie rod ends using general purpose grease. Follow lubrication procedure outlined in the maintenance section of the operator’s manual. 7. Adjust toe-in. (See “TOE-IN ADJUSTMENT 2-WD” on page11.) Specification: Castle Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-108 N•m (55-80 lb-ft).

9 - 15

TIE ROD DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY (2-WD)

STEERING

TIE ROD DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY (2-WD) Disassembly: 1. Remove ball joint boots from ball joints and clean parts thoroughly using a suitable solvent.

Measure

A

M91751

2. Measure length of tie rod from clamped tube end to lubrication fitting on rod end. Record measurement. 3. Loosen cap screw and nut (A) on tie rod clamp. 4. Remove rod end from tie rod tube. 5. Loosen locking nut on adjustable rod end. 6. Unscrew adjustable rod end from tie rod. 7. Inspect ball joints for damage, wear, and smooth operation. Replace if necessary. Assembly: 1. If installing ball joint previously used, inspect boot. If necessary, replace tie rod end. 2. If removed, thread locking nut onto adjustable tie rod end. 3. Install threaded rod end into tie rod so that approximately half the threads are showing. 4. Install plain rod end into tie rod. Measure from end of tie rod tube to lubrication fitting on tie rod end. Install so that dimension is same as that recorded before disassembly. Tighten clamp to retain rod end in tie rod tube.

9 - 16

6/27/00

CONTENTS

BRAKES

CONTENTS Page

SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 BRAKES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 TRANSAXLE OIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

COMPONENT LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BRAKE HOUSING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 PARKING BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BRAKE PEDALS AND LINKAGE - HST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 BRAKE PEDALS AND LINKAGE - HST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 BRAKE PEDALS AND LINKAGE - CST AND PRT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 BRAKE PEDALS AND LINKAGE - CST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 BRAKE PEDALS AND LINKAGE - PRT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 CONSOLE MOUNTED PARKING BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

THEORY OF OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 BRAKES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

TROUBLESHOOTING CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 DIAGNOSIS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 PARKING BRAKE ADJUSTMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 BRAKE PEDAL ADJUSTMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

REPAIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 BRAKE DISASSEMBLY AND INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 BRAKE ASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 BRAKE PEDAL - HST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 BRAKE PEDAL - CST AND PRT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 PARKING BRAKE LINKAGE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

6/27/00

10 - 1

NOTES

10 - 2

BRAKES

6/27/00

SPECIFICATIONS

BRAKES

SPECIFICATIONS BRAKES Brake Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Wet Multiple Disc Brake Pedal Stroke @98N (22 lb) pedal force) . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 - 89 mm (3.0 - 3.5 in.) Pedal Free Play @ 49N (11 lb) pedal force . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 - 35 mm (1.06 - 1.37 in.) Total Brake Actuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 - 76 mm (2.5 - 3.0 in.) Pedal Differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 mm (0.08 in.) or Less Parking Brake Pull-In (force required to set) . . . . . . 79 - 98 N (18 - 22 lb) at Third Notch

TRANSAXLE OIL Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . John Deere J20D Capacity: PRT and CST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37.0 L (9.8 gal) (39.1 qt) HST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35.0 L (9.25 gal) (37 qt)

TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Rear Wheel Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 - 108 N•m (65 - 80 lb-ft) Front Wheel Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 - 108 N•m (65 - 80 lb-ft) Master Brake Link Jam Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 - 71 N•m (48 - 52 lb-ft) Set Screw On Master Brake Pedal (To Shaft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 - 25 N•m (15 - 19 lb-ft) Clutch Rod to Clutch Pedal Cap Screw. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 - 44 N•m (27 - 33 lb-ft) Left Hand Brake Lever Cap Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 - 44 N•m (27 - 33 lb-ft)

6/27/00

10 - 3

COMPONENT LOCATION

BRAKES

COMPONENT LOCATION BRAKE HOUSING Friction Discs and Plates Balls (6 used)

Splines

Actuator

Actuator Tab Brake Cam

Brake Arm M91324

PARKING BRAKE Cam Arm

Brake Shaft Assembly

Clevis

Park Brake Rod

Cam Arm Handle Link Park Brake Rod Release Button Ratchet

Brake Lever

10 - 4

Park Brake Return Spring M91323

6/27/00

BRAKE PEDALS AND LINKAGE - HST

BRAKES

BRAKE PEDALS AND LINKAGE - HST Right Brake Tube and Link Lower Brake Rods

Brake Return Spring Brake Pedal Pivot Shaft Assembly Brake Return Springs

T-Pin Brake Arm

Master Brake Pedal Master Brake Link Cam Lever Clevis

RH Brake Pedal

Upper Brake Rods LH Brake Pedal Bellcrank

M91322

6/27/00

10 - 5

BRAKE PEDALS AND LINKAGE - HST

BRAKES

BRAKE PEDALS AND LINKAGE - HST 1

2 5

3 4

6 7 8 9 11

10

12 13

26 12

20 23

24

22

20

19

20

25

21

18

11

17 16

9 5

8

19

30 29

28

15

25 5

20

14

27

28

40

16

11

31 17

32

39 21

13

12 22 38

12 33 14

11

26

25 11

34

37

23

35

M91888

36

10 - 6

6/27/00

BRAKE PEDALS AND LINKAGE - HST

BRAKES

1. Nut

12. Washer

23. Cap Screw

34. Snap Ring

2. Shaft key

13. Clevis

24. Cotter Pin

35. Pedal

3. Washer

14. Pin

25. Washer

36. Cap Screw

4. Pedal

15. Tube

26. Rod

37. Nut

5. Spring

16. Washer

27. Bellcrank

38. Pedal

6. Lever

17. Bearing

28. Cap Screw

39. Bellcrank

7. Washer

18. Rod

29. Washer

40. Rod

8. Bushing

19. T-Pin

30. Spacer

9. Bushing

20. Nut

31. Lever

10. Shaft

21. Bushing

32. Nut

11. Cotter Pin

22. Washer

33. Bushing

6/27/00

10 - 7

BRAKE PEDALS AND LINKAGE - CST AND PRT

BRAKES

BRAKE PEDALS AND LINKAGE - CST AND PRT RH Brake Pedal Brake Return Springs

Lower Brake Rods

Brake Pedal Pivot Shaft Assembly Brake Return Spring

LH Brake Pedal

Clevis

Upper Brake Rods

Clutch Pedal

Bellcrank

Clutch Rod

1. Snap Ring

M91775

12. Clevis

23. Rod

34. Nut

2. Washer

13. Washer

24. Bellcrank

35. Cap Screw

3. Pedal

14. Nut

25. Bushing

36. Lever

4. Bushing

15. Washer

26. Washer

37. Turnbuckle

5. Arm

16. Bushing

27. Cap Screw

38. Washer

6. Leaf Spring

17. Bushing

28. Rod

39. Cotter Pin

7. Pedal

18. Shaft

29. Cap Screw

40. Rod

8. Shaft Key

19. Washer

30. Washer

41. Nut

9. Spring

20. Bushing

31. Pedal

42. Tie Rod End

10. Pin

21. Bearing

32. Washer

43. Bellcrank

11. Cotter Pin

22. Washer

33. Spacer

10 - 8

6/27/00

BRAKE PEDALS AND LINKAGE - CST

BRAKES

BRAKE PEDALS AND LINKAGE - CST 9 1

2 3

9 4 7

1

11

10 12

8

13

2 5

14

6

15

16 17

11

28

26

27

18

23

25

11

24 22 21 20

19

26 16 17

33 32 2 4

19

31 1

11

2

22

9

34

20

12 13

28 1

27

21

30 43

29

10

11

26 11

24

42 35

36

23

37

41

40

11

M91889

26

39

38

6/27/00

10 - 9

BRAKE PEDALS AND LINKAGE - PRT

BRAKES

BRAKE PEDALS AND LINKAGE - PRT 9 2

1

9

3

10 11 4

12

1

7 13 8

2 14

5

15

6 26

25 12

37

12 24

16 23

22

21 20 19

36

18

35 33

17

27 34 33 32

38

2 4

39

31

38

17

2

11

1

13

20 40

42 9

18

25

19

26

10

1 30

41

29 28

24 27

12

12 41

24

21

M91887

12 27

10 - 10

6/27/00

BRAKE PEDALS AND LINKAGE - PRT

BRAKES

1. Snap Ring

12. Cotter Pin

23. Bushing

34. Bushing

2. Thrust Washer

13. Clevis

24. Washer

35. Cap Screw

3. Pedal

14. Washer

25. Cap Screw

36. Tie Rod End

4. Bushing

15. Nut

26. Rod

37. Nut

5. Arm

16. Shaft

27. Washer

38. Nut

6. Leaf Spring

17. Washer

28. Cap Screw

39. Turnbuckle

7. Pedal

18. Bushing

29. Washer

40. Rod

8. Shaft Key

19. Bearing

30. Lever

41. Cotter Pin

9. Spring

20. Washer

31. Pedal

42. Bellcrank

10. Pin

21. Rod

32. Spacer

11. Washer

22. Bellcrank

33. Bushing

6/27/00

10 - 11

CONSOLE MOUNTED PARKING BRAKE

BRAKES

CONSOLE MOUNTED PARKING BRAKE

11 4

1

9

10

2 12 3 19

14 5

18

6 7 8

17

15 13 16

1. Brake Pedal

6. Bracket, Pivot

11. Parking Brake Rod

16. Bellcrank

2. Lock

7. Bolt

12. Parking Brake Switch

17. Rod

3. Screw (2 used)

8. Lever

13. Nut

18. Washer

4. Return spring

9. Cotter Pin

14. Rod

19. Cotter Pin

5. Bolt

10 - 12

10. Washer

15. Clevis

6/27/00

THEORY OF OPERATION

BRAKES

THEORY OF OPERATION BRAKES The brakes on the 45-46-4700 are mechanical wet disc brakes. The differential carrier support and final drive ring gear are both secured in the final drive housing. The brake friction plates are held in place by tabs. The only rotating components are the brake disks, which are driven by splines on the differential shafts. When the brake pedal is applied the brake rod pulls the brake lever forward. This rotates the cam lever which rotates the actuator. The balls stay stationary in the socket on the final drive ring gear. The slot that the balls sit in on the actuator are ramped. As the actuator rotates the balls force it toward the carrier support. This compresses the disks between the friction plates and stops rotation of the differential output shaft. When the brake pedal is released the return springs help pull the actuator back toward the ring gear.

two cam arms which pull the park brake rods. The park brake rods pull the brake levers on the final drive case. The park brake is locked in position by a ratchet on the park brake lever. The brakes are held in position until the park brake release button is pushed, and the park brake lever is pushed down. Dash Mount Parking Brake The parking brake operates by locking the brake pedal(s) in an engaged position. The dash mount parking brake is operated from a control rod that is pulled out while the brake pedal(s) are being held down. When the rod is pulled out, a bracket rotates rearward which pivots a parking brake lever. Teeth on the front of the lever engage with teeth on a lock that is bolted to the brake pedal. The brake pedal return springs maintain force which holds the parking brake lever in position. The parking brake is released by pushing down on the brake pedal(s) which allows a disengagement of the teeth on the brake pedal and lever. A return spring pivots the rear of the lever upward and the front down, separating the teeth and allowing the brake pedals to be released.

Side Mount Parking Brake The parking brakes use rods extending from the parking brake shaft assembly down to the brake levers on the final drive case, and are engaged with the park brake lever. The lever is pulled up, pulling the link which turns the park brake shaft. On the park brake shaft are Differential Carrier Support

Brake Friction Plates

Actuator Balls (6 Used) Final Drive Ring Gear Brake Disk

Cam

Brake Lever M91790

6/27/00

10 - 13

TROUBLESHOOTING CHART

BRAKES

●

Brake return spring weak/ damaged/ missing Brake linkage damaged/ binding

●

●

●

●

●

● ●

●

●

Brake lever cam and/ or actuator worn

●

●

●

Actuator/ balls/ housing worn or damaged

●

●

●

●

●

●

Brake friction/ stationary plates worn or damaged Replace brake arm seal

10 - 14

Oil leaking from final drive case at brake arm

Brakes worn/ no longer serviceable

●

Noise during braking

●

Excessive pedal travel

Brakes improperly adjusted

Check or Solution

Brakes not effective

Steering pulls in one direction

Problem or Symptom

Brakes drag (tractor will not move) or slow to release

TROUBLESHOOTING CHART

●

●

6/27/00

DIAGNOSIS

BRAKES

DIAGNOSIS Test/Check Point 1. Pedals

Normal

If Not Normal

Smooth operation

Grease pedal shaft assembly/ linkage. Inspect for damage.

Free play 27-35 mm (1.06-1.37 in.) Total brake actuation 63-76 mm (2.5-3.0 in.) Pedal differential 2 mm (0.08 in) or less

Adjust to specification.

2. Friction material

Friction disc not excessively worn

Replace parts as required.

3. Linkage

Not bent or binding

Adjust to specification, replace damaged parts

4. Actuator and housing

Smooth operation, not worn

Replace worn parts

5. Steel balls

Not pitted or scored

Replace worn parts

6. Park Brake Lever

Smooth operation, not binding

Adjust to specifications, replace damaged parts

6/27/00

10 - 15

TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS

TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS

BRAKES

Procedure:

PARKING BRAKE ADJUSTMENT B

Side Mount Parking Brakes: 1. Adjust the park brake by removing the clevis pin attaching the park brake rod to the park brake shaft and turning the clevis on the rod. 2. Adjust clevis on the left brake until the brake engages with 4 clicks of park brake lever travel. Remove left brake clevis pin, and repeat procedure on right brake. Attach clevises to transmission brake arms. 3. Pull the park brake lever. The force required is 7998 N (18-22 lb) at the third notch of the brake ratchet. At the fourth notch of the brake ratchet, the park brake should be fully engaged. Dash Mounted Parking Brakes: The dash mount parking brake lever locks the brake pedal in position. See “BRAKE PEDAL ADJUSTMENT” below.

BRAKE PEDAL ADJUSTMENT NOTE: (Hydrostatic Model) The locking nuts located on the upper brake rod groove pins at the brake pedal assembly should not be used as an adjustment point. All adjustment should be performed at the rear of the tractor on the lower brake rod clevises attached to the transmission brake arms.

A

M91843

1. (CST or PRT Models) Check brake pedals to ensure that they are at the same height. Adjust as required using set screws (A) on brake pedal stop bracket (B).

NOTE: Set screws may not be factory installed. If necessary, install an 8 X 20 mm set screw into pedal stop. Apply TY9370 thread sealant to lock set screw in place. 2. Remove cotter pin, washer, and clevis pin to disconnect clevis from transmission brake arm.

Reason: To set the brake linkage free play to allow full pedal movement and full application of the brake discs on the rear axle shafts. The brakes are adjusted using adjustable clevises to lengthen or shorten the brake rods.

NOTE:

Perform parking brake adjustment before performing brake pedal adjustments. Setting the parking brake adjustment allows for full release of the parking brake, and removes excess movement in the brake rods.

Tools: • Ruler • Pliers

10 - 16

M91325

76-89 mm (3.0-3.5 in.)

3. Turn clevis on rod to adjust free play. 4. Adjust each clevis until the pedal free play is 27 - 35 mm (1.06 - 1.37 in.) with 49 N (11 lb) pressure, and the total brake pedal stroke is 76 - 89 mm (3.0 - 3.5 in.) with 98 N (22 lb) pressure. 5. The difference between left and right side pedal free play (pedal differential) should be less than 2 mm (0.08 in).

6/27/00

REPAIR

BRAKES

Results:

REPAIR

If the brakes are adjusted correctly: • The wheel brakes will begin engagement when the pedals are depressed 27 - 35 mm (1.06 - 1.37 in.) with 49 N (11 lb) pressure.

BRAKE DISASSEMBLY AND INSPECTION 1. Remove the final drive from the tractor. (See “FINAL DRIVE REMOVAL” on page51 in Final Drive Power Train section.)

A B

C

D

D

M89582

A. Friction Plate

C. Friction Discs

B. Tab

D. Lock Tabs

NOTE: Right side final drive housing has three tabs (D) that retain friction discs and friction plates in housing. To remove plates and discs, rotate lock tabs to clear brake plates. 2. Remove the friction plates (A) and friction discs (B) from the final drive housing.

NOTE: If final drive housing is laying on its side, balls will fall out when springs are removed.

6/27/00

10 - 17

BRAKE ASSEMBLY

BRAKES

BRAKE ASSEMBLY 1. Replace the brake lever seal. 2. Install the brake lever, bushing, and cam into the final drive housing. Secure with snap ring. 3. Dip the six steel balls in transmission oil. Install the balls into the transaxle housing. 4. Dip the brake actuator in transmission oil. Install the brake actuator into the housing.

E

NOTE:

F M89666

3. Remove two springs (E). 4. Remove the brake actuator (F) from the final drive housing. 5. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Replace any worn or damaged components.

5. Install the springs onto the actuator and ring gear to retain the steel balls. 6. Dip the friction plates and the friction discs in transmission oil. Install the plates into the housing.

NOTE:

With the actuator in place, install the first friction disc. Then, install a friction plate, followed by a friction disc, followed by a friction plate.

7. Hold the plates in place with retaining clips (righthand side only). 8. Install the final drive housing to the transaxle. (See “FINAL DRIVE INSTALLATION” on page52 in FINAL DRIVE POWER TRAIN Section.)

H J I

Be certain the steel balls locate into the ramps of the actuator.

K G

M89658

6. Remove six steel balls (G) from the final drive housing. 7. If not already marked, mark end of brake lever shaft (H) and cam (I) to facilitate assembly. Remove the snap ring (J) from the brake lever shaft. Remove the cam lever and bushing (K) from the housing. 8. Remove the brake lever shaft. 9. Inspect the steel balls and ring gear for wear, galling, scratches, or cracking. 10. Inspect the brake lever and housing for wear or damage. Replace any unserviceable parts. 11. Remove the old sealant from the mounting surfaces of the housings. Clean and inspect the surfaces for wear or damage.

10 - 18

6/27/00

BRAKE PEDAL - HST

BRAKES

BRAKE PEDAL - HST Removal:

E

1. Remove upper cowl panels. (See “COWL PANEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 11 in MISCELLANEOUS section.)

C

. D

A

F

M91313

B

M91312

2. Remove snap ring (A) from LH end of brake pedal pivot shaft.

c

CAUTION

Brake return spring is under high tension. Wear safety glasses and gloves when removing or installing spring from pedal.

5. Remove nut (C).

NOTE: Groove pin location on brake rod is set at the factory. If the groove pin (D) must be replaced, measure and note location before removing. Install new groove pin so that it is in the same location. 6. Move left brake rod and groove pin (D) clear of brake shaft assembly. 7. Remove master brake link (E). 8. Disconnect right brake return spring (F) from brake pedal.

H G

3. Disconnect left brake return spring (B) from brake pedal. 4. Remove left brake pedal.

M91318

9. Remove washer (G). 10. Loosen two set screws (H) on right brake pedal. 11. Remove right brake pedal.

6/27/00

10 - 19

BRAKE PEDAL - HST

BRAKES

14. Remove cotter pin (K) and washer from bottom of RH brake rod , disconnect brake rod from bellcrank (L) and remove brake rod and groove pin from pedal assembly. 15. Disconnect master brake return spring (M) from brake pedal. 16. Remove master brake pedal and brake pedal shaft from tractor as an assembly. 17. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Replace any worn or damaged components.

I

M91314

12. Remove bushing (I).

J

NOTE: If lubrication fitting on RH side of brake pedal assembly is removed or replaced, DO NOT over tighten. Lubrication fitting will bind against master brake shaft. Test by depressing RH brake pedal with brake return springs in place; watch for master brake pedal movement. If master brake pedal moves when RH brake pedal is depressed, lubrication fitting is too tight. Installation: Installation is the reverse of removal.

M91315

NOTE: Groove pin location on brake rod is set at the factory. If the groove pin must be replaced, measure and note location before removing. Install new groove pin so that it is in the same location.

13. Remove two flanged bushings (J). 1. Install the pedal shaft assembly into tractor frame and attach the master brake pedal return spring. 2. Install the RH brake rod and groove pin into the brake pedal assembly and RH brake bellcrank, and install the washer and cotter pin at bottom of brake rod. 3. Loosen the locking nut (N) and tighten the adjuster cap screw (O) on the master brake pedal so that the groove pin is evenly supported by the RH brake link and the adjuster bolt. The groove pin should be level. 4. On LH side of tractor, install two flanged bushings, plain bushing and RH brake pedal.

M

N

O

c

CAUTION

K

Brake return spring is under high tension. Wear safety glasses and gloves when removing or installing spring from pedal.

L

M91316

10 - 20

5. Attach RH brake return spring. 6. Install washer, master brake link and jam nut. Tighten jam nut to 65-71 N•m (48-52 lb-ft). 6/27/00

BRAKE PEDAL - CST AND PRT

BRAKES

7. Tighten two set screws on RH brake pedal to 20-25 N•m (15-19 lb-ft). 8. Move LH brake groove pin and rod into position on master brake link. 9. Install LH brake pedal. Retain with snap ring. 10. Attach LH brake pedal return spring.

NOTE:

6. Disconnect clutch return spring (D) from clutch pedal.

F

If the parking brake has been removed, complete the parking brake installation and adjustment before adjusting the service brakes.

11. Adjust the brakes. (See “BRAKE PEDAL ADJUSTMENT” on page16.)

E

BRAKE PEDAL - CST AND PRT M91792

Removal: 1. Remove upper cowl panels. (See “COWL PANEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 11 in MISCELLANEOUS section.)

C

7. Remove cap screw (E) and nut holding clutch rod end to clutch pedal. Disconnect clutch rod and set aside. 8. Remove snap ring (F) and washer. 9. Remove clutch pedal.

B G D

A

M91791

2. Remove cotter pin (A) and washer from end of brake rod. 3. Disconnect brake rod from brake lever. 4. Remove cap screw (B) and washer from end of brake pedal pivot shaft. 5. Remove brake lever (C) from end of brake pedal pivot shaft.

c

M91793

10. Remove washer (G).

H

CAUTION

Clutch return spring is under high tension. Wear safety glasses and gloves when removing or installing spring from pedal.

M91800

11. Remove snap ring (H) and washer. 6/27/00

10 - 21

BRAKE PEDAL - CST AND PRT

BRAKES

K

I

L

M91799 M91795

12. Remove spacer (I).

14. On right side of tractor, disconnect brake return springs (K) from left and right brake pedals. 15. Remove cotter pin (L) and washer from RH brake rod. 16. Disconnect RH brake rod from brake pedal. J

M

M91798

13. Remove washer and two flanged bushings (J).

c

M91797

CAUTION

Brake return spring is under high tension. Wear safety glasses and gloves when removing or installing spring from pedal.

17. Remove two brake pedals (M) and pedal shaft from right side of tractor as an assembly. 18. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Replace any worn or damaged components. Installation: Installation is the reverse of removal.

c

CAUTION

Clutch and brake return springs are under high tension. Wear safety glasses and gloves when removing or installing springs from pedals.

10 - 22

6/27/00

PARKING BRAKE LINKAGE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

BRAKES

1. Install the pedal shaft assembly into tractor frame and attach the two brake pedal return springs. 2. Attach RH brake rod to the brake pedal. Retain with washer and cotter pin. 3. On LH side of tractor, install two flanged bushings, spacer, and clutch pedal. Retain with washer and snap ring. 4. Attach clutch rod to clutch pedal and retain with cap screw and nut. Tighten nut to 36-44 N•m (27-33 lb-ft). 5. Install LH brake lever. Retain with cap screw and washer. Tighten cap screw to 36-44 N•m (27-33 lb-ft). 6. Attach LH brake rod to brake lever. Retain with washer and cotter pin. 7. Attach clutch pedal return spring.

NOTE:

If the parking brake has been removed, complete the parking brake installation and adjustment before adjusting the service brakes.

8. Adjust the brakes. (See “BRAKE PEDAL ADJUSTMENT” on page16.)

PARKING BRAKE LINKAGE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Side Mount Parking Brake:

B

C

M91307

3. Remove cap screw (B) and nut attaching park brake assembly to support angle (C). 4. Remove two shoulder bolts and nuts attaching park brake rods to brake levers on transmission housing. 5. Remove park brake assembly. 6. Inspect all parts for wear and damage. Replace as required. Installation is the reverse of removal.

1. Remove seat. (See “SEAT AND SEAT SUPPORT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 5 in Miscellaneous section.)

Dash Mount Parking Brake: 1. Remove RH upper cowl panel. (See “COWL PANEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page11 in MISCELLANEOUS section.)

C A

B

A

M91321

2. Remove two cap screws (A) attaching park brake assembly to transmission rockshaft housing.

D

MX1004

2. Disconnect return spring (A) from bracket (B). 3. Remove cotter pin (C) and washer from parking brake rod. Remove rod.

6/27/00

10 - 23

PARKING BRAKE LINKAGE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

BRAKES

4. Remove bolts (D) and nuts securing bracket and pivot lever. 5. Remove bracket and lever. 6. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Pay particular attention to engagement teeth on lever. Replace parts as required. Installation is the reverse of removal.

10 - 24

6/27/00

CONTENTS

HYDRAULICS

CONTENTS Page

SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 HYDRAULIC SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 REPAIR SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 SPECIAL OR ESSENTIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 OTHER MATERIALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

COMPONENT LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 ROCKSHAFT COMPONENT LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 DUAL SCV COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 SINGLE AND THIRD SCV COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 FOURTH AND FIFTH SCV with POWER BEYOND COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 ROCKSHAFT PISTON, ROD, AND RATE OF DROP VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 ROCKSHAFT CONTROL VALVE, PLUNGER ASSEMBLY AND CONTROLS . . . . . 10 CENTER LINK (DRAFT SENSING VERSION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 ROCKSHAFT AND LIFT ARMS (EXPLODED VIEW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 PTO CLUTCH VALVE COMPONENT LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 SCV VALVE COMPONENT LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 HYDRAULIC PUMP COMPONENT LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 HYDRAULIC PUMP COMPONENT LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

TROUBLESHOOTING CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 THEORY OF OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 HYDRAULICS (GENERAL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 HYDRAULICS (SCV) (OPTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 HYDRAULICS (ROCKSHAFT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 DRAFT SENSING (OPTION): . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 ROCKSHAFT DIAGNOSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

SCHEMATICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 1 SPOOL SCV AND MANIFOLD BLOCK HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . 22 SCV AND ROCKSHAFT HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 TRANSMISSIONS HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM BLEED PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 RATE OF DROP/STOP VALVE ADJUSTMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 HYDRAULIC PUMP FLOW TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 TRACTORS WITH SCVS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 SYSTEM RELIEF PRESSURE TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 PTO VALVE PRESSURE TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 STEERING PRESSURE CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 ROCKSHAFT LIFT CYCLE TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 ROCKSHAFT LEAKAGE TEST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 ROCKSHAFT POSITION FEEDBACK LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 DRAFT FEEDBACK LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT (DRAFT SENSING OPTION) . . . . . 31 DRAFT CONTROL RESPONSE TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 DRAFT CONTROL RESPONSE ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

6/27/00

11 - 1

CONTENTS CONTINUED

HYDRAULICS

Page

REPAIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 HYDRAULIC GEAR PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ROCKSHAFT ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LIFT ARMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LIFT CONTROL LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DRAFT SENSING CONTROL LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ROCKSHAFT PLUNGER ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ROCKSHAFT CONTROL VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DRAFT & ROCKSHAFT FEEDBACK SHAFTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ROCKSHAFT PISTON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PTO CLUTCH VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SELECTIVE CONTROL VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

11 - 2

34 38 39 43 44 46 47 47 48 50 52

6/27/00

SPECIFICATIONS

HYDRAULICS

SPECIFICATIONS HYDRAULIC SPECIFICATIONS Measurements at:

Engine 2600 rpm

Type

Open System

Working Pressure

17237 kPa (2500 psi)

Pump

Gear Type

Front Pump Capacity

18.2 L/min (4.8 gpm)

Rear Pump Capacity

37.5 L/min (9.9 gpm)

Rockshaft Lift Cycle Time

2-1/2 to 3 sec.

Rockshaft Drop Cycle Time

2-1/2 to 3 sec.

Maximum Lift Arm Drop in 5 Minutes (With Rate of Drop/Stop Valve Closed)

51 mm (2 in.)

Maximum Lift Arm Raise Height (Measured from slot in left PTO shield to center of pin in end of lift arm.)

450±3 mm (17.7±0.12 in.)

REPAIR SPECIFICATIONS Rockshaft Specifications: Splined Sleeve Minimum OD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59.94 mm (2.360 in.) Bushing Maximum ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60.12 mm (2.367 in.) Lift Arms: Lift Arm Raise Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50° Lift Arm Lower Angle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20° Total Lift Arm Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70° Maximum Variance Between Lift Arms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5° Gear Pump: Shaft Bushing Maximum ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.15 mm (0.754 in.) Shaft Bearing Surface Minimum OD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.95 mm (0.746 in.) Bushing Minimum Thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.02 mm (0.749 in.) Drive/Idler Gear Minimum Thickness - Front Pump (Steering) . . . 10.37 mm (0.408 in.) Drive/Idler Gear Minimum Thickness - Rear Pump (Implement). . . 21.13 mm (0.832 in.)

TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS PTO Solenoid Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1 N•m (10 lb-in.) J-Tube Nuts (SCV or Manifold Block to Rockshaft) . . . . . . . . . 81 - 89 N•m (60 - 67 lb-ft) SCV Tube-to-Quick Disconnect Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 - 57 N•m (38 - 42 lb-ft) SCV Work Port Tubes to Adaptor Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 - 57 N•m (38 - 42 lb-ft) Manifold Block, or SCV Valve-to-PTO Clutch Valve Cap Screws . . . . . 63 N•m (47 lb-ft) Adapter Fitting to Pump (Front Pump) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 N•m (15 lb-ft) Pump-to-SCU Tube Nut (Front Gear Pump) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 N•m (37 lb-ft) Suction Tube Elbow Cap Screws (Front Gear Pump) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 N•m (84 lb-in) Adapter Fitting to Pump (Rear Gear Pump) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 N•m (21 lb-ft)

6/27/00

11 - 3

SPECIFICATIONS

HYDRAULICS

Pump-to-PTO Valve Tube Nuts (Rear Gear Pump) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 N•m (51 lb-ft) PTO Clutch Valve-to-Tunnel Cap Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 N•m (16 lb-ft) Pump-to-Mounting Plate Cap Screws (Front or Rear Gear Pump) . . . . 22 N•m (16 lb-ft) Pump Cover Cap Screws - M8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 N•m (20 lb-ft) Pump Cover Cap Screws - M10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 N•m (40 lb-ft) Rockshaft Cap Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 N•m (105 lb-ft) Lift Arm-to-Splined Shaft Cap Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 N•m (50 lb-ft) Rockshaft Valve-to-Rockshaft Housing Cap Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 N•m (35 lb-ft) SCV: Cover Socket Head Cap Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 N•m (14.5 lb-ft) Valve Spring Retainer Plugs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 N•m (133 lb-in.) Load Check Valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 N•m (18 lb-ft) Relief Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 N•m (37 lb-ft) Lever Assembly cap screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 N•m (30 lb-ft)

SPECIAL OR ESSENTIAL TOOLS Part Number

Part Name

JT05689

Adapter Fitting (1-1/16-12 M 37° X 1-14 F ORFS) (2 Required)

JT03012

Adapter Fitting (3/4 F NPT X 1-1/16-12 F 37° Sw) (2 Required)

JT05984

In-Line Flow Meter With Pressure Gauge

JT03377

Hose (3/4 M NPT X 3/4 M NPT X 10’) (2 Required)

JTO3363

Pressure Gauge 0-207 kPa (0-30 psi)

JT03344

Pressure Gauge 0-2068 kPa (0-300 psi)

JT03345

Pressure Gauge 0-20684 kPa (0-3000 psi)

BW13586

Ballast Box

OTHER MATERIALS Number U.S.A./Canadian

Name

Use

TY6305

John Deere Clean and Cure Primer

Cleaning gasket surfaces

TY16021

John Deere High Flex Form-In-Place Gasket

Sealing Flange Assemblies Rockshaft to Housing

TY15934

John Deere General Purpose Gasket Dressing

Sealing Gaskets and Hoses

UN6419

JDM J20D HyGard® Oil

Transmission/Hydraulic Oil

11 - 4

6/27/00

COMPONENT LOCATION

HYDRAULICS

COMPONENT LOCATION ROCKSHAFT COMPONENT LOCATION Center Link Bracket (Draft Sensing Version)

RH Lift Arm Lift Control Lever Draft Sensing Control Lever Rockshaft Housing

LH Lift Arm

Cam Plate

Lift Arm Position Feedback Rod Draft Sensing Rod Draft Sensing Lever Rockshaft Relief Valve Rate of Drop/Stop Valve

Pressure Tube

Transmission Case (Sump) Rear Pump (Implement) Suction Manifold Front Pump (Steering)

Suction Tube

6/27/00

11 - 5

DUAL SCV COMPONENTS

HYDRAULICS

DUAL SCV COMPONENTS

2

3

5

1

4 5

6

MX1178

1. 3 Spool SCV

3. Pressure Relief Valve

5. Control Rods

2. Control Lever

4. Lockout Control

6. Quick Disconnects to Front of Tractor

11 - 6

6/27/00

SINGLE AND THIRD SCV COMPONENTS

HYDRAULICS

SINGLE AND THIRD SCV COMPONENTS

1

2 6

3

4 5

MX1181

1. Control Handle

3. SCV Valve Control Lever

5. Connectors to SCV

2. Bracket Assembly (Fender Mount)

4. Mounting Bracket

6. Quick Disconnects to Rear of Tractor

NOTE: Items 3 and 5 go to a single spool SCV control valve for the single SCV kit, and to the third spool of the dual SCV valve kit control valve.

6/27/00

11 - 7

FOURTH AND FIFTH SCV with POWER BEYOND COMPONENTS

HYDRAULICS

FOURTH AND FIFTH SCV with POWER BEYOND COMPONENTS

2 1

8 Power Beyond Kit

4 From SCV

C

To Rockshaft

D

A B

3 6

7

5

MX0974

1. Control Lever

4. Return Port (OUT to Power Beyond / Rockshaft)

7. Pressure IN

2. Quadrastat Lever

5. Drain to Sump

3. Pressure Port (IN from Power Beyond)

6. Quadrastatic Ports

8. Power Beyond Kit (Replaces rockshaft supply tube)

11 - 8

6/27/00

ROCKSHAFT PISTON, ROD, AND RATE OF DROP VALVE

HYDRAULICS

ROCKSHAFT PISTON, ROD, AND RATE OF DROP VALVE 6 5

2 10

9 8

7 5

1

11

2

12 13 3

14

5

4 15

16 17

33

18 30

35

19 34

32

27

31

26

29 28

25

24

23

21 20

22

M91941

1. Cap Screw

10. Cap

19. Bracket

28. Valve Spool

2. Lock Washer

11. O-Ring

20. Cap Screw

29. O-Ring

3. Cover, Cylinder Head

12. Slip Ring

21. Lock Washer

30. Washer

4. O-Ring

13. Seal

22. Pin

31. O-Ring

5. Plug

14. Piston

23. Arm, Crank

32. Nut, Stem

6. Cap Screw

15. Rod

24. O-Ring

33. O-Ring

7. Ball

16. Plug

25. Plug

34. Pin

8. Spring

17. O-Ring

26. Valve, Relief

35. Stem, Valve

9. O-Ring

18. Housing, Rockshaft

27. O-Ring

6/27/00

11 - 9

ROCKSHAFT CONTROL VALVE, PLUNGER ASSEMBLY AND CONTROLS

HYDRAULICS

ROCKSHAFT CONTROL VALVE, PLUNGER ASSEMBLY AND CONTROLS

11 8 7

10

9

1 6

5 3

12

4

6

2 56

11

13

15 16 14 17 50

48

49

49

47

51

43

21 18

46 53

52

51

55

44 45

39

6

37

54 41 21 42 19

24

38

43

19

22

40

52

18

19 20

23

25

36

36 35 34 33

32 31

26

27 30 28

M91943

29

11 - 10

6/27/00

HYDRAULICS

ROCKSHAFT CONTROL VALVE, PLUNGER ASSEMBLY AND CONTROLS

1. Plate, Lock

15. Plate, Pin

29. Cap Screw

43. Nut

2. Plate, Locking

16. Washer

30. Washer

44. Adjuster

3. Plate, Support

17. Housing, Rockshaft

31. Washer, Wave

45. Lever, Position Feedback

4. Washer, Friction

18. O-Ring

32. Spacer

46. Washer

5. Lever, Draft Sensing Control

19. Key

33. Plate, Adjustment

47. Snap Ring

6. Belleville Washer

20. Shaft, Lift Control

34. Cam

48. Rod, Lift Arm Position Feedback

7. Gauge, Ring

21. O-Ring

35. Guide, Control

49. Pin, Cotter

8. Pin

22. Shaft, Draft Control

36. Pin, Spring

50. Washer

9. Lever, Lift Control

23. Plate

37. Spring

51. Washer, Lock

10. Plate, Outer

24. Plunger

38. Plate

52. Cap Screw

11. Cap Screw

25. Plate

39. Valve, Rockshaft Control

53. Washer

12. Nut

26. Plate

40. Cap Screw

54. Lever, Draft Feedback

13. Washer, Friction

27. Plate, Pivot

41. Shaft, Position Feedback

55. Washer

14. Nut

28. Cap Screw

42. Shaft, Draft Feedback

56. Plate, Locking

6/27/00

11 - 11

CENTER LINK (DRAFT SENSING VERSION)

HYDRAULICS

CENTER LINK (DRAFT SENSING VERSION) 1 2 3 32

8

7

6

4 5 4

29

7

9

31

30

8

10 7

2

8

11

28

12 13

29 27 26

22 21

27

13

25

23

14

24

21

13 14

13

20

19 15

17

2 20

M91940

18 16

1. Nut

9. Pin

17. Rod End

25. Cap Screw

2. Cap Screw

10. Pin

18. Nut

26. Cap Screw

3. Lock Washer

11. Pin

19. Pin, Cotter

27. Lock Washer

4. Retainer, Spring

12. Guide, Spring

20. Washer

28. Bracket

5. Spring

13. Bushing

21. Snap Ring

29. Pin, Dowel

6. Cover

14. Fitting, Lubrication

22. Pin

30. Plug

7. Washer

15. Bracket

23. Rod

31. O-Ring

8. Cap Screw

16. Cap Screw

24. Pin

32. Holder, Spring

11 - 12

6/27/00

ROCKSHAFT AND LIFT ARMS (EXPLODED VIEW)

HYDRAULICS

ROCKSHAFT AND LIFT ARMS (EXPLODED VIEW) 9 1

8 7 6

10 5 4 3 2 1 1

12

11

2 3 4 6

12

13 14 9

11 M91942

7 10

1. Bushing

5. Shaft, Splined

2. O-Ring

6. Washer

10. Pin

3. Splined Sleeve

7. Arm, Lift

11. Lock Washer

4. O-Ring

8. Washer

12. Nut

6/27/00

9. Cap Screw

13. Pin, Split 14. Plate, Cam

11 - 13

PTO CLUTCH VALVE COMPONENT LOCATION

HYDRAULICS

PTO CLUTCH VALVE COMPONENT LOCATION 11 10 12 9

13

8

7 6 5

14

4 3

15

1 16 17

2 18

19 20

29

22 21

28 23 24 25 27

1. Nut (Plastic)

26

9. Valve Body

17. O-Ring

25. Piston

2. O-Ring

10. Spring

18. Piston

26. O-Ring

3. Solenoid Coil

11. Spool

19. Spring

27. Cover

4. Solenoid Body

12. O-Ring

20. Spring

28. Cap Screw

5. Plunger

13. Cap

21. Shim

29. Lock Washer

6. Piston

14. O-Ring

22. Shim

7. Spool

15. Adapter Fitting

23. Piston

8. Spring

16. Spool

24. Snap Ring

11 - 14

6/27/00

SCV VALVE COMPONENT LOCATION

HYDRAULICS

SCV VALVE COMPONENT LOCATION 7 5

8 6 4

2

9

3

1 31 32 10

30 29 28

12

11

13 14 15 16 19 21

18

17

20 23

22 24 25 26 27

1. Seal

9. Valve Body

17. Retainer, Spring

25. Spring

2. Backing Washer

10. O-Ring

18. Spacer

26. Retainer, Spring

3. O-Ring

11. Cap Screw

19. Ball

27. Spool

4. Poppet

12. Cover

20. Spring

28. Valve, Relief

5. Spring

13. Gasket

21. Ball (4 Used)

29. O-Ring

6. O-Ring

14. Plug

22. Spool

30. O-Ring

7. Cap

15. Retainer, Spring

23. Plug

31. Backing Washer

8. Cap Screw

16. Spring

24. Retainer, Spring

32. Backing Washer

6/27/00

11 - 15

HYDRAULIC PUMP COMPONENT LOCATION

HYDRAULICS

HYDRAULIC PUMP COMPONENT LOCATION STEERING AND HYDROSTATIC CHARGE PRESSURE (FRONT) 1

2

3 4

5 6

9 7

10 8

11

18

7

5 6

15 17 16

4

14

13 12

1. Cap Screw

6. Formed O-Ring

11. Gear, Idler

16. Adaptor Fitting

2. Lock Washer

7. Bushings

12. Seal

17. O-Ring

3. Cover

8. O-Ring

13. Cover

18. Housing

4. O-Ring

9. Cap Screw

14. Gear, Drive

5. Backing Rings

11 - 16

10. Suction Tube Elbow

15. O-Ring

6/27/00

HYDRAULIC PUMP COMPONENT LOCATION

HYDRAULICS

HYDRAULIC PUMP COMPONENT LOCATION SCV, PTO, AND ROCKSHAFT WORKING PRESSURE (REAR) 1

2

3 4

5 6 7 8

9

16

7

5 6

13 15 14

4

12

11 10

1. Cap Screw

5. Backing Rings

2. Lock Washer

6. Formed O-Ring

10. Seal

14. Adaptor Fitting

3. Cover

7. Bushings

11. Cover

15. O-Ring

4. O-Ring

8. Suction Tube

12. Gear, Drive

16. Housing

6/27/00

9. Gear, Idler

13. O-Ring

11 - 17

TROUBLESHOOTING CHART

HYDRAULICS

●

●

●

●

Raising Lift Arms Engages Relief Valve

●

PTO Stops Too Slowly

●

PTO Does Not Operate

Draft Sensing Does Not Operate

●

PTO Slips or Loses Power

●

Rockshaft Rate of Drop/Stop Valve Improperly Adjusted or Faulty

●

●

●

●

●

Draft sensing control lever friction Improperly adjusted (See “LIFT CONTROL LEVER” on page 43.)

●

●

Lift Control Lever Friction Improperly Adjusted (See “LIFT CONTROL LEVER” on page 43.)

●

● ●

●

SCV Faulty

●

PTO Valve Faulty Draft Feedback Linkage Improperly Adjusted (See “DRAFT FEEDBACK LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT (DRAFT SENSING OPTION)” on pag e31.)

●

Rockshaft Position Feedback Linkage Improperly Adjusted (See “ROCKSHAFT POSITION FEEDBACK LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT” on page 30.)

11 - 18

SCV Attachment Does Not Operate Smoothly

●

Screen Clogged at Rockshaft Inlet

●

●

Rockshaft Control Valve Faulty

Rear Gear Pump Faulty

SCV Attachment Does Not Operate

Draft Control Response Improperly Adjusted (See “DRAFT CONTROL RESPONSE ADJUSTMENT” on page 33.)

Draft Sensing Responds Too Slowly

Draft Arms Do Not Raise To Full Height

Rockshaft Does Not Operate Smoothly

Rockshaft Will Not Lower

Check or Solution

Rockshaft Will Not Raise

Problem or Symptom

Rockshaft Does Not Maintain Position

TROUBLESHOOTING CHART

●

●

●

●

6/27/00

THEORY OF OPERATION

HYDRAULICS

THEORY OF OPERATION

attachment. A mechanical locking device is attached to the valve control lever to prevent lever movement when the attachment is not in use.

HYDRAULICS (GENERAL) HYDRAULICS (ROCKSHAFT) Function: The hydraulic system provides the following: • A means of raising and lowering equipment attached to the three point hitch. • A means of operating equipment attached to the work ports of the selective control valve (SCV) (if equipped). • Charge pressure to operate the PTO clutch. • Charge pressure to operate the forward and reverse clutches (PowrReverser™ transmission model). • Hydrostatic transmission charge pressure (hydrostatic model). • Pressure to operate power steering system.

HYDRAULICS (SCV) (OPTION) Function: The selective control valve (SCV) provides a means of operating equipment attached to the work ports of the valve through the quick-disconnect fittings attached to the mounting plate on the tractor frame. Theory: The SCV system consists of a gear pump, and a 1 spool or 3 spool cartridge type valve. Operation: A 16.8 cm3 per revolution dual gear pump (rear pump) is mounted on the left side of the engine and is gear driven off the engine cam shaft. Oil is drawn from the transaxle sump through a 150 mesh screen by the gear pump. Oil is pumped, under pressure to the PTO valve inlet port, it travels through the PTO valve, into the SCV. The SCV consists of a 1 spool or 3 spool directional control valve operated by a control lever mounted to the right side of the operator’s seat. An optional auxiliary control lever for operating the third spool of the 3 spool SCV may also be located on the right hand fender. When the SCV control lever is moved, mechanical linkage moves the valve spool, opening the valve and allowing oil to flow to one of the work ports. Tubes attached to the work ports route oil pressure to quickdisconnect fittings to which the attachment is connected. Oil flows through these fittings into the connecting hoses of the attachment, operating the

6/27/00

Function: The rockshaft provides a means of raising and lowering equipment attached to the three point hitch. It also provides a means of setting specific operating depths for tillage equipment. Theory: The rockshaft hydraulic system consists of the rear gear pump, a system pressure relief valve located inside the SCV, or the manifold block (if equipped), a directional control valve, (inside rockshaft housing) and a lift cylinder connected to the two lift arms through the rockshaft. Operation: A 16.8 cm3 per revolution dual gear pump (rear pump) is mounted on the left side of the engine and is gear driven off the engine cam shaft. Oil is drawn from the transaxle sump through a 150 mesh screen by the gear pump. Oil is pumped, under pressure to the PTO valve inlet port, it travels through the PTO valve, into the SCV (if equipped) or manifold block and into the inlet port of the rockshaft. System pressure is controlled by an adjustable system pressure relief valve mounted in the SCV or manifold block. The system pressure relief valve vents back to the transmission sump through the rockshaft housing. Oil then passes through the rockshaft housing to the rockshaft control valve. The rockshaft control valve is located inside the rockshaft housing. The control valve has a plate and linkage that senses the position of both the rockshaft control lever position and the position of the rockshaft lift arms. When the rockshaft is not in the same position as the control lever, the linkage either opens or closes the valve. The rockshaft raises or lowers to the correct position and the valve goes into the neutral position where oil is directed to the sump. The rockshaft housing also contains an operator adjustable rate of drop control, lift cylinder, high pressure relief valve, depth control spool valve, and a safety pressure relief valve. Rockshaft functions; up, down, depth, and, if equipped, draft sensing, are controlled by the operator using the rockshaft control lever(s) (Lift Arm Control and Draft Control), mounted to the right of the operator seat. Moving the lift control lever to the full back position will operate the spool in the draft valve allowing oil to flow into the cylinder. This in turn rotates the rockshaft and raises the lift arms to their full up position. Moving the

11 - 19

DRAFT SENSING (OPTION):

HYDRAULICS

lift control lever to the full forward position will operate the spool in the draft valve allowing oil to flow out of the cylinder. This in turn rotates the rockshaft and lowers the lift arms to their full down position. A movable mechanical stop is provided on the lift control lever mechanism to allow the operator to limit the movement of the lift control lever. This allows the operator to repeatedly set the range of movement of the lift arms thus controlling the height at which any attachments operate.

Lift Arm Position Feedback Rod

DRAFT SENSING (OPTION): Function: The draft sensing option provides a means of automatically raising a rear mounted implement when heavy draft loads are encountered, reducing traction loss, engine loading, and excessive center link load. It also functions as an automatic depth control which raises rear mounted implements and prevents them from digging too deeply into the soil.

Position Feedback Lever

Theory: The draft sensing system consists of a spring operated center link bracket mounted to the rockshaft case, and a draft feedback rod which is attached to the center link bracket and the draft feedback lever. The draft feedback lever engages the plunger assembly, which operates the rockshaft control valve located inside the rockshaft housing. When in use, the draft sensing system automatically raises the implement mounted to the three point hitch when a heavy draft load is encountered, reducing implement depth, and center link load. For example, when going up a hill, the front of the tractor raises up, and the rear mounted implement goes down, causing the implement to dig deeper into the soil. The increase in draft load causes an increase in pressure on the center link.

Draft Feedback Lever

Draft Feedback Rod M91326

The center link bracket pivots against spring pressure, pushing the draft feedback rod, and turning the draft feedback lever. The draft feedback lever rotates the draft feedback shaft, which engages the plunger assembly (internal), and the rockshaft control valve. This causes the rockshaft control valve to open, allowing oil to flow into the rockshaft cylinder, This moves the piston, which turns the rockshaft and raises the lift arms. When the draft load is reduced, the spring on the center link mounting bracket returns the center link pivot to its original position, allowing the plunger assembly to return to the position set by the operator. The spring on the rockshaft control valve forces the main spool back, dumping cylinder oil to sump, lowering the 3-point hitch back to the depth determined by the operator. When the rockshaft reaches this point, the feedback mechanism on the rockshaft applies pressure to the plunger assembly and opens the rockshaft control valve slightly, maintaining rockshaft position. A mechanical interlock prevents the draft sensing system from allowing the implement to lower when draft sensing is engaged, and the lift control lever is moved to the full "up" position. The result is a reduced load on the center link because the implement is not operating as deep.

11 - 20

6/27/00

ROCKSHAFT DIAGNOSIS

HYDRAULICS

ROCKSHAFT DIAGNOSIS Test Conditions: • Tractor sitting on level ground outdoors in an area clear of obstructions. • Hydraulic oil in reservoir at proper level. • Speed range selector in NEUTRAL.

Test/Check Point

• Park brake engaged. • Engine running at high idle. • Sufficient weight on lift arms to allow self-lowering. • Rockshaft rate of drop/stop valve fully open.

Normal

If Not Normal

1. Move rockshaft lift control to full raise (rearward) position.

Lift arms raise to full lift height.

Perform Rockshaft Position Feedback Adjustment. See “ROCKSHAFT POSITION FEEDBACK LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT” on page 30.

2. Move rockshaft lift control to full lower (forward) position.

Lift arms lower to full down position.

Open rockshaft rate of drop/stop valve fully. Make sure draft sensing control lever (if equipped) is in the full forward position. Perform Rockshaft Position Feedback Adjustment. See “ROCKSHAFT POSITION FEEDBACK LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT” on page 30.

3. Raise and lower lift arms using rockshaft lift control and draft sensing control lever (if equipped).

Lift arms raise at same speed when using either control lever.

Perform Draft Control Response Adjustment. See “DRAFT CONTROL RESPONSE ADJUSTMENT” on page 33.

4. Move draft sensing control lever (if equipped) to full rearward position.

Lift arms raise to approximately three-fourths of lift height and stop.

Perform Draft Control Feedback Adjustment. See “DRAFT CONTROL RESPONSE ADJUSTMENT” on page 33.

6/27/00

11 - 21

1 SPOOL SCV AND MANIFOLD BLOCK HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC

HYDRAULICS

1 SPOOL SCV AND MANIFOLD BLOCK HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC To Rockshaft / Power Beyond

PTO Relief Valve

P

PTO VALVE

T

PB System Pressure Relief Valve 17236 kPa (2,500 psi) Load Check Valve

A

B

SINGLE SCV VALVE

To Rockshaft / Power Beyond

PTO Relief Valve

PTO VALVE

P

PB

T

System Pressure Relief Valve Test Port 17236 kPa (2,500 psi)

MANIFOLD BLOCK

Sump Oil SCV Work Port Oil Rockshaft Pressure Oil

11 - 22

6/27/00

SCV AND ROCKSHAFT HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC

HYDRAULICS

SCV AND ROCKSHAFT HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC Test Port

PTO Clutch

Power Beyond

PTO Solenoid Valve

PTO Brake

Power Beyond Jumper Hose, Used Without 4th and 5th Spool Kit

Power Beyond

100 Mesh Screen Test Port

Unload Valve 48 kPa (7 psi)

Delay Relief Valve 1472.7 kPa (213.6 psi)

Lubrication Relief Valve 147.5 kPa (21.4 psi)

Lowering Valve

PTO Relief Valve P

PTO VALVE

PB System Pressure Relief Valve

T

T

PB

P

Load Check Valve

17236 kPa (2,500 psi)

Load Check Valve

Flow Control Valve

Load Check Valve

Main Spool Valve ROCKSHAFT CONTROL VALVE

A

B

A

B Load Check Valve

Rate of Drop/Stop Valve

Load Check Valve 8.2 cm3/rev Gear Pump

16.8 cm3/rev Gear Pump

Relief Valve 18271 kPa (2560 psi) D

Engine

C

C

D

PISTON COVER

FOURTH & FIFTH SCV VALVE

Load Check Valve

150 Mesh Intake Filter

Cylinder E

F

ROCKSHAFT

3 SPOOL SELECTIVE CONTROL VALVE (SCV)

PTO Clutch/Brake Pressure Oil Lubrication Oil PUMPS

5/31/00

PTO

3 SPOOL SCV

11 - 23

Charge Pressure Oil SCV Work Port Oil Sump Oil 4th and 5th SCV

Rockshaft Pressure Oil Rockshaft Work Pressure Oil Rockshaft Cylinder Oil Sump Oil ROCKSHAFT

SCV AND ROCKSHAFT HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC

HYDRAULICS

SCV AND ROCKSHAFT HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC Test Port

PTO Clutch

Power Beyond

PTO Solenoid Valve

PTO Brake

Power Beyond Jumper Hose, Used Without 4th and 5th Spool Kit

Power Beyond

100 Mesh Screen Test Port

Unload Valve 48 kPa (7 psi)

Delay Relief Valve 1472.7 kPa (213.6 psi)

Lubrication Relief Valve 147.5 kPa (21.4 psi)

Lowering Valve

PTO Relief Valve P

PTO VALVE

PB System Pressure Relief Valve

T

T

PB

P

Load Check Valve

17236 kPa (2,500 psi)

Load Check Valve

Flow Control Valve

Load Check Valve

Main Spool Valve ROCKSHAFT CONTROL VALVE

A

B

A

B Load Check Valve

Rate of Drop/Stop Valve

Load Check Valve 8.2 cm3/rev Gear Pump

16.8 cm3/rev Gear Pump

Relief Valve 18271 kPa (2560 psi) D

Engine

C

C

D

PISTON COVER

FOURTH & FIFTH SCV VALVE

Load Check Valve

150 Mesh Intake Filter

Cylinder E

F

ROCKSHAFT

3 SPOOL SELECTIVE CONTROL VALVE (SCV)

PTO Clutch/Brake Pressure Oil Lubrication Oil PUMPS

5/31/00

PTO

3 SPOOL SCV

11 - 23

Charge Pressure Oil SCV Work Port Oil Sump Oil 4th and 5th SCV

Rockshaft Pressure Oil Rockshaft Work Pressure Oil Rockshaft Cylinder Oil Sump Oil ROCKSHAFT

SCV AND ROCKSHAFT HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC

HYDRAULICS

SCV AND ROCKSHAFT HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC Test Port

PTO Clutch

Power Beyond

PTO Solenoid Valve

PTO Brake

Power Beyond Jumper Hose, Used Without 4th and 5th Spool Kit

Power Beyond

100 Mesh Screen Test Port

Unload Valve 48 kPa (7 psi)

Delay Relief Valve 1472.7 kPa (213.6 psi)

Lubrication Relief Valve 147.5 kPa (21.4 psi)

Lowering Valve

PTO Relief Valve P

PTO VALVE

PB System Pressure Relief Valve

T

T

PB

P

Load Check Valve

17236 kPa (2,500 psi)

Load Check Valve

Flow Control Valve

Load Check Valve

Main Spool Valve ROCKSHAFT CONTROL VALVE

A

B

A

B Load Check Valve

Rate of Drop/Stop Valve

Load Check Valve 8.2 cm3/rev Gear Pump

16.8 cm3/rev Gear Pump

Relief Valve 18271 kPa (2560 psi) D

Engine

C

C

D

PISTON COVER

FOURTH & FIFTH SCV VALVE

Load Check Valve

150 Mesh Intake Filter

Cylinder E

F

ROCKSHAFT

3 SPOOL SELECTIVE CONTROL VALVE (SCV)

PTO Clutch/Brake Pressure Oil Lubrication Oil PUMPS

5/31/00

PTO

3 SPOOL SCV

11 - 23

Charge Pressure Oil SCV Work Port Oil Sump Oil 4th and 5th SCV

Rockshaft Pressure Oil Rockshaft Work Pressure Oil Rockshaft Cylinder Oil Sump Oil ROCKSHAFT

SCV AND ROCKSHAFT HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC

HYDRAULICS

SCV AND ROCKSHAFT HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC Test Port

PTO Clutch

Power Beyond

PTO Solenoid Valve

PTO Brake

Power Beyond Jumper Hose, Used Without 4th and 5th Spool Kit

Power Beyond

100 Mesh Screen Test Port

Unload Valve 48 kPa (7 psi)

Delay Relief Valve 1472.7 kPa (213.6 psi)

Lubrication Relief Valve 147.5 kPa (21.4 psi)

Lowering Valve

PTO Relief Valve P

PTO VALVE

PB System Pressure Relief Valve

T

T

PB

P

Load Check Valve

17236 kPa (2,500 psi)

Load Check Valve

Flow Control Valve

Load Check Valve

Main Spool Valve ROCKSHAFT CONTROL VALVE

A

B

A

B Load Check Valve

Rate of Drop/Stop Valve

Load Check Valve 8.2 cm3/rev Gear Pump

16.8 cm3/rev Gear Pump

Relief Valve 18271 kPa (2560 psi) D

Engine

C

C

D

PISTON COVER

FOURTH & FIFTH SCV VALVE

Load Check Valve

150 Mesh Intake Filter

Cylinder E

F

ROCKSHAFT

3 SPOOL SELECTIVE CONTROL VALVE (SCV)

PTO Clutch/Brake Pressure Oil Lubrication Oil PUMPS

5/31/00

PTO

3 SPOOL SCV

11 - 23

Charge Pressure Oil SCV Work Port Oil Sump Oil 4th and 5th SCV

Rockshaft Pressure Oil Rockshaft Work Pressure Oil Rockshaft Cylinder Oil Sump Oil ROCKSHAFT

TRANSMISSIONS HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC

HYDRAULICS

TRANSMISSIONS HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC Steering Cylinder From Spin-On Filter With Bypass Left (L)

Reverse Clutch

Right (R)

Charge Relief Valve 1723-2068 kPa (250-300 psi)

Engine

Right

Left

Forward Clutch

TRANSMISSION TUNNEL Test Port

Test Ports Forward/Reverse Valve

Hydrostatic Pump Servo

Lubrication Cut-Off Valve

System Relief Valve

0.7 mm

Test Port

Relief Valve Clutch Pedal Valve

Hydraulic Motor

POWER STEERING VALVE

10342 kPa 1500 psi P

Variable Displacement Pump

T

System Relief Valve Test Port

Oil Cooler (Hydrostatic Only)

80 Mesh Screen To PRT Transmission

Delay Relief (Modulation) Valve 1813 kPa (263 psi)

Lubrication Relief Valve 196.5 kPa (28.5 psi)

HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION

POWER REVERSER VALVE Engine

To HST Transmission

Steering Wheel 8.2 cm3/rev Gear Pump (Front) 150 Mesh Intake Filter

Sump

PUMP

SPIN-ON FILTER WITH BYPASS

Forward Clutch Oil Reverse Clutch Oil Charge Pressure Oil Lubrication Oil Sump Oil Forward/Reverse Supply Oil

Charge Pressure Oil Make-Up/Closed Loop Relief Oil High Pressure Oil Sump Oil

Sump Oil Charge Pressure/Tunnel Lubrication Oil High Pressure Oil Steering Oil

STEERING

POWRREVERSER TRANSMISSION (PRT)

HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION (HST)

11 - 24

5/31/00

TRANSMISSIONS HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC

HYDRAULICS

TRANSMISSIONS HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC Steering Cylinder From Spin-On Filter With Bypass Left (L)

Reverse Clutch

Right (R)

Charge Relief Valve 1723-2068 kPa (250-300 psi)

Engine

Right

Left

Forward Clutch

TRANSMISSION TUNNEL Test Port

Test Ports Forward/Reverse Valve

Hydrostatic Pump Servo

Lubrication Cut-Off Valve

System Relief Valve

0.7 mm

Test Port

Relief Valve Clutch Pedal Valve

Hydraulic Motor

POWER STEERING VALVE

10342 kPa 1500 psi P

Variable Displacement Pump

T

System Relief Valve Test Port

Oil Cooler (Hydrostatic Only)

80 Mesh Screen To PRT Transmission

Delay Relief (Modulation) Valve 1813 kPa (263 psi)

Lubrication Relief Valve 196.5 kPa (28.5 psi)

HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION

POWER REVERSER VALVE Engine

To HST Transmission

Steering Wheel 8.2 cm3/rev Gear Pump (Front) 150 Mesh Intake Filter

Sump

PUMP

SPIN-ON FILTER WITH BYPASS

Forward Clutch Oil Reverse Clutch Oil Charge Pressure Oil Lubrication Oil Sump Oil Forward/Reverse Supply Oil

Charge Pressure Oil Make-Up/Closed Loop Relief Oil High Pressure Oil Sump Oil

Sump Oil Charge Pressure/Tunnel Lubrication Oil High Pressure Oil Steering Oil

STEERING

POWRREVERSER TRANSMISSION (PRT)

HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION (HST)

11 - 24

5/31/00

TRANSMISSIONS HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC

HYDRAULICS

TRANSMISSIONS HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC Steering Cylinder From Spin-On Filter With Bypass Left (L)

Reverse Clutch

Right (R)

Charge Relief Valve 1723-2068 kPa (250-300 psi)

Engine

Right

Left

Forward Clutch

TRANSMISSION TUNNEL Test Port

Test Ports Forward/Reverse Valve

Hydrostatic Pump Servo

Lubrication Cut-Off Valve

System Relief Valve

0.7 mm

Test Port

Relief Valve Clutch Pedal Valve

Hydraulic Motor

POWER STEERING VALVE

10342 kPa 1500 psi P

Variable Displacement Pump

T

System Relief Valve Test Port

Oil Cooler (Hydrostatic Only)

80 Mesh Screen To PRT Transmission

Delay Relief (Modulation) Valve 1813 kPa (263 psi)

Lubrication Relief Valve 196.5 kPa (28.5 psi)

HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION

POWER REVERSER VALVE Engine

To HST Transmission

Steering Wheel 8.2 cm3/rev Gear Pump (Front) 150 Mesh Intake Filter

Sump

PUMP

SPIN-ON FILTER WITH BYPASS

Forward Clutch Oil Reverse Clutch Oil Charge Pressure Oil Lubrication Oil Sump Oil Forward/Reverse Supply Oil

Charge Pressure Oil Make-Up/Closed Loop Relief Oil High Pressure Oil Sump Oil

Sump Oil Charge Pressure/Tunnel Lubrication Oil High Pressure Oil Steering Oil

STEERING

POWRREVERSER TRANSMISSION (PRT)

HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION (HST)

11 - 24

5/31/00

TRANSMISSIONS HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC

HYDRAULICS

TRANSMISSIONS HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC Steering Cylinder From Spin-On Filter With Bypass Left (L)

Reverse Clutch

Right (R)

Charge Relief Valve 1723-2068 kPa (250-300 psi)

Engine

Right

Left

Forward Clutch

TRANSMISSION TUNNEL Test Port

Test Ports Forward/Reverse Valve

Hydrostatic Pump Servo

Lubrication Cut-Off Valve

System Relief Valve

0.7 mm

Test Port

Relief Valve Clutch Pedal Valve

Hydraulic Motor

POWER STEERING VALVE

10342 kPa 1500 psi P

Variable Displacement Pump

T

System Relief Valve Test Port

Oil Cooler (Hydrostatic Only)

80 Mesh Screen To PRT Transmission

Delay Relief (Modulation) Valve 1813 kPa (263 psi)

Lubrication Relief Valve 196.5 kPa (28.5 psi)

HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION

POWER REVERSER VALVE Engine

To HST Transmission

Steering Wheel 8.2 cm3/rev Gear Pump (Front) 150 Mesh Intake Filter

Sump

PUMP

SPIN-ON FILTER WITH BYPASS

Forward Clutch Oil Reverse Clutch Oil Charge Pressure Oil Lubrication Oil Sump Oil Forward/Reverse Supply Oil

Charge Pressure Oil Make-Up/Closed Loop Relief Oil High Pressure Oil Sump Oil

Sump Oil Charge Pressure/Tunnel Lubrication Oil High Pressure Oil Steering Oil

STEERING

POWRREVERSER TRANSMISSION (PRT)

HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION (HST)

11 - 24

5/31/00

TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS

HYDRAULICS

TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS

IMPORTANT: If steering fails to respond, or pump pressure is not being delivered to steering control unit (SCU), shut engine off and check to see that steering hoses are connected to the correct SCU ports.

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM BLEED PROCEDURE Reason: To remove air trapped in the hydraulic system which will prevent proper operation.

8. Slowly turn the steering wheel left and right until wheels turn smoothly indicating that any trapped air has been bled back to the reservoir. IMPORTANT: If rockshaft fails to react to lift control lever movement, shut engine off and check hose clamps on suction tube elbow and manifold to ensure that they are properly tightened.

Special or Essential Tools: • BW13586 Ballast Box Procedure: IMPORTANT: If contamination is found in hydraulic system filter or inside reservoir, flush entire hydraulic system.

NOTE: Fill the new hydraulic oil filter with new oil before installing. 1. Install a new hydraulic oil filter. 2. Fill the transaxle with specified JDM J20D (preferred) or J20C oil to the proper level on dipstick. 3. Disconnect plug (A) to fuel shutoff solenoid.

9. Operate rockshaft several times until it operates smoothly. 10. Stop the engine and check the hydraulic reservoir oil level. Fill as needed. Check all line connections for leaks; tighten if necessary. 11. Lower the tractor to the ground. 12. (Hydrostatic Model) Drive tractor in forward and reverse several times until transmission operates smoothly.

RATE OF DROP/STOP VALVE ADJUSTMENT Reason: To ensure that lift arms lower rear attachment completely and lower it at a safe rate of speed.

A

Equipment: • BW13586 Ballast Box Procedure:

M91946

4. Turn the key to START and hold for 10 seconds. Turn the key to OFF. 5. Reconnect wires to fuel shutoff solenoid. 6. Raise tractor front end and support on suitable stands. 7. Start the engine and run at low idle.

1. Park tractor on a level surface and set park brake. 2. Shift transmission to "neutral". 3. Install BW13586 ballast box, or approximately 227 kg (500 lb), on the three point hitch. 4. Start engine and run at fast idle. 5. Put lift control lever in full UP position. 6. Raise weight as high as it will go. 7. Close rate of drop/stop valve. 8. Put lift control lever in full DOWN position. 9. Open rate of drop stop valve 1-1/2 to 2 turns. 10. Time duration of drop cycle from full up to full down. Specifications: Rockshaft Drop Cycle Time. . . . . 2-1/2 to 3 seconds

6/27/00

11 - 25

HYDRAULIC PUMP FLOW TEST

HYDRAULICS

Results:

To Test Steering pump (A);

If the weight lowers slower than specified time, open rockshaft rate of drop/stop valve until specification is met. If weight drop time will not meet specification, the rate of drop/stop valve may be clogged or faulty. (See “ROCKSHAFT PISTON” on page 48.) Or the rockshaft control valve may be faulty. (See “ROCKSHAFT CONTROL VALVE” on page47.)

HYDRAULIC PUMP FLOW TEST IMPORTANT: When performing system pressure test, DO NOT disconnect hydraulic oil flow to PTO valve. PTO clutches will lose lubricating oil and be damaged.

4. Disconnect line (C) from bottom of pump and connect hose to pump and inlet side of flow meter. 5. Place hose from other end of flow meter into transmission oil fill port. To Test Rockshaft/Hydraulic Pump (B) on tractors without SCVs; 1. Disconnect line (D) from pump and PTO valve. 2. Connect test equipment between rear pump and PTO valve. Open valve on flow meter fully. 3. Start engine and run at high idle.

c CAUTION

Reason: To ensure that hydraulic pump pressure and flow are maintained at sufficient levels for steering, rockshaft, and SCV attachment operation, and to determine if hydraulic pump is worn.

Do not close valve on flow meter fully. Pump pressure may exceed working pressure of hoses or test equipment. 4. Slowly close valve on flow meter until 1342 kPa (1500 psi) pressure is reached. Record flow reading on gauge.

Equipment: • JT05689 - Adapter Fitting (1-1/16-12 M 37° X 1-14 F ORFS) (2 Required) • JT03012 - Adapter Fitting (3/4 F NPT X 1-1/16-12 F 37° Sw) (2 Required) • JT05469 - In-Line Flow Meter Kit • JT03377 - Hose (3/4 M NPT X 3/4 M NPT X 10’) (2 Required) Procedure: 1. Park tractor on a level surface and set park brake. 2. Shift transmission to NEUTRAL.

IMPORTANT: Do not close the valve beyond 10342 kPa (1500 psi). 17236 kPa (2500 psi) is system relief and if turned down that far most of the flow would be going over relief and a low flow reading would be obtained. In addition, the flowmeter is rated for about 2000 psi so the risk of damage and injury can occur. 10342 kPa (1500 psi) is enough to determine that there is a good flow out of the pump under load. Specifications (Minimum):

IMPORTANT: Make sure to relieve system pressure before loosening any system lines or hoses. 3. Cycle all controls to relieve any pressure that may be in the hydraulic system.

A

System Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . 10342 kPa (1500 psi) Front Pump (4500) . . . . . . . . . . 16.3 L/min (4.8 gpm) Front Pump (46-4700) . . . . . . . . . . 17 L/min (5 gpm) Rear Pump (4500). . . . . . . . . . . 33.6 L/min (8.9 gpm) Rear Pump (46-4700) . . . . . . . . 34.8 L/min (9.2 gpm) Results:

B

• Pressure too Low: If system pressure reading cannot be reached, mesh filter may be restricted. Suction line may be restricted or leaking air. Pump may be worn. (See “Disassembly and Inspection:” on page34.) • Flow too low: Mesh filter may be restricted. Suction line may be restricted or leaking air. Pump may be worn. (See “Disassembly and Inspection:” on page34.) C

11 - 26

D

M91333

6/27/00

TRACTORS WITH SCVS

HYDRAULICS

TRACTORS WITH SCVS 1. Install flow meter to SCV ports. 2. Start tractor, run at fast idle. 3. Operate SCV control lever to direct oil flow to flow meter. 4. Slowly close valve on flow meter until 1342 kPa (1500 psi) pressure is reached. Record flow reading on gauge. 5. If reading on gauge is close to specification, but will not meet specification, retest using procedure for tractors without SCVs on previous page. This will eliminate any restrictions that may be in the SCV plumbing.

SYSTEM RELIEF PRESSURE TEST NOTE: On tractors equipped with a manifold block in place of an SCV, system pressure is set at the factory, and should not require adjustment. IMPORTANT: When performing system pressure adjustment, DO NOT disconnect hydraulic oil flow to PTO valve. PTO clutches will lose lubricating oil and be damaged. Reason: To adjust hydraulic pressure so that system pressure is maintained at correct levels to perform work without causing damage to the hydraulic system. Procedure:

1. Connect pressure gauge to pressure port (A). 2. Place rockshaft position lever in "lower" position.

B A

MX1021

Pressure Manifold Block (without SCV)

3. Turn rate of stop/drop valve to fully closed position. 4. Start engine and run at high idle. 5. Observe gauge and move rockshaft position lever to "raise" position. Record gauge reading when system relieves. 6. If system relieves above or below specification adjust relief valve (B) until specification is met. Specification: System Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . 17237 kPa (2500 psi) TRACTORS WITH SCV: Equipment (for tractors with SCV): • JTO3345 Pressure Gauge 0-20684 kPa (0-3000 psi) adapted to male SCV quick connector.

1. Park tractor on a level surface and set park brake. 2. Shift transmission to NEUTRAL. IMPORTANT: Make sure to relieve system pressure before loosening any system lines or hoses. 3. Cycle all controls to relieve any pressure that may be in the hydraulic system. 4. Fully close rockshaft rate of drop valve. MX1189

TRACTORS WITHOUT SCV: Equipment (for tractors without SCV):

1. Connect pressure gauge to tractor SCV quick disconnect port.

• JT03264 Female Quick Coupler • JT03240 Fitting • JT03345 - 0-20684 kPa (0-3000 psi) Pressure Gauge • JT03017 Hose w/Quick Disconnect Fitting

6/27/00

11 - 27

PTO VALVE PRESSURE TESTS

HYDRAULICS

PTO VALVE PRESSURE TESTS

2. Start engine and run at high idle.

c CAUTION

Reason:

Do not maintain pressure longer than necessary. Pump pressure may exceed working pressure of flow meter. Relieve all pressure before disconnecting test equipment

To verify hydraulic pressure in the PTO valve is maintained at correct levels to perform work without causing damage to the PTO clutch, and to verify that lubrication oil is being provided to the PTO clutch. Equipment:

3. Momentarily move SCV control lever to open SCV valve to port with gauge. 4. Check pressure reading on gauge.

• JTO5487 1/8 NPT X 7/16-20 M 37° Adapter • JT03017 - Hose With Coupler • JTO3363 - 0-207 kPa (0-30 psi) Pressure Gauge • JT03344 - 0-2068 kPa (0-300 psi) Pressure Gauge

Specification: System Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . 17237 kPa (2500 psi)

Procedure: 1. Park tractor on a level surface and set park brake. 2. Shift transmission to NEUTRAL. Stop engine. 3. Cycle all controls to relieve any pressure that may be in the hydraulic system.

Results:

B

A

MX1024

3 Spool SCV

• Pressure too low: Turn system pressure relief valve (B) clockwise until pressure reading is within specification.

NOTE: If system pressure will not meet specification, pump may be worn. Perform system pressure/flow test (See “HYDRAULIC PUMP FLOW TEST” on page26.)

MX1024

4. Install adapter, hose, and pressure gauge in test port (A). 5. Start engine and run at fast idle. 6. Engage PTO. 7. Verify that pressure is to specification. 8. Disengage PTO and stop engine.

• Pressure too high: Turn system pressure relief valve counter-clockwise until pressure reading is within specification.

11 - 28

6/27/00

STEERING PRESSURE CHECK

HYDRAULICS

5. Attach gauge to left steering hose.

NOTE: Turning steering wheel to the right will cause hydraulic oil to leak out of disconnected cylinder port. Turn wheel only to left when performing test. 6. Start engine and run at high idle. 7. Turn steering wheel to the left. While turning wheel, check pressure reading on gauge.

B

Specifications: MX1025

9. Remove the pressure gauge from test port (A) and install plug. 10. Locate test port (B) on the back of the PTO valve and install adapter, hose, and gauge. 11. Start engine and verify that pressure is to specification. Hydraulic Oil Pressure Specification ±10% PTO Clutch (Port "A") . . . . . . . . . 1490 kPa (216 psi) PTO Lubrication (Port "B") . . . . . . . .39 kPa (5.7 psi)

STEERING PRESSURE CHECK Reason: To ensure that steering pump pressure is maintained at correct level for steering without causing damage to the system, and to determine if hydraulic pump is worn.

Pressure . . . . . . . 10342 kPa ± 10% (1500 psi ± 10%) Results: • Pressure too low: Relief valve in SCU may be stuck open or defective; perform steering system test, (See “STEERING SYSTEM TEST” on page 9 in Steering section), or gear pump may be worn; (See "HYDRAULIC PUMP FLOW TEST" on page 11-26. If pump will not meet specification, disassemble and inspect pump. (See “Disassembly and Inspection:” on page34). • Pressure too high: Relief valve in SCU may be clogged or defective.

ROCKSHAFT LIFT CYCLE TEST Reason: To ensure that hydraulic system is functioning correctly and capable of lifting rated load.

Equipment: • JT03375 - Adapter Fitting (7/16-20 M 37° X 9/16-18 M ORFS) • JT03117 - 0-14000 kPa (0-2000 psi) Pressure Gauge • JTO3364 - Hose with Quick Disconnect Coupler

Equipment: • BW13586 Ballast Box Procedure:

Procedure: 1. Park tractor on a level surface and set park brake. 2. Shift transmission to NEUTRAL. IMPORTANT: Make sure to relieve system pressure before loosening any system lines or hoses. 227 kg (500 lbs)

3. Cycle all controls to relieve any pressure that may be in the hydraulic system. 4. Remove hydraulic hose on left side of steering cylinder.

6/27/00

11 - 29

ROCKSHAFT LEAKAGE TEST

1. Park tractor on a level surface and set park brake. 2. Shift transmission to NEUTRAL. 3. Install BW13586 ballast box, or approximately 227 kg (500 lb), on the three point hitch. 4. Open rate of drop/stop valve completely. 5. Start engine and run at high idle. 6. Move lift control lever to full UP position. 7. Time duration of lift cycle from full down to full up.

HYDRAULICS

6. Raise weight as high as it will go. 7. Close rate of drop/stop valve. 8. Shut off engine. 9. Measure distance weight drops in 5 minutes. 10. Restart engine, open rate of drop/stop valve fully and raise weight to full UP position. 11. Shut off engine. 12. Measure distance weight drops in 5 minutes. Specifications Maximum Drop in 5 Minutes . . . . . . . . 51 mm (2 in.)

Specifications Rockshaft Lift Cycle Time . . . . . . . . . .2-1/2 to 3 sec.

Results: Results: If the weight raises slower than specified there may be internal leakage in the lift cylinder or rockshaft control valve.

ROCKSHAFT LEAKAGE TEST

• If the weight drops farther than specified distance with the stop/drop valve closed (first test) there may be leakage in the cylinder, relief valve or drop/stop valve. • If the weight drops farther with the drop/stop valve open (second test) than it did in the first test, there may be leakage in the rockshaft control valve.

ROCKSHAFT POSITION FEEDBACK LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT

Reason: To ensure that hydraulic system is functioning correctly and capable of lifting rated load.

Reason:

Equipment:

To ensure that draft arms raise to maximum lift height without engaging relief valve.

• BW13586 Ballast Box Procedure: 1. Position tractor on a level surface and set park brake. 2. Shift transmission to NEUTRAL position. 3. Position both lift control lever and draft sensing control lever at full forward (down) position and provide enough weight on lift arms to allow self lowering. 4. Start engine. 5. Move lift control lever (outer) to full raise position (back).

Procedure:

227 kg (500 lbs)

1. Park tractor on a level surface and set park brake. 2. Shift transmission to NEUTRAL. 3. Install BW13586 ballast box, or approximately 227 kg (500 lb), on the three point hitch. 4. Start engine and run at high idle. 5. Put lift control lever in full UP position.

11 - 30

6/27/00

HYDRAULICS

DRAFT FEEDBACK LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT (DRAFT SENSING OPTION) 5. Very slowly move the draft sensing control lever (inner) rearward. Stop moving the lever immediately when the lift arms start to raise. The lift arms will continue to rise, and then stop.

A B

A

404±3 mm (15.9±0.12 in.) C

D

M91681

M91326

6. Measure from the top of the PTO shield to center of pin in end of lift arm. Lift arm should raise to 404±3 mm (15.9±0.12 in.) as shown at right, without engaging the relief valve. 7. If specification is not met, shorten the lift arm position feedback rod (A) to increase, or lengthen to reduce the maximum height until within specification. The relief valve should not engage.

DRAFT FEEDBACK LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT (DRAFT SENSING OPTION) Reason: To ensure that draft feedback causes lift arms to raise before draft load becomes sufficient to cause traction loss. Procedure: 1. Adjust rockshaft position feedback linkage. (See “ROCKSHAFT POSITION FEEDBACK LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT” on page30.) 2. Position tractor on a level surface and set park brake. 3. Shift transmission to "neutral". 4. Start engine.

6/27/00

6. At the base of the draft sensing control lever, remove the retaining pin (A) to release the ring gauge (B). Turn the ring gauge 180°. The ring gauge should just pass between the draft sensing control lever (C) and the lever stop pin on the pin plate (D). Lift Arm Position Feedback Rod

Position Feedback Lever Draft Feedback Lever

Draft Feedback Rod

Locking Nut M91344

7. If the clearance is excessive, shorten the draft feedback rod. If the clearance is insufficient, lengthen the rod. 8. Repeat previous step until the ring gauge rotates on pin, barely touching the control lever. 9. Tighten locking nut on draft feedback rod. 10. Reposition the ring gauge to its storage position, and replace retaining pin. 11. Move the draft sensing control lever from the adjusted point to full rearward position. The lift

11 - 31

DRAFT CONTROL RESPONSE TEST

HYDRAULICS

arms should raise to maximum without engaging the relief valve.

NOTE: If draft signals fail to raise draft arms at desired performance, it may be necessary to adjust the draft control response. (See “DRAFT CONTROL RESPONSE ADJUSTMENT” on page 33.).

Draft Spring Cover

Lock-Out Pin (Locked Position)

DRAFT CONTROL RESPONSE TEST

Draft Sensing Bracket

(DRAFT SENSING OPTION)

Lock-Out Pin (Storage Position)

Reason: To ensure that draft sensing mechanism is operating at highest possible efficiency when the draft sensing is engaged.

Draft Center Link Bracket

Procedure: 1. If not already done, adjust rockshaft position feedback. (See “ROCKSHAFT POSITION FEEDBACK LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT” on page 30.) 2. If not already done, adjust draft feedback. (See “DRAFT FEEDBACK LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT (DRAFT SENSING OPTION)” on page31. 3. Park tractor on a level surface and set park brake. 4. Shift transmission to "neutral". 5. Open drop/stop valve completely. 6. Move lift control and draft sensing control levers to full forward (down) position. 7. Provide enough weight on lift arms to allow self lowering. 8. Remove center link from center link bracket.

M91332

9. If not already done, move center link lock-out pin from locked position to storage position. 10. Install two draft pins in adjacent lower holes in center link bracket. Retain with quick-lock pins. 11. Start engine and run at high idle. 12. Very slowly move the draft sensing control lever rearward. Stop moving the lever immediately when the lift arms start to raise. The lift arms will continue to rise, and then stop.

c

CAUTION

The draft sensing spring requires approximately 72 kg (160 lb) of force to compress. If necessary, obtain assistance. 13. Place a large pry bar between two draft pins installed in step 10 and pry UP against spring pressure until draft bracket pivots. Draft sensing should cause the draft arms to lower. 14. Release pressure exerted on center link with pry bar. 15. Pry DOWN against spring pressure until the draft bracket pivots. Draft sensing should cause the draft arms to raise.

11 - 32

6/27/00

DRAFT CONTROL RESPONSE ADJUSTMENT

HYDRAULICS

Results: If the lift arms do not raise or lower, check draft feedback linkage for proper adjustment, excessive wear or damage. Perform adjustment procedures or replace components as necessary. If the lift arms react too slowly when moving draft bracket, draft control response may need to be increased. (See “DRAFT CONTROL RESPONSE ADJUSTMENT” on page33.)

DRAFT CONTROL RESPONSE ADJUSTMENT (DRAFT SENSING OPTION)

NOTE: The factory adjustment screw setting is at full clockwise, or maximum raise rate. The adjustment screw has a maximum rotational range of 180°. At maximum counterclockwise rotation the draft sensing control lever may be totally inactive in producing lift arm movement. 8. Using a 5mm external hex wrench, turn the adjustment screw counterclockwise and repeat the draft sensing control lever step above to reduce the draft control rate of raise and provide smoother draft response. 9. Replace the access plug and copper washer when proper adjustment is obtained.

Reason: To adjust raise rate generated by draft signals. Procedure: 1. Park tractor on a level surface and set park brake. 2. Shift transmission to "neutral". 3. Position lift control and draft sensing control levers at full forward position.

LH Lift Arm

A

Center Link Spring Cover M91680

4. On the left side of the rockshaft, below the seat, remove the adjustment access plug (A) and copper washer. 5. Start the tractor. 6. Move lift control lever quickly to full raise (rearward) position and observe rate of raise. Return lever to full lower position. 7. Move draft sensing control lever quickly to full rearward position, and observe the rate of raise. The factory adjustment should result in equally fast raise rates from the draft sensing control lever and the lift control lever, and equally gradual slowing before stopping (deceleration).

6/27/00

11 - 33

REPAIR

HYDRAULICS

REPAIR HYDRAULIC GEAR PUMP The hydraulic pumps are the same on both hydrostatic and gear drive tractors. The only difference in the removal and installation of the two is in the specific routing of the individual pressure hoses/tubes. The two gear pumps are identical in design, but each uses different suction tube attaching methods, and they are different displacements.

6. Remove two long and two short socket head cap screws (C) securing pump to engine drive housing. 7. Remove pump. 8. Remove fitting from pressure side of pump body. 9. (Front Pump Only) Remove two cap screws (D) and suction tube elbow. Installation: IMPORTANT: Replace all O-rings, gaskets, and seals. Used or damaged O-rings, gaskets and seals will leak.

Removal: 1. Remove engine side panels. 2. Remove exhaust pipe from muffler . A

B

M91333

3. Loosen hose clamps (A) on suction tube manifold. 4. Disconnect suction tube manifold from pump. 5. Disconnect pressure tubes (B) from fitting on bottom of pump.

1. Install new O-rings on both ends of adapter fitting and secure to pump body. Tighten front pump adapter fitting to 21 N•m (15 lb-ft). Tighten rear pump adapter fitting to 28 N•m (21 lb-ft) 2. (Front Pump Only) Install new O-ring on suction tube elbow, and secure to pump with two cap screws. Tighten to 9 N•m (84 lb-in.). 3. Install new gasket on front cover where pump attaches to engine drive housing. 4. Align splines on pump input shaft with splines on engine drive. Insert pump into engine housing. 5. Secure pump with four socket head cap screws. Tighten to 22 N•m (16 lb-ft). 6. Attach pressure tube to adapter fitting. Tighten tube nut on front pump to 50 N•m (37 lb-ft). Tighten tube nut on rear pump to 69 N•m (51 lb-ft). 7. Inspect suction tube manifold for damage or cracking. Replace if necessary. 8. Attach suction tube manifold to pump. Secure with hose clamp. Disassembly and Inspection: 1. Remove pump from engine. (See “HYDRAULIC GEAR PUMP” on page34.) A

D

C

M91335 M91334

11 - 34

6/27/00

HYDRAULIC GEAR PUMP

HYDRAULICS

2. Remove two large and two small socket head cap screws (A) and lock washers securing pump cover to pump body. 3. Remove pump cover. 4. Inspect pump cover for wear or damage. If necessary, replace pump.

E

C

B

M91340

9. Inspect front cover shaft seal for cracks, wear, or damage. If necessary, replace seal (E).

M91336 F

5. Remove two backing washers (B).

D

C M91338

10. Remove two backing washers (F).

H

G

M91337

6. Remove O-ring (C) and formed O-ring gaskets (D). 7. Remove front cover. 8. Inspect front cover for scoring, wear, or damage. If necessary, replace pump. M91339

11. Remove O-ring (G) and formed O-ring gaskets (H).

6/27/00

11 - 35

HYDRAULIC GEAR PUMP

HYDRAULICS

Gear Pump Assembly:

036 J I

038 I

038

K

036

M91341

NOTE: Markings on pump bushings varies depending on pump capacity. Markings may vary from what is shown on art. 12. Note the location and markings on four bushings (I) to assure correct orientation at assembly. 13. Remove four bushings, drive gear (J), and idler gear (K) from pump as an assembly. 14. Remove bushings from gears. 15. Inspect gears and bushing faces for scoring, excessive scratching, or damage. If necessary, replace pump. 16. Inspect input gear shaft splines. If damaged, replace pump. 17. Measure gear shaft bearing surfaces. If not within specifications, replace pump. 18. Inspect inside of bushings for scoring or excessive scratching. Measure bearing surfaces. Replace bushings if damaged or not within specifications. 19. Inspect pump body internal surfaces for scoring or excessive scratching. Replace pump if damaged. Specifications: Shaft Bushing Maximum ID . . 19.15 mm (0.754 in.) Shaft Bearing Surface Minimum OD . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.95 mm (0.746 in.) Bushing Minimum Thickness 19.02 mm (0.749 in.) Drive/Idler Gear Minimum Thickness Front Pump (Steering) . . . . 10.37mm (0.408 in.) Rear Pump (Implement). . . . 21.13 mm (0.832 in.)

M91342

036

Note Hole Location

038 M91350

1. Lay pump body on a clean, flat surface, and install back bushings into bore as shown. Push bushings to bottom of bore.

NOTE: Idler gear is symmetrical and can be placed in pump body either end first.

K K

M91351

2. Install drive gear and idler gear into pump body and bushings.

11 - 36

6/27/00

HYDRAULIC GEAR PUMP

HYDRAULICS

D

C

038

036

M91356

3. Install front bushings into pump body and onto drive gear and idler gear shafts.

M91337

8. Turn pump over, and install O-ring and formed Oring gaskets.

D C

B

M91336

M91339

4. Install O-ring (C) and formed O-ring gaskets (D).

9. Install two backing washers. 10. Install rear cover and secure with two small (M8), and two large (M10) socket head cap screws. Tighten M8 cap screws to 28 N•m (20 lb-ft), and M10 cap screws to 55 N•m (40 lb-ft). 11. Install pump. (See “HYDRAULIC GEAR PUMP” on page 34.)

B

M91338

5. Install two backing washers (B). 6. If not already done, install new shaft seal in front cover using a suitable driver. 7. Install front cover over drive gear shaft and onto pump body.

6/27/00

11 - 37

ROCKSHAFT ASSEMBLY

HYDRAULICS

ROCKSHAFT ASSEMBLY

8. Disconnect lighting wiring harness on RH side of tractor where wiring harness enters ROPS. 9. Move wiring harness clear of rockshaft housing.

Removal: 1. Remove seat and seat support. (See “SEAT AND SEAT SUPPORT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page5 in Miscellaneous Section.) 2. Remove kick plate. (See “KICK PLATE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page8 in Miscellaneous Section.) 3. Remove three point hitch. (See “THREE POINT HITCH REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 4 in Miscellaneous Section.) 4. Remove seat platform. (See “SEAT PLATFORM REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 5 in Miscellaneous Section.)

C

B

M91360

10. Remove two cap screws (B). Remove range shift lever (C) and bracket.

G

D

M91358

5. Use two 10 mm open end wrenches on the flats on the rate of drop control shafts to separate shaft.

F E

M91361

A

M91359

11. Remove two cap screws (D). Remove lift control lever (E). 12. If equipped, remove two cap screws and draft sensing control lever (F). 13. Remove ten cap screws (G) securing rockshaft housing to transmission. Gently pry up around edge of rockshaft cover to loosen.

6. Remove hydraulic tube (A) from SCV to rockshaft housing. 7. Disconnect PTO solenoid connector.

11 - 38

6/27/00

LIFT ARMS

HYDRAULICS

3. Remove cam plate (D), with adjusting rod from end of rockshaft assembly.

c

CAUTION

The approximate weight of the rockshaft assembly is 68 kg (150 lb). Do not attempt to remove rockshaft assembly without an assistant or overhead crane.

E

14. Remove rockshaft housing from transmission. Installation:

NOTE: Installation is reverse of removal. M89408

• Install a new bead of sealant (TY16021) on transaxle rockshaft mounting surface. • Tighten ten cap screws to 140 N•m (105 lb-ft).

4. If not already done, use center punch to mark (E) splined cross shaft and lift arm. 5. Remove lift arm from splined cross shaft.

LIFT ARMS NOTE: Lift arms may be removed with rockshaft assembly installed in tractor. DO NOT remove splined cross shaft unless rockshaft is first removed from tractor. Internal components will fall into transmission if splined cross shaft is removed while rockshaft is attached to transmission.

F

Removal: M91364

D A

6. Remove washer from splined cross shaft. 7. Remove outer O-ring (F) from groove in housing.

B

NOTE: DO NOT remove splined cross shaft unless rockshaft is first removed from vehicle. Internal components will fall into transmission if splined cross shaft is removed while rockshaft is on transmission. If rockshaft assembly is still installed on transmission, remove right lift arm only.

C

M91362

1. Remove snap ring (A) and washer from end of adjusting rod (B). 2. Remove cap screw (C), lock washer, and large washer from end of rockshaft assembly.

6/27/00

11 - 39

LIFT ARMS

HYDRAULICS

G

M91365

M91367

8. Remove right side lift arm and splined cross shaft from housing as a unit. 9. Remove rockshaft lever arm, and piston rod from rockshaft housing.

11. Remove inner O-ring (G) from bore of rockshaft housing. H

NOTE: If right side lift arm must be removed from splined cross shaft, use center punch to mark shaft and lift arm for alignment. NOTE: Inner O-ring may come out of bore with splined sleeve when removed.

M91366

M91368

12. Remove O-rings (H) from bevelled end of splined sleeves. 13. Inspect splines on ID of splined sleeves for damage. Inspect OD for grooves or excessive wear. Replace as required. 14. Measure OD of splined sleeves. If not in specification, replace. 15. Measure ID of bushing in housing. If not in specification, use bearing puller to remove bushing from housing.

10. Remove two splined sleeves from housing. Specifications:

NOTE: Beveled ends of the splined sleeves should face inward. There is an O-ring in ID of beveled end of splined sleeve.

Splined Sleeve Minimum OD. . 59.94 mm (2.360 in.) Bushing Maximum ID. . . . . . . . 60.12 mm (2.367 in.) Installation: IMPORTANT: Replace all O-rings and seals. Used or damaged O-rings and seals will leak. 1. If required, use a piloted bushing driver to install new bushings into rockshaft housing.

11 - 40

6/27/00

LIFT ARMS

HYDRAULICS

E G M91365

2. Install two new inner O-rings into rockshaft housing against bushings. H

M91370

NOTE: Rockshaft lever arm shown for clarity. 6. Align punch marks (E) and assemble right side lift arm to splined cross shaft. Secure with large washer, cap screw, and lock washer. Tighten to 68 N•m (50 lb-ft).

M91366

3. Install new O-rings into bevelled end of two splined sleeves. 4. Install right side splined sleeve into rockshaft housing with bevel to the inside. M91367

7. Install washer onto rockshaft against right side lift arm.

F

NOTE: Install shaft carefully to prevent splined cross shaft from knocking O-ring out of groove in bevelled end of splined sleeve.

M91371

8. Install right side lift arm and rockshaft into right splined sleeve in rockshaft housing.

5. Install new outer O-ring (F) into groove between splined sleeve and rockshaft housing.

6/27/00

11 - 41

LIFT ARMS

HYDRAULICS

14. Align punch marks on lift arm and splined cross shaft, and install left side lift arm onto shaft.

D A B

E C

9. Align punch marks on splined cross shaft and rockshaft lever arm and install cross shaft through lever arm and into housing. 10. Install left side splined bushing into rockshaft housing and onto splined cross shaft. 11. Install outer O-ring into groove between splined sleeve and rockshaft housing.

M91362

15. Install cam plate (D). 16. Install large washer, lock washer, and cap screw (C). Tighten cap screw to 68 N•m (50 lb-ft). 17. Attach adjusting link (B) and retain with washer and snap ring (A).

NOTE: Whenever the draft mechanism has been disturbed, be sure to perform Rockshaft Position Feedback Adjustment and Draft Feedback Adjustment. Specifications: I M91364

Lift Arm Raise Angle (Above Horizontal) . . . . . . . 50° Lift Arm Lower Angle (Below Horizontal) . . . . . . 20° Maximum Variance Between Lift Arms . . . . . . . . . 5°

12. Install washer onto splined cross shaft. 13. Replace pin (I) in splined cross shaft if damaged.

E

M89408

11 - 42

6/27/00

LIFT CONTROL LEVER

HYDRAULICS

LIFT CONTROL LEVER

Installation:

Removal:

Install Control Lever:

NOTE: When assembling, DO NOT lubricate friction washers or control lever friction surfaces.

Outer Plate

IMPORTANT: Make sure that Belleville washers are correctly installed with cupped sides of each pair of washers facing each other.

Locking Plate Support Plate Draft Sensing Control Lever

C D

A

Control Shafts B

M91372

1. Remove two nuts (A) on control shaft. 2. Loosen two outer jam nuts (B). 3. Loosen two cap screws (C) until they are free of the housing. 4. Remove two inner (D) and two outer (B) jam nuts from cap screws.

Keys

Friction Washer Lift Control Lever A F

F E

Outer Plate

Pin Plate

E

M91373

5. Remove two remaining jam nuts, two cap screws, and outer plate as an assembly. 6. Remove friction washer (E), lift control lever, and two belleville washers (F) and key from control shaft. Inspect friction washer for excessive wear. Replace if necessary.

6/27/00

NOTE: Place belleville washers with cups facing each other on control shaft. 1. Install key, two belleville washers, lift control lever, and friction washer onto control shaft. 2. Install outer plate, two cap screws and two jam nuts as an assembly. 3. Install two inner and two outer jam nuts onto cap screws. 4. Install two cap screws into housing. Do not tighten at this time.

11 - 43

DRAFT SENSING CONTROL LEVER 5. Install two nuts onto control shaft. Do not tighten at this time.

DRAFT SENSING CONTROL LEVER Removal:

Adjust Control Lever Friction: Draft Sensing Control Lever

HYDRAULICS

Lift Control Lever Outer Plate

NOTE: Tractors not equipped with draft sensing option have a locking plate in place of the draft sensing control lever. Removal and installation of this plate is essentially the same. 1. Remove lift control lever (See “LIFT CONTROL LEVER” on p a g e43.) 2. Remove rockshaft (See “ROCKSHAFT ASSEMBLY” on page38.)

C

A

B

Outer Lock Nut Pin Plate B D

Locking Plate

6. Tighten two cap screws (C) enough that the draft sensing control lever (if equipped) and lift control lever will operate smoothly, but will maintain setting when traveling over rough terrain. The outer plate, and pin plate should be parallel to each other, and 90° to the control shafts. 7. Hold each cap screw to prevent it from turning, and tighten two inner lock nuts (D) against the locking plate to lock the cap screws in place. 8. Tighten two adjusting nuts (A), and two outer locking nuts (B) against the pin plate. Be sure the pin plate remains parallel to the outer plate, and 90° to the control shafts. 9. Check levers for smooth, independent operation and proper feel. Adjust as required. IMPORTANT: Do not tighten nuts on control shaft against outer plate. Nuts only provide support to shaft. Tightening nuts against outer plate will result in premature friction washer wear. 10. Tighten inner nut on control shaft until it contacts outer plate. Loosen inner nut 1/4 turn. Hold inner nut to prevent it from turning, and tighten outer nut against inner nut to lock nuts to shaft.

11 - 44

C

A M91374

3. Slide lift control shaft (A) to inside of rockshaft housing to clear pin plate (B). 4. Remove two belleville washers (C) and spacer washer from control shaft.

NOTE: Pin plate is pressed into rockshaft housing. Pry outward gently against plate while rotating it back-and-forth to remove. 5. Remove pin plate.

6/27/00

DRAFT SENSING CONTROL LEVER

HYDRAULICS

E

E

D

D

M91381

6. Remove draft sensing control lever (D). 7. Remove key, friction washer, support plate, and locking plate (E). Inspect friction washer for excess wear. Replace if necessary. 8. Slide control shafts to the inside of the rockshaft housing, and remove as an assembly.

M91381

2. Install locking plate (E), support plate, friction washer, and woodruff key. 3. Install draft sensing control lever (D).

B

C

F F M91382

9. Replace O-rings (F) on lift control shaft and draft control shaft. Installation: IMPORTANT: Replace all O-rings and seals. Used or damaged O-rings and seals will leak.

NOTE: Lubricate control shafts with hydraulic oil to ease installation. DO NOT lubricate friction washers or control lever friction surfaces. 1. Install lift control shaft and draft sensing control shaft.

6/27/00

M91374

NOTE: Place belleville washers with cups facing each other on control shaft. 4. Install two belleville washers (C) and spacer washer to control shaft. 5. Using a plastic mallet, install pin plate (B). 6. Install lift control lever (See “LIFT CONTROL LEVER” on page43.) 7. Install rockshaft (See “ROCKSHAFT ASSEMBLY” on page38.)

11 - 45

ROCKSHAFT PLUNGER ASSEMBLY

HYDRAULICS

ROCKSHAFT PLUNGER ASSEMBLY Removal: 1. Remove rockshaft from transmission. (See “ROCKSHAFT ASSEMBLY” on page38.)

B

M89415

3. Remove top plate.

B

A C

M89413

D

M91375

4. Remove plunger assembly (D).

A

C

M89414 M91376

2. Remove the two shoulder bolts (A), washer, wave washer and spacer securing plunger assembly (B) to housing.

5. Remove triangle plate (C).

NOTE: If sensitivity cam (D) is moved during removal or installation of plunger assembly, perform Draft Control Response Adjustment. (See “DRAFT CONTROL RESPONSE ADJUSTMENT” on page33.)

11 - 46

6/27/00

ROCKSHAFT CONTROL VALVE

HYDRAULICS

ROCKSHAFT CONTROL VALVE

DRAFT & ROCKSHAFT FEEDBACK SHAFTS

Removal: Removal:

1. Remove rockshaft from transmission. (See “ROCKSHAFT ASSEMBLY” on page38.)

1. Remove rockshaft plunger assembly, if not already done. (See “ROCKSHAFT PLUNGER ASSEMBLY” on page 46.)

A

M91377 A

2. Remove three socket head cap screws (A) securing rockshaft control valve to housing. 3. Remove rockshaft control valve.

M91383

NOTE: Draft sensing version shown. B

2. If equipped, remove cap screw (A) securing draft feedback rod.

O-Rings C M91378

4. Remove three O-rings (B). Installation: • Installation of rockshaft control valve is the reverse of removal. IMPORTANT: Replace all O-rings and seals. Used or damaged O-rings and seals will leak.

B M91384

3. Use a center punch to mark (B) the location of the position feedback shaft on edge of lever. 4. Remove pin (C) securing lever to depth stop shaft. Remove lever.

• Make sure that O-rings are installed over correct ports and seated in their respective counter bores. • Tighten three socket head cap screws to 47 N•m (35 lb-ft).

6/27/00

11 - 47

ROCKSHAFT PISTON

HYDRAULICS

Installation: IMPORTANT: Replace all O-rings and seals. Used or damaged O-rings and seals will leak. Installation: Installation is the reverse of removal. E

ROCKSHAFT PISTON

D M91385

5. Remove washer (D) and draft feedback lever (E).

NOTE: Pressure relief valve is factory set and sealed. DO NOT attempt to disassemble valve, there are no serviceable components in valve. If pressure relief valve does not function correctly replace entire valve. Removal:

F A

C

F

M91386 B

6. Remove key and washer. 7. Remove two cap screws (F), two lock washers, and plate securing draft feedback shaft to housing.

M89426

1. Remove pressure relief valve (A) from side of housing. 2. Inspect valve for damage. Replace as required. 3. Replace O-ring (B) and seal washer (C).

H

G I

I

M91387

8. Remove draft feedback shaft (G) and position feedback shaft (H) from the inside of the housing as an assembly. 9. Replace O-rings (I) on draft feedback and position feedback shafts.

11 - 48

M89424

6/27/00

ROCKSHAFT PISTON

HYDRAULICS

1. Remove five cap screws and lock washers securing cover to housing. 2. Remove cover. F

NOTE: If cover will not come out of rockshaft housing, remove relief valve or rate of drop/stop valve to allow air to enter housing and release vacuum.

M89438 D

NOTE: Rate of drop spool may be removed by pushing it out from the back side, or pulling it from the cover using a suitable screw. 6. Remove rate of drop spool (F) from cover. 7. Inspect spool and components, replace O-rings. If spool shows wear and/or damage replace entire spool assembly.

E M89425

G

3. Remove piston (D) from housing. 4. Inspect seal (E). Replace if damaged, or scored.

H

NOTE: Rockshaft does not have to be removed to replace rate of drop/stop control valve.

I

M89437

M89434

8. Remove relief valve cap (G), spring (H) and ball (I) from cover. 9. Inspect spring and ball for damage. Replace as required. 10. Replace O-ring in cap.

5. Remove rate of drop control valve from cover. Installation: Installation of cap, valves, and piston are reverse of removal. IMPORTANT: Replace all O-rings and seals. Used or damaged O-rings and seals will leak.

6/27/00

11 - 49

PTO CLUTCH VALVE

HYDRAULICS

PTO CLUTCH VALVE

Installation: Installation of PTO clutch valve is the reverse of removal.

Removal: 1. Remove SCV or manifold block on top of PTO clutch valve. (See “SELECTIVE CONTROL VALVE” on page52.)

IMPORTANT: Replace all O-rings and seals. Used or damaged O-rings and seals will leak. • Always use new gasket when installing PTO clutch valve. • Always use new O-rings. • Make sure that tubes are correctly installed into tunnel and PTO clutch valve. • Tighten cap screws securing PTO clutch valve to transmission housing to 22 N•m (16 lb-ft). • Tighten cap screws securing Block, or SCV valve to PTO clutch valve to 63 N•m (47 lb-ft).

B

Disassembly and Assembly:

A

M91389

O-Ring

2. Label and disconnect solenoid electrical connector. 3. Disconnect hydraulic supply tube (A) from bottom port in PTO valve. A

D

M89460

B

1. Remove plastic nut (A) retaining coil on solenoid. Replace O-ring under nut. Remove Coil. 2. Remove three cap screws (B) and lock washers securing cover to valve body. Remove cover.

C

M89472

4. Remove five cap screws (B) securing PTO valve to side of tunnel. Tubes (C) may or may not come out with valve. If tubes come out with valve, remove tubes from valve and replace O-rings. 5. Remove lubrication relief valve (D) from tunnel. Inspect valve for excessive wear or damage. Replace if necessary. 6. Remove gasket between PTO valve and tunnel.

C

M89461

3. Thread one of the cover cap screws into threads on end of piston (C) and use as a puller to remove piston from valve body. Replace O-ring on piston.

11 - 50

6/27/00

PTO CLUTCH VALVE

HYDRAULICS

D

D

M89474 M89462

4. Thread one of the cover cap screws into threads on end of delay relief valve spool (D) and using a small pliers remove spool from valve body. Note Oring that will come out of port.

8. To disassemble spool for cleaning, remove internal snap ring from either end of spool. (Illustrated being disassembled from the small end first.)

D M89475

M89463

9. Remove piston and two springs from bore of delay relief valve.

5. Remove spool assembly from valve body. 6. Remove cap screw from end of spool. 7. Replace four O-rings on outside of spool body.

NOTE: Spool assembly may be serviced as a unit. If spool body or internal components show signs of wear or damage, check for availability of parts. NOTE: Spool assembly internal components are under light spring pressure. Use care when removing internal snap ring.

6/27/00

M89476

10. Remove internal snap ring from opposite end of spool. 11. Remove large piston and, if equipped, large and small shims.

11 - 51

SELECTIVE CONTROL VALVE

HYDRAULICS

Assembly: Assembly is the reverse of disassembly.

E

F

M89464

12. Remove solenoid body from PTO valve block. 13. Remove plunger (E) from solenoid body (F).

IMPORTANT: Replace all O-rings and seals. Used or damaged O-rings and seals will leak. • Lubricate all components with hydraulic fluid during assembly. • Make sure that spools are inserted into the valve block in the same orientation that they were removed.

SELECTIVE CONTROL VALVE NOTE: Tractor may be equipped with a manifold block on top of PTO valve. Removal and installation of this block is basically the same as that of the SCV. Removal: 1. Remove five cap screws and right panel from SCV and draft sensing control levers.

M89465

14. Remove piston, spool, and spring from PTO valve block.

A

M91390

M89466

15. Remove cap, spool, and spring from PTO valve block. 16. Replace O-ring on cap.

2. Remove "J" tube (A) from SCV to rockshaft housing.

NOTE: Power Beyond Kit may be installed on tractor. It will be in the place of the "J" tube.

Inspection: • Clean all components in a suitable solvent. • Inspect all components for scratches, and/or damage. If any damage is noted or if there are obvious signs of wear replace components as required.

11 - 52

6/27/00

SELECTIVE CONTROL VALVE

HYDRAULICS

Installation: IMPORTANT: Replace all O-rings and seals. Used or damaged O-rings and seals will leak. Installation is the reverse of removal. • Tighten J-tube ends to 81 - 89 N•m (60 - 67 lb-ft). • Tighten SCV work port tube ends to 51 - 57 N•m (38 - 42 lb-ft).

M91391

Length of rods from lever to SCV are set at factory. If they must be replaced, reset them to the factory specification. They are: Front/Back. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 mm Left/Right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 mm

3. Disconnect four tubes from bottom of SCV.

Disassembly, Inspection, and Assembly

NOTE: Some internal components of SCV are NOT serviceable. If SCV internal components are excessively worn or damaged, check for availability of kits.

B

1. Remove control valve shift linkage.

M91392

NOTE: SCV control linkage may be either a single lock model or a multi-lock model.

4. Remove three cap screws (B) securing SCV to PTO clutch valve. Remove SCV.

C

M91393

5. Replace two O-rings (C) between PTO clutch valve and SCV.

6/27/00

11 - 53

SELECTIVE CONTROL VALVE

HYDRAULICS

Single Lock Control Removal:

Multi-Lock Control Removal:

8 8

2 10 9

7 3 1

6

5

6 7 1

4

5 1 1

2

3

4

1. Link Rod

5. Cotter Pin

2. Spacer

6. Pin

1. Ball Joints

6. Pin

3. Pin

7. Guide Bar

2. Washer

7. Cap Screw

4. Bellcrank

8. Lever

3. Nut

8. Lever

4. Bellcrank

9. Lock Lever

5. Cotter Pin

10. Spring

1. Remove nuts and washers securing ball joints (1) to bellcranks (4). 2. Remove four cap screws retaining lever assembly to valve body. Remove lever assembly.

1. Remove nuts and washers securing link rods (1) to bellcranks (4). 2. Remove four cap screws retaining lever assembly to valve body. Remove lever assembly. SCV Disassembly:

A M91395

11 - 54

6/27/00

SELECTIVE CONTROL VALVE

HYDRAULICS

3. Remove four socket head cap screws (A) on end cover. Remove end cover. Replace end cover gasket.

13. Remove seal, backing washer, and O-ring from valve body. Replace O-ring and seal.

9

6

B

M91398

M91396

NOTE: Valve spools are similar. Center valve section does NOT contain a detent assembly.

14. Remove detent cap (9) by inserting a suitable pin punch into the threaded hole and pressing inward to release spring tension on balls (6). Slide detent cap off end of spool. 9 6

4. Hold spring slightly compressed and remove spring retainer plug (B) and valve spring retainer. Remove spring.

5

6 8

3

1

M91399

M91397

4

15. Remove detent cap. 16. Remove four small balls.

7

2

9

7

1. Seal

4. Spacer

7. Spring

2. Washer

5. Spool

8. Ball

3. O-ring

6. Small Balls

9. Detent Cap

NOTE: Use care when removing valve spool and detent assembly from valve body. Detent cap may come off, and balls may fall out and be lost. Push valve spool out from lever side to remove.

8 M91647

17. Remove larger ball (8), and spring (7). Valve Spools Assembly: IMPORTANT: Replace all O-rings and seals. Used or damaged O-rings and seals will leak. 1. Install spring and ball into end of valve spool.

10. Slide spool with detent assembly out of valve body. 11. Inspect spool and valve body for signs of wear or damage. If worn or damaged, replace entire selective control valve assembly. 12. Remove spacer from spool.

6/27/00

11 - 55

SELECTIVE CONTROL VALVE

HYDRAULICS

Load Check Valves: Removal:

9 8 7 6

A

5

M91648

2. Apply a small amount of general purpose grease into the holes for the small balls on the valve spool. 3. Insert four small balls into holes in valve spool. 4. Slide detent cap over end of valve spool. Do not slide over balls at this time.

1. Remove valves (A).

B

C

D

M91649

M91398

2. Replace O-ring (B). 3. Inspect spring (C) and valve poppet (D) for wear or damage. Replace if necessary.

5. Using a suitable pin punch, press on the ball in the end of the spool to slightly compress the spring. Slide detent cap over four small balls.

NOTE: When properly installed, the four small balls will retain the larger ball, and maintain spring pressure on the larger ball. 6. Install spacer onto spool. 7. slide spool into valve body. 8. Install O-ring, backing washer, and seal into valve body. 9. Install spring, spring retainer, and valve spring retainer plug. Tighten plug to 15 N•m (133 lb-in.). 10. Install end cover. Retain with four socket head cap screws. Tighten cap screws to 19 N•m (14.5 lb-ft). 11. Install lever assembly. Retain with four cap screws. Tighten cap screws to 40 N•m (30 lb-ft).

11 - 56

6/27/00

SELECTIVE CONTROL VALVE

HYDRAULICS

Installation: Installation is the reverse of removal.

G D

F M91651 E

2. Replace O-rings (F) and backing washers (G). 3. Inspect valve for wear or damage. Replace if necessary. Installation: Installation is the reverse of removal. IMPORTANT: Replace all O-rings and seals. Used or damaged O-rings and seals will leak. • Tighten check valve to 24 N•m (18 lb-ft).

IMPORTANT: Replace all O-rings and seals. Used or damaged O-rings and seals will leak. • Tighten relief valve to 50 N•m (37 lb-ft).

Relief Valve:

NOTE: If replacement of relief valve was necessary, or if relief valve setting was changed, perform SCV pressure relief valve adjustment. (See “SYSTEM RELIEF PRESSURE TEST” on page 27.)

Removal:

E

M91650

1. Remove valve (E).

6/27/00

11 - 57

SELECTIVE CONTROL VALVE

11 - 58

HYDRAULICS

6/27/00

CONTENTS

MISCELLANEOUS

CONTENTS Page

SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

REPAIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 THREE POINT HITCH REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 SEAT AND SEAT SUPPORT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 SEAT PLATFORM REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 ROLL OVER PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE (ROPS) REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION 5 REAR FENDERS REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 FRONT WHEEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 REAR WHEEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 FLOOR MAT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 SIDE PANELS, REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 KICK PLATE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 OPERATOR’S PLATFORM REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 STEERING WHEEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 CONTROL PANEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 FUSE PANEL COVER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 GRILLE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 BATTERY REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 KEY SWITCH PANEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 COWL PANEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 HOOD REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 FUEL TANK REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 CENTER LINK BRACKET REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

CAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 DOOR REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 REAR WINDOW REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 CAB REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 WINDSHIELD WASHER REPAIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 CAB WATER LINE LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 CAB WATER LINE LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 CAB HEATER REPAIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

6/27/00

12 - 1

NOTES

12- 2

MISCELLANEOUS

6/27/00

MISCELLANEOUS

SPECIFICATIONS

SPECIFICATIONS TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Front Wheel Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 - 108 N•m (65 - 80 lb-ft) Rear Wheel Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 - 108 N•m (65 - 80 lb-ft) Steering Wheel Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 - 49 N•m (29 - 36 lb-ft) Center Link Bracket Cap Screws. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 N•m (110 lb-ft) Center Link Spring Holder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 N•m (70 lb-ft) Draft Feedback Rod To Feedback Lever. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 N•m (50 lb-ft)

6/27/00

12 - 3

REPAIR

MISCELLANEOUS

REPAIR

1. Remove spring clip from clevis pin on front of adjustable sway bar. Remove clevis pin.

THREE POINT HITCH REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Center Lift Link Removal:

D

C

B A

M91288

M91289

1. Disconnect center lift link from storage hook. 2. Remove lynch pin (A) from hitch pin (B) attaching center lift link to bracket on rockshaft. 3. Support center lift link and remove hitch pin. Remove center lift link.

2. Remove lynch pin (C) from hitch pin on bottom of lift link. Remove retainer. 3. Support draft arm and adjustable sway bar and remove hitch pin. 4. Remove lynch pin (D) from anchor pin at front of draft arm. 5. Remove adjustable sway bar and draft arm. Installation: Installation is the reverse of removal.

Installation: Installation is the reverse of removal.

Adjustable (RH) and Fixed (LH) Lift Link Removal:

Draft Arm & Adjustable Sway Bar Removal:

M91290

12 - 4

M91291

6/27/00

MISCELLANEOUS

SEAT AND SEAT SUPPORT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

1. Remove lynch pin from rockshaft at top of lift link. 2. Remove lift link.

8. Remove eight cap screws (A) and seat platform. Installation:

Installation:

Installation is the reverse of removal.

Installation is the reverse of removal.

SEAT AND SEAT SUPPORT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

ROLL OVER PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE (ROPS) REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

Removal:

Removal:

1. Disconnect seat switch electrical connector. 2. Remove two cap screws at rear of seat support attaching seat support to tractor frame. 3. Remove two nuts at front of seat support attaching seat support to operators platform and standoffs. 4. Remove seat and seat support from tractor as an assembly.

B

Installation: Installation is the reverse of removal.

SEAT PLATFORM REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION C

Removal: 1. Remove cap on range shift knob to left of seat. Remove cap screw and knob. 2. (Collar Shift or PowerReverser™ Tractor) Repeat step 1 and remove gear shift knob. 3. If equipped, unscrew and remove 4-WD T-handle knob. 4. Remove five cap screws and shift lever gate. 5. Unscrew knob on SCV lever and remove. 6. Remove five cap screws and SCV/rockshaft control lever gate. 7. Remove seat. (See “SEAT AND SEAT SUPPORT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 5.)

A

M91304

1. Disconnect wiring harness electrical connectors from wiring inside roll bar (warning light connectors, work light connectors, tail light connectors).

c A

6/27/00

M91919

CAUTION

The approximate weight of the ROPS is 57 kg (125 lb). Do not attempt to remove ROPS without an assistant or overhead crane.

12 - 5

REAR FENDERS REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION 2. Remove two lower cap screws (A) securing LH and RH fenders to ROPS. 3. Remove two upper cap screws (B), washers nuts securing LH and RH fenders to ROPS. 4. Remove two cap screws (C) securing ROPS to seat support channel.

MISCELLANEOUS

7. Remove two cap screws (G) and nuts securing ROPS to support plates on underside of rear axle. 8. Remove eleven cap screws (H) attaching ROPS to top of rear axle. Slide ROPS toward rear of tractor, Use care to avoid damage to fenders. Remove ROPS. Installation: Installation is the reverse of removal.

D

REAR FENDERS REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION NOTE: The following procedure is for either LH or RH fender.

F

Removal: E

A M91307

NOTE: Wheel, tire, and fender removed for clarity. 5. On left side of tractor, remove cap screw (D) and nut from top of park brake support angle. 6. Remove cap screw (E) securing park brake support angle (F) to axle housing. Remove park brake support angle.

B

C

M91302

1. Remove two cap screws (A) securing control lever panel to fender. 2. Remove cap screw (B) from rubber isolator (C) securing kick plate to fender.

H

G

RH Side Shown

12 - 6

M91308

6/27/00

FRONT WHEEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

MISCELLANEOUS

4. Remove cap screw, fender washer, and nut (E) securing fender to ROPS. IMPORTANT: It may be necessary for an assistant to support the fender when removing the cap screws securing it to the frame. 5. Remove two cap screws (F) from fender well area securing fender to frame and ROPS. Remove fender.

D

Installation: Installation is the reverse of removal.

M91303

FRONT WHEEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Removal:

NOTE: Floor mats removed for clarity. 3. Remove three nuts and carriage bolts (D) securing fender to floor plate.

1. Loosen lug nuts slightly before raising tractor front axle. 2. Raise front of tractor and lower onto support stands so that tractor is supported by front axle.

NOTE: E

If the front wheels are being removed to perform work on the front axles, lower tractor onto suitable stands that will support the tractor by the frame.

3. Remove six lug bolts and wheel.

E

Installation: 1. Install wheels onto axle, insert lug bolts and lightly tighten bolts. 2. Raise front of tractor, remove support stands and lower tractor to floor. 3. Tighten lug bolts to 88 - 108 N•m (65 - 80 lb-ft).

REAR WHEEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION IMPORTANT: If both rear wheels are to be removed, support the tractor frame in a manner that will prevent the frame from pivoting on the front axle.

F

Removal:

M91304

6/27/00

1. Loosen lug bolts slightly before raising tractor rear axle. 2. Raise rear of tractor and lower onto support stands so that tractor is supported by rear axle.

12 - 7

FLOOR MAT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION NOTE:

If the rear wheels are being removed to perform work on the rear axles, lower tractor onto suitable stands that will support the tractor frame.

3. Remove 8 lug bolts and wheel. Installation: 1. Install wheels onto axle, insert lug bolts and lightly tighten bolts. 2. Raise rear of tractor, remove support stands and lower tractor to floor. 3. Tighten lug bolts to 88 - 108 N•m (65 - 80 lb-ft).

MISCELLANEOUS

KICK PLATE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Removal: 1. Remove rate of drop knob from control shaft at front edge of seat. 2. Remove seat and seat support. (See “SEAT AND SEAT SUPPORT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page5.) 3. Remove seat platform. (See “SEAT PLATFORM REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page5.) 4. Remove two cap screws from isolators attaching kick plate to fenders. 5. Remove four cap screws through isolators attaching kick plate to operator’s platform. Remove kick plate.

FLOOR MAT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

Installation:

Removal:

Installation is the reverse of removal.

1. Remove fuse panel cover. (See “FUSE PANEL COVER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 10.) 2. Remove twelve plastic rivets holding rubber pad to floor plate. IMPORTANT: (Hydrostatic Model) Use care when removing floor mat from forward and reverse pedals. It may be necessary to remove pedal pads to prevent damage to floor mat. 3. Lift and remove floor mat.

OPERATOR’S PLATFORM REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Removal: 1. Remove fuse panel cover (See “FUSE PANEL COVER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 10.) 2. Remove floor mat. (See “FLOOR MAT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page8.) 3. Remove kick plate (See “KICK PLATE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page8.) 4. Remove rockshaft rate of drop knob.

Installation: Installation is the reverse of removal.

SIDE PANELS, REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

Master Brake Pedal

Removal:

A

1. Raise hood and support with hood prop latch. 2. Pull out side panel lock clip and turn to release top of panel. 3. Tilt top of side panel out. Lift and remove panel from tractor.

M91310

Installation: 1. Position the two tabs on bottom of the side panel on the wire loops welded to the tractor frame. 2. Lower the side panel into position, making sure the panel lock clips are in the correct position to go through the slots in the top of the side panels. 3. Tilt panel into position and onto lock clips. Pull and turn lock clips to lock panel to tractor. Fold lock clips flat. 4. Lower the hood.

12 - 8

c

CAUTION

Tensioned Spring. Wear eye protection and gloves when disconnecting spring to reduce the risk of personal injury.

6/27/00

STEERING WHEEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

MISCELLANEOUS

5. (Hydrostatic Model) Detach top of neutral return spring (A) from operator’s platform.

F B

E M91926

C

NOTE: RH wheel and tire removed for clarity.

M91303

6. Remove six nuts and carriage bolts (B) securing operator’s platform to fenders. 7. (HST Model) Remove two nuts and carriage bolts securing forward pedal. Remove pedal. Repeat for reverse pedal. 8. Remove six cap screws (C), lock nuts, and washers from rubber isolators attaching platform to frame.

10. Remove two cap screws (E) attaching foot throttle and operator’s platform support bracket (F) to tunnel. Remove foot throttle and support bracket as an assembly. 11. Lift front edge of operator’s platform slightly, and slide forward over top of transmission housing. Lift rear edge of platform to clear seat and SCV lever and remove operator’s platform. Inspect rubber isolators for cracks and deterioration. Replace as necessary. Installation: Installation is the reverse of removal.

STEERING WHEEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

D

Removal: 1. Remove steering wheel center cap. 2. Remove lock nut. 3. Remove steering wheel. If necessary, use a suitable puller. M91925

Installation: 9. (CST and PRT Models) Disconnect foot throttle link (D) at foot throttle.

6/27/00

NOTE:

Lubricate the steering shaft splines with general purpose grease before installing steering wheel to allow easy removal.

12 - 9

CONTROL PANEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

MISCELLANEOUS

Installation: Installation is the reverse of removal.

GRILLE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Removal: 1. Open hood and support on hood prop latch. 2. Remove side panels. (See “SIDE PANELS, REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page8.) 3. Pull out 2 panel lock clips and turn to release top of grille. M91921 A

1. Remove center cap retaining ring from steering wheel. 2. Install steering wheel and retain with nut. Tighten steering wheel nut to 39-49 N•m (29-36 lb-ft). 3. Install plastic retaining ring to steering wheel center cap. 4. Install center cap and retaining ring to steering wheel. M91769

CONTROL PANEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Removal: 1. Disconnect negative (–) battery cable. (See “BATTERY REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 10.) 1. Remove steering wheel. (See “STEERING WHEEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 9.) 2. Remove four screws and lift off the control panel. 3. Disconnect wiring harness connectors to control panel. 4. Remove control panel. Installation:

4. Disconnect the headlight connectors (A). 5. Tilt top of grille out. Lift and remove grille from tractor. Installation: 1. Slide the bottom of the grille under the battery tray. Insert the locating tabs on the bottom of the grille into the wire loops welded to the tractor frame. 2. Connect the headlights. 3. Tilt grille into position and onto lock clips. Pull and turn lock clips to lock grille to tractor. Fold lock clips flat. 4. Install side panels. (See “SIDE PANELS, REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page8.)

Installation is the reverse of removal.

FUSE PANEL COVER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Removal: 1. Remove two cap screws from RH and LH side top edge of cover. 2. Open fuse panel door. Remove two cap screws from top edge of cover inside door. 3. Tilt top of cover towards seat. 4. Lift and remove cover.

12 - 10

BATTERY REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Removal: 1. Remove grille. (See “GRILLE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page10.)

6/27/00

KEY SWITCH PANEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

MISCELLANEOUS

5. Raise hood and support with hood prop latch.

A A A M91768 B

2. Disconnect positive and negative battery cables. 3. Loosen two nuts (A) and remove battery hold down. 4. Remove battery. Installation: Installation is the reverse of removal.

KEY SWITCH PANEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

M91770

6. Remove cap screw (A) under rear of hood at top front of cowl panel. 7. Support panel and remove cap screw (B) from side of panel at bottom. Remove shroud panel. 8. Repeat for other side. Installation: Installation is the reverse of removal.

Removal: 1. Disconnect battery negative cable. (See “BATTERY REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 10.) 2. Remove fuse panel cover. (See “FUSE PANEL COVER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 10.) 3. Remove four screws and tilt key switch panel away from console. 4. Disconnect key switch electrical connector and remove panel. Installation: Installation is the reverse of removal.

COWL PANEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

HOOD REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Removal: 1. Open hood and support on hood prop latch.

NOTE: An assistant may be required to support hood during removal. 2. Remove four cap screws and nuts attaching hood to LH and RH hinges. 3. Remove hood. Installation: Installation is the reverse of removal.

Removal: 1. Remove side panels. (See “SIDE PANELS, REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 8.) 1. Remove steering wheel (See “STEERING WHEEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 9.) 2. Remove control panel. (See “CONTROL PANEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 10.) 3. Remove fuse panel cover. (See “FUSE PANEL COVER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 10.) 4. Remove key switch panel. (See “KEY SWITCH PANEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 11.) 6/27/00

12 - 11

FUEL TANK REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

FUEL TANK REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

10. Remove four cap screws (A) and hood support frame (B). 11. Disconnect throttle link (C) at engine by pulling rod outward. 12. Drain fuel from tank into a suitable container. 13. Label and remove fuel lines from fuel tank. 14. Remove fuel overflow drain hose. 15. Remove drain cock (D) and fuel hose elbow from fuel tank.

Removal:

c

MISCELLANEOUS

CAUTION

Diesel fuel is flammable! Extinguish all open flames before working on fuel system. Do not smoke. E

1. Park tractor on level surface, shut engine off, engage park brake. 2. Allow tractor and engine to cool before attempting to service fuel system. 3. Remove engine side panels. 4. Remove steering wheel. (See “STEERING WHEEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 9.) 5. Remove control panel. (See “CONTROL PANEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 10.) 6. Remove key switch panel (See “KEY SWITCH PANEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 11.) 7. Remove cowl panels. (See “COWL PANEL REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 11.) 8. Remove hood. (See “HOOD REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page 11.) 9. Remove brake pedal shaft. (See “BRAKE PEDAL HST” on page19, or “BRAKE PEDAL - CST AND PRT” on page21 in Brakes Section.)

16. Loosen screw on clamp holding fuel gauge sender wiring harness to fuel tank.Turn clamp to release harness. 17. Remove two nuts (E) and lock washers connecting wires to fuel gauge sender. Remove wires.

F

B

A

M91927

18. If necessary, drain coolant overflow tank and disconnect hose from radiator to tank. 19. Remove two cap screws (F) and coolant overflow tank.

C D

M91305

12 - 12

6/27/00

CENTER LINK BRACKET REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

MISCELLANEOUS

NOTE: An assistant may be required to tilt steering support while removing fuel tank. 23. Tilt steering support toward rear of tractor and remove tank from frame. Installation: Installation is the reverse of removal.

G

Isolator

M91319

20. (HST Model) Remove two cap screws (G) and washers securing bottom of steering support to frame.

CENTER LINK BRACKET REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Removal:

NOTE: If tractor does not have optional draft sensing unit, there will be a fixed center link at the top rear of the rockshaft housing. Its removal and installation is basically the same as the draft sensing unit outlined in this procedure.

G

NOTE: Draft sensing center link contains no serviceable components. If center link is damaged, or does not operate properly, entire draft sensing kit must be replaced. Isolator M91924

21. (CST and PRT Models) Remove two nuts and washers (G) securing bottom of steering support to frame.

I

H

Isolator I

J

A M91657

1. Remove cap screw (A) and disconnect draft sensing link (draft sensing option tractors only).

M91320

22. Remove two nuts (H), four washers (I), and two cap screws (J) from rubber isolators that secure top of steering support to frame.

6/27/00

12 - 13

CAB

MISCELLANEOUS

CAB DOOR REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Removal: 1. Open cab door.

A

B

B

C M91656 MX1746

2. Remove eight cap screws (B) and center link bracket.

C

2. Remove clip (A) from damper (B). Disconnect damper from ball joint (C). 3. Close and latch door. 4. Remove plastic caps from door hinge bolts. 5. Remove hex nut and flat washer from threaded end of each hinge bolt.

D E D

M91658

3. Remove two cap screws (C) and spring holder (D). MX1747

Installation: Installation is the reverse of removal. • Be sure that dowel pins are properly aligned before tightening cap screws. • Tighten cap screws on center link bracket to 150 N•m (110 lb-ft). • Tighten cap screws on spring holder to 95 N•m (70 lb-ft). • Tighten cap screw attaching draft feedback rod to feedback lever to 70 N•m (50 lb-ft).

12 - 14

6. Tap hinge bolt (D) with pin punch to remove bolt and flat washer (E). Repeat at other hinge. 7. Hold door securely and unlatch to remove. Installation: Installation is the reverse of removal. Latch door closed and align hinges before installing hinge bolts. Do not tighten hinge bolts very tight or door will not swing correctly. 6/27/00

REAR WINDOW REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

MISCELLANEOUS

REAR WINDOW REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION G

Removal:

C D

MX1752

A B MX1750

1. Pry carefully with a screwdriver to unsnap and remove cover from rear wiper motor assembly (A). 2. Disconnect wiring harness connector (B). 3. Plug end of washer fluid hose (C). 4. Disconnect hose from spray nipple (D). 5. Open rear window.

8. Support rear window on wooden blocks (G). 9. Remove plastic caps from rear window hinge bolts. 10. Remove hex nut and flat washer from threaded end of each hinge bolt.

H

MX1753 E

11. Tap hinge bolt (H) with pin punch to remove bolt. Repeat at other hinge. 12. Remove rear window from cab.

F

Installation: MX1751

c

CAUTION

1. Installation is the reverse order of removal. Use an assistant to help hold glass in place while aligning hinges. Do not tighten hinge bolts very tight or glass will not swing easily. 2. Snap end of dampener back onto post.

To avoid injury, have an assistant hold window up while disconnecting dampers. 6. Insert tip of flathead screwdriver behind clip (E) and disconnect damper (F). Repeat for other damper. 7. Close rear window.

6/27/00

12 - 15

CAB REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

MISCELLANEOUS

CAB REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Removal: 1. Disconnect negative cable from battery. 2. Drain engine coolant from radiator. 3. Remove cab door panels. (See “CAB” on page 14.) 4. Remove cab floor mat and all upholstery liners except those covering the fender deck. 5. Remove engine side panels. (See “SIDE PANELS, REMOVAL & INSTALLATION” on page 8.) G

MX1756

A B

10. Disconnect Brn ground wire (G) from panel behind cab seat. Cut all tie straps as needed to free the ground wire for cab removal. E

H

D

C MX1748 MX1754

6. Release 60 amp fuse holder (A) from mounting clip (B) using tip of flathead screwdriver. 7. Remove power lead (C) from starter motor terminal (D). 8. Disconnect Red wire bullet connector (E).

11. Disconnect heater hose (H) at RH and LH sides of tractor. Plug or cap the hoses. 12. Disconnect ground wire (if equipped) on front LH side by isolator.

M F

L

K

J I MX1755 MX1749

9. Label and disconnect eight bullet connectors (F) under rear of cab (four at each side of rockshaft).

12 - 16

13. Remove the following hardware from the two front cab mounts: • Lock Nut (I) • Flat Washer (J) • Rubber Washer (K) • Flat Washer (L) • Hex Bolt (M) 6/27/00

CAB REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

MISCELLANEOUS

NOTE: Cab must be lifted with a hoist capable of raising cab high enough for front of cab to clear tractor fenders, (if removing from the rear), or for front of cab to clear engine cover, (if removing from the front.) Have suitable stands ready to support the rear of the cab (after it is removed) to prevent the tail lamps from contacting the ground.

N

MX1757

Upper Isolator Style

16. The cab is now free to be lifted using an overhead crane. Route lifting straps through main frame of cab, avoiding the fiberglass roof and overhead console. Wrap straps around corners of frame to prevent straps from sliding, and allowing cab to shift while being lifted. Alternatively, a large fork truck may be used to lift the cab by putting the forks through the rear window opening. Span a 4x4 beam across the door frames inside the cab to prevent tips of forks from contacting overhead console. Cab must be lifted high enough for the front bottom corners of cab to clear tractor fenders.

N

MX0972

Lower Isolator Style

14. Repeat for rear cab mounts (N). MX0409

O

P

15. Remove front splash plate (O) from front of cab by removing cap screws (P) and lock nuts from cab frame. Repeat for other side of cab. 6/27/00

12 - 17

WINDSHIELD WASHER REPAIR

MISCELLANEOUS

WINDSHIELD WASHER REPAIR NOTE: See “CAB WASHER PUMP DIAGNOSIS” on page 4-196 of Electrical Section for diagnosis of windshield washer pump electrical problems. See drawing on next page to identify windshield washer components and water line routing through cab frame. A

B M63145

If front or rear washer is not working, check the following items: • Check vent hole on reservoir cap is clear (A), and that reservoir is full of clean, unfrozen, windshield washer fluid. Listen for pump operation. • Check that front or rear spray nozzles are not clogged by removing washer hose from nozzle and operating front or rear washer switches. Clean the clogged nozzle with a pin and compressed air. • If no fluid is discharged from washer hose when pump is operated, be sure check-valve is installed correctly on water line. An arrow on check-valve body indicates direction of flow. (Front check valve is located in roof overhang above windshield. Rear check valve is located inside cab under padding above rear window.) Remove check valve and operate front or rear washer switch to check for fluid flow. • Check for fluid flow from pump by removing fluid lines (B) from pump ports and operating front or rear washer switches. If no pump output, remove reservoir and flush with clean water until clear. • If fluid lines are clogged, try to clear with compressed air. Look for pinched line at front or rear washer nozzles. If front fluid line is clogged, cab must be lifted up from tractor to route a new line up cab door post frame. (See “CAB REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION” on page16.)

12 - 18

6/27/00

CAB WATER LINE LOCATIONS

MISCELLANEOUS

CAB WATER LINE LOCATIONS 1 2 3

10

9

4

8 5 7 6

12 11

MX0410

1. Heater Control Valve

5. Washer Reservoir

2. Heater Core

6. Washer Pump

10. Cab Heater Water Supply Hose/Tube

3. Rear Washer Check Valve

7. Cab Heater Water Return Hose/ Tube

11. Water Pump

4. Rear Washer Fluid Hose

8. Front Washer Fluid Hose

12. Heater Hose Drain Valve

6/27/00

9. Front Washer Check Valve

12 - 19

CAB WATER LINE LOCATIONS

MISCELLANEOUS

CAB WATER LINE LOCATIONS 1 2 3

10

9

4

8 5 7 6

12 11

MX0971

CAB HEATER REPAIR NOTE: For blower motor electrical diagnosis, see “CAB POWER CIRCUIT OPERATION” on page 191 of Electrical Section.

require cab to be lifted from tractor to service. 4. Route hose in overhead console to prevent it from kinking when overhead console is raised to install.

1. Drain cooling system at drain valve (12) on right rear of engine compartment. 2. Lower cab overhead console to access heater control valve (1), heater core (2), and blower motor. 3. Water lines running inside of cab frame are steel tubing, with rubber hose and clamps at joints, and

12 - 20

6/27/00

INDEX

Numerics 4-WD Differential Removal & Disassembly . . . . . Drive Shaft Removal & Installation . . . . . . . Final Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Final Drive Cover Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removal & Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . Final Drive Housing Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spindle Housing Assembly & Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . Removal & Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . Spindle Shaft Assembly & Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . Removal & Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . .

8-64 8-61 8-63 8-61 8-61 8-63 8-62 8-64 8-64 8-63 8-62

A Air Intake Leakage Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26 Alternator 40 Amp - Amperage Output Test . . . . . . . . 4-87 Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72 Disassembly and Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-69 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 Standard - Amperage Output Test . . . . . . . 4-88 Amperage Tests Regulated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88 Starting Motor Draw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-89 Starting Motor No-Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90 Unregulated - 40 Amp Alternator . . . . . . . . 4-87

B Backplate Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10 Balancer Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43 Ball Joint Removal and Installation (2-WD) . . . 9-15 Battery Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86 Load Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86 Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-10 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85 Bleed Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-25 Brake Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18 Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23 Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15 Disassembly and Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17 Housing Component Location . . . . . . . . . . 10-4 Lights Operation-European . . . . . . . . . . . 4-168 Parking Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4 Linkage Removal & Installation . . . . . 10-23 6/27/00

Parking Brake Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16 Pedal Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16 Removal and Installation CST or PRT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21 HST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19 Pedals and Linkage Component Location CST (Exploded View) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9 CST and PRT (Overall View) . . . . . . . . 10-8 HST (Exploded View) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6 HST (Overall View) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5 PRT (Exploded View) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10 PTO Disassembly and Assembly . . . . . . . . . 8-80 Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . 8-79 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14 Brake Switch Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-101 Break-In Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 Bulb Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93

C Cab Door Removal & Installation . . . . . . . . . . . 12-14 Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-184 Heater Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-20 Removal & Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-16 Water Line Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-19 Wiring Harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-188 Cam Followers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51 Camshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48 Camshaft End Play Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 Center Link Bracket Removal & Installation . . 12-13 Charging Circuit-European Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-156 Electrical Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-155 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-154 Charging Circuit-N.A. Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58 Electrical Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56 Clutch PRT Counter Shaft Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39 Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40 Housing Component Location . . . . . . . . 7-5 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39 PTO Disassembly and Assembly . . . . . . . . . 8-80 Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . 8-79 Clutch Adjustment CST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 PRT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23

INDEX - 1

INDEX Clutch Pedal & Linkage (PRT) Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11 Common Circuit Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 Component Location 4500 - Differential Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16 4500 - Differential Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19 4500 - Differential Pinion Shaft CST and 2-WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6 PRT and 4-WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7 PRT andCreeper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8 4500 - Final Pinion & Final Gear . . . . . . . . 8-21 4500 - Transmission Housing . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29 4500/4600 - Clutch (PRT & 4-WD) . . . . . . . . 7-6 4500/4600 - Clutch Housing (PRT & 4-WD) . 7-5 4500/4600 - Clutch Pedal & Linkage (PRT) 7-11 4500/4600 - Driven Shaft (PRT & 4-WD) . . . 7-8 4500/4600 - Driven Shaft (PRT & Creeper) . 7-9 4500/4600 - Main Gear Shift (PRT & 4-WD) 7-10 4500/4600 - Main Shaft (PRT & 4-WD) . . . . 7-7 4500/4600 - PowrReverser Valve . . . . . . . . 7-12 4500/4600 - Shift Lever & Linkage (PRT) . . 7-14 4500/4600/4700 - Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23 4500/4600/4700 - Creeper Shift . . . . . . . . . 8-14 4500/4600/4700 - Front Drive (4-WD) . . . . 8-15 4500/4600/4700 - Mid PTO . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26 4500/4600/4700 - PTO Clutch/Brake . . . . . 8-24 4500/4600/4700 - Range Shift . . . . . . . . . . 8-13 4500/4600/4700 - Rear Housing . . . . . . . . 8-18 4500/4600/4700 - Rear PTO 2-Speed . . . . 8-28 4500/4600/4700 - Rear PTO Shaft . . . . . . . 8-25 4600/4700 - 4-WD Differential 4600/4700 - 4-WD Differential . . . . . . . 8-33 4600/4700 - 4-WD Final Drive 4600/4700 - 4-WD Final Drive . . . . . . . 8-34 4600/4700 - 4-WD Front Axle Housing 4600/4700 - 4-WD Front Axle Housing 8-32 4600/4700 - Differential Gear . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17 4600/4700 - Differential Lock . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20 4600/4700 - Differential Pinion Shaft CST and 2-WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 HST and 4-WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10 PRT and 4-WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11 PRT andCreeper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12 4600/4700 - Final Pinion & Final Gear . . . . 8-22 4600/4700 - Transmission Housing (HST & 2WD) 8-30 4600/4700 - Transmission Housing (HST & 4-WD) 8-31 Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72 Brake Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4 Brake Pedals and Linkage CST (Exploded View) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9 CST and PRT (Overall View) . . . . . . . . 10-8 HST (Exploded View) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6

INDEX - 2

HST (Overall View) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5 PRT (Exploded View) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10 Engine Timing Gear Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52 Gear Pump (Front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-16 Gear Pump (Rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-17 Hydrostatic Hoses and Lines . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16 Hydrostatic Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10 Hydrostatic Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9 Hydrostatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Hydrostatic Transmission Backplate . . . . . 6-10 Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4 PTO Clutch Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-14 Selective Control Valve (SCV) . . . . . . . . . 11-15 Starting Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Thermostat and Water Pump . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55 Timing Gear Cover Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53 Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 Side Play Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 Control Panel Gauges-European Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-160 Electrical Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-159 Control Panel Gauges-N.A. Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62 Electrical Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61 Control Panel Indicator Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-66 Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64 Control Panel Indicator Lights Electrical Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65 Control Panel Removal and Installation . . . . . 12-10 Cooling System Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24 Cowl Panel Removal and Installation . . . . . . . 12-11 Crankcase Extension Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43 Cranking Circuit-European Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-138 Electrical Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-137 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-136 Cranking Circuit-N.A. Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38 Electrical Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36 Crankshaft End Play Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18 Front Oil Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44 Main Bearing Clearance Check . . . . . . . . . 3-18 Main Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45 Rear Oil Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44 Creeper Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51 Creeper Shift 4500/4600/4700 Components . . 8-14

6/27/00

INDEX Cruise Control Magnet Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-101 Switch Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100 Cruise Control-European Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-182 Cruise Control-N.A. Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82 Cylinder Bore Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41 Compression Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 Cylinder Head and Valves Disassembly & Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32 Removal & Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31

D Diagnosis Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15 Engine System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 Hydrostatic Power Train (HST) . . . . . . . . . . 6-18 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7 Diesel Fuel Lubricity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 Differential Assembly and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-60 Backlash Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-42 Lock Fork Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-60 Pinion Shaft Adjustment - 4600 . . . . . . . . . 8-41 Removal and Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-58 Differential Gear 4500 Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16 4600/4700 Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17 Differential Lock 4500 Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19 4600/4700 Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20 Differential Pinion Shaft 4500 (CST and 2-WD) Components . . . . . . 8-6 4500 (PRT and 4-WD) Components . . . . . . 8-7 4500 (PRT and Creeper) Components . . . . . 8-8 4600/4700 (CST and 2-WD) Components . . 8-9 4600/4700 (HST and 4-WD) Components . 8-10 4600/4700 (PRT and 4-WD) Components . 8-11 4600/4700 (PRT and Creeper) Components 8-12 Diode Block Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94 Draft Sensing Control Lever Removal & Installation . . . . 11-44 Feedback Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-31 Feedback Shaft Removal & Installation . . 11-47 Response Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-33 Response Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-32 Theory Of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-20

6/27/00

E Electrical 2-Speed PTO Indicator Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-162 Switch Test and Adjustment . . . . . . . . . 4-99 Alternator Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-69 Amperage Tests Regulated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88 Starting Motor Draw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-89 Starting Motor No-Load . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90 Unregulated - 40 Amp Alternator . . . . . 4-87 Battery Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86 Load Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86 Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . 12-10 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85 Brake Lights Operation-European . . . . . . 4-168 Brake Switch Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-101 Bulb Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93 Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-184 Troubleshooting Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-190 Turn Signal Wiring Harness . . . . . . . . 4-188 Warning Lights Wiring Harness . . . . . 4-188 Charging Circuit-European Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-156 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-154 Charging Circuit-N.A. Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56 Cold Start Indicator Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64 Control Panel Gauges-European Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-160 Control Panel Gauges-N.A. Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62 Control Panel Indicator Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-66 Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64 Cranking Circuit-European Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-138 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-136 Cranking Circuit-N.A. Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36 Cruise Control Magnet Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-101 Switch Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100 Cruise Control-European Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-182 Cruise Control-N.A. Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82 Diagnostic Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 Diode Block Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94

INDEX - 3

INDEX Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge European . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-158 N.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Test . 4-91 Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Light European . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-158 N.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60 Engine Oil Pressure Switch Test . . . . . . . . 4-92 Fuel Gauge European . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-158 N.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60 Sensor Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid Tests . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103 Fuel Supply-European Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42 Fuel Supply-N.A. Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-146 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-142 Fuse Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93 Ground Circuit Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-84 Hazard Lights Switch Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-98 Key Switch Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-95 Light Switch Operation European . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-168 N.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-68, 4-74 Light Switch Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-95 Lights Diagnosis European . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-172 N.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-70, 4-76 Main Electrical Schematic European . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-112, 4-116 N.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-17, 4-19 Manifold Heater Circuit-European Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-140 Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-136 Manifold Heater Circuit-N.A. Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40 Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36 Manifold Heater Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92 Mid PTO Indicator Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-162 Park Brake Indicator Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64 Parking Brake Switch Test . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102 Power Circuit-European Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124 Power Circuit-N.A. Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24 PTO Circuits-European . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-162 Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-164 PTO Indicator Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64 PTO Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-162 PTO Solenoid Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103 PTO Switch Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99

INDEX - 4

Reading Electrical Schematics . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Relay Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-91 Schematics Cab-European . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-187 Charging Circuit-European . . . . . . . . . 4-155 Charging Circuit-N.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57 Control Panel Gauges-European . . . . 4-159 Control Panel Gauges-N.A. . . . . . . . . . 4-61 Control Panel Indicator Lights . . . . . . . 4-65 Cranking Circuit-European . . . . . . . . . 4-137 Cranking Circuit-N.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37 Engine Shutoff Circuit-European . . . . 4-149 Engine Shutoff Circuit-N.A. . . . . . . . . . 4-49 Fuel Supply-European . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-143 Fuel Supply-N.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43 Lights-European . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-169 Lights-N.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-69, 4-75 Power Circuit-European . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125 Power Circuit-N.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25 PTO-European . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-163 Schematics and Wiring Harness Legend Cab-European . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-186 European . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-105 N.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 Seat Switch Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 Starting Motor Amp Draw Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-89 No-Load Amp Draw and RPM Tests . . 4-90 Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64 Solenoid Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 Theory and Diagnosis European . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125 N.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25 Theory and Diagnostic Information . . . . . . . . 4-6 Theory of Operation Information . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 Transmission Neutral Switch Test - CST . . 4-96 Transmission Neutral Switch Test - HST . . 4-97 Transmission Neutral Switch Test - PRT . . 4-96 Troubleshooting-European . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-123 Troubleshooting-N.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23 Turn Signal Switch Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-97 Voltage Tests - Regulated . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88 W1 Main Wiring Harness European . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-114, 4-118 N.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-18, 4-20 W2 Fuel Solenoid Wiring Harness European . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119 N.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 W3 HST Neutral Start Wiring Harness European . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119 N.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 W4 PTO Solenoid Wiring Harness European . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119 N.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 6/27/00

INDEX W5 Cruise Control Wiring Harness European . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120 N.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 W6 Cruise Control Magnet Wiring Harness European . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-121 W7 Trailer Connector Wiring Harness . . . 4-121 W8 2-Speed PTO Wiring Harness . . . . . . 4-122 W9 Cab Wiring Harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-188 Washer Pump Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-196 Wiper Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-194 Wire Color Abbreviation Chart . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 Electrical Schematics Cab-European . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-187 Charging Circuit-European . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-155 Charging Circuit-N.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57 Control Panel Gauges-European . . . . . . . 4-159 Control Panel Gauges-N.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61 Control Panel Indicator Lights . . . . . . . . . . 4-65 Cranking Circuit-European . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-137 Cranking Circuit-N.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37 Engine Shutoff Circuit-European . . . . . . . 4-149 Engine Shutoff Circuit-N.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49 Fuel Supply-European . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-143 Fuel Supply-N.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43 Lights-European . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-169 Lights-N.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-69, 4-75 Main Electrical Schematic-European 4-112, 4-116 Main Electrical Schematic-N.A. . . . . .4-17, 4-19 Power Circuit-European . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125 Power Circuit-N.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25 PTO-European . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-163 Engine Balancer Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43 Cam Followers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51 Camshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48 Camshaft End Play Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 Checks, Tests & Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance Check . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 Side Play Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 Coolant Temperature Sensor Test . . . . . . . 4-91 Cooling System Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . 3-24 Crankcase Extension Housing . . . . . . . . . . 3-43 Crankshaft End Play Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18 Front Oil Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44 Main Bearing Clearance Check . . . . . . 3-18 Main Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45 Rear Oil Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44 Cylinder Bore Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41 Compression Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 Cylinder Head Removal & Installation . . . . 3-31

6/27/00

Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 Exhaust Manifold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28 Flywheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47 Flywheel Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48 Fuel Filter Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62 Fuel Injection Nozzle Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58 Fuel Injection Nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59 Fuel Supply Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26 Fuel System Bleeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27 Leakage Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27 Idler Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53 Injection Pump Static Timing Adjustment . . 3-22 Intake Manifold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28 Manifold Heater Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92 Oil Pressure Switch Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92 Oil Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25 Oil Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54 Piston and Connecting Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36 Piston to Cylinder Head Clearance . . . . . . 3-36 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27 Rocker Arm Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29 Rocker Arm Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28 Slow Idle Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 Starting Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63 Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Thermostat & Water Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55 Thermostat Opening Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22 Throttle Control Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 Timing Gear Backlash Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 Cover Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52 Timing Gear Cover Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53 Troubleshooting Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 Valve Clearance Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 Lapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35 Lift Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19 Seat Grinding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35 Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 Drain Interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 Temperature Gauge-European . . . . . . . . 4-158 Temperature Gauge-N.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60 Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 Engine Shutoff Circuit Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-52, 4-150 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-48, 4-148 Engine Shutoff Circuit-European Electrical Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149 Engine Shutoff Circuit-N.A. Electrical Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49 Exhaust Manifold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28

INDEX - 5

INDEX

F Face Seal Fittings Inch Studs Ends Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 Metric Studs Ends Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 Fan/Alternator Belt Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24 Fenders Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . 12-6 Final Drive Disassembly and Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-54 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-52 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-51 Final Pinion & Final Gear 4500 Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21 4600/4700 Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22 Floor Mat Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . 12-8 Flywheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47 Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48 Front Axle (4-WD) Differential Removal & Disassembly . . . . . 8-64 Drive Shaft Removal & Installation . . . . . . . 8-61 Final Drive Cover Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-61 Removal & Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-61 Final Drive Housing Assembly . . . . . . . . . . 8-63 Final Drive Housing Disassembly . . . . . . . . 8-63 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-62 Spindle Housing Assembly & Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-64 Removal & Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . 8-64 Spindle Shaft Assembly & Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-63 Removal & Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . 8-62 Front Drive (4-WD) 4500/4600/4700 Components 8-15 Fuel Filter Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62 Fuel Gauge European . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-158 N.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60 Sensor Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102 Fuel Injection Nozzle Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 Nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59 Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58 Fuel Shutoff Solenoid Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103 Fuel Supply Pump Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26 Fuel Supply-European Electrical Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42 Electrical Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-143 Fuel Supply-N.A. Electrical Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-46, 4-146 Electrical Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-142 Electrical Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43 Fuel System Bleeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27 Leakage Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27

INDEX - 6

Fuel Tank Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . 12-12 Fuse Panel Cover Removal & Installation . . . 12-10 Fuse Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93

G Gear Power Train Splitting the Tractor Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 Splitting the Tractor (Front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 Gear Pump Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-36 Component Location (Front) . . . . . . . . . . . 11-16 Component Location (Rear) . . . . . . . . . . . 11-17 Disassembly and Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . 11-34 Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-34 Grill Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-10 Ground Circuit Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-84

H Hazard Lights Switch Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-98 Heater Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-20 Hood Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-11 Hydraulics Bleed Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-25 Component Location Gear Pump (Front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-16 Gear Pump (Rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-17 PTO Clutch Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-14 Selective Control Valve (SCV) . . . . . . 11-15 Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-21 Rate of Drop/Stop Valve Adjustment . . . . 11-25 Rockshaft Control Valve Removal & Installation . 11-47 Draft Sensing Control Lever Removal and Installation . . . . . . . 11-44 Leakage Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-30 Lift Cycle Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-29 Plunger Assembly Removal & Installation . . . . . . . . . 11-46 Position Feedback Adjustment . . . . . . 11-30 Schematics 1 Spool SCV and Manifold Block . . . . 11-22 4th and 5th SCV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-23 Hydrostatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . 11-24 PowrReverser Transmission . . . . . . . 11-24 PTO and 3 Spool SCV . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-23 Rockshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-23 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-23 Selective Control Valve (SCV) Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . 11-52 Specifications General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3 Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3 Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3

6/27/00

INDEX Tests and Adjustments Draft Control Response Test . . . . . . . 11-32 Draft Feedback Adjustment . . . . . . . . 11-31 PTO Valve Pressure Tests . . . . . . . . 11-28 Rockshaft Leakage Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-30 Lift Cycle Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-29 Position Feedback Adjustment . . 11-30 Steering Pressure Adjustment . . . . . . 11-29 Steering PressureCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9 System Pressure/Flow Test . . . . . . . . 11-26 System Relief Pressure Test . . . . . . . 11-27 Theory Of Operation Draft Sensing Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-20 Hydraulics (Rockshaft) . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-19 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-18 Hydrostatic Motor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51 Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10 Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48 Hydrostatic Neutral Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19 Hydrostatic Pump Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45 Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9 Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-44 Hydrostatic System Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16 Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18 Neutral Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19 Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19 Hydrostatic Transmission Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39 Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37

I Idler Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53 Injection Pump Static Timing Adjustment . . . . . 3-22 Intake Manifold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28

K Key Switch Panel Removal and Installation . . 12-11 Key Switch Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-95 Kick Plate Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . 12-8

L Lift Arms Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . 11-39 Light Switch Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-95 Lighting Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8

6/27/00

Lights N.A. Switch Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74 Lights-European Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-172 Electrical Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-169 Light Switch Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-168 Lights-N.A Switch Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68 Lights-N.A. Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-70, 4-76 Electrical Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-69, 4-75 Light Switch Operation . . . . . . . . . . . .4-68, 4-74 Lubricants Alternative Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 Grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 Mixing of Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 Oil Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 Synthetic Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17

M Manifold Heater Circuit-European Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-140 Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-136 Manifold Heater Circuit-N.A. Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40 Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36 Manifold Heater Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92 Mid PTO 4500/4600/4700 Components . . . . . . . . . . 8-26 Disassembly and Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-87 Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-86 Miscellaneous Repair Specifications . . . . . . . . 12-3

O Oil Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operator’s Platform Removal and Installation . O-Ring Boss Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Face Seal Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-25 3-54 12-8 2-13 2-13

P Parking Brake Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16 Dash Mount Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 Linkage Removal & Installation . . . . . . . . 10-23 Switch Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102 Piston and Connecting Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36 Piston to Cylinder Head Clearance . . . . . . . . . . 3-36 Power Circuit-European Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-191 Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128

INDEX - 7

INDEX Electrical Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124 Power Circuit-N.A. Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30 Electrical Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24 Power Train Final Power Train Specifications . . . . . . . . . 8-3 Gear (CST) Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Hydrostatic (HST) Specifications . . . . . . . . . 6-3 PowrReverser (PRT) Specifications . . . . . . . 7-3 PowrReverser Clutch Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40 Clutch Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42 Clutch Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39 Clutch Valve Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43 Component Location Clutch (4-WD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 Clutch Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 Clutch Pedal and Linkage . . . . . . . . . . 7-11 Driven Shafts (4-WD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 Driven Shafts (Creeper) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9 Main Gear Shift (4-WD) . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10 Main Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 Shift Lever and Linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14 Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12 Creeper Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Theory of Operation Clutch Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19 Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15 Transfer Shaft Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42 PTO Clutch & Brake Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24 Disassembly and Assembly . . . . . . . . . 8-80 Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . 8-79 Clutch Valve Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-14 Disassembly & Assembly . . . . . . . . . . 11-50 Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . 11-50 Electrical Circuits-European . . . . . . . . . . . 4-162 Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-164 Electrical Schematic-European . . . . . . . . 4-163 Electrical Solenoid Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103 Electrical Switch Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99 Mid Disassembly and Assembly . . . . . . . . . 8-87 Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . 8-86 Rear 2-Speed Shafts & Gears Removal & Installation . . . . . . . . . . 8-76

INDEX - 8

Shafts & Gears Disassembly & Assembly . . . . . . . 8-73 Removal & Installation . . . . . . . . . . 8-72 Rear 2-Speed Shafts & Gears Disassembly & Assembly . . . . . . . 8-77 Specifications Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 Theory of Operation Clutch and Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-68 Mid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-71 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-69 Rear 2 Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-70 Pump (Gear) Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-36 Component Location (Front) . . . . . . . . . . . 11-16 Component Location (Rear) . . . . . . . . . . . 11-17 Disassembly and Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . 11-34 Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-34

R Radiator Cap Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25 Range Shift 4500/4600/4700 Components . . . . 8-13 Rear Fenders Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-6 Rear Housing 4500/4600/4700 Components . . 8-18 Rear PTO 2-Speed Removal and Installation . . . . . . . 8-76 Disassembly and Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-73 Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-72 Rear PTO 2-Speed Disassembly and Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-77 Rear PTO 2-Speed 4500/4600/4700 Components 8-28 Rear PTO Shaft 4500/4600/4700 Components 8-25 Relay Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-91 Repair Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-69 Battery Removal and Installation . . . . . . . 12-10 Brake Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18 Brake Disassembly and Inspection . . . . . 10-17 Brake Pedal Removal and Installation CST or PRT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21 HST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19 Center Link Bracket Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . 12-13 Control Panel Removal and Installation . . 12-10 Cowl Panel Removal and Installation . . . . 12-11 Creeper Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51 Differential Assembly and Installation . . . . . . . . . . 8-60 Lock Fork Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-60 Removal and Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-58

6/27/00

INDEX Final Drive Disassembly and Assembly . . . . . . . . . 8-54 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-52 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-51 Floor Mat Removal and Installation . . . . . . 12-8 Front Wheel Removal and Installation . . . . 12-7 Fuel Tank Removal and Installation . . . . . 12-12 Fuse Panel Cover Removal & Installation 12-10 Gear Pump Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-36 Disassembly and Inspection . . . . . . . 11-34 Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . 11-34 Grill Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . 12-10 Hood Removal and installation . . . . . . . . . 12-11 Hydrostatic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26 Key Switch Panel Removal and Installation 12-11 Kick Plate Removal and Installation . . . . . . 12-8 Lift Arms Removal and Installation . . . . . . 11-39 Mid PTO Disassembly and Assembly . . . . . . . . . 8-87 Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . 8-86 Operator’s Platform Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . 12-8 Parking Brake Linkage Removal & Installation . . . . . 10-23 PowrReverser Clutch Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40 Clutch Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42 Clutch Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39 Clutch Valve Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43 Creeper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51 Tractor Splitting (Front) . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26 Tractor Splitting (Rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33 Transfer Shaft Disassembly . . . . . . . . . 7-42 PTO Clutch & Brake Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . 8-79 Rear Shafts & Gears Disassembly & Assembly . . . . . . . 8-73 Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . 8-72 PTO 2-Speed Rear Shafts & Gears Disassembly & Assembly . . . . . . . 8-77 Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . 8-76 PTO Clutch Valve Disassembly & Assembly . . . . . . . . . . 11-50 Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . 11-50 Rear Fenders Removal and Installation . . . 12-6 Rear Wheel Removal and Installation . . . . 12-7 Rockshaft Control Valve Removal & Installation . 11-47 Draft Sensing Control Lever Removal and Installation . . . . . . . 11-44 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-39 6/27/00

Lift Arms Removal and Installation . . . 11-39 Piston Removal & Installation . . . . . . 11-48 Plunger Assembly Removal and Installation . . . . . . . 11-46 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-38 Roll Over Protective Structure (ROPS) Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . 12-5 Selective Control Valve (SCV) Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . 11-52 Side Panel Removal & Installation . . . . . . . 12-8 Splitting the Tractor Gear (CST) Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 Hydrostatic (HST) Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33 PowrReverser (PRT) Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33 Starting Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64 Steering Control Unit (SCU) Removal . . . . 9-13 Steering Cylinder Installation (4-WD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12 Removal (2-WD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13 Removal (4-WD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11 Steering Wheel Removal and Installation . . . . . . .9-13, 12-9 Three Point Hitch Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . 12-4 Tie Rod Removal and Installation (2-WD) . 9-15 Tie Rod Removal and Installation (4-WD) . 9-15 Tilt Steering Removal & Installation . . . . . . 9-14 Rocker Arm Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29 Rocker Arm Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28 Rockshaft Center Link Bracket Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . 12-13 Control Valve Removal & Installation . . . . 11-47 Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-21 Draft Feedback Shaft Removal & Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-47 Draft Sensing Control Lever Removal & Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-44 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-39 Lift Arms Removal and Installation . . . . . . 11-39 Lift Cycle Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-29 Piston Removal & Installation . . . . . . . . . . 11-48 Plunger Assembly Removal and Installation 11-46 Position Feedback Shaft Removal & Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-47 Rate of Drop/Stop Valve Adjustment . . . . 11-25 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-38 ROPS Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-5

INDEX - 9

INDEX

S Schematics - Hydraulic Hydrostatic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14 PowrReverser (PRT) Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8 System Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-23 SCV (Selective Control Valve) Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-15 Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-52 Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-19 Seat Switch Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94 Selective Control Valve (SCV) Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-15 Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-52 Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-19 Serial Number Location Chassis Identification Number . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 Shift Lever & Linkage (PRT) Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14 Side Panels Removal & Installation . . . . . . . . . 12-8 Solenoid Test Fuel Shutoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103 PTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103 Starting Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88 Special Tools Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Specifications Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Break-In Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 Diesel Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 Diesel Fuel Lubricity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 Diesel Fuel Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 Drain Interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 General Power Train Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Hydrostatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 General Vehicle - 4500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 3-Point Hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Drive Train . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4, 2-5 Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4, 2-5 PTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4, 2-5 General Vehicle - 4600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6, 2-7 3-Point Hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6, 2-7 Drive Train . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6, 2-7 Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

INDEX - 10

Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4, 2-6, 2-7 Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6, 2-7 PTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4, 2-6, 2-7 General Vehicle - 4700 3-Point Hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 PTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 Hydraulics General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3 Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3 Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3 Lubricants Alternative Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 Chassis Grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 Mixing of Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 Oil Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 Synthetic Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 Miscellaneous Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3 O-Ring Boss Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 Face Seal Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 O-Ring Face Seal Fittings Inch Stud Ends Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 Metric Stud Ends Torque . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 PowrReverser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Product Identification Locations . . . . . . . . . 2-18 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Torque Values Inch Fastener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 JIS Fastener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Metric Fastener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Splitting the Tractor Gear (CST) Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 Hydrostatic (HST) Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33 PowrReverser (PRT) Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33 Starting Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63 Amp Draw Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-89 Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63 Disassembly and Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64 No-Load Amperage Draw and RPM Tests . 4-90 Solenoid Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8

6/27/00

INDEX Steering Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Control Unit (SCU) Removal . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13 Cylinder Installation (4-WD) . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12 Cylinder Removal (2-WD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13 Cylinder Removal (4-WD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11 Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Steering Control Unit (SCU) Test . . . . . . . . . 9-9 Steering Cylinder Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9 Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Tie Rod Removal and Installation (2-WD) . 9-15 Tie Rod Removal and Installation (4-WD) . 9-15 Tilt Mechanism Removal & Installation . . . . 9-14 Toe-In Adjustment (2-WD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11 Toe-In Adjustment (4-WD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 Steering Wheel Removal and Installation .9-13, 12-9

T Tests and Adjustments Air Intake Leakage Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26 Brake Pedal Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16 Clutch Adjustment CST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 PRT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23 Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance Check . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 Side Play Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 Cooling System Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . 3-24 Crankshaft End Play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18 Cylinder Compression Test . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 Differential Backlash Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-42 Pinion Shaft Adjustment - 4600 . . . . . . 8-41 Draft Control Response Adjustment . . . . . 11-33 Draft Control Response Test . . . . . . . . . . 11-32 Draft Feedback Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . 11-31 Fan/Alternator Belt Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . 3-24 Fuel Injection Nozzle Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 Fuel Supply Pump Pressure Test . . . . . . . . 3-26 Fuel System Leakage Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27 Hydraulic PTO Valve Pressure Tests . . . . . . . . 11-28 Steering Pressure Adjustment . . . . . . 11-29 System Pressure/Flow Test . . . . . . . . 11-26 System Relief Pressure Test . . . . . . . 11-27 Hydrostatic Neutral Adjustment . . . . . . . . . 6-19 Injection Pump Static Timing . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22 Neutral Adjustment (HST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19 Oil Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25 Parking Brake Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16 Radiator Cap Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25

6/27/00

Rate of Drop/Stop Valve Adjustment . . . . 11-25 Rockshaft Leakage Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-30 Rockshaft Lift Cycle Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-29 Rockshaft Position Feedback Adjustment 11-30 Slow Idle Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 Steering Control Unit (SCU) Test . . . . . . . . . 9-9 Steering Cylinder Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9 Steering Pressure Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9 Thermostat Opening Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22 Toe-In Adjustment (2-WD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11 Toe-In Adjustment (4-WD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10 Valve Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 Theory of Operation Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13 Differential Lock Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-39 Draft Sensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-19 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Engine Lubrication System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10 Fuel and Air System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 Hydrostatic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19 PowrReverser (PRT) Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15 PRT Clutch Operation Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19 Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20 PTO Clutch and Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-68 Mid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-71 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-69 Rear 2 Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-70 Rockshaft Hydraulics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-19 SCV (Selective Control Valve) . . . . . . . . . 11-19 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Transmission Power Flow Creeper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22 Differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-38 Front Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-37 PRT 4-Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21 Range Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-36 Thermostat Opening Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22 Three Point Hitch Center Link Bracket Removal and Installation . . 12-13 Lift Arms Removal and Installation . . . . . . 11-39 Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-4 Throttle Control Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 Tie Rod Removal and Installation (2-WD) . . . . 9-15 Tie Rod Removal and Installation (4-WD) . . . . 9-15 Tilt Steering Removal and Installation . . . . . . . 9-14 Timing Gear Backlash Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 Cover Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52 Cover Plate Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53 Toe-In Adjustment (2-WD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11 Toe-In Adjustment (4-WD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10

INDEX - 11

INDEX Torque Specifications Center Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3 Final Power Train . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 Front Wheel Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3 Gear Power Train (CST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Hydraulics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3 Hydrostatic Power Train (HST) . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 PowrReverser Power Train (PRT) . . . . . . . . 7-3 PTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 Rear Wheel Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3 Torque Values Face Seal Fittings with Inch Stud Ends . . . 2-11 Face Seal Fittings with Metric Stud Ends . . 2-12 Inch Fastener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 JIS Fastener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Metric Fastener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Tractor Splitting Gear (CST) Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 Hydrostatic (HST) Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33 PowrReverser (PRT) Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33 Transmission 4-Speed (PRT & 4-WD) Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 Clutch (PRT & 4-WD) Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 Main Gear Shift (PRT & 4-WD) Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10 PRT (Creeper) Component Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9 Transmission Housing 4500 Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29 4600/4700 (HST & 2WD) Components . . . 8-30 4600/4700 (HST & 4-WD) Components . . . 8-31 Transmission Neutral Switch Test - CST . . . . . 4-96 Transmission Neutral Switch Test - HST . . . . . 4-97 Transmission Neutral Switch Test - PRT . . . . . 4-96 Troubleshooting Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14 Electrical - European . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-123 Electrical - N.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23 Engine Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-18 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 Turn Signal Switch Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-97

INDEX - 12

V Valve Lapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lift Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seat Grinding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Valve Clearance Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Voltage Test - Regulated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-35 3-19 3-35 3-16 4-88

W W1 Main Wiring Harness European . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-114, 4-118 N.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-18, 4-20 W2 Fuel Solenoid Wiring Harness European . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119 N.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 W3 HST Neutral Start Wiring Harness European . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119 N.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 W4 PTO Solenoid Wiring Harness European . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119 N.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 W5 Cruise Control Wiring Harness European . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120 N.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 W6 Cruise Control Magnet Wiring Harness European . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-121 W7 Trailer Connector Wiring Harness . . . . . . 4-121 W8 2-Speed PTO Wiring Harness . . . . . . . . . 4-122 W9 Cab Wiring Harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-188 Washer Pump Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-196 Water Pump Component Location . . . . . . . . . . 3-55 Wheels Front Wheels Removal and Installation . . . 12-7 Rear Wheels Removal and Installation . . . 12-7 Wheel Bolt Torque Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3 Windshield Washer Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-18 Wiper Electrical Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-194

6/27/00